LV10 102023 en 202312061633042542

© Siemens 2023
Catalog Edition
LV 10 10/2023
SENTRON • SIVACON • ALPHA
Low-Voltage Power
Distribution and Electrical
Installation Technology
Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
siemens.com/lowvoltage
© Siemens 2023
Innovative solutions for industrial

controls and power distribution
Reliable components and systems are essential in ensuring smooth power distribution in buildings and
industrial plants.
With SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON and ALPHA, we offer an innovative portfolio for standard-compliant
and demand-oriented applications.
Efficient engineering tools and innovative cloud-based solutions can be flexibly tailored to individual
requirements.
We are there when you need us

Your personal contact can be found at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/contact
Catalog LV 10 · 10/2023 The products and systems described in this catalog are manufactured/
distributed under application of a certified quality management system
You will find the latest edition and all future editions in in accordance with EN ISO 9001 (for the Certified Registration Nos., see
SiePortal at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/catalogs www.siemens.com/system-certificates/ep).
You can find the current prices in SiePortal at The certificate is recognized by all IQNet countries.
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-catalog Technical specifications
The technical specifications are for general information purposes only.
Always heed the operating instructions and notices on individual products
during assembly, operation and maintenance.
All illustrations are not binding.
© Siemens 2023
© Siemens 2023
SENTRON · SIVACON · ALPHA
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and

Electrical Installation Technology
I
Introduction I/2
1
Protecting Air Circuit Breakers 1/1
2
Molded Case Circuit Breakers 2/1
3
Miniature Circuit Breakers 3/1
4
Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs) 4/1
5
Switching Devices 5/1
6
Overvoltage Protection Devices 6/1
7
Fuse Systems 7/1
8
Protecting, Switching and Isolating Switch Disconnectors 8/1
9
Switching and Isolating Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches 9/1
10
Measuring and Monitoring Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring and Digitalization Solutions 10/1
11
Monitoring Devices 11/1
12
Distribution Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets 12/1
13
Busbar Systems 13/1
14
Terminal Blocks 14/1
15
Switchboards, Distribution boards and Small distribution boards 15/1
16
Busbar Trunking Systems 16/1
17
System Cubicles, System Lighting and System Air-Conditioning 17/1
A
Appendix A/1
© Siemens 2023
Introduction | Sustainability@Siemens
Sustainability@Siemens
Transforming the everyday to create a better tomorrow.
Siemens as a company takes an all-round view of environmental, social and governance criteria (ESG) with its DEGREE rulebook
(decarbonization, ethics, governance, resource efficiency, equity and employability). Not only are we committed to reducing the
carbon footprint in our own plants to net zero by 2030, but also to helping our customers achieve their decarbonization and sustaina-
bility objectives.
Mission & strategy Technology with a purpose Our contribution Facts about sustainability
As a focused technology We develop technologies that Siemens makes a difference For almost 175 years, Siemens
company, Siemens is commit- interconnect the real world every single day by providing has been driven by the desire
ted to tackling the world's and the digital world and innovative solutions for to improve the lives of people
most profound challenges by enable our customers to make challenges in environmental around the world with our
leveraging the synergies of positive changes to their protection, decarbonization, technologies.
digitalization and sustainability. industries, which form the health and safety. Innovative
backbone of our economy: solutions that have a clear
industry, infrastructure, purpose: to make the world
transportation and healthcare. more sustainable, more
integrative and a better place
to live.
Further information at:

www.siemens.com/sustainability
I/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
New products | Introduction
New products
I
SENTRON 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors –
New version of size NH000 in narrow design
• Significant space savings in the control cabinet due to reduced
mounting width
• Cut-out in masking frame compatible with size NH00
(2 × NH000 in narrow design fit into the cut-out of an NH00)
• Versions for
− Mounting on busbar systems with busbar spacing 60 mm
− Floor mounting
− Mounting on a DIN rail (with optional DIN rail assembly kit)
See chapter 8
Page 8/96
SENTRON PAC4220 – High-precision power monitoring

device with color display
• New high-performance precision monitoring device
− With high-resolution color display for clear operation and intuitive
color-based display options
− Acquisition and display of all electrical measured quantities with
high precision
− Color LED provided on the front for status display
− 2 Ethernet ports for convenient daisy-chain wiring
• Tested according to IEC and UL
• Numerous communication options and functions possible through modular
expansion
• Integrated web server with numerous display options
• Cybersecurity measures implemented as standard, including a crypto chip in
preparation for future requirements
See chapter 10
Page 10/4
ALPHA 3200 Eco power distribution boards

• All modules of the power distribution board can be ordered directly
via SiePortal
• First implementation of mechanical components in catalog LV 10
• 3D output from SIMARIS now also available as step file
• Further processing of the data in all common CAx programs possible
See chapter 15
Page 15/20
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/3

© Siemens 2023
Introduction | The fast route to the product
The fast route to the product

Overviews and matrix tables for better orientation within the catalog
I
Introduction | Products and their applications in infrastructure Products and their applications in industry | Introduction
Products and their applications in Products and their applications in

infrastructure industry
I Climate I
7KM PAC3200T 3VA
Page 10/26 Page 2/6
Elevator
7KM PAC3200T
Climate
Page 10/26 SIVACON 8PS Page 16/4
7KM PAC3220 SIMATIC
Page 10/26 Energy Suite
TIA Portal
7KM PAC3220
Page 10/24
Page 10/26
Photovoltaic 5SY4 5SV1

5SV3 5SV1 5ST3 5SM6 5SV6 5SL6 SENTRON ALPHA Page 3/26 Page 4/52
Page 4/28 Page COM Page COM COM Powercenter SIMBOX XL
4/52 Page 3/54 4/54 Page Page 1000 Page
SIVACON 8PS Page 16/4
4/56 3/40 Page 10/20 15/240
Office Control room
7KT PAC1200 SENTRON SENTRON

5SV3 5SV1 5ST3 5SV6 5SL6 SENTRON ALPHA
Page 10/31 Powermanager Powercenter
Page 4/28 Page COM COM COM Powercenter SIMBOX XL Page 10/14 3000 3VA 5SY17
4/52 Page Page Page 1000 Page Page 10/18 Page 2/6 3NP1 Page 3/46
3/54 4/56 3/40 Page 10/20 15/240 SIMATIC PCS7
Page 8/84
Page 10/25
7KM PAC2200
5SL 5SV1 3VA2 Page 10/26
Page 3/6 Page 4/52 Page 2/12
RCD 3VA
Page 2/56 SENTRON Page 2/6
Powercenter 3000
Office Property management 3LD Page 10/18
5SV3
SIMATIC ET200SP Page 8/6
Page 4/28
Catalog ST70 5SU1
Page 4/40
7KM PAC3220
Page 10/26
SINAMICS G120
Catalog D31.1 5SV1
5SV3, type B Page 4/52
Page 4/28
SIMOCODE pro 5SY 5SD74,
7KT PAC1600 5SV3 5SL ALPHA 7KM PAC2200
Catalog IC10 Page 3/8 type 2
Page 10/30 Page 4/28 Page 3/6 SIMBOX XL Page 10/26
Page 6/16 5SY 5SD74, type 2
Page 15/240 Page 3/8 Page 6/16
SIVACON 8MF1
Shop (external) Parking Page 17/6 ALPHA distribution
board Page 15/192
Manufacturing Mounting
SENTRON SENTRON
Powercenter Powercenter
5SG7 MINIZED D02 3VA2 3000 5TT4 1000 SEM3
Page 7/13 Page 2/12 Page 10/18 Page 5/20 Page 10/20 Page 10/32 SENTRON
Powercenter 3000 SENTRON
Page 10/18 Powercenter
3WL10 1000 3VA2
5SG7 MINIZED D02 Page 1/126 Page 10/20 Page 2/12
Page 7/13
COM800
Page 2/60
7KM PAC3120
3NJ4 Page 10/26
3NA COM
Overview of products
Page 8/102
Page 7/50
7KM PAC3220
Page 10/26
3NA COM
3WA
Page 7/50
and their applications

Page 1/28
3WA 3NJ6
7KM PAC4220 COM800 3KC 3NJ6 Page 1/28 Page 8/136
Page 10/26 Page 2/60 Page 9/8 Page 8/136
7KM PAC4220 3NJ4
ALPHA 3200 Page 10/26 Page 8/102
SIVACON S8
On pages I/8 to I/9 you can

Page 15/12 Page 15/10
I201_20178b
I201_20177a
Incoming power supply Incoming power supply
I/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/9 find an overview of the diverse
portfolio of catalog LV 10.
Introduction | Overview of protection, switching, measuring and monitoring tasks Overview of protection, switching, measuring and monitoring tasks | Introduction
Overview of protection, switching,

measuring and monitoring tasks
The functions presented here are available in combination or individually.
I Details can be found in the respective chapter. I
instantaneous INST
Switching function
Current limitation
Starter protection
Isolating function
Personnel safety/
Motor protection
Line protection
Preventive fire
Measurement
(Short-circuit)
protection GF
protection LT
Ground-fault
fault current
Overvoltage
Short-circuit
Short-circuit
protection,
protection,
delayed ST
protection
protection
protection
protection
Generator
Overload
function
Device class Type Rated current Page

Air circuit breakers 3WA/ 630 … 6300 A 1/1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
3WL
Molded case circuit breakers 3VA 16 … 1600 A 2/6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■/■ ■
Miniature circuit breakers 5SY/ 0 … 80 A 3/6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2)
(automatic circuit breakers) 5SL
RCCB 5SV3/ 16 … 125 A 4/6 ■ ■ ■/■
5SM3
RCBOs 5SU1/ 0 … 40 A 4/10 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■/■
5SV1
AFD units 5SM6 0 … 40 A 4/12 ■
AFDD/MCBs 5SV6 0 … 40 A 4/12 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2) ■
On/Off switches 5TL1 32 … 125 A 5/14
Overvoltage protection 5SD7 – 6/1 ■ ■
devices
Fuses NEOZED, DIAZED, 5SE, 5SA, – 7/30 ■ ■ 1)
■ ■ ■ ■
Cylindrical fuses 5SB, 3NW6,
3NW8
Photovoltaic fuses – – 7/84 ■ ■ ■ ■
LV HRC fuses 3NA/ – 7/36 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2)
3ND
SITOR semiconductor fuses – – 7/54 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Switch disconnectors 3LD 16 … 250 A 8/12 ■
3KD 16 … 1600 A 8/66 ■
Protection, switching,
Fuse switch disconnectors 3NP 0 … 630 A 8/84 With suitable With suitable ■ With suitable With suitable With suitable
Switch disconnector with fuse 3NJ 0 … 630 A 8/102 fuse links fuse links ■ fuse links fuse links fuse links
3KF 0 … 630 A 8/120 ■
measuring and
Transfer switching equipment 3KC 16 … 3200 A 9/4 ■ ■
PAC measuring devices 7KM/ Any 10/26 ■
7KT
Motor starter protectors 3RV – Catalog IC 10 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
monitoring tasks
Contactor 3RT – Catalog IC 10 ■
1)
Only applies to 3NW8
2)
Only applies to the communication-capable COM products
From page I/14 onwards, the

catalog LV 10 portfolio is
dedicated to the most
important protection,
I/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/15 switching, measuring and
monitoring tasks.
I/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
The fast route to the product | Introduction
I
Miniature Circuit Breakers | Devices for all applications System overview | Miniature Circuit Breakers
Devices for all applications System overview

Basic units and accessories
Miniature circuit breakers Miniature circuit breakers Circuit breakers for equipment Miniature circuit breakers for basic applications
for basic applications for advanced applications for advanced applications
5SL3 5SL6 5SL4 5SJ6...-.KS 5SL30 5SL60 5SP3
3 3
Miniature circuit breakers for advanced applications
Ideal for standard applications Ideal for industrial applications Ideal for devices in industry I201_20406 I201_20406
The 5SL miniature circuit breakers are For circuits with motors or large lamps, Circuit breakers for equipment from
the new standard with B and C tripping semiconductors or strong pulse- Siemens offer optimum protection for
5SY6 5SY4 5SP4 5SP5 5SY5 5SY7 5SY8 5SJ4..HG.. 5SL6 COM 5SL6 COM
characteristics for applications up to generating equipment such as transfor- all applications in AC and DC control (EM) (RCM/EM)
63 A. They can be used as main control mers and solenoid valves – the 5SY and circuits in industrial applications and
switches to disconnect or isolate 5SP devices are optimized for industrial plant engineering.
Circuit breakers for equipment for advanced applications
equipment. applications and are proven in use.
Thermomagnetic 5SY17 circuit breakers
The 5SL devices are mainly installed in The 5SY devices offer you top quality for equipment are used to protect
meter panels and small distribution and functionality for installation in solenoid valves, servo motors, signal
boards to protect circuits for lamps, complex buildings and industry. With a lamps or even PLC inputs. Everywhere
cookers and even machines, for rated breaking capacity of up to 25 kA, where loads have to be precisely
example, in residential or commercial they are able to handle the most protected from overloads and short-
5SY17 5SK9
buildings. challenging requirements at a rated circuits.
current of 0.3 to 80 A.
Electronic 5SK9 circuit breakers for Electrical accessories
Special features equipment are optimally suited to
• Dual-chamber terminals protecting, for example, relays,
• Simple to detach without tools using programmable controllers, motors,
sliding catches sensors, actuators and valves. A current I201_20406
• Separate switching position indication analysis in conjunction with fast tripping

• A wide range of accessories in the event of a fault avoid the danger
• 5SL60 available as communication- of overloading the switched-mode Auxiliary switches Fault signal con- Auxiliary switches and fault signal Shunt trips Undervoltage Remote control mechanisms 5SM6 arc fault
capable miniature circuit breaker power supply. (AS) tacts (FC) contacts (AS+FC)/(AS+FC) COM (ST) releases (UR) (RC mech.) detection units
Mechanical accessories
5SL6 COM miniature circuit breakers and 5ST3 COM auxiliary switches/fault signal
contacts with communication and measuring functions
System overview
An overview of the basic units
The new communication-capable protective devices and auxiliary components record measured values and status information and
transmit this data wirelessly to higher-level systems.
• Recording of energy and active power, current, voltage, line
and accessories can be found

Rotary operating Spacers Terminal covers Wall enclosures Molded-plastic Holders for front Intermediate
frequency and temperature mechanisms enclosures panel installation frames
I201_20406 • Measurement of residual currents in various frequency ranges
• Integrated status acquisition, operating hours counter and trip
counter Busbars and accessories
in the system overview at the
I201_20406 I201_20406 • Higher system availability through early response to warning
messages
• Convenient integration into new and existing systems thanks to
compact mounting widths of 1 MW
5SL6 COM 5ST3 COM SENTRON

Powercenter 1000
• Fast parameterization and commissioning with the SENTRON
Powerconfig mobile app or the SENTRON Powerconfig software
• Wireless transmission of measurement data from up to
24 communication-capable devices to the SENTRON Powercenter
Compact busbars Standard busbars Terminals Touch protection End caps Series connectors Distribution
blocks
beginning of the chapters or
1000 data transceiver
sections. The color helps you
see page 3/40 see page 3/54 see page 10/20
Note:
You will find a detailed range of accessories with the basic units and in the Accessories section.
3/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/5 recognize the accessory at a

glance.
Miniature Circuit Breakers | Quick selection guide Quick selection guide | Miniature Circuit Breakers
Miniature circuit breakers

For advanced applications for buildings and
infrastructure and for industry and
mechanical engineering
I201_20406
5SL6 COM 5SY6 5SY4 5SP4 5SP5 5SY5 5SY7 5SY8 5SJ4..HG..
Standards
Standards IEC/EN 60898-1 IEC/EN 60898-1 IEC/EN 60898-1 IEC/EN 60898-1 IEC/EN 60947-2 IEC/EN 60898-2 IEC/EN 60898-1 IEC/EN 60947-2 IEC/EN 60947-2
IEC/EN 60947-2 IEC/EN 60947-2 UL 1077 UL 1077 IEC/EN 60947-2 UL 1077 UL 489
UL 1077 UL 1077 UL 1077
Basic data
3 Breaking capacity Icn For AC (230/400 V) acc. to IEC/EN 60898-1
For DC (220/440 V) acc. to IEC/EN 60898-2
kA
kA
6
–
6
–
10
–
10
–
–
–
10
10
15
–
25
–
–
–
3
Acc. to UL1077 and CSA C22.2 No.235 – Supplementary Supplementary Supplementary protector, – Supplementary protector, Supplementary protector, Supplementary protector, –
protector, OC, FW 0, protector, OC, FW 0, OC, FW 0, OL 0, OC, FW 0, OL 0, OC, FW 0, OL 0, OC, FW 0, OL 0,
OL 0, TC 3 at 50 °C OL 0, TC 3 at 50 °C TC 3 at 50 °C TC 3 at 50 °C TC 3 at 50 °C TC 3 at 50 °C
SC – U2: see Certificate U2: see Certificate U2: see Certificate of – U2: see Certificate of U2: see Certificate of U2: see Certificate of –
of Compliance of Compliance Compliance Compliance Compliance Compliance
Rated breaking capacity Icu Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-2 AC In 0.3 … 2 A kA – 30 | 30 35 | 35 –|– –|– –|– 50 | 50 70 | 70 10
at Ue 230 V | at Ue 400 V In 3 … 6 A kA – 30 | 30 35 | 35 –|– –|– –|– 40 | 40 50 | 50 10
(1P, 1P+N) | (2P, 3P, 4P, 3P+N) In 8 … 10 A kA – 15 | 15 20 | 20 –|– –|– –|– 30 | 30 40 | 40 10
In 13 … 32 A kA – 15 | 15 20 | 20 –|– –|– –|– 25 | 25 30 | 30 10
In 35 … 40 A kA – 10 | 10 15 | 15 –|– –|– –|– 20 | 20 25 | 25 10
In 50 … 63 A kA – 10 | 10 15 | 15 –|– –|– –|– 15 | 15 20 | 20 10
In 80 … 125 A kA – –|– 10 | 10 10 | 10 –|– –|– –|– –|– –
Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-2 DC kA – – – – 10 15 – – –
at Ue 220 V | at Ue 440 V
(1P) | (2P, 3P, 4P)
Rated current A 2 … 32 0.3 … 63 0.3 … 80 80 … 125 80 … 125 0.3 … 63 0.3 … 63 0.3 … 63 0.3 … 63
Number of poles 1P+N 1P | 2P | 3P | 4P | 1P | 2P | 3P | 4P | 1P | 2P | 3P | 4P 1P | 2P 1P | 2P | 4P 1P | 2P | 3P | 4P | 1P+N | 1P | 2P | 3P | 4P | 1P+N | 1P | 2P | 3P
1P+N | 3P+N 1P+N | 3P+N 3P+N 3P+N
Tripping characteristic B|C B|C A|B|C|D B|C|D – B|C B|C|D C|D B|C|D
Approvals
General product approvals VDE, RED VDE, IMQ, CCC, VDE, IMQ, CCC, VDE, CCC, – VDE, CCC, VDE, IMQ, CCC, VDE, CCC,
Overview of basic units

Marine classifications – DNV-GL, LR, BV, DNV-GL, LR, BV, LR – ABS DNV-GL, LR, BV, RINA, ABS ABS –
RINA, ABS RINA, ABS
Voltage/frequency
Rated voltage AC V 230 230/400 230/400 230/400 – 230/400 230/400 230/400 230/400
The overviews at the begin-

Acc. to UL 489, UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No.235 V – 277/480 277/480 277/480 – – 277/480 277/480 240/415 (5SJ4..HG40/41)
277/480 (5SJ4..HG42)
Max. operational voltage AC V 250 250/440 250/440 250/440 – 250/440 250/440 250/440 250/440
Rated voltage DC per phase pole V – 60 60 60 220 220 60 60 60
ning of the chapters and

Max. operational voltage DC per phase pole V – 72 1) 72 1) 72 250 250 72 1) 72 1) 60
Rated impulse voltage Uimp kV 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Rated frequency fn Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
sections help you make a quick

Connection
Dual-chamber terminal – ■ ■ – – ■ ■ ■ ■
Conductor cross-section Solid/stranded mm2 0.75 … 16 0.75 … 35 0.75 … 35 10 … 50 10 … 50 0.75 … 35 0.75 … 35 0.75 … 35 0.75 … 25 (16) 6)
1 wire Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 0.75 … 10 0.75 … 25 0.75 … 25 10 … 35 10 … 35 0.75 … 25 0.75 … 25 0.75 … 25 0.75 … 25 (10)
advance selection of the basic

Conductors (Cu 60/75 °C In ≤ 40 A; 60 °C In > 40 A) – AWG 18 … 4 AWG 18 … 4 AWG 3 … 1 AWG 3 … 1 AWG 18 … 4 AWG 18 … 4 AWG 18 … 4 AWG 18 … 4 (5)
Terminal tightening torque Nm 1.2 … 2 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max.
lb-in 11 … 18 22 … 26 22 … 26 22 … 31 22 … 31 22 … 26 22 … 26 22 … 26 22 … 26
Ambient conditions
units. You can use the

Ambient temperature 7) °C –25 … +60 5) –25 … +55 4) –40 … +70 3) –25 … +55 4) –25 … +55 4) –40 … +70 3) –40 … +70 3) –25 … +55 4) –25 … +55 4)
Storage temperature °C –40 … +75 –40 … +75 3) –40 … +75 3) –40 … +75 3) –40 … +75 3) –40 … +75 3) –40 … +75 3) –40 … +75 3) –40 … +75 3)
Shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 150 m/s2 at 11 ms half-sine – ■ ■ – – ■ ■ – ■
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6: 5 ... 25 Hz (±1mm) and – ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■
at 25 ... 150 Hz (50 m/s2)
Resistant to shock and vibrations acc. to EN 61373 and EN 50155 "1B" (railway engineering)
Fire behavior of materials acc. to EN 45545-2 (fire protection on railway vehicles)
■
■
–
–
■
■
–
■
–
–
■
■
■
■
–
–
–
–
important technical specifica-
tions to compare the basic
Degree of pollution for overvoltage category 2/ III 3/III 3/III 3/III 3/III 3/III 4) 3/III 3/III 3/III
Additional functions
Communication and measuring function 8) ■ – – – – – – – –
Further information
units. Page references quickly

See page 3/40 See page 3/24 See page 3/26 See page 3/28 See page 3/30 See page 3/32 See page 3/34 See page 3/36 See page 3/38
1)
Exempt: C/D 0.3 A … 0.5 A 4)
Max. 95% humidity 7)
The device properties specified, for example, in the product standards, such as service 8)
Please note the country-specific radio licenses of the products at
2)
5SY54.. 4-pole, degree of pollution 2 for overvoltage category II 5)
Max. 85% rel. humidity, > 45 °C max. 0.056kg/m³ abs. humidity life, breaking capacity and surface temperature, cannot be guaranteed at the specified www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/certificates (109801197)
3)
95% humidity up to 55 °C, 55% humidity up to 70 °C, 30% humidity up to 75 °C 6)
When used with a busbar at the front or 2 conductors, the terminal area at the rear is ambient temperatures that lie outside the specified product standards.
take you to the suitable

restricted, see notes on the Internet
System overview, page 3/5 System overview, page 3/5

3/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/9
devices.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/5

© Siemens 2023
Introduction | The fast route to the product
The fast route to the product

Overviews and matrix tables for better orientation within the catalog
I
Miniature Circuit Breakers | Basic units Basic units | Miniature Circuit Breakers
5SY4 miniature circuit breakers

10 kA
1P 1P+N 2P 3P 3P+N 4P
Rated voltage Un 230/400 V AC 230 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC
Mounting width 1 MW 2 MW 2 MW 3 MW 4 MW 4 MW
1 1 N 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 N 1 3 5 7
2 2 N 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 N 2 4 6 8
3 Rated current In Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic 3
A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D
0.3 A – – 5SY4114-7 5SY4114-8 – – 5SY4514-7 5SY4514-8 – – 5SY4214-7 5SY4214-8 – – 5SY4314-7 5SY4314-8 – – 5SY4614-7 5SY4614-8 – – 5SY4414-7 5SY4414-8
0.5 A 5SY4105-5 – 5SY4105-7 5SY4105-8 – – 5SY4505-7 5SY4505-8 5SY4205-5 – 5SY4205-7 5SY4205-8 5SY4305-5 – 5SY4305-7 5SY4305-8 – – 5SY4605-7 5SY4605-8 – – 5SY4405-7 5SY4405-8
1A 5SY4101-5 5SY4101-6 5SY4101-7 5SY4101-8 5SY4501-5 – 5SY4501-7 5SY4501-8 5SY4201-5 5SY4201-6 5SY4201-7 5SY4201-8 5SY4301-5 5SY4301-6 5SY4301-7 5SY4301-8 5SY4601-5 – 5SY4601-7 5SY4601-8 5SY4401-5 – 5SY4401-7 5SY4401-8
1.6 A 5SY4115-5 5SY4115-6 5SY4115-7 5SY4115-8 5SY4515-5 5SY4515-6 5SY4515-7 5SY4515-8 5SY4215-5 5SY4215-6 5SY4215-7 5SY4215-8 5SY4315-5 5SY4315-6 5SY4315-7 5SY4315-8 5SY4615-5 – 5SY4615-7 5SY4615-8 5SY4415-5 – 5SY4415-7 5SY4415-8
4A 5SY4104-5 5SY4104-6 5SY4104-7 5SY4104-8 5SY4504-5 5SY4504-6 5SY4504-7 5SY4504-8 5SY4204-5 5SY4204-6 5SY4204-7 5SY4204-8 5SY4304-5 5SY4304-6 5SY4304-7 5SY4304-8 5SY4604-5 – 5SY4604-7 5SY4604-8 5SY4404-5 – 5SY4404-7 5SY4404-8
5A – – 5SY4111-7 – – – – – – – 5SY4211-7 – – – 5SY4311-7 – – – – – – – – –
6A 5SY4106-5 5SY4106-6 5SY4106-7 5SY4106-8 5SY4506-5 5SY4506-6 5SY4506-7 5SY4506-8 5SY4206-5 5SY4206-6 5SY4206-7 5SY4206-8 5SY4306-5 5SY4306-6 5SY4306-7 5SY4306-8 5SY4606-5 5SY4606-6 5SY4606-7 5SY4606-8 5SY4406-5 5SY4406-6 5SY4406-7 5SY4406-8
10 A 5SY4110-5 5SY4110-6 5SY4110-7 5SY4110-8 5SY4510-5 5SY4510-6 5SY4510-7 5SY4510-8 5SY4210-5 5SY4210-6 5SY4210-7 5SY4210-8 5SY4310-5 5SY4310-6 5SY4310-7 5SY4310-8 5SY4610-5 5SY4610-6 5SY4610-7 5SY4610-8 5SY4410-5 5SY4410-6 5SY4410-7 5SY4410-8
15 A – – 5SY4118-7 – – – – – – – 5SY4218-7 – – – 5SY4318-7 – – – – – – – – –
30 A – – 5SY4130-7 – – – – – – – 5SY4230-7 – – – 5SY4330-7 – – – – – – – – –
35 A – – 5SY4135-7 – – – – – – – 5SY4235-7 – – – 5SY4335-7 – – – – – – – – –
45 A – – 5SY4145-7 – – – – – – – 5SY4245-7 – – – 5SY4345-7 – – – – – – – – –
60 A – – 5SY4160-7 – – – – – – – 5SY4260-7 – – – 5SY4360-7 – – – – – – – – –
80 A – 5SY4180-6 5SY4180-7 – – – 5SY4580-7 – – 5SY4280-6 5SY4280-7 – – 5SY4380-6 5SY4380-7 – – – 5SY4680-7 – – 5SY4480-6 5SY4480-7 –
Mounting concept Accessories
Product page
Auxiliary switches (AS) Article No. Arc fault detection units (AFDD) Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 5ST3010 For basic units 1P+N In up to 16 A 5SM6021-2
optional optional For low power 5ST3013 (2 MW) In up to 40 A 5SM6024-2
18 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and and or or or or
For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01 Undervoltage releases (UR) Article No.
The article number matrix

2 NO Standard 5ST3011 With integrated 230 V AC 5ST3040
For low power 5ST3014 auxiliary switch 110 V DC 5ST3041
G_I201_20342
AFDD 5SY4 AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS 2 NC Standard 5ST3012 24 V DC 5ST3042

basic unit (1P+N) FC FC + FC UR UR + FC UR + FC + FC For low power 5ST3015 Without integrated 230 V AC 5ST3043
shows you on the spot which

up to max. 40 A AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 auxiliary switch 110 V DC 5ST3044
Fault signal contacts (FC) Article No. 24 V DC 5ST3045
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 Remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
product variants are available.

2 NO 5ST3021 Basic 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3053
18 – 72 mm
27 – 36 mm
optional optional 2 NC 5ST3022 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3054

18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and and or or or or
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) Article No. Power 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3055
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3056
The matching accessories are

5ST3 COM (AS+FC) 5ST3062-0MC Power with ARD 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3057
5SY4 RC mech. AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS Shunt trips (ST) Article No. 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3058
basic unit and FC FC + FC UR UR + FC UR + FC + FC Power with extended 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3070
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030
G_I201_20343
AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC
clearly dedicated to each basic

24 … 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031 function 170 … 277 V AC, 77 … 286 V DC 5ST3071
Adapter 12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01 Adapters for remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
1 … 2 MW 5ST3820-1
3 … 4 MW 5ST3820-2
3/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

Quick selection guide, page 3/8 Quick selection guide, page 3/8
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/27 unit – often directly on the
same page.
Air Circuit Breakers | 3WA11 – 3WA13 3WA11 – 3WA13 | Air Circuit Breakers
Structure of the article numbers

Basic configuration for AC circuit breakers and AC non-automatic circuit breakers up to 690 V
The structure shown below is intended as an overview of each position and its meaning.
For a complete and valid configuration of your air circuit breaker, please use our online configurator at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3wa-configurator
1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
3WA1 – – 3WA1 – –
Circuit breakers and Connection
SZ 1
SZ 2
SZ 3
non-automatic circuit breakers Type of mounting Fixed-mounted ◾ ◾ 1) ◾ Vertical 1

Size (SZ) 1 1
◾ ◾ 3) ◾ 4) Horizontal 2
2 2
◾ 2) ◾ 5) ◾ 6) Front 3
3 3 ◾ ◾ 3) ◾ 4) Vertical on top/horizontal at the bottom 5
◾ ◾ 3) ◾ 4) Horizontal on top/vertical at the bottom 6
SZ 1
SZ 2
SZ 3
Withdrawable ◾ ◾ ◾ Without guide frame 0

Max. rated current 630 A ■ – – 0 6 ◾ ◾ 1) ◾ Vertical 1
In max 800 A ■ – – 0 8 ◾ 2) ◾ 3) ◾ 4) Horizontal 2
1000 A ■ – – 1 0 ◾ 2) ◾ 5) ◾ 6) Front 3
1250 A ■ – – 1 2 ◾ 2) ◾ 5) ◾ 6) Flange 4
1600 A ■ – – 1 6 ◾ 2) ◾ 3) ◾ 4) Vertical on top/horizontal at the bottom 5
2000 A ■ ■ – 2 0 ◾ 2) ◾ 3) ◾ 4) Horizontal on top/vertical at the bottom 6
2500 A ■ ■ – 2 5
◾ 2) ◾ 5) ◾ 6) Flange on top/horizontal at the bottom 7
3200 A – ■ – 3 2
◾ 2) ◾ 5) ◾ 6) Horizontal on top/flange at the bottom 8
4000 A – ■1) ■ 4 0
5000 A – – ■ 5 0
1)
The 4000 A vertical connections for the 3WA1 have different dimensions from the 3WL1.
Dimensionally compatible connections can be ordered with the additional Z option D01.
6300 A – – ■ 6 3 2)
Not available for 2500 A
3)
Short-circuit N ■ – – 55/42 kA 2 4)
breaking capacity S ■ ■ – 66/50 kA 3 5)
Not available for 4000 A and for breaking capacity C
Icu at 500/690 V M ■ ■ – 85/66 kA 4 6)
Not available for 5000 A and 6300 A and for breaking capacity C
H – ■ ■ 100/85 kA 5
C – ■ – 130/100 kA 6
– – ■ 3-pole: 150/150 kA 6
4-pole: 130/130 kA
Non-automatic circuit breakers A A
Non-automatic circuit breakers, ready4COM feature C A
Application ETU300 Protective function LSI A B

packages with electronic trip unit LSIG A C
Configurable products
protective and ETU600 Current metering A
metering functions electronic trip unit Current metering, ready4COM feature C
for circuit breakers ETU600 PMF-I Voltage tap on top L
electronic trip unit with Energy efficiency Voltage tap on bottom E
For products which are

metering function, PMF-II Basic Power Voltage tap on top M
internal voltage tap in Monitoring Voltage tap on bottom F
the circuit breaker, PMF-III Advanced Voltage tap on top N
power supply of the Power Monitoring Voltage tap on bottom G
conveniently configurable
ETU600 via the VTM680
voltage tap module and
ready4COM
Protective functions ■ ■ ■ LSI E
online, the structure of the

■ ■ ■ LSIG F
– ■ ■ LSIG Hi-Z G
Number of poles Fixed-mounted 3-pole 0

4-pole, Neutral left 1
Withdrawable Without position signaling
switch
With position signaling switch 3) 3-pole
3-pole
4-pole, Neutral left
3
4
6
article numbers is clearly
displayed. A link takes you
1)
Not available for breaking capacity C 2)
Position signaling switch for circuit breakers/non-automatic circuit breakers without ready4COM:
3 × connected position, 2 × test position, 1 × disconnected position;
directly to the configurator

Position signaling switch for circuit breakers/non-automatic circuit breakers with ready4COM:
1 × connected position, 1 × test position, 1 × disconnected position + message through communications interface
for disconnected position and for "not available"
1/32 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

Quick selection guide, pages 1/4 and 1/8 Quick selection guide, pages 1/4 and 1/8
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/33 which permits complete and
valid configuration.
I/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
The fast route to the product | Introduction
Clickable article numbers Clickable images I

Direct forwarding to the individual products in SiePortal Direct forwarding to the individual motif types in the Industry
(Product Catalog) by clicking on the article number in the image database by clicking on the images in the catalog
catalog
3VA9157-0EK11
I201_20435
I201_20436
or by entering this web address incl. article number Industry image database:
www.siemens.com/product_catalog_SIEP?Article No. www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/picturedb
SiePortal – The integrated platform for product SiePortal – Knowledge base for low-voltage
selection, ordering and support products
SiePortal > Support > Knowledge base
• Catalog/Brochure
• Manual
• Characteristic curves
• Certificates
• FAQ etc.
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support
SiePortal – Product catalog

(Internet ordering platform) for low-voltage
products
SiePortal > Products & Services

SiePortal:
www.siemens.com/sieportal www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-catalog
new Search function

Search for new products by entering "new" in the text field of
the search function
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/7

© Siemens 2023
Introduction | Products and their applications in infrastructure
Products and their applications in

infrastructure
I
Elevator
7KM PAC3200T
Climate
Page 10/26
7KM PAC3220
Page 10/26
Photovoltaic
7KT PAC1200 SENTRON SENTRON

5SV3 5SV1 5ST3 5SV6 5SL6 SENTRON ALPHA
Page 10/31 Powermanager Powercenter
Page 4/28 Page COM COM COM Powercenter SIMBOX XL Page 10/14 3000
4/52 Page Page Page 1000 Page Page 10/18
3/54 4/56 3/40 Page 10/20 15/240
5SL 5SV1
Page 3/6 Page 4/52
Office Property management
7KT PAC1600 5SV3 5SL ALPHA 7KM PAC2200

Page 10/30 Page 4/28 Page 3/6 SIMBOX XL Page 10/26
Page 15/240
Shop (external) Parking
SENTRON SENTRON
Powercenter Powercenter
5SG7 MINIZED D02 3VA2 3000 5TT4 1000 SEM3
Page 7/13 Page 2/12 Page 10/18 Page 5/20 Page 10/20 Page 10/32
7KM PAC3120
3NJ4 Page 10/26
3NA COM
Page 8/102
Page 7/50
3WA
Page 1/28
7KM PAC4220 COM800 3KC 3NJ6

Page 10/26 Page 2/60 Page 9/8 Page 8/136
ALPHA 3200
Page 15/12
I201_20177a
Incoming power supply
I/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Products and their applications in industry | Introduction
Products and their applications in

industry
Climate I
7KM PAC3200T 3VA
Page 10/26 Page 2/6

7KM PAC3220 SIMATIC
Page 10/26 Energy Suite
TIA Portal
Page 10/24
5SY4 5SV1
5SV3 5SV1 5ST3 5SM6 5SV6 5SL6 SENTRON ALPHA Page 3/26 Page 4/52
Page 4/28 Page COM Page COM COM Powercenter SIMBOX XL
4/52 Page 3/54 4/54 Page Page 1000 Page
4/56 3/40 Page 10/20 15/240
Office Control room
3VA 5SY17
Page 2/6 3NP1 Page 3/46
SIMATIC PCS7
Page 8/84
Page 10/25
7KM PAC2200
3VA2 Page 10/26
Page 2/12
RCD 3VA
Page 2/56 SENTRON Page 2/6
Powercenter 3000
3LD Page 10/18
5SV3
SIMATIC ET200SP Page 8/6
Page 4/28
Catalog ST70 5SU1
Page 4/40
7KM PAC3220
Page 10/26
SINAMICS G120
Catalog D31.1 5SV1
5SV3, type B Page 4/52
Page 4/28
SIMOCODE pro 5SY 5SD74,
Catalog IC10 Page 3/8 type 2
Page 6/16 5SY 5SD74, type 2
Page 3/8 Page 6/16
SIVACON 8MF1
Page 17/6 ALPHA distribution
board Page 15/192
Manufacturing Mounting
SENTRON
Powercenter 3000 SENTRON
Page 10/18 Powercenter
3WL10 1000 3VA2
5SG7 MINIZED D02 Page 1/126 Page 10/20 Page 2/12
Page 7/13
COM800
Page 2/60
7KM PAC3220
Page 10/26
3NA COM
Page 7/50
3WA 3NJ6
Page 1/28 Page 8/136
7KM PAC4220 3NJ4
Page 10/26 Page 8/102
SIVACON S8
Page 15/10
I201_20178b
Incoming power supply
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/9

© Siemens 2023
Introduction | Examples of digitalization in infrastructure
Examples of digitalization in infrastructure
I &ORXGEDVHG
DQDO\VLV
or
Elevator
7KM PAC3200T
Climate 7KM
Page 10/26
PAC3220
Page 10/26
Photovoltaic
&RQGLWLRQ
SIVACON 8PS PRQLWRULQJ
7KT PAC1200
3UHGLFWLYH
5SV3 5SV1 5ST3 5SV6 5SL6 SENTRON ALPHA Page 10/31 SENTRON SENTRON PDLQWHQDQFH
COM COM COM Powercenter SIMBOX Powermanager Powercenter
Page Page Page 1000 Page 10/14 3000
XL
3/54 4/56 3/40 Page 10/20 Page 10/12
5SL 5SV1
3RZHUPRQLWRULQJ
Office Property management
2QSUHPLVHV
7KT 5SV3 5SL

PAC1600 ALPHA 7KM PAC2200
Page SIMBOX XL Page 10/26
10/30
Shop (external) Parking 0HDVXULQJHYDOXDWLQJDQG

FRQWUROOLQJZLWK6(17521
SRZHUPDQDJHU
'HVLJR&&
SENTRON
3VA2 Powercenter 3000 SRZHUPRQLWRULQJ
5SG7 MINIZED D02 Page 2/12 Page 10/18 VRIWZDUH
5TT4
SEM3 Page 10/32
3NJ4 6WDQGDORQH
7KM PAC3120
Page 10/26
SENTRON
Powercenter
1000
Page 10/20
3WA
3NJ6
Page 1/28
'HFHQWUDOL]HGYLVXDOL]DWLRQ
7KM PAC4220 COM800 3KC
Page 10/26 Page 2/60 Page 9/8 RIPHDVXUHGYDOXHV
ALPHA 3200 3NA COM VWDWHVDQGDODUPVYLD
I201_20179b
Page 7/50 LQWHJUDWHGZHEVHUYHUVLQ

PHDVXULQJGHYLFHVDQG
Incoming power supply 6(175213RZHUFHQWHU

,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
SRZHUOLQH
Industrial Ethernet
powerline
I/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Examples of digitalization in industry | Introduction
Examples of digitalization in industry
&ORXGEDVHG
DQDO\VLV
Climate I
7KM PAC3200T
Page 10/26 3VA
SIVACON 8PS
7KM PAC3220 SIMATIC Energy
Page 10/26 Suite TIA Portal
Page 10/24
&RQGLWLRQ
5SV3 5SM6 5SV1 5SV6 5SL6 5SL ALPHA
PRQLWRULQJ COM COM SENTRON
Powercenter SIMBOX XL
Seite Seite
1000 5SY4 5SV1
4/56 3/40 Page 10/20
3UHGLFWLYH Office Control room

PDLQWHQDQFH
SIMATIC
3VA PCS7 5SY17
3NP1 Page 10/25
3RZHUPRQLWRULQJ
7KM
RCD
SENTRON PAC2200
3VA 3VA2
Powercenter Page 10/26
Page 2/12
SIMATIC ET200SP 3000
Catalog ST70
2QSUHPLVHV 3LD 5SV3
7KM PAC3220
SINAMICS G120 Page 10/26
Catalog D31.1 5SU1
SIMOCODE pro 5SY 5SD74, 5SV1

5SV3, 5SY 5SD74,
Catalog IC10 type 2 type B type 2
0HDVXULQJHYDOXDWLQJ
DQGFRQWUROOLQJZLWK ALPHA
SIVACON 8MF1 distribution
6,0$7,&(QHUJ\6XLWH board
7,$3RUWDO Manufacturing Mounting
SENTRON
SENTRON Powercenter
Powercenter 3WL10 1000 3VA2
3000 Page 1/126 Page 10/20 Page 2/12
Page 10/18
6WDQGDORQH 5SG7 MINIZED D02
COM800
Page 2/60
7KM PAC3220
Page 10/26
3NJ4
'HFHQWUDOL]HGYLVXDOL]DWLRQ
3WA
RIPHDVXUHGYDOXHV Page 1/28 7KM PAC4220
VWDWHVDQGDODUPVYLD 3NJ6
Page 10/26
I201_20180c
LQWHJUDWHGZHEVHUYHUVLQ SIVACON S8 3NA COM

PHDVXULQJGHYLFHVDQG Page 7/50
6(175213RZHUFHQWHU Incoming power supply

,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
9$OLQH
SRZHUOLQH
Industrial Ethernet
3VA-line
powerline
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/11

© Siemens 2023
Introduction | Introduction to the topic of digitalization and Industry 4.0
Introduction to the topic of digitalization

and Industry 4.0
In industrial automation, the demand for communication capability, data transparency and flexibility is growing constantly. To enable
I industrial switchgear technology to meet this demand, the use of bus systems and intelligent switching devices is unavoidable.
Digitalization
Protection, switching and measuring devices in power distribution systems can display important information on local
visualization via integrated communication, e.g. in Powercenter, or transmit it to energy data management systems (EDMS),
e.g. SENTRON Powermanager, as well as to cloud systems and applications.
• Diagnostics management
• Fault management – Email alarm
• Maintenance management – predictive maintenance
• Cost center management
1. Visualization and plant transparency 2. Digital documentation

• Greater operational reliability thanks to • Uniform access to digital data and
I201_20536
remote access to the plant. I201_20526 documentation.

• Plant visualization for central and simple • Provision of extensive CAx data for systems
access to all device information. and components during planning and
operation.
• Support in planning and process creation
using SIMARIS planning tools, product and
system configurators.
3. Power monitoring 4. Optimization and retrofit

• Fulfilling the ISO 50001 by detecting and • Retrofitting solutions such as SEM3 offer a
I201_20459
I201_20452
transparently presenting the energy flows simple option for integrating energy
within energy distribution. monitoring into existing systems.
• Energy monitoring and plant transparency
help you efficiently plan plant expansion.
5. Maintenance management 6. Emergency management

• Maintenance support, even remotely, by • Quick error localization which therefore leads
I201_20449
I201_20437
transparently presenting the status of a to a minimization of outage times.

switchgear and controlgear assembly.
7. Cybersecurity
• Protection from unauthorized access and manipulation to switchgear and controlgear assemblies and devices
ensures integrity, availability and confidentiality.
I201_20434
I/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Introduction to the topic of digitalization and Industry 4.0 | Introduction
I

6LHPHQV$SSV
&XVWRPHU$SSV
UG3DUW\$SSV

DQDO\VLVV\VWHPV
&ORXGEDVHG

Insights Hub

3RZHUPRQLWRULQJ
&RQGLWLRQ
3UHGLFWLYH
6(17521

PRQLWRULQJ
PDLQWHQDQFH
3RZHUPLQG

On
premises Powercenter
SENTRON 3000

SENTRON
Integrated
Powermanager
WebInterface

3ODWIRUP

&RQQHFWLYL\

0RGEXV7&30RGEXV578 YLD*DWHZD\
'LIIHUHQWFRPPXQLFDWLRQRSWLRQVGHSHQGLQJRQWKHGHYLFH
'HYLFHVVHQVRUV
3URWHFWLRQDQGVZLWFKLQJ 0HDVXULQJGHYLFHV
GHYLFHV
(QHUJ\PHDVXUHPHHQW (QHUJ\PHDVXUHPHQWWRDFFXUDF\0,'
6WDWXVLQIRUPDWLRQ 2XWSXWPHDVXUHPHQWWRDFFXUDF\7+'
5HPRWHFRQWURO 3RZHU4XDOLW\WRDFFXUDF\+DUPRQLFV
,BE
6(17521FRPSRQHQWVLQ6,9$&21$/3+$GLVWULEXWLRQV\VWHPV
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/13

© Siemens 2023
Introduction | Overview of protection, switching, measuring and monitoring tasks

The functions presented here are available in combination or individually.
I Details can be found in the respective chapter.
Starter protection
Isolating function
Motor protection
Line protection
protection
Generator
Device class Type Rated current Page
Air circuit breakers 3WA/ 630 … 6300 A 1/1 ■ ■ ■ ■
3WL
Molded case circuit breakers 3VA 16 … 1600 A 2/6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Miniature circuit breakers 5SY/ 0 … 80 A 3/6 ■
(automatic circuit breakers) 5SL
RCCB 5SV3/ 16 … 125 A 4/6 ■ ■
5SM3
RCBOs 5SU1/ 0 … 40 A 4/10 ■ ■
5SV1
AFD units 5SM6 0 … 40 A 4/12
AFDD/MCBs 5SV6 0 … 40 A 4/12 ■ ■
On/Off switches 5TL1 32 … 125 A 5/14
Overvoltage protection 5SD7 – 6/1 ■
devices
Fuses NEOZED, DIAZED, 5SE, 5SA, – 7/30 ■ ■ 1) ■
Cylindrical fuses 5SB, 3NW6,
3NW8
Photovoltaic fuses – – 7/84 ■
LV HRC fuses 3NA/ – 7/36 ■ ■ ■
3ND
SITOR semiconductor fuses – – 7/54 ■ ■ ■
Switch disconnectors 3LD 16 … 250 A 8/12 ■
3KD 16 … 1600 A 8/66 ■
Fuse switch disconnectors 3NP 0 … 630 A 8/84 With suitable With suitable ■
Switch disconnector with fuse 3NJ 0 … 630 A 8/102 fuse links fuse links ■
3KF 0 … 630 A 8/120 ■
Transfer switching equipment 3KC 16 … 3200 A 9/4 ■
PAC measuring devices 7KM/ Any 10/26
7KT
Motor starter protectors 3RV – Catalog IC 10 ■ ■
Contactor 3RT – Catalog IC 10 ■
1)
Only applies to 3NW8
2)
Only applies to the communication-capable COM products
I/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

Overload
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
protection LT
fuse links
With suitable
Current limitation
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
(Short-circuit)
fuse links
With suitable
Short-circuit
■
■
protection,
delayed ST
Short-circuit
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
protection,
fuse links
With suitable
instantaneous INST
Ground-fault
■
■
protection GF
Measurement
■
■
■
■ 2)
■ 2)
■ 2)
© Siemens 2023
function
Personnel safety/
■/■
■/■
■/■
fault current
protection
Overvoltage
■
protection
Preventive fire
■
■
■
■
protection
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
■ Switching function
I/15
Overview of protection, switching, measuring and monitoring tasks | Introduction
I
© Siemens 2023

I Line protection Generator protection
I201_20328
I201_20327
The trip units for line protection are designed to provide The setting values of the trip units are matched to protecting
overload and short-circuit protection for: generators.
• Cables
• Leads
• Non-motor loads
Motor protection Starter protection
I201_20330
I201_20329
The overload and short-circuit releases are designed for Starter combinations consist of:
optimal protection and direct starting of three-phase AC
Molded case circuit breaker + contactor + overload relay.
squirrel-cage motors.
The molded case circuit breaker handles short-circuit protec-
The molded case circuit breakers for motor protection have
tion and the isolating function. The task of the contactor is the
phase-failure sensitivity and a thermal image that protects the
operational switching of the feeder. The overload relay
motor against overheating.
handles overload protection that can be specially matched to
The adjustable time lag class enables users to adjust the the motor.
overload release to the startup conditions of the motor to be
The molded case circuit breaker for the starter combination is
protected.
therefore equipped with an adjustable and instantaneous
short-circuit release.
I/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Isolating function Measurement function I

Switching devices are described that meet the requirements There are two possibilities for selecting the measurement
defined for the isolating function when in the open position. function in low-voltage power distribution (See chapter 10):
• Load switches, disconnectors, switch disconnectors • Measuring devices (stand-alone) combined with protection
according to IEC 60947-3 and switching devices
Switching operational currents up to the maximum rated
current of the switching devices is part of the tasks performed
by these devices (See chapter 8).
+ or
• Non-automatic circuit breakers according to IEC 60947-2

Annex L
• Protection and switching devices with integrated
Non-automatic circuit breakers can disconnect operational measurement function (all-in-one), measurement function
currents up to the maximum rated current, including fault equivalent to a measuring device
currents up to the specified Icc value.
I201_20406
I201_20406
I201_20406
Current limitation (Short-circuit) Transfer switching function
Current limitation means that the peak value of the prospecti- In the selection of transfer switch equipment, the following
ve peak short-circuit current is limited to a smaller let-through functions are distinguished (See chapter 9):
current.
• Transfer control
• Current-limiting devices include molded case circuit • Load transfer
breakers (MCCBs), motor starter protectors (MSPs),
The following possibilities for transfer switching are available:
miniature circuit breakers (MCBs) and fuses
• MTSE = manual transfer switch equipment
• RTSE = remote transfer switch equipment
• ATSE = automatic transfer switch equipment
G G
,
• Air circuit breakers (ACBs) are non-current-limiting devices
Non-
Priority
I201_20422
priority
load
load
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/17

© Siemens 2023
Tripping characteristics
The protective function of protection and switching devices in low-voltage power distribution systems is determined by the correct
I selection of the respective tripping characteristic (fuses, miniature circuit breakers) or TMTU/ETU trip units (air circuit breakers,
molded case circuit breakers).
All current-limiting protection devices, such as MCCBs, MSPs, MCBs and fuses, can be described in terms of three characteristic curves:
• Tripping curve (time/current)
• Let-through current curve
• Let-through energy curve
In the following, the functions of the tripping curve are presented as an example.
Fuses Miniature circuit breakers (MCBs)
The time-current characteristic curve of fuses denotes the The characteristic curve is chosen based on the application
melting time as a function of the overload or short-circuit and is classified, for example, as tripping characteristic A, B, C
current. or D.
Different characteristics must be considered in dimensioning Tripping curve = tripping characteristics according to
depending on the protection requirement and operational IEC/EN 60898-1
class (e.g. gG, gR, aR, etc.).
See Configuration Manual – Miniature circuit breakers
See Configuration Manual – Fuse systems www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals (45302792)
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals (45314810)
10 4 1.13 1.45
I201_06044b
120
6 I201_13653
4 60
vs[s]
40
Tripping time
2
20
Minutes
10 3 250 A
200 A 10
6 160 A
4 6
125 A 4
100 A
2 80 A 2
102 63 A 1
50 A
6 40
4 20
2 10
101 6
4
6
4 2
1
2
Seconds
0.6
100 0.4
6 0.2
4
0.1
2 0.06
10-1 0.04
6 0.02
4 0.01
1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30
2
Multiple of rated current
10 -2
6
4
2
10 -3
10 1 2 4 6 8 10 2 2 4 6 8 10 3 2 4 6 8 10 4
rms [A]
I/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs)
The choice of electronic trip unit is based on the protective

function required in power distribution.
FTFM I
(Fixed Thermal Fixed Magnetic)
The trip units are classified as:
• thermal-magnetic trip units
(TMTU; previously known as electromechanical trip units)
• electronic trip units (ETU).
Depending on the application and requirements, TMTUs are

available with different protection setting options for both
overload and short-circuit.
See Equipment Manual – 3VA molded case circuit breakers
with IEC certificate
Permanently set thermal overload trip unit, permanently set

magnetic trip unit with short-circuit protection
ATFM ATAM
(Adjustable Thermal Fixed Magnetic) (Adjustable Thermal Adjustable Magnetic)
r r
Adjustable thermal overload trip unit, permanently set Adjustable thermal overload trip unit, adjustable magnetic trip
magnetic trip unit with short-circuit protection unit with short-circuit protection
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/19

© Siemens 2023
Tripping characteristics
Molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs)/air circuit breakers (ACBs) with ETU
Selection of the electronic trip unit determines the protective function in power distribution.
I Electronic trip units offer the most extensive and variable protection settings of all protection and switching devices for
low-voltage power distribution.
• See Equipment Manual – 3VA molded case circuit breakers with IEC certificate www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals (90318775)
• See Equipment Manual – 3WA1 air circuit breakers www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals (109763061)
The graphs below show an overview of the time-current characteristic curve.
IrN LT Overload protection LT

Ir
t in s
1.000
N Neutral conductor overload protection N
tr
100 ST Short-circuit protection, delayed ST
INST Short-circuit protection, instantaneous INST

10
Ig GF Ground-fault protection GF
Isd
1
0,1 tg
tsd
Ii
0,01
I201_20325a
0,5 1 5 10 50 100
I in kA
Overload protection LT Neutral conductor overload protection N
The ID letter for overload protection is LT (stands for "Long- The ID letter for neutral conductor protection is N. The letters
time delay"). The trip unit is inverse-time delayed and exhibits IN refer to the current setting value for the overload protec-
the following characteristics depending on the trip unit type: tion; the associated tripping time is identical to tr.
• Bimetal characteristic with thermal-magnetic trip units
The short-circuit protection of the circuit breaker also protects
• I2t characteristics for molded case circuit breakers MCCBs
the neutral conductor.
and I2t and I4t characteristics for ACBs
• Depending on the electronic trip units, only I2t characteristic Possible reasons for implementing overload protection in the
or I2t and I4t characteristic neutral conductor include:
The letters Ir refer to the current setting value; the associated • The neutral conductor has a smaller cross-section than the
tripping time is identical to tr. phase conductors.
• Higher harmonic components in the system can be
expected.
IrN Ir • A large number of loads, or predominantly 1-phase loads,
1.000 are connected.
tr
t in s
100
10
0,1
I201_20326a
0,01
0,5 1 5 10 50 100
I in kA
I/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Short-circuit protection, delayed ST Short-circuit protection, instantaneous INST I

The ID letter for short-time delayed short-circuit protection is The ID letter for instantaneous short-circuit protection is INST
ST (stands for "Short-time"). The ST function of the electronic (stands for "Instantaneous"). This short-circuit protection
trip unit can be used to implement time-selective short-circuit function protects phases L1 to L3. The instantaneous short
tripping in low-voltage networks in which multiple circuit circuit protection function responds if the instantaneous value
breakers are installed in series. equal to the rms of the current in at least one phase exceeds
the instantaneous tripping current Ii.
The short-time delayed short-circuit protection function
protects phases L1 to L3 and the neutral conductor. The
protective function responds if the current in at least one
phase exceeds the set tripping current Isd for the set delay
period tsd.
1.000 1.000
t in s
t in s
100 100
10 10
Isd
1 1
0,1 0,1
t sd Ii
I201_20511a
I201_20331a
0,01 0,01
0,5 1 5 10 50 100
0,5 1 5 10 50 100
I in kA
I in kA
Ground-fault protection GF
The ID letter for ground-fault protection is GF (ground fault).

The G release measures fault currents between phases and
grounded, electrically conductive parts. Ground-fault
protection protects against the flow of current to ground in
the rated current range. As ground-fault currents can produce
arcing, ground-fault protection consequently offers extended
fire protection.
1.000
t in s
100
10
Ig
1
0,1 tg
I201_20320a
0,01
0,5 1 5 10 50 100
I en kA
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/21

© Siemens 2023

I Overvoltage protection Preventive fire protection
Overvoltage protection refers to the protection of electrical Arc fault detection devices evaluate occurring faults in the
and electronic devices against excessively high electrical current and voltage wave using an electronic switch and
voltages. Overvoltage can be caused by switching operations shutting off the current when it recognizes a contact fault.
or electrostatic discharging (ESD). This prevents overheating at poor contact points which can
prevent fires.
Z UV Terminal
HAK
equipment
230/400V 10000 I201_20332a
1000
S S S N
100
t in s
P P P
D D D
10
I201_20525
1 100
0,1 10
0,01
B C D
1
0,001
0,1 1 10 100
Personnel safety/fault current protection I in kA
Potential failure causes

Protection in the event of direct contact:
• Damaged cable insulation, e.g. by nails, screws or brackets
Additional protection contact refers to direct contact with a
• The risk of a cable break exists for cables with a too-tight
part that is live under operating conditions.
bending radius
Protection against indirect contact: • Cables which are laid through open doors and windows can
Fault protection refers to contact with an electrically conducti- be crushed when doors or windows are closed resulting in
ve part which is not live under operating conditions. damaged insulation and arcing faults
• Environmental influences such as UV rays, temperature,
L1 L1 L1
humidity, gases can damage or age the insulation
RCCB
RCCB
RCCB
N N N
PE PE PE
RA RA RA • Damage caused by rodents
• Loose contact, e.g. caused by too low torque
• Conductor damaged by claw fixing
PE conductor Conductors
Damaged
interrupted interchanged
insulation
and insulation
failure in the
equipment
I201_06156a
RSt RSt RSt
I/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
SIMARIS® Planning Tools | Introduction
SIMARIS planning tools

For planning and visualizing the power distribution system
From planning to operation I

Commissioning
Electrical planner Panel builder engineer Operator
Network calculation Order processing Tool-based
Offer and order phase Operation
Tender specification and manufacturing commissioning
3D Digital To adjust SIMARIS
IFC models* twin the values curves
Insights Hub
SIMARIS
SIMARIS Specifi- confi- Parts
busbarplan cation guration list
ePlan
SCF WS CAD
I201_19849c
SIMARIS SIMARIS CAx Download allpole Connectivity Web SENTRON
design project Manager circuit server Powermanager
diagram
Intelligent
data management
SiePortal Assembly Documen- Assembly
drawing tation
Customized assembly
Manufacturing process
*available for ALPHA 3200 Eco, SIVACON S4
Integrated planning tools SIMARIS and CAx data for safe, error-free, fast planning The fast way to a safe, transparent assembly
Highlights
• Thorough support of the engineering process with
interlinked software tools
• Provision of extensive CAx data for systems and
components
• Reduction of cost and time aspects during planning
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/23

© Siemens 2023
Introduction | Distribution systems
Distribution systems
For industrial plants or in infrastructure
I SIVACON S8 power distribution boards and SIVACON 8PS busbar trunking systems
motor control centers
• Reliable, economical, flexible and communication-capable • For economic and reliable power supply
• For all applications in infrastructure and process industry • Space-saving and simple to install
• Low fire load, good electromagnetic compatibility
Overview, see page 15/6 Overview, see page 16/4
ALPHA 3200 power distribution boards ALPHA 3200 Eco power distribution boards
(DIN technology) (DIN technology)
• Safe investment, enhances productivity and performance • Saves resources: lower use of copper with centrally
• Optimized for applications in modern building infra positioned busbar
structures • Practical: optimized performance – from the transformer
• Integrated system for all SENTRON components connection via the busbar to the outgoing feeders
• Modular: a high packing density in a compact space due to
flexible use of ALPHA assembly kits
• Innovative: 3D processor generates a digital twin of the
configured system at the press of a button
Overview, see page 15/6

ALPHA distribution boards (DIN technology)
• Comprehensive portfolio with wall-mounted and floor-moun-

ted distribution boards for currents between 160 A to 1250 A
I/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Distribution systems | Introduction
SIVACON S4 power distribution boards ALPHA UNIVERSAL distribution boards I

(NF technology) (NF technology)
• Consistent portfolio for applications from 800 A to 6300 A • Comprehensive portfolio with wall-mounted and floor-
• High flexibility in system planning thanks to a modular mounted distribution boards for currents between
platform structure 125 A to 800 A
• Simple reproduction of type-tested solutions using • Simple planning thanks to the modular platform structure
software-assisted configuration in SIMARIS configuration
and SIMARIS project
• Increased planning reliability due to the provision of
3D data
• Safe to use thanks to independent VDE approval
Overview, see page 15/4 Overview, see page 15/4
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/25

© Siemens 2023
Introduction | Control cabinets/System cubicles
Control cabinets/System cubicles

For plant engineering, process control, network technology,
secondary systems/energy automation
I
SIVACON 8MF1 system cubicles SIVACON 8MF/8MR system lighting –

LED lights
• Modular system
• Fully assembled, adapted according to your specifications, The LED lights offer optimum lighting conditions for installa
or entirely customized tion and maintenance. The LED technology is energy-efficient
and maintenance-free.
SIVACON 8MF/8MR system lighting –

Slimline lights
The Slimline lights are an alternative with energy-saving
lamps and are available as a version with an integrated
socket.

SIVACON 8MR system air-conditioning
Ensures fault-free operation of the electrical and electronic

built-in units installed in the cubicle, even under the harshest
ambient conditions.
I/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Control cabinets/System cubicles | Introduction
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/27

© Siemens 2023
Air Circuit Breakers
Made for makers. Simply reliable.

All power distribution systems rely on a secure
infeed of electrical energy. The 3WA air circuit
breaker combines all of the functions which
are required of power distribution equipment
in the digital companies of today: from reliably
protecting people and equipment from electrical
accidents and damage, to flexible application
and retrofit options, a long service life and
low maintenance, to innovative features for
integrated e-engineering, reliable energy data
recording and seamless integration into digital
environments. As the central component of the
electrical power distribution, the 3WA air circuit
breaker provides the basis for a holistic energy
system in the digital age. The 3WA air circuit
breaker is also part of the Siemens Xcelerator
portfolio and therefore provides support
with achieving digital and sustainable
transformation – faster, simpler, and scalable.
Reliable, versatile and perfectly

integrated
The 3WL air circuit breakers reliably protect
electrical equipment from damage or fire resulting
from short circuit, ground fault or overload
failures.
© Siemens 2023
All the information you need 1/2

3WA1 quick selection guide 1/4
3WA1 circuit breakers and non-automatic circuit breakers 1
for AC and DC 1/4
3WA1 circuit breakers and non-automatic circuit breakers
for AC 1/8
3WA1 non-automatic circuit breakers for DC 1/14
Electronic trip unit 1/18
ETU300 electronic trip unit 1/19
ETU600 electronic trip unit 1/20
Connection 1/26
Communication 1/27
3WA11 – 3WA13 1/28
System overview 1/28
Online configurator highlights 1/30
Structure of the article numbers 1/32
Accessory options 1/46
Summary of power consumption data 1/55
Guide frames for AC 1/56
Guide frames for DC 1/58
Accessories and spare parts 1/60
3WL1 quick selection guide 1/74
3WL1 circuit breakers and non-automatic circuit breakers
for AC and DC 1/74
3WL1 circuit breakers and non-automatic circuit breakers
for AC 1/76
3WL1 non-automatic circuit breakers for DC 1/80
ETU electronic trip units 1/84
Connection 1/88
Operating mechanism, auxiliary release,
auxiliary switch 1/89
3WL11 – 3WL13 1/90
Guide frames for AC 1/108
Guide frames for DC 1/109
3WL10 1/126
Guide frames 1/132
ETU electronic trip units and accessories 1/133
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/1

© Siemens 2023
Air Circuit Breakers | All the information you need
A multitude of additional information ...
Information + ordering
1
All the important things at a glance Everything you need for your order
For information about air circuit breakers, please visit Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
our website www.siemens.com/3WA (product catalog)
• Air circuit breakers sie.ag/2lXiZjB
Direct forwarding to the individual products in SiePortal
Your product in detail by clicking on the article number in the catalog or
entering this web address incl. article number
The SiePortal platform (knowledge base) provides www.siemens.com/product_catalog_SIEP?Article No.
comprehensive information
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support Order supports can be found in SiePortal at
• Quick Selection Guide
• Order Support
− 3WA air circuit breakers (109781967)
− 3WA air circuit breakers – Made for makers.
− 3WL air circuit breakers (109751638)
Simply reliable. (109800074)
• Brochure
− 3WA air circuit breakers (109800077)
The relevant tender specifications can be found at Configurators
www.siemens.com/tenderspecifications
Use our conversion tool for quick and easy conversion to
Siemens products www.siemens.com/conversion-tool The configurator reduces the time and effort required in
the planning and ordering process, and allows for individ
ual adaptations. Configure your air circuit breaker at
Siemens YouTube channel www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3wl-configurator
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3wl10-configurator
• 3WA air circuit breaker – Teaserfilm The following are additionally available for your
sie.ag/2Myvit configured air circuit breaker:
• 3WA air circuit breaker – Highlightfilm • 3D views
sie.ag/3dy65A • CAD data
• Unit wiring diagrams
• Dimension drawings
The fast track to the experts
Contact persons in your region

We offer a comprehensive portfolio of services. Competent expert advice on technical questions with a wide
You can find your local contacts at range of demand-optimized services for all our products and
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/components/contact systems.
You will find further information on services at Assistance with technical queries is provided at
www.siemens.com/service-offers www.siemens.com/support-request
1/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Air Circuit Breakers
... can be found in our online services
Commissioning + operation
SENTRON Powerconfig Manuals
The combined commissioning and service tool SENTRON Manuals can be found in SiePortal at
Powerconfig for communication-capable measuring www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals
devices, circuit protection devices and circuit breakers. • Equipment Manual
Free download SENTRON Powerconfig − 3WA1 air circuit breakers (109763061)
www.siemens.com/powerconfig − 3VA27 molded case circuit breakers &
3WL10 air circuit breakers (109753821)
Free download SENTRON Powerconfig mobile via • System Manual
App Store and Play Store − 3WA air circuit breaker communication (109792368)
− 3WL/3VL circuit breakers with communications
capability – Modbus (39850157)
Your product in detail − 3WL/3VL PROFIBUS circuit breakers with
communications capability – PROFIBUS (12560390)
• Configuration Manual
The SiePortal platform (knowledge base) provides − 3WL1 air circuit breakers (35681108)
detailed technical information − Low-voltage protection devices selectivity tables
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support (109748621)
• Operating instructions • Communication Manual
• Characteristic curves − 3WL air circuit breakers via COM35 – PROFINET IO,
• Certificates Modbus TCP (109757987)
− 3WL10 air circuit breakers & 3VA27 molded case
Online Support app available for download from the circuit breakers (109760220)
App Store and Play Store
You will find further information at
www.siemens.com/support-app Face-to-face or online training
Provision of 3D data (step and u3d data formats)
Our training courses can be found at
• SiePortal (product catalog) www.siemens.com/sitrain-lowvoltage
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-catalog • 3WA air circuit breakers (WT-LV3WA)
• Image database • 3WL10 air circuit breaker, size 0 (WT-LVA3WL0)
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/picturedb • 3WL air circuit breakers, sizes 1-3 (WT-LVA3WL)
Engineering data for CAD or CAE systems are available in • Protection systems in low-voltage power distribution
the CAx Download Manager at (WT-LVAPS)
• Maintenance and operation of 3WA circuit breakers
www.siemens.com/cax (LV-3WAMAIN)
• Maintenance and operation of 3WL circuit breakers
(LV-3WLMAIN)
• Certification: Maintenance and operation of 3WL and
3WA circuit breakers (LV-CBCERT)
• 3WL and 3WA air circuit breakers protection technology and
communication (LV-COPR)
Video tutorial on the 3WL air circuit breaker
www.lowvoltage.siemens.com/wcms/3wl-tutorial
Technical overview – Air circuit breakers
The fast way to get you to our online services

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on air circuit breakers
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/3

© Siemens 2023
Air Circuit Breakers | 3WA1 quick selection guide
3WA1 circuit breakers and

non-automatic circuit breakers for AC and DC
IEC 60947-2
AC
1
3WA11 3WA12
Basic data
Rated operational voltage Ue V ≤ 1000 ≤ 1150
Rated current In A 630 … 2500 2000 … 4000
Size 1 2
Type of mounting Withdrawable Fixed-mounted Withdrawable Fixed-mounted
Number of poles 3/4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole
Dimensions
Width (3-pole | 4-pole) mm 320 | 410 320 | 410 460 | 590 460 | 590
Height (for breaking capacity N, S, M, H and D | C and E) mm 466 | 516 437 | 462 466 | 516 437 | 462
Depth mm 471 357 471 357
Approvals
General product approvals VDE, EAC, CCC, CE, C-Tick VDE, EAC, CCC, CE, C-Tick
Marine/shipbuilding ABS, DNV, GL, LRS, BV, PRS, CCS, ABS, DNV, GL, LRS, BV, PRS, CCS, RMRS
RMRS
Breaking capacity N S M E S M H C E
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity
Icu | Ics at Ue up to 415/440 V AC kA 55 | 55 66 | 66 85 | 85 –|– 66 | 66 85 | 85 100 | 100 130 | 130 –|–
Icu | Ics at Ue up to 500 V AC kA 55 | 55 66 | 66 85 | 85 –|– 66 | 66 85 | 85 100 | 100 130 | 130 –|–
Icu | Ics at Ue up to 690 V AC kA 42 | 42 50 | 50 66 | 66 85 | 85 50 | 50 66 | 66 85 | 85 100 | 100 85 | 85
Icu | Ics at Ue up to 1000 V AC kA –|– –|– –|– 50 | 50 –|– –|– –|– –|– 85 | 85
Icu | Ics at Ue up to 1150 V AC kA –|– –|– –|– –|– –|– –|– –|– –|– 50 | 50
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm
Icm at Ue up to 415 V AC kA 121 145 187 – 145 187 220 286 –
Icm at Ue up to 500 V AC kA 121 145 187 – 145 187 220 286 –
Icm at Ue up to 690 V AC kA 88 105 145 187 105 145 187 220 187
Icm at Ue up to 1000 V AC kA – – – 105 – – – – 187

Icm at Ue up to 1150 V AC kA – – – – – – – – 105
System overview, page 1/28

1/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3WA1 quick selection guide | Air Circuit Breakers
AC DC
1
3WA13 3WA12
≤ 1150 ≤ 1000 (≤ 1500 for 4-pole, Breaking capacity E)
4000 … 6300 1000 … 4000
3 2
Withdrawable Fixed-mounted Withdrawable Fixed-mounted
3/4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole
704 | 914 704 | 914 460 | 590 460 | 590

466 | 516 437 | 462 466 | 516 437 | 462
471 357 471 357
VDE, EAC, CCC, CE, C-Tick VDE, EAC, CCC, CE, C-Tick
ABS, DNV, GL, LRS, BV, PRS, CCS, RMRS ABS, DNV, GL, LRS, BV, PRS, CCS, RMRS
H C E D E
–|– –|– –|– –|– –|–

100 | 100 150 | 150 (3-pole); –|– –|– –|–
130 | 130 (4-pole)
85 | 85 150 | 150 (3-pole); 150 | 150 (3-pole); –|– –|–
130 | 130 (4-pole) 130 | 130 (4-pole)
–|– –|– 125 | 125 –|– –|–
–|– –|– 70 | 70 –|– –|–
220 330 (3-pole); – – –

286 (4-pole)
220 330 (3-pole); – – –
286 (4-pole)
187 330 (3-pole); 330 (3-pole); – –
286 (4-pole) 286 (4-pole)
– – 275 – –
– – 154 – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/5
© Siemens 2023

IEC 60947-2 (continued)
AC
1
3WA11 3WA12
Breaking capacity N S M E S M H C E
Rated short-time withstand current Icw 1)
Icw at Ue up to 500 V AC 0.5 s kA 55 66 85 – 66 85 100 100 –
1s kA 50 66 85 – 66 85 85 100 –
2s kA 35 2)/45 3) 45 70 – 66 66 4)/85 5) 66 4)/85 5) 85 –
3s kA 30 2)/35 3) 35 60 – 55 4)/66 5) 55 4)/75 5) 55 4)/75 5) 75 –
Icw at Ue up to 690 V AC 0.5 s kA 42 50 66 85 50 66 85 100 85
1s kA 42 50 66 85 50 66 85 100 85
2s kA 35 2)/42 3) 45 66 70 50 66 66 4)/85 5) 85 66 4)/85 5)
3s kA 30 2)/35 3) 35 60 60 50 55 4)/66 5) 55 4)/75 5) 75 55 4)/75 5)
Icw at Ue up to 1000 V AC 0.5 s kA – – – 50 – – – – 85
1s kA – – – 50 – – – – 85
2s kA – – – 50 – – – – 66 4)/85 5)
3s kA – – – 50 – – – – 55 4)/75 5)
Icw at Ue up to 1150 V AC 0.5 s kA – – – – – – – – 50
1s kA – – – – – – – – 50
2s kA – – – – – – – – 50
3s kA – – – – – – – – 50
Icw at Ue up to 220 V DC 1s kA – – – – – – – – –
Rated conditional short-circuit current Icc of the non-automatic air circuit breakers
Up to 500 V AC kA 55 66 85 – 66 85 100 100 –
Up to 690 V AC kA 42 50 66 85 50 66 85 100 85
Up to 1000 V AC kA – – – 50 – – – – 85
Up to 1150 V AC kA – – – – – – – – 50
Up to 220 V DC kA – – – – – – – – –
Up to 300 V DC kA – – – – – – – – –
Up to 600 V DC kA – – – – – – – – –
Up to 1000 V DC kA – – – – – – – – –
Up to 1500 V DC kA – – – – – – – – –
IT network capability
1-pole short-circuit breaking capacity IIT ≤ 500 V kA 50 50 50 – 50 50 50 50 –
acc. to IEC 60947-2 Annex H ≤ 690 V kA – – – 50 – – – – 50
1000 V kA – – – – – – – – –
1)
At rated operational voltage Ue ≥ 690 V, the Icwvalue of the 2)
Size 1 with In max ≤ 1250 A 4)
In max ≤ 2500 A
circuit breaker corresponds to the Icuor Icsvalue 3)
Size 1 with In max ≥ 1600 A 5)
In max ≥ 3200 A

1/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
AC DC
1
3WA13 3WA12
H C E D E
100 130 (3-pole); 120 (4-pole) – – –

100 130 (3-pole); 120 (4-pole) – – –
100 130 (3-pole); 120 (4-pole) – – –
100 130 (3-pole); 120 (4-pole) – – –
85 130 (3-pole); 120 (4-pole) 130 (3-pole); 120 (4-pole) – –
– – 125 (3-pole); 120 (4-pole) – –
– – 125 (3-pole); 120 (4-pole) – –
– – 125 (3-pole); 120 (4-pole) – –
– – 125 (3-pole); 120 (4-pole) – –
– – 70 – –
– – 70 – –
– – 70 – –
– – 70 – –
– – – 35 –
– – – 30 –
– – – 25 –
– – – – 20
– – – – – (3-pole); 20 (4-pole)
100 130 (3-pole); 120 (4-pole) – – –

– – 125 (3-pole); 120 (4-pole) – –
– – 70 – –
– – – 35 –
– – – 30 –
– – – 25 –
– – – – 20
– – – – – (3-pole); 20 (4-pole)
50 50 – – –
– – 50 – –
– – – – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/7
© Siemens 2023

non-automatic circuit breakers for AC
IEC 60947-2
3WA11
1
Rated current In 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A

General data
Isolating function acc. to EN 60947-2 Yes
Utilization category B
Permissible ambient temperature Operation °C –40 … +70
Storage °C –40 … +80
Mounting position
[∆ h max 0.04 in]

∆ h max 1mm
≤ 30° ≤ 30° ≤ 30° ≤ 30°
I201_20310
Degree of protection IP20 without control cabinet door, IP41 with door sealing frame,
IP55 with cover
Voltage
Rated operational voltage Ue at 1000 V version V AC ≤ 1000
50/60 Hz
Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC 1000
Rated impulse withstand Main conducting paths kV 12
voltage Uimp Auxiliary circuits kV 4
Control circuits kV 2.5
Permissible load
Permissible load for withdrawable versions
For all connection types Up to 55 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 –
(except rear vertical main Up to 60 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1250 1600 1930 –
connections) Up to 70 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1210 1490 1780 –
With rear vertical connections Up to 55 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
Up to 60 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2370
Up to 70 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1250 1545 1855 2060
Permissible load for fixed-mounted versions
For all connection types Up to 55 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 –
(except rear vertical main Up to 60 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 –
connections) Up to 70 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 –
With rear vertical connections Up to 55 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
Up to 60 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
Up to 70 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
Power loss at In
With 3-phase symmetrical load Fixed-mounted W 30 45 70 105 135 240 360
with maximum rated current, Withdrawable versions W 55 85 130 205 310 440 600
complete device (3/4p)

1/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3WA12 3WA13
1
2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A 4000 A 5000 A 6300 A
Yes Yes
B B
–40 … +70 –40 … +70
–40 … +80 –40 … +80
[∆ h max 0.04 in]
[∆ h max 0.04 in]

∆ h max 1mm
∆ h max 1mm
≤ 30° ≤ 30° ≤ 30° ≤ 30° ≤ 30° ≤ 30° ≤ 30° ≤ 30°
I201_20310
I201_20310
IP20 without control cabinet door, IP41 with door sealing frame, IP20 without control cabinet door, IP41 with door sealing frame,
IP55 with cover IP55 with cover
≤ 1150 ≤ 1150
≤ 1150 ≤ 1150
12 12
4 4
2.5 2.5
2000 2500 3200 – 4000 5000 –

2000 2500 3020 – 4000 5000 –
2000 2280 2870 – 4000 5000 –
2000 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 5920
2000 2500 3200 3910 4000 5000 5810
2000 2390 2945 3645 4000 5000 5500
2000 2500 3200 – 4000 5000 –

2000 2500 3200 – 4000 5000 –
2000 2500 3200 – 4000 5000 –
2000 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 6300
2000 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 6300
2000 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 5920
180 270 410 750 520 630 900

320 520 710 1040 810 1050 1600

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/9
© Siemens 2023

3WA11
1

Switching times
Make time ms 35
Opening time ms 38
Electrical make time (through closing coil) 1) ms 80
Electrical opening time (through shunt trip) ms 73
Electrical opening time (instantaneous undervoltage release) ms ≤ 80
Opening time due to ETU, instantaneous short-circuit release ms 50
Service life/endurance
Breaking capacity N, 3/4-pole
Mechanical Without maintenance Operating cycles 15000
With maintenance 2) Operating cycles 30000
Electrical Without maintenance 690 V Operating cycles 10000 7500 5000
Breaking capacity S, 3/4-pole
Breaking capacity M, 3/4-pole
Breaking capacity E, 3/4-pole
Without maintenance 1000 V Operating cycles 1000
Without maintenance 1150 V Operating cycles –
Breaking capacity H, 3/4-pole
Mechanical Without maintenance Operating cycles –
With maintenance 2) Operating cycles –
Electrical Without maintenance 690 V Operating cycles –
Breaking capacity C, 3/4-pole
Mechanical Without maintenance Operating cycles –
Electrical Without maintenance 690 V Operating cycles –
With maintenance 690 V 2) Operating cycles –
Switching frequency
Breaking capacity N and S
Electrical 3-pole 1/h 45
4-pole 1/h 45
Breaking capacity M, H and C
Electrical 3- and 4-pole 1/h 60 ≤ 690 V
Breaking capacity E
Electrical 3- and 4-pole 1/h 20 at 1000 V, 60 ≤ 690 V
1)
Make time through closing coil for momentary duty for synchronization purposes 5% OP = 50 ms
2)
Maintenance means: Replacing main contact elements and arc chutes (see operating instructions: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals).

1/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3WA12 3WA13
1
2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A 4000 A 5000 A 6300 A
35 35
34 34
100 100
73 73
≤ 80 ≤ 80
50 50
– –
– –
– –
– –
10000 –
20000 –
7500 7500 4000 2000 –
20000 –
10000 –
20000 –
7500 7500 4000 2000 –
20000 –
10000 5000
20000 10000
7500 7500 4000 2000 1000
1000 1000
500 500
20000 10000
10000 7500
20000 15000
7500 7500 4000 2000 2000
20000 20000 20000 20000 15000
5000 5000
10000 10000
5000 5000 4000 1000 1000
10000 10000 10000 10000 10000
45 –
60 –
60 ≤ 690 V 60 ≤ 690 V
20 at 1000/1150 V, 60 ≤ 690 V 20 at 1000/1150 V, 60 ≤ 690 V

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/11
© Siemens 2023

3WA11
1

Connection
Minimum main conductor cross-sections
Copper bars, bare Unit, mm2 1 × 40 × 101 × 50 × 101 × 60 × 102 × 40 × 102 × 50 × 103 × 50 × 104 × 50 × 10
Copper bars, painted black Unit, mm2 1 × 40 × 101 × 50 × 101 × 60 × 102 × 40 × 102 × 50 × 103 × 50 × 104 × 50 × 10
Auxiliary conductor (Cu) max. number of auxiliary conductors × cross-section (solid/stranded)
Standard connection = push-in Without end sleeve 2 × 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 14)
With end sleeve acc. to DIN 46228 Part 2 2 × 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 14)
With twin end sleeve 2 × 0.5 … 1.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 16)
Stripped length 10 … 12 mm (0.39 … 0.47 inch)
Optional connection with screw Without end sleeve 2 × 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 14)
connection With end sleeve acc. to DIN 46228 Part 2 1 × 0.5 … 1.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 16)
Position signaling switch
Spring-loaded terminals for Without end sleeve 0.08 ... 2.5 mm² (AWG 20 ... 12)
standard signaling contacts With end sleeve acc. to DIN 46228 Part 2 0.25 … 1.5 mm²
Push-in connection for Without end sleeve 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² (AWG 20 ... 16)
communication signaling With end sleeve acc. to DIN 46228 Part 2 0.25 ... 1.5 mm² (AWG 20 ... 16)
contacts Stripped length 9 mm (0.35 inch)
Weights 1)
3-pole Fixed-mounted circuit breaker kg 38.5 38.5 38.5 42.5 42.5 43.5 43.5
Withdrawable circuit breaker kg 39 39 39 40 40 41 41
without guide frame
Guide frames kg 26 26 26 27 27 29 29
4-pole Fixed-mounted circuit breaker kg 47 47 47 52 52 53 53
Withdrawable circuit breaker kg 45 45 45 46 46 47 47
without guide frame
Guide frames kg 30 30 30 32 32 34 34
1)
Weights refer to:
• Breakers with the lowest breaking capacity in each case (size 1: breaking capacity N, size 2: breaking capacity S, size 3: breaking capacity H)
• Breakers with ETU600 (LSI)
• Fixed-mounted circuit breakers/guide frames with vertical connections
• Guide frame with position signaling switch
• Without any other accessories

1/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3WA12 3WA13
1
2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A 4000 A 5000 A 6300 A
3 × 50 × 10 2 × 100 × 10 3 × 100 × 10 4 × 120 × 10 4 × 100 × 10 6 × 100 × 10 6 × 120 × 10

3 × 50 × 10 2 × 100 × 10 3 × 100 × 10 4 × 120 × 10 4 × 100 × 10 6 × 100 × 10 6 × 120 × 10
2 × 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 14) 2 × 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 14)
2 × 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 14) 2 × 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 14)
2 × 0.5 … 1.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 16) 2 × 0.5 … 1.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 16)
10 … 12 mm (0.39 … 0.47 inch) 10 … 12 mm (0.39 … 0.47 inch)
2 × 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 14) 2 × 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 14)
1 × 0.5 … 1.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 16) 1 × 0.5 … 1.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 16)
1 × 0.5 … 1.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 16) 1 × 0.5 … 1.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 16)
7 … 8 mm (0.28 … 0.31 inch) 7 … 8 mm (0.28 … 0.31 inch)
0.08 ... 2.5 mm² (AWG 20 ... 12) 0.08 ... 2.5 mm² (AWG 20 ... 12)
0.25 … 1.5 mm² 0.25 … 1.5 mm²
5 … 6 mm (0.2 … 0.24 inch) 5 … 6 mm (0.2 … 0.24 inch)
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² (AWG 20 ... 16) 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² (AWG 20 ... 16)
0.25 ... 1.5 mm² (AWG 20 ... 16) 0.25 ... 1.5 mm² (AWG 20 ... 16)
9 mm (0.35 inch) 9 mm (0.35 inch)
55 57 69 77 113 115 115

52 54 59 59 91 92 92
33.5 35.5 36.5 40 85.5 87 87

68.5 71.5 86.5 97.5 147.5 149.5 149.5
63.5 66 73 73 115.5 116.5 116.5
40 42.5 51.5 53 103.5 105.5 105.5

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/13
© Siemens 2023
3WA1 non-automatic circuit breakers for DC

IEC 60947-2
3WA12
1
Rated current In 1000 A 2000 A 4000 A
General data
Isolating function acc. to EN 60947-2 Yes
Utilization category B
Permissible ambient temperature During operation (in operation °C –40 … +70
with LCD max. 55 °C)
Storage °C –40 … +80
Mounting position
[∆ h max 0.04 in]

∆ h max 1mm
≤ 30° ≤ 30° ≤ 30° ≤ 30°
I201_20310
Degree of protection IP20 without control cabinet door, IP41 with door sealing frame,
IP55 with cover
Voltage
Rated operational voltage Ue Breaking capacity D | E V DC 600 | 1000 (3-pole); 1500 (4-pole)
Rated insulation voltage Ui Breaking capacity D | E V DC 600 | 1000 (3-pole); 1500 (4-pole)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Main conducting paths kV 12
Uimp Auxiliary circuits kV 4
Control circuits kV 2.5
Permissible load
Permissible load for withdrawable versions
For all connection types (except rear Up to 40 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 4000
vertical main connections) Up to 55 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 3640
Up to 60 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 3500
Up to 70 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 1950 3250
With rear vertical connections Up to 40 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 4000
Up to 55 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 4000
Up to 60 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 3640
Up to 70 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 3400
Permissible load for fixed-mounted versions
For all connection types (except rear Up to 40 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 4000
vertical main connections) Up to 55 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 4000
Up to 60 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 4000
Up to 70 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 3900
With rear vertical connections Up to 40 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 4000
Up to 55 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 4000
Up to 60 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 4000
Up to 70 °C (Cu bare) A 1000 2000 4000
Power loss at In
With 3-phase symmetrical load, Withdrawable versions W 280 770 1640
complete device (3/4p) Fixed-mounted W 140 390 820
Switching times
Make time ms 35 35 35
Opening time ms 34 34 34
Electrical make time (through closing coil) ms 100 100 100
Electrical opening time (through shunt trip) ms 73 73 73
Electrical opening time (instantaneous undervoltage release) ms ≤ 80 ≤ 80 ≤ 80
Breaking capacity D, 3/4-pole
Mechanical Without maintenance Operating cycles 10000 10000 10000
With maintenance 1) Operating cycles 20000 20000 20000

1/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3WA12
1
Rated current In 1000 A 2000 A 4000 A
Breaking capacity E, 3/4-pole
Mechanical Without maintenance Operating cycles 10000 10000 10000
Breaking capacity E, 4-pole
Electrical Without maintenance 1500 V 2) Operating cycles 1000 1000 1000
Switching frequency
Breaking capacity D
Electrical 3- and 4-pole 1/h 60 60 60
Breaking capacity E
Electrical 3- and 4-pole 1/h 20 20 20
Connection
Copper bars, bare Unit, mm2 1 × 50 × 10 2 × 50 × 10 3 × 100 × 10
on the infeed and
outgoing side;
6 × 250 × 500 × 5
for jumpers
Copper bars, painted black Unit, mm2 1 × 50 × 10 2 × 50 × 10 3 × 100 × 10
on the infeed and
outgoing side;
6 × 250 × 500 × 5
for jumpers
Standard connection = push-in Without end sleeve 2 × 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 14)
With end sleeve acc. to DIN 46228 Part 2 2 × 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 14)
Optional connection with screw Without end sleeve 2 × 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 14)
connection With end sleeve acc. to DIN 46228 Part 2 1 × 0.5 … 1.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 16)
Spring-loaded terminals for standard Without end sleeve 0.08 ... 2.5 mm² (AWG 20 ... 12)
signaling contacts With end sleeve acc. to DIN 46228 Part 2 0.25 … 1.5 mm²
Push-in connection for Without end sleeve 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² (AWG 20 ... 16)
communication signaling contacts With end sleeve acc. to DIN 46228 Part 2 0.25 ... 1.5 mm² (AWG 20 ... 16)
Stripped length 9 mm (0.35 inch)
Weights 3)
3-pole Fixed-mounted circuit breaker kg 55 55 68
Withdrawable circuit breaker kg 52 52 59
without guide frame
Guide frames kg 34 34 50
4-pole Fixed-mounted circuit breaker kg 68.5 68.5 86.5
Withdrawable circuit breaker kg 63.5 63.5 74
without guide frame
Guide frames kg 40.5 40.5 61.5
1)
Maintenance means: Replacing main contact elements and arc chutes (see operating instructions: www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals).
2)
1500 V DC applications only possible with 4-pole circuit breakers and breaking capacity E.
3)
Weights refer to:
• Breakers with breaking capacity E
• Fixed-mounted circuit breakers/guide frames with vertical connections
• Guide frame with position signaling switch
• Without any other accessories

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/15
© Siemens 2023
3WA1 non-automatic circuit breakers for DC

Application examples
The connection to the non-automatic circuit breakers is not dependent on direction and polarity; the circuit diagrams can be
adapted accordingly. If the parallel or series connections are made directly to the connection bars, for thermal reasons the
continuous load on the non-automatic circuit breakers must only be 80% of the permissible operational current. If the parallel or
1 series connection is made at a distance of 1 m from the connection bars, the non-automatic circuit breaker can be used at full
operational current load.
Minimum required contact gaps DC 1-pole disconnection DC 2-pole (all-pole) disconnection

at rated voltage Grounded system Grounded system Non-grounded system
Rated operational voltage up to 300 V
I201_20262
I201_20253
I201_20252
I201_20251
Load Load Load

Load Load
I201_20263
I201_20255
I201_20254
I201_20253
Load
Load
I201_20264
I201_20260
I201_20258
I201_20256
Load Load
Load Load
I201_20265
I201_20259
I201_20258
Note:
DC 2-pole (all-pole) disconnection; grounded system
The grounded conductor must always be assigned to the individual switching pole of the non-automatic air circuit breaker, so that in the event of a ground fault
there are always 2 conducting paths in series in a circuit with 3-pole circuit breakers, and 3 conducting paths in series in a circuit with 4-pole circuit breakers.
The jumpers between the switching poles must be short-circuit and ground-fault proof.

1/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/17
© Siemens 2023
Electronic trip unit

Differentiation
ETU300 electronic trip unit ETU600 electronic trip unit

Function
Protective function LSI ◾ ◾
Protective function LSIG ◾ ◾
Protective function LSIG Hi-Z – ◾
Neutral conductor protection (N) ◾ ◾
Metering function – ◾
Enhanced Protective functions – ◾
CubicleBUS2 – ◾
Display – ◾
DAS+ input/output ◾ ◾
LED display of reason for tripping ◾ ◾
Bluetooth and USB – ◾
FW Updates – ◾
Internal self-test with and without tripping ◾ ◾
Extended test option (tripping characteristic) – ◾
Activation of the ETU via powerbank – ◾
Activation of the ETU for self-test via TD400 ◾ –
Note:
By replacing the electronic trip unit, it is possible to upgrade from ETU300 to ETU600.

1/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
ETU300 electronic trip unit

Protective functions
ETU300 LSI, ETU300 LSIG
Protective function Setting range and Values
invariable parameters
L: Overload protection LT
Tripping Switched on 1
Current setting Ir 0.4 … 1.0 × In 0.4/0.5/0.6/0.7/0.75/0.8/0.85/0.9/0.95/1.0 × In
Tripping time tr at 6 × Ir 0.75 … 25 s 0.75/1/2/5/8/10/14/17/21/25 s
Characteristic LT curve I 2t
Thermal memory Switched on
Cooling time constant 18 × tr
Phase failure detection Switched on
L: Overload protection LT, neutral conductor
Tripping Switched on
Current setting IN 1.0 × In
S: Short-time-delayed short-circuit protection ST
Tripping Can be switched on/off
Current setting Isd 1.5 … 10 × In OFF/1.5/2/2.5/3/4/5/6/8/10 × Ir
max. 0.8 × Icw 2) max. 0.8 × Icw 1)
Tripping time tsd 0.08 … 0.4 s 0.08/0.15/0.22/0.3/0.4 s
Characteristic ST curve I0t and I2t
Reference point IST ref 8 × Ir
I: Instantaneous short-circuit protection INST
Current setting Ii 1.5 … 15 × In 1.5/2/3/4/5/6/8/10/12/15 × In
max. 0.8 × Ics 2) max. 0.8 × Ics 1)
Maintenance mode DAS+
Current setting Ii DAS+ 1.5 × In Activation via ETU input
ETU300 LSIG
Protective function Setting range
G: Ground-fault protection GF
Method of ground fault detection Residual Detection of ground-fault current via summation current
formation in all phases and the N conductor
Characteristic GF curve I 0t
Current setting Ig 0.2 × In (min. 100 A, max. 1200 A)
Tripping time tg 0.2 s
1)
The setting value is limited as a function of the breaking capacity at rated operational voltage Ue.

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/19
© Siemens 2023

Current ready4COM PMF-I PMF-II PMF-III
metering Energy Basic Advanced
efficiency Power Power
ETU600 LSI, ETU600 LSIG, ETU600 LSIG Hi-Z Monitoring Monitoring
1 Protective function Variable
setting range
Setting values with
rotary switch
L: Overload protection LT
Tripping Can be switched on/off ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Current setting Ir 0.4 … 1.0 × In 0.5/0.6/0.7/0.75/0.8/0.85/0.9/ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
0.95/1.0 × In
Tripping time tr at 6 × Ir At I2t: 0.5 … 30 s and at 1/2/5/8/10/14/17/21/25 s ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
I4t: 0.5 … 5 s
Characteristic LT curve I2t and I4t ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Thermal memory Can be switched on/off ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Cooling time constant 10 and 18 × tr ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Phase failure detection Can be switched on/off ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Overload pre-alarm PAL Can be switched on/off ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Current setting Ir PAL 0.7 … 1.0 × Ir ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Delay time tr PAL 0.5 … 1.0 × tr ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
L: Overload protection LT, neutral conductor
Current setting IrN 0.2 … 2.0 × In for 4-pole circuit breakers max. In max ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Current setting IrN PAL 0.7 … 1.0 × IN ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
S: Short-time-delayed short-circuit protection ST
Current setting Isd 0.6 × In … 0.8 × Icw 1.5/2/2.5/3/4/5/6/8/10 × Ir ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
max. 0.8 × Icw 1) max. 0.8 × Icw 1)
Tripping time tsd 0.02 … 0.4 s At Fix: 0.08/0.15/0.22/0.3/0.4 s ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
At I2t: 0.1/0.2/0.3/0.4 s
Characteristic ST curve I0t and I2t ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Reference point IST ref 6-12 × Ir ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Intermittent detection Can be switched on/off ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
S: Directional short-time-delayed short-circuit protection dST
Tripping Can be switched on/off ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Direction setting Forward: ↓ or ↑ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Current setting Isd FW 0.6 × In … 0.8 × Icw ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Current setting Isd REV 0.6 × In … 0.8 × Icw ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Tripping time tsd FW 0.05 … 0.4 s ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Tripping time tsd REV 0.05 … 0.4 s ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
I: Instantaneous short-circuit protection INST
Current setting Ii 1.5 × In … 0.8 × Ics 1.5/2/3/4/6/8/10/12/15 × In ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
max. 0.8 × Ics 1) max. 0.8 × Ics 1)
◾ Available, feature of the application package
◽ Can be retrofitted
1)
The setting value is limited as a function of the breaking capacity at the set rated voltage.

1/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

ETU600 LSI, ETU600 LSIG, ETU600 LSIG Hi-Z Monitoring Monitoring
Protective function Variable
setting range
Setting values with
rotary switch
1
Reverse power protection RP
Tripping Can be switched on/off ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Setting value PRP 0.05 … 0.5 × Pn ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Tripping time tRP 0.01 … 25 s ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Enhanced Protective functions EPF
Phase unbalance current and phase unbalance voltage ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Undervoltage and overvoltage ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Active power import and active power export ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Underfrequency and overfrequency ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Total harmonic distortion for current and voltage ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Phase sequence detection ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Maintenance mode DAS+
Current setting Ii DAS+ 1.5 … 10 × In ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Current setting Ig DAS+ With LSIG GFx option plug ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Residual:
- Sizes 1 and 2: 100 ... 2000 A and
- Size 3: 400 … 2000 A
Direct: 15 … 2000 A
Tripping time tg DAS+ 0…5s ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Options
Parameter set changeover Switchable between parameter set A and B ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Limit values Undershooting, overshooting ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Waveform memory ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/21
© Siemens 2023

ETU600 LSI Monitoring Monitoring
1 Protective function Variable setting range
G: Ground fault GF alarm
Alarm Can be switched on/off ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Current setting Ig alarm Detection method Sizes 1 and 2: 100 … 5000 A ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
with LSIG GFx option plug Residual Size 3: 400 … 5000 A
Detection method 15 … 5000 A ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾
Direct
Alarm time tg alarm 0 … 0.5 s ◽ ◽ ◽ ◾ ◾

ETU600 LSIG Monitoring Monitoring
Protective function Variable setting range
G: Ground fault GF
Method of ground fault Residual Detection of ground-fault current ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
detection via summation current formation
in all phases and the N conductor
Direct Direct metering of the ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
ground-fault current with a
current transformer
Dual Protection zone UREF: ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Detection of the ground-fault
current by means of summation
current formation,
Protection zone REF:
Measurement of the ground-fault
current with an external current
transformer
Characteristic GF curve With LSIG GFx For Fix (I0t)/I2t/I4t/I6t ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
option plug
Current setting Ig Detection method Sizes 1 and 2: 100 … 2000 A ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Detection method 15 … 2000 A ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Direct
Tripping time tg For Fix (I0t) 0…5s ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
For Ixt at 3 × Ig 0 … 30 s ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
tg def at Ixt 0.05 … 0.5 s ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Alarm Can be switched on/off ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Current setting Ig alarm Detection method Sizes 1 and 2: 100 … 5000 A ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Detection method 15 … 5000 A ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Direct
Alarm time tg alarm 0 … 0.5 s ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾

1/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

ETU600 LSIG Hi-Z Monitoring Monitoring
Protective function Variable setting range 1
G: Ground fault GF Hi-Z
Method of ground fault Residual Detection of ground-fault current ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
detection via summation current formation
in all phases and the N conductor
Dual Hi-Z, Protection zone UREF: ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
for high-impedance Detection of the ground-fault
connection of the current by means of summation
external current current formation
transformers Protection zone REF:
Measurement of the ground-fault
current with an external current
transformer combination
Characteristic GF curve With LSIG GFx For Fix (I0t)/I2t/I4t/I6t ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
option plug
Current setting Ig Protection zone UREF Size 2: 100 ... 2000 A and ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
with LSIG GFx option plug Size 3: 400 … 2000 A
Protection zone REF 15 … 2000 A ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Tripping time tg For Fix (I0t) 0…5s ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
For Ixt 3 × Ig in 0 … 30 s ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
protection zone UREF
tg def at Ixt 0.05 … 0.5 s ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Alarm Can be switched on/off ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Current setting Ig alarm Protection zone UREF Size 2: 100 ... 5000 A and ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
with LSIG GFx option plug Size 3: 400 … 5000 A
Alarm time tg alarm 0 … 0.5 s ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/23
© Siemens 2023

Operation, interfaces and metering function
Current ready4COM PMF-I PMF-II PMF-III Non-
metering Energy Basic Advanced automatic
efficiency Power Power air circuit
ETU600 Monitoring Monitoring breakers
1 Operation and interfaces
Rotary switch ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Display and operating keys ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
SENTRON Powerconfig configuration software ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Fieldbus communication ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Color display ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Bluetooth 1) and USB interface ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Communication
Prepared for connection of a Status messages of the circuit breaker ◽ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◽
communications module Status messages of the ETU600 electronic ◽ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
(ready4COM feature) trip unit
Remote operation, requires a communications ◽ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◽
module, closing coil, shunt trip
Communications module ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽
Digital input and output on the ETU600 electronic trip unit
Parameterizable input For activating Maintenance mode DAS+ or ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
can be used for parameter set changeover
Parameterizable output Usable as "life contact", early trip contact, ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
and for displaying "Parameter set B active" or
"Maintenance mode DAS+ active"
1)
A country-specific radio license is required to operate the Bluetooth interface.
Before activating the Bluetooth function, ensure that the license is available:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/certificates
– Not available

1/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

ETU600 Monitoring Monitoring
Metering function 1
Integrated voltage tap at top/bottom – – ◾ ◾ ◾
Voltage tap module VTM – – ◾ ◾ ◾
Type acc. to IEC 61557-12 PMF-I – – ◾ ◾ ◾
PMF-II – – – ◾ ◾
PMF-III – – – – ◾
Metering values
Temperature – ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Accuracy according to IEC 61557-12
Phase current IL1, IL2, IL3 Class 1 ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Neutral conductor current IN Class 1 ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Voltage ULN Class 0.5 – – ◾ ◾ ◾
Voltage ULL Class 0.5 – – ◾ ◾ ◾
Active energy Ea Class 2 – – ◾ ◾ ◾
Active power P Class 2 – – – ◾ ◾
Accuracy according to manufacturer's specifications
Ground-fault current Ig with ETU600 LSI 2% – – – ◾ ◾
Ground-fault current Ig with ETU600 LSIG, ETU600 LSIG Hi-Z 2% ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Reactive energy Er 2% – – – ◾ ◾
Apparent energy Eap 2% – – – ◾ ◾
Reactive power Q 2% – – – ◾ ◾
Apparent power S 2% – – – ◾ ◾
Power factor PF 6% – – – ◾ ◾
cos φ 6% – – – ◾ ◾
Frequency f 0.5% – – – ◾ ◾
Current unbalance 2.5% – – – ◾ ◾
Voltage unbalance 1.5% – – – ◾ ◾
Total harmonic distortion THD-I 1) 2% – – – – ◾
Total harmonic distortion THD-U 1) 2% – – – – ◾
Harmonic I, U 1) 2% – – – – ◾
1)
For 2nd to 15th harmonic ±2% and for 16th to 31st harmonic ±5%

– Not available

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/25
© Siemens 2023
Connection
Main circuit connection
3WA11 – 3WA13
Fixed-mounted Withdrawable
1
I201_20299
I201_20298
Rear horizontal Rear horizontal
I201_20297
I201_20323
Rear vertical Rear vertical
I201_20308
I201_20307
I201_20304
I201_20305
Horizontal on top, Vertical on top, Horizontal on top, Vertical on top,
vertical at the bottom horizontal at the bottom vertical at the bottom horizontal at the bottom
I201_20301
I201_20301
Front connection with double hole Front connection with double hole
I201_20309
Flange
I201_20302
I201_20303
Flange on top and Flange on bottom and

horizontal at bottom horizontal at top
Secondary disconnect terminal

The auxiliary and control cables are connected at the manual For size 1, up to 4 secondary disconnect terminal blocks are
connectors using the push-in technology of the auxiliary possible; for sizes 2 and 3, up to 5 secondary disconnect terminal
conductor connections of the circuit breaker. blocks are possible
Coding pins on the manual connectors prevent them being • Circuit breakers and non-automatic circuit breakers with secondary
disconnect terminal blocks are supplied from the factory:
inserted in the wrong slots.
− Non-automatic circuit breakers with 3 blocks
− Non-automatic circuit breakers with ready4COM feature
with 4 blocks
− Circuit breakers with ETU600 LSI or LSIG with 4 blocks
I201_20407
I201_20296
− Circuit breakers with ETU600 LSIG-HiZ with 5 blocks

− Circuit breakers with ETU300 LSI/LSIG with 4 blocks
Screwless connection (push in) Screw connection (optional) For dimension drawings, see Equipment Manual – 3WA1 air circuit
breakers www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals (109763061)

1/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Communication
Insights Hub Application

SENTRON Powermind
SENTRON Commissioning/
1
Powerconfig parameterization
SENTRON
Powermanager SIMATIC S7
Power monitoring SENTRON

Powerconfig PAC3220
mobile PAC4200
SENTRON
Powercenter 3000
Modbus RTU/ PROFIBUS/
Modbus TCP Modbus RTU
I201_19702d
PROFINET/
Modbus TCP SENTRON COM100/ DSP800
Powercenter 1000 COM800 with max. with COM15,
2 x COM150 COM16
with COM040,
COM042 with max. with COM35
3VA-line 2 x COM190
with COM041,
with COM060 COM043
...
5SV6 COM 5SL6 COM 5ST3 COM 3NA COM 3VA 3VA 3VA27 3WL10 3WA1 3WL11 - 3WL13
AFDD MCB AS+FC max. 24 max. 8
The 3WA can be equipped with up to two PROFINET IO/Modbus TCP COM190 communications modules or Modbus RTU COM150 and
up to five IOM230 digital input/output modules.
For the optional communications interface with the COM190 or COM150 communications module, a circuit breaker with the
"ready4COM" feature must be selected as the circuit breaker/non-automatic air circuit breaker. The first COM190 or COM150
communications module must be selected via a Z option. If you want to use a further COM190 or COM150 communications module,
this must be ordered separately as an accessory. Both COM190 or COM150 communications modules can be run in parallel.
The first IOM230 digital input/output module can be selected via a Z option.
The up to four further digital input/output modules must be ordered separately as accessories.
You will find further information on the COM190 in the Equipment Manual – 3WA1 air circuit breakers

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/27
© Siemens 2023
Air Circuit Breakers | 3WA11 – 3WA13
3WA11 – 3WA13 system overview

Circuit breakers and non-automatic circuit breakers for AC and DC
2
1
11
5 4
I201_2
0563
10
7
8
1 Interlocking solutions with Bowden cable 7 Internal accessories:

aux. release, spring charging motor, aux. contacts
2 Main connection variants for guide frame
8 Locking solutions for fixed-mounted version
3 Position signaling switch (PSS) for the guide frame
9 Electronic trip units (ETU)
4 Interfaces/COM-modules/Aux. terminals
10 Digital function packages can be activated for the ETU
5 Guide frame with shutter
11 Interlocking solutions for withdrawable version
6 Main connection variants for fixed-mounted version
1/28 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3WA11 – 3WA13 | Air Circuit Breakers
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/29

© Siemens 2023
Online configurator highlights

Graphical display
• Integration of the legend as a color system
− Orange: still to be selected
1 − Petrol: already selected
− Gray: preselected (default)
• Graphical highlighting of the individual configuration steps: "What you see is what you get"
Splitting function (Frame and circuit breaker can be ordered separately)
1/30 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Direct conversion of a 3WL article number to a 3WA article number in the configurator
Responsive design (adapted to the differing requirements of the displaying devices)
Dynamic customer price during configuration
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/31

© Siemens 2023

1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WA1 – –
Circuit breakers and
non-automatic circuit breakers
Size (SZ) 1 1
2 2
3 3
SZ 1
SZ 2
SZ 3
Max. rated current 630 A ■ – – 0 6

In max 800 A ■ – – 0 8
1000 A ■ – – 1 0
1250 A ■ – – 1 2
1600 A ■ – – 1 6
2000 A ■ ■ – 2 0
2500 A ■ ■ – 2 5
3200 A – ■ – 3 2
4000 A – ■1) ■ 4 0
5000 A – – ■ 5 0
6300 A – – ■ 6 3
Short-circuit N ■ – – 55/42 kA 2
breaking capacity S ■ ■ – 66/50 kA 3
Icu at 500/690 V M ■ ■ – 85/66 kA 4
H – ■ ■ 100/85 kA 5
C – ■ – 130/100 kA 6
– – ■ 3-pole: 150/150 kA 6
4-pole: 130/130 kA

for circuit breakers ETU600 PMF-I Voltage tap on top L
electronic trip unit with Energy efficiency Voltage tap on bottom E
metering function, PMF-II Basic Power Voltage tap on top M
internal voltage tap in Monitoring Voltage tap on bottom F
the circuit breaker, PMF-III Advanced Voltage tap on top N
power supply of the Power Monitoring Voltage tap on bottom G
ETU600 via the VTM680
voltage tap module and
ready4COM
■ ■ ■ LSIG F

Withdrawable Without position signaling 3-pole 3
switch 4-pole, Neutral left 4
With position signaling switch 3) 3-pole 6
1)
1 × connected position, 1 × test position, 1 × disconnected position + message through communications interface
for disconnected position and for "not available"
Quick selection guide, pages 1/4 and 1/8

1/32 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
3WA1 – –
Connection
SZ 1
SZ 2
SZ 3
Type of mounting Fixed-mounted ◾ ◾ 1) ◾ Vertical 1
◾ ◾ 3) ◾ 4) Horizontal 2
◾ 2) ◾ 5) ◾ 6) Front 3
◾ ◾ 3) ◾ 4) Vertical on top/horizontal at the bottom 5
◾ ◾ 3) ◾ 4) Horizontal on top/vertical at the bottom 6
Withdrawable ◾ ◾ ◾ Without guide frame 0
◾ ◾ 1) ◾ Vertical 1
◾ 2) ◾ 3) ◾ 4) Horizontal 2
◾ 2) ◾ 5) ◾ 6) Front 3
◾ 2) ◾ 5) ◾ 6) Flange 4
◾ 2) ◾ 3) ◾ 4) Vertical on top/horizontal at the bottom 5
◾ 2) ◾ 3) ◾ 4) Horizontal on top/vertical at the bottom 6
◾ 2) ◾ 5) ◾ 6) Flange on top/horizontal at the bottom 7
◾ 2) ◾ 5) ◾ 6) Horizontal on top/flange at the bottom 8
1)
The 4000 A vertical connections for the 3WA1 have different dimensions from the 3WL1.
Dimensionally compatible connections can be ordered with the additional Z option D01.
2)
3)
4)
5)
Not available for 4000 A and for breaking capacity C
6)
Not available for 5000 A and 6300 A and for breaking capacity C

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/33
© Siemens 2023

1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WA1 – –
Operating mechanisms, auxiliary switches and auxiliary releases
Operating Manual recharging of the Without spring charging 2 NO, 2 NC 0
mechanism and stored energy mechanism motor 4 NO, 4 NC 1
auxiliary switch
Recharging of the stored 24 ... 30 V DC 2 NO, 2 NC 2
energy mechanism by 4 NO, 4 NC 5
spring charging motor
48 ... 60 V DC 4 NO, 4 NC 6
(M)
110 ... 127 V AC/ 2 NO, 2 NC 3
110 ... 125 V DC 4 NO, 4 NC 7
208 ... 240 V AC/ 2 NO, 2 NC 4
220 ... 250 V DC 4 NO, 4 NC 8
Closing coil and Without closing coil Without remote trip alarm A
remote trip alarm reset coil
reset coil 1)2) With closing coil Without remote trip alarm 24 ... 30 V DC B
(CC/CC-COM) 3) reset coil 48 ... 60 V DC C
for uninterrupted duty,
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC D
100% OP
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC E
With remote trip alarm 24 ... 30 V DC F
reset coil (RR) 48 ... 60 V DC G
for momentary duty 1% OP
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC H
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC J
With closing coil (CC) Without remote trip alarm 24 ... 30 V DC K
for momentary duty, reset coil 48 ... 60 V DC L
5% OP
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC M
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC N
With remote trip alarm 24 ... 30 V DC P
reset coil (RR) 48 ... 60 V DC Q
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC R
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC S
2nd auxiliary Without 2nd auxiliary release A

release With shunt trip (ST), 24 ... 30 V DC B
uninterrupted duty 100% OP 48 ... 60 V DC C
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC D
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC E
With shunt trip (ST), 24 ... 30 V DC F
momentary duty 5% OP 48 ... 60 V DC G
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC H
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC J
With undervoltage release (UVR) 4), 24 ... 30 V DC L
instantaneous (≤ 0.08 s) and short-time delayed 48 ... 60 V DC N
(≤ 0.2 s)
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC P
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC Q
380 ... 415 V AC R
With undervoltage release (UVR-t), 48 V DC S
adjustable delay 0.2 … 3.2 s 60 V DC T
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC U
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC V
380 ... 415 V AC W
1)
Remote trip alarm reset coil is not available for non-automatic circuit breakers
2)
When using the remote trip alarm reset coil, the reclosing lockout is generally deactivated. The circuit breaker can be closed again immediately if the conditions for closing are fulfilled.
3)
If the ready4COM feature is provided, the communication-capable closing coils (CC-COM) and/or shunt trips (ST-COM) are installed at the factory.
4)
UVR instantaneous for 30 V DC and 60 V DC can only be supplied separately. Please order: for 30 V DC 3WL9111-0AE02-0AA0; for 60 V DC 3WL9111-0AE07-0AA0.

1/34 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
3WA1 – –
Auxiliary releases
1st auxiliary release Without 1st auxiliary release 0
With shunt trip (ST/ST-COM) 1), 24 ... 30 V DC 1
uninterrupted duty 100% OP 48 ... 60 V DC 2
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC 3
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC 4
With shunt trip (ST), 24 ... 30 V DC 5
momentary duty 5% OP 48 ... 60 V DC 6
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC 7
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC 8
1)

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/35
© Siemens 2023

Basic configuration for AC circuit breakers and AC non-automatic circuit breakers in a
690 V IT system and for 1000 V
1
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WA1 – –
Size (SZ) 1 1
2 2
3 3
SZ 1
SZ 2
SZ 3
Max. rated 630 A ■ – – 0 6

current In max 800 A ■ – – 0 8
1000 A ■ – – 1 0
1250 A ■ – – 1 2
1600 A ■ – – 1 6
2000 A ■ ■ – 2 0
2500 A ■ ■ – 2 5
3200 A – ■ – 3 2
4000 A – ■ ■ 4 0
5000 A – – ■ 5 0
6300 A – – ■ 6 3
Short-circuit E ■ – – 85/50 kA/– 8

breaking – ■ – 85/85/50 kA 8
capacity Icu – – ■ 3-pole: 8
at 690 V/1000 V 150/125/70 kA
4-pole:
130/125/70 kA

packages with electronic trip unit 1) LSIG A C
for circuit breakers ETU600 PMF-I Voltage tap on top U
electronic trip unit with Energy efficiency Voltage tap on bottom Q
metering function, PMF-II Basic Power Voltage tap on top V
internal voltage tap in the Monitoring Voltage tap on bottom R
circuit breaker, VTM640 PMF-III Advanced Voltage tap on top W
voltage tap module and Power Monitoring
ready4COM
Voltage tap on bottom S
■ ■ ■ LSIG F

1)
1 × connected position, 1 × test position, 1 × disconnected position + message through communications
interface for disconnected position and for "not available".

1/36 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
1
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WA1 – –
Connection SZ 1
SZ 2
SZ 3
Type of mounting Fixed-mounted ■ ■ 3) ■ Vertical 1
■ ■ 2) ■ 4) Horizontal 2
■ 1) ■ 2) ■ 5) Front double hole 3
■ ■ 2) ■ 4) Vertical on top/horizontal at the bottom 5
■ ■ 2) ■ 4) Horizontal on top/vertical at the bottom 6
Withdrawable ■ ■ ■ Without guide frame 0
■ ■ 3) ■ Vertical 1
■ 1) ■ 2) ■ 4) Horizontal 2
■ 1) ■ 2) ■ 5) Front double hole 3
■ 1) ■ 2) ■ 5) Flange 4
■ 1) ■ 2) ■ 4) Vertical on top/horizontal at the bottom 5
■ 1) ■ 2) ■ 4) Horizontal on top/vertical at the bottom 6
■ 1) ■ 2) ■ 5) Flange on top/horizontal at the bottom 7
■ 1) ■ 2) ■ 5) Horizontal on top/flange at the bottom 8
1)
Only ≤ 2000 A is available for size 1
2)
3)
Vertical connection for 3WA size 2 for 4000 A has different dimensions than for the 3WL.
With Z option D01, vertical connection can be changed to the connection compatible with 3WL.
4)
5)
For size 3, only 4000 A applicable at a short-circuit current of up to 100 kA

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/37
© Siemens 2023

Basic configuration for AC circuit breakers and AC non-automatic circuit breakers in a
690 V IT system and for 1000 V
1
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WA1 – –
auxiliary switch
spring charging motor
48 ... 60 V DC 4 NO, 4 NC 6
(M)
110 ... 127 V AC/ 2 NO, 2 NC 3
110 ... 125 V DC 4 NO, 4 NC 7
208 ... 240 V AC/ 2 NO, 2 NC 4
220 ... 250 V DC 4 NO, 4 NC 8
reset coil 1) With closing coil Without remote trip alarm 24 ... 30 V DC B
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC D
100% OP
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC E
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC H
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC J
5% OP
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC M
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC N
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC R
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC S

110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC D
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC E
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC H
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC J
(≤ 0.2 s)
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC P
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC Q
380 ... 415 V AC R
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC U
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC V
380 ... 415 V AC W
1)
2)
3)

1/38 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
1
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WA1 – –
Auxiliary releases
With shunt trip 24 ... 30 V DC 1
(ST/ST-COM) 1), 48 ... 60 V DC 2
uninterrupted duty 100% OP
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC 3
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC 4
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC 7
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC 8
1)

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/39
© Siemens 2023

Basic configuration for AC circuit breakers and AC non-automatic circuit breakers for 1150 V
1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WA1 – –
Size (SZ) 2 2
3 3
SZ 2
SZ 3
Max. rated 2000 A ■ – 2 0

current In max 2500 A ■ – 2 5
3200 A ■ – 3 2
4000 A ■ ■ 4 0
5000 A – ■ 5 0
6300 A – ■ 6 3
Short-circuit E ■ – 85/85/50 kA 8
breaking – ■ 3-pole: 8
capacity Icu 150/125/70 kA
at 690 V/1000 V/ 4-pole:
1150 V- 130/125/70 kA

for circuit breakers Protective functions ■ ■ LSI E
■ ■ LSIG F
■ ■ LSIG Hi-Z G

1)
1 × connected position, 1 × test position, 1 × disconnected position + message through communications
interface for disconnected position and for "not available".

1/40 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
3WA1 – –
Connection
SZ 2
SZ 3
Type of mounting Fixed-mounted ■ 2) ■ Vertical 1
■ 1) ■ 3) Horizontal 2
■ 1) ■ 4) Front double hole 3
■ 1) ■ 3) Vertical on top/horizontal at the bottom 5
■ 1) ■ 3) Horizontal on top/vertical at the bottom 6
Withdrawable ■ ■ Without guide frame 0
■ 2) ■ Vertical 1
■ 1) ■ 3) Horizontal 2
■ 1) ■ 4) Front double hole 3
■ 1) ■ 4) Flange 4
■ 1) ■ 3) Vertical on top/horizontal at the bottom 5
■ 1) ■ 3) Horizontal on top/vertical at the bottom 6
■ 1) ■ 4) Flange on top/horizontal at the bottom 7
■ 1) ■ 4) Horizontal on top/flange at the bottom 8
1)
2)
Vertical connection for 3WA size 2 for 4000 A has different dimensions than for the 3WL.
With Z option D01, vertical connection can be changed to the connection compatible with 3WL.
3)
4)

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/41
© Siemens 2023

Basic configuration for AC circuit breakers and AC non-automatic circuit breakers for 1150 V
1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WA1 – –
auxiliary switch
spring charging motor (M)
48 ... 60 V DC 4 NO, 4 NC 6
110 ... 127 V AC/ 2 NO, 2 NC 3
110 ... 125 V DC 4 NO, 4 NC 7
208 ... 240 V AC/ 2 NO, 2 NC 4
220 ... 250 V DC 4 NO, 4 NC 8
reset coil 1) With closing coil Without remote trip alarm 24 ... 30 V DC B
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC D
100% OP
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC E
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC H
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC J
5% OP
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC M
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC N
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC R
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC S

110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC D
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC E
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC H
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC J
(≤ 0.2 s)
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC P
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC Q
380 ... 415 V AC R
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC U
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC V
380 ... 415 V AC W
1)
2)
3)

1/42 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
3WA1 – –
Auxiliary releases
(ST/ST-COM) 1), 48 ... 60 V DC 2
uninterrupted duty 100% OP
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC 3
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC 4
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC 7
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC 8
1)

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/43
© Siemens 2023

Basic configuration for DC non-automatic circuit breakers
1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WA1 – –
Non-automatic circuit breakers
Size (SZ) 2 2
SZ 2
Max. rated 1000 A ■ 1 0

current In max 2000 A ■ 2 0
4000 A ■ 4 0
Short-circuit D ■ 25 kA, 600 V DC 1

breaking E ■ 20 kA, 1000 V DC 8
capacity Icc 20 kA, 1500 V DC 2)
Non-automatic circuit breakers A U
Non-automatic circuit breakers, ready4COM feature C U
Number of poles 1)
Fixed-mounted 3-pole 0
4-pole 1
switch 4-pole 4
4-pole 7
Connection
SZ 2
Type of mounting Fixed-mounted ■ Vertical 1

■ Horizontal 2
■ Front double hole 3
■ Vertical on top/horizontal at the bottom 5
■ Horizontal on top/vertical at the bottom 6
Withdrawable ■ Without guide frame 0
■ Vertical 1
■ Horizontal 2
■ Front double hole 3
■ Flange 4
■ Vertical on top/horizontal at the bottom 5
■ Horizontal on top/vertical at the bottom 6
■ Flange on top/horizontal at the bottom 7
■ Horizontal on top/flange at the bottom 8
1)
1 × connected position, 1 × test position, 1 × disconnected position + message through communications interface for disconnected position and for "not available".
2)

1/44 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
3WA1 – –
auxiliary switch Recharging of the stored 24 ... 30 V DC 2 NO, 2 NC 2
spring charging motor 48 ... 60 V DC 4 NO, 4 NC 6
(M)
110 ... 127 V AC/ 2 NO, 2 NC 3
110 ... 125 V DC 4 NO, 4 NC 7
208 ... 240 V AC/ 2 NO, 2 NC 4
220 ... 250 V DC 4 NO, 4 NC 8
Closing coil Without closing coil A

With closing coil (CC/CC-COM) 1) 24 ... 30 V DC B
for uninterrupted duty, 100% OP 48 ... 60 V DC C
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC D
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC E
With closing coil (CC) 24 ... 30 V DC K
for momentary duty, 5% OP 48 ... 60 V DC L
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC M
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC N

uninterrupted duty 100% OP 1) 48 ... 60 V DC C
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC D
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC E
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC H
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC J
With undervoltage release (UVR), 24 ... 30 V DC L
(≤ 0.2 s) 110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC P
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC Q
380 ... 415 V AC R
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC U
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC V
380 ... 415 V AC W

(ST/ST-COM) 1), 48 ... 60 V DC 2
uninterrupted duty 100% OP 110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC 3
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC 4
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC 7
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC 8
1)

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/45
© Siemens 2023
Accessory options
1 To specify the options, add "-Z" to the complete article number and Order code
indicate the appropriate order code(s).
3WA....-.....-.... -Z
Option plug for electronic trip unit
• To reduce the rated current of the circuit breaker
• Only one module is possible per circuit breaker. As standard, the electronic trip unit is equipped with an option plug which is equal to the
maximum rated breaker current ( In max ).
The rated current of the selected option plug must be less than In max .
SZ 1
SZ 2
SZ 3
Rated current In
Option plug 250 A ■ ■ – B02
315 A ■ ■ – B03
400 A ■ ■ – B04
500 A ■ ■ – B05
630 A ■ ■ – B06
800 A ■ ■ ■ B08
1000 A ■ ■ ■ B10
1250 A ■ ■ ■ B12
1600 A ■ ■ ■ B16
2000 A ■ ■ ■ B20
2500 A – ■ ■ B25
3200 A – ■ ■ B32
4000 A – – ■ B40
5000 A – – ■ B50
IOM230 digital input/output module 1)

Module with 2 inputs and 3 outputs A module including adapter for mounting on the secondary disconnect terminal system of the F23
circuit breaker, connecting cables and CubicleBUS2 terminating resistor; five modules can be
operated at the same time. Further modules must be ordered separately as 3WA9111-0EC11,
which includes the adapter for mounting on the secondary disconnect terminal system of the
circuit breaker and the adapter for external mounting on a DIN rail.
ZSI200 Zone-selective interlocking module 1)

Zone-selective interlocking with ETU600 A module, circuit breaker internal. A module including adapter for mounting on the secondary F20
disconnect terminal system of the circuit breaker, connecting cables and CubicleBUS2 terminating
resistor
COM190 communications module 1) 2)

• The precondition for connection is a circuit breaker or non-automatic circuit breaker with the "ready4COM" feature
PROFINET IO/Modbus TCP 2) A module including 2 Switched Ethernet ports, circuit breaker internal. A module including adapter F19
for mounting on the secondary disconnect terminal system of the circuit breaker, connecting cables
and CubicleBUS2terminating resistor; two communications modules can be run at the same time.
The second communications module must be ordered separately as 3WA9111-0EC13.
COM150 communications module 1)

• The precondition for connection is a circuit breaker or non-automatic circuit breaker with the "ready4COM" feature
Modbus RTU A module with terminal connection and optional internal terminating resistor, circuit breaker F15
internal. A module including adapter for mounting on the secondary disconnect terminal system of
the circuit breaker, connecting cables and CubicleBUS2 terminating resistor; two communications
modules can be run at the same time. The second communications module must be ordered
separately as 3WA9111-0EC15.
Automatic reset
• Only possible for circuit breakers with an electronic trip unit
Automatic reset Automatic reset of the reclosing lockout after ETU tripping; this option is not required when K01
ordering a circuit breaker with a remote trip alarm reset coil RR.
1)
When ordering this option for a circuit breaker or a non-automatic air circuit breaker of the installation type "withdrawable version without guide frame",
this must be used as the order option for the guide frame.
2)
For connecting the Ethernet cable, connectors angled 90° to the right are recommended, e.g. PROFINET connector 6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0.

1/46 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
To specify the options, add "-Z" to the complete article number and
1
Order code
3WA....-.....-.... -Z
Special approval according to UL 489b in addition to IEC 60947
DC non-automatic circuit breakers Sizes 2, 4-pole, 2000 A with Icc = 20 kA U09
up to 1500 V Available for: 3WA1220-8AU12-_ _ _ _
3WA1220-8AU42-_ _ _ _
3WA1220-8AU72-_ _ _ _
3WA1220-8CU12-_ _ _ _
3WA1220-8CU42-_ _ _ _
3WA1220-8CU72-_ _ _ _
Rear vertical main connections (top and bottom) with equal pole spacing of the phases 1)
AC circuit breakers/AC non-automatic circuit Sizes 2, 4-pole, 4000 A D04
breakers and AC guide frames breaking capacity S/M/H/E
N L1 L2 L3 I201_20605
Option L1 – N 130 mm
L1 – L2 160 mm
L2 – L3 160 mm
N L1 L2 L3 Standard L1 – N 160 mm
I201_20606
L1 – L2 130 mm
L1 – L3 160 mm
1)
Available from 02/2024

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/47
© Siemens 2023
Accessory options
3WA....-.....-.... -Z
Tinned version of the main circuit connections on the guide frame
• Only for withdrawable circuit breakers with horizontal connection or flange connection
• Cannot be ordered for circuit breakers without a guide frame
• The normal delivery time increases to 15 work days
Tinned connections Sizes 1, 2, 3 D08
Broadened vertical main circuit connection

• Only possible on complete order for a withdrawable circuit breaker or when ordering the guide frame separately
Main circuit connection For 3WA1, 4000 A, size 2 Compatible with 3WL1240 for retrofit D01
Circuit breakers without Bluetooth function

Circuit breakers In this version of the circuit breaker, Bluetooth is not provided. Neither can Bluetooth be retrofitted D80
without Bluetooth function by replacing the electronic trip unit.
Secondary disconnect terminal system

• Can be ordered for circuit breakers with guide frames and for guide frames
Manual connector with screw terminal With screw connection instead of push-in connection (standard) N03
Manual connector for ring lugs With screw connection for ring lugs instead of push-in connection (standard) N05
Mechanical operating cycles counters

Mechanical operating cycles counter, Can be used with all circuit breakers and non-automatic circuit breakers including those without a C01
5-digit spring charging motor
Signaling switches
Trip alarm switch 2nd trip alarm switch (S25) 1 NO K06
1st trip alarm switch included as standard for circuit breakers.
Can only be used with circuit breakers with an electronic trip unit
without ready4COM.
Pushbuttons/disconnect switches/closing lockouts/special packaging/arc chute cover

Emergency OPEN button Mushroom pushbutton instead of the mechanical OFF pushbutton C25
Local electric close on operator panel This prevents unauthorized electrical closing from With sealing cap C11
(S10) the operator panel. Mechanical closing and remote With CES lock C12
closing remain possible. Only possible in
combination with a closing coil (CC)
Motor disconnect switch on operator This prevents automatic charging of the stored C24
panel (S12) energy mechanism by the spring charging motor
Cardboard packaging with water-repellent coating on corrugated cardboard (moisture protection) P61
Arc chute cover mounted on the guide Not available for: R10
frame − Fixed-mounted
− Breaking capacity C, E and D
− 4000 A size 2
Cover for electronic trip unit Top cover with safety lock F40
(The lower sealable cover of the rotary coding switch is included in the scope of supply
of the circuit breaker)
Internal current sensors without energy core for applications with frequency converters
• Used in converter applications with high harmonic components; can only be used for circuit breakers with an ETU600 electronic trip unit
− External 24 V DC supply required
− Undervoltage release required
− Additionally contains a relay for monitoring the 24 V DC and warning labels
− If option Z = K60 is provided, an optional metering function PMF-I to PMF-III according to IEC 61557-12 is not technically feasible.
Internal current sensors Sizes 1 new , 2, 3
# #
K60

1/48 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
To specify the options, add "-Z" to the complete article number and
1
Order code
3WA....-.....-.... -Z
Mechanical interlocks
• Interlocking module with Bowden cable 2 m
Mechanical interlocks For fixed-mounted breakers S55
For withdrawable circuit breakers with guide frame R55
For guide frames (ordered separately) R56
For withdrawable circuit breakers (ordered separately) R57
Locking provisions (for fixed-mounted and withdrawable circuit breakers)

Locking provisions Against unauthorized closing Made by CES S01
from the operator panel of the Made by IKON S03
circuit breaker. The disconnector Assembly kit FORTRESS or CASTELL 1) S05
unit fulfills the requirements for
main circuit breakers according to Assembly kit for padlocks 2) S07
EN 60204-1 Made by RONIS S08
Made by PROFALUX S09
Locking provisions For charging handle with padlock 2) S33
Locking provisions (for withdrawable circuit breaker)

Locking provision to prevent movement of Safety lock for mounting onto the Made by CES S71
the withdrawable circuit breaker circuit breaker Made by PROFALUX S75
Made by RONIS S76
Locking provisions against unauthorized closing, for withdrawable circuit breakers

• The disconnector unit fulfills the requirements for main circuit breakers acc. to EN 60204-1, consisting of a lock in the guide frame, active in the
connected position, function is retained when circuit breaker is replaced.
• Not possible in combination with order code "R81", "R82", "R85" or "R86".
• Only possible on complete order for a withdrawable circuit breaker or when ordering the guide frame separately
Made by CES R61
Made by RONIS R68
Made by PROFALUX R60
Locking mechanisms
• R30 and R50 not possible in combination with order code "R81", "R82", "R85" or "R86".
• R30 and R50 only possible on complete order for a circuit breaker with a guide frame or when ordering the guide frame separately
• R40 can only be ordered with the circuit breaker
For fixed-mounted circuit breakers To prevent opening of the control cabinet door in ON position S30
For withdrawable circuit breakers To prevent opening of the control cabinet door in connected position R30
To prevent activation when the control cabinet door is open 3) R40
To prevent movement when the control cabinet door is open 4) R50
Locking provisions to prevent movement of the withdrawable circuit breaker in disconnected

position
• Consisting of Bowden cable and lock in the control cabinet door
• Not possible in combination with order code "R30", "R50", "R61", "R68" or "R60"
• Only possible for a complete order for a circuit breaker with a guide frame or when ordering the guide frame separately
Made by CES R81
Made by IKON R82
Made by RONIS R86
Increased degree of protection for installation in a control cabinet

Door sealing frame for degree of protection IP41 T40
1)
Locks must be ordered from the manufacturer.
2)
Padlock not included in the scope of supply.
3)
Not available in combination with R50
4)
Not available in combination with R40

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/49
© Siemens 2023
Accessory options
Further technical specifications
Manual operating mechanism 3WA11 – 3WA13

Switching on/charging energy store
Maximum force required to operate the hand lever ≤ 230 N
1 Required number of strokes on the hand lever 9
Closing coils (CC/CC-COM) 3WA11 – 3WA13

Rated operational voltage
Rated control supply voltage Us 24 … 30 V DC
48 … 60 V DC
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC
Primary operating range
Primary operating range (acc. to IEC 60947-2) 85 … 110% Us
Extended operating range for battery operation 85 … 126% Us
Integrated freewheeling diode Yes
Operation
Version 100% OP 5% OP
Closing power AC/DC 40 VA/40 W ≤ 60 V: 200 VA/200 W
≥ 110 V: 250 VA/250 W
Continuous power AC/DC 8 VA/8 W –
Minimum command time at 100% Us 60 ms 60 ms
Maximum command time at 100% Us – 2000 ms
Make time of the circuit breaker at 100% Us 80 ms 50 ms
Fuse protection of the control circuit at Us for closing coil
Fuse gG 24 … 30 V DC, 48 … 60 V DC 2A 10 A
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 1A 4A
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 1A 2A
Automatic circuit breaker with C characteristic 24 … 30 V DC, 48 … 60 V DC 2A 10 A
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 1A 4A
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 1A 2A
Fuse protection of the control circuit at Us for spring charging motor + closing coil 1)
Fuse gG 24 … 30 V DC, 48 … 60 V DC 6A 10 A
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 2A 4A
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 2A 2A
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 2A 4A
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 2A 2A
1)
With the same control circuit for the closing coil and spring charging motor
Spring charging motor 3WA11 – 3WA13

Rated control supply voltage Us 24 V DC
30 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 … 125 V DC/110 … 127 V AC
220 … 250 V DC/208 … 240 V AC
Operation
Closing power AC/DC 135 VA/135 W
Continuous power AC/DC 135 VA/135 W
Charging time at 100% Us ≤ 10 s
Fuse protection of the control circuit at Us for spring charging motor
Fuse gG 24 … 30 V DC, 48 … 60 V DC 6A
110 … 125 V DC/110 … 127 V AC, 2A
220 … 250 V DC/208 … 240 V AC
Automatic circuit breaker with C characteristic 24 … 30 V DC, 48 … 60 V DC 6A
110 … 125 V DC/110 … 127 V AC, 2A
220 … 250 V DC/208 … 240 V AC

1/50 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Undervoltage releases UVR and UVR-t 3WA11 – 3WA13

Rated control supply voltage Us 24 ... 30 V DC (UVR)
48 ... 60 V DC (UVR)
48 V DC (UVR-t)
1
60 V DC (UVR-t)
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC
380 … 415 V AC
Operating range
Response values Pickup ≥ 0.85 × Us (circuit breaker can be closed)
Dropout 0.35 … 0.7 × Us (circuit breaker is opened)
Operating range 0.85 … 1.1 × Us
Extended operating range for battery operation At 24 V DC, 30 V DC, 48 V DC, 0.85 … 1.26 × Us
110 V DC, 220 V DC
Operation
Break time
Us = 0 with UVR instantaneous ≤ 80 ms
Us = 0 with UVR short-time delayed ≤ 200 ms
Us = 0 with UVR-t delayed 0.2 … 3.2 s
With UVR-t by disconnection at terminals X5.13 and X5.14 (EMERGENCY-STOP circuit) ≤ 100 ms
Fuse protection of the control circuit
Fuse gG 24 ... 30 V DC (UVR) 2A
48 … 60 V DC (UVR) 2A
48 V DC (UVR-t) 2A
60 V DC (UVR-t) 2A
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 2A
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 2A
380 … 415 V AC 2A
Automatic circuit breaker with C characteristic 24 ... 30 V DC (UVR) 4A
48 … 60 V DC (UVR) 4A
48 V DC (UVR-t) 4A
60 V DC (UVR-t) 4A
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 4A
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 6A
380 … 415 V AC 6A
Automatic circuit breaker with D characteristic 24 ... 30 V DC (UVR) 2A
48 … 60 V DC (UVR) 2A
48 V DC (UVR-t) 2A
60 V DC (UVR-t) 2A
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 2A
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 4A
380 … 415 V AC 4A
Shunt trip (ST/ST-COM/ST2) 3WA11 – 3WA13

48 … 60 V DC
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/51
© Siemens 2023
Accessory options
Shunt trip (ST/ST-COM/ST2) 3WA11 – 3WA13

Operation
Version 100% OP 5% OP
1 Closing power AC/DC 40 VA/40 W ≤ 60 V: 200 VA/200 W

≥ 110 V: 250 VA/250 W
Continuous power AC/DC 8 VA/8 W –
Minimum command time at 100% Us 60 ms 60 ms
Maximum command time at 100% Us – 2000 ms
Fuse gG 24 … 30 V DC, 48 … 60 V DC 2A 10 A
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 1A 4A
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 1A 2A
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 1A 4A
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 1A 2A
Remote trip alarm reset coil for mechanical tripped

indicator (F7) 3WA11 – 3WA13
48 … 60 V DC
110 … 125 V DC/110 … 127 V AC
220 … 250 V DC/208 … 240 V AC
Operation
Power consumption AC/DC 60 VA/60 W
Minimum command time at 1 × Us 60 ms
Fuse gG 24 … 60 V DC 2A
100 V AC/> 100 V DC 1A
Automatic circuit breaker with C characteristic 24 … 60 V DC 2A
100 V AC/> 100 V DC 1A
Contact position-driven auxiliary switches (S1 bis S8) 3WA11 – 3WA13
Type NO or NC
Contact reliability From 1 mA at 5 V DC
Rated insulation voltage Ui 500 V DC/500 V AC 50/60 Hz
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV
Breaking capacity
Rated operational current Ie DC12 24 V 10 A
30 V 4A
48 V 2.5 A
60 V 1A
110 V 0.4 A
220/240 V 0.2 A
DC13 24 V 3A
30 V 2.5 A
48 V 1A
60 V 0.4 A
110 V 0.2 A
220/240 V 0.1 A
AC12 ≤ 440 V 10 A
AC13 < 220 V 8A
220 … 240 V 4A
320 … 440 V 3A

1/52 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Ready-to-close signaling switches (S20)

(acc. to DIN VDE 0630) 3WA11 – 3WA13
Type NO contact 1
Contact reliability From 1 mA at 5 V DC 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V DC/250 V AC
Breaking capacity
Rated operational current Ie DC12 24 V 5A
30 V 2.5 A
48 V 2.5 A
60 V 0.4 A
110/127 V 0.4 A
220/240 V 0.2 A
DC13 24 V 2.5 A
30 V 1A
48 V 1A
60 V 0.22 A
110/127 V 0.22 A
220/240 V 0.1 A
AC12 ≤ 240 V 6A
AC13 110 … 127 V 5A
220 … 240 V 4A
Trip alarm switches (S24, S25) 3WA11 – 3WA12
1st trip alarm switch S24 Changeover contact

2nd trip alarm switch S25 NO contact
Contact reliability From 1 mA at 5 V DC 1)
Breaking capacity
30 V 2.5 A
48 V 2.5 A
60 V 0.4 A
110/127 V 0.4 A
220/240 V 0.2 A
DC13 24 V 2.5 A
30 V 1A
48 V 1A
60 V 0.2 A
110/127 V 0.2 A
220/240 V 0.1 A
AC12 ≤ 240 V 6A
AC13 110 … 127 V 5A
220 … 240 V 4A
1)
To ensure contact reliability at 1 mA, the contacts are gold-plated. If 1 mA is exceeded, the gold-plating is eroded. As a consequence, contact reliability at 1 mA can no longer
be ensured.

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/53
© Siemens 2023
Accessory options
Position signaling switches on guide frame 3WA11 – 3WA13
Type Changeover contact (not COM)
1 Contact reliability From 1 mA at 5 V DC 1)

Connection type Spring-type terminals
Conductor cross-section that can be connected by customer 1 × 0.5 mm² (AWG 20) … 1 × 2.5 mm² (AWG 14)
Breaking capacity
30 V 2.5 A
48 V 2.5 A
60 V 0.4 A
110/127 V 0.4 A
220/240 V 0.2 A
DC13 24 V 2.5 A
30 V 1A
48 V 1A
60 V 0.22 A
125 V 0.22 A
250 V 0.1 A
R300 DC 24 V 3A
30 V 2.5 A
48 V 1A
60 V 0.4 A
110 V 0.22 A
220/240 V 0.11 A
AC12 ≤ 440 V 6A
AC13 < 220 V 5A
220 … 240 V 4A
320 … 440 V 3A
A300 AC 120 V 6A
240 V 3A
The COM (X89) contacts may only be connected to the communications module.
1)
To ensure contact reliability at 1 mA, the contacts are gold-plated. If 1 mA is exceeded, the gold-plating is eroded. As a consequence, contact reliability at 1 mA can no longer
be ensured.
ETU600 3WA11 – 3WA13

Power supply
Method of power supply Power supply unit DC
DC power supply unit IEC 61558 SELV/PELV
Rated control supply voltage Us DC 24 V
Primary operating range Us ±20%
Power consumption 2.9 W
Max. current consumption 0.12 A
Max. starting current 0.35 A
Overvoltage category CAT I
Integrated short-circuit protection Yes
Protected against polarity reversal Yes

1/54 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Summary of power consumption data
Composants Voltage Power consumption

ETU600 24 V DC 2.9W
Closing coil CC/CC-COM 100% OP 24 … 30 V DC 40 W
48 … 60 V DC 40 W
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 40 VA/W 1
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 40 VA/W
Closing coil CC/CC-COM 5% OP 24 … 30 V DC 200 W
48 … 60 V DC 200 W
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 250 VA/W
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 250 VA/W
Shunt trip ST/ST-COM 100% OP 24 … 30 V DC 40 W
48 … 60 V DC 40 W
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 40 VA/W
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 40 VA/W
Shunt trip ST/ST-COM 5% OP 24 … 30 V DC 200 W
48 … 60 V DC 200 W
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 250 VA/W
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 250 VA/W
Spring charging motors 24 … 30 V DC 135 W
48 … 60 V DC 135 W
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 135 VA/W
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 135 VA/W
Remote trip alarm reset coils 24 … 30 V DC 60 W
48 … 60 V DC 60 W
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 60 VA/W
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 60 VA/W
Undervoltage releases (UVR/UVR-t) 24 V DC 50 W
30 V DC 50 W
48 V DC 50 W
60 V DC 50 W
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 50 VA/W
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 50 VA/W
380 … 415 V AC 50 VA
IOM230 24 V DC 1W
COM190/COM150 24 V DC 1W

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/55
© Siemens 2023
Guide frames for AC
For a complete and valid configuration of your guide frame, please use our online configurator at
1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WA8 – A A
–
Guide frames
Size 1 1
2 2
3 3
SZ 1
SZ 2
SZ 3
Max. rated 630 … 1000 A ■ – – 1 0

current In max 1250 … 1600 A ■ – – 1 6
(Generate the selection
of positions 6, 7 and 8
2000 A ■ ■ – 2 0
according to the list 2500 A ■ ■ – 2 5
below) 2000 … 3200 A – ■ – 3 2
4000 A – ■ ■ 4 0
4000 … 5000 A – – ■ 5 0
6300 A – – ■ 6 3
Short-circuit At N ■ – – 55/42 kA 2
breaking 500/690 V S ■ ■ – 66/50 kA 3
capacity Icu M ■ ■ – 85/66 kA 4
(Generate the selection H – ■ ■ 100/85 kA 5
of positions 6, 7 and 8
according to the list
C – ■ – 130/100 kA 6
below) – – ■ 3-pole: 150/150 kA 8
4-pole: 130/130 kA
At E ■ – – 80/50 kA/– 8
690/1000/1150 V – ■ – 85/85/50 kA 8
– – ■ 3-pole: 8
150/125/70 kA
4-pole:
130/125/70 kA
Number of poles 3-pole 3

Main connection ■ ■ 2)
■ Vertical 1
■ 1) ■ 3) ■ 5) Horizontal 2
■ 1) ■ 4) ■ 6) Front 3
■ 1) ■ 4) ■ 7) Flange 4
■ 1) ■ 3) ■ 5) Vertical on top/horizontal at the bottom 5
■ 1) ■ 3) ■ 5) Horizontal on top/vertical at the bottom 6
■ 1) ■ 4) ■ 6) Flange on top/horizontal at the bottom 7
■ 1) ■ 4) ■ 6) Horizontal on top/flange at the bottom 8
1)
Only ≤ 2000 A is available for size 1 3)
2)
Vertical connection for 3WA size 2 for 4000 A has different 4)
Only ≤ 3200 A is available for size 2, not available for breaking capacity C
dimensions than for the 3WL. With Z option D01, vertical 5)
connection can be changed to the connection compatible with 3WL. 6)
Only for 4000 A is available for size 3, breaking capacity H available
7)
The following combinations of positions 6, 7 and 8 of the article number are technically feasible
Size Breaking capacity at In max 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A 5000 A 6300 A
Representation 6, 7, 8
1 N 10-2 10-2 10-2 16-2 16-2 20-3 25-3 – – – –
S 10-3 10-3 10-3 16-3 16-3 20-3 25-3 – – – –
M 20-4 20-4 20-4 20-4 20-4 20-4 25-4 – – – –
E 20-8 20-8 20-8 20-8 20-8 20-8 25-8 – – – –
2 S – – – – – 20-5 25-5 32-5 40-5 – –
M – – – – – 20-5 25-5 32-5 40-5 – –
H – – – – – 20-5 25-5 32-5 40-5 – –
E – – – – – 20-8 25-8 32-8 40-8 – –
C – – – – – 32-6 32-6 32-6 – – –
3 H – – – – – – – – 40-5 50-5 63-5
E – – – – – – – – 50-8 50-8 63-8
C – – – – – – – – 50-8 50-8 63-8

1/56 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
3WA8 – – 1 1
Push-in SZ 1, SZ 2, SZ 3 X7, X6, X5 Non-automatic circuit breakers A

connection 1) without ready4COM feature
X8, X7, X6, X5 Circuit breakers/non-automatic B
circuit breakers with
ready4COM feature
SZ 2, SZ 3 X9, X8, X7, X6, X5 Including external trip controller K
ETC600 for circuit breakers with
ETU600 LSIG Hi-Z
Position signaling Without position signaling switch A

switch Position signaling switch PSS (3 × connected position, 2 × test position, 1 × disconnected position) C
Position signaling switch PSS-COM (1 × connected position, 1 × test position, 1 × disconnected position) G
plus connection to a communications module
1)
Conversion to screw connection is possible with Z option N03.

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/57
© Siemens 2023
Guide frames for DC
1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WA8 – A U
– 1 1
Guide frames
Size (SZ) 2 2
Max. rated 2000 A 2 0

current In max 4000 A 4 0
Short-circuit D ≤ 600 V DC 25 kA at 600 V DC 1

breaking capacity E ≤ 1000 V DC 20 kA at 1000 V DC 8
≤ 1500 V DC 20 kA at 1500 V DC 1) 8

4-pole 4
Connection Withdrawable Vertical 1

Horizontal 2
Front double hole 3
Flange 4
Vertical on top/horizontal at the bottom 5
Horizontal on top/vertical at the bottom 6
Flange on top/horizontal at the bottom 7
Horizontal on top/flange at the bottom 8
Secondary Push-in connection X7, X6, X5 Non-automatic circuit breakers A

disconnect X8, X7, X6, X5 Non-automatic circuit breakers with ready4COM B
terminal
Position signaling Without position signaling switch A

switch Position signaling switch PSS (3 × connected position, 2 × test position, 1 × disconnected position) C
Position signaling switch PSS-COM (1 × connected position, 1 × test position, 1 × disconnected position) G
plus connection to a communications module
1)

1/58 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/59
© Siemens 2023
Accessories and spare parts
Accessories for electronic trip unit

Electronic trip unit
• Note: The electronic trip unit is supplied without an option plug.
1 The option plug must be ordered separately. The range of functions of the ETU600 corresponds
to the "Current metering" application package.
Basic protective functions Article No.
ETU300 LSI/LSIG 3WA9111-0EE32
ETU600 LSI/LSIG 3WA9111-0EE62
ETU600 LSIG Hi-Z 3WA9111-0EE63
Spare part battery for ETU600
Article No.
3WA9111-0EE81
Option plug
Basic configuration Rated current In SZ 1 SZ 2 SZ 3 Article No.
Protective function LSI: LT, ST, INST 3WA9111-0EB ..
Protective function LSIG: LT, ST, INST, GF 3WA9111-0EX ..
(ground-fault protection GFx with extended setting range)
250 A ■ ■ – 02
315 A ■ ■ – 03
400 A ■ ■ – 04
500 A ■ ■ – 05
630 A ■ ■ – 06
800 A ■ ■ ■ 08
1000 A ■ ■ ■ 10
1250 A ■ ■ ■ 12
1600 A ■ ■ ■ 16
2000 A ■ ■ ■ 20
2500 A ■ ■ ■ 25
3200 A – ■ ■ 32
4000 A – ■ ■ 40
5000 A – – ■ 50
6300 A – – ■ 63
Function packages for ETU600
Protective and alarm functions Article No.
Ground fault alarm (GF alarm) 3WA9111-0ES01
Directional short-time-delayed short-circuit protection (dST) and reverse power protection (RP) 3WA9111-0ES05
(requires an optional voltage tap module)
Enhanced protective functions (EPF) Article No.
Full package with unbalance, voltage, active power, frequency, THD and phase sequence detection 3WA9111-0ES11
Phase unbalance current and phase unbalance voltage 3WA9111-0ES12
Undervoltage and overvoltage 3WA9111-0ES13
Active power import and active power export 3WA9111-0ES14
Underfrequency and overfrequency 3WA9111-0ES15
Total harmonic distortion for current and voltage 3WA9111-0ES16
Phase sequence detection 3WA9111-0ES17
Functional expansions Article No.
Second protection parameter set 3WA9111-0ES21
Waveform memory 3WA9111-0ES24
Extended metering function Article No.
Upgrade to metering function PMF-II Basic Power Monitoring 3WA9111-0ES52
(metering values, see catalog page 1/25)
Upgrade to metering function PMF-III Advanced Power Monitoring 3WA9111-0ES53
(metering values, see catalog page 1/25)
Standard license to activate test function in SENTRON Powerconfig software
Version Article No.
For testing the protective functions of SENTRON circuit breakers 7KN2720-0CE00-1YC1

1/60 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories for electronic trip unit

Upgrading to "ready4COM" feature through BSS200 breaker status sensor for ETU600
Version Article No.
• Gathers information about the statuses of the circuit breaker via signaling switches and transmits it to 3WA9111-0EC40 1
the CubicleBUS2
• Controls the communication-capable CC-COM closing coil and the ST-COM shunt trip in a circuit
breaker with the ready4COM feature
• The BSS200 breaker status sensor is fitted in every circuit breaker with ETU600 of the ready4COM
application package and with the PMF-I to PMF-III metering function
External current sensors for the N conductor
Version Size Article No.
For mounting on busbar 1 3WA9111-0AA21
2 3WA9111-0AA22
3 3WA9111-0AA23
For busbar connection DIN connection 1 3WA9111-0AA31
2 3WA9111-0AA32
3 3WA9111-0AA33
Sealable and lockable covers
• The scope of supply includes both the top cover with safety lock and the sealable bottom cover of the rotary coding switches.
Accessory for Article No.
ETU300 3WA9111-0EM21
ETU600 3WA9111-0EM22
Adapter for connecting the ETU300 to the TD400

Version Article No.
Via the adapter, the ETU300 can be connected to the TD400 to supply it with an external voltage. 3VW9011-0AT46
There is no parameterization or documentation option via SENTRON Powerconfig
Automatic reset of the reclosing lockout

Version Article No.
Spare part for option K01 or for retrofitting 3WA9111-0EM31
Remote trip alarm reset coils

• For mechanical tripped indicator
• Including automatic reset of the reclosing lockout 3WA9111-0EM31
Voltage Article No.
24 … 30 V DC 3WA9111-0EM42
48 … 60 V DC 3WA9111-0EM44
110 ... 127 V AC/110 ... 125 V DC 3WA9111-0EM45
208 ... 240 V AC/220 ... 250 V DC 3WA9111-0EM46
Second tripping solenoid (F6) with reclosing lockout
Version Article No.
For external control via the external trip controller ETC600, including the necessary parts for the 3WA9111-0EM61
secondary disconnect terminal
External trip controller ETC600

Version Article No.
Including adapter for mounting on the secondary disconnect terminal system of the circuit breaker, 3WA9111-0EM62
adapter for mounting on DIN rail

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/61
© Siemens 2023
Locking provisions and interlocks

Interlocking sets for mechanical Open/Close
• Consisting of two transparent covers each for sealing or for attaching padlocks
1 (padlocks not included in scope of supply)
• Cover with 6.35 mm hole (for tool actuation)
• Lock mount for safety lock for key operation
Version Article No.
Without safety lock 3WA9111-0BA21
Made by CES 3WA9111-0BA22
Made by IKON 3WA9111-0BA23
Locking provision against unauthorized closing from the operator panel
• The disconnector unit fulfills the requirements for main circuit breakers acc. to EN 60204-1
• Spare part for options S01 to S09
Type Scope of supply Article No.
Assembly kit FORTRESS or CASTELL 1) Without locks, cylinders or keys 3WA9111-0BA31
Made by RONIS Locks, cylinders and keys included 3WA9111-0BA32
Made by KIRK-Key 1) Without locks, cylinders or keys 3WA9111-0BA33
Made by PROFALUX Locks, cylinders and keys included 3WA9111-0BA34
Made by CES Locks, cylinders and keys included 3WA9111-0BA35
Made by IKON Locks, cylinders and keys included 3WA9111-0BA36
Assembly kit for padlocks Without padlock 3WA9111-0BA37
Locking provision against unauthorized closing of the withdrawable circuit breaker
• Consisting of lock in the guide frame, active in connected position, function is retained when
circuit breaker is replaced
• Spare part for option R60, R61, R68
Locking provisions for charging handle with padlock
Version Scope of supply Article No.
Spare part for S33 Without padlock 3WA9111-0BA71
Locking provision to prevent movement of the withdrawable circuit breaker

• Safety lock for mounting onto the circuit breaker
• Spare part for option S71, S75, S76
1)
Locks, cylinders and keys must be ordered from the manufacturer.
Suitable cylinder lock KIRK Key C 900-301.
Suitable lock FORTRESS CLIS X005.
Suitable lock CASTELL FS2.

1/62 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Interlocking systems
• 2 of the same keys for 3 circuit breakers
•
•
Locking provision in OFF position
Lock in the operator panel
1
• A maximum of 2 circuit breakers can be switched on
Type Article No.
Locking mechanisms to prevent movement of the withdrawable circuit breakers in the disconnected position
• Consisting of Bowden cable and the breaker mechanism in the control cabinet door
• Spare part for option R81, R82, R85, R86
• Note: Not possible in combination with "Locking mechanism to prevent opening of the control cabinet
door" (order code "R30") or "Locking mechanism to prevent movement with the control cabinet door
open" (order code "R50")
Type Article No.
Made by IKON 3WA9111-0BA82
Made by PROFALUX 3WA9111-0BA83
Made by RONIS 3WA9111-0BA84
Locking mechanisms to prevent opening of the control cabinet door when the circuit breaker is closed
• Defeatable
• Note: Not possible in combination with "Locking mechanisms to prevent movement of the
withdrawable circuit breakers in the disconnected position" (order codes "R81", "R82", "R85" or "R86").
Version Article No.
Spare part for option S30 Fixed-mounted circuit breaker 3WA9111-0BB12
Spare part for option R30 Guide frames 3WA9111-0BB13
Locking mechanisms to prevent movement when the control cabinet door is open
• Mounted on guide frame
• Note: Not possible in combination with "Locking mechanisms to prevent movement of the
withdrawable circuit breakers in the disconnected position" (order codes "R81", "R82", "R85" or "R86").
Version Article No.
Spare part for option R50 3WA9111-0BB15
• With Bowden cable 2000 mm (one required for each circuit breaker)
Type Circuit breaker and guide frame when Spare part for Article No.
ordered separately
Fixed-mounted circuit breaker – Option S55 3WA9111-0BB21
Module for withdrawable circuit – Option R55 3WA9111-0BB22
breakers with guide frame
Module for guide frame ✓ Option R56 3WA9111-0BB23
Module for withdrawable circuit ✓ Option R57 3WA9111-0BB24
breaker
Adapter for size 3 withdrawable ✓ – 3WA9111-0BB25
circuit breaker
Coupling on the circuit breaker for mutual interlocking with Bowden cable
• Can be used in all circuit breakers
Article No.
3WA9111-0BB31
Bowden cable for mutual mechanical interlocking

Length Article No.
2000 mm 3WA9111-0BB41
3000 mm 3WA9111-0BB42
4500 mm 3WA9111-0BB43
1)

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/63
© Siemens 2023
Indicators and control elements

Version Article No.
1 Spare part for signaling switch installed as standard 3WA9111-0AH01
1st trip alarm switch (S24)

Version Article No.
Spare part for signaling switch installed as standard 3WA9111-0AH02
2nd trip alarm switch (S25)

• Can only be used with a circuit breaker with an electronic trip unit without ready4COM
• The 1st trip alarm switch (1 changeover contact) is installed in every circuit breaker with a trip unit as
standard
Version Contacts Article No.
Spare part for option K06 1 NO 3WA9111-0AH03
Mechanical operating cycles counter (5-digit)

Version For circuit breakers/non-automatic circuit breakers Article No.
Spare part for option C01 With manual operating mechanism 3WA9111-0AH04
With spring charging motor 3WA9111-0AH05
Spring charge signaling switch (S21)

• Standard when a spring charging motor is installed to charge the stored energy mechanism
• When a spring charging motor is retrofitted, the spring charge signaling switch can also be retrofitted
Contacts Article No.
1 NO 3WA9111-0AH06
Position signaling switch for withdrawable circuit breakers

• All conventional contacts are implemented as changeover contacts.
Contacts Version Article No.
PSS321 3 × connected position, 2 × test position, 1 × disconnected position 3WA9111-0AH11
PSS111-COM 1 × connected position, 1 × test position, 1 × disconnected position 3WA9111-0AH12
and option for connection to a communications module COM
(Signal: "disconnected position" and "absent")
PSS400-COM 4 × connected position and option for connection to a communi 3WA9111-0AH13
cations module COM (Signal: "disconnected position" and "absent")
PSS600 6 × connected position 3WA9111-0AH14
Local electric close (S10) for operator panel
• Scope of supply: Button + wiring
• Not possible with motor disconnect switch
• Note: Possible only for circuit breakers with closing coil
Version Article No.
With sealing cap, spare part for option C11 3WA9111-0AH21
With CES assembly kit, spare part for option C12 3WA9111-0AH22
With IKON assembly kit 3WA9111-0AH23
Motor disconnect switch (S12)
• Mounting onto operator panel
• Only in combination with the spring charging motor for charging the stored energy mechanism
• Not available in combination with local electric close
Version Article No.
Spare part for option C24 3WA9111-0AH24
Emergency OPEN button
• Mushroom pushbutton instead of local mechanical open
Version Article No.
Spare part for option C25 3WA9111-0AH25

1/64 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Secondary disconnect terminals for circuit breakers and guide frames

• For size 1, up to 4 secondary disconnect terminal blocks are possible; for sizes 2 and 3, up to 5 secondary disconnect terminal
blocks are possible
• Circuit breakers and non-automatic circuit breakers with secondary disconnect terminal blocks are supplied from the factory: 1
− Non-automatic circuit breakers with 3 blocks
− Non-automatic circuit breakers with ready4COM feature with 4 blocks
− Circuit breakers with ETU600 LSI or LSIG with 4 blocks
− Circuit breakers with ETU600 LSIG-HiZ with 5 blocks
Secondary disconnect terminal
Version Type Article No.
Base part 1 3WA9111-0AB01
1000 V extension 1) 3WA9111-0AB02
Manual connector 2 Screw connection 3WA9111-0AB03

Push-in connection 3WA9111-0AB04
Ring lug connection 3WA9111-0AB05
Coding kits 3 For secondary disconnect terminal blocks X5 to X9 3WA9111-0AB07

for fixed-mounted circuit breakers
Sliding contact module 4 For guide frames 3WA9111-0AB08
Blanking block 3WA9111-0AB12
For a complete secondary disconnect terminal block, you must order:

Fixed-mounted version: +
1 +
2 3
Withdrawable version: +
1 +
4 2
1)
Secondary disconnect terminal for circuit breakers with breaking capacity C and E must be ordered separately
Auxiliary releases
Closing coil (CC)/shunt trip (ST)
• Suitable for uninterrupted duty
Version Voltage Article No.
100% OP 24 … 30 V DC 3WA9111-0AD02
Switching time ≤ 80 ms 48 … 60 V DC 3WA9111-0AD04
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 3WA9111-0AD05
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 3WA9111-0AD06
Closing coil (CC-COM)/shunt trip (ST-COM)
• Suitable for uninterrupted duty
For circuit breakers and 24 … 30 V DC 3WA9111-0AD32
non-automatic circuit breakers 48 … 60 V DC 3WA9111-0AD34
with the "ready4com" feature
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 3WA9111-0AD35
100% OP
Switching time ≤ 80 ms 220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 3WA9111-0AD36
Switching time via COM ≤ 120 ms

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/65
© Siemens 2023
Auxiliary release
Closing coils (CC)
• For momentary duty, with cut-off switch S15 (NC)
1 Version Voltage Article No.
5% OP 24 … 30 V DC 3WA9111-0AD12
Switching time 50 ms 48 … 60 V DC 3WA9111-0AD14
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 3WA9111-0AD15
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 3WA9111-0AD16
Shunt trips (ST)
• For momentary duty, with cut-off switch S14 (NO)
5% OP 24 … 30 V DC 3WA9111-0AD22
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 3WA9111-0AD25
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 3WA9111-0AD26
Capacitor trip device
• For shunt trips
• Storage time 5 min
• Also suitable for 3VL, 3VA, 3WL and 3WN circuit breakers
• Note: Rated control supply voltage must match the rated control supply voltage of the shunt trips.
Rated control supply voltage/rated operational voltage Article No.
50/60 Hz AC DC
220 … 240 V 220 … 250 V 3WA9111-0AD81
Undervoltage release (UVR)
Instantaneous ≤ 0.08 s (UVR) and 24 … 30 V DC 3WA9111-0AE02
short-time delayed ≤ 0.2 s 48 … 60 V DC 3WL9111-0AE04
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 3WA9111-0AE05
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 3WA9111-0AE06
380 … 415 V AC 3WA9111-0AE07
Delayed (UVR-t) 1) 48 V DC 3WA9111-0AE13
adjustable delay 0.2 … 3.2 s 60 V DC 3WA9111-0AE14
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 3WA9111-0AE15
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 3WA9111-0AE16
380 … 415 V AC 3WA9111-0AE17
1)
The maximum allowable cable length to the EMERGENCY-OFF actuator (quick shutdown) is currently < 50 m (maximum allowable cable length between the terminals < 100 m).
Operating mechanism
Spring charging motor to charge the stored energy mechanism
Voltage Article No.
24 … 30 V DC 3WA9111-0AF02
48 … 60 V DC 3WA9111-0AF04
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 3WA9111-0AF05
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 3WA9111-0AF06
Auxiliary contacts
Auxiliary switches (AUX)
2 NO + 2 NC 3WA9111-0AG01
2 NO 3WA9111-0AG02
1 NO + 1 NC 3WA9111-0AG03

1/66 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Door sealing frame, protective cover

Door sealing frame
Version Article No.
Spare part for option T40 3WA9111-0AP01 1
Protective covers IP55

• Cannot be used in conjunction with door sealing frames
• Hood removable and can be opened on both sides
Article No.
3WA9111-0AP03
Arc chute, arc chute cover

Arc chute
Voltage Size Breaking capacity Article No.
690 V AC 1 N, S 3WA9111-0AS01
M 3WA9111-0AS02
2 S, M, H 3WA9111-0AS10
C 3WA9111-0AS11
3 H 3WA9111-0AS17
C 3WA9111-0AS18
1000 V AC 1 E For fixed-mounted breakers 3WA9111-0AS04
For withdrawable circuit breakers 3WA9111-0AS05
2 E 3WA9111-0AS12
3 E 3WA9111-0AS18
600 V DC 2 D 3WA9111-0AS13
1000 V DC 2 E 3WA9111-0AS14
Arc chute cover
• Parts kit for guide frame
• Spare part for option R10
• Not available for:
− Breaking capacity C, D and E
− 4000 A size 2
Number of poles Size Article No.
3-pole 1 3WA9111-0AS31
2 3WA9111-0AS32
3 3WA9111-0AS33
4-pole 1 3WA9111-0AS41
2 3WA9111-0AS42
3 3WA9111-0AS43
Coding for withdrawable version

• Variant coding by the customer with 36 coding options
Size Article No.
1, 2 3WA9111-0AR11
3 3WA9111-0AR12

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/67
© Siemens 2023
Grounding connection
Grounding connection between the guide frame and the circuit breaker
• Up to 30 kA or 60 kA ground-fault current
1 • 2 modules must be used for up to 60 kA ground-fault current
Contact module Size Number of poles Article No.
For guide frames 1, 2 1) 3WA9111-0BG01
3 3WA9111-0BG02
For withdrawable circuit breakers 1 3-pole 3WA9111-0BG11
4-pole 3WA9111-0BG21
2 3-pole 1) 3WA9111-0BG12
4-pole 1) 3WA9111-0BG22
3 3-pole 2) 3WA9111-0BG13
4-pole 2) 3WA9111-0BG23
1)
Cannot be used for size 2 with breaking capacity C and size 2, 4000 A.
2)
Not for breaking capacity E
Support bracket
Support bracket
• For mounting fixed-mounted circuit breakers on vertical plane
• Only for sizes 1 and 2 (1 set = 2 units)
Article No.
3WA9111-0BB50
Modules of the CubicleBUS

COM190 PROFINET IO/Modbus TCP communications module 1)
Version Article No.
Including adapter for mounting on the secondary disconnect terminal system of the circuit breaker, 3WA9111-0EC13
adapter for mounting on DIN rail, connecting cables and CubicleBUS terminating resistor
COM150 communications module Modbus RTU

Version Article No.
adapter for mounting on DIN rail, connecting cables and CubicleBUS terminating resistor
IOM230 digital input/output module (2 inputs and 3 outputs)

Version Article No.
adapter for mounting on DIN rail, connecting cables and terminating resistor for CubicleBUS
• Type of output contact: NO
• Maximum uninterrupted current of an output at 110 ... 230 V AC: 0.2 A
IOM350 digital input/output module (3 inputs and 5 outputs)
Version Article No.
For mounting on DIN rail, including connecting cables and terminating resistor for CubicleBUS 3WA9111-0EC12
• Type of output contact: CO
• Maximum uninterrupted current of an output at 110 ... 230 V AC: 10 A
Terminating resistor for CubicleBUS
Version Article No.
For CubicleBUS on the last module 3WA9111-0EC50
Adapters
Version Article No.
For mounting the modules of the CubicleBUS on the secondary disconnect terminal system of the circuit breaker 3WA9111-0EC60
For mounting the modules of the CubicleBUS on DIN rail 3WA9111-0EC61
ZSI200 Zone-selective interlocking module

Version Article No.
adapter for mounting on DIN rail, connecting cables and terminating resistor for CubicleBUS
1)
For connecting the Ethernet cable, connectors angled 90° to the right are recommended, e.g. PROFINET connector 6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0.

1/68 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Internal voltage tap

Set of components for conversion of an existing internal voltage tap on the main conducting paths
Conversion Circuit breaker Size Article No.
From bottom to top 3-pole 1 3WA9111-0EK11 1
2 3WA9111-0EK12
3 3WA9111-0EK13
4-pole 1 3WA9111-0EK21
2 3WA9111-0EK22
3 3WA9111-0EK23
From top to bottom 3-pole 1 3WA9111-0EK31
2 3WA9111-0EK32
3 3WA9111-0EK33
4-pole 1 3WA9111-0EK41
2 3WA9111-0EK42
3 3WA9111-0EK43
Retrofit of the internal voltage tap on the lower main conducting paths
For breaking capacity Set for circuit breaker Size Article No.
N, S, M, H, C 3-pole 1 3WA9111-0EK51
with VTM680 voltage tap module, 2 3WA9111-0EK52
with power supply of ETU600
3 3WA9111-0EK53
4-pole 1 3WA9111-0EK61
2 3WA9111-0EK62
3 3WA9111-0EK63
E 3-pole 1 3WA9111-0EK55
with VTM640 voltage tap module 2 3WA9111-0EK56
3 3WA9111-0EK57
4-pole 1 3WA9111-0EK65
2 3WA9111-0EK66
3 3WA9111-0EK67
Retrofit kit to connect an external voltage transformer
Size Article No.
2, 3 3WA9111-0EK81
including VTM640 voltage tap module and the necessary connection components
Voltage tap module

Version For breaking capacity Article No.
VTM680, with power supply of ETU600 1) N, S, M, H, C 3WA9111-0EM12
VTM640 E 3WA9111-0EM11
Main conductor connections, fixed-mounted versions

Front-accessible main connections according to DIN 43673, double hole for main connection at top
Size Breaking capacity | Rated current In Article No.
1 N, S | ≤ 1000 A AC 3WA9111-0AL11
N, S | 1250 … 2000 A AC; M, E | ≤ 2000 A AC 3WA9111-0AL12
2 S, M, H, E | 2000 A AC; D, E | ≤ 2000 A DC 3WA9111-0AL21
S, M, H, E | 2500 A AC 3WA9111-0AL22
S, M, H, E | 3200 A AC; D, E | 4000 A DC 3WA9111-0AL23
3 4000 A AC (up to a max. short-circuit current of 100 kA) 3WA9111-0AL31
Front-accessible main connections according to DIN 43673, double hole for main connection at bottom
1 N, S | ≤ 1000 A AC 3WA9111-0AL13
N, S | 1250 … 2000 A AC; M, E | ≤ 2000 A AC 3WA9111-0AL14
2 S, M, H, E | 2000 A AC; D, E | ≤ 2000 A DC 3WA9111-0AL24
S, M, H, E | 2500 A AC 3WA9111-0AL25
S, M, H, E | 3200 A AC; D, E | 4000 A DC 3WA9111-0AL26
3 4000 A AC (up to a max. short-circuit current of 100 kA) 3WA9111-0AL32
1)
When replacing the VTM680 voltage tap module in an 3WA air circuit breaker with an ID number lower than ID No. OE/230101500000, the internal cable harness
of the voltage tap must also be replaced. In this case, the accessory "Retrofit of the internal voltage tap on the lower main conducting paths" is required.

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/69
© Siemens 2023
Main conductor connections, fixed-mounted versions

Rear vertical main connections
1 1 N, S, M, E | ≤ 2000 A AC 1) 3WA9111-0AM11
N, S, M, E | 2500 A AC 3WA9111-0AM12
2 S, M, H, C, E | ≤ 3200 A AC 2) 3WA9111-0AM21
3 H, C, E | ≤ 6300 A AC 3WA9111-0AM33
1)
In the case of vertical connection size 1 with breaking capacity N and S, up to 1000 A one 3WA9111-0AM11 vertical connection is required for each connection,
from 1250 A to 2000 A or with breaking capacity M or E two 3WA9111-0AM11 vertical connections are required for each connection.
2)
In the case of vertical connection size 2, up to 2500 A one 3WA9111-0AM21 vertical connection is required for each connection for breaking capacity S, M, H, E, D,
for 3200 A and always for breaking capacity C, two 3WA9111-0AM21 vertical connections are required for each connection
Main conductor connections for withdrawable units

Front-accessible main connections according to DIN 43673, double hole at top or at bottom 1)
1 N, S | ≤ 1000 A AC 3WA9111-0AN11
N, S | 1250 … 2000 A AC; M, E | ≤ 2000 A AC A 3WA9111-0AN12
2 N, S | 1250 … 2000 A AC; M, E | ≤ 2000 A AC 3WA9111-0AN21
S, M, H, E | 2500 A AC 3WA9111-0AN22
S, M, H, E | 3200 A AC; D, E | 4000 A DC 3WA9111-0AN23
3 H | 4000 A AC 3WA9111-0AN31
Supports for front-accessible main connections according to DIN 43673
3-pole, set for 3 bars, 1 3WA9111-0AN81
top or bottom 2 3WA9111-0AN82
3 3WA9111-0AN83
4-pole, set for 4 bars, 1 3WA9111-0AN84
top or bottom 2 3WA9111-0AN85
3 3WA9111-0AN86
1 N, S | ≤ 1000 A AC 3WA9111-0AV11
N, S | 1250 … 2000 A AC; M, E | ≤ 2000 A AC 3WA9111-0AV12
2 S, M, H, E | 2000 A AC; D, E | ≤ 2000 A DC 2) 3WA9111-0AV21
S, M, H, E | 2500 A AC 2) 3WA9111-0AV22
S, M, H, E | 3200 A AC; D, E | 4000 A DC 2) 3WA9111-0AV23
C | 2000 ... 3200 A AC 3WA9111-0AV24
3 H, C, E | ≤ 5000 A AC 3WA9111-0AV31
Rear horizontal main connections
1 N, S | ≤ 1000 A AC 3WA9111-0AX11
N, S | 1250 … 2000 A AC; M, E | ≤ 2000 A AC 3WA9111-0AX12
2 S, M, H, E | 2000 A AC; D, E | ≤ 2000 A DC 2) 3WA9111-0AX21
S, M, H, E | 2500 A AC 2) 3WA9111-0AX22
S, M, H, E | 3200 A AC; D, E | 4000 A DC 2) 3WA9111-0AX23
C | 2000 ... 3200 A AC 3WA9111-0AX24
3 H, C, E | ≤ 5000 A AC 3WA9111-0AX31
Connecting flange
1 N, S | ≤ 1000 A AC 3WA9111-0AW11
N, S | 1250 … 2000 A AC; M, E | ≤ 2000 A AC 3WA9111-0AW12
2 S, M, H, E | 2000 A AC; D, E | ≤ 2000 A DC 3WA9111-0AW21
S, M, H, E | 2500 A AC 3WA9111-0AW22
S, M, H, E | 3200 A AC; D, E | 4000 A DC 3WA9111-0AW23
3 H | 4000 A AC 3WA9111-0AW31
1)
When using front-accessible main connections (withdrawable circuit breakers) supports are required
2)
Not for circuit breakers with very high breaking capacity C

1/70 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Conversion kit
Conversion kit for converting fixed-mounted circuit breakers into withdrawable circuit breakers
• Guide frames and sliding contact modules must be ordered separately
• Conversion from fixed-mounted to withdrawable circuit breakers is not possible for 3WA circuit
breakers with breaking capacity C and breaking capacity E 1
3-pole 1 3WA9111-0BC11
2 3WA9111-0BC12
3 3WA9111-0BC13
4-pole 1 3WA9111-0BC14
2 3WA9111-0BC15
3 3WA9111-0BC16
Main contact elements

Main contact elements for AC circuit breakers
• Notes:
− To be ordered only once for each circuit breaker
− On the following circuit breakers, the main contact elements can only be replaced in the factory:
3WA1 size 1 breaking capacity M and E
3WA1 size 2 breaking capacity C
3WA1 size 3 breaking capacity C and E
Number of Size Breaking capacity Rated current In Article No.
poles
3 1 N ≤ 1000 A 3WA9111-0AQ01
1250 A 3WA9111-0AQ02
1600 A 3WA9111-0AQ04
S ≤ 1000 A 3WA9111-0AQ03
1250 … 1600 A 3WA9111-0AQ04
2 S, M, H, E 2000 A 3WA9111-0AQ08
2500 A 3WA9111-0AQ11
3200 A 3WA9111-0AQ13
4000 A 3WA9111-0AQ15
3 H 4000 A 3WA9111-0AQ20
5000 … 6300 A 3WA9111-0AQ22
4 1 N ≤ 1000 A 3WA9111-0AQ51
1250 A 3WA9111-0AQ52
1600 A 3WA9111-0AQ54
S ≤ 1000 A 3WA9111-0AQ53
1250 … 1600 A 3WA9111-0AQ54
2 S 2000 A 3WA9111-0AQ58
2500 A 3WA9111-0AQ61
3200 A 3WA9111-0AQ63
4000 A 3WA9111-0AQ65
3 H 4000 A 3WA9111-0AQ70
5000 … 6300 A 3WA9111-0AQ72
Main contact elements for DC non-automatic circuit breakers
• Note: To be ordered only once for each circuit breaker
Number of Size Breaking capacity Rated current In Article No.
poles
3 2 D, E 1000/2000 A 3WA9111-0AQ17
4000 A 3WA9111-0AQ18
4 2 D, E 1000/2000 A 3WA9111-0AQ67
4000 A 3WA9111-0AQ68

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/71
© Siemens 2023
Interfaces
Interface to the IEC 61850
• The SICAM A8000 smart data concentrator connects the circuit breakers from the
1 SENTRON portfolio via the Modbus TCP/IP protocol and transmits data via communication
protocols (e.g.: IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-104, IEC 60870-5-101, Modbus and DNP)
to higher-level systems.
Type Operational voltage Article No.
SICAM CP-8021 1) – 6MF2802-1AA00
SICAM CP-8031 2) – 6MF2803-1AA00
SICAM CP-8050 2) – 6MF2805-0AA00
SICAM PS-8620 24 ... 60 V DC (12 W) 6MF2862-0AA00

1)
Dimensioned for device quantities of max. 1 × 3WA and 1 × 3VA
2)
Dimensioned for device quantities of max. 1 × 3WA and 8 × 3VA
3)
Dimensioned for device quantities of max. 3 × 3WA and 8 × 3VA or 2 × 3WA and 8 × 3VA and 1 × PAC4200
You will find further information at:

www.siemens.com/sicam-a8000
For the SICAM CP-8021 and SICAM CP-8050, predefined modules were created to reduce commissioning work to a minimum.
The modules can be obtained free of charge via SiePortal www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support (109816057)
Ethernet IEC 61850
RTU
SICAM
A8000
Ethernet Modbus TCP

I201_20560
COM190
COM800
3VA-line
3VA 3VA
3WA
1........8

1/72 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/73
© Siemens 2023
Air Circuit Breakers | 3WL1 quick selection guide
3WL1 circuit breakers and

IEC 60947-2
AC
1
3WL10 3WL11
Basic data
Rated operational voltage Ue V ≤ 690 ≤ 1000
Rated current In A 630 … 1250 630 … 2000
Size 0 1
Type of mounting Withdrawable Fixed-mounted Withdrawable Fixed-mounted
Number of poles 3/4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole
Dimensions
Width (3-pole | 4-pole) mm 278 | 348 210 | 280 320 | 410 320 | 410
Height (standard | A05, A15, A16, DC greater than 600 V) mm 363.5 296 468 | 518 462
Depth mm 271 183 471 357
Approvals
General product approvals VDE, EAC, CCC, CE, C-Tick VDE, EAC, CCC, CE, C-Tick
Marine/shipbuilding RMRS ABS, DNV, LR, BV, GL, PRS, RMRS
Breaking capacity B N S N S H
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity
Rated operational voltage Ue up to 415 V AC Icu | Ics kA 42 | 42 55 | 50 66 | 50 55 | 55 66 | 66 85 | 85
Rated operational voltage Ue up to 500 V AC Icu | Ics kA 42 | 42 50 | 50 50 | 50 55 | 55 66 | 66 85 | 85
Rated operational voltage Ue up to 690 V AC Icu | Ics kA –|– 42 | 42 50 | 50 42 | 42 50 | 50 66 | 66 6)
Rated operational voltage Ue up to 690 V AC +20% 6), with Z option: A16 Icu | Ics kA –|– –|– –|– –|– –|– 50 | 50
Rated operational voltage Ue up to 1000 V AC, with Z option: A05 Icu | Ics kA –|– –|– –|– –|– –|– 50 | 50
Rated operational voltage Ue up to 1150 V AC, with Z option: A15 Icu | Ics kA –|– –|– –|– –|– –|– –|–
Rated short-time withstand current Icw 5)
Rated short-time withstand current Icw at Ue up to 500 V AC 0.5 s kA – – – 55 66 85
1s kA 42 42 50 50 66 85
2s kA – – – 35 1)/45 2) 45 70
3s kA 24 24 36 35 1)/45 2) 35 60
Rated short-time withstand current Icw at Ue up to 690 V AC 0.5 s kA – – – 42 50 66 7)
1s kA 42 42 50 42 50 66 7)
2s kA – – – 35 1)/42 2) 45 66 8)
3s kA 24 24 36 30 1)/45 2) 35 60
Rated short-time withstand current Icw at DC 1s kA – – – – – –
Rated conditional short-circuit current Icc of the non-automatic air circuit breakers
Up to 500 V AC kA – 42 50 55 66 85
Up to 690 V AC kA – 42 50 42 50 66
Up to 1000 V/1150 V AC, with Z option: A05, A16 kA – – – – – 50
Up to 1000 V/1150 V AC, with Z option: A15 kA – – – – – –
Up to 220 V DC kA – – – – – –
Up to 300 V DC kA – – – – – –
Up to 600 V DC kA – – – – – –
Up to 1000 V DC kA – – – – – –
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm
Icm at 415 V AC kA 88 121 145 121 145 187
Icm at 500 V AC kA 88 105 105 121 145 187
Icm at 690 V AC kA – 88 105 88 105 145
Icm at 1000 V AC kA – – – – – 105
Icm at 1150 V AC kA – – – – – –
1)
At rated operational voltage Ue > 690 V, the Icw value of the circuit breaker corresponds to the Icu or Icsvalue
2)
For breakers with Z options A05 and A16 Icu = Ics = 85 kA
7)
For breakers with Z options A05 and A16 Icw = 85 kA
8)
For breakers with Z options A05 and A16 Icw = 70 kA
1/74 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3WL1 quick selection guide | Air Circuit Breakers
AC DC
1
3WL12 3WL13 3WL11 3WL12

≤ 1150 ≤ 1150 1000 DC ≤ 600/1000 DC
800 … 4000 4000 … 6300 2000 1000 … 4000
2 3 1 2
Withdrawable Fixed-mounted Withdrawable Fixed-mounted Fixed-mounted Withdrawable Fixed-mounted
3/4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole 4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole
460 | 590 460 | 590 704 | 914 704 | 914 410 460 | 590 460 | 590
468 | 518 462 468 | 518 462 462 468 | 518 462
471 357 471 357 357 471 357
VDE, EAC, CCC, CE, C-Tick VDE, EAC, CCC, VDE, CE, C-Tick VDE, EAC, CCC, CE, C-Tick VDE, EAC, CCC, CE, C-Tick
ABS, DNV, LR, BV, GL, PRS, RMRS ABS, DNV, LR, BV, GL, PRS, RMRS ABS, DNV, LR, BV, GL, PRS, RMRS ABS, DNV, LR, BV, GL, PRS, RMRS
N S H C 9) H C 3p C 4p DC DC
66 | 66 85 | 85 100 | 100 130 | 130 100 | 100 150 | 150 130 | 130 – –
66 | 66 85 | 85 100 | 100 130 | 130 100 | 100 150 | 150 130 | 130 – –
50 | 50 75 | 75 85 | 85 100 | 100 85 | 85 150 | 150 130 | 130 – –
–|– –|– –|– –|– –|– –|– –|– – –
–|– –|– 85 | 85 –|– 85 | 85 125 | 125 125 | 125 – –
–|– –|– 50 | 50 –|– 70 | 70 –|– –|– – –
66 85 100 100 100 130 120 – –

66 85 85 100 100 130 120 – –
66 66 3)/85 4) 66 3)/85 4) 85 100 130 120 – –
55 3)/66 4) 55 3)/75 4) 55 3)/75 4) 75 100 130 120 – –
50 75 85 100 85 130 120 – –
50 75 85 100 85 130 120 – –
50 66 3)/75 4) 66 3)/85 4) 85 85 130 120 – –
50 55 3)/75 4) 55 3)/75 4) 75 85 130 120 – –
– – – – – – – 20 35 10)/30 11)/25 12)/20 13)
66 85 100 130 100 130 120 – –

50 75 85 100 85 130 120 – –
– – 85/85 – 85/85 – – – –
– – –/50 – 70/70 – – – –
– – – – – – – 20 35
– – – – – – – 20 30
– – – – – – – 20 25
– – – – – – – 20 20
145 187 220 286 220 330 286 – –

145 187 220 286 220 330 286 – –
105 165 187 220 187 330 286 – –
– – 105 – 187 267 267 – –
– – 105 – 147 – – – –
9)
Up to 3200 A 11)
At Ue = 300 V DC 13)
At Ue = 1000 V DC
10)
At Ue = 220 V DC 12)
At Ue = 600 V DC
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/75

© Siemens 2023

IEC 60947-2
3WL10 3WL11
1
Rated current In 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1000 A 1250 A

General data
Isolating function acc. to IEC 60947-2 Yes Yes
Utilization category B B
Permissible ambient temperature During operation °C –25 … +70 –40 … +70
(in operation with LCD max. 55 °C) 1)
Storage °C –40 … +70 –40 … +80
Mounting position 30° 30° 30° 30°
I201_19679
NSE0_00061a NSE0_00062a
Degree of protection IP20 without cabinet door, IP20 without cabinet

IP30 with door sealing frame, door, IP41 with door
IP54 with cover sealing frame,
IP55 with cover
Voltage
Rated operational voltage Ue at 50/60 Hz 1000 V version V AC ≤ 690 690/1000
Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Main conducting paths kV 12 12
Auxiliary circuits kV 4 4
Control circuits9) kV 2.5 2.5
Rated rotor operational voltage Uer V 2000
Permissible load for withdrawable versions 2) 4) 10)
At rear horizontal main connections Up to 55 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1250 1000 1250
Up to 60 °C (Cu bare) A 630 800 1000 1250 1000 1250
Up to 70 °C A 630 800 1000 1250 1000 8) 1210 8)
Power loss at In
With 3-phase symmetrical load, Fixed-mounted circuit breaker W 31 50 78 122 100 105
complete device (3/4p) Withdrawable circuit breaker W 62 100 156 244 195 205
Switching times
Make time ms < 20 < 20 < 20 < 20 35
Opening time ms < 20 < 20 < 20 < 20 38
Electrical make time (through closing coil) 5) ms < 50 < 50 < 50 < 50 80
Electrical opening time (through shunt trip) ms < 35 < 35 < 35 < 35 73
Electrical opening time (instantaneous undervoltage release) ms < 50 < 50 < 50 < 50 ≤ 80
Opening time due to ETU, instantaneous short-circuit release ms 25 25 25 25 50
Breaking capacity N and S, 3/4-pole
Mechanical Without maintenance Operating cycles 20000 3) 20000 3) 20000 3) 20000 3) 15000 15000
With maintenance 6) Operating cycles – – – – 25000 25000
Electrical Without maintenance 440 V Operating cycles 8000 3) 7) 8000 3) 7) 8000 3) 7) 8000 3) 7) – –
Without maintenance 690 V Operating cycles 8000 3) 7) 8000 3) 7) 8000 3) 7) 6500 3) 7) 10000 10000
Breaking capacity H, 3-pole
Mechanical Without maintenance Operating cycles – – – – 10000 10000
Electrical Without maintenance 690 V Operating cycles – – – – 7500 7500
Without maintenance 1000 V, Operating cycles – – – – 1000 1000
with Z option: A05
Without maintenance 1150 V, Operating cycles – – – – – –
with Z option: A15
1)
The LCD on the 3WL10 is always active. 4)
ETU76B with graphics display can be used up to max. 55 °C. 6)
Maintenance means: Replacing main contact elements and arc
2)
4000 A, size 2 in fixed-mounted version, 3-pole 5)
Make time through closing coil for synchronization chutes (see operating instructions). Greasing the breaker
3)
2000 in conjunction with mechanical interlock purposes (short-time excited) 50 ms. mechanism on the 3WL10, no spare part of components.
1/76 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3WL11 3WL12 3WL13

1
1600 A 2000 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A 4000 A 5000 A 6300 A
Yes Yes Yes

B B B
–40 … +70 –40 … +70 –40 … +70
–40 … +80 –40 … +80 –40 … +80

= 1 mm
= 1 mm
= 1 mm
30° 30° 30° 30°
Dhmax.
Dhmax.
Dhmax.
30° 30° 30° 30°
NSE0_00927
NSE0_00927
NSE0_00927
NSE0_00061a NSE0_00062a NSE0_00061a NSE0_00062a
IP20 without cabinet IP20 without cabinet door, IP20 without cabinet door,
door, IP41 with door IP41 with door sealing frame, IP41 with door sealing frame,
sealing frame, IP55 with cover IP55 with cover
IP55 with cover
690/1000 690/1000/1150 690/1000/1150

1000 ≤ 1150 ≤ 1150
12 12 12
4 4 4
2.5 2.5 2.5
2000 2000 2000
1600 2000 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 3950 4000 5000 5920
1600 1930 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3020 3810 4000 5000 5810
1490 8) 1780 8) 800 8) 1000 8) 1250 8) 1600 8) 2000 8) 2280 8) 2870 8) 3600 8) 4000 8) 5000 8) 5500 8)
150 240 40 45 80 85 180 270 410 750 520 630 900

350 440 85 95 165 175 320 520 710 925 810 1050 1600
35 35 35
38 34 34
80 100 100
73 73 73
≤ 80 ≤ 80 ≤ 80
50 50 50
15000 15000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 – – –
25000 25000 17500 17500 17500 17500 17500 17500 17500 17500 – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
10000 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 4000 2000 3) – – –
25000 25000 17500 17500 17500 17500 17500 17500 17500 17500 – – –
10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 5000 5000 5000
15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 10000 10000 10000
7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 4000 2000 2000 2000 2000
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
– – 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 10000 10000 10000
7)
Periodic greasing of breaker mechanism on the 3WL10 9)
Motorized operating mechanisms Uimp = 1.2 kV
(see Manual), no spare part of components 10)
For 3WL size 2 4000 A and size 3 6300 A with rear vertical main
8)
Cu painted black connections.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/77

© Siemens 2023

3WL10 3WL11
1
Rated current In 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1000 A 1250 A

Breaking capacity H, 4-pole
Mechanical Without maintenance Operating cycles – – – – 10000 10000
Electrical Without maintenance 690 V Operating cycles – – – – 7500 7500
Without maintenance 1000 V Operating cycles – – – – 1000 1000
Without maintenance 1150 V 2) Operating cycles – – – – – –
Breaking capacity C
Mechanical Without maintenance Operating cycles – – – – – –
With maintenance 1) Operating cycles – – – – – –
Electrical Without maintenance 690 V Operating cycles – – – – – –
With maintenance 690 V 1) Operating cycles – – – – – –
Switching frequency 8)
Mechanical / electrical 690 V version 1/h 60/30 60/30 60/30 60/30 – –
1000 V/1150 V version 1/h – – – – – –
Connection
Copper bars, bare Unit, mm2 2 × 40 × 5 2 × 50 × 5 2 × 50 × 10 5) 2 × 50 × 10 5) 1 × 60 × 102 × 40 × 10
2 × 50 × 8 6) 2 × 50 × 8 5)
Copper bars, painted black Unit, mm2 – – – – 1 × 60 × 102 × 40 × 10
Standard connection = screw Without end sleeve – 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2
(AWG 20 … 16);
1 × 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)
With end sleeve acc. to DIN 46228 Part 2 – 1 × 0.5 … 1 × 1.5 mm2
(AWG 20 … 16)
With twin end sleeve – 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2
(AWG 20 … 16)
Screwless connection technology Without end sleeve 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 2.5 mm2
(AWG 20 … 14) (AWG 20 … 14)
With end sleeve acc. to DIN 46228 Part 2 0.5 … 1.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2
(AWG 20 … 16) (AWG 20 … 16)
Screwless connection technology 1 × 0.5 … 1 × 2.5 mm2 1 × 0.5 … 1 × 2.5 mm2
(AWG 20 … 14) (AWG 20 … 14)
Weights
Withdrawable circuit breaker kg 17.3 45 45
(without guide frames)
Withdrawable circuit breaker kg 19.3 54 54
(without guide frames)
1)
Maintenance means: Replacing main contact 2)
Size 2 with order code "A15" and size 3. 4)
3-pole breakers with breaking capacity N and S: 45/h.
elements and arc chutes Data for very high breaking capacity. 5)
Horizontal
(see operating instructions). 3)
Operating cycles per hour 6)
Vertical
1/78 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3WL11 3WL12 3WL13

1
1600 A 2000 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A 4000 A 5000 A 6300 A
10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 5000 5000 5000
15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 10000 10000 10000
7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 4000 2000 2000 2000 2000
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
– – 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
10000 10000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 10000 10000 10000
– – 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 – 5000 5000 5000
– – 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 – 10000 10000 10000
– – 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 4000 – 1000 1000 1000
– – 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 8000 – – – –
– 20/20 60/60 4) 60/60 4) 60/60 4) 60/60 4) 60/60 4) 60/60 4) 60/60 4) 60/60 4) 60/60 60/60 60/60
– – 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20 20/20
2 × 50 × 10 3 × 50 × 10 1 × 50 × 10 1 × 60 × 10 2 × 40 × 10 2 × 50 × 10 3 × 50 × 10 2 × 100 × 10 3 × 100 × 10 4 × 120 × 10 4 × 100 × 10 6 × 100 × 10 6 × 120 × 10
2 × 50 × 10 3 × 50 × 10 1 × 50 × 10 1 × 60 × 10 2 × 40 × 10 2 × 50 × 10 3 × 50 × 10 2 × 100 × 10 3 × 100 × 10 4 × 100 × 10 4 × 100 × 10 6 × 100 × 10 6 × 120 × 10
2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2

(AWG 20 … 16); (AWG 20 … 16); (AWG 20 … 16);
1 × 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14) 1 × 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14) 1 × 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)
1 × 0.5 … 1 × 1.5 mm2 1 × 0.5 … 1 × 1.5 mm2 1 × 0.5 … 1 × 1.5 mm2
(AWG 20 … 16) (AWG 20 … 16) (AWG 20 … 16)
2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2
(AWG 20 … 16) (AWG 20 … 16) (AWG 20 … 16)
2 × 0.5 … 2 × 2.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 2.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 2.5 mm2
(AWG 20 … 14) (AWG 20 … 14) (AWG 20 … 14)
2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2
(AWG 20 … 16) (AWG 20 … 16) (AWG 20 … 16)
1 × 0.5 … 1 × 2.5 mm2 1 × 0.5 … 1 × 2.5 mm2 1 × 0.5 … 1 × 2.5 mm2

(AWG 20 … 14) (AWG 20 … 14) (AWG 20 … 14)
43 43 56 56 56 56 56 59 64 85 82 82 90
45 45 60 60 60 60 60 63 68 121 88 88 96
25 25 31 31 31 31 31 39 45 52 60 60 70
50 50 67 67 67 67 67 71 77 103 99 99 108
54 54 72 72 72 72 72 76 82 146 106 106 108
30 30 37 37 37 37 37 47 54 62 84 84 119
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/79

© Siemens 2023
3WL1 non-automatic circuit breakers for DC

IEC 60947-2
3WL11 3WL12
1
Rated current In 2000 A 1000 A 2000 A 4000 A
General data
Size 1 2
Isolating function acc. to IEC 60947-2 Yes Yes
Utilization category B B
Permissible ambient temperature Operation °C –40 … +70 –40 … +70
Storage °C –40 … +80 –40 … +80
Mounting position 30° 30° 30° 30° 30° 30° 30° 30°
= 1 mm
= 1 mm
Dhmax.
Dhmax.
NSE0_00927
NSE0_00927
NSE0_00061a NSE0_00062a NSE0_00061a NSE0_00062a
Degree of protection IP20 without cabinet door, IP20 without cabinet door,
IP41 with door sealing frame, IP41 with door sealing frame,
IP55 with cover IP55 with cover
Voltage
Rated operational voltage Ue at 1000 V version V DC 1000 600/1000
50/60 Hz
Rated insulation voltage Ui V DC 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Main conducting paths kV 12 12
Uimp Auxiliary circuits kV 4 4
Control circuits kV 2.5 2.5
Permissible load
At rear horizontal main connections Up to 40 °C (Cu black painted) A 2000 1000 2000 4000
Up to 55 °C (Cu black painted) A 1910 1000 2000 3640
Power loss at In
With symmetrical load Withdrawable circuit breaker W 150 280 770 1640
Switching times
Make time ms 35 35
Opening time ms 38 34
Electrical make time (through activation solenoid) 1) ms 100 100
Electrical opening time (through shunt trip) ms 73 73
Electrical opening time (instantaneous undervoltage release) ms ≤ 80 ≤ 80
Service life/endurance 3)
Mechanical Without maintenance Operating 10000 10000 10000 10000
cycles
With maintenance 2) Operating 15000 17500 17500 17500
cycles
Electrical Without maintenance Operating 1000 6000 6000 4000
cycles
Without maintenance 1000 V Operating 1000 1000 1000 1000
cycles
With maintenance 2) Operating 2000 17500 17500 17500
cycles
1)
Make time through activation solenoid for synchronization purposes 3)
Further technical specifications on request. 6)
At Ue = 600 V DC
(short-time excited) 50 ms. 4)
At Ue = 220 V DC 7)
At Ue = 1000 V DC
2)
Maintenance means: Replace main contact elements and arc chutes 5)
At Ue = 300 V DC
(see operating instructions).
1/80 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3WL11 3WL12
1
Rated current In 2000 A 1000 A 2000 A 4000 A
Short-circuit breaking capacity Icc
Up to 220 V DC kA 20 35
Up to 300 V DC kA 20 30
Up to 600 V DC kA 20 25
Up to 1000 V DC kA 20 20
Rated short-time withstand current Icw
0.5 s kA – –
1s kA 20 35 4)/30 5)/25 6)/20 7)
2s kA – –
3s kA – –
Switching frequency
690 V version 1/h – 60 60 60
1000 V version 1/h 20 20 20 20
Connection
Standard connection Without end sleeve 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2
= strain-relief clamp (AWG 20 … 16); 1 × 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 … 16); 1 × 2.5 mm2
(AWG 14) (AWG 14)
With end sleeve acc. to DIN 46228 Part 2 1 × 0.5 … 1 × 1.5 mm2 1 × 0.5 … 1 × 1.5 mm2
(AWG 20 … 16) (AWG 20 … 16)
With twin end sleeve 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2
(AWG 20 … 16) (AWG 20 … 16)
Optional connection Without end sleeve 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 2.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 2.5 mm2
= tension spring (AWG 20 … 14) (AWG 20 … 14)
With end sleeve acc. to DIN 46228 Part 2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2 2 × 0.5 … 2 × 1.5 mm2
(AWG 20 … 16) (AWG 20 … 16)
Weights
3-pole Fixed-mounted circuit breaker kg 43 56 56 64
Withdrawable circuit breaker kg – 60 60 68
Guide frames kg – 31 31 45
4-pole Fixed-mounted circuit breaker kg 50 67 67 77
Withdrawable circuit breaker kg – 72 72 82
Guide frames kg – 37 37 54
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/81

© Siemens 2023
3WL1 non-automatic circuit breakers for DC

Application examples
The connection to the non-automatic circuit breakers is not dependent on direction and polarity; the circuit diagrams can be
adapted accordingly. If the parallel or series connections are made directly to the connection bars, for thermal reasons the
continuous load on the non-automatic circuit breakers must only be 80% of the permissible operational current. If the parallel or
1 series connection is made at a distance of 1 m from the connection bars, the non-automatic circuit breaker can be used at full
operational current load.
Size 2 Size 1 and Size 2

Required contact gaps at rated voltage 1) For 3-pole non-automatic circuit For 4-pole non-automatic circuit breakers
breakers
1-pole 2-pole 1-pole 2-pole
I201_20262
NSS0_00539
I201_20318
I201_20306
I201_20319
Grounded system 2) Grounded system 3)
I201_20263
I201_20314
I201_20315
I201_20311
Grounded system Grounded system 2)
Rated operational voltage up to 1000 V 4)
I201_20264
NSS0_00595
I201_20316
I201_20317
Grounded system Grounded system Grounded system
Size 1
Required contact gaps at rated voltage 1) For 4-pole non-automatic circuit breakers
2-pole
Rated operational voltage up to 1000 V 4) Nicht geerdetes Netz Geerdetes Netz
+ (-) - (+) + (-) - (+)
Erdung
Last Last
pYWYZZ`^Y
1)
Contact gaps connected in series
2)
2 conducting paths in parallel
3)
3 conducting paths in parallel
4)
Version for 1000 V required, order with "-Z" and order code A05
Grounded system
Load
1/82 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/83

© Siemens 2023
ETU electronic trip units

With watchdog monitoring
3WL10
ETU660 LSIG
ACT
lr =xln lsd=xln li=xln lg=xln l N=xln Hz
.75 .8 S 2.5 3 I 4 6 G .4 .5 60
1
.7 .85 2 4 3 8 .3 .6
L .6 .9 1.5 6 2 10 .2 .7
OFF
50
.5 .95 1 8 1.5 12 .1 .8
.4 1 OFF 10 OFF 15 OFF 1 50%
100%
I201_20609
200%
t r@6xlr t 2t sd t sd t 2t g tg
8 10 .5 .08 .8 .1
5 14 .4 .15 .6 .2
2 17 .3 .22 .4 .4
1 21 .2 .3 .2 .6
.75 25 .1 .4 .1 .8
ETU320 (LI) ETU350 (LSI) ETU360 (LSIG)

Basic protective functions
L Overload protection Setting range of operating value Ir = In × … 0.4 | 0.5 | 0.6 | 0.7 | 0.4 | 0.5 | 0.6 | 0.7 | 0.4 | 0.5 | 0.6 | 0.7 |
(L tripping) 0.75 | 0.8 | 0.85 | 0.9 | 0.75 | 0.8 | 0.85 | 0.9 | 0.75 | 0.8 | 0.85 | 0.9 |
0.95 | 1 | Default 0.4 0.95 | 1 | Default 0.4 0.95 | 1 | Default 0.4
Switchable overload protection – – –
(from I2t- to I4t-dependent function)
Setting range of the delay tr at I2t 0.75 | 1 | 2 | 5 | 8 | 10 | 0.75 | 1 | 2 | 5 | 8 | 10 | 0.75 | 1 | 2 | 5 | 8 | 10 |
(Reference point 6 × In) 14 | 17 | 21 | 25 s | 14 | 17 | 21 | 25 s | 14 | 17 | 21 | 25 s |
Default 0.75 s Default 0.75 s Default 0.75 s
Setting range of the delay tr at I4t – – –
(Reference point 6 × In)
Thermal memory can be switched on/off Permanently Permanently Permanently

switched on switched on switched on
Phase failure sensitivity/asymmetry – – –
S Short-time-delayed short-circuit Setting range of operating value Isd = In × … – 1 | 1.5 | 2 | 2.5 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 1.5 | 2 | 2.5 | 3 | 4 | 6
protection (ST tripping) 6 | 8 | 10 | Default OFF | 8 | 10 | Default OFF
Setting range of the delay time tsd at I2t – 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.3 | 0.4 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.3 | 0.4 | 0.5
0.5 | (Ref. 10 × In) | (Ref. 10 × In)
Setting range of the delay time tsd (t = const.) – 0.08 | 0.15 | 0.22 | 0.08 | 0.15 | 0.22 | 0.3 |
0.3 | 0.4 s 0.4 s
ZSI function – – –
I Instantaneous short-circuit protection Setting range II = In × … OFF | 1.5 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 6 | OFF | 1.5 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 6 | OFF | 1.5 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 6 | 8
(INST tripping) 8 | 10 | 12 | 15 8 | 10 | 12 | 15 | 10 | 12 | 15
N Neutral conductor protection N conductor setting range IN = In × … OFF | 50% | 100% | OFF | 50% | 100% | OFF | 50% | 100% |
200% 200% 200%
G Ground-fault tripping (GF tripping) Tripping function can be switched on/off – – ■
Detection of ground-fault current Alarm function can be switched on/off – – Permanently
through summation current formation switched on
with internal or external neutral
Detection of ground-fault current through – – –
conductor transformer
external current transformer
Setting range of the operating current – – 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.3 | 0.4 | 0.5 |
Ig = In × … 0.6 | 0.7 | 0.8 | 1
Setting range of the operating current Ig – – –

for alarm
Setting range of the delay time tg – – 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.4 | 0.6 |

0.8 s | (fixed delay)
Switchable ground-fault protection – – t = const./I2t |
characteristic (I2t-dependent function) Default I2t
Setting range of the delay time tg at I2t – – 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.4 | 0.6 | 0.8 s
(Ref. 2 × In)
(I2t dependent) |
Default 0.1 (I2t)
ZSI-G function – – –
1)
Sizes 1 and 2/size 3 ◾ Available – Not available/not present
1/84 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3WL10 3WL11 – 3WL13

ETU660 LSIG
ACT
1
HOME ETU76B
I201_20608
OK ESC
INFO
Rating Plug
=
12
NSE0_00880b
NSE0_00881b
NSE0_00882b
NSE0_00883b
NSE0_00886c
ETU650 (LSI) ETU660 (LSIG) ETU15B (LI) ETU25B (LSI) ETU27B (LSIG) ETU45B (LSIG) ETU76B (LSIG)
0.4 … 1 | Default 1 0.4 … 1 | Default 1 0.5 | 0.55 | 0.6 | 0.65 | 0.4 | 0.45 | 0.5 | 0.55 | 0.4 | 0.45 | 0.5 | 0.55 | 0.4 | 0.45 | 0.5 | 0.55 | 0.4 … 1
(in steps of 0.001) (in steps of 0.001) 0.7 | 0.75 | 0.8 | 0.85 | 0.6 | 0.65 | 0.7 | 0.8 | 0.6 | 0.65 | 0.7 | 0.8 | 0.6 | 0.65 | 0.7 | 0.8 |
0.9 | 1 0.9 | 1 0.9 | 1 0.9 | 1
■ ■ – – – ■ ■
0.75 … 36 s | 0.75 … 36 s | 10 s fixed 10 s fixed 10 s fixed 2 | 3.5 | 5.5 | 8 | 10 | 2 … 30 s

(in steps of 0.25 s) | (in steps of 0.25 s) | 14 | 17 | 21 | 25 | 30 s
Default 36 s Default 36 s
0.75 … 5 s | 0.75 … 5 s | – – – 1|2|3|4|5s 1…5s
(in steps of 0.25 s) | (in steps of 0.25 s) |
Default 5 s Default 5 s
■ ■ – – – ■ ■
2% … 90% 2% … 90% – At tsd = 20 ms (M) At tsd = 20 ms (M) At tsd = 20 ms (M) n

(default 50%) (default 50%) (on/off)
0.6 … 10 | OFF | 0.6 … 10 | OFF | – 1.25 | 1.5 | 2 | 2.5 | 3 | 1.25 | 1.5 | 2 | 2.5 | 3 | 1.25 | 1.5 | 2 | 2.5 | 3 | 1.25 × In … 0.8 × Icw
(in steps of 0.1) (in steps of 0.1) 4 | 6 | 8 | 10 | 12 4 | 6 | 8 | 10 | 12 4 | 6 | 8 | 10 | 12 | OFF OFF
0.05 … 0.5 s 0.05 … 0.5 s – – – 100 | 200 | 300 | 100 … 400 ms
(Ref. 10 × In) (Ref. 10 × In) 400 ms
0.05 … 0.4 s 0.05 … 0.4 s – M (0.02 ms) | 100 | M (0.02 ms) | 100 | M (0.02 ms) | 100 | M (0.02 ms) |
200 | 300 | 400 ms 200 | 300 | 400 ms 200 | 300 | 400 ms 80 … 4000 ms
– – – – – Via module of the Via module of the
CubicleBUS CubicleBUS
OFF | 1.5 … 15 | OFF | 1.5 … 15 | 2|3|4|5|6|7|8 Fixed at II ≥ 20 × In, Fixed at II ≥ 20 × In, OFF | 1.5 | 2.2 | 3 | 4 | OFF |
(in steps of 0.1) (in steps of 0.1) max. 50 kA max. 50 kA 6 | 8 | 10 | 12 | 0.8 × Ics 1.5 × In … 0.8 × Ics
OFF | 50% | 100% | OFF | 50% | 100% | – – 100% OFF | 50% | 100% OFF | 20% … 200%
150% | 200% 200%
– ■ – – ■ ■ ■
– ■ – – – – ■
– Alternative Rc or G-ret – – – ■ ■
ground-fault
monitoring
– 0.1 … 1 | – – A 1) (100/400 A) | A 1) (100/400 A) | SZ 1, 2:
(in steps of 0.001) B 1) (300/600 A); B 1) (300/600 A); 100 … 1200 A
Ig = In × … C 1) (600/800 A) | C 1) (600/800 A) | SZ 3:
D 1) (900/ 1000 A); D 1) (900/ 1000 A); 400 … 1200 A
E 1) (1200/1200 A) E 1) (1200/1200 A)
– 50% … 90% × Ir | – – – A 1) (100/400 A); SZ 1, 2:
(in steps of 1%) B 1) (300/600 A); 100 … 1200 A
PreAlarm C 1) (600/800 A); SZ 3:
D 1) (900/ 1000 A); 400 … 1200 A
E 1) (1200/1200 A)
– 0.1 … 1 s | Default 0.1 s | – – 100 | 200 | 300 | 400 | 100 | 200 | 300 | 400 | 100 … 500 ms
(in steps of 0.05 s) 500 ms 500 ms
– t = const./I2t | – – – ■ ■
Default const.
– 0.1 … 1 s | – – – 100 | 200 | 300 | 400 | 100 … 500 ms
(in steps of 0.05 s) 500 ms
(Ref. 2 × In)
– – – – – Via module of the Via module of the

CubicleBUS CubicleBUS
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/85

© Siemens 2023
ETU electronic trip units

With watchdog monitoring (continued)
3WL10
ETU660 LSIG
ACT
lr =xln lsd=xln li=xln lg=xln l N=xln Hz
.75 .8 S 2.5 3 I 4 6 G .4 .5 60
1
.7 .85 2 4 3 8 .3 .6
L .6 .9 1.5 6 2 10 .2 .7
OFF
50
.5 .95 1 8 1.5 12 .1 .8
.4 1 OFF 10 OFF 15 OFF 1 50%
100%
I201_20609
200%
t r@6xlr t 2t sd t sd t 2t g tg
8 10 .5 .08 .8 .1
5 14 .4 .15 .6 .2
2 17 .3 .22 .4 .4
1 21 .2 .3 .2 .6
.75 25 .1 .4 .1 .8
ETU320 (LI) ETU350 (LSI) ETU360 (LSIG)
Parameter set changeover Switchable between parameter set A and B – – –

LCD – – –
Voltage tap on top/bottom – – –
Metering function – – –
Tripping as a result of enhanced protective function: – – –

(including: phase asymmetry current/voltage, harmonic distortion current/voltage, under/
overvoltage, phase rotation direction, active power in/opposite to normal direction, under/
over-frequency, protective functions dependent on direction of power flow)
Mode of communication
Communication PROFIBUS | PROFINET | Modbus RTU | Modbus TCP – – –
Output modules
Signals via relay: Overload warning, load shedding/load carrying, leading signal, overload IOM300 IOM300 IOM300
tripping 200 ms, temperature alarm, phase asymmetry, instantaneous short-circuit release,
short-time-delayed short-circuit release, overload trip, neutral conductor trip, auxiliary relay,
ETU faults, ground-fault protection tripping and ground-fault alarm (only with ground-fault
protection module)
◾ Available – Not available/not present
Increment size when settings are made for the ETU76B using the menu
From ... to Increment size
0…1 0.1
1 … 100 1
100 … 500 5
500 … 1000 10
1000 … 1600 50
1600 … 10000 100
10000 … max. 1000
1/86 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3WL10 3WL11 – 3WL13

ETU660 LSIG
ACT
1
HOME ETU76B
I201_20608
OK ESC
INFO
Rating Plug
=
12
NSE0_00880b
NSE0_00881b
NSE0_00882b
NSE0_00883b
NSE0_00886c
ETU650 (LSI) ETU660 (LSIG) ETU15B (LI) ETU25B (LSI) ETU27B (LSIG) ETU45B (LSIG) ETU76B (LSIG)
■ ■ – – – – ■
Integrated Integrated – – – Optional Integrated
Optional Optional – – – Optional Optional
Basic/Advanced Basic/Advanced – – – Metering function Metering function
Plus Plus
■ ■ – – – ■ ■
■ ■ – – – ■ ■
IOM040/IOM300 IOM040/IOM300 – – – ■ ■
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/87

© Siemens 2023
Connection
Main circuit connection
3WL10 3WL11 – 3WL13

Connection Fixed-mounted Withdrawable Fixed-mounted Withdrawable
Front-mounted
1
NSE0_00971b
NSE0_00968b
NSE0_00970b
NSE0_00969b
Direct
Extended
1-hole 2-hole 1-hole 2-hole
Extended
I201_20312
Broadened
Rear-mounted
NSE0_00973b
NSE0_00979a
NSE0_00972b
Vertical
Vertical Vertical Flanges

Vertical
NSE0_00967b
NSE0_00967b
Horizontal
Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal
Broadened
I201_20313
Cable
Cable terminals
Cable lug
Auxiliary circuit connections

3WL10: Withdrawable/fixed-mounted version 3WL11 – 3WL13: Withdrawable version
• Direct engagement of the auxiliary conductor vertically onto • Connection of the internal auxiliary switches
the circuit breaker or horizontally in the guide frame to the male connector on the switch side
• When fully inserted, connection with
the sliding contact module in the guide frame
3WL11 – 3WL13: Fixed-mounted version
• Engagement of the auxiliary supply connectors directly
onto the circuit breaker
Coding pins on the connectors prevent them being inserted in
the wrong slots
I201_20300
NSE0_00975b
NSE0_00976b
Screwless connection technology

(push in)
Screw connection (standard) Screwless connection

(tension spring) (optional)
1/88 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Operating mechanism, auxiliary release,

auxiliary switch
Operating mechanism
The circuit breakers are available with various optional operating Available for air circuit breakers
mechanisms: 3WL10 3WL11 – 3WL13 1
• Manual operating mechanism with mechanical closing Closing coils (CC) ■ ■
(standard design) Undervoltage releases (UVR)/
■ ■
shunt trips (ST)
• Manual operating mechanism with mechanical and
Shunt trips (ST) ■ ■
electrical closing Remote trip alarm reset coils (RR) ■ ■
• Motorized operating mechanism with mechanical and Spring charging motors/
■ ■
electrical closing Motorized operating mechanisms (MO)
Mechanical operating cycles counters ■ ■
The operating mechanisms with electrical closing are suitable for
synchronization tasks.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/89

© Siemens 2023
Air Circuit Breakers | 3WL11 – 3WL13

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3wl-configurator
Ungroup into individual components:

Divides the finished complete article number into single article numbers
Automatic generation of the 3D model, 2D dimension drawing and the internal circuit diagram
according to IEC
Direct entry of an already known article number or parts of an article number
1/90 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3WL11 – 3WL13 | Air Circuit Breakers
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/91

© Siemens 2023

Basic configuration for AC circuit breakers
1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WL1 – –
Circuit breakers, non-automatic
circuit breakers and ETU
Size (SZ) 1 1
2 2
3 3
SZ 1
SZ 2
SZ 3
Max. rated current 630 A ■ – – 0 6

In max 800 A ■ ■6) – 0 8
1000 A ■ ■6) – 1 0
1250 A ■ ■6) – 1 2
1600 A ■ ■ – 1 6
2000 A ■ ■ – 2 0
2500 A – ■ – 2 5
3200 A – ■ – 3 2
4000 A – ■6) ■ 4 0
5000 A – – ■ 5 0
6300 A – – ■ 6 3
Short-circuit N ECO ■ – – 55 kA 2
breaking capacity – ■ – 66 kA 2
Icu at 500 V
S Standard ■ – – 66 kA 3
– ■ – 85 kA 3
H High ■ – – 85 kA 4
– ■ ■ 100 kA 4
C Very high – ■ ■8) 130 kA 5
– – ■9) 150 kA 5
Trip units Without trip unit A A

With trip unit, without ETU15B 7) LI B B
ground-fault tripping ETU25B LSI C B
ETU45B (without display) LSIN E B
ETU45B (with display) LSIN F B
ETU76B LSIN N B
With trip unit, with ETU27B (without display) LSING D G
ground-fault tripping ETU45B (without display) LSING E G
ETU45B (with display) LSING F G
ETU76B LSING N G
Number of poles 3-pole (3WL upgrade) 6

4-pole (3WL upgrade) 7
Connection
SZ 1
SZ 2
SZ 3
Type of mounting Fixed-mounted ■ ■ ■ Vertical 1

■ ■2) ■3) Horizontal 2
■4) ■1) ■5) Front single hole 3
■ ■1) ■5) Front double hole 4
Withdrawable ■ ■ ■ Without guide frame 5
■ ■2) ■3) Horizontal 6
■ ■ ■ Vertical 7
■ ■1) ■5) Flanges 8
1)
Not available for 4000 A and for breaking capacity C 4)
Not available for 2000 A and for breaking capacity H 7)
Not available for size 3
2)
Not available for 4000 A 5)
Not available for 5000 A, 6300 A and for breaking capacity C 8)
Not available for 3-pole
3)
Not available for 6300 A 6)
Not available for 4-pole

1/92 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
3WL1 – –
Operating mechanisms and auxiliary releases
Stored energy Manual With mechanical operation 1
mechanism recharging of the With mechanical and electrical 110 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 V DC 2
stored energy operation, closing coil (CC) suitable 230 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 V DC 3
mechanism for uninterrupted duty, 100% OP
Motorized With mechanical and electrical 208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC 4
recharging operation, closing coil (CC) suitable 110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC 5
for uninterrupted duty, 100% OP
24 V DC 6
1st auxiliary Without 1st auxiliary release A

release With shunt trip 24 V DC B
(ST) 100% OP 30 V DC C
48 V DC D
60 V DC E
110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC F
208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC G

release With shunt trip (ST) 100% OP 24 V DC B
30 V DC C
48 V DC D
60 V DC E
110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC F
208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC G
With undervoltage release (UVR), instantaneous 24 V DC J
30 V DC K
48 V DC L
60 V DC U
110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC M
208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC N
380 … 415 V AC 50/60 Hz P
With undervoltage release (UVR-t), delay 0.2 … 3.2 s 48 V DC Q
110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC R
208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC S
380 … 415 V AC 50/60 Hz T
Auxiliary switches
1st auxiliary switch block 2 NO + 2 NC 2
1st + 2nd auxiliary switch block 4 NO + 4 NC 4

6 NO + 2 NC 7
5 NO + 3 NC 8

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/93
© Siemens 2023

Basic configuration for DC non-automatic circuit breakers
1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WL1 – –
Non-automatic circuit breakers
and ETU
Size (SZ) 1 1
2 2
SZ 1
SZ 2
Max. rated 1000 A – ■ 1 0

current In 2000 A ■ ■ 2 0
4000 A – ■ 4 0
Short-circuit 1000 V DC 20 kA ■ – 8
breaking 600 V DC 25 kA – ■ 8
capacity Icc
Non-automatic Without trip unit A A

circuit breakers
Number of poles 3-pole (3WL upgrade) – ■ 6

4-pole (3WL upgrade) ■ ■ 7
Connection
SZ 1
SZ 2
Type of mounting Fixed-mounted ■ ■ Vertical 1

■ ■ Horizontal 2
– ■1) Front single hole 3
– ■1) Front double hole 4
Withdrawable – ■ Without guide frame 5
– ■ Horizontal 6
– ■ Vertical 7
– ■ Flanges 8
1)

1/94 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
3WL1 – –
Stored energy Manual With mechanical operation 1
mechanism recharging of the With mechanical and electrical 110 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 V DC 2
stored energy operation, closing coil (CC) suitable 230 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 V DC 3
mechanism for uninterrupted duty, 100% OP
Motorized With mechanical and electrical 208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC 4
recharging operation, closing coil (CC) suitable 110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC 5
for uninterrupted duty, 100% OP
24 V DC 6
1st auxiliary Without 1st auxiliary release A

release With shunt trip 24 V DC B
(ST) 100% OP 30 V DC C
48 V DC D
60 V DC E
110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC F
208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC G

release With shunt trip (ST) 100% OP 24 V DC B
30 V DC C
48 V DC D
60 V DC E
110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC F
208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC G
With undervoltage release (UVR), instantaneous 24 V DC J
30 V DC K
48 V DC L
60 V DC U
110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC M
208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC N
380 … 415 V AC 50/60 Hz P
With undervoltage release (UVR-t), delay 0.2 … 3.2 s 48 V DC Q
110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC R
208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC S
380 … 415 V AC 50/60 Hz T
Auxiliary switches
1st auxiliary switch block 2 NO + 2 NC 2
1st + 2nd auxiliary switch block 4 NO + 4 NC 4

6 NO + 2 NC 7
5 NO + 3 NC 8

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/95
© Siemens 2023
Accessory options
1 To specify the options, add "-Z" to the complete article number and indicate the Order code
appropriate order code(s).
3WL....-.....-.... -Z
Accessories for basic configuration

Rated operational voltage 1000 V AC and 690 V IT networks 4)
• Only for circuit breakers of size 1 - 3 with high breaking capacity H and of size 3 breaking capacity C.
• Cannot be combined with rated operational voltage 1150 V AC, order code "A15".
Size 1 1) ≤ 2000 A A05
Size 2 1) 2) ≤ 4000 A A05
Size 3 1) ≤ 6300 A A05
Rated operational voltage 1150 V AC

• Only for circuit breakers with high breaking capacity H (8th digit of the article number is a "4").
• Cannot be combined with rated operational voltage 1000 V AC, order code "A05".
Size 2 1) 2) ≤ 4000 A A15
Size 3 1) 3) ≤ 6300 A A15
Rated operational voltage 690 V AC (+ 20%) 4)

• Only for 3WL11 circuit breakers, size 1 4), with high breaking capacity H (8th digit of the article number is a "4").
Size 1 ≤ 2000 A A16

1)
When ordering withdrawable circuit breaker and 2)
Not possible for circuit breakers with very high breaking capacity C.
guide frame separately, specify order code "A05" 3)
Front connections are tinned as standard.
only for withdrawable circuit breaker and guide 4)
When using withdrawable circuit breakers in conjunction with old guide frames
frame. (3WL92..-.A..-.... or 3WL92..-.B..-....), additional Z option A41 must be ordered.
1/96 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
To specify the options, add "-Z" to the complete article number and indicate the
1
Order code
3WL....-.....-.... -Z
Accessories for ETU electronic trip units

Rating plugs
• Only one module is possible per circuit breaker (not in conjunction with ETU15B electronic trip unit).
• As standard, the electronic trip units are equipped with a rating plug which is equal to the maximum rated circuit breaker current (In max).
The rated current of the selected rating plug must be less than In max .
Module Sizes 1, 2 250 A B02
315 A B03
400 A B04
500 A B05
630 A B06
800 A B08
1000 A B10
Sizes 1, 2, 3 1250 A B12
1600 A B16
2000 A B20
Sizes 2, 3 2500 A B25
3200 A B32
4000 A B40
Size 3 5000 A B50
6300 A B63
Communication 1)
Breaker status sensor (BSS) For determining the statuses ON/OFF/Tripped F01
PROFIBUS DP communication port 2) Including COM15 and breaker status sensor (BSS) F02
Modbus RTU communication port 2) Including COM16 and breaker status sensor (BSS) F12
PROFINET IO/Modbus TCP Including COM35 and breaker status sensor (BSS) F35
communication port 2)
Metering function (communications modules not included) 1)

Metering function Plus With internal voltage tap on the lower main conducting paths3) F36
With internal voltage tap on the upper main conducting paths3) F37
For combination with external voltage transformer F38
EMC filter
• Common-mode interference suppressor filters (e.g. in converter applications)
• Insertion loss (asymmetric) in the range 40 kHz to 10 MHz > 40 dB.
EMC filter F31
Overload and short-circuit protection for neutral conductors

• Only possible with 4-pole circuit breaker with ETU27B to ETU76B
Internal current transformer for Size 1 F23

N conductor Size 2 F23
Size 3 F23
1)
The precondition is an ETU45B or ETU76B 2)
When ordering withdrawable circuit breaker and guide 3)
Can only be used for rated operational voltages up to 690 V AC.
frame separately, specify order code "F02", "F12" or "F35"
only for withdrawable circuit breaker.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/97

© Siemens 2023
Accessory options
3WL....-.....-.... -Z

Remote resetting
Automatic reset of the reclosing lockout K01
• Remote reset for displays and reset buttons including automatic reset of the reclosing lockout
• Includes automatic reset of the reclosing lockout
Remote trip alarm reset coils 24 V DC K10
48 V DC K11
110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC K12
208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC K13
Connection
Tinned version of the customer's connections on the guide frame
• Only for withdrawable circuit breakers with horizontal connection or flange connection
• The normal delivery time increases to 15 work days
Customer's connections 1) 2) Size 1 A08
Size 2 A08
Size 3 A08
Connection technology for main connections (fixed-mounted versions)

Top:3) horizontal Size 1 ≤ 1600 A N11
Bottom: accessible from front, Size 2 ≤ 3200 A N11
single hole
Size 3 4) ≤ 4000 A N11
Top: vertical Size 1 ≤ 2000 A N20

Bottom: horizontal Size 2 ≤ 3200 A N20
Size 3 ≤ 5000 A N20
Top: horizontal Size 1 ≤ 2000 A N24

Bottom: vertical Size 2 ≤ 3200 A N24
Size 3 ≤ 5000 A N24
Connection technology for main connections (withdrawable versions)

Top and bottom: 5) 6) Size 1 ≤ 1600 A P00
accessible from front, single hole Size 2 ≤ 3200 A P00
Size 3 ≤ 4000 A P00
Top and bottom: 5)

Size 1 ≤ 1600 A P01
accessible from front, double hole Size 2 ≤ 3200 A P01
Size 3 ≤ 4000 A P01
Top: horizontal
5) 6)
Size 1 ≤ 1600 A P07
Bottom: accessible from front, Size 2 ≤ 3200 A P07
single hole
Size 3 ≤ 4000 A P07
1)
Front connections are tinned as standard. 3)
Not for 3WL1 size 1 with high breaking capacity H and 5)
Not for size 2, 3 circuit breakers with very high breaking capacity C.
2)
The permissible temperature rise limits according circuit breakers with very high breaking capacity C. 6)
Not for 3WL1 size 1 with high breaking capacity H
to IEC 60947-2 are 5 K lower for a tin surface than 4)
Not for size 3 with very high breaking capacity C.
for a silver surface.
1/98 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
1
Order code
3WL....-.....-.... -Z
Connection
Connection technology for main connections (withdrawable versions)
Top: vertical Size 1 ≤ 2000 A P18
Bottom: horizontal Size 2 ≤ 3200 A P18
Size 3 ≤ 5000 A P18
Top: 1) connecting flange Size 1 ≤ 2000 A P19

Bottom: horizontal Size 2 ≤ 3200 A P19
Size 3 ≤ 4000 A P19
Top: horizontal Size 1 ≤ 2000 A P23

Bottom: vertical Size 2 ≤ 3200 A P23
Size 3 ≤ 5000 A P23
Top: 1) horizontal Size 1 ≤ 2000 A P28

Bottom: connecting flange Size 2 ≤ 3200 A P28
Size 3 ≤ 4000 A P28
Connection technology for auxiliary conductors (for fixed-mounted and withdrawable versions)
Connection technology for Fixed-mounted N61
screwless terminals (tension spring) Withdrawable P61

Motorized operating mechanisms Only possible if the 13th digit of 24 … 30 V DC M01
the article number = "1" 48 … 60 V DC M03
110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC M05
208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC M06
Mechanical operating cycles counter, 5-digit 2)
C01
Closing coils • Suitable for uninterrupted 24 V DC M21
duty, 100% OP 30 V DC M22
• Only possible if the 13th digit
48 V DC M23
of the article number = "1"
60 V DC M24
110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC M25
208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC M26
• Not suitable for uninterrupted 24 V DC M31
duty, 5% OP, synchronizable 3) 48 V DC M33
• Only possible if the 13th digit
110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC M35
of the article number = "1"
208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC M36
Opening coils (shunt trips) 3) 4)
Not suitable for uninterrupted 24 V DC M41
duty, 5% OP, synchronizable 48 V DC M43
110 … 127 V AC 50/60 Hz/110 … 125 V DC M45
208 … 240 V AC 50/60 Hz/220 … 250 V DC M46
1)
Not for size 2, 3 circuit breakers with very high 2)
Only possible with motorized operating mechanism. 4)
Only possible if the 14th digit of the article number for the circuit
breaking capacity C. 3)
Overexcited, i.e. switching time 50 ms breaker is "A", i.e. "without 1st auxiliary release".
(standard > 80 ms).
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/99

© Siemens 2023
Accessory options
3WL....-.....-.... -Z
Auxiliary switches and signaling switches

Position signaling switches for guide frames 1 CO | 1 CO | 1 CO R15
(connected | test | disconnected position)
3 CO | 2 CO | 1 CO R16
(connected | test | disconnected position)
Signaling switches Ready-to-close signaling switch (S20) 1 NO C22
Spring charge signaling switch 1) (S21) 1 NO C20
For the first auxiliary release 1) (S22) 1 CO C26
For the second auxiliary release 1) (S23) 1 CO C27
1st tripped signaling switch 1) 2) (S24) 1 CO K07
2nd tripped signaling switch 1) 2) 3) (S25) 1 NO K06
Further accessories
Pushbuttons/disconnect switches/closing lockouts
EMERGENCY-OFF pushbuttons Mushroom pushbutton instead of the mechanical S24
OFF pushbutton
Local electric close on operator panel 1) This prevents unauthorized electrical closing from With sealing cap C11
(S10) the operator panel. Mechanical closing and remote With CES lock C12
closing remain possible. Possible only for circuit
breakers with closing coil (CC)
Motor disconnect switch on operator panel 4) This prevents automatic charging of the stored S25
(S12) energy mechanism by motorized operating
mechanism
Special packaging for increased transport requirements (moisture protection)

Cardboard packaging with water-repellent coating on corrugated cardboard (moisture protection) A61
Arc chute covers

− 1000 V version (order code "A05"),
− DC version
− 4000 A size 2
− 1150 V version (order code "A15")
− 130 kA version, size 2
− 150 kA version, size 3
Arc chute covers 3-pole/4-pole R10
Shutters
Shutter: 2-part, lockable, with padlocks 5) 3-pole/4-pole R21
1)
Not possible with "communications interface" 3)
Only possible with option "K07". 5)
option, order code "F02", "F12" or "F35". 4)
Only for breakers with motorized operating mechanism,
2)
Not available for non-automatic air circuit not possible with order codes "C11", "C12".
breakers.
1/100 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
1
Order code
3WL....-.....-.... -Z
Further accessories
Instrument transformers (without energy transformers), for powering the ETU
• Used in converter applications with high harmonic components; can only be used with ETU45B or ETU76B
− Undervoltage release required
• Comprises:
− 3 (3-pole) or 4 (4-pole) transformers
− 24 V DC relay
− Warning signs
− Manual
Transformer 3-pole/4-pole Sizes 2, 3 K60
Operating instructions in printed form

• As of June 1, 2023, 3WL circuit breakers and non-automatic circuit breakers are no longer supplied with operating instructions as standard.
However, they can be supplied together with the circuit breaker for an additional charge.
Article numbers for separate ordering of operating instructions can be found in chapter "Accessories and spare parts"
3WL operating instructions German/English A80
3WL operating instructions Italian/French A81
3WL operating instructions Spanish/Portuguese A82
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/101

© Siemens 2023
Accessory options
3WL....-.....-.... -Z
Interlocking
Mechanical interlocking mechanism
• Interlocking module with Bowden cable 2 m
Mechanical interlocks For fixed-mounted breakers S55
For withdrawable circuit breakers with guide frame R55
For guide frames (ordered separately) R56
For withdrawable circuit breakers (ordered separately) R57
Locking provisions (for fixed-mounted and withdrawable versions)

• The disconnector unit fulfills the requirements for main circuit breakers according to EN 60204-1
Locking provisions Against unauthorized closing Made by CES S01
from the operator panel Made by IKON S03
Assembly kit FORTRESS or CASTELL 1) S05
Assembly kit for padlocks 2) S07
Made by RONIS S08
Made by PROFALUX S09
Locking provisions (for fixed-mounted and withdrawable versions)

Locking provisions For charging handle with padlock 2) S33
1)
Locks must be ordered from the manufacturer. 2)
1/102 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
1
Order code
3WL....-.....-.... -Z
Interlocking
Locking provisions (for withdrawable version)
• The disconnector unit fulfills the requirements for main circuit breakers acc. to EN 60204-1, consisting of a lock in the guide frame,
active in the connected position, function is retained when circuit breaker is replaced.
• Not possible in combination with order code "R81", "R85" or "R86".
Locking provisions Against unauthorized closing Made by CES R61
from the operator panel Made by RONIS R68
Locking provisions (for withdrawable version)

Locking provisions To prevent movement of the Made by CES S71
withdrawable circuit breaker Made by PROFALUX S75
Made by RONIS S76
Locking mechanisms
• Not possible in combination with order code "R81", "R85" or "R86".
For fixed-mounted circuit breakers To prevent opening of the cabinet door in ON position S30
For withdrawable circuit breakers To prevent opening of the cabinet door in connected position R30
To prevent activation when the cabinet door is open 1) 3) R40
To prevent movement when the cabinet door is open 2) R50
Locking mechanisms to prevent movement of the withdrawable circuit breakers

in disconnected position
• Consisting of Bowden cable and lock in the control cabinet door
• Not possible in combination with order code "R30", "R50", "R61", "R68" or "R60"
Made by CES R81
Made by RONIS R86
Seals
Door sealing frame for degree of protection IP41 T40
Accessories from current catalog

Use of the withdrawable circuit breaker in combination with an older guide frame
Reduction of the technical specifications for withdrawable circuit breakers 3WL1 for use in combination with older guide frames supplied
• Possible article numbers of the existing "older" guide frames
− 3WL92..-.A..-....
− 3WL92..-.B..-....
− 3WL92..-.D..-....
− 3WL92..-.E..-....
• Article numbers of circuit breakers with reduced technical specifications
− 3WL1...-...3.-.... – Z
− 3WL1...-...4.-.... - Z
For sizes 1, 2, 3.
Use of the circuit breaker in older guide frames, including the appropriate guide frame coding A41
1)
Not available in combination with R50 2)
Not available in combination with R40 3)
Combination with R81, R85 and R86 on request
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/103

© Siemens 2023
Accessory options
Manual operating mechanism 3WL11 – 3WL13

Switching on/charging energy store
Maximum force required to operate the hand lever ≤ 230 N
Required number of strokes on the hand lever 9
1
Closing coils 3WL11 – 3WL13

Version For continuous command 5% OP
(100% OP)
Primary operating range 0.85 … 1.1 × Us 0.85 … 1.1 × Us
Extended operating range for battery operation At 24 … 30 V DC, 48 … 60 V DC 0.85 … 1.26 × Us 0.85 … 1.26 × Us
110 … 125 V DC
220 … 250 V DC
Rated control supply voltage Us 50/60 Hz AC 110 … 127 V, 208 … 240 V
DC 24 … 30 V, 48 … 60 V, 110 … 125 V, 220 … 250 V
Operation
Closing power DC/AC 40 W/40 VA ≤ 60 V: 200 W
≥ 110 V: 250 W
Continuous power DC/AC 8 W/8 VA -
Minimum command duration at 100% Us 60 ms 60 ms
Maximum command duration at 100% Us – 2000 ms
Fuse protection of the control circuit at Us for closing coil
Fuse gG 24 … 30 V DC 2A 10 A
48 … 60 V DC 2A 10 A
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 1A 4A
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 1A 2A
Miniature circuit breaker with C characteristic 24 … 30 V DC 2A 10 A
48 … 60 V DC 2A 10 A
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 1A 4A
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 1A 2A
Fuse protection of the control circuit at Us for spring charging motor + closing coil
Fuse gG 24 … 30 V DC 6A 10 A
48 … 60 V DC 6A 10 A
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 2A 4A
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 2A 2A
Miniature circuit breaker with C characteristic 24 … 30 V DC 6A 10 A
48 … 60 V DC 6A 10 A
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 2A 4A
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 2A 2A
Motor 3WL11 – 3WL13

Primary operating range 0.85 … 1.1 × Us
Extended operating range for battery operation At 24 V DC, 48 V DC 0.85 … 1.26 × Us
60 V DC, 110 V DC
220 V DC
Operation
Power consumption of motor AC/DC 135 VA/135 W
Time required to charge the stored energy mechanism at 1 × Us ≤ 10 s
Fuse protection of the control circuit at Us for spring charging motor
Fuse gG 24 … 30 V DC, 48 … 60 V DC 6A
110 … 125 V DC/110 … 127 V AC, 2A
220 … 250 V DC/208 … 240 V AC
Miniature circuit breaker with C characteristic 24 … 30 V DC, 48 … 60 V DC 6A
110 … 125 V DC/110 … 127 V AC, 2A
220 … 250 V DC/208 … 240 V AC
1/104 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Signals of the electronic trip unit 3WL11 – 3WL13

Signals of the electronic trip unit
Measuring accuracy of the electronic trip unit Protective functions acc. to EN 60947; current indication ≤ 10%;
metering function for base quantities ≤ 1%; metering function
for derived quantities ≤ 4% 1
Undervoltage releases UVR (F3) and UVR-td (F4) 3WL11 – 3WL13

Response values Pickup ≥ 0.85 × Us (circuit breaker can be closed)
Dropout 0.35 … 0.7 × Us (circuit breaker is opened)
Extended operating range for battery operation At 24 V DC, 30 V DC, 48 V DC, 0.85 … 1.26 × Us
110 V DC, 220 V DC
Rated control supply voltage Us Instantaneous 50/60 Hz AC 110 … 127 V, 208 … 240 V, 380 … 415 V
Instantaneous DC 24 V, 30 V, 48 V, 60 V, 110 … 125 V, 220 … 250 V 1)
Delayed 50/60 Hz AC 110 … 127 V, 208 … 240 V, 380 … 415 V
Delayed DC 48 V, 110 … 125 V, 220 … 250 V
Operation
Opening time of the circuit breaker
Version UVR (F3) Instantaneous ≤ 80 ms
With delay 200 ms
Version UVR-td (F8) With delay, td = 0.2 … 3.2 s 0.2 … 3.2 s
Reset through additional NC contact ≤ 100 ms
– direct tripping
Fuse gG 24 ... 30 V DC (UVR) 2A
48 … 60 V DC (UVR) 2A
48 V DC (UVR-t) 2A
60 V DC (UVR-t) 2A
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 2A
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 2A
380 … 415 V AC 2A
Miniature circuit breaker with C characteristic 24 ... 30 V DC (UVR) 4A
48 … 60 V DC (UVR) 4A
48 V DC (UVR-t) 4A
60 V DC (UVR-t) 4A
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 4A
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 6A
380 … 415 V AC 6A
Miniature circuit breaker with D characteristic 24 ... 30 V DC (UVR) 2A
48 … 60 V DC (UVR) 2A
48 V DC (UVR-t) 2A
60 V DC (UVR-t) 2A
110 … 127 V AC/110 … 125 V DC 2A
208 … 240 V AC/220 … 250 V DC 4A
380 … 415 V AC 4A
Shunt trip (ST) (F1, F2) 3WL11 – 3WL13

Version For continuous 5% OP With spring energy
command store consisting of
(100% OP), locks shunt trip and
out on momentary- capacitor trip device
contact commands
Primary operating range 0.85 … 1.1 × Us 0.85 … 1.1 × Us 0.85 … 1.1 × Us
Extended operating range for battery operation 0.85 … 1.26 × Us 0.85 … 1.26 × Us –
Response values Pickup > 0.7 × Us (circuit > 0.7 × Us (circuit –
breaker is tripped) breaker is tripped)
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/105

© Siemens 2023
Accessory options
Shunt trip (ST) (F1, F2) 3WL11 – 3WL13

Rated control supply voltage Us 50/60 Hz AC 110 … 127 V, 208 … 240 V 230 V
DC 24 … 30 V, 48 … 60 V, 110 … 125 V, 220 V
1 220 … 250 V
Operation
Closing power DC DC/AC 40 W/40 VA ≤ 60 V: 200 W 1 VA/1 W
≥ 110 V: 250 W
Continuous power DC/AC 8 W/8 VA – –
Minimum command duration at 100% Us 60 ms 60 ms –
Maximum command duration at 100% Us – 2000 ms –
Opening time of the circuit breaker at 100% Us 80 ms 50 ms 80 ms
Storage time at Us/Recharging time at Us – – max. 5 min/min. 5 s
Fuse protection of the control circuit at Us for shunt trip
Fuse gG 24 … 30 V DC 2A 10 A –
48 … 60 V DC 2A 10 A –
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 1A 4A –
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 1A 2A –
Miniature circuit breaker with C characteristic 24 … 30 V DC 2A 10 A –
48 … 60 V DC 2A 10 A –
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 1A 4A –
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 1A 2A –
1)
24 V and 30 V only with undervoltage release UVR (F3)
Remote trip alarm reset coil for mechanical tripped indicator (F7) 3WL11 – 3WL13
Extended operating range for battery operation At 24 … 30 V DC, 48 … 60 V DC, 0.7 … 1.26 × Us
110 … 125 V DC, 220 … 250 V DC
Operation
Power consumption AC/DC 60 VA/60 W
Min. command duration at Us for the remote trip alarm reset coil 60 ms
Fuse gG 24 ... 60 V DC 2A
100 V AC/> 100 V DC 1A
Miniature circuit breaker with C characteristic 24 ... 60 V DC 2A
100 V AC/> 100 V DC 1A
Contact position-driven auxiliary switches

(S1, S2, S3, S4, S7, S8) 3WL11 – 3WL13
Rated insulation voltage Ui AC/DC 500 V
Rated operational voltage Ue AC/DC 500 V
Breaking capacity
Alternating current 50/60 Hz Rated operational voltage Ue 24 … 230 V 380 V, 400 V
Rated operational current Ie/AC-12 10 A 10 A
Rated operational current Ie/AC-15 4A 3A
Direct current Rated operational voltage Ue 24 V 48 V 110 V 220 V
Rated operational current Ie/DC-12 10 A 8A 3.5 A 1A
Rated operational current Ie/DC-13 8A 4A 1.2 A 0.4 A

(acc. to DIN VDE 0630) 3WL11 – 3WL13
Breaking capacity
Alternating current 50/60 Hz Rated operational voltage Ue 250 V
Rated operational current Ie 8A
Direct current Rated operational voltage Ue 125 V 250 V
Rated operational current Ie 0.4 A 0.2 A
1/106 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Tripped signaling switches (S24) and signaling switches for

auxiliary releases (S22, S23) (acc. to DIN VDE 0630) 3WL11 – 3WL12
Breaking capacity
Alternating current 50/60 Hz Rated operational voltage Ue 250 V 1
Rated operational current Ie/AC-12 8A
Direct current Rated operational voltage Ue 24 V 125 V 250 V
Rated operational current Ie/DC-12 6A 0.4 A 0.2 A
Tripped signaling switches
Signal duration after tripping Until manual or electrical remote reset (option)
Position signaling switch on guide frame 3WL11 – 3WL13

Type of contacts
Message "Circuit breaker in connected position" 3W or 1W
"Circuit breaker in test position" 2W or 1W
"Circuit breaker in disconnected 1W or 1W
position"
Rated insulation voltage Ui 50/60 Hz AC 440 V
DC 250 V
Rated operational voltage Ue 250 V
Breaking capacity
Rated operational current Ie Ie/AC-12 24 V 10 A, 110/127 V 10 A, 220/240 V 10 A,
320/440 V 10 A
Ie/AC-15 220/240 V 4 A, 320/440 V 3 A
Ie/DC-12 24 V 10 A, 48 V 2.5 A, 220/240 V 0.2 A
Ie/DC-13 24 V 3.0 A, 220/240 V 0.1 A
A 300 (AC) 120 V 6 A, 240 V 3 A
R 300 (DC) 125 V 0.22 A, 250 V 0.11 A
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/107

© Siemens 2023
Guide frames for AC
1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WL9 2 1
– – 1
Size (SZ) 1 1
2 2
3 3
SZ 1
SZ 2
Max. rated 1000 A 5) 6) ■ – SZ 3

– 1
current In max 1600 A 5) 6) ■ – – 2
(guide frames) 2000 A 6) ■ ■ – 3
2500 A 6) – ■ – 4
3200 A 7) – ■ – 5
4000 A 6) – ■ ■ 6
5000 A – – ■ 7
6300 A – – ■ 8
Number of poles 3-pole F

4-pole G
Main connection Front, single hole ■1) ■2) 6) ■3) A

Front, double hole ■ ■2) 6) ■3) B
Horizontal ■ ■2) ■4) C
Vertical ■ ■ ■ D
Connecting flange ■ ■2) 6) ■3) E
Short-circuit N 55 kA ■ – – N
breaking capacity S 66 kA ■ – – S
Icu at 500 V
H 85 kA ■5) – – H
N, S and H ≤ 100 kA – ■ ■ H
C 130 kA – ■ – C
C 150 kA – – ■ C
1)
Not available for rated circuit breaker current 2000 A and breaking capacity H 5)
For size 1 with breaking capacity H, please select the max. rated current In 2000 A
2)
Not available for rated circuit breaker current 4000 A of the guide frame
3)
Not available for rated circuit breaker current 5000 A + 6300 A + breaking capacity C 6)
Not available for breaking capacity C
4)
Not available for rated circuit breaker current 6300 A 7)
For all rated circuit breaker currents up to 3200 A with breaking capacity C
Options
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WL9 2 1
– – 1
Number of auxiliary Without 0

supply connectors 1 connector 1
2 connectors 2
3 connectors 3
4 connectors 4
Type of auxiliary Without 8) 0

circuit connections With screw terminals (SIGUT, standard) 1
With screwless terminals (tension spring) 2
Position signaling Without 0

switch 1 CO | 1 CO | 1 CO (connected | test | disconnected position) 1
3 CO | 2 CO | 1 CO (connected | test | disconnected position) 2
Shutters Without A
With shutter, 2-part, lockable B
8)
Can only be selected if the number of auxiliary supply connectors is zero.
1/108 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Guide frames for DC
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1
3WL9 2 1 2
– – 0 1
Max. rated current In max 2000 A 3

4000 A 6
Number of poles 3-pole H

4-pole J
Main connection Front, single hole1) A

Front, double hole1) B
Horizontal C
Vertical D
Connecting flange E
1)
Not available for rated circuit breaker current 4000 A
Options
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WL9 2 1 2
– – 0 1
Number of auxiliary Without 0

supply connectors 1 connector 1
2 connectors 2
3 connectors 3
4 connectors 4
Type of auxiliary Without 2) 0

circuit connections With screw terminals (SIGUT, standard) 1
With screwless terminals (tension spring) 2
Position signaling Without 0

switch 1 CO | 1 CO | 1 CO (connected | test | disconnected position) 1
3 CO | 2 CO | 1 CO (connected | test | disconnected position) 2
Shutters Without A
With shutter, 2-part, lockable B
2)
Can only be selected if the number of auxiliary supply connectors is zero.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/109

© Siemens 2023

Electronic trip units and optional metering function
• For replacement in existing circuit breakers, please specify the circuit breaker ID No. when ordering.
1 • The electronic trip unit is supplied without a rating plug
• The rating plug must be ordered separately
NSE0_01610b
Type With protective function Metering function Article No.

ETU15B LI Without 3WL9311-5AA00-0AA2
ETU25B LSI Without 3WL9312-5AA00-0AA2
ETU27B LSING Without 3WL9312-7AA00-0AA2
ETU45B (without display) LSIN(G) Without 3WL9314-5AA00-0AA2
With metering function Plus 3WL9314-5AA30-0AA2
ETU76B LSIN(G) Without 3WL9317-6AA00-0AA2
With metering function Plus 3WL9317-6AA30-0AA2
Rating plugs
• With the rating plug selected, the maximum rated current In max
NSE0_00992b
of the circuit breaker must not be exceeded. The following applies: In ≤ In max
Size Rated current In Article No.
1, 2 250 A 3WL9111-0AA51-0AA0
315 A 3WL9111-0AA52-0AA0
400 A 3WL9111-0AA53-0AA0
500 A 3WL9111-0AA54-0AA0
630 A 3WL9111-0AA55-0AA0
800 A 3WL9111-0AA56-0AA0
1000 A 3WL9111-0AA57-0AA0
1, 2, 3 1250 A 3WL9111-0AA58-0AA0
1600 A 3WL9111-0AA61-0AA0
2000 A 3WL9111-0AA62-0AA0
2, 3 2500 A 3WL9111-0AA63-0AA0
3200 A 3WL9111-0AA64-0AA0
4000 A 3WL9111-0AA65-0AA0
3 5000 A 3WL9111-0AA66-0AA0
6300 A 3WL9111-0AA67-0AA0
Ground-fault modules
• Alarm and tripping
• For direct metering of the ground-fault current, e.g. in the neutral point of the transformer,
a 1200 A/1 A current transformer, class 1, is required. The internal load of the 3WL circuit breaker
NSE0_01027a
is 0.11 . If the ground-fault current is to be determined using the vectorial sum of the phases,
a transformer must be installed in the neutral conductor.
Type Accessory for Article No.
GFM AT 45B ETU45B 3WL9111-0AT53-0AA0
GFM AT 55B – 76B ETU76B 3WL9111-0AT56-0AA0
Display
Accessory for Version Article No.
NSE0_01609
ETU45B 4-line 3WL9111-0AT81-0AA0
Internal current transformers, for N conductor including wiring kit

ETU Release 2 Size Article No.
– 1 3WL9111-0AA11-0AA0
2 3WL9111-0AA12-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0AA13-0AA0
✓ 1 3WL9111-0AA14-0AA0
2 3WL9111-0AA15-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0AA16-0AA0
External current transformers for N conductor
Copper connection pieces Size Article No.
– 1 3WL9111-0AA21-0AA0
NSE0_00990a
2 3WL9111-0AA22-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0AA23-0AA0
✓ 1 3WL9111-0AA31-0AA0
NSE0_00991a
2 3WL9111-0AA32-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0AA33-0AA0
1/110 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023

EMC filter
• Common-mode interference suppressor filters (e.g. in IT networks, caused by frequency converters)
• Insertion loss (asymmetric) in the range 40 kHz to 10 MHz > 40 dB. 1
Types Article No.
Only for ETU Release 2 3WL9111-0AK34-0AA0
Sealable and lockable covers
NSE0_00983b
ETU25B
ETU15B to ETU45B 3WL9111-0AT45-0AA0
ETU76 3WL9111-0AT46-0AA0
Automatic reset of the reclosing lockout

Version Article No.
Spare part for option K01 3WL9111-0AK21-0AA0
Remote trip alarm reset coils
• For mechanical tripped indicator
• Spare part for options K10 to K13
• Note: Automatic reset of the reclosing lockout 3WL9111-0AK21-0AA0 is also required
NSE0_00999a
Voltage Article No.

24 … 30 V DC 3WA9111-0EM42
48 … 60 V DC 3WA9111-0EM44
120 V AC/125 V DC 3WA9111-0EM45
208 ... 250 V AC/208 ... 250 V DC 3WA9111-0EM46
Retrofittable internal wiring
Use Male connector Accessory for Article No.
Internal wiring of CubicleBUS for Without male connector ETU45B and ETU76B 3WL9111-0AK30-0AA0
connection to terminal X8
For connection of the external N Without male connector Not for ETU Release 2 3WL9111-0AK31-0AA0
and G transformers to terminal ETU Release 2 3WL9111-0AK33-0AA0
X8

Interlocking sets for mechanical Open/Close
• Consisting of two transparent covers each for sealing or for attaching padlocks
(padlocks not included in scope of supply)
• Cover with 6.35 mm hole (for tool actuation)
• Lock mount for safety lock for key operation
Version Article No.
NSE0_00980
Without safety lock 3WL9111-0BA21-0AA0

Made by CES 3WL9111-0BA22-0AA0
Made by IKON 3WL9111-0BA24-0AA0
Locking provision against unauthorized closing from the operator panel
• Spare part for options S01 to S09
NSE0_00981
Assembly kit FORTRESS or CASTELL Without locks, cylinders or keys 3WL9111-0BA31-0AA0

Made by RONIS Locks, cylinders and keys included 3WL9111-0BA33-0AA0
Made by KIRK-Key Without locks, cylinders or keys 3WL9111-0BA34-0AA0
Made by PROFALUX Locks, cylinders and keys included 3WL9111-0BA35-0AA0
Made by CES Locks, cylinders and keys included 3WL9111-0BA36-0AA0
Made by IKON Locks, cylinders and keys included 3WL9111-0BA38-0AA0
Assembly kit for padlocks Without padlock 3WL9111-0BA41-0AA0
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/111

© Siemens 2023

Locking provision against unauthorized closing, for withdrawable circuit breakers
1 • Consisting of lock in the guide frame, active in connected position, function is retained when circuit
NSE0_00982
breaker is replaced
Made by KIRK-Key 1) Without locks, cylinders or keys 3WL9111-0BA57-0AA0
Locking provisions for charging handle with padlock
Spare part for option S33 Without padlock 3WL9111-0BA71-0AA0
NSE0_00984

• Spare part for option S71, S75, S76
NSE0_00986

Made by KIRK-Key 1) Without locks, cylinders or keys 3WL9111-0BA80-0AA0
Interlocking systems
• 2 of the same keys for 3 circuit breakers
• Locking provision in OFF position
• Lock in the operator panel
• A maximum of 2 circuit breakers can be switched on
Type Article No.
Locking mechanisms to prevent movement of the withdrawable circuit breakers in disconnected position
• Consisting of Bowden cable and lock in the cabinet door on the circuit breaker
NSE0_00987

• Note: Not possible in combination with "Locking mechanism to prevent opening of the cabinet door"
(order code "R30") or "Locking mechanism to prevent movement with the cabinet door open" (order
code "R50")
Type Article No.
Made by IKON 3WL9111-0BA83-0AA0
Made by PROFALUX 3WL9111-0BA85-0AA0
Made by RONIS 3WL9111-0BA86-0AA0
Locking mechanisms to prevent opening of the cabinet door in ON position
• Fixed-mounted
NSE0_00988
• Defeatable
• Note: Not possible in combination with "Locking mechanism to prevent movement of the
withdrawable circuit breakers in disconnected position" (order codes "R81", "R85" or "R86").
Version Article No.
Spare part for option S30 3WL9111-0BB12-0AA0
1)
1/112 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023

Locking mechanisms to prevent opening of the cabinet door
• Guide frames
• Defeatable
• Note: Not possible in combination with "Locking mechanism to prevent movement of
1
the withdrawable circuit breakers in disconnected position" (order codes "R81", "R85" or "R86").
Version Article No.
Spare part for option R30 3WL9111-0BB13-0AA0
Locking mechanisms to prevent movement with the cabinet door open
• Guide frames
• Note: Not possible in combination with "Locking mechanism to prevent movement of
the withdrawable circuit breakers in disconnected position" (order codes "R81", "R85" or "R86").
Version Article No.
Spare part for option R50 3WL9111-0BB15-0AA0
• With Bowden cable 2000 mm (one required for each circuit breaker)
Type When ordered separately Spare part for Article No.
Fixed-mounted circuit breaker – Option S55 3WL9111-0BB21-0AA0
NSE0_00989
Module for withdrawable circuit – Option R55 3WL9111-0BB24-0AA0

breakers with guide frame
Module for guide frame ✓ Option R56 3WL9111-0BB22-0AA0
Module for withdrawable circuit ✓ Option R57 3WL9111-0BB23-0AA0
breaker
Adapter for size 3 withdrawable ✓ – 3WL9111-0BB30-0AA0
circuit breaker
Couplings on the circuit breaker (with ring) for mutual interlocking
• Can be used in all circuit breakers
NSE0_01886
Article No.
3WL9112-8AH47-0AA0
Bowden cable
Length Article No.
2000 mm 3WL9111-0BB45-0AA0
3000 mm 3WL9111-0BB46-0AA0
4500 mm 3WL9111-0BB47-0AA0
Test devices
Manual tester, Release 2 for ETU15B to ETU76B electronic trip units
• For testing the electronic trip unit functions of all 3WL ETUs (Release 1 and Release 2)
Article No.
3WL9111-0AT32-0AA0
Function test unit

• For testing the tripping characteristics for ETU15B to ETU76B electronic trip units
(Release 1 and Release 2)
Article No.
3WL9111-0AT44-0AA0
TD400 Kit IEC 1)
• Commissioning/Service Tool for IEC 3WL (ETU Release 2) and 3VA
• With adapter, cable and case
• Not suitable for 3WL10 and 3VA27
Article No.
3VW9011-0AT40
TD400 adapter (spare part)
Version Article No.
For 3VA 3VW9011-0AT43
Only for 3WL ETU Release 1 3VW9011-0AT44
Only for 3WL ETU Release 2 3VW9011-0AT45
1)
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/113

© Siemens 2023

1 Spare part for option C22 1 NO 3WL9111-0AH01-0AA0

NSE0_00993a
Signaling switch (S22 or S23)

• Not possible with communication port, order code "F02", "F12" or "F35".
• Auxiliary supply connector X7 required for circuit breakers or guide frames.
If this is not already available, please order additionally
NSE0_00994b

Spare part for options C26 and 1st or 2nd auxiliary release 3WL9111-0AH02-0AA0
C27
1st tripped signaling switch (S24)

Spare part for option K07 1 CO 3WL9111-0AH14-0AA0
2nd tripped signaling switch (S25)
• Can only be used in combination with 1st tripped signaling switch
Spare part for option K06 1 NO 3WL9111-0AH17-0AA0
Operating cycles counters
• Only in conjunction with motorized operating mechanism
Version Version Article No.
NSE0_00995a
Spare part for option C01 Mechanical 3WL9111-0AH07-0AA0
Spring charge signaling switch

Spare part for option C20 1 NO 3WL9111-0AH08-0AA0
Position signaling switches for guide frames
NSE0_00996a
Spare part for options R15 and 1st block (3 CO) 3WL9111-0AH11-0AA0
R16 2nd block (6 CO) 3WL9111-0AH12-0AA0
Local electric close (S10) for operator panel

NSE0_00997a
• Not possible with motor disconnect switch

• Button + wiring (Auxiliary supply connector X7 required for circuit breakers or guide frames.
If this is not already available, please order additionally)
• Note: Possible only for circuit breakers with closing coil.
Version Type Article No.
Spare part for options With sealing cap C11 3WL9111-0AJ02-0AA0
C11 and C12 With CES assembly kit C12 3WL9111-0AJ03-0AA0
With IKON assembly kit 3WL9111-0AJ05-0AA0
1/114 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023

Motor disconnect switch (S12)
• Mounting onto operator panel
• Not possible with local electric close
Version Article No.
1
Spare part for option S25 3WL9111-0AJ06-0AA0
EMERGENCY-OFF pushbuttons
• Mushroom pushbutton instead of the mechanical OFF pushbutton
Type Article No.
NSE0_00985
Spare part for option S24 3WL9111-0BA72-0AA0
Auxiliary conductor connections

Male connectors for circuit breakers 1
Article No.
NSE0_00978
3WA9111-0AB01
Extension for male connector

• Male connector must be ordered separately
Version Article No.
1000 V 3WA9111-0AB02
Auxiliary supply connector for circuit breakers or guide frames 2
Version Article No.

Screw connection (SIGUT) 3WA9111-0AB03
NSE0_01268
Screwless connection (tension spring) 3WL9111-0AB04-0AA0

NSE0_01269
Coding kits 3
Version Article No.

NSE0_00974
For fixed-mounted X5 to X8 3WA9111-0AB07
Sliding contact modules for guide frames 4
Article No.
NSE0_00977a
3WA9111-0AB08
One-part sliding contact modules for guide frames 5
Version Article No.

NSE0_01586
Screw connection (SIGUT) 3WL9111-0AB18-0AA0
Blanking blocks for circuit breakers

Article No.
3WA9111-0AB12
For a complete auxiliary circuit connection you must order:
Fixed-mounted version: +
1 +2
3
Withdrawable version: +
1 +4 2 or +
1 5
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/115

© Siemens 2023
Auxiliary release
Closing coils/shunt trips
1 100% OP 24 … 30 V DC 3WA9111-0AD02
NSE0_01000
48 … 60 V DC 3WA9111-0AD04
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 3WA9111-0AD05
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 3WA9111-0AD06
Closing coils (CC)

• For momentary duty, with cut-off switch S15
5% OP 24 … 30 V DC 3WA9111-0AD12
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 3WA9111-0AD15
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 3WA9111-0AD16
Shunt trips (ST)
• For momentary duty, with cut-off switch S14
5% OP 24 … 30 V DC 3WA9111-0AD22
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 3WA9111-0AD25
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 3WA9111-0AD26
Undervoltage release
Instantaneous (UVR) 24 … 30 V DC 3WA9111-0AE02
NSE0_01001
48 … 60 V DC 3WL9111-0AE04
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 3WA9111-0AE05
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 3WA9111-0AE06
380 … 415 V AC 3WA9111-0AE07
Delayed (UVR-t) 1) 48 V DC 3WA9111-0AE13
NSE0_01002
60 V DC 3WA9111-0AE14
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 3WA9111-0AE15
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 3WA9111-0AE16
380 … 415 V AC 3WA9111-0AE17
1)
The maximum allowable cable length to the EMERGENCY-OFF actuator (quick shutdown) is currently < 50 m (maximum allowable cable length between the terminals < 100 m).
Operating mechanism
Motorized operating mechanisms
Voltage Article No.
24 … 30 V DC 3WA9111-0AF02
NSE0_01003a
48 … 60 V DC 3WA9111-0AF04
110 ... 125 V DC/110 ... 127 V AC 3WA9111-0AF05
220 ... 250 V DC/208 ... 240 V AC 3WA9111-0AF06
Auxiliary contacts
Auxiliary switch blocks
NSE0_01004
2 NO + 2 NC 3WL9111-0AG01-0AA0
2 NO 3WL9111-0AG02-0AA0
1 NO + 1 NC 3WL9111-0AG03-0AA0
1/116 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Door sealing frames, hoods, shutters

Door sealing frames
Version Article No.
Spare part for option T40 3WL9111-0AP01-0AA0 1

• Cannot be used in conjunction with door sealing frames
NSE0_01028a
• Hood removable and can be opened on both sides

Article No.
3WL9111-0AP02-0AA0
Shutters
Version Number of Size Breaking capacity
poles
Spare part for option R21 3-pole 1 N, S, H 3WL9111-0AP04-0AA0
2 N, S, H 3WL9111-0AP06-0AA0
C 3WL9111-0AP43-0AA0
3 H, C 3WL9111-0AP07-0AA0
4-pole 1 N, S, H 3WL9111-0AP08-0AA0
2 N, S, H 3WL9111-0AP11-0AA0
C 3WL9111-0AP44-0AA0
3 H, C 3WL9111-0AP12-0AA0
Arc chute
Arc chute
Voltage Size Breaking capacity Article No.
690 V 1 N, S, H 3WL9111-0AS01-0AA0
2 N, S, H 3WL9111-0AS02-0AA0
NSE0_01007
C 3WL9111-0AS10-0AA0
3 H, C 3WL9111-0AS03-0AA0
1000 V/1150 V 2 H, C 3WL9111-0AS05-0AA0
3 H, C 3WL9111-0AS06-0AA0
Arc chute covers
• Parts kit for guide frame
• Spare part for option R10
− 1000 V version (order code "A05"),
− 1150 V version (order code "A15")
− DC version
− 4000 A size 2
− Circuit breakers with very high breaking capacity C.
3-pole 1 3WL9111-0AS32-0AA0
2 3WL9111-0AS36-0AA0
NSE0_01008
3 3WL9111-0AS38-0AA0
4-pole 1 3WL9111-0AS42-0AA0
2 3WL9111-0AS44-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0AS46-0AA0
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/117

© Siemens 2023

• By customer, for 36 coding variants
1
NSE0_01009
Size Article No.

1, 2 3WL9111-0AR12-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0AR13-0AA0
Grounding connections
Grounding connection between the guide frame and the withdrawable circuit breaker
• Up to 30 kA or 60 kA ground-fault current
• 2 modules must be used for up to 60 kA ground-fault current
Contact module Size Number of poles Article No.
For guide frames 1, 2 1) 3WL9111-0BA01-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0BA02-0AA0
For withdrawable circuit breakers 1 3-pole 3WL9111-0BA05-0AA0
4-pole 3WL9111-0BA08-0AA0
2 3-pole 1) 3WL9111-0BA06-0AA0
4-pole 1) 3WL9111-0BA04-0AA0
3 3-pole 3WL9111-0BA07-0AA0
4-pole 3WL9111-0BA10-0AA0
1)
Cannot be used for size 2 with very high breaking capacity C and size 2, 4000 A.
Support bracket
Support bracket
• For mounting fixed-mounted circuit breakers on vertical plane
NSE0_01022
• Only for sizes 1 and 2 (1 set = 2 units)

Article No.
3WL9111-0BB50-0AA0
CubicleBUS modules
• Each CubicleBUS module is supplied with a 0.2 m pre-assembled cable to connect the modules with each other.
A longer pre-assembled cable is required for connection to the circuit breaker.
• All communication components, CubicleBUS modules and metering functions are available for the ETU45B and ETU76B
electronic trip units.
Modules of the CubicleBUS modules
Type Article No.
NSE0_01023a
Digital output module with rotary coding switch, relay outputs 3WL9111-0AT26-0AA0
Digital output module, configurable, relay outputs 3WL9111-0AT20-0AA0
Digital input module 3WL9111-0AT27-0AA0
Analog output module 3WL9111-0AT23-0AA0
ZSI module 3WL9111-0AT21-0AA0
Preassembled cables for the CubicleBUS
For connection to 3WL Length Article No.
With COM15/COM16/COM35 0.2 m 3WL9111-0BC04-0AA0
1m 3WL9111-0BC02-0AA0
2m 3WL9111-0BC03-0AA0
Without COM15/COM16/COM35 2 m 3WL9111-0BC05-0AA0
Voltage transformers
• Required for 3WL circuit breakers with metering function Plus, if no direct voltage tap is available.
• 380 ... 690 V/100 V, class 0.5
Number of poles Metering function Article No.
3-pole With metering function Plus 3WL9111-0BB68-0AA0
1/118 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Retrofitting and spare parts

• For retrofitting the COM15, COM16 or COM35 communications modules in withdrawable 3WL circuit breakers with Z options A05
(1000 V AC), A15 (1150 V AC) or A16 (690 V + 20%), the following additional assembly kits are required: 3WL9111-0AT62-0AA0
for circuit breakers size 1 or 3WL9111-0AT63-0AA0 for circuit breakers size 2/3 1
COM35 PROFINET IO/Modbus TCP modules
Version Article No.
For ETU45B and ETU76B electronic trip units 3WL9111-0AT65-0AA0
PROFINET IO/Modbus TCP retrofit kits

• Retrofit kit for the PROFINET IO/Modbus TCP communication including COM35, BSS and set of cables
for all 3WL air circuit breakers with ETU45B and ETU76B electronic trip units
Article No.
3WL9111-0AT66-0AA0
PROFIBUS retrofit kits
• Retrofit kit for the PROFIBUS communication including COM15, BSS and set of cables for all
3WL air circuit breakers with ETU45B and ETU76B electronic trip units
Article No.
3WL9111-0AT12-0AA0
COM15 PROFIBUS modules
Version Article No.
COM16 Modbus RTU modules

Version Article No.
Modbus RTU retrofit kits IEC
• Retrofit kit for the Modbus communication including COM16, BSS and set of cables for all
3WL air circuit breakers with ETU45B and ETU76B electronic trip units
Article No.
3WL9111-0AT18-0AA0
Additional parts for retrofitting the COM15/COM16/COM35 communications modules
• In withdrawable 3WL circuit breakers with Z options:
− A05 (1000 V AC) or
− A15 (1150 V AC) or
− A16 (690 V + 20%)
Size Article No.
1 3WL9111-0AT62-0AA0
2, 3 3WL9111-0AT63-0AA0
Breaker status sensors (BSS)
Version Article No.
• For acquisition via communication of the circuit breaker states ON/OFF/tripped 3WL9111-0AT16-0AA0
• For ETU45B and ETU76B electronic trip units
Operating instructions in printed form
Description Article No.
3WL operating instructions – Upgrade DE/EN 3ZW1012-0WL11-0AB1
3WL operating instructions – DE/EN 3ZX1812-0WL00-0AN4
3WL operating instructions – Upgrade IT/FR 3ZW1012-0WL11-0AD1
3WL operating instructions – IT/FR 3ZX1812-0WL00-0AJ3
3WL operating instructions – Upgrade ES/PT 3ZW1012-0WL11-0AE1
3WL operating instructions – ES/PT 3ZX1812-0WL00-0AL3
Article number assignment for 3WL or 3WL upgrade Article No.
3WL breakers 3WL1_ _ _-_ _ _3_-_ _ _ _
3WL1_ _ _-_ _ _4_-_ _ _ _
3WL breakers upgrade 3WL1_ _ _-_ _ _6_-_ _ _ _
3WL1_ _ _-_ _ _7_-_ _ _ _
3WL guide frames 3WL921_-_A_ _ _-_ _ _ _
3WL921_-_B_ _ _-_ _ _ _
3WL921_-_D_ _ _-_ _ _ _
3WL921_-_E_ _ _-_ _ _ _
3WL guide frames upgrade 3WL921_-_F_ _ _-_ _ _ _
3WL921_-_G_ _ _-_ _ _ _
3WL921_-_H_ _ _-_ _ _ _
3WL921_-_I_ _ _-_ _ _ _
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/119

© Siemens 2023
Interfaces
Interface to the IEC 61850
• The SICAM A8000 smart data concentrator connects the circuit breakers from the SENTRON portfolio
1 via the Modbus TCP/IP protocol and transmits data via communication protocols (e.g.: IEC 61850,
IEC 60870-5-104, IEC 60870-5-101, Modbus and DNP) to higher-level systems.
Type Operational voltage Article No.
SICAM CP-8021 1) – 6MF2802-1AA00
SICAM CP-8050 2) – 6MF2805-0AA00

1)
Dimensioned for device quantities of max. 1 × 3WL and 1 × 3VA
2)
Dimensioned for device quantities of 3 × 3WL and 8 × 3VA

For the SICAM CP-8021 and SICAM CP-8050, predefined modules were created to reduce commissioning work to a minimum.
The modules can be obtained free of charge via SiePortal www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support (109816057)
&UIFSOFU*&$
356
4*$".
"
&UIFSOFU.PECVT5$1
I201_19878a
$0.
$0.
7"MJOF
7" 7"
8-
1/120 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Storage devices
Capacitor trip device
• For shunt trips
•
•
Storage time 5 min
Also suitable for 3VL, 3VA and 3WN circuit breakers 1
• Note: Rated control supply voltage must match the rated control supply voltage of the shunt trips.
Rated control supply voltage/rated operational voltage Article No.
50/60 Hz AC DC
220 … 240 V 220 … 250 V 3WL9111-0BA14-0AA0
Spare parts
Metering function Plus for retrofitting
• As spare part or for retrofitting the metering function Plus with an external voltage transformer
− For ETU45B or ETU76B Release 2
− Voltage transformer required
− Voltage converter required
− A measuring accuracy of 3% is achieved if retrofitted.
Article No.
3WL9111-0AT05-0AA0
Voltage converter
Version Article No.
As spare part or for retrofitting the metering function Plus 3WL9111-0AT06-0AA0
Components for conversion of an existing internal voltage tap
• Conversion requires 3 components for 3-pole 3WL
• Conversion requires 4 components for 4-pole 3WL
• Conversion of a metering function (Z option A05) is not possible.
Conversion of internal voltage tap Size Article No.
to main contact
From bottom to top 1 3WL9111-0AT71-0AA0
2 3WL9111-0AT72-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0AT73-0AA0
From top to bottom 1 3WL9111-0AT74-0AA0
2 3WL9111-0AT75-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0AT76-0AA0
Transformers (without iron core), Rogowski coil only (instrument transformer for the protective function)
• Used in converter applications with high harmonic components;
can only be used with ETU45B or ETU76B
− Undervoltage release required (e.g. 3WL9111-0AE01-0AA0)
• As retrofit kit or as spare part. With new circuit breakers, please use the Z option K60
• Scope of supply:
− Transformer
− Warning signs
− Manual
3-pole 1 3WL9111-0AA42-0AA0
2 3WL9111-0AA43-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0AA44-0AA0
4-pole 1 3WL9111-0AA45-0AA0
2 3WL9111-0AA46-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0AA47-0AA0
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/121

© Siemens 2023
Main conductor connections, fixed-mounted versions (essential accessory)

Front-accessible main connections, single hole at top
• Not for 3WL1 size 1 with high breaking capacity H
1 Size Rated current In Article No.
1 ≤ 1000 A 3WL9111-0AL01-0AA0
NSE0_01010
1250 … 1600 A 3WL9111-0AL02-0AA0

2 4) ≤ 2000 A 3WL9111-0AL03-0AA0
≤ 2500 A 3WL9111-0AL04-0AA0
≤ 3200 A 3WL9111-0AL05-0AA0
3 ≤ 4000 A 3WL9111-0AL06-0AA0
Front-accessible main connections, single hole at bottom
• Not for 3WL1 size 1 with high breaking capacity H
1 ≤ 1000 A 3WL9111-0AL51-0AA0
NSE0_01010
1250 … 1600 A 3WL9111-0AL52-0AA0

2 4) ≤ 2000 A 3WL9111-0AL53-0AA0
≤ 2500 A 3WL9111-0AL54-0AA0
≤ 3200 A 3WL9111-0AL55-0AA0
3 ≤ 4000 A 3WL9111-0AL56-0AA0
Front-accessible main connections according to DIN 43673, double hole at top
1 ≤ 1000 A 1) 3WL9111-0AL07-0AA0
1250 … 2000 A 5) 3WL9111-0AL08-0AA0
NSE0_01011
2 4) ≤ 2000 A 3WL9111-0AL11-0AA0
≤ 2500 A 3WL9111-0AL12-0AA0
≤ 3200 A 3WL9111-0AL13-0AA0
3 ≤ 4000 A 3WL9111-0AL14-0AA0
Front-accessible main connections according to DIN 43673, double hole at bottom
1 ≤ 1000 A 1) 3WL9111-0AL57-0AA0
1250 … 2000 A 5) 3WL9111-0AL58-0AA0
NSE0_01011
2 4) ≤ 2000 A 3WL9111-0AL61-0AA0
≤ 2500 A 3WL9111-0AL62-0AA0
≤ 3200 A 3WL9111-0AL63-0AA0
3 ≤ 4000 A 3WL9111-0AL64-0AA0
1 2) ≤ 2000 A 3WL9111-0AM01-0AA0
2 3) ≤ 3200 A 3WL9111-0AM02-0AA0
3 ≤ 6300 A 3WL9111-0AM03-0AA0
NSE0_01012
1)
2)
In the case of vertical connection size 1 with breaking capacity N and S, up to 1000 A one 3WL9111-0AM01-0AA0 vertical connection is required,
up to 2000 A or with breaking capacity H two 3WL9111-0AM01-0AA0 vertical connections are required.
3)
In the case of vertical connection size 2, up to 2500 A one 3WL9111–0AM02–0AA0 vertical connection is required,
up to 3200 A two 3WL9111-0AM02-0AA0 vertical connections are required.
4)
Not for circuit breakers with very high breaking capacity C.
5)
Can be used for size 1 with H breaking capacity of 630 … 2000 A.
1/122 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Main conductor connections, withdrawable versions (essential accessory)

Front-accessible main connections, single hole at top or at bottom 1) 2)
1 ≤ 1000 A 3WL9111-0AN01-0AA0 1
1250 … 1600 A 3WL9111-0AN02-0AA0
NSE0_01013
2 3) ≤ 2000 A 3WL9111-0AN03-0AA0
≤ 2500 A 3WL9111-0AN04-0AA0
≤ 3200 A 3WL9111-0AN05-0AA0
3 ≤ 4000 A 3WL9111-0AN06-0AA0
Front-accessible main connections according to DIN 43673, double hole at top or at bottom 1)
1 ≤ 1000 A 2) 3WL9111-0AN07-0AA0
1250 … 2000 A 5) 3WL9111-0AN08-0AA0
NSE0_01014
2 3) ≤ 2000 A 3WL9111-0AN11-0AA0
≤ 2500 A 3WL9111-0AN12-0AA0
≤ 3200 A 3WL9111-0AN13-0AA0
3 ≤ 4000 A 3WL9111-0AN14-0AA0
Supports for front and DIN connection bars
3-pole for 3 bars 1 3WL9111-0AN41-0AA0
2 3WL9111-0AN42-0AA0
NSE0_01017
3 3WL9111-0AN43-0AA0
4-pole for 4 bars 1 3WL9111-0AN44-0AA0
2 3WL9111-0AN45-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0AN46-0AA0
Size Rated current In Connection pieces Article No.
NSE0_01015
1 ≤ 1000 A 2) 3WL9111-0AN15-0AA0
1250 … 2000 A 5) 3WL9111-0AN16-0AA0
2 ≤ 2000 A 3) 3WL9111-0AN17-0AA0
≤ 2500 A 3) 3WL9111-0AN18-0AA0
≤ 3200 A 3) 3WL9111-0AN21-0AA0
1600 … 3200 A 4) 3WL9111-0AN38-0AA0
3 ≤ 5000 A 3WL9111-0AN22-0AA0
≤ 6300 A 3 pieces for 3-pole switches 3WL9111-0AN23-0AA0
≤ 6300 A, top 4 pieces for 4-pole switches 3WL9111-0AN20-0AA0
≤ 6300 A, bottom 4 pieces for 4-pole switches 3WL9111-0AN10-0AA0
Rear horizontal main connections
1 ≤ 1000 A 2) 3WL9111-0AN32-0AA0
1250 … 2000 A 5) 3WL9111-0AN33-0AA0
2 ≤ 2000 A 3) 3WL9111-0AN34-0AA0
≤ 2500 A 3) 3WL9111-0AN35-0AA0
≤ 3200 A and 4000 A DC 3) 3WL9111-0AN36-0AA0
1600 … 3200 A 4) 3WL9111-0AN47-0AA0
3 ≤ 5000 A 3WL9111-0AN37-0AA0
Connecting flange
1 ≤ 1000 A 2) 3WL9111-0AN24-0AA0
1250 … 2000 A 5) 3WL9111-0AN25-0AA0
NSE0_01016
2 3) ≤ 2000 A 3WL9111-0AN26-0AA0
≤ 2500 A 3WL9111-0AN27-0AA0
≤ 3200 A 3WL9111-0AN28-0AA0
3 ≤ 4000 A 3WL9111-0AN31-0AA0
1)
When using front-accessible main connections (withdrawable circuit breakers) supports are required.
2)
3)
4)
Only for circuit breakers with very high breaking capacity C.
5)
Can be used for size 1 with H breaking capacity of 630 … 2000 A.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/123

© Siemens 2023
Conversion kit
Conversion kit for converting fixed-mounted circuit breakers into withdrawable circuit breakers
• Guide frames and sliding contact modules must be ordered separately
1 • Conversion from fixed-mounted to withdrawable circuit breakers is not possible for 3WL1 circuit
breakers with very high breaking capacity C and for circuit breakers with Z options A05, A15 or A16
3-pole 1 3WL9111-0BC11-0AA0
2 3WL9111-0BC12-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0BC13-0AA0
4-pole 1 3WL9111-0BC14-0AA0
2 3WL9111-0BC15-0AA0
3 3WL9111-0BC16-0AA0
Main contact elements

Main contact elements 1) 2)
• Notes:
− The circuit breaker ID number must be specified when ordering 3)
− Specified for each connection
(depending on the number of poles on the circuit breaker, order 3 or 4 units)
− Article number is automatically adapted to the circuit breaker ID No.
1 ≤ 1600 A 4) 3WL9111-0AM90
NSE0_01021 L1Y
2 ≤ 2500 A 3WL9111-0AM91
L1Y
≤ 4000 A 3WL9111-0AM92
L1Y
3 ≤ 6300 A 3WL9111-0AM93
L1Y
1)
2)
Replacement of the main contact elements for 3WL1 circuit breakers with very high breaking capacity C is only possible at the factory.
3)
Please specify the circuit breaker ID No. in plain text when ordering.
4)
Not for size 1 circuit breakers with breaking capacity H and circuit breakers with In = 2000 A. The main contact elements can only be replaced in the factory.
1/124 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/125

© Siemens 2023
Air Circuit Breakers | 3WL10

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/configurators
Search function with global direct input

Searches for specific terms and jumps to MLFB based on input to the correct configurator
Product list stores multiple configurations and can transfer them collectively to the shopping cart
Recall of completed configurations for modification or additional configuration
Responsive Design
1/126 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3WL10 | Air Circuit Breakers
Download an ePlan selector for 3WL10
Mouseover display of characteristic curves to show the protective function
Direct entry of an already known article number or parts of an article number
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/127

© Siemens 2023

Basic configuration
1 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3WL10 – –
Circuit breakers, non-automatic

circuit breakers and ETU
Max. rated 630 A 0 6
current In max 800 A 0 8
1000 A 1 0
1250 A 1 2
Short-circuit B Basic (42 kA) 1

breaking capacity Icu N ECO (55 kA) 2
at 415 V
S Standard (66 kA) 3
Non-automatic Without Without trip unit A A

circuit breaker 1) metering function,
without communi-
cations interface
Circuit breakers, Without With trip unit ETU320 LI (N) 2) A B

ETU 3-series metering function, ETU350 LSI (N) 2) A C
without communi ETU360 LSIG (N) 2) A D
cations interface
Circuit breakers, With trip unit ETU650 LSI (N) 2) E

ETU 6-series ETU660 LSIG (N) 2) F
Without Without metering function
communications A
interface
With Without metering function B
communications Metering function Voltage tap on bottom C
interface Basic Voltage tap on top D
Metering function Voltage tap on bottom E
Advanced Voltage tap on top F
1)
Only possible with N = ECO (55 kA) and S = Standard (66 kA)
2)
Neutral conductor protection for 3-pole breakers with an external neutral conductor transformer or for 4-pole breakers

versions 4-pole Neutral left 1
Neutral right 2
Withdrawable 3-pole 3
4-pole Neutral left 4
Neutral right 5
Connection 3)
Type of mounting Withdrawable Without frame 0
Rear vertical connection 1
Rear horizontal connection 2
Adapter for cable lug connection (rear) 4
Front-accessible, extended main connection 5
Fixed-mounted Rear vertical connection 1
versions Rear horizontal connection 2
Front main connection 3
Circular conductor terminals (front) 4
3)
Broadened connections available as accessories.

1/128 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1
3WL10 – –
Motor
Operating Manual operating mechanism 0
mechanisms Spring charging motor 24 ... 30 V AC/DC 1
48 ... 60 V AC/DC 2
110 V AC/DC 3
230 V AC/DC 4
Auxiliary releases, closing coils

Closing coil (CC), Without closing coil, without remote reset magnet A
remote reset Closing coils (CC) 24 V AC/DC B
magnet (RR) 30 V AC/DC C
48 V AC/DC D
60 V AC/DC E
110 ... 120 V AC/DC F
120 ... 127 V AC/DC G
220 ... 240 V AC/DC H
240 ... 250 V AC/DC J
Closing coil (CC) and 24 V AC/DC K
additional remote reset magnet (RR) 110 V AC/DC L
220 V AC/DC M

release With undervoltage release (UVR) 24 V AC/DC B
30 V AC/DC C
48 V AC/DC D
60 V AC/DC E
110 ... 120 V AC/DC F
120 ... 127 V AC/DC G
220 ... 240 V AC/DC H
240 ... 250 V AC/DC J
380 ... 400 V AC/DC K
415 ... 440 V AC/DC L
With undervoltage release (UVR), 24 ... 30 V AC/DC M
delayable with external time-delay device 110 ... 127 V AC/DC N
Scope of supply: UVR + time-delay device 220 ... 250 V AC/DC P
With 2nd shunt trip (ST2) 24 V AC/DC Q
30 V AC/DC R
48 V AC/DC S
60 V AC/DC T
110 ... 120 V AC/DC U
120 ... 127 V AC/DC V
220 ... 240 V AC/DC W
240 ... 250 V AC/DC X
1st auxiliary Without 1st Auxiliary release 0

release Shunt trips (ST) 24 V AC/DC 1
30 V AC/DC 2
48 V AC/DC 3
60 V AC/DC 4
110 ... 120 V AC/DC 5
120 ... 127 V AC/DC 6
220 ... 240 V AC/DC 7
240 ... 250 V AC/DC 8

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/129
© Siemens 2023
Accessory options
3WL....-.....-.... -Z
Mounting options for fixed-mounted versions
• In the basic configuration, the fixed-mounted circuit breaker is mounted onto the rear panel. Floor mounting is possible as an option.
The device must additionally be modified if it is to be extended to include functionalities such as external auxiliary switches or mechanical
interlocking mechanism.1)
Mounting options for Floor mounting Mounting support standard A07
fixed-mounted versions 1) Mounting support extended 2) S56
Rear panel mounting onto mounting plate Side wall extended 2) S57

Rating plugs
• As standard, the electronic trip units are equipped with a rating plug for setting the rated current In, which is equal to the maximum rated
circuit breaker current (< In max). The rated current of the selected rating plug must be less than or equal to In max .
• To downrate the circuit breaker, a rated current smaller than In max is selected for the rating plug via a Z option.
• Other functions can also be activated using rating plugs (L = OFF or Rc protection).
Rating plug For setting the rated current In For all ETUs 400 A B04
630 A B06
800 A B08
1000 A B10
For setting the rated current In, For 6-series ETUs 400 A L04
with overload protection L = OFF 630 A L06
800 A L08
1000 A L10
1250 A L12
For setting the rated current In, For ETU660 only 400 A G04
for enabling of the residual current protective function. 630 A G06
The residual current function is only possible with the MF
800 A G08
Advanced metering function.
1250 A G12
Communications modules
• No more than two different communications modules can be used at the same time.
• When using an IOM040 digital I/O module (Z option K56), only 1 communications module can be used.
Communications modules COM040 PROFIBUS F02
COM041 PROFINET F03
COM043 Modbus TCP F11
COM042 Modbus RTU F12
Breaker Connect modules

• When a circuit breaker with a communications interface is ordered, a Breaker Connect module for external 24 V DC power supply of the
electronic components is also supplied ready installed.
• By means of this Z option, the Breaker Connect module for 24 V DC is replaced by a Breaker Connect module for 110 … 240 V AC/DC.
Breaker Connect modules 110 ... 240 V AC/DC F26
I/O modules internal

I/O modules internal Digital I/O module IOM040 2 inputs, 2 outputs K56
1)
These functionalities can be applied directly to the frame of the withdrawable circuit breaker, without any modification of the side wall.
2)
Not possible in connection with or as an alternative to the mounting support, standard (A07).
1/130 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
1
Order code
3WL....-.....-.... -Z
Accessories for the motor
Mechanical operating cycles counter, 5-digit C01

• Auxiliary and signaling switches for currents > 100 mA and up to 400 V AC are installed as standard.
• For currents < 100 mA for PLC connections, these auxiliary and signaling switches can be replaced.
• The auxiliary/signaling switches for 24 V DC digital signals are designed for
− a minimum load above 1 mA at 5 V DC, and
− a maximum breaking capacity of 100 mA at 24 V DC.
Position signaling switches for guide frames 1) 2 CO | 2 CO | 2 CO (connected | test | disconnected position) K55
Signaling switches Ready-to-close signaling switches 1 CO digital, 24 V DC K50

Tripped signaling switches (S24) 1 CO digital, 24 V DC K53
Spring charge signaling switch (S21) 1 CO digital, 24 V DC K54
Auxiliary switches ON/OFF AUX 4 CO digital, 24 V DC K51

2 CO 400 V AC + 2 CO digital 24 V DC K52
Locking, blocking and interlocking

Locking provisions 1) To prevent movement of Cylinder lock Made by RONIS R78
the withdrawable circuit breaker For no more than 3 padlocks, 8 mm R65
Locking mechanisms To prevent movement to disconnected position R79
Locking provisions Against unauthorized closing Cylinder lock, made by RONIS S08
in the operator panel (safe OFF) For no more than 3 padlocks, plastic 4 mm S22
For no more than 1 padlock, metal 7 mm S23
For no more than 2 padlocks, metal 8 mm S07
Interlocking sets For mechanical Open and/or Close For no more than 3 padlocks, plastic 4 mm S42
on the operator panel For no more than 1 padlock, metal 7 mm S43
For no more than 2 padlocks, metal 8 mm S44
Protective covers For mechanical Open/Close, not lockable S41
Door sealing frames IP30 IP3x T30

1)
Can be used both for individual orders of the guide frame and complete orders (circuit breaker + guide frame).
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/131

© Siemens 2023
Guide frames
Guide frames for ordering separately without circuit breakers

• Guide frames without breakers up to 1250 A
• Note: All CB bus modules for communication COM04x/IOM300/Breaker Connect module, as well as COMPSS
signaling switches are configured without frames in the withdrawable circuit breaker and defined there by
1 means of Z options, and are included with the circuit breaker. PSS Standard is always included in the frame
and can be changed to an electronics-capable signal by means of a Z option.
Number of poles Connection type Article No.
3-pole Rear vertical 3VW8112-0AA01
Rear horizontal 3VW8112-0AB01
4 × 240 mm2 Cu/Al cable connection, for cable lug connections 3VW8112-0AD01
Front connection bars, extended 3VW8112-0AE01
4-pole Rear vertical 3VW8112-0BA01
Rear horizontal 3VW8112-0BB01
4 × 240 mm2 Cu/Al cable connection, for cable lug connections 3VW8112-0BD01
Front connection bars, extended 3VW8112-0BE01
To specify the options, add "-Z" to the complete article number and Order code
3VW8....-.....-.... -Z
Locking provisions To prevent movement of the Cylinder lock, made by RONIS R78
withdrawable circuit breaker
For no more than 3 padlocks, 8 mm R65
Locking mechanisms To prevent movement to disconnected position (only in combination with R78 or R65) R79
Auxiliary/signaling switches
Position signaling switch PSS for For 24 V DC digital signals, 2 CO | 2 CO | 2 CO (connected | test | disconnected position) K55
guide frame for minimum currents
Auxiliary and signaling switches for currents > 100 mA and up to 400 V AC are installed as standard.
For currents < 100 mA for PLC connections, these auxiliary and signaling switches can be modified.
The auxiliary/signaling switches for 24 V DC digital signals are designed for
• a minimum load above 1 mA at 5 V DC, and
• a maximum breaking capacity of 100 mA at 24 V DC.
1/132 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
ETU electronic trip units and accessories
Electronic trip units (ETU)

Version With communications/metering function/ Type Protective Article No.
enhanced protective functions function
With rotary coding switches No ETU320 LIN 3VW9011-5AA00
ETU350 LSIN 3VW9012-5AA00 1
ETU360 LSING 3VW9012-7AA00
With display Yes ETU650 LSIN 3VW9017-5AA00

Metering functions for ETU650 or ETU660

Description Protective function/version Arrangement Article No.
Metering function MF Basic – 3VW9011-0AT01
MF Advanced – 3VW9011-0AT04
Set of cables for voltage tap For 4-pole circuit breakers with neutral right Top or bottom 3VW9011-0AT08
for MF For 4-pole circuit breakers with neutral left Top 3VW9011-0AT75
Bottom 3VW9011-0AT76
For 3-pole circuit breakers Top 3VW9011-0AT72
External current transformers for N conductor
Accessory for Use Article No.
ETU320, ETU350, ETU360, For 3-pole circuit breakers only 3VW9011-0AA30
ETU650, ETU660
External current transformers for transformer neutral point

Accessory for Gret (Ground return) Article No.
ETU660 100 A 3VW9011-0GF30
250 A 3VW9011-0GF31
Summation current transformers external Rc-CT for residual current measurement

• Only with MF Advanced metering function and Rc rating plug
ETU660 For external residual current measurement 3VW9011-0RC30
Remote reset magnets RR for the circuit breakers including tripped signaling
• Remote reset magnet (RR) for resetting the circuit breaker
after tripping as a result of overcurrent conditions
Accessory for Voltage Article No.
ETU320, ETU350, ETU360, 24 V DC 3VW9011-0AK03
ETU650, ETU660 110 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AK05
250 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AK06
Spare part batteries for ETU electronic trip unit
ETU320, ETU350, ETU360, ETU650, ETU660 3VW9011-0AT38
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/133

© Siemens 2023
ETU electronic trip units and accessories
Rating plugs
• Only one module is possible per circuit breaker.
Accessory for Version Rated current In Article No.
1 ETU320, ETU350, ETU360,

ETU650, ETU660
Rating plugs for setting (< In max)
the rated current In
400 A
630 A
3VW9011-0AA53
3VW9011-0AA55
800 A 3VW9011-0AA56
1000 A 3VW9011-0AA57
1250 A 3VW9011-0AA58
ETU 6-series Rating plug without overload protection 400 A 3VW9011-0LF53
(L = OFF) and for setting (< In max) 630 A 3VW9011-0LF55
the rated current In
800 A 3VW9011-0LF56
1000 A 3VW9011-0LF57
1250 A 3VW9011-0LF58
ETU660 Rating plug Rc for ETU660, for enabling the 400 A 3VW9011-0RC53
residual current protective function and setting 630 A 3VW9011-0RC55
(< In max) the rated current In. The residual
current function is only possible with the MF 800 A 3VW9011-0RC56
Advanced metering function. 1250 A 3VW9011-0RC58
CB bus modules – communications modules
• Contains the communications module
• No more than two different communications modules can be used at the same time
• When using a digital I/O module IOM040 (Z option K56), only 1 communications module can be used
• Can only be used with ETU of the 6-series and require a Breaker Connect module for connection to the circuit
breaker. This can also be configured directly on the device by means of a Z option if the communications
interface to the ETU 6-series is selected.
Communications module Protocol Article No.
COM040 PROFIBUS 3VW9011-0AT15
COM041 PROFINET 3VW9011-0AT14
COM043 Modbus TCP 3VW9011-0AT16
COM042 Modbus RTU 3VW9011-0AT17
CB bus modules – I/O modules external IOM300
• For snapping onto DIN rail
Accessory for Maximum switching current per contact Inputs Outputs Article No.
ETU 6-series • 2 A at ≤ 30 V DC 11 10 3VW9011-0AT20
• 0.8 A at 50 V DC
• 0.2 A at 150 V DC
• 4 A at 250 V AC
CB bus modules – I/O modules internal IOM040
• When using a digital I/O module IOM040, only 1 communications module can be used
• 0.8 A at 50 V DC
• 0.2 A at 150 V DC
• 4 A at 250 V AC
Actuator module COM ACT
• For switching the circuit breaker on/off remotely via communication
• Actuation of the closing coil (CC) and the 1st shunt trip (ST)
• Can only be used in combination with a communications module, spring charging motor,
closing coil and 1st shunt trip
• Automatically included if the communications interface of the ETU 6-series is selected in the
basic circuit breaker configuration
ETU 6-series 3VW9011-0AT10
1/134 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023

• For external power supply for the electronics components
Voltage Article No.
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
24 … 48 V DC
3VW9011-0AT06
3VW9011-0AT07
1
Auxiliary contact signaling switch for communications interface

• Auxiliary contacts for signaling the readiness to close or for position signaling switches of the
withdrawable positions.
• Can only be used in combination with communications module.
• Can be combined with standard position signaling switches or ready-to-close signaling contacts.
• Note: Both signaling switches are automatically included in the basic circuit breaker (COM PSS only with
withdrawable versions) if the communications interface of the ETU 6-series is selected.
Function Article No.
Ready-to-close signaling switch for communication COM RTC 3VW9011-0AT11
Position signaling switch COM PSS (for withdrawable breaker only) 3VW9011-0AT12
Test devices and Breaker Data Adapters
• Can be used for all ETU 3-series and 6-series
Function Type Article No.
Test device TD310 3VW9011-0AT32
• For the trip test via ETU and tripping solenoid including release
• Activation of the ETU and the tripping solenoid by means of a battery built
into the test device
• On activation in the ETU 6-series, the parameters can be configured
on the display
Breaker Data Adapter TD410 3VW9011-0AT34
• As gateway for parameterization of the ETU with SENTRON Powerconfig
• For generation of a report of the set parameters with powerservice
Test devices and Breaker Data Adapters TD420 3VW9011-0AT33
− Testing a tripping operation using SENTRON Powerconfig
• For use with the powerservice software
− Testing of the basic protective functions LSING
− Testing of the enhanced protective functions
− Test data storage
− Readout of ETU buffer
− Generation of a report of the set parameters
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/135

© Siemens 2023
Accessories for connection

Front main connections acc. to IEC 60947-2
• To be ordered separately for top and bottom
1 Mounting Version Mounting onto Number of poles/ Article No.
quantity
Fixed-mounted Front main connections 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AL01
4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AL02
Extended main connections, Front main connections 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AL77
including insulation plate and 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AL78
phase barriers, standard
Broadened main connections, Front main connections, top 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AL73
including insulation plate and Front main connections, 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AL75
extended phase barriers bottom
Front main connections, top, 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AL74
bottom
Withdrawable Front-accessible main connections Flange of the guide frame 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AN01
4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AN02
Broadened main connections Front-accessible main 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AN73

connections 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AN74
Rear main connections acc. to IEC 60947-2
Mounting Version Mounting onto Number of poles/ Article No.
quantity
Fixed-mounted Rear main connections, rotatable for 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AL32
horizontal/vertical connection, 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AL33
including terminal cover
Withdrawable Rear main connections, rotatable for 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AN32
horizontal/vertical connection, 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AN33
Broadened main connections Rear horizontal main 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AN75
connections 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AN76
Cu/Al cable connections
Mounting Version Mounting onto Number of poles/ Article No.
quantity
Fixed-mounted Circular conductor terminals 4 × 240 mm² Front main connections 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AL71
for front cable connection 1), including 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AL72
insulation plate and high, extended
terminal cover
Withdrawable Set of circular conductor connection Rear vertical main 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AN71
pieces 4 × 240 mm² for cable lugs for rear connections 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AN72
cable connection
Auxiliary supply connectors in push-in version

• Control wire tap in push-in version for upgrading fixed-mounted circuit breakers and guide frames.
• The device is always fitted at the factory with the exact number of control wire taps required.
Version Article No.
Push-in 3VW9011-0AB11
1)
For connecting Al cables up to 1000 A
1/136 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Accessories for connection

Terminal covers for fixed-mounted circuit breakers
• Finger-proof for front main connection for fixed-mounted versions
• Necessary isolation measures are always supplied with the corresponding connection technology and
do not need to be ordered separately.
1
Version Number of poles/quantity Article No.
Standard 3-pole/2 units 3VW9723-0WD30
4-pole/2 units 3VW9724-0WD40
Extended 3-pole/2 units 3VW9723-0WF30

4-pole/2 units 3VW9724-0WF40
Phase barriers for fixed-mounted circuit breakers

• For operational voltages > 440 V AC the use of phase barriers is mandatory; up to 440 V AC their use is optional.
Height Number of poles/quantity Article No.
100 mm 3-pole/4 units 3VW9723-0WA00
(standard) 4-pole/6 units 3VW9724-0WA10
200 mm 3-pole/4 units 3VW9723-0WA01
(extended) 4-pole/6 units 3VW9724-0WA11
Support for floor mounting of fixed-mounted circuit breakers
• For fixed-mounted versions
Version Use Article No.
Mounting support standard 3VW9011-0BB51
(circuit breaker feet)
(= Z option A07)
Mounting support extended • Fixation for external auxiliary switches AUX 15 CO (3VW9011-0AG15) 3VW9011-0BB52
(circuit breaker feet), • Locking mechanism for control cabinet door, direct (for 3VW9011-0BB10)
including mechanical • Locking mechanism for control cabinet door, Bowden cable
transmission of switch (for 3VW9011-0BB16)
position on circuit breaker • Mechanical interlock for 3WL/3VA (for 3VW9011-0BB21)
side panel (= Z option S56)
Extension kits for modification of the side wall of the fixed-mounted circuit breaker
• For fixed-mounted versions
• Rear wall fixing on mounting plate
• For modification for mechanical transmission of switch position on circuit breaker side panel (= Z option S57)
Extension kit for side wall • Fixation for external auxiliary switches AUX 15 CO (3VW9011-0AG15) 3VW9011-0BB53
• Locking mechanism for control cabinet door, direct (for 3VW9011-0BB10)
• Locking mechanism for control cabinet door, Bowden cable
(for 3VW9011-0BB16)
• Mechanical interlock for 3WL/3VA (for 3VW9011-0BB21)
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/137

© Siemens 2023
Motor
Spring charging motor (MO)
Description Voltage Article No.
1 For automatic charging of the 24 ... 30 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AF01
stored energy mechanism 48 ... 60 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AF02
100 ... 130 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AF03
220 ... 250 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AF04
Mechanical operating cycles counters MOC

Description Version Article No.
In combination with a spring 5 digits 3VW9011-0AH07
charging motor

Closing coils CC/shunt trips ST
Voltage Article No.
24 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD01
30 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD02
48 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD03
60 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD04
110 ... 120 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD05
120 ... 127 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD06
220 ... 240 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD07
240 ... 250 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD08
380 … 400 V AC 3VW9011-0AD17
415 … 440 V AC 3VW9011-0AD18
TD320 function test units for closing coils/shunt trips
• The TD320 test unit allows the operational availability and functions of the closing coils and shunt trips with
a rated operational voltage between 24 V and 250 V (AC and DC) to be tested.
• The operational availability test is performed cyclically at intervals of 30 seconds.
• The unit has visual indicators in the form of LEDs on the front in order to display the following states:
− LED POWER ON LIT: Correct function of the YO/YC test device
− LED DEACTIVATION LIT: Power supply failure, wire break
− LED SHORT-CIRCUIT LIT: Winding short-circuit
− LED DEACTIVATION and SHORT-CIRCUIT FLASHING: Incorrect power supply
− LED DEACTIVATION and SHORT-CIRCUIT OFF: Closing coil/shunt trips OK
Version Article No.
For all closing coils/shunt trips 3VW9011-0AT31
1/138 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023

1
• For external auxiliary switches ON/OFF AUX 15 CO, a 3VW9011-0AG1x fixation must be ordered in addition,
and for fixed-mounted circuit breakers a 3VW9011-0BB5x side wall modification
Type Contacts Article No.
Ready-to-close signal RTC 1 CO standard 3VW9011-0AH01
1 CO digital 3VW9011-0AH02
Auxiliary switch ON/OFF AUX 4 CO standard 3VW9011-0AG01
4 CO digital 3VW9011-0AG02
2 CO standard + 2 CO digital 3VW9011-0AG03
External auxiliary switch ON/OFF AUX 15 CO standard 3VW9011-0AG05
Tripped signaling switch S24 1 CO standard 3VW9011-0AH14
Spring charge signaling switch S21 1 CO standard 3VW9011-0AH10
Position signaling switch PSS 2 CO | 2 CO | 2 CO 3VW9011-0AH11
(for withdrawable devices) (connected | test | disconnected position) standard
2 CO | 2 CO | 2 CO 3VW9011-0AH12
(connected | test | disconnected position) digital
Fixing for external auxiliary switches AUX 15 CO
• External auxiliary switches ON/OFF AUX 15 CO must be ordered separately.
Version Article No.
For fixed-mounted circuit breakers with rear panel or floor mounting 3VW9011-0AG15
(in combination with Z option S56 or S57)
For guide frames 3VW9011-0AG17
Undervoltage releases UVR
Voltage Article No.
24 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE01
30 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE02
48 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE03
60 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE04
110 ... 120 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE05
120 ... 127 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE06
220 ... 240 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE07
240 ... 250 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE08
380 … 400 V AC 3VW9011-0AE17
415 … 440 V AC 3VW9011-0AE18
External time-delay devices for undervoltage release
• With adjustable delay time from 0.5 to 3 s.
• Suitable for mounting onto DIN rail.
Voltage Article No.
24 ... 30 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE10
48 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE11
60 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE15
110 ... 127 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE12
220 ... 250 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE13
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/139

© Siemens 2023
Interlocking
Version Article No.
1 RONIS cylinder lock (spare part for R78) 3VW9011-0BA80
Padlock 8 mm (spare part for R65), for no more than 3 padlocks 3VW9011-0BA87
• Only possible as a supplement in conjunction with R78 (3VW9011-0BA80) and/or R65 (3VW9011-0BA87)
Locking mechanism (spare part for R79) 3VW9011-0BA84
Locking provisions in OFF position

• For fixed-mounted and withdrawable versions
• Against unauthorized closing in the operator panel (safe OFF)
Cylinder lock, made by RONIS (spare part for S08) 3VW9011-0BA33

Padlock 4 mm (spare part for S22) Plastic for no more than 3 locks 3VW9011-0BA41
Padlock 7 mm (spare part for S23) Metal for no more than 1 lock 3VW9011-0BA42
Padlock 8 mm (spare part for S07) Metal for no more than 2 locks 3VW9011-0BA44
Interlocking sets for mechanical Open and/or Close on the operator panel
Padlock 4 mm (spare part for S42) Plastic for no more than 3 locks 3VW9011-0BA22
Padlock 7 mm (spare part for S43) Metal for no more than 1 lock 3VW9011-0BA23
Padlock 8 mm (spare part for S44) Metal for no more than 2 locks 3VW9011-0BA24
Protective covers for mechanical Open/Close
• Mechanical Open/Close to protect against unintentional actuation on the operator panel.
• Not lockable
Not lockable (spare part for S41) 3VW9011-0BA21
• Mechanical interlock for 3WL10/3VA27 with Bowden cable 2 m
• For fixed-mounted versions, an additional support 3VW9011-0BB52 (option S56) or
extension kit 3VW9011-0BB53 (option S57) must be ordered
Mounting Mounting Article No.
Fixed-mounted Rear panel or floor mounting 3VW9011-0BB21
Withdrawable Mounting onto guide frame 3VW9011-0BB22
Bowden cable, separate

• One required for each circuit breaker
Type Article No.
1000 mm 3VW9011-0BB23
2000 mm 3WL9111-0BB45-0AA0
3000 mm 3WL9111-0BB46-0AA0
1/140 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Interlocking
Locking mechanisms for control cabinet door
• To prevent opening of the control cabinet door in ON position
• It additionally prevents the circuit breaker from being closed when the control cabinet door is open. 1
Mounting Version Article No.
Fixed-mounted onto side panel or floor Direct fixed interlocking 3VW9011-0BB10
Locking with Bowden cable 3VW9011-0BB16
Withdrawable Direct fixed interlocking 3VW9011-0BB14
Door sealing frame IP30

• For IP4x and higher, you must order the protective cover IP54 3VW9011-0AP03 or 3VW9011-0AP13.
Description Mounting Version Article No.
Spare part for Z option T30. Fixed-mounted IP3x 3VW9011-0AP01
Withdrawable IP3x 3VW9011-0AP02

• Protective cover/hood IP54 lockable for fixed-mounted breakers and withdrawable breakers
• For implementing degrees of protection IP4x and IP54 when installing in switchboard door.
• Cannot be combined with IP30 door sealing frame and door mounted rotary operator
Lock with unique key IP54 3VW9011-0AP03
Lock with standard key IP54 3VW9011-0AP13
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 1/141

© Siemens 2023
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
One system. For all applications.

Requirements for cost- and energy-efficient
operation of electrical power distribution are
on the increase. Whether in industrial plants, in
infrastructure or in buildings: As a modular, highly
adaptable system, the 3VA series of molded case
circuit breakers ensures fully reliable protection of
personnel and plant, and supports every process
phase – from planning to operation of electrical
power distribution.
Comprehensively certified. Deployable worldwide.
3VA molded case circuit breakers are available in

various ranges with IEC approval; other ranges are
available that comply with standard IEC 60947
and standard UL 489. The system is therefore
ideally suited for mechanical engineering
companies and switchgear manufacturers.
The full range of functionalities of molded
case circuit breakers can be used for plant and
equipment operating in Europe and North
America, with absolute standards compliance
assured.
© Siemens 2023

Molded case circuit breakers and switch disconnectors for all applications 2/4
Quick selection guide 2/6
Molded case circuit breakers,
switch disconnectors and accessories 2/6 2
3VA1 molded case circuit breakers,
switch disconnectors up to 1000 A 2/8
3VA2 molded case circuit breakers up to 1600 A 2/12
Trip units 2/16
3VA10 – 3VA26 2/20
Internal accessories 2/28
Manual operators 2/30
Motor operators 2/36
Connection technology 2/38
Plug-in and withdrawable technology 2/52
Residual current devices RCD 2/56
Communication 2/58
Locking, blocking and interlocking 2/64
Cover frame and mounting 2/66
3VA27 2/68
Guide frame 2/78
Electronic trip unit ETU and accessories 2/79
Accessories for connection and insulation 2/82
Motor operators and manual operators 2/84
Auxiliary release, closing coil 2/85
Locking provisions and interlocks 2/87
3VL 2/89
3VL up to 1600 A, IEC 2/89
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/1

© Siemens 2023
Molded Case Circuit Breakers | All the information you need
2
For information about molded case circuit breakers, Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
please visit our website www.siemens.com/3VA (product catalog)
• Molded case circuit breakers sie.ag/2mmLcAk
Your product in detail Direct forwarding to the individual products in SiePortal

by clicking on the article number in the c atalog or
entering this web address incl. article n
umber
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support You will find order support in SiePortal under
• Order Support
− 3VA molded case circuit breaker (109757591)
− 3VA molded case circuit breakers – One system.
The relevant tender specifications can be found at Global use (109765994)
Siemens products www.siemens.com/conversion-tool Configurators
The configurator reduces the time and effort required in

Siemens YouTube channel the planning and ordering process, and allows for individ
ual adaptations. Configure your 3VA molded case circuit
• 3VA molded case circuit breakers (general) breaker at
sie.ag/2gSX4K www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3va-configurator
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3va27-configurator
The following are additionally available for your 3VA
molded case circuit breaker:
• 3D views
• CAD data
• Unit wiring diagrams
• Dimension drawings

2/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Molded Case Circuit Breakers
SENTRON Powerconfig Manuals
The combined commissioning and service tool SENTRON Manuals can be found in SiePortal at
Powerconfig for communication-capable measuring www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals
devices, circuit protection devices and circuit breakers.
Free download SENTRON Powerconfig − 3VA selectivity (109743975)
www.siemens.com/powerconfig • Communication Manual
Free download SENTRON Powerconfig mobile via − 3VA molded case circuit breakers with IEC and
App Store and Play Store UL certification (98746267)
− 3WL10 air circuit breakers & 3VA27 molded case
circuit breakers (109760220)
Your product in detail • Equipment Manual
− 3VA molded case circuit breakers with IEC certificate
(90318775)
The SiePortal platform (knowledge base) provides
− 3VA27 molded case circuit breakers & 3WL10 air
detailed technical information
circuit breakers (109753821)
• Operating instructions
• Characteristic curves Face-to-face or online training
• Certificates
Online Support app available for download from the Our training courses can be found at
App Store and Play Store www.siemens.com/sitrain-lowvoltage
www.siemens.com/support-app • 3VA molded case circuit breaker (WT-LVA3VA)
• Protection systems in low-voltage power distribution
Provision of 3D data (step and u3d data formats) (WT-LVAPS)
• SiePortal (product catalog)
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-catalog
• Image database
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/picturedb
Engineering data for CAD or CAE systems are available in
the CAx Download Manager at
www.siemens.com/cax
Technical overview – Molded case circuit breakers

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on molded case circuit breakers
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/3

© Siemens 2023
Molded Case Circuit Breakers | Molded case circuit breakers and switch disconnectors for all applications
Molded case circuit breakers and switch

disconnectors for all applications
Setting standards for

2
standard applications
The 3VA1 molded case circuit breaker is ideally suited for your
standard applications in infrastructure and industrial facilities.
It is equipped with a thermal-magnetic trip unit, and offers
reliable protection for plants and generators.
With its compact dimensions and depth of just 70 mm, the 3VA1
molded case circuit breaker can even fit into locations where
space is limited. Thanks to its cover size of 45 mm, it is also
ideally suited for use in distribution boards up to 250 A.
Special features
• Compact design
• AC/DC applications
• No derating up to +50 °C
3VA10 ... 3VA15 molded case • Optimized for distribution boards (45 mm cover size)
circuit breakers • Universal platform of accessories
• 1, 2, 3 or 4-pole versions
• Rated current range of 1 ... 1000 A
2/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Molded case circuit breakers and switch disconnectors for all applications | Molded Case Circuit Breakers
The power to deliver in

2
demanding applications
If you are looking for a solution that lets you handle your most
technically demanding projects in industrial and infrastructure
applications with ease, the 3VA2 molded case circuit breaker
has the special capabilities you need. It combines high breaking
capacity, a range of electronic trip units (ETUs), very good
selectivity properties, and various additional functionalities.
Special features
• Very good selective protection response
• AC applications
• No derating up to +50 °C
• Integrated metering function
• Connection to a communications system
3VA20 ... 3VA26 molded case

circuit breakers
Depending on the application, the 3VA27 molded case circuit

breaker handles line/motor and starter protection for low-voltage
electrical power distribution, and supplements the existing IEC
portfolio with a rated current of 1600 A.
Special features
• Choice between two ranges of electronic trip units with a
number of equipment versions
• Variable and versatile connections
• Connection to a communications system
• Can be used as a platform circuit breaker with the 3WL10 ACB,
with an extensive range of common accessories
3VA27 molded case circuit breaker
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/5

© Siemens 2023
Molded Case Circuit Breakers | Quick selection guide
Molded case circuit breakers,

switch disconnectors and accessories
Protective functions 3VA10 3VA11 3VA12 3VA13 3VA14 3VA15

Size 100 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 1000 A
Switch disconnectors
No protection – ■ ■ ■ ■ –
Thermal-magnetic
Line protection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Starter protection – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Electronic
Line protection – – – – – –
Line and generator protection – – – – – –
Line and generator protection, with display – – – – – –
Line and generator protection, with display, – – – – – –
with metering function
Motor protection – – – – – –
Motor protection, with display – – – – – –
Motor protection, with display, with metering function – – – – – –
Starter protection – – – – – –
Accessories
Size 100 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 1000 A
Accessories
Auxiliary switches and signaling switches ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Auxiliary releases ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Connection technology ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Plug-in version – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Withdrawable version – – ■ ■ ■ –
Front mounted rotary operator ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Door mounted rotary operator ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Side wall mounted rotary operator ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ –
MO310 motor operator (mounted onto the side) – ■ – – –
MO320 motor operator (mounted onto the front) – ■ ■ ■ ■ –
Motor operator with SEO520 stored energy mechanism – – – ◾ ◾ –
Motor operator (MO), integrable – – – – – –
Locking, blocking and interlocking ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Residual current device (mounted onto the side) – ■ ■ – – –
Residual current device (mounted underneath) – ■ ■ – – –
Communications interface – – – – – –
EFB300 – – – – – –
Testing and commissioning devices – – – – – –
Cover frame ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
DIN-rail adapter ■ ■ – – – –
Busbar adapter ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ –
2/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Quick selection guide | Molded Case Circuit Breakers
3VA20 3VA21 3VA22 3VA23 3VA24 3VA25 3VA26 3VA27

100 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A
– – – – – – – ■
– – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■
– ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■
– ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■
– ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■
100 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – –
– – – – – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – –
■ ■ ■ ◾ ◾ – – –
– – – – – – – ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– – – – – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– – – – – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – –
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/7

© Siemens 2023

switch disconnectors up to 1000 A
Technical specifications
3VA10 3VA11 3VA11

Electrical characteristics according to IEC 60947-2
Number of poles 3/4-pole 1-pole 2-pole
Size A 100 160 160
Rated current In at 50 °C ambient temperature A 16 … 100 16 … 160 16 … 160
Rated operational voltage Ue 50/60 Hz AC V 690 415 415
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 800 500 500
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8 8 8
Use in IT networks V ■ ■ ■
(breaking capacity acc. to IEC 60947-2, annex H)
Frequency Hz 0 … 400 0 … 400 0 … 400
Breaking capacity (line protection) B N S N S M N S M
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu
50/60 Hz AC 220 … 240 V kA 25 36 55 25 36 55 36 55 85
380 … 415 V kA 16 25 36 5 6 6 25 36 55
440 V kA 8 16 25 – – – – – –
500 V kA 5 5 7 – – – – – –
690 V kA 5 5 7 – – – – – –
DC 1) 125 V kA 16 25 30 16 25 30 16 25 30
250 V kA 25 36 55 – – – 36 55 85
500 V kA 25 36 55 – – – – – –
600 V kA 8 16 25 – – – – – –
750 V kA – – – – – – – – –
1000 V 2) kA – – – – – – – – –
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics
50/60 Hz AC 220 … 240 V kA 25 36 55 25 35 55 36 55 85
380 … 415 V kA 16 25 36 5 6 6 25 36 55
440 V kA 8 16 25 – – – – – –
500 V kA 5 5 5 – – – – – –
690 V kA 5 5 5 – – – – – –
DC 125 V kA 16 25 30 16 25 30 16 25 30
250 V kA 25 36 55 – – – 36 55 85
500 V kA 25 36 55 – – – – – –
600 V kA 8 16 25 – – – – – –
750 V kA – – – – – – – – –
1000 V 2) kA – – – – – – – – –
Dimensions
D A mm 76.2 (3P) | 101.6 (4P) 25.4 50.8
A C
NSE0_01159
B mm 130 130 130

C mm 70 70 70
B
D mm 88 88 88
1)
For detailed data on DC breaking capacity, number of switching poles and circuit diagrams, see FAQ www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support (109779932)
2)
For In = 630 A/800 A
3)
In 125 A, 160 A: Icu/Ics = 36 kA/36 kA

2/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA11 3VA12 3VA13 3VA14 3VA15

3/4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole
160 250 400 630 1000
16 … 160 160 … 250 320 … 400 500 … 630 630 … 1000
690 690 690 690 690
800 800 800 800 800
8 8 8 8 8
■ ■ ■ ■ ≤ 500
0 … 400 0 … 400 0 … 400 0 … 400 0 … 400

N S M H S M H S M H C S M H C M H C
36 55 85 100 55 85 100 55 85 100 200 55 85 100 200 85 110 200

25 36 55 70 36 55 70 36 55 70 110 36 55 70 110 55 70 110
16 25 36 55 3) 25 36 36 36 55 70 110 36 55 70 110 55 70 110
7 7 10 10 10 15 15 25 36 55 70 25 36 55 70 36 55 70
7 7 10 10 7 10 10 7 7 10 10 7 7 10 10 25 35 35
16 25 30 30 55 85 100 8 16 25 25 8 16 25 25 – – –
36 55 85 100 55 85 100 8 16 25 25 8 16 25 25 35 50 100
36 55 85 100 55 85 100 8 16 25 25 8 16 25 25 35 50 100
16 25 36 55 25 36 55 8 16 25 25 8 16 25 25 – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 35 50 100
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 25 35 50
36 55 85 100 55 85 100 55 85 100 200 55 85 100 200 85 100 150

25 36 55 70 36 55 70 36 55 70 110 36 55 70 110 55 70 85
16 25 36 40 3) 25 36 36 36 55 70 110 36 55 70 110 55 70 70
5 5 5 5 10 10 10 25 36 55 70 25 36 55 70 36 55 65
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 5 5 6 6 19 19 19
16 25 30 30 55 85 100 8 16 25 25 8 16 25 25 – – –
36 55 85 100 55 85 100 8 16 25 25 8 16 25 25 35 50 100
36 55 85 100 55 85 100 8 16 25 25 8 16 25 25 35 50 100
16 25 36 55 25 36 55 8 16 25 25 8 16 25 25 – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 35 50 100
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 25 35 50
76.2 (3P) | 101.6 (4P) 105 (3P) | 140 (4P) 138 (3P) | 184 (4P) 138 (3P) | 184 (4P) 210 (3P) | 280 (4P)
130 158 248 248 320
70 70 110 110 120
88 88 137 137 253

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/9
© Siemens 2023

switch disconnectors up to 1000 A
Application
3VA10 3VA11 3VA11

Number of poles 3/4-pole 1-pole 2-pole
Size A 100 160 160
Rated current In at 50 °C ambient temperature A 16 … 100 16 … 160 16 … 160
3VA1 molded case circuit breakers for line protection, standard applications (IEC 60947-2)
Service life/endurance (operating cycles)
Mechanical (CLOSE-OPEN cycles) 20000 20000 20000
Electrical 380 … 415 V In 9000 9000 9000
In/2 15000 15000 15000
690 V 6300 6300 6300
Trip units
TM210 FTFM ■ ■ ■
TM220 ATFM – – –
TM240 ATAM – – –
3VA1 molded case circuit breakers for starter protection (standards and specifications acc. to IEC 60947-2, annex O)
Rated current In at 50 °C ambient temperature A – – –
Mechanical (CLOSE-OPEN cycles) – – –
Electrical 380 … 415 V – – –
Trip units
TM120M AM – – –
Switch disconnectors (IEC 60947-3)
Rated uninterrupted current Iu at 50 °C ambient temperature A – – –
Rated operational voltage Ue 50/60 Hz AC V – – –
Rated operational voltage Ue DC V – – –
Rated conditional short-circuit current Iq kA – – –
with upstream 3VA1 circuit breaker
Permissible rated short-time current Icw (1 s) kA – – –

2/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA11 3VA12 3VA13 3VA14 3VA15

160 250 400 630 1000
16 … 160 160 … 250 320 … 400 500 … 630 630 … 1000
20000 20000 20000 20000 10000

9000 8000 6000 4000 4600
15000 14000 12000 8000 7000
6300 5400 4200 3000 3200
■ – – – –
■ – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
1 … 125 160, 200 250 400 … 500 630 … 800
20000 20000 20000 20000 10000

9000 8000 6000 4000 4600
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
63 … 160 250 400 630 (3P), 500 (4P) –

690 690 690 690 –
500 (3P), 600 (4P) 500 (3P), 600 (4P) 500 (3P), 600 (4P) 500 (3P), 600 (4P) –
70 at 415 V 70 at 415 V 110 at 415 V 110 at 415 V –
10 at 690 V 10 at 690 V
2 3 6 7.6 (3P), 6 (4P) –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/11
© Siemens 2023
3VA2 molded case circuit breakers up to

1600 A
Technical specifications
3VA20 3VA21 3VA22

Number of poles 3/4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole
Size A 100 160 250
Rated current In A 25 … 100 25 … 160 160 … 250
Rated operational voltage Ue 50/60 Hz AC V 690 690 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8 8 8
Use in IT networks V ■ ■ ■
(breaking capacity acc. to IEC 60947-2, annex H)
Frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60
Breaking capacity (line protection) M H C L M H C L E M H C L E
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu
50/60 Hz AC 220 … 240 V kA 85 110 150 200 85 110 150 200 – 85 110 150 200 –
380 … 415 V kA 55 85 110 150 55 85 110 150 200 55 85 110 150 200
440 V kA 55 85 110 150 55 85 110 150 – 55 85 110 150 –
500 V kA 36 55 85 100 36 55 85 100 – 36 55 85 100 –
690 V kA 2 2 2 25 2.5 2.5 2.5 25 85 3 3 3 25 85
DC 125 V (1 switching pole) kA – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
250 V (2 switching poles) kA – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics
50/60 Hz AC 220 … 240 V kA 85 110 150 200 85 110 150 200 – 85 110 150 200 –
380 … 415 V kA 55 85 110 150 55 85 110 150 200 55 85 110 150 200
440 V kA 55 85 110 150 55 85 110 150 – 55 85 110 150 –
500 V kA 36 55 85 100 36 55 85 100 – 36 55 85 100 –
690 V kA 2 2 2 18 2.5 2.5 2.5 18 65 3 3 3 18 65
DC 125 V (1 switching pole) kA – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
Dimensions
D A mm 105 (3P) | 140 (4P) 105 (3P) | 140 (4P) 105 (3P) | 140 (4P)
A C
NSE0_01159
B mm 181 181 181

C mm 86 86 86
B
D mm 107 107 107

1)
Valid for In = 400 A, 500 A; for In = 630 A, Ics = 65 kA applies
System overview, page 2/20 and 2/68

2/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA23 3VA24 3VA25 3VA26 3VA27

400 630 1000 1250 1600
250 … 400 400 … 630 630 … 1000 1250 800 … 1600
690 690 690 690 690
800 800 800 800 1000
8 8 8 8 8
■ ■ ≤ 500 ≤ 500 ■
50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60

M H C L E M H C L E M H C M H C M H C
85 110 150 200 – 85 110 150 200 – 85 110 200 85 110 200 100 150 200
55 85 110 150 200 55 85 110 150 200 55 85 110 55 85 110 55 85 110
55 85 110 – – 55 85 110 – – 55 85 110 55 85 110 55 85 100
36 55 85 – – 36 55 85 – – 36 55 85 36 55 85 36 55 85
5 5 5 25 85 6 6 6 25 85 25 35 35 25 35 35 25 36 50
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
85 110 150 200 – 85 110 150 200 – 85 110 150 85 110 150 100 150 200
55 85 110 150 200 55 85 110 150 200 55 85 85 55 85 85 55 85 110
55 85 110 – – 55 85 110 – – 55 70 70 55 70 70 55 85 100
36 55 65 – – 36 55 85 1) – – 36 55 65 36 55 65 36 55 63
5 5 5 18 65 6 6 6 18 65 19 19 19 19 19 19 25 36 36
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
138 (3P) | 184 (4P) 138 (3P) | 184 (4P) 210 (3P) | 280 (4P) 210 (3P) | 280 (4P) 210 (3P) | 280 (4P)
248 248 320 320 291
110 110 120 120 171 (handle operating
mechanism) |
183 (stored energy
operating mechanism)
137 137 253 253 225

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/13
© Siemens 2023
3VA2 molded case circuit breakers up to

1600 A
Application
3VA20 3VA21 3VA22

Number of poles 3/4-pole 3/4-pole 3/4-pole
Size A 100 160 250
Rated current In A 25 … 100 25 … 160 160 … 250
Mechanical (OPEN-CLOSE cycles) 25000 25000 25000
Electrical 380 … 415 V In 15000 14000 12000
In/2 20000 20000 17000
690 V 10500 9800 7200
Trip units
ETU320 LI ■ ■ ■
ETU330 LIG ■ ■ ■
ETU340 ELISA LI – ■ ■
ETU350 LSI ■ ■ ■
ETU550/ETU850 LSI ■ ■ ■
ETU560/ETU860 LSIG ■ ■ ■
ETU650 LSI – – –
ETU360 LSIG – – –
3VA2 molded case circuit breakers for motor/starter protection (IEC 60947-4-1 standards and specifications)
Rated current In at 50 °C ambient temperature A – 25 … 100 160 … 200
Mechanical (CLOSE-OPEN cycles) – 25000 25000
Electrical 380 … 415 V – 14000 12000
Trip units
ETU310M I – ■ ■
ETU350M LSI – ■ ■
ETU550M LSI – ■ ■
ETU860M LSIG – ■ ■
ETU320 LI – – –
ETU350 LSI – – –

2/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA23 3VA24 3VA25 3VA26 3VA27

400 630 1000 1250 1600
250 … 400 400 … 630 630 … 1000 1250 800 … 1600
20000 20000 10000 10000 10000

6000 5000 4600 4600 2000
12000 8000 7000 7000 –
4200 3500 3200 3200 –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ –
■ ■ ■ ■ –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ –
■ ■ ■ ■ –
– – – – ■
– – – – ■
– – – – ■
250 400 … 500 630 … 800 – 800 … 1600
20000 20000 10000 – 10000

6000 5000 (400 A) 4600 – 2000
3000 (500 A)
■ ■ – – –
■ ■ ■ – –
■ ■ ■ – –
■ ■ ■ – –
– – – – ■
– – – – ■
– – – – ■
– – – – ■
– – – – ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/15
© Siemens 2023
Trip units
Protection system for 3VA molded case circuit breakers up to 1000 A
Trip units Thermal-magnetic Electronic Electronic with display Electronic with display and
metering function
TM240 ETU350 LSI ETU550M LSI ETU860M LSIG
I201_18484
I201_18828
I201_19035
I201_19701
I r /A Ii /A /A /s /s N=X r
OFF
2 TM 2-series ETU 3-series ETU 5-series ETU 8-series

Protective function
Line protection TM210, TM220, TM240 ETU320, ETU330, ETU340, ETU550, ETU560 ETU850, ETU860
ETU350
Starter protection TM120M ETU310M – –
Motor protection – ETU350M ETU550M ETU860M
Integrated functions
Parameterizing Setting and reading the Setting and reading the Setting and reading the Setting and reading the parameters
parameters parameters parameters • Via display and communication
• Current values • Current values • Via display and • Fine setting of the parameters
• Delay times communication • Reading the measured values
• Fine setting of the parameters
• Reading the measured values
Status display – Indicating the ETU status via Indicating the ETU status via Indicating the ETU status via LEDs
LEDs LEDs
Interface – Interface for test devices Interface for test devices Interface for test devices
Metering function – – – Metering function integrated
Optional expansions
24 V module
– – 24 V module for continuous 24 V module for continuous power

power supply (also without supply (also without primary
primary current through the current through the molded case
molded case circuit breaker) circuit breaker)
External function box
– EFB300 external function box EFB300 external function box for EFB300 external function box for
for connection to the ETU connection to the ETU connection to the ETU
Communications
module
– – COM060 communications COM060 communications module

module
Data concentrator
– – COM800/COM100 data COM800/COM100 data concentra-

concentrator with interface to tor with interface to
• PROFIBUS • PROFIBUS
• PROFINET • PROFINET
• Modbus RTU • Modbus RTU
• Ethernet (Modbus TCP) • Ethernet (Modbus TCP)
External display
– – DSP800 external display for DSP800 external display for

installing in the cubicle door installing in the cubicle door
Test device
– TD300/TD400/TD500 TD300/TD400/TD500 test device TD300/TD400/TD500 test device

test device

2/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Protective functions of the 3VA1 with thermal-magnetic trip unit

TM120M TM210 TM220 TM240
AM FTFM ATFM ATAM
Protection
Starter protection ■ – – –
Line protection – ■ ■ ■
Version available with
2
1-pole and 2-pole breakers – ■ – –
3-pole breaker ■ ■ ■ ■
4-pole breaker – ■ ■ ■
Available protection parameters
Ir adjustable – – ■ ■
Ii adjustable ■ – – ■
Ir fixed – ■ – –
Ii fixed – ■ ■ –
IN 1) – ■ ■ ■
1)
3VA10 only without N protection
3VA11, 3VA12, 3VA13, 3VA14 without, 50% or 100% N protection
50% N protection from In ≥ 100 A
Protective functions of the 3VA2 with electronic trip unit

ETU310M ETU320 ETU330 ETU340 ETU350 ETU350M ETU550 ETU550M ETU560 ETU850 ETU860 ETU860M
I LI LIG ELISA ® LSI LSI LSI LSI LSIG LSI LSIG LSIG
Protection
Starter protection ■ – – – – – – – – – – –
Motor protection – – – – – ■ – ■ – – – ■
Line protection – ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ – ■ ■ ■ –
Generator protection – ■ ■ – ■ – ■ – ■ ■ ■ –
Version available with
3-pole without external neutral ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ – – – ■
3-pole with external neutral – – – – – – ■ – ■ ■ ■ –
4-pole with protected neutral – ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ – ■ ■ ■ –
Available protection parameters
Characteristic in L range I 2t I2t I2t I4t I2t I2t I2t I2t I2t I2t I2t I2t
Ir – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
tr at 6 × Ir – ■ ■ – ■ – ■ – ■ ■ ■ –
tc – – – – – ■ – ■ – – – ■
tp – – – – – – – ■ – – – ■
Thermal memory ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Thermal memory can be switched – – – – – – ■ – ■ ■ ■ –
on/off
Isd – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
tsd at 8 × Ir – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Characteristic in S range: I2tsd – – – – ■ – ■ – ■ ■ ■ –
Characteristic in S range: – – – – – – ■ – ■ ■ ■ –
selectable I2tsd/tsd
Ii ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
IN 1) – ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ – ■ ■ ■ –
Ig – – ■ – – – – – ■ – ■ ■
tg at 2 × Ig – – ■ – – – – – ■ – ■ ■
Characteristic in G range: I2tg – – – – – – – – ■ – ■ ■
Characteristic in G range: – – – – – – – – ■ – ■ ■
selectable I2tg/tg
Ground-fault alarm function – – – – – – – – ■ – ■ ■
Blocking protection – – – – – – – – – – – ■
ZSI in combination with an EFB – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
external function box
1)
Available in a version with external current transformer for N conductor or 4-pole breaker
Available for:
- Circuit breakers with ETU (4-pole)
- Circuit breakers with ETU5/ETU8 3-pole with external neutral conductor transformer or 4-pole

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/17
© Siemens 2023

www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/configurators
Search function with global direct input

Searches for specific terms and jumps to the article number based on input to the correct configurator
Product list stores multiple configurations and can transfer them collectively to the shopping cart
Recall of completed configurations for modification or additional configuration
Responsive Design
2/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3va-configurator and
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3va27-configurator
Visualization of the internally mountable accessories (slot assignment)
Download of the individual edz files for 3VA
Automatic generation of the 3D model, the 2D dimension drawing and the internal circuit
diagram according to IEC
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/19

© Siemens 2023
Molded Case Circuit Breakers | 3VA10 – 3VA26
System overview
For a complete and valid configuration of your molded case circuit breaker, please use our online
configurator at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3va-configurator
Molded case circuit breakers and

2 switch disconnectors
3VA1 for standard applications 3VA2 for selective applications
Trip units Trip unit accessories
TM240 ETU350 LSI ETU860M LSIG

I201_18484
I201_18828
I201_19035
I r /A Ii /A /A /s /s N=X r
OFF
Thermal-magnetic trip Electronic trip unit Electronic trip unit (ETU) 24 V module Communica- Data External Test device
unit (TMTU) (ETU) with display, and tions module concentrator display
optionally with metering
function
Type of mounting Supplementary accessories
Fixed-mounted Withdrawable unit, Plug-in unit, Auxiliary Door Position Cylinder lock Crank
complete kit complete kit circuit feedthrough signaling adapter
connector switch
Main conductor connection Connection accessories
Bus Bus Circular Box Nut keeper kits, Insulation accessories

connectors connectors conductor terminals right-angled
broadened terminals
Note:
You will find a detailed range of accessories in the Accessories and spare parts section.
2/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3VA10 – 3VA26 | Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Auxiliary releases/auxiliary switches

2
Shunt trip Universal Undervoltage Auxiliary Tripped Leading changeover Electrical alarm Short circuit alarm switch
release release switch signaling switch switch LCS switches EAS SAS
Mountable accessories
Manual operator Motor operator Residual current device
Additional circuit breaker accessories
Cover frame DIN-rail adapter Locking provisions Cylinder lock
Mechanical interlocking mechanisms
Sliding bar interlock Interlocking with rod Handle interlocking module with Bowden cable
Note:
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/21

© Siemens 2023
System overview
2
2
3 I201_1
9 026
a
12
11
10
1 Test devices 5 Accessories for locking, blocking and interlocking 9 Residual current devices
2 SENTRON Powerconfig software 6 Motor operators 10 Withdrawable technology
3 Communication 7 Manual operators 11 Plug-in technology
4 Internal accessories 8 Knowledge Manager 12 Connection technology
2/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/23

© Siemens 2023

Basic configuration for line and generator protection
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3VA – – 0AA0
2
Trip units Thermal-magnetic 1
Electronic 2
3VA10
3VA11
3VA12
3VA13
3VA14
3VA15
3VA20
3VA21
3VA22
3VA23
3VA24
3VA25
3VA26
Size (SZ) 100 A ■ – – – – – ■ – – – – – – 0
160 A – ■ – – – – – ■ – – – – – 1
250 A – – ■ – – – – – ■ – – – – 2
400 A – – – ■ – – – – – ■ – – – 3
630 A – – – – ■ – – – – – ■ – – 4
1000 A – – – – – ■ – – – – – ■ – 5
1250 A – – – – – – – – – – – – ■ 6
Max. rated Line 16 A ■ ■ – – – – – – – – – – – 9 6

current In max protection 20 A ■ ■ – – – – – – – – – – – 2 0
25 A ■ ■ – – – – ■ ■ – – – – – 2 5
32 A ■ ■ – – – – – – – – – – – 3 2
40 A ■ ■ – – – – ■ ■ – – – – – 4 0
50 A ■ ■ – – – – – – – – – – – 5 0
63 A ■ ■ – – – – ■ ■ – – – – – 6 3
80 A ■ ■ – – – – – – – – – – – 8 0
100 A ■ ■ – – – – ■ ■ – – – – – 1 0
125 A – ■ – – – – – – – – – – – 1 2
160 A – ■ ■ – – – ■1) ■ – – – – 1 6
200 A – – ■ – – – – – – – – – – 2 0
250 A – – ■ – – – – – ■1) ■ – – – 2 5
320 A – – – ■ – – – – – – – – – 3 2
400 A – – – ■ – – – – – ■1) ■2) – – 4 0
500 A – – – – ■ – – – – – ■2) – – 5 0
630 A – – – – ■ ■ – – – – ■ ■ – 6 3
800 A – – – – – ■ – – – – – ■ – 8 0
1000 A – – – – – ■ – – – – – ■ – 1 0
1250 A – – – – – – – – – – – – ■ 1 2
Generator 25 A – – – – – – ■ ■ – – – – – 2 5
protection 40 A – – – – – – ■ ■ – – – – – 4 0
63 A – – – – – – ■ ■ – – – – – 6 3
100 A – – – – – – ■ ■ – – – – – 1 0
160 A – – – – – – – ■ ■ – – – – 1 6
250 A – – – – – – – – ■ ■ – – – 2 5
400 A – – – – – – – – – ■ ■2) – – 4 0
500 A – – – – – – – – – – ■2) – – 5 0
630 A – – – – – – – – – – ■ ■ – 6 3
800 A – – – – – – – – – – – ■ – 8 0
1000 A – – – – – – – – – – – ■ – 1 0
1250 A – – – – – – – – – – – – ■ 1 2
Switch 63 A – ■ – – – – – – – – – – – 6 3
disconnector 100 A – ■ – – – – – – – – – – – 1 0
125 A – ■ – – – – – – – – – – – 1 2
160 A – ■ – – – – – – – – – – – 1 6
250 A – – ■ – – – – – – – – – – 2 5
400 A – – – ■ – – – – – – – – – 4 0
500 A – – – – ■ – – – – – – – – 5 0
630 A – – – – ■ – – – – – – – – 6 3
1)
Rated current not available with ETU340 ELISA LI
2)
With ETU 5-series and 8-series, utilization category B and ETU340 ELISA LI only

2/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3VA – – 0AA0
2
3VA10
3VA11
3VA12
3VA13
3VA14
3VA15
3VA20
3VA21
3VA22
3VA23
3VA24
3VA25
3VA26
Short-circuit Without overload
– ■ – ■ – ■ – – – – – – – 1
breaking protection
capacity Without short-circuit
– ■ ■ ■ ■ – – – – – – – – 1
Icu = Ics at 415 V protection
16 kA ■ – – – – – – – – – – – – 2
25 kA ■ ■ – – – – – – – – – – – 3
36 kA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – – – – – – – 4
55 kA – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 5
70 kA – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – – – – – – 6
85 kA – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 6
110 kA – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 7
150 kA – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – 8
200 kA 1) – – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ – – 0
1)
Available for 3 and 8-series ETUs
Protective No protection – ■ ■ ■ ■ – – – – – – – – SD100 – A

function Line protection ■ ■ – – – – – – – – – – – TM210 FTFM D
thermal- – ■ – – – – – – – – – – – TM220 ATFM E
magnetic – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – – – – – – TM240 ATAM F
Protective No protection A
function Line protection Without neutral conductor protection E
thermal-mag 50% neutral conductor protection F
netic, neutral 100% neutral conductor protection G
conductor
protection
Protective Line protection – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ETU320 LI (N) 2) H L

function – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ETU330 LIG (N) 2) H M
electronic – – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ETU340 ELISA LI (N) 2) H K
Line and generator – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ETU350 LSI (N) 2)
H N
protection
Line and generator – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ETU550 LSI (N) 3) J P
protection, with display – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – ETU560 LSIG (N) 3) J Q
Line and generator – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – ETU850 LSI (N) 3) K P
protection, with display, – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ETU860 LSIG (N) 3) K Q
2)
Neutral conductor protection for 4-pole breakers
3)
Neutral conductor protection for 3-pole breakers with an external neutral conductor transformer or for 4-pole breakers
Number of 1-pole Line protection – ■4) – – – – – – – – – – – 1

poles 2-pole Line protection – ■4) – – – – – – – – – – – 2
3-pole Line protection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 3
Generator – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 3
protection
4-pole Line protection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 4
Generator – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 4
protection
4)
For TM210 only
Connection Nut Line protection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2

technology keeper Generator – – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
kit protection
Box Line protection ■ ■ – – – – ■ ■ – – – – – 6
termi- Generator – – – – – – ■ ■ – – – – – 6
nal protection

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/25
© Siemens 2023

Basic configuration for starter and motor protection
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3VA – – 0AA0
2
Trip units Thermal-magnetic 1
Electronic 2
3VA11
3VA12
3VA13
3VA14
3VA15
3VA21
3VA22
3VA23
3VA24
3VA25
Size (SZ) 160 A ■ – – – – ■ – – – – 1
250 A – ■ – – – – ■ – – – 2
400 A – – ■ – – – – ■ – – 3
630 A – – – ■ – – – – ■ – 4
1000 A – – – – ■ – – – – ■ 5
Max. rated Starter 1A ■ – – – – – – – – – 8 1

current In max protection 2A ■ – – – – – – – – – 0 2
4A ■ – – – – – – – – – 0 4
8A ■ – – – – – – – – – 0 8
12.5 A ■ – – – – – – – – – 9 2
20 A ■ – – – – – – – – – 2 0
25 A – – – – – ■ – – – – 2 5
32 A ■ – – – – – – – – – 3 2
40 A ■ – – – – ■ – – – – 4 0
50 A ■ – – – – – – – – – 5 0
63 A ■ – – – – ■ – – – – 6 3
80 A ■ – – – – – – – – – 8 0
100 A ■ – – – – ■ – – – – 1 0
125 A ■ – – – – – – – – – 1 2
160 A – ■ – – – – ■ – – – 1 6
200 A – ■ – – – – ■ – – – 2 0
250 A – – ■ – – – – ■ – – 2 5
320 A – – ■ – – – – – – – 3 2
400 A – – – ■ – – – – ■ – 4 0
500 A – – – ■ – – – – ■ – 5 0
630 A – – – – ■ – – – – – 6 3
800 A – – – – ■ – – – – – 8 0
Motor 25 A – – – – – ■ – – – – 2 5
protection 40 A – – – – – ■ – – – – 4 0
63 A – – – – – ■ – – – – 6 3
100 A – – – – – ■ – – – – 1 0
160 A – – – – – – ■ – – – 1 6
200 A – – – – – – ■ – – – 2 0
250 A – – – – – – – ■ – – 2 5
400 A – – – – – – – – ■ – 4 0
500 A – – – – – – – – ■ – 5 0
630 A – – – – – – – – – ■ 6 3
800 A – – – – – – – – – ■ 8 0
Short-circuit 55 kA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 5
breaking 70 kA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – – – – 6
capacity 110 kA – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 7
Icu = Ics at 415 V
200 kA – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ – 0

2/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3VA – – 0AA0
2
3VA11
3VA12
3VA13
3VA14
3VA15
3VA21
3VA22
3VA23
3VA24
3VA25
Protective Starter protection ■ – – – – – – – – – TM110M FM M G
function ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – – – – TM120M AM M H
thermal-
magnetic
Protective Motor protection – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ETU350M LSI M N

function Motor protection, – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ETU550M LSI M P
electronic with display
Motor protection, – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ETU860M LSIG
with display, M Q
Starter protection – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ – ETU310M I M S
Number of 3-pole Starter ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – 3

poles protection
Motor – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 3
protection
Connection Nut keeper kit Starter ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – 2

technology protection
Motor – – – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2
protection
Box terminals Starter ■ – – – – ■ – – – – 6
protection
Motor – – – – – ■ – – – – 6
protection

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/27
© Siemens 2023
Internal accessories
Auxiliary switches and alarm switches
3VA20
3VA21
2 3VA22
3VA23
3VA12 3VA24
3VA13 3VA25
3VA10 3VA11 3VA14 3VA15 3VA26
Auxiliary switches AUX
• Used to signal the position of the main contacts of the molded
case circuit breaker
• The contacts of the auxiliary switch and the molded case
circuit breaker close in unison
Type Width Ie max Ue AC/DC Version
(IEC 60947-5-1) (IEC 60947-5-1)
HQ 7 mm 6A 240 V/250 V Standard 3VA9988-0AA12
(1 slot) <1A 24 V/24 V Electronic- 3VA9988-0AA13
compatible
HP 14 mm 10 A 600 V/250 V Standard – 3VA9988-0AA11
(2 slots)
Leading changeover switches LCS
• Used for load shedding, for example
• Signal the opening of the main contacts with a lead time of 20
ms in advance of molded case circuit breaker trips
(IEC 60947-5-1) (IEC 60947-5-1)
HQ 7 mm 6A 240 V/250 V Standard – 3VA9988-0AA22
(1 slot) <1A 24 V/24 V Electronic- – 3VA9988-0AA23
compatible
HP 14 mm 10 A 600 V/250 V Standard – 3VA9988-0AA21
(2 slots)
Trip alarm switches TAS
• Signal every circuit breaker tripping operation
• Are actuated whenever the molded case circuit breaker
switches to the TRIP position
(IEC 60947-5-1) (IEC 60947-5-1)
HQ 7 mm 6A 240 V/250 V Standard 3VA9988-0AB12
(1 slot) <1A 24 V/24 V Electronic- 3VA9988-0AB13
compatible
HP 14 mm 10 A 600 V/250 V Standard – 3VA9988-0AB11
(2 slots)
Short circuit alarm switches SAS
• Signal tripping operations only if they have been initiated by a
short circuit
• The tripping operation must be reset by deliberate acknow-
ledgement of the fault before the molded case circuit breaker
can be switched to ON again
(IEC 60947-5-1) (IEC 60947-5-1)
HQ 7 mm 6A 240 V/250 V Standard – 3VA9988-0AB32 3VA9988-0AB34 – –
(1 slot) <1A 24 V/24 V Electronic- – 3VA9988-0AB33 3VA9988-0AB35 – –
compatible
Electrical alarm switches EAS
• Are actuated as soon as the main contacts of the molded case
circuit breaker open in the event that the breaker is tripped by
the ETU
(IEC 60947-5-1) (IEC 60947-5-1)
HQ 7 mm 6A 240 V/250 V Standard – – – – 3VA9988-0AB22
(1 slot) <1A 24 V/24 V Electronic- – – – – 3VA9988-0AB23
compatible

2/28 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Auxiliary releases
3VA10
3VA11 3VA20 2
3VA12 3VA21
3VA13 3VA22
3VA14 3VA23 3VA25
3VA15 3VA24 3VA26
Shunt trips left STL
• Used for remote-controlled tripping of the molded case circuit breaker
• Have particularly low power consumption
• Especially suitable for electrical interlocking in the EI variant 1)
Version Ue 50/60 Hz AC Ue DC
Standard – 12 V 3VA9988-0BL10
24 V 24 … 30 V 3VA9988-0BL30
48 … 60 V 48 … 60 V 3VA9988-0BL31
110 … 127 V 110 … 127 V 3VA9988-0BL32
208 … 277 V 220 … 250 V 3VA9988-0BL33
380 … 600 V – 3VA9988-0BL20
Electrical (EI) – 24 V 3VA9988-0BM10
Shunt trips flexible STF
• Used for remote-controlled tripping of the molded case circuit breaker
• Flexible installation
Ue 50/60 Hz AC Ue DC
24 V – – 3VA9988-0BA20 –
48 … 60 V – – 3VA9988-0BA21 –
110 … 127 V – – 3VA9988-0BA22 –
208 … 277 V – – 3VA9988-0BA23 –
380 … 500 V – – 3VA9988-0BA24 –
600 V – – 3VA9988-0BA25 –
Universal releases UNI
• Combination of shunt trip and undervoltage release
– 12 V 3VA9908-0BD11
24 V 3VA9908-0BD12
48 V 3VA9908-0BD13
• Trip the molded case circuit breaker in the event that the rated
operational voltage of a monitored circuit drops below a minimum
permissible limit or fails altogether
– 12 V 3VA9908-0BB10
24 V 3VA9908-0BB11
48 V 3VA9908-0BB12
60 V 3VA9908-0BB13
125 … 127 V 3VA9908-0BB14
220 … 230 V 3VA9908-0BB15
250 V 3VA9908-0BB16
24 V – 3VA9908-0BB20
48 V – 3VA9908-0BB21
60 V – 3VA9908-0BB22
110 V – 3VA9908-0BB23
120 … 127 V – 3VA9908-0BB24
208 … 230 V – 3VA9908-0BB25
380 … 400 V – 3VA9908-0BB26
440 … 480 V – 3VA9908-0BB27
Time-delay devices for undervoltage releases
110 V 110 V 3VA9988-0BF21
230 V 230 V 3VA9988-0BF22
– 24 V 3VA9988-0BF23
1)
In combination with TAS and AUX. For circuit diagrams, see the operating instructions

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/29
© Siemens 2023
Manual operators
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14 3VA15
2 3VA10 3VA21 3VA23 3VA25
3VA11 3VA12 3VA22 3VA24 3VA26
Front mounted rotary operators
• Handle
• For IEC
• Degree of protection IP30
• For 3-pole and 4-pole breakers
Version Illumination Door
kit interlock
Standard (gray) Without Without 3VA9157-0EK11 3VA9257-0EK11 3VA9267-0EK11 3VA9467-0EK11 3VA9687-0EK11
With 3VA9157-0EK21 3VA9257-0EK21 3VA9267-0EK21 3VA9467-0EK21 3VA9687-0EK21
With Without 3VA9157-0EK13 3VA9257-0EK13 3VA9267-0EK13 3VA9467-0EK13 –
With 3VA9157-0EK23 3VA9257-0EK23 3VA9267-0EK23 3VA9467-0EK23 –
EMERGENCY-OFF Without Without 3VA9157-0EK15 3VA9257-0EK15 3VA9267-0EK15 3VA9467-0EK15 3VA9687-0EK15
(red/yellow) With 3VA9157-0EK25 3VA9257-0EK25 3VA9267-0EK25 3VA9467-0EK25 3VA9687-0EK25
With Without 3VA9157-0EK17 3VA9257-0EK17 3VA9267-0EK17 3VA9467-0EK17 –
With 3VA9157-0EK27 3VA9257-0EK27 3VA9267-0EK27 3VA9467-0EK27 –
Door mounted rotary operators with tolerance compensation
• Shaft 300 mm
(325 mm for 3VA15/3VA25/3VA26)
• With mounting tolerance compensation
• Handle with masking plate 75 × 75 mm
(100 × 100 mm for 3VA15/3VA25/3VA26)
kit interlock
Standard (gray) Without With 3VA9157-0FK21 3VA9257-0FK21 3VA9267-0FK21 3VA9467-0FK21 3VA9687-0FK21
With With 3VA9157-0FK23 3VA9257-0FK23 3VA9267-0FK23 3VA9467-0FK23 3VA9687-0FK23
EMERGENCY-OFF Without With 3VA9157-0FK25 3VA9257-0FK25 3VA9267-0FK25 3VA9467-0FK25 3VA9687-0FK25

(red/yellow) With With 3VA9157-0FK27 3VA9257-0FK27 3VA9267-0FK27 3VA9467-0FK27 3VA9687-0FK27
Door mounted rotary operators without tolerance compensation

• Shaft 300 mm
(325 mm for 3VA15/3VA25/3VA26)
(100 × 100 mm for 3VA15/3VA25/3VA26)
kit interlock
Standard (gray) Without With 3VA9157-0FK61 3VA9257-0FK61 3VA9267-0FK61 3VA9467-0FK61 3VA9687-0FK61
Door mounted rotary operators without handle
• For IEC
kit interlock
With shaft stub – Without 3VA9157-0GK00 3VA9257-0GK00 3VA9267-0GK00 3VA9467-0GK00 3VA9687-0GK00
(gray)

2/30 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14 3VA15
3VA10 3VA21 3VA23 3VA25 2
3VA11 3VA12 3VA22 3VA24 3VA26
Side wall mounted rotary operators
• Rotary operator with shaft 300 mm
Version Mounting Illumination
bracket kit
Standard Without Without 3VA9157-0PK11 3VA9257-0PK11 3VA9267-0PK11 3VA9467-0PK11 –
(gray) With 3VA9157-0PK13 3VA9257-0PK13 3VA9267-0PK13 3VA9467-0PK13 –
EMERGENCY-OFF Without Without 3VA9157-0PK15 3VA9257-0PK15 3VA9267-0PK15 3VA9467-0PK15 –
(red/yellow) With 3VA9157-0PK17 3VA9257-0PK17 3VA9267-0PK17 3VA9467-0PK17 –
Side wall mounted rotary operators with mounting bracket
• Rotary operator with short shaft and mounting
bracket for mounting directly on the side wall
Version Mounting Illumination
bracket kit
Standard With Without 3VA9157-0PK51 3VA9257-0PK51 3VA9267-0PK51 – –
(gray) With 3VA9157-0PK53 3VA9257-0PK53 3VA9267-0PK53 – –
EMERGENCY-OFF With Without 3VA9157-0PK55 3VA9257-0PK55 3VA9267-0PK55 – –
(red/yellow) With 3VA9157-0PK57 3VA9257-0PK57 3VA9267-0PK57 – –
Extended DIN rail for N/PE terminals
Version Rated current
For mounting ≤ 250 A 3VA9987-0GL30 3VA9987-0GL30 3VA9987-0GL30 – –
bracket
Auxiliary switch modules for rotary operator

Version
2× leading to "ON" 3VA9257-0GX10 3VA9257-0GX10 3VA9467-0GX10 3VA9467-0GX10 –
2× leading to "ON" and – – 3VA9467-0GX20 3VA9467-0GX20 –
1× leading to "OFF"
Mounting adapters for side wall mounted rotary operators
Version
Necessary accessories for 3VA side wall mounted 3VA9257-0GX01 3VA9257-0GX01 3VA9467-0GX01 – –
rotary operators, if 3VA9...-0GX.0 auxiliary switch
modules are used

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/31
© Siemens 2023
Manual operators
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14 3VA15
2 3VA10 3VA21 3VA23 3VA25
3VA11 3VA12 3VA22 3VA24 3VA26
Supplementary handles for door mounted rotary operators
• For operation when control cabinet door is open
Version
Standard 3VA9287-0GC01 3VA9287-0GC01 3VA9487-0GC01 3VA9487-0GC11 3VA9687-0GC01
(gray)
EMERGENCY-OFF 3VA9287-0GC05 3VA9287-0GC05 3VA9487-0GC05 3VA9487-0GC15 3VA9687-0GC05
(red/yellow)
Handles
• With masking plate
Version Tolerance compensation
Standard With 8UD1721-0AB21 8UD1731-0AB21 8UD1741-0AB21
(gray) Without 8UD1721-0AB11 8UD1731-0AB11 8UD1741-0AB11
EMERGENCY-OFF With 8UD1721-0AB25 8UD1731-0AB25 8UD1741-0AB25
(red/yellow) Without 8UD1721-0AB15 8UD1731-0AB15 8UD1741-0AB15
Handle lever extensions
• Note: The handle lever extension is already
included in the scope of supply of the
breakers.
– – – 3VA9487-0SC10 3VA9987-0SC10
Shafts
Type Length
8 × 8 mm 300 mm 8UD1900-2WA00 –
600 mm 8UD1900-2WB00 –
12 × 12 mm 300 mm – – – – 8UD1900-4WA00
600 mm – – – – 8UD1900-4WB00
Adapters for shafts
Type Use
8 × 8 mm With door mounted rotary 8UD1900-2DA00 –
operator and side wall
mounted rotary operator
12 × 12 mm For door mounted rotary – – – – 8UD1900-4DA00

operator
Door couplings
Type
8 × 8 mm 8UD1900-2HA00 –
12 × 12 mm – – – – 8UD1900-4HA00

2/32 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14 3VA15
3VA10 3VA21 3VA23 3VA25 2
3VA11 3VA12 3VA22 3VA24 3VA26
Mounting tolerance compensations
Type
8 × 8 mm 8UD1900-2GA00 –
12 × 12 mm – – – – 8UD1900-4GA00
Fixing brackets for shafts
3VA9287-0GA80 3VA9487-0GA80 3VA9687-0GA80
Variable depth adapters

Size
8 × 8 mm 3VA9487-0GB10 –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/33
© Siemens 2023
Manual operators
3VA20
3VA21
2 3VA10 3VA22
3VA11 3VA13 3VA23 3VA25
3VA12 3VA14 3VA15 3VA24 3VA26
Labeling plates for manual operators
3VA9087-0SX10
Illumination kits for manual operators

• 24 V DC voltage
Version Rated current
Front mounted rotary operator 100 … 250 A 8UD1900-0KA10 – – – –
100 … 630 A – 8UD1900-0KA20 – 8UD1900-0KA20 –
630 … 1000 A – – 8UD1900-0KA30 – 8UD1900-0KA30
Door mounted rotary operator 100 … 630 A 8UD1900-0KA20 8UD1900-0KA20 8UD1900-0KA20 8UD1900-0KA20 –
and side wall mounted rotary 630 … 1000 A – – – – 8UD1900-0KA30
operator
Cylinder locks (type Kaba), standard masking plates
Use Key
For door mounted rotary 1 8UD1900-0MB01 8UD1900-0MB01 – 8UD1900-0MB01 –
operator and side wall 2 8UD1900-0NB01 8UD1900-0NB01 – 8UD1900-0NB01 –
(in the masking plate), only for 3 8UD1900-0PB01 8UD1900-0PB01 – 8UD1900-0PB01 –
locking, not for interlocking 4 8UD1900-0QB01 8UD1900-0QB01 – 8UD1900-0QB01 –
Cylinder locks (type Kaba), EMERGENCY-OFF masking plates
Use Key
For door mounted rotary 1 8UD1900-0MB05 8UD1900-0MB05 – 8UD1900-0MB05 –
operator and side wall 2 8UD1900-0NB05 8UD1900-0NB05 – 8UD1900-0NB05 –
3 8UD1900-0PB05 8UD1900-0PB05 – 8UD1900-0PB05 –
(in the masking plate), only for
locking, not for interlocking 4 8UD1900-0QB05 8UD1900-0QB05 – 8UD1900-0QB05 –
Cylinder locks (type RONIS)
• Includes a lock with 2 keys
• For locking or interlocking
• For installation on the circuit breaker side in all
rotary operators
• For mounting in the adapter kit for the
accessories compartment
• Note: The cylinder lock adapter for rotary
operators is also needed for locking or
interlocking circuit breakers via rotary
operators
Key
1 3VA9980-0VL10
3 3VA9980-0VL30
4 3VA9980-0VL40
Cylinder lock adapters for rotary operators
• To mount the cylinder lock in the rotary
operator (also possible with door mounted
rotary operator and side wall mounted rotary
operator), on circuit breaker side, NOT in
masking plate
Rated current
100 … 630 A 3VA9980-0LF20 3VA9980-0LF20 – 3VA9980-0LF20 –
1000 A – – 3VA9680-0LF20 – 3VA9680-0LF20

2/34 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/35
© Siemens 2023
Motor operators
2 Side mounted motor operators without stored energy mechanisms (MO310)

• Cover size 45 mm
Addressable via Isolating features in Make time, typically Break time, typically Rated
control signals accordance with For 3VA1 For 3VA2 For 3VA1 For 3VA2 operational
IEC/EN 60947-1 power
■ ■ < 300 ms – < 300 ms – 250 W,
max. 500 W
(60 ms)
Motor operators without stored energy mechanisms (MO320)

■ ■ < 800 ms < 1000 ms (250 A), < 800 ms < 1000 ms (250 A), 250 W,
(160 A, 250A) < 1700 ms (630 A) (160 A, 250A) < 1400 ms (630 A) max. 500 W
(60 ms)
Spare parts kit for MO320

Scope of supply
Mounting plate, plug
Motor operators with stored energy mechanisms (SEO520)
• Synchronizable motor operator with optional communications interface
• Up to 3VA22 (250 A), it has two spring assemblies that are used to switch the 3VA2 molded case circuit breaker on and off quickly. This new
principle in the MCCB area ensures fast, reliable and easily controllable switching sequences, especially in load transfer switching applications.
• The connection with the COM060 communications module, via a plug-in connection, integrates the SEO520 into the communication
environment of the 3VA molded case circuit breakers and ensures that the molded case circuit breaker can also be switched via the supported
communication networks and the SENTRON Powerconfig and SENTRON Powermanager software packages.
• Note: On account of the fast switching times, the SEO520 cannot be used with a leading changeover switch LCS.
■ ■ < 80 ms < 80 ms <5s < 80 ms 300 W,
(400 A, 630 A) (100 A … 630 A) (400 A, 630 A) (100 A … 250 A) max. 500 W
<5s (60 ms)
(400 A, 630 A)
Spare parts kit for SEO520

Scope of supply
Mounting plate, plug
Spare parts kit for SEO520 with communication
Scope of supply
Mounting plate, plug, SLC adapter
Mechanical operating cycles counters (for installation in the SEO520)
Mounting Article No.
For installation in the SEO520 3VA9987-0HX10
Cylinder lock adapters for SEO520

Mounting Article No.
For installation of cylinder locks in the SEO520 up to 250 A 3VA9980-0LF30
Cylinder locks (type RONIS)

• Includes a lock with 2 keys
• To locking the operating mode (Manual/Auto/Lock) for SEOs up to 250 A
Key Article No.
1 3VA9980-0VL10
3 3VA9980-0VL30
4 3VA9980-0VL40

2/36 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA20
3VA21 3VA13 3VA23
3VA10 3VA11 3VA12 3VA22 3VA14 3VA24
2
Rated control With
supply voltage communication
42 ... 60 V AC, – – 3VA9117-0HB10 – – – –

24 ... 60 V DC
110 ... 230 V AC, – – 3VA9117-0HB20 – – – –
110 ... 250 V DC
Rated control With

24 ... 60 V DC – – 3VA9157-0HA10 3VA9257-0HA10 3VA9267-0HA10 3VA9467-0HA10 3VA9467-0HA10

110 V AC – – – – 3VA9267-0HA21 1) 3VA9467-0HA21 1) 3VA9467-0HA21 1)
110 ... 230 V AC, – – 3VA9157-0HA20 3VA9257-0HA20 3VA9267-0HA20 3VA9467-0HA20 3VA9467-0HA20
110 ... 250 V DC
230 V AC – – – – 3VA9267-0HA22 1) 3VA9467-0HA22 1) 3VA9467-0HA22 1)
– 3VA9157-0HA00 3VA9257-0HA00 3VA9267-0HA00 3VA9467-0HA00 3VA9467-0HA00
Rated control With

24 V DC – – – – 3VA9267-0HC10 3VA9467-0HC10 2)
42 ... 60 V AC/DC – – – – 3VA9267-0HC20 3VA9467-0HC20 2)
110 ... 230 V AC, – – – – 3VA9267-0HC30 3VA9467-0HC30 2)
110 ... 250 V DC
24 V DC Yes – – – 3VA9267-0HC15 – 3VA9467-0HC15 2)
110 ... 230 V AC, Yes – – – 3VA9267-0HC35 – 3VA9467-0HC35 2)
110 ... 250 V DC
– – – 3VA9267-0HC00 – –
– – – 3VA9267-0HC05 – –
1)
Optimized for long control cable lengths, see FAQ at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support (109804710)
2)
For 3VA13 and 3VA14 (IEC) with product version < *E04* and for 3VA23 and 3VA24 (IEC) with product version < *E06*, the service life (mechanical operating cycles) of the molded
case circuit breaker is reduced when the SEO520 is used. For newer product versions, this is not the case. We recommend upgrading the circuit breaker to a higher product version,
if necessary.
Reset mode
All motor operators have the following reset modes:
Reset mode 1: Automatic reset
Reset mode 2: Reset via OFF-signal
The motor operator with SEO520 stored energy operator additionally has:
Reset mode 3: Reset via OFF-signal with additional acknowledge signal

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/37
© Siemens 2023
Connection technology
1 1 1 For mounting onto the circuit breaker
2 2 2 For mounting on plug-in and withdrawable
I201_20321 units
2
Box terminals
Connection options Scope of supply Cable cross-section, Terminal short
copper stranded designation
➀ ➁ 3 single terminals 1.5 … 70 mm² TS1.1
6 … 120 mm² TS1.2
25 … 185 mm² TS1.4
50 … 185 mm² TS1.3
35 … 300 mm² TS1.5
➀ ➁ 4 single terminals 1.5 … 70 mm² TS1.1
6 … 120 mm² TS1.2
25 … 185 mm² TS1.4
50 … 185 mm² TS1.3
35 … 300 mm² TS1.5
Nut keeper kits
Connection options Scope of supply Max. tap width Max. tap thickness
➀ ➁ 3 terminals 17 mm 6.5 mm
25 mm 8 mm
35 mm 10 mm
Nut keeper kit for 3-pole 50 mm 25 mm
breakers, 1 terminal cover
➀ ➁ 4 terminals 17 mm 6.5 mm
25 mm 8 mm
35 mm 10 mm
Nut keeper kit for 4-pole 50 mm 28 mm
breakers, 1 terminal cover
Circular conductor terminals, 1 cable
Connection options Scope of supply Cable cross-section Copper/aluminum stranded 1) Terminal short
Cu Al 2) designation
➀ ➁ 3 single terminals 1.5 … 10 mm² ■ – TA1.0

1.5 … 50 mm² ■ – TA1.3
10 … 95 mm² ■ ■ TA1.1
16 … 185 mm² ■ ■ 3) TA1.4
35 … 185 mm² ■ ■ TA1.2
50 … 300 mm² ■ ■ TA1.5
1.5 … 50 mm² ■ – TA1.3
10 … 95 mm² ■ ■ TA1.1
16 … 185 mm² ■ ■ 3) TA1.4
35 … 185 mm² ■ ■ TA1.2
50 … 300 mm² ■ ■ TA1.5
1)
All circular conductor terminals tested according to UL 486 A/B for Cu and Al cables
2)
Al cable tested according to IEC 60947-2 annex D
3)
Use antioxidants
4)
Maximum current-carrying capacity of cable connection 400 A
Flexible copper bar: No restrictions
5)
Maximum current-carrying capacity of copper cables 380 A
Maximum current-carrying capacity of aluminum cables 310 A

2/38 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA13
3VA14
3VA10 3VA20 3VA23 3VA15
2
3VA11 3VA12 3VA21 3VA22 3VA24 3VA25
3VA9153-0JA11 – – – – –
– 3VA9253-0JA11 3VA9163-0JA12 3VA9163-0JA12 – –
– – 3VA9263-0JA12 3VA9263-0JA12 – –
– 3VA9253-0JA12 – – – –
– – – – 3VA9483-0JA13 4) –
3VA9154-0JA11 – – – – –
– 3VA9254-0JA11 3VA9164-0JA12 3VA9164-0JA12 – –
– – 3VA9264-0JA12 3VA9264-0JA12 – –
– 3VA9254-0JA12 – – – –
– – – – 3VA9484-0JA13 4) –
3VA9113-0QA00 – – – – –
– 3VA9213-0QA00 3VA9203-0QA00 3VA9203-0QA00 – –
– – – – 3VA9403-0QA00 –
– – – – – 3VA9603-0QA00
3VA9114-0QA00 – – – – –
– 3VA9214-0QA00 3VA9204-0QA00 3VA9204-0QA00 – –
– – – – 3VA9404-0QA00 –
– – – – – 3VA9604-0QA00
3VA9113-0JB10 – – – – –
– – 3VA9103-0JB11 3VA9103-0JB11 – –
3VA9113-0JB11 – – – – –
– – 3VA9263-0JB12 3VA9263-0JB12 – –
– 3VA9253-0JB12 – – – –
– – – – 3VA9383-0JB13 5) –
3VA9114-0JB10 – – – – –
– – 3VA9104-0JB11 3VA9104-0JB11 – –
3VA9114-0JB11 – – – – –
– – 3VA9264-0JB12 3VA9264-0JB12 – –
– 3VA9254-0JB12 – – – –
– – – – 3VA9384-0JB13 5) –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/39
© Siemens 2023
I201_20321 units
2
Circular conductor terminals with control wire taps, 1 cable 3)
Connection options Scope of supply Cable cross-section Copper/aluminum stranded 1) Terminal short

1.5 … 50 mm² ■ – TA1.3
10 … 95 mm² ■ ■ TA1.1
16 … 185 mm² ■ ■ 3) TA1.4
50 … 185 mm² ■ ■ TA1.2
50 … 300 mm² ■ ■ TA1.5
1.5 … 50 mm² ■ – TA1.3
10 … 95 mm² ■ ■ TA1.1
16 … 185 mm² ■ ■ 3) TA1.4
50 … 185 mm² ■ ■ TA1.2
50 … 300 mm² ■ ■ TA1.5
Circular conductor terminals, 2 cables
Connection options Scope of supply Cable cross-section Copper/aluminum stranded 1) Control wire tap 4) Terminal short
➀ ➁ 3 single terminals, 120 … 300 mm² ■ ■ No TA3.1

1 short terminal Yes TA3.1
cover

cover
Circular conductor terminals, 3 cables

Connection options Scope of supply Cable cross-section Copper/aluminum stranded 1) Control wire tap 4) Terminal short

cover

cover
Control wire taps for box terminals 3)

Connection options
➀
➁
Control wire taps for busbars 3)

Connection options
➀
➁
1)
All circular conductor terminals tested according to UL 486 A/B for Cu and Al 4)
Maximum current-carrying capacity 15 A
cables Maximum cable connection up to 2.5 mm2
2)
Al cable tested according to IEC 60947-2 annex D 5)
Maximum current-carrying capacity of copper cables 380 A
3)
Use antioxidants Maximum current-carrying capacity of aluminum cables 310 A

2/40 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA13
3VA14
3VA10 3VA20 3VA23 3VA15
2
3VA11 3VA12 3VA21 3VA22 3VA24 3VA25
3VA9113-0JG10 – – – – –
– – 3VA9103-0JG11 3VA9103-0JG11 – –
3VA9113-0JG11 – – – – –
– – 3VA9263-0JG12 3VA9263-0JG12 – –
– 3VA9253-0JG12 – – – –
– – – – 3VA9383-0JG13 5) –
3VA9114-0JG10 – – – – –
– – 3VA9104-0JG11 3VA9104-0JG11 – –
3VA9114-0JG11 – – – – –
– – 3VA9264-0JG12 3VA9264-0JG12 – –
– 3VA9254-0JG12 – – – –
– – – – 3VA9384-0JG13 5) –
– – – – – 3VA9503-0JB23
– – – – – 3VA9503-0JG23
– – – – – 3VA9504-0JB23
– – – – – 3VA9504-0JG23
– – – – – 3VA9503-0JB32
– – – – – 3VA9503-0JG32
– – – – – 3VA9504-0JB32
– – – – – 3VA9504-0JG32
3VA9110-0WB00 3VA9200-0WB00 3VA9200-0WB00 3VA9200-0WB00 3VA9480-0WB00 –

3VA9150-0WB00 3VA9280-0WB00 3VA9280-0WB00 3VA9280-0WB00 3VA9480-0WB00 –
3VA9110-0WC00 3VA9200-0WC00 3VA9200-0WC00 3VA9200-0WC00 3VA9480-0WC00 –

3VA9150-0WC00 3VA9280-0WC00 3VA9280-0WC00 3VA9280-0WC00 3VA9480-0WC00 –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/41
© Siemens 2023
I201_20321 units
Note:
All bus connectors, bus connectors broadened and rear connections are Cu/Sn 6 r plated according to ISO 2093.
2
Front bus connectors
Number of poles Connection options Scope of supply Max. tap width Max. tap thickness
1P ➀ – 1 terminal 22 mm 8 mm
3P – ➁ 3 terminals 6 × 50 mm 8 mm
Front bus connectors, with phase barriers

• 3-pole and 4-pole bus connectors only permitted if used with phase barriers!
• Phase barriers are included in the connection technology scope of supply or can be ordered as a spare part (3VA9...-.WA00).
3P ➀ ➁ 3 terminals, 22 mm 8 mm
2 phase barriers 32 mm 10 mm
40 mm 12.5 mm
50 mm 30 mm
3 short terminals,1) 50 mm 30 mm
2 phase barriers
40 mm 12.5 mm
50 mm 30 mm
4 short terminals,1) 50 mm 30 mm
3 phase barriers
Bus connectors edgewise, with phase barriers
• 3-pole and 4-pole bus connectors only permitted if used with phase barriers!
40 mm 8 mm
40 mm 8 mm
Front bus connectors broadened, with phase barriers

• 3-pole and 4-pole bus connectors broadened only permitted if used with phase barriers!
• Distance between pole centers:
− 100/160 A = 35 mm, 250 A = 45 mm, 400/630 A = 70 mm
60 mm 12.5 mm
80 mm 10 mm
– ➁ 3 terminals, 80 mm 15 mm
2 phase barriers
60 mm 12.5 mm
80 mm 10 mm
1)
Bus connectors short for use with terminal covers

2/42 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14
3VA10 3VA21 3VA23 3VA15
3VA11 3VA12 3VA22 3VA24 3VA25 3VA26 2
3VA9151-0QB00 – – – – –
– – – – 3VA9603-0QB01 –
3VA9153-0QB00 – – – – –
– 3VA9253-0QB00 3VA9263-0QB00 – – –
– – – 3VA9483-0QB00 – –
– – – – 3VA9603-0QB00 –
– – – – 3VA9603-0QB02 –
3VA9154-0QB00 – – – – –
– 3VA9254-0QB00 3VA9264-0QB00 – – –
– – – 3VA9484-0QB00 – –
– – – – 3VA9604-0QB00 –
– – – – 3VA9604-0QB02 –
3VA9153-0QD00 – – – – –
– 3VA9253-0QD00 3VA9263-0QD00 – – –
– – – 3VA9483-0QD00 – –
3VA9154-0QD00 – – – – –
– 3VA9254-0QD00 3VA9264-0QD00 – – –
– – – 3VA9484-0QD00 – –
3VA9153-0QC00 – – – – –
– 3VA9253-0QC00 3VA9263-0QC00 – – –
– – – 3VA9483-0QC00 – –
– – – – 3VA9603-0QC00 –
– – – – 3VA9603-0QC01 3VA9603-0QC01
3VA9154-0QC00 – – – – –
– 3VA9254-0QC00 3VA9264-0QC00 – – –
– – – 3VA9484-0QC00 – –
– – – – 3VA9604-0QC00 –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/43
© Siemens 2023
I201_20321 units
Note:
All bus connectors, bus connectors broadened and rear connections are Cu/Sn 6 r plated according to ISO 2093.
2
Nut keeper kits, right-angled 1)
40 mm 12.5 mm
40 mm 12.5 mm
Rear connection studs flat

Number of poles Connection options Scope of supply
1P ➀ ➁ 1 short connection stud flat
1 long connection stud flat
3P ➀ ➁ 2 short connection studs flat,

– ➁ 3 short connection studs flat
4P ➀ ➁ 2 short connection studs flat,
Rear connectors vertical

3P ➀ – 3 rear connectors
Rear connectors horizontal

Rear connection studs round

1P ➀ ➁ 1 short connection stud round
1 long connection stud round
3P ➀ ➁ 1 long connection stud round,

2 short connection studs round
4P ➀ ➁ 2 long connection studs round,

2 short connection studs round
1)
Can only be connected to breaker side N, 1, 3, 5

2/44 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14
3VA10 3VA21 3VA23 3VA25
3VA11 3VA12 3VA22 3VA24 3VA15 3VA26
2
3VA9113-0QG00 – – – – –
– 3VA9213-0QG00 3VA9223-0QG00 – – –
– – – 3VA9403-0QG00 – –
3VA9114-0QG00 – – – – –
– 3VA9214-0QG00 3VA9224-0QG00 – – –
– – – 3VA9404-0QG00 – –
3VA9111-0QE10 3VA9211-0QE10 3VA9201-0QE10 3VA9401-0QE10 – –

– – – – 3VA9603-0QE01 3VA9603-0QE01
– – – – – 3VA9603-0QE00
– – – – – 3VA9604-0QE00
– – – – – 3VA9603-0QE60
– – – – – 3VA9604-0QE60
3VA9111-0QF10 3VA9211-0QF10 3VA9201-0QF10 3VA9401-0QF10 – –


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/45
© Siemens 2023
I201_20321 units
2
Circular conductor terminals, 2P
Connection options Scope of supply Number of Cable cross-section Cu/Al stranded 1) Control wire tap 3) Terminal short
cables Cu Al 2) designation
➀ – 2 single terminals, 1 25 … 150 mm² ■ ■ 4) Yes TA2.1
1 extended terminal cover, No TA2.1
1 insulation plate 6 1.5 … 35 mm² ■ – No TA2.5

• Note on 3VA9603-0JJ25, 3VA9603-0JJ35 and 3VA9603-0JJ45:
1 set of front bus connectors 3VA9603-0QB01 is required
for installing circular conductor terminals on the load side and/or outgoing side.
1 insulation plate 50 … 240 mm² ■ ■ Yes TA2.2
No TA2.2
2 25 … 150 mm² ■ ■ 4) Yes TA2.3
No TA2.3
70 … 300 mm² ■ ■ Yes TA2.4
No TA2.4
4 120 … 240 mm² ■ – Yes TA4.3
No TA4.3
120 … 300 mm² ■ ■ Yes TA4.4
No TA4.4
6 1.5 … 35 mm² ■ – No TA2.7
– ➁ 3 single terminals, 1 25 … 150 mm² ■ ■ 4) Yes TA2.1
1 extended terminal cover, 50 … 240 mm² ■ ■ Yes TA2.2
1 insulation plate 2 25 … 150 mm² ■ ■ 4) Yes TA2.3
70 … 300 mm² ■ ■ Yes TA2.4
150 … 300 mm² ■ ■ Yes TA5.1
3 150 … 300 mm² ■ ■ Yes TA5.2
4 150 … 300 mm² ■ – Yes TA5.3
6 1.5 … 35 mm² ■ – No TA2.5
TA2.6
TA2.7
1)
All circular conductor terminals tested according to UL 486 A/B for Cu and Al cables 3)
Maximum current-carrying capacity 15 A 4)
Max. 225 A
2)
Al cable tested according to IEC 60947-2 annex D Maximum cable connection up to 2.5 mm2

2/46 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14
3VA10 3VA21 3VA23 3VA15
2
3VA11 3VA12 3VA22 3VA24 3VA25
3VA9112-0JC12 – – – –
3VA9112-0JJ12 – – – –
3VA9112-0JF60 – – – –
3VA9113-0JC12 – – – –
3VA9113-0JJ12 – – – –
– 3VA9213-0JC13 3VA9223-0JC13 – –
– 3VA9213-0JJ13 3VA9223-0JJ13 – –
– 3VA9213-0JC22 3VA9223-0JC22 – –
– 3VA9213-0JJ22 3VA9223-0JJ22 – –
– – – 3VA9403-0JC23 –
– – – 3VA9403-0JJ23 –
– – – – 3VA9603-0JC43
– – – – 3VA9603-0JJ43
– – – – 3VA9603-0JC44
– – – – 3VA9603-0JJ44
3VA9113-0JF60 3VA9213-0JF60 3VA9223-0JF60 3VA9303-0JF60 –
3VA9153-0JC12 – – – –
– 3VA9253-0JC13 3VA9263-0JC13 – –
– 3VA9253-0JC22 3VA9263-0JC22 – –
– – – 3VA9483-0JC23 –
– – – – 3VA9603-0JJ25
– – – – 3VA9603-0JJ35
– – – – 3VA9603-0JJ45
3VA9153-0JF60 – – – –
– 3VA9253-0JF60 3VA9263-0JF60 – –
– – – 3VA9383-0JF60 –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/47
© Siemens 2023
I201_20321 units
2
1 insulation plate 50 … 240 mm² ■ ■ Yes TA2.2
No TA2.2
2 25 … 150 mm² ■ ■ 4) Yes TA2.3
No TA2.3
70 … 300 mm² ■ ■ Yes TA2.4
No TA2.4
4 120 … 240 mm² ■ – Yes TA4.3
No TA4.3
120 … 300 mm² ■ ■ Yes TA4.4
No TA4.4
6 1.5 … 35 mm² ■ – No TA2.5
TA2.6
TA2.7
– ➁ 4 single terminals, 1 25 … 150 mm² ■ ■ 4) Yes TA2.1
1 extended terminal cover, 50 … 240 mm² ■ ■ Yes TA2.2
1 insulation plate 2 25 … 150 mm² ■ ■ 4) Yes TA2.3
70 … 300 mm² ■ ■ Yes TA2.4
6 1.5 … 35 mm² ■ – No TA2.5
TA2.6
TA2.7
Terminal covers specially for fixed-mounted units
Version Number of poles Mounting location
Short 1P ➀ –
2P ➀ –
3P ➀ –
4P ➀ –
Intermediate 3P ➀ –
4P ➀ –
Extended 5) 2P ➀ –
3P ➀ –
4P ➀ –
Broadened 5) 3P ➀ –
4P ➀ –
Terminal covers specially for plug-in and withdrawable units (spare part)
• To provide circuit breaker touch protection
• For mounting to the molded case circuit breaker
• Included in scope of supply: Cover for the infeed and outgoing terminal
Short 3P ➀ –
4P ➀ –
1)
All circular conductor terminals tested according to UL 486 A/B for Cu and 3)
Maximum current-carrying capacity 15 A 5)
Including insulating plate
Al cables Maximum cable connection up to 2.5 mm2 6)
Suitable for circular conductor terminals 2/4 cables
2)
Al cable tested according to IEC 60947-2 annex D 4)
Max. 225 A

2/48 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14
3VA21 3VA23 3VA15
3VA10 3VA11 3VA12 3VA22 3VA24 3VA25 2
3VA9114-0JC12 – – – –
3VA9114-0JJ12 – – – –
– – 3VA9214-0JC13 3VA9224-0JC13 – –
– – 3VA9214-0JJ13 3VA9224-0JJ13 – –
– – 3VA9214-0JC22 3VA9224-0JC22 – –
– – 3VA9214-0JJ22 3VA9224-0JJ22 – –
– – – – 3VA9404-0JC23 –
– – – – 3VA9404-0JJ23 –
– – – – – 3VA9604-0JC43
– – – – – 3VA9604-0JJ43
– – – – – 3VA9604-0JC44
– – – – – 3VA9604-0JJ44
3VA9114-0JF60 – – – –
– – 3VA9214-0JF60 3VA9224-0JF60 – –
– – – – 3VA9304-0JF60 –
3VA9154-0JC12 – – – –
– – 3VA9254-0JC13 3VA9264-0JC13 – –
– – 3VA9254-0JC22 3VA9264-0JC22 – –
– – – – 3VA9484-0JC23 –
3VA9154-0JF60 – – – –
– – 3VA9254-0JF60 3VA9264-0JF60 – –
– – – – 3VA9384-0JF60 –
– 3VA9111-0WD10 – – – –
– 3VA9111-0WD20 – – – –
3VA9111-0WD30 3VA9111-0WD30 3VA9211-0WD30 3VA9221-0WD30 3VA9481-0WD30 3VA9601-0WD30
3VA9111-0WD40 3VA9111-0WD40 3VA9211-0WD40 3VA9221-0WD40 3VA9481-0WD40 3VA9601-0WD40
– – – – – 3VA9601-0WE30 6)
– – – – – 3VA9601-0WE40 6)
– 3VA9111-0WF20 – – – –
3VA9111-0WF30 3VA9111-0WF30 3VA9211-0WF30 3VA9221-0WF30 3VA9481-0WF30 3VA9601-0WF30
3VA9111-0WF40 3VA9111-0WF40 3VA9211-0WF40 3VA9221-0WF40 3VA9481-0WF40 3VA9601-0WF40
3VA9111-0WG30 3VA9111-0WG30 3VA9211-0WG30 3VA9221-0WG30 3VA9401-0WG30 –

3VA9111-0WG40 3VA9111-0WG40 3VA9211-0WG40 3VA9221-0WG40 3VA9401-0WG40 –
3VA9113-0KB01 3VA9113-0KB01 3VA9213-0KB01 3VA9123-0KB01 3VA9353-0KB01 –

3VA9114-0KB01 3VA9114-0KB01 3VA9214-0KB01 3VA9124-0KB01 3VA9354-0KB01 –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/49
© Siemens 2023
I201_20321 units
2
3VA10 3VA11
Terminal covers for plug-in or withdrawable sockets
• For touch protection in the termination area
• Of the plug-in or withdrawable socket
• For mounting onto the plug-in or withdrawable socket
Short 3P – ➁ – 3VA9153-0KB03
4P – ➁ – 3VA9154-0KB03
Extended 1) 3P – ➁ – 3VA9153-0KB04
– ➁ – 3VA9154-0KB04
Broadened 1) 3P – ➁ – 3VA9153-0KB05
4P – ➁ – 3VA9154-0KB05
Insulating plates
Standard 2P ➀ – – 3VA9111-0WJ20
3P ➀ – 3VA9111-0WJ30 3VA9111-0WJ30
4P ➀ – 3VA9111-0WJ40 3VA9111-0WJ40
Broadened 3P ➀ – 3VA9111-0WK30 3VA9111-0WK30
4P ➀ – 3VA9111-0WK40 3VA9111-0WK40
Phase barriers
Mounting location Scope of supply
➀ ➁ 2 phase barriers 3VA9152-0WA00
– ➁ 2 phase barriers –
Protective sleeve for insulation of rear connections

Mounting location Scope of supply
➁ 3 protective sleeves –
DC insulation plates for 3VA1 for fixed-mounted molded case circuit breakers
Number of poles
3P 3VA9113-0SG10
4P 3VA9114-0SG10
Side plates for 3VA1 for fixed-mounted molded case circuit breakers
Number of poles Mounting
2P On 2-pole molded case circuit breakers – 3VA9112-0SG20
1)
Including insulating plate

2/50 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14
3VA21 3VA23 3VA15 2
3VA12 3VA22 3VA24 3VA25 3VA26
3VA9253-0KB03 3VA9163-0KB03 3VA9353-0KB03 3VA9603-0KB03 –

3VA9254-0KB03 3VA9164-0KB03 3VA9354-0KB03 – –
3VA9253-0KB04 3VA9163-0KB04 3VA9353-0KB04 – –

3VA9254-0KB04 3VA9164-0KB04 3VA9354-0KB04 – –
3VA9253-0KB05 3VA9163-0KB05 3VA9353-0KB05 – –

3VA9254-0KB05 3VA9164-0KB05 3VA9354-0KB05 – –
– – – – –
3VA9211-0WJ30 3VA9221-0WJ30 3VA9481-0WJ30 – –
3VA9211-0WJ40 3VA9221-0WJ40 3VA9481-0WJ40 – –
3VA9211-0WK30 3VA9221-0WK30 3VA9481-0WK30 – –
3VA9211-0WK40 3VA9221-0WK40 3VA9481-0WK40 – –
3VA9252-0WA00 3VA9262-0WA00 3VA9482-0WA00 3VA9602-0WA00 3VA9602-0WA00

– – – 3VA9602-0WA05 3VA9602-0WA05
– – – 3VA9603-0WH05 –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/51
© Siemens 2023
Plug-in and withdrawable technology
Thanks to plug-in and withdrawable technology: In addition, withdrawable technology offers:

• Molded case circuit breakers can be replaced quickly and easily • Transmission of the position of the molded case circuit breaker
for overhauls or servicing via communication (CONNECT, TEST, DISCONNECT)
• Electrical isolation and clearly visible isolating distance • The ability to test the auxiliary and control circuit connections
2 • The socket can be interlocked to prevent the 3VA molded case in the test position of the withdrawable unit, without contac-
circuit breaker from being plugged in or moved in ted main current paths
• Identical connection technology for all molded case circuit • Transmission of the state of the molded case circuit breaker
breakers, whether they are plug-in, withdrawable or fixed- (ON, OFF, TRIP) via the COM060 communications module
mounted units
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14 3VA15
3VA21 3VA23 3VA25
3VA11 3VA12 3VA22 3VA24 3VA26
Withdrawable units, complete kits
− Withdrawable socket
− Withdrawable unit, conversion kit
− Mounting screw kit
• Note: The crank for the withdrawable
unit must be ordered separately.
Number of poles
3P – 3VA9213-0KD00 3VA9123-0KD00 3VA9323-0KD00 –
4P – 3VA9214-0KD00 3VA9124-0KD00 3VA9324-0KD00 –
Withdrawable units, conversion kits
− Screw-fastened terminal covers for
molded case circuit breakers
− Side panels
− Plug-in contacts
− Cable cages
− Autotrip plunger
• Note: The crank for the withdrawable
unit must be ordered separately.
Number of poles
3P – 3VA9213-0KD10 3VA9123-0KD10 3VA9323-0KD10 –
4P – 3VA9214-0KD10 3VA9124-0KD10 3VA9324-0KD10 –

2/52 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14 3VA15
3VA21 3VA23 3VA25
3VA11 3VA12 3VA22 3VA24 3VA26
Plug-in units, complete kits
− Plug-in socket
− Plug-in unit, conversion kit
2
− Mounting screw kit
• Note on 3VA9603-0KP00:
− An undervoltage release (UVR)
(article number 3VA9908-0BB..) is
required in the circuit breaker in
order to provide the protection trip
specified in the standard for
unplugging the circuit breaker
under load. The required UVR
voltage version must be ordered in
addition.
Number of poles
3P 3VA9113-0KP00 3VA9213-0KP00 3VA9123-0KP00 3VA9323-0KP00 3VA9603-0KP00
4P 3VA9114-0KP00 3VA9214-0KP00 3VA9124-0KP00 3VA9324-0KP00 –
Plug-in units, conversion kits
− Screw-fastened terminal covers for
molded case circuit breakers
− Plug-in contacts
− Cable cages
− Autotrip plunger
Number of poles
Plug-in units, conversion kits with blade contacts
− 6× blade contacts
− Guide frame for circuit breaker
− 2× cover for blade contacts
− Position signaling switch
− Connecting cable for auxiliary
circuits
Number of poles
3P – – – – 3VA9603-0KP10

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/53
© Siemens 2023
Plug-in and withdrawable technology
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14 3VA15
2 3VA11 3VA12
3VA21
3VA22
3VA23
3VA24
3VA25
3VA26
Cable cages for plug-in/withdrawable units (spare part)
• For routing of the required cables
from the internal accessories on the
back of the circuit breaker
Number of poles
3P/4P 3VA9157-0KB02 3VA9257-0KB02 3VA9167-0KB02 3VA9367-0KB02 –
Door feedthroughs
– 3VA9257-0KT00 3VA9167-0KT00 3VA9367-0KT00 –
Autotrip plungers (spare part)

Version
Plug-in unit 3VA9157-0KP81 3VA9257-0KP81 3VA9267-0KP81 3VA9457-0KP81 –
Withdrawable unit – 3VA9257-0KD81 3VA9267-0KD81 3VA9457-0KD81 –

2/54 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14 3VA15
3VA21 3VA23 3VA25
Accessories 3VA11 3VA12 3VA22 3VA24 3VA26
Communications interface for withdrawable unit
Scope of supply
Set of cables with three special position 3VA9987-0KC00 3VA9987-0KC00 3VA9987-0KC00 3VA9987-0KC00 –
2
signaling switches,
3VA9987-0KC10 connecting cables
Position signaling switches for withdrawable unit and plug-in unit

• Note on 3VA9603-0KB00:
4 position signaling switches can be
installed in the plug-in base.
3VA9987-0KB00 3VA9987-0KB00 3VA9987-0KB00 3VA9987-0KB00 3VA9603-0KB00

Connecting cables
Use
Connection of position signaling 3VA9987-0KC10 3VA9987-0KC10 3VA9987-0KC10 3VA9987-0KC10 –
switches for communication with
COM060
For auxiliary circuits – – – – 3VA9603-0KP80
Cranks for withdrawable units
Version Scope of supply
Insulated Including crank 3VA9987-0KD81 3VA9987-0KD81 3VA9987-0KD81 3VA9987-0KD81 –
holder
Auxiliary circuit connectors
• Each auxiliary circuit connector is
designed for 4 cables.
Version
For all withdrawable units 3VA9987-0KD80 3VA9987-0KD80 3VA9987-0KD80 3VA9987-0KD80 –
For all plug-in units 3VA9987-0KP80 3VA9987-0KP80 3VA9987-0KP80 3VA9987-0KP80 –
Cylinder locks
− 1 lock with 2 keys
• For locking or interlocking
• Note: Not for 3VA15/3VA25!
Key Lock number
1 1 3VA9980-0VL10 3VA9980-0VL10 3VA9980-0VL10 3VA9980-0VL10 –
Cylinder lock adapters for withdrawable units
• To prevent unauthorized withdrawal
or insertion of the circuit breaker
into the withdrawable unit
• Circuit breaker can be locked in the
CONNECT, TEST and DISCONNECT
positions
Use
For fitting a cylinder lock in the 3VA9980-0LF40 3VA9980-0LF40 3VA9980-0LF40 3VA9980-0LF40 –
right-hand side wall of the withdrawab-
le unit

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/55
© Siemens 2023
Residual current devices RCD

According to IEC 60947-2 annex B (Type A, Type B) and according to
DIN VDE 0664-400 (Type B+)
2 Residual current devices (RCD) for switch disconnectors and molded case circuit breakers
• Mounted onto the side (left)
Number Type Sensitivity 3) Rated Limit value of Rated Fault Pre-alarm Trip alarm
of poles residual non-tripping operational current
response time voltage Ue frequency
current IΔn Δt 1& 1&
&20
75,3 &20
12
COM 12
COM
3-pole RCD510 Type A 0.03 ... 5 A 0…3s 127 ... 480 V AC 50/60 Hz 1 – – ■ ■ –
4-pole RCD310 Type A 0.03 ... 5 A Instantaneous 127 ... 480 V AC 50/60 Hz 1 – – ■ ■ –
RCD510 Type A 0.03 ... 5 A 0…3s 127 ... 480 V AC 50/60 Hz 1 – – ■ ■ –
Residual current devices (RCD) for molded case circuit breakers

• Mounted below (under trip unit)
Number Type Sensitivity 3) Rated Limit value of Rated Fault Pre-alarm Trip alarm
of poles residual non-tripping operational current
response time voltage Ue frequency
current IΔn Δt 1& 1&
&20
75,3 &20
12
COM 12
COM
3-pole RCD520 Type A 0.03 ... 5 A 0…3s 127 ... 480 V AC 50/60 Hz 1 – – ■ ■ –
RCD520B 1)4) Type B 0.03 ... 5 A 0 … 10 s 127 ... 690 V AC 0 … 100 kHz 1 ■ – ■ ■ –
Type B+ 0.03 ... 0.3 A
RCD820 2) Type A 0.03 ... 30 A 5) 0 … 10 s 127 ... 690 V AC 50/60 Hz 2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
4-pole RCD320 Type A 0.03 ... 5 A Instantaneous 127 ... 480 V AC 50/60 Hz 1 – – ■ ■ –
RCD520 Type A 0.03 ... 5 A 0…3s 127 ... 480 V AC 50/60 Hz 1 – – ■ ■ –
RCD520B 4) Type B 0.03 ... 5 A 0 … 10 s 127 ... 690 V AC 0 … 100 kHz 1 ■ – ■ ■ –
Type B+ 0.03 ... 0.3 A
RCD820 2) Type A 0.03 ... 30 A 5) 0 … 10 s 127 ... 690 V AC 50/60 Hz 2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Residual current releases (spare part)
For RCD310 or RCD510 RCR, RCR-RCD cables
RCD820 - 3VA2 ETU connecting cables (spare part)

• Connecting cable between the RCD820 and the electronic trip unit (ETU) of a 3VA2
For RCD820 1× RCD-ETU cable
1)
3-pole version in 4-pole enclosure
2)
With energy infeed from below, the required auxiliary switch (AUX) must be ordered separately
3)
Type A: pulse current sensitive, type B/B+: universal current sensitive
4)
Sensitivity selectable for type B/B+
5)
IΔn = 30A: type AC
6)
If the molded case circuit breaker has no box terminals as connections, a set of box terminals must be ordered additionally for the taps below the thermal-magnetic trip units.
7)
1 set of box terminals is included in scope of supply of the RCD510 (3VA921.-0RS20).
Modular residual current devices type A/B (according to IEC 60947-2 annex M),
see monitoring devices, from page 11/1 onwards

2/56 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA10
3VA13
3VA14
3VA15
3VA20 3VA25
3VA11 3VA12 3VA21 3VA22 3VA23 3VA24 3VA26
2
Monitoring Remote Commu-
mode (trip- test/ nication-
ping can be remote capable
disabled as reset
an option)
■ – – 3VA9113-0RS20 6) 3VA9213-0RS20 7) – – – – –
■ – – 3VA9114-0RS10 6) – – – – – –
■ – – 3VA9114-0RS20 6) 3VA9214-0RS20 7) – – – – –
Monitoring Remote Commu-

mode (trip- test/ nication-
ping can be remote capable
disabled as reset
an option)
– – – 3VA9113-0RL20 3VA9213-0RL20 – – – – –
■ – – 3VA9113-0RL21 – – – – – –
■ ■ ■ – – 3VA9123-0RL30 3VA9223-0RL30 3VA9323-0RL30 3VA9423-0RL30 –

– – – 3VA9114-0RL10 – – – – – –
– – – 3VA9114-0RL20 3VA9214-0RL20 – – – – –
■ – – 3VA9114-0RL21 – – – – – –
■ ■ ■ – – 3VA9124-0RL30 3VA9224-0RL30 3VA9324-0RL30 3VA9424-0RL30 –
3VA9988-0BR10 3VA9988-0BR10 – – – – –
– – 3VA9927-0RC00 3VA9927-0RC00 3VA9927-0RC00 3VA9927-0RC00 –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/57
© Siemens 2023
Communication
ETU 5- ETU 8- Display in Display Communication

Metering function 1) series series ETU DSP800 COM800/COM100
Current
Phase and neutral conductor currents I1, I2, I3, IN A ■ ■ □ □ ■
Residual current to ground Ig A ■ ■ □ □ ■
Phase with highest load A ■ ■ □ □ ■
2 Average value over the three phase currents ILAVG = (I1 + I2 + I3)/3 A – ■ – □ ■
Asymmetry of the phase currents Inba % – ■ – □ ■
THD of the 3 phases THDI1, THDI2, THDI3 % – ■ – □ ■
Voltage
Phase voltages incl. average value U12, U23, U31, Uphavg V – ■ □ □ ■
Voltages to N conductor incl. average value U1N, U2N, U3N, UNavg V – ■ – □ ■
Voltage unbalance % – ■ – □ ■
THD phase/phase and phase/N THDI1, THDI2, THDI3 % – ■ – □ ■
Power
Active power, total and per phase P1, P2, P3, Ptot kW – ■ □ (Ptot) □ ■
Apparent power, total and per phase S1, S2, S3, Stot kVA – ■ – □ ■
Reactive power, total and per phase Q1, Q2, Q3, Qtot kVAr – ■ □ □ ■
Power factor of the fundamental PF1, PF2, PF3, PFavg – ■ □ (PFavg) □ ■
Energy
Active energy, infeed and feedback Ep kWh – ■ □ □ ■
Reactive energy, infeed and feedback Eq kVArh – ■ – □ ■
Apparent energy Es kVAh – ■ – □ ■
Frequency
Present frequency f Hz – ■ □ □ ■
Min/max pointer function
Min./max. current, voltage, power With time stamp – – – – – ■
Condition Monitoring 2)
Operating cycles counter CLOSE-OPEN cycle ■ ■ – – ■
Operating hours h ■ ■ – – ■
Trip counter Differentiated by trip ■ ■ – – ■
causes
Health indicator 3) Incl. contact state % ■ ■ ■ – ■
Remaining life time 3) Time ■ ■ – – ■
■ Available □ Displayable – Not available
1)
Depending on ETU version
2)
Only available with continuous external power supply and COM060 and COM800/100 communication interfaces
3)
Firmware 4.4 or higher of ETU, COM060, COM800/100 required
3VA23
3VA20 3VA24
3VA21 3VA25
3VA22 3VA26
COM060 communications modules
• For mounting in the right-hand accessories compartment of the 3VA2
molded case circuit breaker (including ETU power supply)
• Including a T-Connector
Use
Communication to the COM800/COM100 data concentrator via 3VA line 3VA9187-0TB10 3VA9387-0TB10
SLC adapters (spare part)

Scope of supply
5 units 3VA9187-0TB60 3VA9387-0TB60
24 V modules
• 24 V DC
• For mounting in the right-hand accessories compartment of the 3VA2
Use
Optional energy supply for the ETU, also includes continuous operation 3VA9187-0TB50 3VA9387-0TB50
of the ETU display and the metering function of the ETU 8-series

2/58 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
SENTRON Powermanager
PROFIBUS
I201_18907a
Ethernet (Modbus TCP)
SIMATIC S7
PROFINET
3VA-line
T-Connector T-Connector
COM800 DSP800
data concentrator display
3VA2 molded case 3VA2 molded case

circuit breaker circuit breaker
COM060 7KM PAC Switched 7KM PAC 7KM PAC RS485

communications module Ethernet PROFINET PROFIBUS (Modbus RTU)
expansion module expansion module expansion module

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/59
© Siemens 2023
Communication
Data concentrator
COM800 data concentrators
Version Article No.
Central communications module for connection of up to eight 3VA2 molded case circuit breakers via the 3VA 3VA9987-0TA10
line, Ethernet 10/100 Mbps interface module socket for inserting an optional PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET
module, 2 terminating resistors
2
COM100 data concentrators
Version Article No.
Central communications module for connection of a 3VA2 molded case circuit breaker via the 3VA line, 3VA9987-0TA20
Ethernet 10/100 Mbps interface module socket for inserting an optional PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET module,
2 terminating resistors
7KM PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion modules

Use Article No.
Used for connecting the COM800/COM100 data concentrator, and the 3VA molded case circuit breakers 7KM9300-0AB01-0AA0
connected to it, to PROFIBUS DPV1. Supplies the state and measured variables of the 3VA molded case circuit
breaker for the PROFIBUS DP master. Receives information (e.g. commands) from the PROFIBUS DP master
and transmits them to the 3VA molded case circuit breaker.
7KM PAC Switched Ethernet PROFINET expansion modules
Use Article No.
Used for connecting the COM800/COM100 data concentrator, and the connected 3VA molded case circuit 7KM9300-0AE02-0AA0
breakers, to PROFINET via two Ethernet interfaces. Supplies the state and measured variables of the 3VA
molded case circuit breakers to PROFINET via the PROFINET IO, PROFIenergy and Modbus TCP protocols.
7KM PAC RS485 Modbus RTU expansion modules

Use Article No.
Used for connecting the COM800/COM100 data concentrator, and the 3VA molded case circuit breakers 7KM9300-0AM00-0AA0
connected to it, to Modbus RTU. Supplies the state and measured variables of the 3VA molded case circuit
breaker for the Modbus RTU master. Receives information (e.g. commands) from the Modbus RTU master
and transmits them to the 3VA molded case circuit breaker.
Interfaces
Interfaces to IEC 61850
• The SICAM A8000 smart data concentrator connects the circuit breakers from the SENTRON portfolio via
the Modbus TCP/IP protocol and transmits data via communication protocols (e.g.: IEC 61850,
IEC 60870-5-104, IEC 60870-5-101, Modbus and DNP) to higher-level systems.
Type Processor assembly Article No.
SICAM CP-8021 1)
– 6MF2802-1AA00
SICAM CP-8031 2) – 6MF2803-1AA00
SICAM CP-8050 3) – 6MF2805-0AA00
SICAM PS-8620 24 … 60 V DC (12 W) 6MF2862-0AA00

SICAM PS-8622 110 … 220 V DC (12 W) 6MF2862-2AA00
1)
Dimensioned for device quantities of max. 1× 3WA and 1× 3VA
2)
Dimensioned for device quantities of 1× 3WA and 8× 3VA
3)
Dimensioned for device quantities of 3× 3WA and 8× 3VA or 2x 3WA and 8x 3VA and 1x PAC4200

For the SICAM CP-8021, SICAM CP-8031 and SICAM CP-8050, predefined modules were created to reduce commissioning work to a minimum.
The modules can be obtained free of charge via SiePortal www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support (109816057).

2/60 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Ethernet IEC 61850
RTU
SICAM
2
A8000
Ethernet Modbus TCP

I201_20560
COM190
COM800
3VA-line
3VA 3VA
3WA
1........8

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/61
© Siemens 2023
Communication
Accessories for communication

T-connectors (spare part)
Use Article No.
Provides a stub connection to the COM060 and loops through to the next circuit breaker. 3VA9987-0TG10
DIN-rail adapters
Use Article No.
2 For snapping the T-Connector onto a DIN rail. 3VA9987-0TG11
Prefabricated connecting cables, T-connector – T-connector or T-connector – COM800/COM100

Length Article No.
0.4 m 3VA9987-0TC10
1m 3VA9987-0TC20
2m 3VA9987-0TC30
4m 3VA9987-0TC40
Prefabricated connecting cables for extending the COM060 – T-connector stub connection
Length Article No.
0.4 m 3VA9987-0TF20
0.8 m 3VA9987-0TF10
Additional bus terminating resistors (spare part)
Use Article No.
For COM800 and COM060 3VA9987-0TE10
Voltage tap to external N conductors (spare part)

Use Article No.
Cable for connection of the star point for the metering function of the 8-series ETU, length 1.5 m 3VA9987-0UC10
External current transformer for N conductors

Use Rated current Article No.
For 3VA2 3-pole molded case circuit breakers, 25 … 150 A 3VA9007-0NA10
for 5 and 8-series ETUs, 160 … 350 A 3VA9107-0NA10
including connecting cables
400 … 630 A 3VA9307-0NA10
External current transformers as straight-through transformers

Rated current Article No.
25 … 150 A 3VA9077-0NA10
160 … 350 A 3VA9177-0NA10
400 … 630 A 3VA9377-0NA10
600 … 1250 A 3VA9677-0NA10
Connecting cables for external current transformers for N conductors (spare part)
Article No.
3VA9907-0NB10
Display
DSP800 displays
Use Article No.
For displaying the status and measured values of up to eight devices 3VA9987-0TD10
• 3VA2 via COM800/100

• 3VA27
• 3WL10
• 3WL11-13
• PAC3200T

2/62 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
External function box

EFB300 external function boxes
• 4 digital outputs for information output
• 1 digital input
• ZSI functionality
• S0 interface
• Including cable 1.5 m in length
Use Article No. 2
For connection to the ETU of 3VA2 molded case circuit breakers 3VA9987-0UA10
Connecting cables for EFB300
Length Use Article No.
1.5 m For 3VA2 with EFB 3VA9987-0UB10
3.0 m For 3VA2 with EFB 3VA9987-0UB20
For 3VA2 with EFB and RCD820 3VA9987-0UB30
Test devices
TD300 test devices
Use Connection Article No.
For activation of the ETU and initiation On the front interface of the ETU 3VA9987-0MA10
of a test tripping operation
TD400 test devices 1)

• Energy supply via batteries or the USB-C interface
• USB-C interface for connecting a PC with SENTRON Powerconfig
• Bluetooth interface for connection to a PC, smartphone or tablet
• ETU parameterization
• Including adapter and connecting cable to 3VA2 molded case circuit breaker and IEC 3WL (ETU release 2)
• Including case
Initiation of a test tripping operation On the front interface of the ETU (3VA and IEC 3WL ETU release 2) 3VW9011-0AT40
TD500 test devices
• USB interface for connecting a PC with SENTRON Powerconfig
• Including external power supply
• Including connecting cable to 3VA2 molded case circuit breaker
Initiation of various test tripping On the front interface of the ETU 3VA9987-0MB10
operations (LSING), ETU parameterizati-
on
External power supplies for TD500 (spare part)
Voltage Article No.
110 … 240 V 3VA9987-0MX10
Connecting cables for connecting TD500 to 3VA2 molded case circuit breakers (spare part)
Article No.
3VA9987-0MY10
1)

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/63
© Siemens 2023
3VA20
3VA21
3VA11 3VA12 3VA22
Locking
• The locking provisions make it possible to lock the 3VA molded case circuit breakers
2 in either the OFF or the ON operating position.
Version
Cylinder lock Key 1 (lock number 1) 3VA9980-0VL10

Key 3 (lock number 3) 3VA9980-0VL30
Adapter kit for mounting the cylinder lock (type RONIS) in the accessories compartment 3VA9157-0LF10 3VA9257-0LF10 3VA9167-0LF10
of the molded case circuit breaker
Locking provision for handle operating mechanism 3VA9088-0LB10 3VA9388-0LB10
Interlocking
• Using interlocking technology, it is possible to mutually interlock two or more
molded case circuit breakers.
• The interlock system is designed to ensure that no more than one molded case
circuit breaker can be operated at a time.
• The following methods of interlocking can be used on 3VA molded case
circuit breakers:
− Front interlock
− Rear interlock
Version
Cylinder lock Key 1 (lock number 1) 3VA9980-0VL10

Sliding bar interlock 3VA9158-0VF30 3VA9258-0VF30 3VA9168-0VF30
Handle interlocking module with Bowden cable 3VA9157-0VF10 3VA9257-0VF10 3VA9167-0VF10
Bowden cable Length 0.6 m 3VA9980-0VC10

Length 1.0 m 3VA9980-0VC20
Length 1.5 m 3VA9980-0VC30
Rear interlock with rod Circuit breaker, fixed-mounted 3VA9088-0VM10

Plug-in/withdrawable technology 3VA9088-0VM30
Mounting frame for rear interlock with rod Mounting rails 3VA9088-0VK10
Mounting plate 3VA9158-0VK20 3VA9258-0VK20 3VA9268-0VK20
1)
With mounting frame for rear interlock.
Can be used with breaker 3VA15 from “E02” and 3VA25 from “E05” (Line protection CB with TMTU, 3-Series ETU and 5-Series ETU)

2/64 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA13
3VA14 3VA15
3VA23 3VA25
3VA24 3VA26
Locking
2
Use in Locking in Locking in Front Rear Interlocked
OFF position ON position mounting mounting breakers
3VA9980-0VL10 Breakers, motor ■ ■ ■ – –
3VA9980-0VL30 operators, manual
operators, withdrawable
3VA9980-0VL40
technology
3VA9367-0LF10 3VA9587-0LF10 Circuit breaker ■ ■ ■ – –
3VA9388-0LB10 3VA9588-0LB10 Circuit breaker ■ ■ ■ – –
Interlocking
Use in Locking in Locking in Front Rear Interlocked

OFF position ON position mounting mounting breakers
3VA9980-0VL10 Breakers, manual ■ ■ ■ – Unlimited
3VA9980-0VL30 operators
3VA9980-0VL40
3VA9368-0VF30 – Circuit breaker – – ■ – 3
3VA9367-0VF10 3VA9587-0VF10 Circuit breaker – – ■ – 3
3VA9980-0VC10
3VA9980-0VC20
3VA9980-0VC30
3VA9088-0VM10 3VA9588-0VM10 1) Circuit breaker, – – – ■ 2

3VA9088-0VM30 – fixed-mounted,
plug-in/withdrawable
technology
3VA9088-0VK10 – Fixed-mounted – – – ■
3VA9468-0VK20 –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/65
© Siemens 2023
Cover frame and mounting
3VA10
3VA11 3VA12
Cover frames for door cut-outs for molded case circuit breakers
Number of poles Door cut-out with trip unit
2 3P No 3VA9053-0SB10 3VA9253-0SB10
Yes 3VA9053-0SB20 3VA9253-0SB20
4P No 3VA9054-0SB10 3VA9254-0SB10
Yes 3VA9054-0SB20 3VA9254-0SB20
Cover frames for motor operators

Use
MO320 motor operator 3VA9053-0SB20 3VA9257-0SB30
Motor operator with SEO520 stored energy mechanism – –
Cover frames for RCD320, RCD520 and RCD820 residual current devices
Number of poles
3P 3VA9053-0SB10 3VA9253-0SB10
4P 3VA9054-0SB10 3VA9254-0SB10
Cover frames for front mounted rotary operators
3VA9053-0SB10 3VA9253-0SB10
Cover frames for door feedthroughs
– 3VA9253-0SB20
Labeling plates for cover frame
3VA9087-0SX10
DIN-rail adapter for 3VA1 molded case circuit breakers

Number of poles
1P 3VA9181-0SH10 1) –
2P 3VA9182-0SH10 –
3P and 4P 3VA9187-0SH10 –
3P and 4P in connection with RCD310 or RCD510 3VA9187-0SH20 –
Mounting screw kits
Use Number of poles
For fixed-mounted circuit 1P 3VA9111-0SS10 –
breakers 2P and 3P (apart from 125 A/160 A with 55 kA and 70 kA) 3VA9116-0SS10
3P (125 A/160 A with 55 kA and 70 kA) and 4P 3VA9114-0SS10
3P – –
4P – –
3P and 4P – –
For plug-in units – 3VA9114-0SS10
For plug-in and withdrawable – – 3VA9114-0SS10
technology
1)
For 1-pole 3VA11 molded case circuit breakers up to 25 kA
Adapters for 60 mm busbar system (8US), see page 13/26

2/66 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA13
3VA20 3VA14 3VA15
3VA21 3VA23 3VA25
3VA22 3VA24 3VA26
3VA9163-0SB10 3VA9383-0SB10 3VA9503-0SB10 2

3VA9163-0SB20 3VA9363-0SB20 3VA9503-0SB20
3VA9164-0SB10 3VA9384-0SB10 3VA9504-0SB10
3VA9164-0SB20 3VA9364-0SB20 3VA9504-0SB20
3VA9257-0SB30 3VA9377-0SB30 –
3VA9167-0SB30 3VA9377-0SB30 –
3VA9253-0SB10 3VA9303-0SB40 –
3VA9254-0SB10 3VA9304-0SB40 –
3VA9163-0SB10 3VA9383-0SB10 3VA9503-0SB50
3VA9253-0SB20 3VA9353-0SB20 –
3VA9087-0SX10
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
3VA9126-0SS10 – –
3VA9124-0SS10 – –
– 3VA9328-0SS10 3VA9517-0SS10
– – 3VA9603-0SS10
3VA9124-0SS10 3VA9328-0SS10 –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/67
© Siemens 2023
Molded Case Circuit Breakers | 3VA27
System overview
configurator at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3va27-configurator
Molded case circuit breakers

2
Handle Stored energy mechanism
Trip units Accessories
Electronic trip unit (ETU) Communications Rating plugs Breaker Connect Test devices and
module module breaker data
adapters
Main conductor connections Accessories
Rear vertical/ Rear Front Front Cable lug Phase barriers Terminal cover
horizontal broadened extended broadened
Motors Accessories
Spring charging Mechanical operating cycles counter (MOC)

motor
Auxiliary releases/closing coils
Undervoltage release (UVR)/ Closing coil (CC)/

Shunt trip (ST) Remote reset magnet (RR)
Note:
2/68 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3VA27 | Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Auxiliary switches
2
Trip alarm switch Ready-to-close Auxiliary switch Trip alarm switch Trip alarm switch
signaling switch (RTC) ON/OFF (AUX) (S24) (TAS)
Other accessories
Interlocking sets Locking provision Locking mechanism Door sealing frame Protective cover Mechanical Manual operator
interlock
Note:
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/69

© Siemens 2023
System overview
16
15
2
14
13 1
2
12
11
5
10 I201_2
0566
6
9
7
8
1 Connection technology for guide frame 10 Auxiliary and alarm switches/auxiliary releases
2 Position signaling switch 11 Spring charging motor and accessories
3 Communication modules 12 Accessories for locking, blocking, and interlocking for synchronizable
spring charging motor (SEO)
4 Locking for guide frame
13 Interlocking for guide frame/external accessories
5 Connection technology for fixed-mounted circuit breaker
14 DSP800 display
6 Manual operators
15 SENTRON Powerconfig software
7 Sliding bar interlock
16 Test devices
8 Electronic trip units (ETUs)
9 Interocking for fixed-mounted circuit breaker
2/70 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/71

© Siemens 2023

Basic configuration with handle operating mechanism
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3VA27 – –
2
Molded case circuit breakers and ETUs
Max. rated current 800 A 8 0
In max 1000 A 1 0
1250 A 1 2
1600 A 1 6
Short-circuit Handle operating 55 kA 5

breaking capacity mechanism 85 kA 6
Icu = Ics at 415 V
110 kA 7
Molded case Without metering Without trip unit A A

switches function, without
communications
interface
Circuit breakers, Without metering With trip unit ETU320 LI (N) 1) A B

ETU 3-series function, without ETU350 LSI (N) 1) A C
communications
ETU360 LSIG (N) 1) A D
interface

Without a Without metering function A
communications
interface
With a Without metering function B
1)
Neutral conductor protection for 3-pole breakers with an external neutral conductor transformer or 4-pole breakers

Neutral right 2
Neutral right 5
Connections
Type of mounting Withdrawable Withdrawable circuit breaker without guide frame 0
(guide frame must be ordered separately)
Fixed-mounted breaker/ Rear vertical connection 1
withdrawable breaker Rear horizontal connection 2
Front-accessible, broadened main connection 6
Rear broadened bus connectors 7
Quick selection guide, page 2/12

2/72 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3VA27 – –
2
Alarm switch combinations
Alarm switches Without 0
With trip alarm switch TAS
1
and trip alarm switch S25
With two leading changeover switches S26 2
With trip alarm switch TAS
and trip alarm switch S25 3
and two leading changeover switches S26

Closing coil (CC),
Without A
remote reset magnet (RR)
2nd auxiliary release Without 2nd auxiliary release A

With undervoltage release (UVR) 24 V AC/DC B
30 V AC/DC C
48 V AC/DC D
60 V AC/DC E
110 ... 120 V AC/DC F
120 ... 127 V AC/DC G
220 ... 240 V AC/DC H
240 ... 250 V AC/DC J
380 ... 400 V AC/DC K
415 ... 440 V AC/DC L
Scope of supply: UVR + time-delay device
220 ... 250 V AC/DC P
30 V AC/DC R
48 V AC/DC S
60 V AC/DC T
110 ... 120 V AC/DC U
120 ... 127 V AC/DC V
220 ... 240 V AC/DC W
240 ... 250 V AC/DC X

Shunt trip (ST) 24 V AC/DC 1
30 V AC/DC 2
48 V AC/DC 3
60 V AC/DC 4
110 ... 120 V AC/DC 5
120 ... 127 V AC/DC 6
220 ... 240 V AC/DC 7
240 ... 250 V AC/DC 8

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/73
© Siemens 2023

Basic configuration with stored energy mechanism
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3VA27 – –
2
Molded case circuit breakers and ETUs
Max. rated current 800 A 8 0
In max 1000 A 1 0
1250 A 1 2
1600 A 1 6
Short-circuit Stored energy 55 kA 1

breaking capacity mechanism 85 kA 2
Icu = Ics at 415 V
110 kA 3
Molded case Without metering Without trip unit A A

switches function, without
communications
interface
Circuit breakers, Without metering With trip unit ETU320 LI (N) 1) A B

ETU 3-series function, without ETU350 LSI (N) 1) A C
communications
ETU360 LSIG (N) 1) A D
interface

Without a Without metering function A
communications
interface
With a Without metering function B
1)
Neutral conductor protection for 3-pole breakers with an external neutral conductor transformer or 4-pole breakers

Neutral right 2
Neutral right 5
Connections
Type of mounting Withdrawable Withdrawable circuit breaker without guide frame 0
(guide frame must be ordered separately)
Fixed-mounted breaker/ Rear vertical connection 1
withdrawable breaker Rear horizontal connection 2
Front-accessible, broadened main connection 6
Rear broadened bus connectors 7
Motor
Operating Manual operator 0
mechanisms Spring charging motor 24 ... 30 V AC/DC 1
48 ... 60 V AC/DC 2
110 V AC/DC 3
230 V AC/DC 4

2/74 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3VA27 – –
2
Auxiliary releases, closing coils, remote reset magnets
Closing coil (CC), Without A
remote reset magnet (RR) Closing coil (CC) 24 V AC/DC B
30 V AC/DC C
48 V AC/DC D
60 V AC/DC E
110 ... 120 V AC/DC F
120 ... 127 V AC/DC G
220 ... 240 V AC/DC H
240 ... 250 V AC/DC J
Closing coil (CC) and 24 V AC/DC K
additional remote reset magnet (RR) 110 V AC/DC L
220 V AC/DC M
2nd auxiliary release Without 2nd auxiliary release A

With undervoltage release (UVR) 24 V AC/DC B
30 V AC/DC C
48 V AC/DC D
60 V AC/DC E
110 ... 120 V AC/DC F
120 ... 127 V AC/DC G
220 ... 240 V AC/DC H
240 ... 250 V AC/DC J
380 ... 400 V AC/DC K
415 ... 440 V AC/DC L
Scope of supply: UVR + time-delay device
220 ... 250 V AC/DC P
30 V AC/DC R
48 V AC/DC S
60 V AC/DC T
110 ... 120 V AC/DC U
120 ... 127 V AC/DC V
220 ... 240 V AC/DC W
240 ... 250 V AC/DC X

Shunt trip (ST) 24 V AC/DC 1
30 V AC/DC 2
48 V AC/DC 3
60 V AC/DC 4
110 ... 120 V AC/DC 5
120 ... 127 V AC/DC 6
220 ... 240 V AC/DC 7
240 ... 250 V AC/DC 8

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/75
© Siemens 2023
Accessory options
To specify the options, add “-Z“ to the complete article number and Order code
2 3VA27..-.....-.... -Z
Mounting options for fixed-mounted circuit breakers
• In the basic configuration, the fixed-mounted circuit breaker is mounted onto the rear panel. Floor mounting is possible as an option. The
device must additionally be modified if it is to be extended to include functionalities such as external auxiliary switches or mechanical
interlocking mechanism.1)
Mounting options for Floor mounting Mounting support standard A07
fixed-mounted circuit Mounting support extended 2) S56
breakers1)
Rear panel mounting onto mounting plate Side wall extended 2) S57
Accessories for electronic trip units ETU

Rating plugs
• As standard, the electronic trip units are equipped with a rating plug for setting the rated current In,
which is equal to the maximum rated circuit breaker current (< In max).
The rated current of the selected rating plug must be less than or equal to In max.
• To downrate the circuit breaker, a rated current smaller than In max is selected for the rating plug via a Z option.
• Other functions can also be activated using rating plugs (L = OFF or Rc protection).
Rating plug For setting the rated current In For all ETUs 400 A B04
630 A B06
800 A B08
1000 A B10
1200 A B12
For setting the rated current In, with overload For 6-series ETUs 400 A L04
protection L = OFF 630 A L06
800 A L08
1000 A L10
1250 A L12
1600 A L16
For setting the rated current In, For ETU660 only 400 A G04
For enabling the residual current protective function. 630 A G06
The residual current function is only possible with the
800 A G08
MF Advanced metering function.
1250 A G12
Communications modules
• Up to 2 different communication modules can be used at the same time.
• When using an IOM040 digital I/O module (Z option K56), only 1 communication module can be used.
Communications modules COM040 PROFIBUS F02
COM041 PROFINET F03
COM043 Modbus TCP F11
COM042 Modbus RTU F12

• When a circuit breaker with a communications interface is ordered, a Breaker Connect module for external 24 V DC power supply of the
electronic components is also supplied ready installed as standard.
• By means of this Z option, the Breaker Connect module for 24 V DC is replaced by a Breaker Connect module for 110–240 V AC/DC.
Breaker Connect module 110 ... 240 V AC/DC F26
I/O modules internal

I/O modules internal IOM040 digital I/O module 2 inputs, 2 outputs K56
For molded case circuit breakers with stored energy mechanism

1)
These functionalities can be applied directly to the frame of the withdrawable circuit breaker,
without any modification of the side wall.
For molded case circuit breakers with handle operating mechanism 2)
Not possible in connection with or as an alternative to the mounting support, standard (A07).

2/76 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
To specify the options, add “-Z“ to the complete article number and indicate the Order code
3VA27..-.....-.... -Z 2
Accessories for motors
Mechanical operating cycles counter, 5-digit – C01

• Auxiliary and signaling switches for currents > 100 mA and up to 400 V AC are installed as standard.
• For currents < 100 mA for PLC connections, these auxiliary and signaling switches can be replaced.
Position signaling switches for guide frames 1) 2 CO | 2 CO | 2 CO (connected | test | disconnected position) K55
Signaling switch Ready-to-close signaling switch 1 CO digital 24 V DC – K50

Trip alarm switch (S24) 1 CO digital 24 V DC K53
Spring charge signaling switch (S21) 1 CO digital 24 V DC – K54
Auxiliary switch On/Off AUX 4 CO digital 24 V DC K51

2 CO 400 V AC, and 2 CO digital 24 V DC K52

Locking provisions 1) To prevent movement of the Cylinder lock Made by RONIS R78
withdrawable circuit breaker For no more than 3 padlocks, 8 mm R65
Locking mechanism To prevent movement to disconnected position R79
Locking provision Against unauthorized closing Cylinder lock, made by RONIS – S08
in the operator panel (safe OFF) For no more than 3 padlocks, plastic 4 mm – S22
For no more than 1 padlock, metal 7 mm – S23
For no more than 2 padlocks, metal 8 mm – S07
Interlocking set For mechanical ON and/or OFF on For no more than 3 padlocks, plastic 4 mm – S42
the operator panel For no more than 1 padlock, metal 7 mm – S43
For no more than 2 padlocks, metal 8 mm – S44
Protective cover For mechanical ON/OFF, not lockable – S41
Door sealing frame IP30 IP3x T30
For molded case circuit breakers with stored energy mechanism 1)

Can be used both for individual orders of the guide frame and complete orders
(circuit breaker + guide frame).
For molded case circuit breakers with handle operating mechanism

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/77
© Siemens 2023
Guide frames
3VA27
Guide frames for ordering separately without circuit breakers
• Guide frames without breakers up to 1600 A
• Note: All CB bus modules for communication COM04x/IOM300/Breaker Connect module, as well as COMPSS
signaling switches are configured without frames in the withdrawable circuit breaker and defined there by
means of Z options, and are included with the breaker. PSS Standard is always included in the frame and
can be changed to an electronics-capable signal by means of a Z option.
2 Number of poles Connection type Article No.
3-pole Rear vertical 3VW8116-7AA01
Rear horizontal 3VW8116-7AB01
Front straight bus connectors extended 3VW8116-7AE01
Broadened bus connectors 3VW8116-7AF01
Rear broadened bus connectors 3VW8116-7AG01
4-pole Rear vertical 3VW8116-7BA01
Rear horizontal 3VW8116-7BB01
Front straight bus connectors extended 3VW8116-7BE01
Broadened bus connectors 3VW8116-7BF01
Rear broadened bus connectors 3VW8116-7BG01
To specify the options, add “-Z“ to the complete article number and Order code
3VW8....-.....-.... -Z

Locking provision To prevent movement of the Cylinder lock, made by RONIS R78
withdrawable circuit breaker
For no more than 3 padlocks, 8 mm R65
Locking mechanism To prevent movement to disconnected position (only in combination with R78 or R65) R79
Position signaling switch PSS For 24 V DC digital signals, 2 CO | 2 CO | 2 CO (connected | test | disconnected position) K55
for guide frame for minimum currents
Auxiliary and signaling switches for currents > 100 mA and up to 400 V AC are installed as standard.
For currents < 100 mA for PLC connections, these auxiliary and signaling switches can be modified.
The auxiliary/signaling switches for 24 V DC digital signals are designed for
• a minimum load above 1 mA at 5 V DC, and
• a maximum breaking capacity of 100 mA at 24 V DC.

2/78 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Electronic trip unit ETU and accessories
3VA27
Electronic trip units (ETU)
Version With communications/ Type Protective Article No.
metering function, function
enhanced protective functions
With rotary coding switches No ETU320 LIN 3VW9011-5AA00
ETU350 LSIN 3VW9012-5AA00 2
With display Yes ETU650 LSIN 3VW9017-5AA00

Metering functions for ETU650 or ETU660

Description Protective function/version Arrangement Article No.
Metering function MF Basic – 3VW9011-0AT01
MF Advanced – 3VW9011-0AT04
Set of cables for For 4-pole circuit breakers Top or bottom 3VW9011-0AT08
voltage tap for MF with N conductor right
with N conductor left Bottom 3VW9011-0AT76
External current transformers for N conductors
ETU320, ETU350, ETU360, Only for 3-pole circuit breakers 3VW9011-0AA30
ETU650, ETU660
External current transformers for grounded transformer neutral points

Accessory for Gret (Ground return) Article No.
ETU660 100 A 3VW9011-0GF30
250 A 3VW9011-0GF31
Summation current transformers external Rc-CT for residual current measurement

• Only with MF Advanced metering function and Rc rating plug
ETU660 For external residual current 3VW9011-0RC30
measurement
Remote reset magnets RR for the circuit breakers including tripped signaling
• Remote reset magnet (RR) for resetting the circuit breaker after tripping as a result of overcurrent conditions
Accessory for Voltage Article No.
ETU320, ETU350, ETU360, 24 V DC – 3VW9011-0AK03
ETU650, ETU660 110 V AC/DC – 3VW9011-0AK05
250 V AC/DC – 3VW9011-0AK06
Spare part batteries for electronic trip unit ETU

ETU320, ETU350, ETU360, ETU650, ETU660 3VW9011-0AT38


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/79
© Siemens 2023
Electronic trip unit ETU and accessories
3VA27
Rating plugs
• Only one module is possible per circuit breaker.
Accessory for Version Rated current In Article No.
ETU320, ETU350, Rating plugs for setting (< In max) 400 A 3VW9011-0AA53
ETU360, ETU650, the rated current In 630 A 3VW9011-0AA55
2 ETU660
800 A 3VW9011-0AA56
1000 A 3VW9011-0AA57
1250 A 3VW9011-0AA58
1600 A 3VW9011-0AA61
ETU 6-series Rating plug without overload protection (L = OFF) 400 A 3VW9011-0LF53
and for setting (< In max) the rated current In 630 A 3VW9011-0LF55
800 A 3VW9011-0LF56
1000 A 3VW9011-0LF57
1250 A 3VW9011-0LF58
1600 A 3VW9011-0LF61
ETU660 Rating plug Rc for ETU660 for enabling of the residual 400 A 3VW9011-0RC53
current protective function and setting (< In max) of the 630 A 3VW9011-0RC55
rated current In. A residual current function is only
possible with the MF advanced metering function. 800 A 3VW9011-0RC56
1250 A 3VW9011-0RC58
CB bus modules - communications modules
• Contains the communications module
• Up to 2 different communications modules can be used at the same time.
• When using a digital I/O module IOM040 (Z option K56), only 1 communications module can be used.
• Can only be used with ETU of the 6-series and require a Breaker Connect module for connection to the circuit
breaker. This can also be configured directly on the device by means of a Z option if the communications
interface to the ETU 6-series is selected.
Communications Protocol Article No.
module
COM040 PROFIBUS 3VW9011-0AT15
COM041 PROFINET 3VW9011-0AT14
COM043 Modbus TCP 3VW9011-0AT16
COM042 Modbus RTU 3VW9011-0AT17
CB bus modules - I/O modules external IOM300
• For snapping onto DIN rail
• 0.8 A at 50 V DC
• 0.2 A at 150 V DC
• 4 A at 250 V AC
CB bus modules - I/O modules internal IOM040
• When using a digital I/O module IOM040, only 1 communication module can be used.
• 0.8 A at 50 V DC
• 0.2 A at 150 V DC
• 4 A at 250 V AC


2/80 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA27
Actuator modules COM ACT
• For switching the circuit breaker on/off remotely via communication.
• Actuation of the closing coil (CC) and the 1st shunt trip (ST).
• Can only be used in combination with a communications module, spring charging motor,
closing coil and 1st shunt trip.
• Automatically included if the communications interface of the ETU 6-series is selected in the basic circuit
breaker configuration. 2
ETU 6-series – 3VW9011-0AT10
• For external power supply for the electronics components
Voltage Article No.
110 ... 240 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AT06
24 ... 48 V DC 3VW9011-0AT07
Auxiliary contact signals for communications interface

• Auxiliary contacts for signaling the readiness to close or for position signaling switches of the
withdrawable positions.
• Can only be used in combination with communications module.
• Can be combined with standard position signaling switches or ready-to-close signaling contacts.
• Note: Both signaling switches are automatically included in the basic circuit breaker (COM PSS only with
withdrawable versions) if the communications interface of the ETU 6-series is selected.
Function Article No.
Ready-to-close signaling switch for communication (COM RTC) – 3VW9011-0AT11
Position signaling switch COM PSS (for withdrawable breaker only) 3VW9011-0AT12
Test devices and breaker data adapters
• Usable for all ETU 3-series and 6-series
Description Type Article No.
Test device TD310 3VW9011-0AT32
• For the trip test via ETU and tripping solenoid including release
• Activation of the ETU and the tripping solenoid by means of a battery built
into the test device
• On activation in the ETU 6-series, the parameters can be configured on the
display
Breaker data adapter TD410 3VW9011-0AT34
• For generation of a report of the set parameters with powerservice
Test device and breaker data adapter TD420 3VW9011-0AT33
− Testing a tripping operation using SENTRON Powerconfig
• For use with the powerservice software
− Testing of the basic protective functions LSING
− Testing of the enhanced protective functions
− Test data storage
− Readout of ETU buffer
− Generation of a report of the set parameters


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/81
© Siemens 2023
Accessories for connection and insulation
3VA27
Front main connections acc. to IEC 60947-2
• Acc. to IEC 60947-2 for 3VA27 up to 1600 A (depending on application conditions)
Mounting Version Mounting onto Number of poles/quantity Article No.
Fixed-mounted Front main connections – 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AL01
2 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AL02
Extended main terminals, Front main 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AL77
including insulation plate connections 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AL78
and phase barriers, standard
Broadened main terminals, Front main 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AL73

including insulation plate connections, top
and extended phase barriers Front main 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AL75
connections,
bottom
Front main 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AL74
connections, top/
bottom
Withdrawable Front-accessible terminals for Guide frame 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AN01
main circuit connection flange 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AN02
Broadened main circuit Front-accessible 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AN73

connections terminals for 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AN74
main circuit
connection
Rear terminals for main circuit connections acc. to IEC 60947-2
Fixed-mounted Rear terminals for main circuit – 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AL32
connection, rotatable for 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AL33
horizontal/vertical connection,
Withdrawable Rear terminals for main circuit – 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AN32
connection, rotatable for 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AN33
horizontal/vertical connection,
Broadened main terminals Rear horizontal 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AN75
main connec- 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AN76
tions
Cu/Al cable connections acc. to IEC 60947-2
Fixed-mounted Circular conductor terminals Front main 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AL71
4 × 240 mm² for front cable connections 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AL72
connection 1), including insulation
plate and high,
extended terminal cover
Withdrawable Set of circular conductor Rear vertical 3-pole/3 units 3VW9011-0AN71
connection pieces 4 × 240 mm² main connec- 4-pole/4 units 3VW9011-0AN72
for cable lugs for rear cable tions
connection
1)
For connecting Al cables up to 1000 A

2/82 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA27
Auxiliary supply connectors in push-in version
• Control wire tap in push-in version for upgrading fixed-mounted circuit breakers and guide frames.
• The device is always fitted at the factory with the exact number of control wire taps required.
Version Article No.
Push-in 3VW9011-0AB11
2
Terminal covers for fixed-mounted circuit breakers
• Finger-proof for front main connections for fixed-mounted versions
Version Number of poles/quantity Article No.
Standard 3-pole/2 units 3VW9723-0WD30
4-pole/2 units 3VW9724-0WD40
Extended 3-pole/2 units 3VW9723-0WF30

4-pole/2 units 3VW9724-0WF40
Phase barriers for fixed-mounted circuit breakers

• Necessary isolation measures are always supplied with the corresponding connection technology and do not
need to be ordered separately.
• For operational voltages > 440 V AC the use of phase barriers is mandatory; up to 440 V AC their use is
optional.
Height Number of poles/quantity Article No.
100 mm (standard) 3-pole/4 units 3VW9723-0WA00
4-pole/6 units 3VW9724-0WA10
200 mm (extended) 3-pole/4 units 3VW9723-0WA01
4-pole/6 units 3VW9724-0WA11
Supports for mounting the fixed-mounted circuit breakers on the floor
• For fixed-mounted versions only
Mounting support standard 3VW9011-0BB51
(circuit breaker feet)
(= Z option A07)
Mounting support extended • Fixation for external auxiliary switches AUX 15 CO 3VW9011-0BB52
(circuit breaker feet) (3VW9011-0AG15)
including mechanical • Locking mechanism for control cabinet door, direct
transmission of switch (for 3VW9011-0BB10)
position on circuit breaker • Locking mechanism for control cabinet door, Bowden cable
side panel (for 3VW9011-0BB16),
(= Z option S56) • Mechanical interlock to 3WA/3WL/3VA
(for 3VW9011-0BB21)
Extension kits for modification of the side wall of the fixed-mounted circuit breakers
• For fixed-mounted versions only
• Rear fixation on mounting plate
• For modification for mechanical transmission of switch position on circuit breaker side panel (= Z option S57)
Extension kit for side wall • Fixation for external auxiliary switches AUX 15 CO 3VW9011-0BB53
(3VW9011-0AG15)
• Locking mechanism for control cabinet door, direct
(for 3VW9011-0BB10)
• Locking mechanism for control cabinet door, Bowden cable
(for 3VW9011-0BB16),
• Mechanical interlock to 3WA/3WL/3VA
(for 3VW9011-0BB21)


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/83
© Siemens 2023
Motor operators and manual operators
3VA27
Spring charging motor (MO)
Description Voltage Article No.
For automatic charging of the stored energy mechanism 24 ... 30 V AC/DC – 3VW9011-0AF01
48 ... 60 V AC/DC – 3VW9011-0AF02
100 ... 130 V AC/DC – 3VW9011-0AF03
2 220 ... 250 V AC/DC – 3VW9011-0AF04
Mechanical operating cycles counter MOC
Only possible in combination with a spring charging 5 digits – 3VW9011-0AH07
motor.
Manual operators for handle operating mechanism

Description Version Color Degree of Article No.
protection
Front mounted rotary Standard Gray IP30 – 3VW9727-0EK11
operator EMERGENCY-OFF Yellow-red IP30 – 3VW9727-0EK15
incl. door sealing frame
Door mounted rotary Standard Gray IP30 – 3VW9727-0FK21

operator EMERGENCY-OFF Yellow-red IP30 – 3VW9727-0FK25
Basic without handle IP30 – 3VW9727-0GK00
Shaft stub IP30 – 8UD1900-3WD00
Handle Gray IP30 – 8UD1861-0AB11

Yellow-red IP30 – 8UD1861-0AB15


2/84 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA27
Closing coils CC/shunt trips ST
• Note:
− For molded case circuit breakers with handle operating mechanism, the products can only be used as
closing shunt trips ST.
− For molded case circuit breakers with stored energy mechanism, the products can be used as closing coils
CC and shunt trips ST.
Voltage Article No. 2
24 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD01
30 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD02
48 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD03
60 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD04
110 ... 120 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD05
120 ... 127 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD06
220 ... 240 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD07
240 ... 250 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AD08
380 ... 400 V AC 3VW9011-0AD17
415 ... 440 V AC 3VW9011-0AD18
TD320 function test units for closing coils/shunt trips
• The TD320 test unit allows the operational availability and functions of the closing coils and shunt trips with
a rated operational voltage between 24 V and 250 V (AC and DC) to be tested.
• The operational availability test is performed cyclically at intervals of 30 seconds.
• The unit has visual indicators in the form of LEDs on the front in order to display the following states:
− LED POWER ON LIT: Correct function of the YO/YC test device
− LED DEACTIVATION LIT: Power supply failure, wire break
− LED SHORT-CIRCUIT LIT: Winding short-circuit
− LED DEACTIVATION and SHORT-CIRCUIT FLASHING: Incorrect power supply
− LED DEACTIVATION and SHORT-CIRCUIT OFF: Closing coil/shunt trips OK
For all closing coils/shunt trips – 3VW9011-0AT31
− a maximum breaking capacity of 100 mA at 24 V DC
• For external auxiliary switches ON/OFF AUX 15 CO, a 3VW9011-0AG1x fixation must be ordered in addition,
and for fixed-mounted circuit breakers a 3VW9011-0BB5x side wall modification
Description Contacts Article No.
Ready-to-close signal RTC 1 CO standard – 3VW9011-0AH01
1 CO digital – 3VW9011-0AH02
Auxiliary switch ON/OFF AUX 4 CO standard 3VW9011-0AG01
2 CO standard + 2 CO digital 3VW9011-0AG03
External auxiliary switch ON/OFF AUX 15 CO standard 3VW9011-0AG05
Trip alarm switch S24 1 CO standard 3VW9011-0AH14
Spring charge signaling switch S21 1 CO standard – 3VW9011-0AH10
1 CO digital – 3VW9011-0AH08
Position signaling switches PSS 2 CO | 2 CO | 2 CO 3VW9011-0AH11
(only with withdrawable versions) (connected | test | disconnected position) standard
2 CO | 2 CO | 2 CO 3VW9011-0AH12
(connected | test | disconnected position) digital


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/85
© Siemens 2023
3VA27
Auxiliary/signaling switches for handle operating mechanism
• Auxiliary and signaling switches are each offered in two versions:
− Standard version for currents > 100 mA and up to 400/250 V AC,
minimum load above 100 mA at 24 V DC, and maximum breaking capacity 5 A at 250 V AC
− Digital version for currents < 100 mA for PLC connections,
minimum load above 1 mA at 5 V DC, and maximum breaking capacity 100 mA at 24 V DC
2 • For external auxiliary switches ON/OFF AUX 15 CO, a 3VW9011-0AG1x fixation must be ordered in addition,
and for fixed-mounted circuit breakers a 3VW9011-0BB5x side wall modification.
Description Contacts Article No.
Trip alarm switch TAS signals the trip position 1 CO standard – 3VW9727-0AB11
irrespective of the tripping reason 1 CO digital – 3VW9727-0AB13
Trip alarm switch via auxiliary release S25 signals 1 CO standard – 3VW9727-0AB41
tripping operations via auxiliary releases (UVR, ST) in 1 CO digital – 3VW9727-0AB43
UVR/ST2 pocket
Leading changeover switch S26 (2 units) 1 NO standard, 250 V AC – 3VW9727-0AA21
Fixation for external auxiliary switches AUX 15 CO
• External auxiliary switches ON/OFF AUX 15 CO must be ordered separately.
Version Article No.
For fixed-mounted circuit breakers with rear panel or floor mounting 3VW9011-0AG15
(in combination with Z option S56 or S57)
For guide frames 3VW9011-0AG17

Voltage Article No.
24 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE01
30 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE02
48 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE03
60 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE04
110 ... 120 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE05
120 ... 127 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE06
220 ... 240 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE07
240 ... 250 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE08
380 ... 400 V AC 3VW9011-0AE17
415 ... 440 V AC 3VW9011-0AE18
External time-delay devices for undervoltage releases
• With adjustable delay time from 0.5 to 3 s.
• Suitable for mounting onto DIN rail.
Voltage Article No.
24 ... 30 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE10
48 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE11
60 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE15
110 ... 127 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE12
220 ... 250 V AC/DC 3VW9011-0AE13


2/86 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VA27
Version Article No.
RONIS cylinder lock (spare part for R78) 3VW9011-0BA80
Padlock 8 mm (spare part for R65), for no more than 3 padlocks 3VW9011-0BA87
2
• Only possible as a supplement in conjunction with R78 (3VW9011-0BA80) and/or R65 (3VW9011-0BA87).
Locking mechanism (spare part for R79) 3VW9011-0BA84

Cylinder lock, made by RONIS (spare part for S08) – 3VW9011-0BA33

Padlock 4 mm (spare part for S22) Plastic for no more than 3 locks – 3VW9011-0BA41
Padlock 7 mm (spare part for S23) Metal for no more than 1 lock – 3VW9011-0BA42
Padlock 8 mm (spare part for S07) Metal for no more than 2 locks – 3VW9011-0BA44
Locking provision in OFF position for handle operating mechanism with rotary operators
• Against unauthorized closing in the case of molded case circuit breakers with rotary operator
For RONIS – 3VW9727-0VL10
Locking provision in OFF position for handle operating mechanism without rotary operators
• Against unauthorized closing in the operator panel in the case of
molded case circuit breakers without rotary operator
For padlocks – 3VW9727-0LB10
For RONIS – 3VW9727-0LF10
Interlocking sets for mechanical Open and/or Close on the operator panels
Padlock 4 mm (spare part for S42) Plastic for no more than 3 locks – 3VW9011-0BA22
Padlock 7 mm (spare part for S43) Metal for no more than 1 lock – 3VW9011-0BA23
Padlock 8 mm (spare part for S44) Metal for no more than 2 locks – 3VW9011-0BA24


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/87
© Siemens 2023
3VA27
Protective covers for mechanical ON/OFF
• Mechanical ON/OFF to protect against unintentional actuation on the operator panel.
• Not lockable.
Not lockable (spare part for S41) – 3VW9011-0BA21
2 Mechanical interlock
• Mechanical interlock with Bowden cable 2 m
• For fixed-mounted versions, an additional support 3VW9011-0BB52 (option S56) or extension kit
3VW9011-0BB53 (option S57) must be ordered
Mounting Mounting Article No.
Fixed-mounted Rear panel or floor mounting 3VW9011-0BB21
Withdrawable Mounting onto guide frame 3VW9011-0BB22
Bowden cables, separate

• One required for each circuit breaker
Type Article No.
1000 mm 3VW9011-0BB23
2000 mm 3WL9111-0BB45-0AA0
3000 mm 3WL9111-0BB46-0AA0
Locking mechanisms to prevent opening of the control cabinet doors in ON position
• To prevent opening of the control cabinet door in ON position
• It additionally prevents the circuit breaker from being closed when the control cabinet door is open.
Mounting Version Article No.
Fixed mounted on side panel or floor Direct fixed interlocking 3VW9011-0BB10
Withdrawable Direct fixed interlocking 3VW9011-0BB14
Door sealing frames IP30
• For IP4x and higher, you must order the protective cover IP54 3VW9011-0AP03 or 3VW9011-0AP13.
Description Mounting Version Article No.
Spare part Fixed-mounted IP3x 3VW9011-0AP01
for Z option T30. Withdrawable IP3x – 3VW9011-0AP02
– 3VW9011-0AP04
• Protective cover/hood IP54 lockable for fixed-mounted circuit breakers and withdrawable breakers
• For implementing degrees of protection IP4x and IP54 when installing in switchboard door.
• Cannot be combined with IP30 door sealing frame and door mounted rotary operator.
Lock with unique key IP54 3VW9011-0AP03
Lock with standard key IP54 3VW9011-0AP13


2/88 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3VL | Molded Case Circuit Breakers
3VL up to 1600 A, IEC
Product Discontinuation
The 3VL molded case circuit breaker up to 1600 A IEC can only be
ordered as a spare part since 10/2020, and will be removed from
the order portfolio from 10/2025 onwards.
Documents available for downloading:
You can find comprehensive information on the
3VL molded case circuit breaker in the catalog extract.
3VL molded case circuit breakers
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/catalogs (109769073)
3VL molded case circuit breaker
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 2/89

© Siemens 2023
Miniature Circuit Breakers
Protecting electrical installations

from damage
The number of electrical loads is constantly
increasing, which places an ever greater load on
the electrical installation.
In the event of an overload or short-circuit,

miniature circuit breakers safely cut off the
connected circuit and reliably protect electrical
installations and equipment from damage.
Miniature circuit breakers with communication
and measuring function create transparency right
down to the final circuit and increase system
availability.
Miniature circuit breakers from the SENTRON

portfolio are also simple to mount and install.
The devices have a uniform design and, with
the appropriate accessories, can be expanded by
many additional functions.
For industry, buildings or infrastructure – with

our versatile portfolio, you will find a suitable
miniature circuit breaker for any application.
© Siemens 2023

Devices for all applications 3/4
System overview 3/5
Miniature circuit breakers 3/6
Circuit breakers for equipment 3/10
Basic units 3/12 3
5SL3 miniature circuit breakers 3/12
5SJ6...-.KS miniature circuit breakers 3/18
5SY6 miniature circuit breakers 3/24
5SP4 miniature circuit breakers 3/28
5SP5 miniature circuit breakers 3/30
5SJ4..HG.. miniature circuit breakers 3/38
5SL6 COM miniature circuit breakers
with communication and measuring functions 3/40
5SP3 selective main miniature circuit breakers (SHU) 3/44
5SY17 circuit breakers for equipment 3/46
5SK9 circuit breakers for equipment 3/47
Accessories 3/48
Overview of the modular system 3/48
Electrical accessories 3/50
Mechanical accessories 3/60
Standard busbars 3/62
Compact busbars 3/73
Accessories for busbars 3/78
Distribution blocks for DIN-rail mounting 3/84
SIKclip wiring system 3/87
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/1

© Siemens 2023
Miniature Circuit Breakers | All the information you need
For information about miniature circuit breakers, Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
3 please visit our websites (product catalog)
www.siemens.com/mcb
• Miniature circuit breakers sie.ag/41HWeiL
www.siemens.com/circuit-protection
umber
Your product in detail
www.siemens.com/product_catalog_SIEP?Article No.

• Technology Primer
− Miniature circuit breakers (109482304)
The relevant tender specifications can be found at
Siemens products www.siemens.com/conversion-tool
Siemens YouTube channel
• Miniature circuit breakers (general) sie.ag/59PC9j

3/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Miniature Circuit Breakers
Your product in detail Manuals
The SiePortal platform (knowledge base) provides Manuals can be found in SiePortal at
detailed technical information www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals
• Operating instructions − Miniature circuit breakers (45302792)
• Characteristic curves • Installation Manual
• Certificates − Circuit protection devices with communication and
Online Support app available for download from the measuring function (109791805)
App Store and Play Store • System Manual
You will find further information at − Circuit protection devices with communication and
www.siemens.com/support-app measuring function (109791806)

• SiePortal (product catalog) Face-to-face or online training
• Image database
www.siemens.com/sitrain-lowvoltage
Engineering data for CAD or CAE systems are available in • SENTRON circuit protection devices with measuring and
communication function (WT-LVBCOM)
www.siemens.com/cax
• Basic principles of electrical engineering (WT-LVBGET)
• Protection concept (WT-LVBPC)
Technical overview – Miniature circuit breakers

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on miniature circuit breakers
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/3

© Siemens 2023
Miniature Circuit Breakers | Devices for all applications
Devices for all applications
Miniature circuit breakers Miniature circuit breakers Circuit breakers for equipment
for basic applications for advanced applications for advanced applications

Ideal for standard applications Ideal for industrial applications Ideal for devices in industry
The 5SL miniature circuit breakers are For circuits with motors or large lamps, Circuit breakers for equipment from
the new standard with B and C tripping semiconductors or strong pulse Siemens offer optimum protection for
characteristics for applications up to generating equipment such as transfor- all applications in AC and DC control
63 A. They can be used as main control mers and solenoid valves – the 5SY and circuits in industrial applications and
switches to disconnect or isolate 5SP devices are optimized for industrial plant engineering.
equipment. applications and are proven in use.
Thermomagnetic 5SY17 circuit breakers
The 5SL devices are mainly installed in The 5SY devices offer you top quality for equipment are used to protect
meter panels and small distribution and functionality for installation in solenoid valves, servo motors, signal
boards to protect circuits for lamps, complex buildings and industry. With a lamps or even PLC inputs. Everywhere
cookers and even machines, for rated breaking capacity of up to 25 kA, where loads have to be precisely
example, in residential or commercial they are able to handle the most protected from overloads and short-
buildings. challenging requirements at a rated circuits.
current of 0.3 to 80 A.
Electronic 5SK9 circuit breakers for
Special features equipment are optimally suited to
• Dual-chamber terminals protecting, for example, relays,
• Simple to detach without tools using programmable controllers, motors,
sliding catches sensors, actuators and valves. A current
• Separate switching position indication analysis in conjunction with fast tripping
• A wide range of accessories in the event of a fault avoid the danger
• 5SL60 available as communication- of overloading the switched-mode
capable miniature circuit breaker power supply.
5SL6 COM miniature circuit breakers and 5ST3 COM auxiliary switches/fault signal
contacts with communication and measuring functions
The new communication-capable protective devices and auxiliary components record measured values and status information and
transmit this data wirelessly to higher-level systems.
• Recording of energy and active power, current, voltage, line
frequency and temperature
I201_20406 • Measurement of residual currents in various frequency ranges
• Integrated status acquisition, operating hours counter and trip
counter
I201_20406 I201_20406 • Higher system availability through early response to warning
messages
• Convenient integration into new and existing systems thanks to
compact mounting widths of 1 MW
• Fast parameterization and commissioning with the SENTRON
Powerconfig mobile app or the SENTRON Powerconfig software
5SL6 COM 5ST3 COM SENTRON • Wireless transmission of measurement data from up to
Powercenter 1000 24 communication-capable devices to the SENTRON Powercenter
see page 3/40 see page 3/54 see page 10/20 1000 data transceiver
3/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
System overview | Miniature Circuit Breakers
System overview
Miniature circuit breakers for basic applications
5SL3 5SL6 5SL4 5SJ6...-.KS 5SL30 5SL60 5SP3
3
Miniature circuit breakers for advanced applications
I201_20406 I201_20406
5SY6 5SY4 5SP4 5SP5 5SY5 5SY7 5SY8 5SJ4..HG.. 5SL6 COM 5SL6 COM
(EM) (RCM/EM)
Circuit breakers for equipment for advanced applications
5SY17 5SK9
Electrical accessories
I201_20406
Auxiliary switches Fault signal con- Auxiliary switches and fault signal Shunt trips Undervoltage Remote control mechanisms 5SM6 arc fault
(AS) tacts (FC) contacts (AS+FC)/(AS+FC) COM (ST) releases (UR) (RC mech.) detection units
Rotary operating Spacers Terminal covers Wall enclosures Molded-plastic Holders for front Intermediate
mechanisms enclosures panel installation frames
Busbars and accessories
Compact busbars Standard busbars Terminals Touch protection End caps Series connectors Distribution
blocks
Note:
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/5

© Siemens 2023
Miniature Circuit Breakers | Quick selection guide

For basic applications for buildings and infrastructure
5SL3 5SL6
Standards
3 Standards
Basic data
IEC/EN 60898-1 IEC/EN 60898-1
Breaking capacity Icn for AC (230/400 V) kA 4.5 6

Rated current A 0.3 … 63 0.3 … 63
Number of poles 1P | 2P | 3P | 4P | 1P+N | 3P+N 1P | 2P | 3P | 4P | 1P+N | 3P+N
Tripping characteristic B|C B|C
Approvals
General product approvals VDE, CEBEC, TSE VDE, CEBEC, TSE
Marine classifications – –
Voltage/frequency
Rated voltage AC V 230/400 230/400
Max. operational voltage AC V 250/440 250/440
Rated voltage DC per phase pole V 60 60
Max. operational voltage DC per phase pole V 72 1) 72 1)
Rated impulse voltage Uimp kV 4 4
Rated frequency fn Hz 50/60 50/60
Connection
Dual-chamber terminal – –
Conductor cross-section Solid/stranded mm2 0.75 … 35 0.75 … 35
1 wire Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 25 0.75 ... 25
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 1 … 35 1 … 35
Conductor cross-section Solid/stranded mm2 0.75 … 10 0.75 … 10
2 wires (same cross-section and same Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 0.75 … 4 0.75 … 4
conductor type)
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 1…4 1…4
Conductor cross-section Solid/stranded mm2 10 … 25 10 … 25
1-wire + busbar Finely stranded with non-insulated end sleeve mm2 6 … 25 6 … 25
(pin thickness 1.5 mm)
Finely stranded with insulated end sleeve mm2 6 … 16 6 … 16
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature 5) °C –25 … +45 2) –25 … +45 2)
Storage temperature °C –40 … +75 4) –40 … +75 4)
Shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 150 m/s at 11 ms half-sine
2
– –
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6: 5 ... 25 Hz (±1 mm) and – –
at 25 ... 150 Hz (50 m/s2)
Resistant to shock and vibrations – –
acc. to EN 61373 and EN 50155 "1B" (railway engineering)
Fire behavior of materials acc. to EN 45545-2 – –
(fire protection on railway vehicles)
Degree of pollution for overvoltage category 2/III 2/III
Further information
See page 3/12 See page 3/14
1)
Except for characteristic C: 0.3 A … 1 A and characteristic D: 0.3 A … 2 A 5)
The device properties specified, for example, in the product standards, such as service
2)
Periodically +55 °C, max. 95% humidity life, breaking capacity and surface temperature, cannot be guaranteed at the specified
3)
Max. 95% humidity ambient temperatures that lie outside the specified product standards.
4)
Max. 85% rel. humidity, > 45 °C max. 0.056kg/m³ abs. humidity

3/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Quick selection guide | Miniature Circuit Breakers
5SL4 5SJ6...-.KS 5SL30 5SL60 5SP3

IEC/EN 60898-1 IEC/EN 60898-1 IEC/EN 60898-1 IEC/EN 60898-1 DIN VDE 0641-21
3
10 6 4.5 6 25
0.3 … 63 10 … 20 2 … 40 2 … 40 16 … 63
1P | 2P | 3P | 4P | 1P+N | 3P+N 1P | 2P | 3P | 1P+N 1P+N 1P+N 1P | 2P | 3P | 4P
B|C|D B|C C B|C E
VDE, CEBEC, IMQ VDE VDE, IMQ, NF, CCC VDE, IMQ, NF, CCC VDE
– – – DNV-GL –
230/400 230/400 230 230 230/400

250/440 250/440 250 250 250/440
60 60 60 60 –
72 1) 60 72 1) 72 1) –
4 4 4 4 6
50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
– Plug-in terminal on outgoing side – – –

0.75 … 35 1.5 … 4 (top) | 0.75 … 25 (bottom) 0.75 … 16 0.75 … 16 2.5 … 50 (bottom)
0.75 ... 25 1.5 … 2.5 (top) | 0.75 … 25 (bottom) 0.75 … 10 0.75 … 10 2.5 … 50 (bottom)
1 … 35 1.5 … 4 0.75 … 16 0.75 … 16 2.5 … 16 (top)
0.75 … 10 – 0.75 … 4 0.75 … 4 –
0.75 … 4 – 0.75 … 1.5 0.75 … 1.5 –
1…4 – 0.75 … 4 0.75 … 4 –
10 … 25 – – – –
6 … 25 – 6 … 10 6 … 10 –
6 … 16 – 6 … 10 6 … 10 –
–25 … +55 3) –25 … +45 2) –25 … +60 4) –25 … +60 4) –25 … +55
–40 … +75 4) –40 … +75 4) –40 … +75 –40 … +75 –40 … +70
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
2/III 2/III 2/III 2/III 3/IV
See page 3/16 See page 3/18 See page 3/20 See page 3/22 See page 3/44

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/7
© Siemens 2023

For advanced applications for buildings and
infrastructure and for industry and
mechanical engineering
I201_20406
5SL6 COM 5SY6 5SY4

Standards
Standards IEC/EN 60898-1 IEC/EN 60898-1 IEC/EN 60898-1
IEC/EN 60947-2 IEC/EN 60947-2
UL 1077 UL 1077
Basic data
3 Breaking capacity Icn For AC (230/400 V) acc. to IEC/EN 60898-1
For DC (220/440 V) acc. to IEC/EN 60898-2
kA
kA
6
–
6
–
10
–
Acc. to UL1077 and CSA C22.2 No.235 – Supplementary Supplementary
protector, OC, FW 0, protector, OC, FW 0,
OL 0, TC 3 at 50 °C OL 0, TC 3 at 50 °C
SC – U2: see Certificate U2: see Certificate
of Compliance of Compliance
Rated breaking capacity Icu Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-2 AC In 0.3 … 2 A kA – 30 | 30 35 | 35
at Ue 230 V | at Ue 400 V In 3 … 6 A kA – 30 | 30 35 | 35
(1P, 1P+N) | (2P, 3P, 4P, 3P+N) In 8 … 10 A kA – 15 | 15 20 | 20
In 13 … 32 A kA – 15 | 15 20 | 20
In 35 … 40 A kA – 10 | 10 15 | 15
In 50 … 63 A kA – 10 | 10 15 | 15
In 80 … 125 A kA – –|– 10 | 10
Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-2 DC kA – – –
at Ue 220 V | at Ue 440 V
(1P) | (2P, 3P, 4P)
Rated current A 2 … 32 0.3 … 63 0.3 … 80
Number of poles 1P+N 1P | 2P | 3P | 4P | 1P | 2P | 3P | 4P |
1P+N | 3P+N 1P+N | 3P+N
Tripping characteristic B|C B|C A|B|C|D
Approvals
General product approvals VDE, RED VDE, IMQ, CCC, VDE, IMQ, CCC,
Marine classifications – DNV-GL, LR, BV, DNV-GL, LR, BV,

RINA, ABS RINA, ABS
Voltage/frequency
Rated voltage AC V 230 230/400 230/400
Acc. to UL 489, UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No.235 V – 277/480 277/480
Max. operational voltage AC V 250 250/440 250/440

Rated voltage DC per phase pole V – 60 60
Max. operational voltage DC per phase pole V – 72 1) 72 1)
Rated impulse voltage Uimp kV 4 4 4
Rated frequency fn Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60
Connection
Dual-chamber terminal – ■ ■
Conductor cross-section Solid/stranded mm2 0.75 … 16 0.75 … 35 0.75 … 35
1 wire Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 0.75 … 10 0.75 … 25 0.75 … 25
Conductors (Cu 60/75 °C In ≤ 40 A; 60 °C In > 40 A) – AWG 18 … 4 AWG 18 … 4
Terminal tightening torque Nm 1.2 … 2 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max.
lb-in 11 … 18 22 … 26 22 … 26
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature 7) °C –25 … +60 5) –25 … +55 4) –40 … +70 3)
Storage temperature °C –40 … +75 –40 … +75 3) –40 … +75 3)
Shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 150 m/s2 at 11 ms half-sine – ■ ■
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6: 5 ... 25 Hz (±1mm) and – ■ ■
at 25 ... 150 Hz (50 m/s2)
Resistant to shock and vibrations acc. to EN 61373 and EN 50155 "1B" (railway engineering) ■ – ■
Fire behavior of materials acc. to EN 45545-2 (fire protection on railway vehicles) ■ – ■
Degree of pollution for overvoltage category 2/ III 3/III 3/III
Communication and measuring function 8) ■ – –
Further information
See page 3/40 See page 3/24 See page 3/26
1)
Exempt: C/D 0.3 A … 0.5 A 4)
Max. 95% humidity
2)
5SY54.. 4-pole, degree of pollution 2 for overvoltage category II 5)
3)
95% humidity up to 55 °C, 55% humidity up to 70 °C, 30% humidity up to 75 °C 6)
When used with a busbar at the front or 2 conductors, the terminal area at the rear is
restricted, see notes on the Internet

3/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5SP4 5SP5 5SY5 5SY7 5SY8 5SJ4..HG..

IEC/EN 60898-1 IEC/EN 60947-2 IEC/EN 60898-2 IEC/EN 60898-1 IEC/EN 60947-2 IEC/EN 60947-2
UL 1077 UL 1077 IEC/EN 60947-2 UL 1077 UL 489
UL 1077
10
–
–
–
10
10
15
–
25
–
–
–
3
Supplementary protector, – Supplementary protector, Supplementary protector, Supplementary protector, –
OC, FW 0, OL 0, OC, FW 0, OL 0, OC, FW 0, OL 0, OC, FW 0, OL 0,
TC 3 at 50 °C TC 3 at 50 °C TC 3 at 50 °C TC 3 at 50 °C
U2: see Certificate of – U2: see Certificate of U2: see Certificate of U2: see Certificate of –
Compliance Compliance Compliance Compliance
–|– –|– –|– 50 | 50 70 | 70 10
–|– –|– –|– 40 | 40 50 | 50 10
–|– –|– –|– 30 | 30 40 | 40 10
–|– –|– –|– 25 | 25 30 | 30 10
–|– –|– –|– 20 | 20 25 | 25 10
–|– –|– –|– 15 | 15 20 | 20 10
10 | 10 –|– –|– –|– –|– –
– 10 15 – – –
80 … 125 80 … 125 0.3 … 63 0.3 … 63 0.3 … 63 0.3 … 63

1P | 2P | 3P | 4P 1P | 2P 1P | 2P | 4P 1P | 2P | 3P | 4P | 1P+N | 1P | 2P | 3P | 4P | 1P+N | 1P | 2P | 3P
3P+N 3P+N
B|C|D – B|C B|C|D C|D B|C|D
VDE, CCC, – VDE, CCC, VDE, IMQ, CCC, VDE, CCC,
LR – ABS DNV-GL, LR, BV, RINA, ABS ABS –
230/400 – 230/400 230/400 230/400 230/400

277/480 – – 277/480 277/480 240/415 (5SJ4..HG40/41)
277/480 (5SJ4..HG42)
250/440 – 250/440 250/440 250/440 250/440
60 220 220 60 60 60
72 250 250 72 1) 72 1) 60
4 4 4 4 4 4
50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
– – ■ ■ ■ ■
10 … 50 10 … 50 0.75 … 35 0.75 … 35 0.75 … 35 0.75 … 25 (16) 6)
10 … 35 10 … 35 0.75 … 25 0.75 … 25 0.75 … 25 0.75 … 25 (10)
AWG 3 … 1 AWG 3 … 1 AWG 18 … 4 AWG 18 … 4 AWG 18 … 4 AWG 18 … 4 (5)
2.5 … 3.5 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max. 2.5 … 3.5 max.
22 … 31 22 … 31 22 … 26 22 … 26 22 … 26 22 … 26
–25 … +55 4) –25 … +55 4) –40 … +70 3) –40 … +70 3) –25 … +55 4) –25 … +55 4)
–40 … +75 3) –40 … +75 3) –40 … +75 3) –40 … +75 3) –40 … +75 3) –40 … +75 3)
– – ■ ■ – ■
■ – ■ ■ ■ ■
– – ■ ■ – –
■ – ■ ■ – –
3/III 3/III 3/III 4) 3/III 3/III 3/III
– – – – – –
See page 3/28 See page 3/30 See page 3/32 See page 3/34 See page 3/36 See page 3/38
7)
The device properties specified, for example, in the product standards, such as service 8)
life, breaking capacity and surface temperature, cannot be guaranteed at the specified www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/certificates (109801197)
ambient temperatures that lie outside the specified product standards.

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/9
© Siemens 2023
Circuit breakers for equipment

For advanced applications for industry and mechanical engineering
5SY17
Standards
Standards IEC/EN 60934
UL 1077
3
Basic data
Breaking capacity Icn At rated voltage kA 3
Rated current A 0.5 … 16
Number of poles 1P+AS
DC tripping Magnetic F1 (2.5 … 4 × In) | F2 (4 … 7 × In)
Thermal 1.05 × holding current | 1.35 × tripping current | TC3 1.35 × In
Electronic –
Service life/endurance Actuations 6000
Approvals
General product approvals CCC,
Voltage/frequency
Rated voltage AC Acc. to IEC/DIN EN 60934 V 230
Acc. to UL 1077 V 277
Min. operational voltage AC V 12 2)
Max. operational voltage AC V 250
Rated voltage DC per phase pole V 60
Min. operational voltage DC per phase pole V 12 2)
Max. operational voltage DC per phase pole V 72
Rated impulse voltage Uimp kV 4
Rated frequency fn Hz 50/60
Auxiliary switch
MIn. operational voltage (AC) V 12
Max. operational voltage (AC) V 250
MIn. operational voltage (DC) V 12
Max. operational voltage (DC) V 60
Utilization category AC-12 6 A at 230 V AC
Utilization category AC-14 6 A at 230 V AC
Utilization category DC-13 1 A at 60 V DC
Connection
Dual-chamber terminal –
Conductor cross-section 1 wire Solid/stranded mm2 0.75 … 16
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 0.75 … 10
Finely stranded with insulated end sleeve mm2 0.75 … 10
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 0.75 … 16
Conductor cross-section AWG –
2-wire (same cross-section) Solid/stranded mm2 0.75 … 4
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 0.75 … 2.5
Finely stranded with insulated end sleeve mm2 0.75 … 1.5
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 0.75 … 4
Terminal tightening torque Nm 2.0 … 2.5 max.
lb-in 17.7 ... 22.1
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature °C –25 … +60 3)
Storage temperature °C –40 … +70
Shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 150 m/s2 at 11 ms half-sine –
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6: 5 ... 25 Hz (±1mm) and at 25 ... 150 Hz (50 m/s2) –
Resistant to shock and vibrations acc. to EN 61373 and EN 50155 "1B" (railway engineering) ■
Fire behavior of materials acc. to EN 45545-2 (fire protection on railway vehicles) ■
Degree of pollution for overvoltage category Acc. to IEC 2/III
Further information
See page 3/46
1)
Max. 95% humidity 2)
At a minimum current of 100 mA 3)

3/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5SK9
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3, EN 60068-2-78,
EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6, EN 60068-2-27,
UL 508, UL 2367 3
–
1…8
1P+AS
–
–
Overload 1.2 × In/1s | Short-circuit 2 × In/< 10 ms
–
–
–
–
–
24
–
30
0.5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.2 … 4
0.2 … 2.5
0.2 … 2.5
–
AWG 24 ... 12
–
–
–
–
–
–
–25 … +60 1)
–40 … +70
–
–
–
–
–
See page 3/47

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/11
© Siemens 2023
Miniature Circuit Breakers | Basic units
5SL3 miniature circuit breakers

4.5 kA
1P 1P+N 2P 3P
Rated voltage Un 230/400 V AC 230 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC
Mounting width 1 MW 2 MW 2 MW 3 MW
1 1 N 1 3 1 3 5
2 2 N 2 4 2 4 6
3 Rated current In Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic
B C B C B C B C
0.3 A – 5SL3114-7 – 5SL3514-7 – 5SL3214-7 – –
0.5 A – 5SL3105-7 – 5SL3505-7 – 5SL3205-7 – –
1A – 5SL3101-7 – 5SL3501-7 – 5SL3201-7 – 5SL3301-7
1.6 A – 5SL3115-7 – 5SL3515-7 – 5SL3215-7 – –
2A – 5SL3102-7 – 5SL3502-7 – 5SL3202-7 – 5SL3302-7
3A – 5SL3103-7 – 5SL3503-7 – 5SL3203-7 – 5SL3303-7
4A – 5SL3104-7 – 5SL3504-7 – 5SL3204-7 – 5SL3304-7
6A 5SL3106-6 5SL3106-7 5SL3506-6 5SL3506-7 5SL3206-6 5SL3206-7 5SL3306-6 5SL3306-7
8A – 5SL3108-7 – 5SL3508-7 – 5SL3208-7 – –
10 A 5SL3110-6 5SL3110-7 5SL3510-6 5SL3510-7 5SL3210-6 5SL3210-7 5SL3310-6 5SL3310-7
13 A 5SL3113-6 5SL3113-7 5SL3513-6 5SL3513-7 5SL3213-6 5SL3213-7 – –
Mounting concept
18 – 72 mm
optional
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or
and
5SL3 AS AS AS
basic unit FC FC + FC
I201_20333
AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC
AS Auxiliary switches See page 3/48

FC Fault signal contacts See page 3/50
AS+FC Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts See page 3/53

3/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Basic units | Miniature Circuit Breakers
3P+N 4P
400 V AC 400 V AC
4 MW 4 MW
1 3 5 N 1 3 5 7
2 4 6 N 2 4 6 8
Characteristic Characteristic 3
B C B C
– – – –
– – – –
– 5SL3601-7 – 5SL3401-7
– – – –
– 5SL3602-7 – 5SL3402-7
– 5SL3603-7 – 5SL3403-7
– 5SL3604-7 – 5SL3404-7
5SL3606-6 5SL3606-7 – 5SL3406-7
– 5SL3608-7 – –
5SL3610-6 5SL3610-7 – 5SL3410-7
5SL3613-6 5SL3613-7 – 5SL3413-7
5SL3616-6 5SL3616-7 – 5SL3416-7
5SL3620-6 5SL3620-7 – 5SL3420-7
5SL3625-6 5SL3625-7 – 5SL3425-7
5SL3632-6 5SL3632-7 – 5SL3432-7
5SL3640-6 5SL3640-7 – 5SL3440-7
5SL3650-6 5SL3650-7 – 5SL3450-7
5SL3663-6 5SL3663-7 – 5SL3463-7
Accessories
Auxiliary switches (AS) Article No. Fault signal contacts (FC) Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 5ST3010 1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020
For low power 5ST3013 2 NO 5ST3021
For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01 2 NC 5ST3022
2 NO Standard 5ST3011 Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) Article No.
For low power 5ST3014 1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062
2 NC Standard 5ST3012 5ST3 COM (AS+FC) 5ST3062-0MC
For low power 5ST3015
1 CO Standard 5ST3016

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/13
© Siemens 2023

6 kA
1P 1P+N 2P
Rated voltage Un 230/400 V AC 230 V AC 400 V AC
Mounting width 1 MW 2 MW 2 MW
1 1 N 1 3
2 2 N 2 4
3 Rated current In Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic
B C B C B C
0.3 A – 5SL6114-7 – 5SL6514-7 – 5SL6214-7
0.5 A – 5SL6105-7 – 5SL6505-7 – 5SL6205-7
1A – 5SL6101-7 – 5SL6501-7 – 5SL6201-7
1.6 A – 5SL6115-7 – 5SL6515-7 – 5SL6215-7
2A 5SL6102-6 5SL6102-7 – 5SL6502-7 – 5SL6202-7
3A – 5SL6103-7 – 5SL6503-7 – 5SL6203-7
4A 5SL6104-6 5SL6104-7 – 5SL6504-7 – 5SL6204-7
6A 5SL6106-6 5SL6106-7 5SL6506-6 5SL6506-7 5SL6206-6 5SL6206-7
8A – 5SL6108-7 – 5SL6508-7 – 5SL6208-7
10 A 5SL6110-6 5SL6110-7 5SL6510-6 5SL6510-7 5SL6210-6 5SL6210-7
13 A 5SL6113-6 5SL6113-7 5SL6513-6 5SL6513-7 5SL6213-6 5SL6213-7
16 A 5SL6116-6 5SL6116-7 5SL6516-6 5SL6516-7 5SL6216-6 5SL6216-7
20 A 5SL6120-6 5SL6120-7 5SL6520-6 5SL6520-7 5SL6220-6 5SL6220-7
25 A 5SL6125-6 5SL6125-7 5SL6525-6 5SL6525-7 5SL6225-6 5SL6225-7
32 A 5SL6132-6 5SL6132-7 5SL6532-6 5SL6532-7 5SL6232-6 5SL6232-7
40 A 5SL6140-6 5SL6140-7 5SL6540-6 5SL6540-7 5SL6240-6 5SL6240-7
50 A 5SL6150-6 5SL6150-7 5SL6550-6 5SL6550-7 5SL6250-6 5SL6250-7
63 A 5SL6163-6 5SL6163-7 5SL6563-6 5SL6563-7 5SL6263-6 5SL6263-7
Mounting concept
18 – 72 mm
27 – 36 mm
optional optional
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or
and and
5SL6 RC mech. AS AS AS
basic unit and FC FC + FC
G_I201_20334
Adapter

RC mech. Remote control mechanisms See page 3/58

3/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3P 3P+N 4P
400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC
3 MW 4 MW 4 MW
1 3 5 1 3 5 N 1 3 5 7
2 4 6 2 4 6 N 2 4 6 8
Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic 3
B C B C B C
– 5SL6314-7 – 5SL6614-7 – 5SL6414-7
– 5SL6305-7 – 5SL6605-7 – 5SL6405-7
– 5SL6301-7 – 5SL6601-7 – 5SL6401-7
– 5SL6315-7 – 5SL6615-7 – 5SL6415-7
– 5SL6302-7 – 5SL6602-7 – 5SL6402-7
– 5SL6303-7 – 5SL6603-7 – 5SL6403-7
– 5SL6304-7 – 5SL6604-7 – 5SL6404-7
5SL6306-6 5SL6306-7 5SL6606-6 5SL6606-7 5SL6406-6 5SL6406-7
– 5SL6308-7 – 5SL6608-7 – 5SL6408-7
5SL6310-6 5SL6310-7 5SL6610-6 5SL6610-7 5SL6410-6 5SL6410-7
5SL6313-6 5SL6313-7 5SL6613-6 5SL6613-7 5SL6413-6 5SL6413-7
5SL6316-6 5SL6316-7 5SL6616-6 5SL6616-7 5SL6416-6 5SL6416-7
5SL6320-6 5SL6320-7 5SL6620-6 5SL6620-7 5SL6420-6 5SL6420-7
5SL6325-6 5SL6325-7 5SL6625-6 5SL6625-7 5SL6425-6 5SL6425-7
5SL6332-6 5SL6332-7 5SL6632-6 5SL6632-7 5SL6432-6 5SL6432-7
5SL6340-6 5SL6340-7 5SL6640-6 5SL6640-7 5SL6440-6 5SL6440-7
5SL6350-6 5SL6350-7 5SL6650-6 5SL6650-7 5SL6450-6 5SL6450-7
5SL6363-6 5SL6363-7 5SL6663-6 5SL6663-7 5SL6463-6 5SL6463-7
Accessories
Auxiliary switches (AS) Article No. Remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 5ST3010 Basic 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3053
For low power 5ST3013 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3054
For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01 Power 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3055
2 NO Standard 5ST3011 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3056
For low power 5ST3014 Power with ARD 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3057
2 NC Standard 5ST3012 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3058
For low power 5ST3015 Power with extended 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3070
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 function 170 … 277 V AC, 77 … 286 V DC 5ST3071
Fault signal contacts (FC) Article No. Adapters for remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 1 … 2 MW 5ST3820-6
2 NO 5ST3021 3 … 4 MW 5ST3820-7
2 NC 5ST3022
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) Article No.
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062
5ST3 COM (AS+FC) 5ST3062-0MC

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/15
© Siemens 2023

10 kA
1P 1P+N 2P
Rated 230/400 V AC 230 V AC 400 V AC
voltage Un
Mounting 1 MW 2 MW 2 MW
width
1 1 N 1 3
3 2 2 N 2 4
Rated Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic
current In B C D B C D B C D
0.3 A – 5SL4114-7 5SL4114-8 – 5SL4514-7 5SL4514-8 – 5SL4214-7 5SL4214-8
0.5 A – 5SL4105-7 5SL4105-8 – 5SL4505-7 5SL4505-8 – 5SL4205-7 5SL4205-8
1A 5SL4101-6 5SL4101-7 5SL4101-8 5SL4501-6 5SL4501-7 5SL4501-8 5SL4201-6 5SL4201-7 5SL4201-8
1.6 A – 5SL4115-7 5SL4115-8 – 5SL4515-7 5SL4515-8 – 5SL4215-7 5SL4215-8
10 A 5SL4110-6 5SL4110-7 5SL4110-8 5SL4510-6 5SL4510-7 5SL4510-8 5SL4210-6 5SL4210-7 5SL4210-8
Mounting concept
optional optional
18 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or 9 mm
and and
5SM6 5SL4 AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS
AFDD basic unit FC FC + FC UR UR + FC UR + FC + FC
G_I201_20335
(1P+N) up to AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC
max. 40 A
18 – 72 mm
27 – 36 mm
optional optional
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and and
5SL4 RC mech. AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS
basic unit and FC FC + FC UR UR + FC UR + FC + FC
G_I201_20336
Adapter
AFDD Arc fault detection units See page 3/59 AS+FC Auxiliary switches and UR Undervoltage releases See page 3/57
AS Auxiliary switches See page 3/50 fault signal contacts See page 3/53 RC mech. Remote control mechanisms See page 3/58
FC Fault signal contacts See page 3/52 ST Shunt trips See page 3/56

3/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3P 3P+N 4P
400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC
3 MW 4 MW 4 MW
1 3 5 1 3 5 N 1 3 5 7
2 4 6 2 4 6 N 2 4 6 8 3
Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic
B C D B C D B C D
– 5SL4314-7 5SL4314-8 – 5SL4614-7 5SL4614-8 – 5SL4414-7 5SL4414-8
– 5SL4305-7 5SL4305-8 – 5SL4605-7 5SL4605-8 – 5SL4405-7 5SL4405-8
5SL4301-6 5SL4301-7 5SL4301-8 5SL4601-6 5SL4601-7 5SL4601-8 5SL4401-6 5SL4401-7 5SL4401-8
– 5SL4315-7 5SL4315-8 – 5SL4615-7 5SL4615-8 – 5SL4415-7 5SL4415-8
Accessories
Auxiliary switches (AS) Article No. Undervoltage releases (UR) Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 5ST3010 With integrated 230 V AC 5ST3040
For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01 24 V DC 5ST3042
2 NO Standard 5ST3011 Without integrated 230 V AC 5ST3043
2 NC Standard 5ST3012 24 V DC 5ST3045
For low power 5ST3015 Remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 Basic 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3053
Fault signal contacts (FC) Article No. 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3054
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 Power 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3055
2 NO 5ST3021 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3056
2 NC 5ST3022 Power with ARD 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3057
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) Article No. 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3058
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062 Power with extended 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3070
5ST3 COM (AS+FC) 5ST3062-0MC function 170 … 277 V AC, 77 … 286 V DC 5ST3071
Shunt trips (ST) Article No. Adapters for remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030 1 … 2 MW 5ST3820-6
24 ... 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031 3 … 4 MW 5ST3820-7
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01 Arc fault detection units (AFDD) Article No.
For basic units 1P+N (2 MW), In up to 16 A 5SM6021-2
not in combination with RC mech. In up to 40 A 5SM6024-2

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/17
© Siemens 2023
5SJ6...-.KS miniature circuit breakers

6 kA – plug-in terminal on outgoing side
1P 1P+N 2P 3P
Rated voltage Un 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC
1 1 N 1 3 1 3 5
2 2 N 2 4 2 4 6
B C B C B C B C
10 A 5SJ6110-6KS 5SJ6110-7KS 5SJ6510-6KS 5SJ6510-7KS 5SJ6210-6KS 5SJ6210-7KS 5SJ6310-6KS 5SJ6310-7KS

3/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/19
© Siemens 2023

1P+N 4.5 kA compact miniature circuit breakers
1P+N (N pole right) 1P+N (N pole left)

Rated voltage Un 230 V AC 230 V AC
Mounting width 2 MW 2 MW
1 N N 1
I201_20441
2 N N 2
3 Rated current In Characteristic Characteristic
C C
2A 5SL3002-7 5SL3002-7KL
4A 5SL3004-7 5SL3004-7KL
6A 5SL3006-7 5SL3006-7KL
8A 5SL3008-7 5SL3008-7KL
10 A 5SL3010-7 5SL3010-7KL
13 A 5SL3013-7 5SL3013-7KL
16 A 5SL3016-7 5SL3016-7KL
20 A 5SL3020-7 5SL3020-7KL
25 A 5SL3025-7 5SL3025-7KL
32 A 5SL3032-7 5SL3032-7KL
40 A 5SL3040-7 5SL3040-7KL
Mounting concept
18 mm
optional
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and or
5SL30 AS AS AS
G_I201_20337


3/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Auxiliary switches (AS) Article No. Fault signal contacts (FC) Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 5ST3010 1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020
For low power 5ST3013 2 NO 5ST3021
For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01 2 NC 5ST3022
2 NO Standard 5ST3011 Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) Article No.
For low power 5ST3014 1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062
2 NC Standard 5ST3012 5ST3 COM (AS+FC) 5ST3062-0MC

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/21
© Siemens 2023

1P+N 6 kA compact miniature circuit breakers
1P+N (N pole right) 1P+N (N pole left)

1 N N 1
I201_20441
2 N N 2
B C C
2A – 5SL6002-7 5SL6002-7KL
4A – 5SL6004-7 5SL6004-7KL
6A 5SL6006-6 5SL6006-7 5SL6006-7KL
8A – 5SL6008-7 5SL6008-7KL
10 A 5SL6010-6 5SL6010-7 5SL6010-7KL
13 A 5SL6013-6 5SL6013-7 5SL6013-7KL
16 A 5SL6016-6 5SL6016-7 5SL6016-7KL
20 A 5SL6020-6 5SL6020-7 5SL6020-7KL
25 A 5SL6025-6 5SL6025-7 5SL6025-7KL
32 A 5SL6032-6 5SL6032-7 5SL6032-7KL
40 A 5SL6040-6 5SL6040-7 5SL6040-7KL
Mounting concept
18 mm
18 mm
optional optional
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and and or
AFDD 5SL60 AS AS AS
G_I201_20338
(not for KL types) AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC

27 – 36 mm
optional optional
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and and or
G_I201_20339
Adapter
AFDD Arc fault detection units See page 3/59


3/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 function 170 … 277 V AC, 77 … 286 V DC 5ST3071
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 1 MW 5ST3820-6
2 NO 5ST3021 Arc fault detection units (AFDD) Article No.
2 NC 5ST3022 For basic units 1P + N In up to 16 A 5SM6011-2
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) Article No. (1 MW), not for KL types In up to 40 A 5SM6014-2
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/23
© Siemens 2023

6 kA
1P 1P+N 2P 3P
1 1 N 1 3 1 3 5
2 2 N 2 4 2 4 6
B C B C B C B C
0.3 A – 5SY6114-7 – 5SY6514-7 – 5SY6214-7 – 5SY6314-7
0.5 A – 5SY6105-7 – 5SY6505-7 – 5SY6205-7 – 5SY6305-7
1A – 5SY6101-7 – 5SY6501-7 – 5SY6201-7 – 5SY6301-7
1.6 A – 5SY6115-7 – 5SY6515-7 – 5SY6215-7 – 5SY6315-7
2A 5SY6102-6 5SY6102-7 – 5SY6502-7 – 5SY6202-7 – 5SY6302-7
3A – 5SY6103-7 – 5SY6503-7 – 5SY6203-7 – 5SY6303-7
4A 5SY6104-6 5SY6104-7 – 5SY6504-7 – 5SY6204-7 – 5SY6304-7
5A – 5SY6111-7 – – – 5SY6211-7 – 5SY6311-7
6A 5SY6106-6 5SY6106-7 5SY6506-6 5SY6506-7 5SY6206-6 5SY6206-7 5SY6306-6 5SY6306-7
8A – 5SY6108-7 – 5SY6508-7 – 5SY6208-7 – 5SY6308-7
10 A 5SY6110-6 5SY6110-7 5SY6510-6 5SY6510-7 5SY6210-6 5SY6210-7 5SY6310-6 5SY6310-7
15 A – 5SY6118-7 – – – 5SY6218-7 – 5SY6318-7
30 A – 5SY6130-7 – – – 5SY6230-7 – 5SY6330-7
Mounting concept
optional optional
18 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or 9 mm
and and
AFDD 5SY6 AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS
basic unit FC FC + FC UR UR + FC UR + FC + FC
G_I201_20340
(1P+N) AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC
up to
max. 40 A
18 – 72 mm
27 – 36 mm
optional optional
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and and or or or or
5SY6 RC mech. AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS
G_I201_20341
Adapter

3/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3P+N 4P
400 V AC 400 V AC
4 MW 4 MW
1 3 5 N 1 3 5 7
2 4 6 N 2 4 6 8
B C B C
– 5SY6614-7 – 5SY6414-7
– 5SY6605-7 – 5SY6405-7
– 5SY6601-7 – 5SY6401-7
– 5SY6615-7 – 5SY6415-7
– 5SY6602-7 – 5SY6402-7
– 5SY6603-7 – 5SY6403-7
– 5SY6604-7 – 5SY6404-7
– – – –
5SY6606-6 5SY6606-7 5SY6406-6 5SY6406-7
– 5SY6608-7 – 5SY6408-7
5SY6610-6 5SY6610-7 5SY6410-6 5SY6410-7
5SY6613-6 5SY6613-7 5SY6413-6 5SY6413-7
– – – –
5SY6616-6 5SY6616-7 5SY6416-6 5SY6416-7
5SY6620-6 5SY6620-7 5SY6420-6 5SY6420-7
5SY6625-6 5SY6625-7 5SY6425-6 5SY6425-7
– – – –
5SY6632-6 5SY6632-7 5SY6432-6 5SY6432-7
5SY6640-6 5SY6640-7 5SY6440-6 5SY6440-7
5SY6650-6 5SY6650-7 5SY6450-6 5SY6450-7
5SY6663-6 5SY6663-7 5SY6463-6 5SY6463-7
Accessories
2 NO 5ST3021 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3056
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030 1 … 2 MW 5ST3820-1
24 ... 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031 3 … 4 MW 5ST3820-2
For basic units 1P+N (2 MW), In up to 16 A 5SM6021-2
not in combination with RC mech. In up to 40 A 5SM6024-2

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/25
© Siemens 2023

10 kA
1P 1P+N 2P
1 1 N 1 3
2 2 N 2 4
A B C D A B C D A B C D
0.3 A – – 5SY4114-7 5SY4114-8 – – 5SY4514-7 5SY4514-8 – – 5SY4214-7 5SY4214-8
0.5 A 5SY4105-5 – 5SY4105-7 5SY4105-8 – – 5SY4505-7 5SY4505-8 5SY4205-5 – 5SY4205-7 5SY4205-8
1A 5SY4101-5 5SY4101-6 5SY4101-7 5SY4101-8 5SY4501-5 – 5SY4501-7 5SY4501-8 5SY4201-5 5SY4201-6 5SY4201-7 5SY4201-8
1.6 A 5SY4115-5 5SY4115-6 5SY4115-7 5SY4115-8 5SY4515-5 5SY4515-6 5SY4515-7 5SY4515-8 5SY4215-5 5SY4215-6 5SY4215-7 5SY4215-8
4A 5SY4104-5 5SY4104-6 5SY4104-7 5SY4104-8 5SY4504-5 5SY4504-6 5SY4504-7 5SY4504-8 5SY4204-5 5SY4204-6 5SY4204-7 5SY4204-8
5A – – 5SY4111-7 – – – – – – – 5SY4211-7 –
6A 5SY4106-5 5SY4106-6 5SY4106-7 5SY4106-8 5SY4506-5 5SY4506-6 5SY4506-7 5SY4506-8 5SY4206-5 5SY4206-6 5SY4206-7 5SY4206-8
10 A 5SY4110-5 5SY4110-6 5SY4110-7 5SY4110-8 5SY4510-5 5SY4510-6 5SY4510-7 5SY4510-8 5SY4210-5 5SY4210-6 5SY4210-7 5SY4210-8
15 A – – 5SY4118-7 – – – – – – – 5SY4218-7 –
30 A – – 5SY4130-7 – – – – – – – 5SY4230-7 –
35 A – – 5SY4135-7 – – – – – – – 5SY4235-7 –
45 A – – 5SY4145-7 – – – – – – – 5SY4245-7 –
60 A – – 5SY4160-7 – – – – – – – 5SY4260-7 –
80 A – 5SY4180-6 5SY4180-7 – – – 5SY4580-7 – – 5SY4280-6 5SY4280-7 –
Mounting concept
optional optional
18 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and and or or or or
G_I201_20342
basic unit (1P+N) FC FC + FC UR UR + FC UR + FC + FC
18 – 72 mm
27 – 36 mm
optional optional
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and and or or or or
G_I201_20343
Adapter

3/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3P 3P+N 4P
400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC
3 MW 4 MW 4 MW
1 3 5 1 3 5 N 1 3 5 7
2 4 6 2 4 6 N 2 4 6 8
A B C D A B C D A B C D
– – 5SY4314-7 5SY4314-8 – – 5SY4614-7 5SY4614-8 – – 5SY4414-7 5SY4414-8
5SY4305-5 – 5SY4305-7 5SY4305-8 – – 5SY4605-7 5SY4605-8 – – 5SY4405-7 5SY4405-8
5SY4301-5 5SY4301-6 5SY4301-7 5SY4301-8 5SY4601-5 – 5SY4601-7 5SY4601-8 5SY4401-5 – 5SY4401-7 5SY4401-8
– – 5SY4311-7 – – – – – – – – –
5SY4306-5 5SY4306-6 5SY4306-7 5SY4306-8 5SY4606-5 5SY4606-6 5SY4606-7 5SY4606-8 5SY4406-5 5SY4406-6 5SY4406-7 5SY4406-8
– – 5SY4318-7 – – – – – – – – –
– – 5SY4330-7 – – – – – – – – –
– – 5SY4335-7 – – – – – – – – –
– – 5SY4345-7 – – – – – – – – –
– – 5SY4360-7 – – – – – – – – –
– 5SY4380-6 5SY4380-7 – – – 5SY4680-7 – – 5SY4480-6 5SY4480-7 –
Accessories
Auxiliary switches (AS) Article No. Arc fault detection units (AFDD) Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 5ST3010 For basic units 1P+N In up to 16 A 5SM6021-2
For low power 5ST3013 (2 MW) In up to 40 A 5SM6024-2
For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01 Undervoltage releases (UR) Article No.
2 NO Standard 5ST3011 With integrated 230 V AC 5ST3040
For low power 5ST3015 Without integrated 230 V AC 5ST3043
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 auxiliary switch 110 V DC 5ST3044
Fault signal contacts (FC) Article No. 24 V DC 5ST3045
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 Remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
2 NO 5ST3021 Basic 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3053
2 NC 5ST3022 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3054
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) Article No. Power 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3055
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3056
5ST3 COM (AS+FC) 5ST3062-0MC Power with ARD 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3057
Shunt trips (ST) Article No. 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3058
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030 Power with extended 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3070
24 … 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031 function 170 … 277 V AC, 77 … 286 V DC 5ST3071
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01 Adapters for remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
1 … 2 MW 5ST3820-1
3 … 4 MW 5ST3820-2

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/27
© Siemens 2023
5SP4 miniature circuit breakers

10 kA
1P 2P
Rated voltage Un 230/400 V AC 400 V AC
Mounting width 1.5 MW 3 MW
1 1 3
2 2 4
B C D B C D
80 A 5SP4180-6 5SP4180-7 5SP4180-8 5SP4280-6 5SP4280-7 5SP4280-8
100 A 5SP4191-6 5SP4191-7 5SP4191-8 5SP4291-6 5SP4291-7 5SP4291-8
125 A 5SP4192-6 5SP4192-7 – 5SP4292-6 5SP4292-7 –
Mounting concept
27 – 108 mm
optional optional
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and and or or or or
5SP4 RC mech. AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS
G_I201_20344
Adapter

ST Shunt trips See page 3/56
UR Undervoltage releases See page 3/57

3/28 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3P 4P
400 V AC 400 V AC
4.5 MW 6 MW
1 3 5 1 3 5 7
2 4 6 2 4 6 8
B C D B C D
5SP4380-6 5SP4380-7 5SP4380-8 5SP4480-6 5SP4480-7 5SP4480-8
5SP4391-6 5SP4391-7 5SP4391-8 5SP4491-6 5SP4491-7 5SP4491-8
5SP4392-6 5SP4392-7 – 5SP4492-6 5SP4492-7 –
Accessories
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 Power 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3055
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 Power with extended 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3070
2 NO 5ST3021 function 170 … 277 V AC, 77 … 286 V DC 5ST3071
2 NC 5ST3022 Adapters for remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) Article No. 1.5 MW 5ST3820-1
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062 3 … 6 MW 5ST3820-2
Shunt trips (ST) Article No.
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030
24 ... 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/29
© Siemens 2023
5SP5 miniature circuit breakers

10 kA
1P 2P
Rated voltage Un 220 V DC 440 V DC
Mounting width 1.5 MW 3 MW
1 1 3
2 2 4
3 Rated current In
80 A 5SP5180-7CC 5SP5280-7CC
100 A 5SP5191-7CC 5SP5291-7CC
125 A 5SP5192-7CC 5SP5292-7CC
Mounting concept
27 – 108 mm
optional optional
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and and
5SP5 RC mech. AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS
I201_20345
Adapter


3/30 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 Power 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3055
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 Power with extended 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3070
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) Article No. 1.5 MW 5ST3820-1
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062 3 … 6 MW 5ST3820-2
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030
24 ... 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/31
© Siemens 2023

10 kA
1P 2P 4P
Rated voltage Un 230/400 V AC, 220 V DC 400 V AC, 440 V DC 400 V AC, 880 V DC
1 1 3 1 3 5 7
2 2 4 2 4 6 8
B C B C B C
0.3 A – 5SY5114-7 – 5SY5214-7 – 5SY5414-7
0.5 A – 5SY5105-7 – 5SY5205-7 – 5SY5405-7
1A – 5SY5101-7 – 5SY5201-7 – 5SY5401-7
1.6 A – 5SY5115-7 – 5SY5215-7 – 5SY5415-7
2A 5SY5102-6 5SY5102-7 5SY5202-6 5SY5202-7 – 5SY5402-7
3A – 5SY5103-7 – 5SY5203-7 – 5SY5403-7
4A 5SY5104-6 5SY5104-7 5SY5204-6 5SY5204-7 – 5SY5404-7
6A 5SY5106-6 5SY5106-7 5SY5206-6 5SY5206-7 5SY5406-6 5SY5406-7
8A 5SY5108-6 5SY5108-7 5SY5208-6 5SY5208-7 – 5SY5408-7
10 A 5SY5110-6 5SY5110-7 5SY5210-6 5SY5210-7 5SY5410-6 5SY5410-7
13 A 5SY5113-6 5SY5113-7 5SY5213-6 5SY5213-7 5SY5413-6 5SY5413-7
16 A 5SY5116-6 5SY5116-7 5SY5216-6 5SY5216-7 5SY5416-6 5SY5416-7
20 A 5SY5120-6 5SY5120-7 5SY5220-6 5SY5220-7 5SY5420-6 5SY5420-7
25 A 5SY5125-6 5SY5125-7 5SY5225-6 5SY5225-7 5SY5425-6 5SY5425-7
32 A 5SY5132-6 5SY5132-7 5SY5232-6 5SY5232-7 5SY5432-6 5SY5432-7
40 A 5SY5140-6 5SY5140-7 5SY5240-6 5SY5240-7 5SY5440-6 5SY5440-7
50 A 5SY5150-6 5SY5150-7 5SY5250-6 5SY5250-7 5SY5450-6 5SY5450-7
63 A 5SY5163-6 5SY5163-7 5SY5263-6 5SY5263-7 5SY5463-6 5SY5463-7
Mounting concept
18 – 72 mm
27 – 36 mm
optional optional
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and and or or or or
G_I201_20346
Adapter


3/32 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
2 NO 5ST3021 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3056
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030 1 … 2 MW 5ST3820-1
24 ... 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031 4 MW 5ST3820-2
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/33
© Siemens 2023

15 kA
1P 1P+N 2P
1 1 N 1 3
2 2 N 2 4
3 Rated Main MCB, line Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic
current In side of meter B C D B C D B C D
0.3 A – – 5SY7114-7 5SY7114-8 – 5SY7514-7 5SY7514-8 – 5SY7214-7 5SY7214-8
0.5 A – – 5SY7105-7 5SY7105-8 – 5SY7505-7 5SY7505-8 – 5SY7205-7 5SY7205-8
1A – – 5SY7101-7 5SY7101-8 – 5SY7501-7 5SY7501-8 – 5SY7201-7 5SY7201-8
1.6 A – – 5SY7115-7 5SY7115-8 – 5SY7515-7 5SY7515-8 – 5SY7215-7 5SY7215-8
2A – – 5SY7102-7 5SY7102-8 – 5SY7502-7 5SY7502-8 – 5SY7202-7 5SY7202-8
3A – – 5SY7103-7 5SY7103-8 – 5SY7503-7 5SY7503-8 – 5SY7203-7 5SY7203-8
4A – – 5SY7104-7 5SY7104-8 – 5SY7504-7 5SY7504-8 – 5SY7204-7 5SY7204-8
6A – 5SY7106-6 5SY7106-7 5SY7106-8 5SY7506-6 5SY7506-7 5SY7506-8 5SY7206-6 5SY7206-7 5SY7206-8
■ 5SY7106-6KK13 – – – – – – – –
8A – – 5SY7108-7 5SY7108-8 – 5SY7508-7 5SY7508-8 – 5SY7208-7 5SY7208-8
10 A – 5SY7110-6 5SY7110-7 5SY7110-8 5SY7510-6 5SY7510-7 5SY7510-8 5SY7210-6 5SY7210-7 5SY7210-8
■ 5SY7110-6KK13 – – – – – – – –
Mounting concept
optional optional
18 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and and or or or or
G_I201_20347
basic unit (1P+N) FC FC + FC UR UR + FC UR + FC + FC
18 – 72 mm
27 – 36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
optional optional
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and and or or or or
AS + FC AS FC AS + FC
+ AS + FC AS FC AS + FC
+
I201_20348
Adapter

3/34 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3P 3P+N 4P
400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC
3 MW 4 MW 4 MW
1 3 5 1 3 5 N 1 3 5 7
2 4 6 2 4 6 N 2 4 6 8
B C D B C D B C D
– 5SY7314-7 5SY7314-8 – 5SY7614-7 5SY7614-8 – 5SY7414-7 5SY7414-8
– 5SY7305-7 5SY7305-8 – 5SY7605-7 5SY7605-8 – 5SY7405-7 5SY7405-8
– 5SY7301-7 5SY7301-8 – 5SY7601-7 5SY7601-8 – 5SY7401-7 5SY7401-8
– 5SY7315-7 5SY7315-8 – 5SY7615-7 5SY7615-8 – 5SY7415-7 5SY7415-8
– 5SY7302-7 5SY7302-8 – 5SY7602-7 5SY7602-8 – 5SY7402-7 5SY7402-8
– 5SY7303-7 5SY7303-8 – 5SY7603-7 5SY7603-8 – 5SY7403-7 5SY7403-8
– 5SY7304-7 5SY7304-8 – 5SY7604-7 5SY7604-8 – 5SY7404-7 5SY7404-8
5SY7306-6 5SY7306-7 5SY7306-8 5SY7606-6 5SY7606-7 5SY7606-8 5SY7406-6 5SY7406-7 5SY7406-8
– – – – – – – – –
– 5SY7308-7 5SY7308-8 – 5SY7608-7 5SY7608-8 – 5SY7408-7 5SY7408-8
– – – – – – – – –
Accessories
2 NO 5ST3021 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3056
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030 1 … 2 MW 5ST3820-1
24 … 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031 3 … 4 MW 5ST3820-2
For basic units 1P+N In up to 16 A 5SM6021-2
(2 MW) In up to 40 A 5SM6024-2

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/35
© Siemens 2023

25 kA
1P 1P+N 2P 3P
1 1 N 1 3 1 3 5
2 2 N 2 4 2 4 6
C D C D C D C D
0.3 A 5SY8114-7 5SY8114-8 5SY8514-7 5SY8514-8 5SY8214-7 5SY8214-8 5SY8314-7 5SY8314-8
12.5 A – – – – – – – –
Mounting concept
optional
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and or or or or
G_I201_20349
5SY8 AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS
basic unit FC FC + FC UR UR + FC UR + FC + FC
(1P+N) AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC
18 – 72 mm
27 – 36 mm
optional optional
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and and or or or or
G_I201_20350
Adapter

3/36 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3P+N 4P
400 V AC 400 V AC
4 MW 4 MW
1 3 5 N 1 3 5 7
2 4 6 N 2 4 6 8
C D C D
5SY8614-7 5SY8614-8 5SY8414-7 5SY8414-8
5SY8605-7 5SY8605-8 5SY8405-7 5SY8405-8
5SY8601-7 5SY8601-8 5SY8401-7 5SY8401-8
5SY8615-7 5SY8615-8 5SY8415-7 5SY8415-8
5SY8602-7 5SY8602-8 5SY8402-7 5SY8402-8
5SY8603-7 5SY8603-8 5SY8403-7 5SY8403-8
5SY8604-7 5SY8604-8 5SY8404-7 5SY8404-8
5SY8606-7 5SY8606-8 5SY8406-7 5SY8406-8
5SY8608-7 5SY8608-8 5SY8408-7 5SY8408-8
5SY8610-7 5SY8610-8 5SY8410-7 5SY8410-8
– – – –
5SY8613-7 5SY8613-8 5SY8413-7 5SY8413-8
5SY8616-7 5SY8616-8 5SY8416-7 5SY8416-8
5SY8620-7 5SY8620-8 5SY8420-7 5SY8420-8
5SY8625-7 5SY8625-8 5SY8425-7 5SY8425-8
5SY8632-7 5SY8632-8 5SY8432-7 5SY8432-8
5SY8640-7 5SY8640-8 5SY8440-7 5SY8440-8
5SY8650-7 5SY8650-8 5SY8450-7 5SY8450-8
5SY8663-7 5SY8663-8 5SY8463-7 5SY8463-8
Accessories
2 NO 5ST3021 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3056
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030 1 … 2 MW 5ST3820-1
24 … 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031 3 … 4 MW 5ST3820-2
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/37
© Siemens 2023
5SJ4..HG.. miniature circuit breakers

According to UL489, 14/10 kA
1P "same polarity only" 1P

Rated voltage Un 240 V AC 240 V AC 240 V AC 240 V AC 480Y/277 V AC 240 V AC 480Y/277 V AC
1 1
2 2
B C D C C D D
0.3 A – 5SJ4114-7HG40 5SJ4114-8HG40 5SJ4114-7HG41 5SJ4114-7HG42 5SJ4114-8HG41 5SJ4114-8HG42
1A – 5SJ4101-7HG40 5SJ4101-8HG40 5SJ4101-7HG41 5SJ4101-7HG42 5SJ4101-8HG41 5SJ4101-8HG42
6A 5SJ4106-6HG40 5SJ4106-7HG40 5SJ4106-8HG40 5SJ4106-7HG41 5SJ4106-7HG42 5SJ4106-8HG41 5SJ4106-8HG42
10 A 5SJ4110-6HG40 5SJ4110-7HG40 5SJ4110-8HG40 5SJ4110-7HG41 5SJ4110-7HG42 5SJ4110-8HG41 5SJ4110-8HG42
35 A 5SJ4135-6HG40 5SJ4135-7HG40 5SJ4135-8HG40 5SJ4135-7HG41 5SJ4135-7HG42 5SJ4135-8HG41 –
40 A 5SJ4140-6HG40 5SJ4140-7HG40 5SJ4140-8HG40 5SJ4140-7HG41 5SJ4140-7HG42 5SJ4140-8HG41 –
45 A 5SJ4145-6HG40 5SJ4145-7HG40 5SJ4145-8HG40 5SJ4145-7HG41 – 5SJ4145-8HG41 –
Mounting concept
18 – 54 mm
optional
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and or or or or
G_I201_20351
5SJ4..HG.. AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS
+ + + +
basic unit FC FC FC FC FC FC


3/38 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
2P 3P
240 V AC 480Y/277 V AC 240 V AC 480Y/277 V AC 240 V AC 480Y/277 V AC 240 V AC 480Y/277 V AC
2 MW 3 MW
1 3 1 3 5
2 4 2 4 6
C C D D C C D D
5SJ4214-7HG41 5SJ4214-7HG42 5SJ4214-8HG41 5SJ4214-8HG42 5SJ4314-7HG41 5SJ4314-7HG42 5SJ4314-8HG41 5SJ4314-8HG42
5SJ4235-7HG41 5SJ4235-7HG42 5SJ4235-8HG41 – 5SJ4335-7HG41 5SJ4335-7HG42 5SJ4335-8HG41 –
5SJ4240-7HG41 5SJ4240-7HG42 5SJ4240-8HG41 – 5SJ4340-7HG41 5SJ4340-7HG42 5SJ4340-8HG41 –
5SJ4245-7HG41 – 5SJ4245-8HG41 – 5SJ4345-7HG41 – 5SJ4345-8HG41 –
Accessories
Auxiliary switches (AS) acc. to UL 489 Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3010-0HG
2 NO 5ST3011-0HG
2 NC 5ST3012-0HG
Fault signal contacts (FC) acc. to UL 489 Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020-0HG
2 NO 5ST3021-0HG
2 NC 5ST3022-0HG
Shunt trips (ST) acc. to UL 489 Article No.
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030-0HG
24 ... 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031-0HG

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/39
© Siemens 2023
5SL6 COM miniature circuit breakers with

communication and measuring function
With energy monitoring (EM),1P+N 6 kA compact miniature circuit breakers
1P+N (N pole right) Mounting concept

Rated voltage Un 230 V AC
Mounting width 1 MW
optional optional
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
3 and and or
1 N
2 N AFDD 5SL60 AS AS AS
G_I201_20352
Rated Characteristic (not for KL types) AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC
current In B C
2A 5SL6002-6MC 5SL6002-7MC
4A 5SL6004-6MC 5SL6004-7MC
6A 5SL6006-6MC 5SL6006-7MC
8A – 5SL6008-7MC
27 – 36 mm
optional optional
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
10 A 5SL6010-6MC 5SL6010-7MC and and or
13 A 5SL6013-6MC 5SL6013-7MC
16 A 5SL6016-6MC 5SL6016-7MC
20 A 5SL6020-6MC 5SL6020-7MC
25 A 5SL6025-6MC 5SL6025-7MC basic unit and FC FC + FC
G_I201_20353
32 A 5SL6032-6MC 5SL6032-7MC
Adapter
Note: AFDD Arc fault detection units See page 3/59

Please note the country-specific radio licenses of AS Auxiliary switches See page 3/50
the products at FC Fault signal contacts See page 3/52
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/certificates RC mech. Remote control mechanisms See page 3/58
(109801197)
Accessories
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 function 170 … 277 V AC, 77 … 286 5ST3071
Fault signal contacts (FC) Article No. V DC
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 Adapters for remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
2 NO 5ST3021 1 MW 5ST3820-6
2 NC 5ST3022 Arc fault detection units (AFDD) Article No.
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) Article No. For basic units 1P + N In up to 16 A 5SM6011-2
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062 (1 MW), not for KL types In up to 40 A 5SM6014-2
5ST3 COM (AS+FC) 5ST3062-0MC Data transceiver (essential accessory) Article No.
SENTRON Powercenter 1000 7KN1110-0MC00

3/40 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
I201_20406
SENTRON Powercenter 1000 data transceiver
• Wireless radio transmission of

SENTRON SENTRON
Powerconfig Powerconfig measured values and data to the
or other mobile SENTRON Powercenter 1000 data
Software transceiver 3
Solutions
• Commissioning, parameter
Modbus TCP assignment, firmware updates
and further processing of the data
via the SENTRON Powercenter
SENTRON Powercenter 1000 Article No.

I201_20143a
7KN1110-0MC00
SENTRON Powercenter 1000
See page 10/20
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals
... ...
Installation Manual – Circuit
protection devices with
communication and measuring
COM protection devices: COM accessories: COM fuses:
function (109791805)
5SV6 COM AFDD/MCB 5ST3 COM AS/FC 3NA COM LV HRC System Manual – Circuit protection
5SL6 COM RCM MCB 3RV2 COM
5SL6 COM MCB devices with communication and
measuring function (109791806)
max. 24
Wireless Protocol
Monitoring functions with limit monitoring

• Switching state with trip monitoring: short-circuit, overload • Limit values for:
• Counters incl. limit monitoring for: − Overcurrent alarm 1 and alarm 2
− Operating hours − Undercurrent alarm 1 and alarm 2
− Operating hours with load current − Temperature
− Operating cycles (ON/OFF)
− Tripping operations
− Short circuits
Measured values Unit Memory

Temperature °C 1 hour in 1-minute intervals; 7 days in 15-minute intervals
Average temperature °C –
Current A Min. and max. values over 10 days; 1 hour in 10-second intervals; 7 days in 15-minute intervals
Average current A –
Maximum current A –
Voltage V Min. and max. values over 10 days
Line frequency Hz Min. and max. values over 10 days
Active power W Min. and max. values over 10 days
Apparent power VA Min. and max. values over 10 days
Reactive power Var –
Power factor –
Active energy imported Wh 7 days in 15-minute intervals; 30 days in 1-day intervals
Active energy exported Wh –
Reactive energy imported Varh –
Reactive energy exported Varh –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/41
© Siemens 2023
5SL6 COM miniature circuit breakers with

With residual current monitoring (RCM) and energy monitoring (EM),
1P+N 6 kA compact miniature circuit breakers
1P+N (N pole right) Mounting concept

Mounting width 1 MW
optional optional
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
3 and and or
1 N
2 N AFDD 5SL60 AS AS AS
G_I201_20352
Rated Characteristic (not for KL types) AS + FC AS + FC AS + FC
current In B C
2A – 5SL6002-7MF
4A – 5SL6004-7MF
6A 5SL6006-6MF 5SL6006-7MF
8A – 5SL6008-7MF
27 – 36 mm
optional optional
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
10 A 5SL6010-6MF 5SL6010-7MF and and or
13 A 5SL6013-6MF 5SL6013-7MF
16 A 5SL6016-6MF 5SL6016-7MF
20 A 5SL6020-6MF 5SL6020-7MF
25 A 5SL6025-6MF 5SL6025-7MF basic unit and FC FC + FC
G_I201_20353
32 A 5SL6032-6MF 5SL6032-7MF
Adapter
Note: AFDD Arc fault detection units See page 3/59

Please note the country-specific radio licenses of AS Auxiliary switches See page 3/50
the products at FC Fault signal contacts See page 3/52
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/certificates RC mech. Remote control mechanisms See page 3/58
(109801197)
Accessories
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 function 170 … 277 V AC, 77 … 286 5ST3071
Fault signal contacts (FC) Article No. V DC
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 Adapters for remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
2 NO 5ST3021 1 MW 5ST3820-6
2 NC 5ST3022 Arc fault detection units (AFDD) Article No.
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) Article No. For basic units 1P + N In up to 16 A 5SM6011-2
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062 (1 MW), not for KL types In up to 40 A 5SM6014-2
5ST3 COM (AS+FC) 5ST3062-0MC Data transceiver (essential accessory) Article No.

3/42 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
I201_20406

SENTRON SENTRON
Software transceiver 3
Solutions

I201_20143a
7KN1110-0MC00
See page 10/20
... ...
max. 24
Wireless Protocol

• Switching state with trip monitoring: short-circuit, overload Measured values Unit
• Counters incl. limit monitoring Temperature °C
− Operating hours Average temperature °C
− Operating hours with load current Current A
Average current A
− Operating cycles (ON/OFF)
Maximum current A
− Tripping operations Voltage V
− Short circuits Line frequency Hz
• Limit alarms Active power W
− Overcurrent alarm 1 and alarm 2 Apparent power VA
− Undercurrent alarm 1 and alarm 2 Reactive power Var
− Overvoltage alarm 1 and alarm 2 Power factor
Active energy imported Wh
− Undervoltage alarm 1 and alarm 2
Active energy exported Wh
− Temperature
Reactive energy imported Varh
− Residual current pre-alarm (low-pass channels) Reactive energy exported Varh
− Residual current main alarm (low-pass channels) Residual current measurement Unit
channels with adjustable
measuring ranges
Line frequency 50 Hz mA
Harmonic of line frequency mA
Low-pass filter (AC) mA
Low-pass filter (AC + pulsating DC) mA
Band-pass filter mA
High-pass filter mA

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/43
© Siemens 2023
5SP3 selective main miniature

circuit breakers (SHU)
25 kA, mounting on a 40 mm busbar
1P 3 × 1P
Rated voltage Un 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC
Mounting width 1.5 MW 4.5 MW
1 1 3 5
S S S S
3 2 2 4 6
Rated current In Characteristic Characteristic
E E
L1 L2 L3 L1 + L2 + L3
16 A 5SP3716-2KK01 5SP3716-2KK02 5SP3716-2KK03 5SP3716-2 5SP3816-2

3/44 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
25 kA, mounting on a DIN rail

1P 3 × 1P 2P 3P 4P
Rated voltage Un 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC 230/400 V AC
Mounting width 1.5 MW 4.5 MW 3 MW 4.5 MW 6 MW
1 1 3 5 1 3 1 1 1 1 3 5 7
S S S S S S S S S S S S S
2 2 4 6 2 4 2 2 2 2 4 6 8 3
Rated current In Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic
E E E E E
16 A 5SP3716-3 5SP3816-3 5SP3216-3 5SP3316-3 5SP3416-3
20 A 5SP3720-3 5SP3820-3 5SP3220-3 5SP3320-3 5SP3420-3
25 A 5SP3725-3 5SP3825-3 5SP3225-3 5SP3325-3 5SP3425-3
35 A 5SP3735-3 5SP3835-3 5SP3235-3 5SP3335-3 5SP3435-3
40 A 5SP3740-3 5SP3840-3 5SP3240-3 5SP3340-3 5SP3440-3
50 A 5SP3750-3 5SP3850-3 5SP3250-3 5SP3350-3 5SP3450-3
63 A 5SP3763-3 5SP3863-3 5SP3263-3 5SP3363-3 5SP3463-3

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/45
© Siemens 2023
5SY17 circuit breakers for equipment

Electromechanical
1P+AS
Rated voltage Un 230 V AC/12 … 72 V DC
Mounting width 1 MW (18 mm)
1 13
I201_20322
2 14
3 Rated current In Characteristic

F1 (quick) F2 (slow)
0.5 A 5SY1705-2 5SY1705-4
1A 5SY1701-2 5SY1701-4
2A 5SY1702-2 5SY1702-4
4A 5SY1704-2 5SY1704-4
6A 5SY1706-2 5SY1706-4
8A 5SY1708-2 5SY1708-4
10 A 5SY1710-2 5SY1710-4
16 A 5SY1716-2 5SY1716-4
Mounting concept
27 – 36 mm
optional optional
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and and or
5SY17 RC mech. AS AS AS
G_I201_20354
Adapter

Accessories
Auxiliary switches (AS) Article No. Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 5ST3010 1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062
For low power 5ST3013 5ST3 COM (AS+FC) 5ST3062-0MC
For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01 Remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
2 NO Standard 5ST3011 Basic 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3053
2 NC Standard 5ST3012 Power 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3055
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 Power with ARD 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3057
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 Power with extended 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3070
1 MW 5ST3820-6

3/46 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5SK9 circuit breakers for equipment

Electronic
1P+AS
Rated voltage Un 24 V DC
Mounting width 6.2 mm
1 13
I201_20322
2 14
Rated current In 3
1A 5SK9101-1
2A 5SK9102-1
3A 5SK9103-1
4A 5SK9104-1
6A 5SK9106-1
8A 5SK9108-1
Specific accessories
Connecting combs
Type Number of poles Max. load current Imax Article No.
For parallel infeed 2-pole 32 A 8WH9020-6CC10
5-pole 32 A 8WH9020-6CF10
For remote signal – group signal 2-pole 32 A 8WH9020-6CC10
Reducing combs for terminal blocks of 10 mm2

Type Number of poles Max. load current Imax Article No.
For bypassing the power supply 2-pole 40 A 8WH9020-0AC10
See general accessories, from page 3/60 onwards

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/47
© Siemens 2023
Miniature Circuit Breakers | Accessories
Overview of the modular system

5SL60/
5SL3 5SL6 5SL4 5SJ6...-.KS 5SL30 5SY
5SL6 COM
Auxiliary switches (AS) Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 5ST3010 ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
3 For low power 5ST3013 ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01 ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
2 NO Standard 5ST3011 ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
For low power 5ST3014 ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
2 NC Standard 5ST3012 ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
For low power 5ST3015 ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
5ST1010-0FP – – – – – – –
Fault signal contacts (FC) Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
2 NO 5ST3021 ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
2 NC 5ST3022 ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) Article No.

1 CO (AS) + Standard 5ST3062 ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
1 CO (FC)
5ST3 COM (AS+FC)
I201_20406
With communication and 5ST3062-0MC ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
measuring function

110 ... 415 V AC, 110 ... 220 V DC 5ST3030 – – ■ – – – ■
24 ... 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031 – – ■ – – – ■
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01 – – ■ – – – ■
Undervoltage releases (UR) Article No.

With integrated auxiliary 230 V AC 5ST3040 – – ■ – – – ■
switch 110 V DC 5ST3041 – – ■ – – – ■
24 V DC 5ST3042 – – ■ – – – ■
Without integrated auxiliary 230 V AC 5ST3043 – – ■ – – – ■
switch 110 V DC 5ST3044 – – ■ – – – ■
24 V DC 5ST3045 – – ■ – – – ■
Remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
Basic 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3053 – ■ ■ – – ■ ■
177 … 270 V AC 5ST3054 – ■ ■ – – ■ ■
Power 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3055 – ■ ■ – – ■ ■
177 … 270 V AC 5ST3056 – ■ ■ – – ■ ■
Power with ARD 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3057 – ■ ■ – – ■ ■
177 … 270 V AC 5ST3058 – ■ ■ – – ■ ■
Power with extended 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 5ST3070 – ■ ■ – – ■ ■
function 170 ... 277 V AC, 77 ... 286 V DC 5ST3071 – ■ ■ – – ■ ■
5SM6 arc fault detection units Article No.
Rated current up to 16 A Standard 5SM6021-2 – – □ – – – □
For compact devices 1P+N in 1 5SM6011-2 – – – – – □ –
MW
Rated current up to 40 A Standard 5SM6024-2 – – □ – – – □
For compact devices 1P+N in 1 5SM6014-2 – – – – – □ –
MW
Standard busbars Article No.
Cannot be cut 5ST36.. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Can be cut 5ST37.. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Compact busbars Article No.
Cannot be cut 5ST36.. □ □ □ – ■ ■ –
Can be cut 5ST37.. □ □ □ – ■ ■ –
From page 3/12
■ Suitable for all versions □ Suitable for some versions

3/48 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories | Miniature Circuit Breakers
Circuit breakers for equipment Arc fault detection

devices Switching
Residual current protective devices devices
5SP4/ 5SM2 + 5SM2 + 5SU1 5SU1...FP/ 5SV6/

5SJ4..HG.. 5SY17 5SV 5SU1 5SV1 5SM6 5TE8 5TL
5SP5 MCB 5SP4 (125 A) FR 5SV6 COM
■ ...-0HG ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ □ ■ ■ ■
■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ □ ■ ■ ■ 3
■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ □ ■ ■ ■
■ ...-0HG ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ □ ■ ■ ■
■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ □ ■ ■ ■
■ ...-0HG ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ □ ■ ■ ■
■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ □ ■ ■ ■
■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ □ ■ ■ ■
– – – – – – – – ■ – – – – –
■ ...-0HG ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ □ ■ – –
■ ...-0HG ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ □ ■ – –
■ ...-0HG ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ □ ■ – –
■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ □ ■ – –
■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ □ ■ – –
■ ...-0HG – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – □ – – –
■ ...-0HG – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – □ – – –
■ – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – □ – – –
■ – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – □ – – –
■ – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – □ – – –
■ – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – □ – – –
■ – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – □ – – –
■ – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – □ – – –
■ – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – □ – – –
– – ■ – – – ■ – – ■ – – – ■
– – ■ – – – ■ – – ■ – – – ■
■ – ■ ■ ■ – ■ – – ■ – – – ■
■ – ■ ■ ■ – ■ – – ■ – – – ■
– – ■ ■ ■ – ■ – – ■ – – – ■
– – ■ ■ ■ – ■ – – ■ – – – ■
■ – ■ ■ ■ – ■ – – ■ – – – –
■ – ■ ■ – – ■ – – ■ – – – –
– – – – – – ■ – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – ■ – – – –
– – – – – – ■ – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – ■ – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ □ ■ □ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ □ ■ □ ■
– – ■ ■ – – – – – ■ ■ ■ – –
– – – ■ – – – – – ■ ■ ■ – –
From page 3/12 From From page 4/18 From page 4/52 From page 5/6
page
3/46

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/49
© Siemens 2023
Auxiliary switches (AS)
• Signals the contact position of the mounted device
• Version for the switching of small currents and voltages
according to EN 61131-2 for control of programmable control
systems (PLCs)
• Test button enables the testing of control circuits without the
need to switch the mounted device
For combining with basic units Contacts Version Mounting Article No.
Miniature Circuit RCCBs RCBOs Arc fault ON/OFF width
3 circuit
breakers
breakers for
equipment
detection
devices
switches (1 MW =
18 mm)
5SL, 5SY, 5SY17 5SV 5SU1 1), 5SV6 5TL1, 5TE8 1 NO + 1 NC Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3010
5SP4, 5SP5 5SV1 For low power 0.5 MW 5ST3013
For low power 0.5 MW 5ST3013-0XX01
(with diode)
2 NO Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3011
For low power 0.5 MW 5ST3014
2 NC Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3012
1 CO Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3016
Auxiliary switches (AS) with TEST button
5SL, 5SY, 5SY17 5SV 5SU1 1), 5SV6 5TL1, 5TE8 1 NO + 1 NC Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3010-2
5SP4, 5SP5 5SV1 For low power 0.5 MW 5ST3013-2
2 NO Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3011-2
For low power 0.5 MW 5ST3014-2
2 NC Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3012-2
Auxiliary switches (AS) acc. to UL 489
5SJ4...-.HG – – – – 1 NO + 1 NC Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3010-0HG
2 NO Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3011-0HG
2 NC Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3012-0HG
1)
5ST3805-1 handle coupler required

3/50 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5ST3010, 5ST3013,
5ST3011, 5ST3010-0HG, 5ST3010-2, 5ST3014, 5ST3013-2,
5ST3012, 5ST3011-0HG, 5ST3011-2, 5ST3015, 5ST3014-2,
Further technical specifications 5ST3016 5ST3012-0HG 5ST3012-2 5ST3013-0XX01 1) 5ST3015-2
Standards
Standards IEC/EN IEC/EN 62019, – IEC/EN 62019, IEC/EN 60947-5-1
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
UL, CSA UL 1077, UL 489, – UL 1077, –
CSA C22.2 No. 235 CSA 22.2 No. 5-02 CSA C22.2 No. 235
Contacts
Minimum contact load 50 mA, 24 V 1 mA, 5 V DC 5 mA, 5 V DC 3
Maximum contact load – 100 mA, 30 V DC 50 mA, 30 V DC
Contact load acc. to IEC/EN 62019/ 230 V AC, AC-12 –
IEC/EN 60947-5-1 230 V AC, AC-13 6 A/6 A –
400 V AC, AC-13 2 A/2 A –
230 V AC, AC-14 6 A/6 A –
400 V AC, AC-14 2 A/2 A –
24 V DC, DC-13 6 A/3 A –
30 V DC, DC-14 – 0.1 A
60 V DC, DC-13 3 A/1.5 A –
110 V DC, DC-13 1 A/0.75 A –
220 V DC, DC-12 –
220 V DC, DC-13 1 A/0.5 A –
Contact load acc. to UL 120 V AC – 6A –
125 V AC 3A –
240 V AC 4A –
277 V AC – 3A –
480 V AC 1.5 A –
60 V DC – 3A –
125 V DC 1.1 A 1A –
250 V DC 0.55 A –
Service life, on average, with rated load Actuations 20000 12000 20000
Safety
Short-circuit protection 5SY… 6A miniature circuit breaker or gG 6 A fuse
Connections
Conductor cross-sections 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 22 … 14)
Terminals Max. tightening torque 0.5 Nm (4.5 lb-in)
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature –40 ... +70 °C
Permissible storage temperature –40 ... +75 °C
Resistance to climate Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles
Mounting position Any
Shock at 11 ms half-sine Acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 150 m/s2
Resistance to vibrations at 5 ... 150 Hz Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 50 m/s2
1)
No approvals

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/51
© Siemens 2023
Fault signal contacts (FC)
• Signals automatic tripping of the circuit protection device in the event
of a fault, such as an overload or a short circuit
• If the fault signal contact is activated, the contact position does not change
if the mounted circuit protection device is tripped manually
• Version with TEST and RESET buttons enables the testing of control circuits
without operation of the circuit protection device
• Red RESET button in the operating handle indicates automatic tripping
of the mounted circuit protection device
3 For combining with basic units Contacts Mounting width Article No.
Miniature circuit Circuit breakers for RCCBs RCBOs Arc fault (1 MW = 18 mm)
breakers equipment detection devices
5SL, 5SY, 5SP4, 5SY17 5SV 5SU1 1), 5SV1 5SV6 1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 MW 5ST3020
5SP5 2 NO 0.5 MW 5ST3021
2 NC 0.5 MW 5ST3022
Fault signal contacts (FC) with TEST and RESET button
5SL, 5SY, 5SP4, 5SY17 5SV 5SU1 1), 5SV1 5SV6 1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 MW 5ST3020-2
5SP5 2 NO 0.5 MW 5ST3021-2
2 NC 0.5 MW 5ST3022-2
Fault signal contacts (FC) acc. to UL 489
5SJ4...-.HG – – – – 1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 MW 5ST3020-0HG
2 NO 0.5 MW 5ST3021-0HG
2 NC 0.5 MW 5ST3022-0HG
1)
5ST3020, 5ST3020-2, 5ST3020-0HG,

5ST3021, 5ST3021-2, 5ST3021-0HG,
Further technical specifications 5ST3022 5ST3022-2 5ST3022-0HG
Standards
Standards IEC/EN IEC/EN 62019, IEC/EN 60947-5-1
UL, CSA UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No. 235 – UL 489, CSA 22.2 No. 5-02
Contacts
Minimum contact load 50 mA, 24 V
Contact load acc. to 230 V AC, AC-13 6 A/6 A
IEC/EN 62019/IEC/EN 60947-5-1 400 V AC, AC-13 6 A/6 A
230 V AC, AC-14 2 A/2 A
400 V AC, AC-14 2 A/2 A
24 V DC, DC-13 6 A/3 A
60 V DC, DC-13 3 A/1.5 A
110 V DC, DC-13 1 A/0.75 A
220 V DC, DC-13 1 A/0.5 A
Contact load acc. to UL 120 V AC – 6A
125 V AC 3A –
240 V AC 4A –
277 V AC – 3A
480 V AC 1.5 A –
60 V DC – 3A
125 V DC 1.1 A – 1A
250 V DC 0.55 A –
Service life, on average, with rated load Actuations 20000 12000
Safety
Short-circuit protection Miniature circuit breaker or gG 6 A fuse
Connections
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature –25 … +55 °C

3/52 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC)

• Combines the function of both switches in a width of only 0.5 MW (9 mm)
• Signals the contact position of the mounted circuit protection device
• Signals automatic tripping of the circuit protection device in the event of a fault,
such as an overload, a short circuit or a fault current
• If the fault signal contact is activated, the contact position does not change
if the mounted circuit protection device is tripped manually
For combining with basic units Contacts Mounting width Article No.
breakers equipment detection devices 3
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC)
5SL, 5SY, 5SP4, 5SY17 5SV 5SU1 1), 5SV1 5SV6 1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 0.5 MW 5ST3062
5SP5
1)
Further technical specifications 5ST3062

Standards
UL, CSA UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No. 235
Contacts
Maximum contact load –
Contact load acc. to 230 V AC, AC-13 6 A/6 A
IEC/EN 62019/IEC/EN 60947-5-1 400 V AC, AC-14 2 A/2 A
Contact load acc. to 24 V DC, DC-13 3 A/3 A
IEC/EN 62019/IEC/EN 60947-5-1 60 V DC, DC-13 3 A/1 A
110 V DC, DC-13 0.5 A/0.5 A
220 V DC, DC-13 0.5 A/0.3 A
Contact load acc. to UL 125 V AC 2A
240 V AC 1.5 A
480 V AC 0.75 A
125 V DC 0.5 A
250 V DC 0.3 A
Service life, on average, with rated load Actuations 20000
Safety
Connections
Ambient conditions

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/53
© Siemens 2023
I201_20406
5ST3 COM auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC)

with communication and measuring function
• Reports the switching state of the mounted standard circuit protection device
(ON, tripped, manual OFF, tripped with locked handle)
• Measures the temperature of the device and counts operating cycles, trips and operating hours
• Communication via radio to SENTRON Powercenter 1000 data transceiver
• Plug-in terminals for 24 V DC power supply incl. daisy chain function
• Low space requirements of 0.5 MW (9 mm)
For combining with basic units Mounting width Article No.

3 Miniature circuit Circuit breakers RCCBs RCBOs Arc fault Communication (1 MW = 18 mm)
breakers for equipment detection devices
5ST3 COM auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) with communication and measuring function
5SL, 5SY, 5SP4, 5SY17 5SV 5SU1 1), 5SV1 5SV6 Radio link to SENTRON 0.5 MW 5ST3062-0MC
5SP5 Powercenter 1000
1)
Note:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/certificates (109801197)
Further technical specifications 5ST3062-0MC

Standards
Standards IEC/EN 60669-2-5
RED 2014/53/EU
Power supply
Power supply 24 V DC ±20%, SELV
Conductor cross-sections 0.2 … 1.5 mm²
Connection type Plug-in terminal
Safety
Degree of pollution for overvoltage category 2/II
Degree of protection IP40, with front cover
Ambient conditions
Permissible storage temperature –40 … +85 °C
Humidity 93% at 40 °C
Shock 150 m/s2
Resistance to vibrations at 10 … 150 Hz Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 50 m/s2
Service life/endurance 10000
Communication
Interface SENTRON Powercenter 1000 Radio link
Temperature Measuring accuracy of 2 °C with limit monitoring incl. storage
(1 hour in 1-minute intervals and 7 days in 15-minute intervals)
Operating cycles counters Mechanical operation with limit monitoring
Trip counter Trip of the mounted circuit protection device with limit monitoring
Operating hours counter Operating hours with limit monitoring

3/54 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
SENTRON SENTRON
• Wireless radio transmission of 3
Powerconfig Powerconfig mobile measured values and data to the I201_20406
or other SENTRON Powercenter 1000 data
Software transceiver
Solutions
• Commissioning, parameter assign-
Modbus TCP ment, firmware updates and
further processing of the data via
the SENTRON Powercenter 1000
data transceiver

I201_20143a
7KN1110-0MC00
See page 10/20
... ... ... ... protection devices with
5SL6 COM 5ST3 COM 5SV6 COM 3NA COM
MCB AS+FC AFDD Fuse System Manual – Circuit protection
max. 24 devices with communication and
Wireless Protocol

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/55
© Siemens 2023
Shunt trips (ST)
• For remote-controlled tripping of the mounted device
For combining with basic units Rated operational voltage Ue Mounting width Article No.
Miniature circuit breakers RCCBs RCBOs (1 MW = 18 mm)
Shunt trips (ST)
5SL4, 5SY, 5SP 5SV 5SU1 1) 110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 1 MW 5ST3030
24 ... 48 V AC/DC 1 MW 5ST3031
12 V DC 1 MW 5ST3031-0XX01
Shunt trips (ST) acc. to UL 489
3 5SJ4...-.HG – – 110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 1 MW 5ST3030-0HG
24 ... 60 V AC/DC 1 MW 5ST3031-0HG
1)
Further technical specifications 5ST3030 5ST3031 5ST3031-0XX01 5ST3030-0HG 5ST3031-0HG

Standards
Standards IEC/EN EN 60947-1 IEC/EN 60947-1
UL, CSA – UL 489, UL-File E321559,
CSA 22.2 No. 5-02
Supply
Primary operating range 0.7 … 1.1 × Un
Rated frequency fn 50 … 60 Hz – 50 … 60 Hz
Contacts
Minimum contact load 50 mA, 24 V 1 mA, 5 V 50 mA, 24 V
Tripping operations Max. 2000
Service life, on average, Actuations 20000 12000
with rated load
Safety
Short-circuit protection Miniature circuit breaker B/C 6 A or fuse gG 6 A
Connections
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature –25 … +55 °C –40 ... +70 °C –25 … +55 °C
Resistance to vibrations Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 50 m/s2
at 10 ... 150 Hz

3/56 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Undervoltage releases (UR)

• Are integrated (e.g. in EMERGENCY-OFF loops), thus ensuring that the MCB trips in
the event of an emergency. EMERGENCY-OFF is a function provided to disconnect
the electricity supply to all or some parts of the installation in case of emergency,
when there is a risk of electric shock or any other hazard caused by electrical power
• In addition, an undervoltage release also trips if the voltage is interrupted or too
low, or prevents the MCB from closing
• Combination with 5SV RCCB not suitable for implementation of EMERGENCY-OFF/
EMERGENCY-STOP circuits
For combining with basic units Rated operational voltage Ue Mounting width Article No. 3
Miniature circuit breakers RCCBs RCBOs (1 MW = 18 mm)
With integrated auxiliary switch
5SL4, 5SY, 5SP4, 5SP5 5SV 5SU1 1) 230 V AC 1 MW 5ST3040
110 V DC 1 MW 5ST3041
24 V DC 1 MW 5ST3042
Without integrated auxiliary switch
110 V DC 1 MW 5ST3044
24 V DC 1 MW 5ST3045
1)
Further technical specifications 5ST304.

Standards
Standards IEC/EN EN 60947-1
Supply
Primary operating range 0.85 … 1.1 × Un
Rated frequency fn 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Safety
Connections
Ambient conditions

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/57
© Siemens 2023
5ST3 remote control mechanisms (RC mech.)
• For locations that are spread out over a wide area or not permanently attended
• Permits direct and immediate access to the installation even if it is remote or in a location
that is hard to access
• Permits fast reconnection after a fault
• Version with ARD with automatic restart
• Versions with ARD and Power with integrated auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts
Type of remote Display Ambient Vibration and shock Rated operational voltage Ue Mounting width Article No.
control mechanism temperature requirements (1 MW = 18 mm)
3 Basic – –25 °C … +45 °C – 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 1.5 MW 5ST3053
177 … 270 V AC 2 MW 5ST3054
Power LED –25 °C … +45 °C – 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 2 MW 5ST3055
177 … 270 V AC 2 MW 5ST3056
Power with ARD LED –25 °C … +45 °C – 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 2 MW 5ST3057
177 … 270 V AC 2 MW 5ST3058
Power with extended LED –40 °C … +70 °C Acc. to EN 61373/ 12 ... 30 V AC, 12 ... 48 V DC 2 MW 5ST3070
function EN 50155 "1B" 170 ... 277 V AC, 77 ... 286 V DC 2 MW 5ST3071
Further technical specifications 5ST3053 5ST3054 5ST3055 5ST3056 5ST3057 5ST3058 5ST3070 5ST3071
Standards
Standards EN 50557 (VDE 0640-20)
Supply
Rated frequency fn 50 ... 60 Hz
Rated power dissipation in standby ≤ 1 VA
Contacts
Service life, on average, Actuations 10000
with rated load
Number of remote switching 2
operations per minute
Number of automatic reclose attempts – 3 –
Cable length in the control circuit ≤ 1500 m ≤ 1500 m
(DC)/
≤ 200 m (AC)
Sliding selector with locking device – ■
Integrated auxiliary switches – 1CO;
2 A; 250 V
Integrated fault signal contacts – 1CO;
2 A; 250 V
Connections
Terminal tightening torque 0.2 … 0.25 Nm (2.0 lb-in)
Ambient conditions
Permissible storage temperature –40 … +55 °C –40 … +70 °C
Degree of protection IP20
Suitable adapters for combination with basic units
Basic units Mounting width Article No.

1 … 2 MW 3 … 4 MW 3 … 6 MW
5SY4/5/6/7/8 ■ – – 5ST3820-1
– ■ – 5ST3820-2
5SL3/4/6 ■ – – 5ST3820-6
– ■ – 5ST3820-7
5SL60/5SY17 ■ – – 5ST3820-6
5SP4, 5SP5 ■ – – 5ST3820-1
– – ■ 5ST3820-2

3/58 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5SM6 arc fault detection units (AFDD)

• Detects arcing faults
• Offers extremely effective protection against fires
started by electrical faults
• Ensures adequate fire protection even in applications
without residual current protective device
For combining with basic units Rated current In Mounting width Article No.
Width of basic unit Miniature circuit breakers RCBOs (1 MW = 18 mm)
1 MW 5SL60 1P + N (no KL types) 5SV1 Up to 16 A 1 MW 5SM6011-2
Up to 40 A 1 MW 5SM6014-2 3
2 MW 5SY , 5SL4 (1P+N devices only,
1)
5SU1.5 Up to 16 A 1 MW 5SM6021-2
not compact) Up to 40 A 1 MW 5SM6024-2
1)
Not suitable for use with 5SY5, 5SY8
Further technical specifications 5SM6

Standards
Standards IEC/EN 62606
Supply
Rated voltage Un 230 V
Rated current In Up to 16/40 A
Rated frequency 50 Hz
Power loss 0.6 W
Contacts
Number of poles 2-pole
Service life Average number of operating cycles > 10000
Safety
Touch protection Acc. to EN 50274 (VDE 0660-514) Finger and back-of-hand safe
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 (VDE 0470-1) IP20, with connected conductors
Overvoltage category III
Tripping in the event of overvoltage > 275 V
Connections
Terminal/conductor cross-sections Solid and stranded 0.75 … 16 mm2
Finely stranded with end sleeve 0.75 … 10 mm2
Terminal tightening torque 2.0 ... 2.5 Nm
Mains connection Bottom
Ambient conditions
Resistance to climate at 95% relative humidity Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles, 55 °C
Degree of pollution 2
CFC and silicone-free Yes
See suitable busbars, from page 3/62 onwards

See suitable terminals and end caps, from page 3/78 onwards

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/59
© Siemens 2023
Mechanical rotary operating mechanisms complete with handle

• For 5SY, 5SP4, 5SP5, 5SL (but not for 5SL.0 1P + N in 1MW), 5TL1, 5TE2, 5TE8, 5SU1
Types Article No.
Handle black 5ST3060
Handle red / yellow 5ST3061
Terminal cover
• For miniature circuit breakers, but not for 5SL60..
• For additional covering of the screw openings per pole
3 • Lockable
• In the case of 5SY, also prevents removal of device from the DIN rail
Article No.
5ST3800
Handle locking devices
• To prevent undesired mechanical ON/OFF switching
• Sealable and lockable
For miniature circuit breakers For padlocks with Article No.
5SP4, 5SP5, 5SY Max. 3 mm shackle 5ST3801
5SL, 5TL1 3 … 6 mm shackle 5ST3806
Padlocks
• For 5ST3801 and 5ST3806 handle locking devices and remote control mechanisms
5ST3054 … 58, 5ST3070
Article No.
5ST3802
Locking devices
• Comprising 5ST3801 or 5ST3806 handle locking device and 5ST3802 padlock
For miniature circuit breakers Comprising Article No.
5SP4, 5SP5, 5SY 5ST3801 handle locking device, 5ST3803
5ST3802 padlock
5SL, 5SV, 5TL1 5ST3806 handle locking device, 5ST3807
5ST3802 padlock
Spacers
• Can be placed on either side of the DIN rail. Two spacers allow for convenient cable routing
Mounting width Article No.
0.5 MW 5TG8240

3/60 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Device labels
• For adhesive attachment
• For modular installation devices, e.g. 5SY, 5SL, 5TL1
Types Article No.
15 × 6 mm, white (WIN 098) 8WH8210-0AA35
15 × 6 mm, yellow (WIN 099) 8WH8210-0AA36
Terminal covers, gray

• For surface mounting, degree of protection IP40
• Sealable
• Can be used with 35 mm DIN rail
3
For width up to Article No.
2.5 MW 5SW3004
4.5 MW 5SW3005
Wall enclosures, gray
• For flush mounting, degree of protection IP40
2.5 MW 5SW3006
4.5 MW 5SW3007
Covers
• Can be assembled as mini distribution board
• Suitable for all devices
• Cover parts prepared for rail mounting of conventional label caps
Comprising Article No.
End plate 5ST2134
Angled profile 5ST2135
Flat profile as alternative 5ST2136
Holders for front panel installation
• Universal use for devices from 1 to 6 MW
Cutout height Cutout width Article No.
45+0.5 mm 23, 41, 59, 77, 95 or 113 mm 7LF9006
Intermediate frames
• For 70 mm devices in 55 mm ALPHA SIMBOX small distribution boards
Types Article No.
1-tier 8GB4561
2-tier 8GB4562
3-tier 8GB4563
4-tier 8GB4564

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/61
© Siemens 2023
Standard busbars
General information
Infeed
At the start or end of the busbar Along the busbar or midpoint infeed
3 2 1 1 2 3
3
I201_13755
S I201_13754a
S1 S2
Maximum busbar current IS/phase Maximum busbar current IS/phase

• Cross-section 10 mm2: 63 A • Cross-section 10 mm2: 100 A

3/62 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Fixed lengths, cannot be cut
For miniature circuit breakers (MCBs)

Pin spacing in MW Application No. of MW Length Conductor cross-section
(1 MW = 18 mm) 10 mm2 16 mm2
1-phase Article No. Article No.
1 For 2 MCBs 1P 2 MW 33 mm 5ST3600 5ST3630
L1 L1
14
3,4
1 For 6 MCBs 1P 6 MW 105 mm 5ST3601 5ST3631 3

For 12 MCBs 1P 12 MW 212 mm 5ST3602 5ST3632
L1 L1
14
3,4
2-phase/1-phase + N Article No. Article No.

1 1 For 2 MCBs (2P/1P+N) 4 MW 76 mm 5ST3606 5ST3636
For 3 MCBs (2P/1P+N) 6 MW 105 mm 5ST3607 5ST3637
15,2
L1 L2/N L1 L2/N
19
6,6 7,3
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2
1 1 1 1 For 2 MCBs 3P 6 MW 102 mm 5ST3613 5ST3643
For 3 MCBs 3P 9 MW 157.5 mm 5ST3614 5ST3644
L3L1 L2 L3 For 4 MCBs 3P 12 MW 210 mm 5ST3615 5ST3645
15,2
L1 L2
19
For 14 MCBs 1P 14 MW 250 mm 5ST3613-4 –

9,2 10,3
Combi pack: 5ST3656 –
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2
20 × 5ST3613 + 10 × 5ST3614 +
50 × 5ST3615 + 50 × 5ST3655
Combi pack: – 5ST3657
20 × 5ST3643 + 10 × 5ST3644 +
50 × 5ST3645 + 50 × 5ST3655
1 1 1 1 1 1 For 2 MCBs (4P/3P+N) 8 MW 138 mm/ 5ST3621 5ST3651
140 mm
15,2
L1 L2 L3L1 N L2 L3 N
19
11,8 13,3
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2
1 1 11 11 11 1 1 For 6 MCBs 1P+N 12 MW 210 mm 5ST3623 5ST3653
For 7 MCBs 1P+N 14 MW 248 mm 5ST3623-4 –
15,2
L1 N L2L1 N N L3L2 N N L3 N
19
11,8 13,3
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/63
© Siemens 2023
Standard busbars
For MCBs equipped with auxiliary switch (AS) or fault signal contact (FC)
(1 MW = 18 mm) 10 mm2 16 mm2
1,5 For 2 MCBs 1P 2 MW 40 mm 5ST3603 5ST3633
9 mm
L1 AS L1
14
FC
3 1,5
3,4

9 mm
L1 AS L1
14
FC
3,4

1 1,5 For 2 MCBs 4 MW 76 mm – 5ST3640
(2P/1P+N)
9 mm
For 3 MCBs 6 MW 121 mm – 5ST3641

L1 L2/N AS L1 (2P/1P+N)
19
FC
For 5 MCBs 10 MW 210 mm – 5ST3642
7,3
(2P/1P+N)
1 1 1
1,5 1 1,5 For 2 MCBs 3P 6 MW 115 mm 5ST3616 5ST3646
9 mm
9 mm
AS
L3L1 AS L2L1 L3 FC L1
15,2
L1 L2
19
FC
9,2 10,3
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2
1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 For 6 MCBs 1P 9 MW 156 mm/ 5ST3618 5ST3648
158 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm

AS AS
L1 AS L2 L1 AS AS
L3 L2
AS
L1 L3 FC L1
15,2
19
FC FC FC FC FC
9,2 10,3
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2
Accessories
Terminals for 5ST36 and 5ST37 Article No. Terminals for infeed at side Article No.
For conductors Cable entry on the left 5ST3768-4 For conductors Short 5ST3768
6 … 25 mm2 Cable entry in the center 5ST3768-3 6 … 25 mm2
Cable entry on the right 5ST3768-5 Short, IP20 5ST3771-2
For conductors Cable entry on the left 5ST3760-4 Touch protection Article No.
6 … 50 mm2 Cable entry in the center 5ST3760-3 For free connections, yellow (RAL 1004) 5 × 1 pin 5ST3655
Cable entry on the right 5ST3760-5

3/64 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
For MCBs with RCCB

(1 MW = 18 mm) 10 mm2 16 mm2
1 1 12 1 1 21 11 11 11 11 11 1 1 For 8 MCBs 1P 12 MW 210 mm 5ST3624 5ST3654
with 1 RCCB 3P+N,
72 mm
72 mm
N right
15,2
L1 L2 L3L1 NL2 L1L3 L2N L3L1 L1L2 L2L3 L3L1 L1L2 L2L3 L1 L2
19
9,2 10,3
3
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2
1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 10 MCBs 1P 14 MW 249 mm 5ST3624-4 –
with 1 RCCB 3P+N
72 mm
or for 1 RCCB 3P+N,

1 MCB 3P and 7
pYWXYWX[`
15,2
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1
MCBs 1P
8,6
1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 For 6 MCBs 1P with 10 MW 176 mm 5ST3624-1 –

1 RCCB 3P+N or
72 mm
for 1 RCCB 3P+N,

1 MCB 3P and
pYWXYWX[^
15,2
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
3 MCBs 1P
8,6
1 1 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 1 1 For 8 MCBs 1P with 11 MW 192 mm 5ST3667 5ST3668

1 RCCB 3P+N, N left
72 mm
72 mm
N L1 N
L2 L1
L3 L2
L1 L3
L2 L1
L3 L2
L1 L3
L2 L1
L3 L2
L1 L3
L2 L1 L2
15,2
19
9,2 10,3
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 RCCB 3P+N, 14 MW 248 mm 5ST3724-4 –
1 MCB 3P+N and
6 MCBs 1P
pYWXYWX[_
15,2
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
10,7

1 MCB 3P+N and
3 MCBs 1P+N
pYWXYWX[\
15,2
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N
10,7
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 RCCB 3P+N, 13 MW 230 mm 5ST3725-3 –

1 MCB 3P and
3 MCBs 1P+N
pYWXYWX[[
15,2
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L1 N L2 N L3 N
10,7
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 RCCB 3P+N 14 MW 248 mm 5ST3625-4 –

and 5 MCBs 1P+N
pYWXYWX[]
15,2
L1 L2 L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N L2 N
10,7

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/65
© Siemens 2023
Standard busbars
Can be cut

Pin spacing in MW Application No. of Length End caps Color Conductor cross-section
(1 MW = 18 mm) MW included 10 mm2 16 mm2
1-phase, straight Article No. Article No.
1 For MCBs 1P+N 12 MW 216 mm ■ Gray 5ST3762 –
compact Blue 5ST3687-0 –
L1 L1 56 MW 1016 mm – Gray 5ST3764 –
10
5,6 Blue 5ST3787-0 –
3 1-phase, angled 45° Article No. Article No.

1 1 For MCBs 1P+N 12 MW 216 mm ■ Blue 5ST3763 –
compact 56 MW 1016 mm – Blue 5ST3765 –
10
5,6
1-phase, angled 90° Article No. Article No.

1 For MCBs 1P 12 MW 214 mm ■ 5ST3730 5ST3700
3,5
56 MW 1016 mm – 5ST3731 5ST3701

L1 L1 13

1 For 2MW devices 12 MW 214 mm ■ 5ST3734 5ST3704
(2P/1P+N) 56 MW 1016 mm – 5ST3735 5ST3705
L1 L2/N
15
18

1 1 For MCBs 3P 12 MW 214 mm ■ 5ST3738 5ST3708
56 MW 1016 mm – 5ST3740 5ST3710
L1 L2 L3
15
18

1 1 1 For MCBs 4P or 12 MW 214 mm ■ 5ST3745 5ST3715
3P+N 56 MW 1016 mm – 5ST3746 5ST3716
L1 L2 L3 N
18
20
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For RCCB/MCBs or 56 MW 1000 mm – 5ST3770-2 5ST3770-3

MCBs 1P+N
17,3
17,3
L1
L1 N
N L2 L1 N N
N N L1 L3 L2 N N L3
L2 N N L3 N N L1 L3
L2 L1 N N N
N L1
L1
19,7 21,4
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2
Accessories
Terminals for 5ST36 and 5ST37 Article No. End caps Article No.
For conductors Cable entry on the left 5ST3768-4 For 1-phase busbars (MCB 1P+N compact) Gray 5ST3766
6 … 25 mm2 Cable entry in the center 5ST3768-3 Blue 5ST3767
Cable entry on the right 5ST3768-5 White 5ST3748
For conductors Cable entry on the left 5ST3760-4 For 2 and 3-phase busbars 5ST3750
6 … 50 mm2 Cable entry in the center 5ST3760-3 Touch protection Article No.
Cable entry on the right 5ST3760-5 For free connections, yellow (RAL 1004) 5 × 1 pin 5ST3655
Terminals for Infeed at side Article No.
For conductors Short 5ST3768
6 … 25 mm2 Short, IP20 5ST3771-2

3/66 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Pin spacing in MW Application No. of Length End caps Conductor cross-section
1-phase, angled 90° Article No. Article No.
1,5 For MCBs 1P 12 MW 214 mm ■ 5ST3732 5ST3702
56 MW 1016 mm – 5ST3733 5ST3703
9 mm
3,5
L1 AS L1 13
FC
2-phase/1-phase + N Article No. Article No. 3

1 1,5 For 2 MW devices 12 MW 214 mm ■ 5ST3736 5ST3706
(2P/1P+N) 56 MW 1016 mm – 5ST3737 5ST3707
9 mm
L1 L2/N AS L1
15
FC
18

1 1 1,5 For MCBs 3P 12 MW 214 mm ■ 5ST3741 5ST3711
56 MW 1016 mm – 5ST3742 5ST3712
9 mm
L1 L2 L3 AS L1
15
FC
18
1,5 1,5 1,5 For MCBs 1P 12 MW 214 mm ■ 5ST3743 5ST3713

56 MW 1016 mm – 5ST3744 5ST3714
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
L1 AS L2 AS L3 AS L1
15
FC FC FC
18

1 1,5 1 1,5 1 For MCBs 1P+N 56 MW 1016 mm – 5ST3746-2 –
9 mm
9 mm
L1 N AS L2 N AS L3 N
17
FC FC
20
For MCBs equipped with undervoltage release (UR) or shunt trips (ST)
(1 MW = 18 mm) MW included
10 mm2 16 mm2
2 2 For MCBs 1P 56 MW 1016 mm – 5ST3735-2 –
with UR/ ST
18 mm
18 mm
L1 UR L2 UR L1
17
ST ST
14

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/67
© Siemens 2023
Standard busbars
Can be cut
For MCBs with line-side RCCB or RCCBs equipped with AS/FC devices
1 1,5 1 1,5 1 For RCCB / MCBs 56 MW 1016 mm – 5ST3746-2 –
9 mm
9 mm
L1 N AS L2 N AS L3 N
17
FC FC
3 20
1 1 1 1 1 1 For 6 MCBs 1P+N 16 MW 292 mm ■ 5ST3770-4 5ST3770-5

with 1 RCCB 3P+N,
N right
18,3
L1 L2 L3 N L2 N L3 N
22,1
Accessories
Terminals for 5ST36 and 5ST37 Article No. End caps Article No.
For conductors Cable entry on the left 5ST3768-4 For 2 and 3-phase busbars 5ST3750
6 … 25 mm2 Cable entry in the center 5ST3768-3 For 4-phase busbars 5ST3718
Cable entry on the right 5ST3768-5 Touch protection Article No.
For conductors Cable entry on the left 5ST3760-4 For free connections, yellow (RAL 1004) 5 × 1 pin 5ST3655
6 … 50 mm2 Cable entry in the center 5ST3760-3
Cable entry on the right 5ST3760-5

3/68 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5ST37 acc. to UL 508, can be cut

(1 MW = 18 mm) 18 mm2 25 mm2
1 For MCBs 1P 56 MW 1000 mm 5ST3701-0HG –
or fuse holders 10 × 38 mm/class CC
5
L1 L1 15
For MCBs 1P 56 MW 1000 mm – 5ST3701-2HG

3
1,5
or fuse holders 14 × 51 mm
5
L1 L1 15

1 For MCBs 2P 56 MW 1000 mm 5ST3705-0HG –
L1 L2
23
21
1,5 For MCBs 2P 56 MW 1000 mm – 5ST3705-2HG

L1 L2
23
21

1 1 For MCBs 3P 56 MW 1000 mm 5ST3710-0HG –
L1 L2 L3
23
21
1,5 1,5 For MCBs 3P 56 MW 1000 mm – 5ST3710-2HG

L1 L2 L3
23
21

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/69
© Siemens 2023
Standard busbars
5ST37 acc. to UL 508, can be cut
(1 MW = 18 mm) 18 mm2 25 mm2
1,5 For MCBs 1P 56 MW 1000 mm 5ST3703-0HG –
9 mm
L1 AS L1 15
FC
3 2-phase Article No. Article No.

1 1,5 For MCBs 2P 56 MW 1000 mm 5ST3707-0HG –
9 mm
L1 L2 AS L1
23
FC
21

1 1 1,5 For MCBs 3P 56 MW 1000 mm 5ST3712-0HG –
9 mm
L1 L2 L3 AS L1
23
FC
21
1,5 1,5 1,5 For MCBs 1P 56 MW 1000 mm 5ST3714-0HG –

9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
L1 AS L2 AS L3 AS L1
23
FC FC FC
21
Accessories
Terminals according to UL 508 Article No. Touch protection according to UL 508 Article No.
For infeed at the device 6 … 35 mm2 5ST3770-0HG For open terminals, yellow 5 × 1 pin 5ST3655-0HG
For infeed at the busbar 2.5 … 50 mm2 5ST3770-1HG
End caps according to UL 508 Article No.
For 1-phase busbars 5ST3748-0HG
For 2 and 3-phase busbars 5ST3750-0HG

3/70 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5ST3.. acc. to UL 489 specially for 5SJ4... -.HG..
Fixed lengths, cannot be cut, for miniature circuit breakers (MCBs) 1)

(1 MW = 18 mm) 16 mm2
1-phase Article No.
L1 L1 For 6 MCBs 1P 6 MW 100 mm 5ST3663-0HG
For 12 MCBs 1P 12 MW 205 mm 5ST3663-1HG
1 15
2-phase Article No.

L1 L2 For 3 MCBs 2P 6 MW 100 mm 5ST3664-0HG 3
1 15
3-phase Article No.

L1 L2 L3 For 2 MCBs 3P 6 MW 100 mm 5ST3665-0HG
1 1 15
1)
All unassigned pins of the busbars that cannot be cut must be covered with 5ST3666-1HG touch protection covers.
Can be cut, for MCBs

(1 MW = 18 mm) 18 mm2
1-phase Article No.
L1 L1 For MCBs 1P 56 MW 1016 mm 5ST3701-3HG
1 19,3
2-phase Article No.

L1 L2 For MCBs 2P 56 MW 1016 mm 5ST3705-3HG
1 19,3
3-phase Article No.

L1 L2 L3 For MCBs 3P 56 MW 1016 mm 5ST3710-3HG
1 1 19,3

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/71
© Siemens 2023
Standard busbars
5ST3.. acc. to UL 489 specially for 5SJ4... -.HG..
Can be cut, for MCBs equipped with auxiliary switch (AS) or fault signal contact (FC)
(1 MW = 18 mm) 18 mm2
1-phase Article No.
L1 AS L1 For MCBs 1P 56 MW 1016 mm 5ST3703-3HG
FC
9 mm
19,3
1,5
3 2-phase Article No.

L1 L2 AS L1 For MCBs 2P 56 MW 1016 mm 5ST3707-3HG
FC
9 mm
19,3
1 1,5
3-phase Article No.

L1 L2 L3 AS L1 For MCBs 3P 56 MW 1016 mm 5ST3712-3HG
FC
9 mm
19,3
1 1 1,5
L1 AS L2 AS L3 AS L1 For MCBs 1P 56 MW 1016 mm 5ST3714-3HG

FC FC FC
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
19,3
1,5 1,5 1,5
Accessories
Terminals according to UL 489 Article No. Touch protection according to UL 489 Article No.
For infeed at the 5SJ4... -.HG.. miniature 2.5 … 35 mm2 5ST3666-0HG For open terminals, yellow For 5ST37..-.HG busbars that 5ST3666-1HG
circuit breaker 6 … 35 mm2 5ST3770-3HG 3 × 1 pin cannot be cut
For infeed at the busbar 2.5 … 50 mm2 5ST3666-2HG For 5ST37..-3HG busbars that 5ST3655-3HG
can be cut
End caps according to UL 489 Article No.
For 1, 2 and 3-phase busbars 5ST3750-3HG

3/72 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Compact busbars
General information
Infeed
3 2 1 1 2 3
3
I201_13755
S I201_13754a
S1 S2


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/73
© Siemens 2023
Compact busbars
5ST36, fixed lengths, cannot be cut
Pin spacing in MW Application No. of Length End caps Conductor cross-
(1 MW = 18 mm) MW included section
10 mm2
2-phase/1-phase + N, for infeed via RCCB Article No.
1 2 2 For 1 × RCCB 1P+N and 5 × compact devices 12 MW 216 mm ■ 5ST3685-0
equipped with 5SM6 arc fault detection unit
AFDD
AFDD
13,7
L1 N L1 N L1 N
42,4
3 2-phase/1-phase + N Article No.

1 1 For compact devices 6 MW 113 mm ■ 5ST3674-6
9 MW 166 mm ■ 5ST3674-7
12 MW 218 mm ■ 5ST3674-0
13,7
L1 N L1 N L1 N
42,4
1 1 For 12 × 5SY17 CBE 12 MW 218 mm ■ 5ST3674-1

(circuit breaker for equipment)
13,7
+ AS + AS + AS
42,4
2 For 6 × compact devices equipped with 11 MW 200 mm ■ 5ST3676-0

5SM6 arc fault detection unit
AFDD
AFDD
AFDD
13,7
L1 N L1 N
42,4
4-phase/3-phase + N Article No.

1 1 1 For compact devices 6 MW 113 mm ■ 5ST3673-6
9 MW 116 mm ■ 5ST3673-7
12 MW 218 mm ■ 5ST3673-0
13,7
L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N
42,4 14 MW 254 mm ■ 5ST3673-4
2 2 For 6 × compact devices equipped with 11 MW 200 mm ■ 5ST3675-0

AFDD
AFDD
AFDD
13,7
L1 N L2 N L3 N
42,4

3/74 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5ST37, can be cut

Pin spacing in MW Application No. of Length End Conductor
(1 MW = 18 mm) MW caps cross-section
included 10 mm2
1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 1P+N 12 MW 215 mm ■ 5ST3784-0
and 10 × compact
devices
13,7
L1 N L1 N L1 N L1 N
42,4
1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 1P+N 12 MW 215 mm ■ 5ST3784-0KL

(RCCB N left only)
and 10 × compact
3
13,7
N L1 N L1 N L1 N
L1 devices
42,4

1 1 For compact 60 MW 1060 mm – 5ST3774-0
devices
L1 N L1 N L1 N
13
40,8
2 For compact 59 MW 1042 mm – 5ST3776-0

devices equipped
AFDD
AFDD
AFDD
with 5SM6 arc

fault detection unit
L1 N L1 N
13
40,8
1,5 1,5 For compact 59.5 1055 mm – 5ST3778-0

devices equipped MW
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
with auxiliary
switch
L1 N AS L1 N AS L1 N AS
13
40,8
2,5 For compact 58.5 1036 mm – 5ST3780-0

devices equipped MW
AFDD
AFDD
AFDD
9 mm
9 mm
with 5SM6 arc

L1 N AS L1 N AS and auxiliary
13
40,8 switch
1 2,5 For 2 MW units 54 MW 956 mm – 5ST3786-0
(MCBs or RCBOs)
AFDD
AFDD
9 mm
with mounted
5SM6 arc fault
N AS N
L1 L1 detection unit and
13
FC
40,8 auxiliary switch
Accessories
Terminals for infeed at side Article No. Touch protection Article No.
For conductors 6 … 25 mm2 Short, IP20 5ST3771-2 For free connections, For pins L1, N 5ST3655
End caps Article No. yellow (RAL 1004) For pins L2, L3 5ST3655-0HG
For 2 and 4-phase compact busbars 5ST3788-0

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/75
© Siemens 2023
Compact busbars
5ST37, can be cut
included 10 mm2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 3P+N 10 MW 181 mm ■ 5ST3783-1
and 6 × compact
devices
pYWXYWX\\
13,7
L1 L2 L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N For 1 × RCCB 3P+N 12 MW 216 mm ■ 5ST3783-0
42,4 and 8 × compact
devices
3 For 1 × RCCB 3P+N

and 10 × compact
14 MW 251 mm ■ 5ST3783-4
devices
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 3P+N 10 MW 181 mm ■ 5ST3783-1KL
(RCCB N left only)
and 6 × compact
pYWXYWX\]
N L1 L2 L3 L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N 13,7 devices
42,4 For 1 × RCCB 3P+N 12 MW 216 mm ■ 5ST3783-0KL
(RCCB N left only)
and 8 × compact
devices
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 3P+N, 14 MW 253 mm ■ 5ST3785-4
1 × MCBs 3P and
7 × compact
pYWXYWX\X
13,7
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N devices
42,4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 3P+N, 24 MW 430 mm ■ 5ST3790-1

2 × MCBs 3P+N
and 12 × compact
pYWXYWX\Z
13,7
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 N L2 N devices
42,4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 3P+N, 57 MW 1009 mm – 5ST3790-2

2 × MCBs 3P+N
and 45 × compact
pYWXYWX\[
13
40,8
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 3P+N, 12 MW 217 mm ■ 5ST3795-0

1 × MCBs 3P+N
and 4 × compact
pYWXYWX\Y
13,7
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N devices
42,4

1 × MCBs 3P+N
and 6 × compact
pYWXYWX\W
13,7
N L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 devices
42,4

3/76 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

included 10 mm2
1 1 1 For compact 60 MW 1060 mm – 5ST3773-0
devices
L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N
13
40,8

devices equipped 3
AFDD
AFDD
AFDD
with 5SM6 arc

L1 N L2 N L3 N
13
40,8
1,5 1,5 1,5 For compact 59.5 1055 mm – 5ST3777-0

devices equipped MW
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
with auxiliary
switch
L1 N AS L2 N AS L3 N AS L1
13
40,8
Accessories
Terminals for infeed at side Article No. Touch protection Article No.
For conductors 6 … 25 mm2 Short, IP20 5ST3771-2 For free connections, For pins L1, N 5ST3655
End caps Article No. yellow (RAL 1004) For pins L2, L3 5ST3655-0HG
For 2 and 4-phase compact busbars 5ST3788-0

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/77
© Siemens 2023
Accessories for busbars

General accessories
Terminals
For conductors Version Cable entry Infeed Article No.
6 … 25 mm2 Short – Lateral 5ST3768
Short, IP20 – Lateral 5ST3771-2
6 … 25 mm2 – Center – 5ST3768-3

3 Left – 5ST3768-4
Right – 5ST3768-5
6 … 50 mm2 – Center – 5ST3760-3

Left – 5ST3760-4
Right – 5ST3760-5
2.5 … 50 mm2 – – Busbar 5ST3770-1HG
6 … 35 mm2 – – Device 5ST3770-0HG
2.5 … 35 mm2 For 5SJ4... -.HG.. – Miniature circuit breaker 5ST3666-0HG

6 … 35 mm2 For 5ST37..-3HG that can be cut – Miniature circuit breaker 5ST3770-3HG
2.5 … 50 mm2 – – Busbar 5ST3666-2HG

3/78 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5ST36 5ST37 5ST37 (acc. to UL 508) 5ST3.. (acc. to UL 489) 5ST3 compact
■ ■
■ ■ ■
■
■ 3
■
■
■
■
■
■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/79
© Siemens 2023

General accessories
Touch protection
Version Scope of supply Version Article No.
For free connections, 5 × 1 pin – 5ST3655
yellow (RAL 1004) 5ST3655-0HG
3 × 1 pin – 5ST3666-1HG
– 5ST3655-3HG
For conductors 10 mm2 20 × 5ST3613 + 10 × 5ST3614 + 50 × 5ST3615 + 50 × 5ST3655 – 5ST3656
For conductors 16 mm2 20 × 5ST3643 + 10 × 5ST3644 + 50 × 5ST3645 + 50 × 5ST3655 For 5ST337..-3HG 5ST3657
3 End caps
Version Color Article No.
For 1-phase busbars Gray 5ST3748
For 2 and 3-phase busbars Gray 5ST3750
For 1, 2 and 3-phase busbars Gray 5ST3750-3HG
– Gray 5ST3766
Blue 5ST3767
For 1-phase busbars Gray 5ST3748-0HG

For 2 and 3-phase busbars Gray 5ST3750-0HG
For 2 and 4-phase compact busbars Gray 5ST3788-0

3/80 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
■ ■
■ ■
■
■
■
■
3
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/81
© Siemens 2023

General accessories
Series connectors
Conductor cross-section Length of cable Color Number of phases Article No.
10 mm2 125 mm N conductor blue 1 5ST3781-0
Cable black 1 5ST3791-0
3 5ST3793-0
150 mm N conductor blue 1 5ST3781-1
3 5ST3793-1
3
16 mm2 125 mm N conductor blue 1 5ST3782-0
3 5ST3794-0
3 5ST3794-1
3 5ST3793-2
3 × cables black and 3+N 5ST3793-3
1 × N conductor blue

3/82 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
■
■
■
■
■
■
3
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/83
© Siemens 2023
Distribution blocks for DIN-rail mounting

Acc. to IEC
Distribution blocks acc. to IEC
Number of poles Rated operational Rated current In Mounting width Article No.
voltage Ue
4-pole 690 V AC 80 A 5 MW 5ST2501
125 A 5.5 MW 5ST2502

3
160 A 9 MW 5ST2503
Further technical specifications 5ST2501 5ST2502 5ST2503

Standards
Standards IEC 60947-7-1
Supply
Rated operational voltage AC 690 V
Max. rated current 80 A 125 A 160 A
Conductor cross-section
Inputs per pole Solid/stranded 1 × 2.5 … 16 mm2 1 × 6 … 35 mm2 1 × 10 … 50 mm2
Finely stranded with end sleeve 1 × 1.5 … 10 mm2 1 × 6 … 25 mm2 1 × 10 … 35 mm2
Outputs per pole Solid/stranded 8 × 1.5 … 10 mm 2
5 × 1.5 … 6 mm 2
8 × 2.5 … 16 mm2
2 × 4 … 16 mm2 3 × 10 … 35 mm2
Finely stranded with end sleeve 8 × 1.5 … 10 mm2 5 × 1.5 … 6 mm2 (small) 8 × 1.5 … 16 mm2 (small)
2 × 4 … 10 mm2 (large) 3 × 10 … 25 mm2 (large)
Tightening torque
Inputs Screw terminals 13.5 lb-in (1.5 Nm) 3.5 … 5 lb-in (2 Nm)
Tools PZ2
Outputs Screw terminals Large 13.5 lb-in (1.5 Nm)
Small – 7.2 lb-in (0.8 Nm) 13.5 lb-in (1.5 Nm)
Tools Large PZ1 PZ2
Small – PZ1 PZ2
Safety
Rated peak withstand current Ipk 21.6 kA 24 kA 20 kA
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1 s) 3 kA 4.2 kA 6.2 kA
Ambient conditions
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 IP20
Approved cable Copper

3/84 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
According to IEC and UL

Distribution blocks acc. to IEC and UL
Number of poles Rated operational Rated current In Mounting width Article No.
voltage Ue
1-pole 600 V AC 80 A 1.5 MW 5ST2504
125 A 1.5 MW 5ST2505
160 A 2 MW 5ST2507
250 A 2.5 MW 5ST2508
350 A 2.5 MW 5ST2511
Connector for 5ST2505 distribution board
• Touch protection 3
• 20 mm2
• 32 mm2
Version Article No.
1-phase 5ST2506
Terminal lug for ring terminal ends
Types Article No.
For 5ST2508 distribution block 5ST2510
For 5ST2511 distribution block 5ST2512
Further technical specifications 5ST2504 5ST2505 5ST2507 5ST2508 5ST2511

Standards
Standards UL 1059/UL 486E/IEC 60947-7-1
UL File No. E80027/XCFR2
C22.2 No. 158 -1987/XCFR8
Supply
Rated operational voltage UL 600 V AC
IEC 1000/1500 V AC/DC
Max. rated current UL 80 A 115 A 160 A 230 A 310 A
IEC 80 A 125 A 160 A 250 A 400 A
Conductor cross-section
Inputs per pole Solid/stranded Large 3 × 2.5 … 25 mm2 10 … 35 mm2 10 … 70 mm2 35 … 120 mm2 95 … 185 mm2
AWG 3 × 14 … 4 AWG 1 × 8 … 2 AWG 1 × 8 … 2/0 AWG 1 × 2 … 4/0 AWG 1 × 3/0 … 350 MCM
Small – 2.5 … 25 mm2 –
– AWG 1 × 14 … 6 –
Finely stranded Large 3 × 2.5 … 16 mm2 10 … 35 mm2 10 … 50 mm2 35 … 95 mm2 95 … 150 mm2
with end sleeve AWG 3 × 14 … 6 AWG 1 × 8 … 2 AWG 1 × 8 … 1 AWG 1 × 2 … 3/0 AWG 3/0 … 300 MCM
Small – 2.5 … 25 mm2 –
– AWG 1 × 14 … 6 –
Outputs per pole Solid/stranded Top 2.5 … 6 mm2 2.5 … 16 mm2 2.5 … 10 mm2 2 × 2.5… 35 mm2
AWG 4 × 14 … 10 AWG 6 × 14 … 4 AWG 4 × 16 … 8 AWG 2 × 14 … 2
Center – 2.5 … 16 mm2 5 × 2.5 … 16 mm2
– AWG 5 × 14 … 6
Bottom 2.5 … 6 mm2 – 2 × 2.5… 35 mm2 4 × 2.5 … 10 mm2
AWG 4 × 14 … 10 – AWG 2 × 14 … 2 AWG 4 × 14 … 8
Finely stranded Top 2.5 … 6 mm2 2.5 … 16 mm2 2 × 2.5… 25 mm2
with end sleeve AWG 4 × 14 … 10 AWG 6 × 14 … 6 AWG 6 × 14 … 4 AWG 2 × 14 … 4
Bottom 2.5 … 6 mm2 – 2 × 2.5… 25 mm2 4 × 2.5 … 25 mm2
AWG 4 × 14 … 10 – AWG 2 × 14 … 4 AWG 5 × 14 … 4
Continued on next page

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/85
© Siemens 2023
Distribution blocks for DIN-rail mounting

According to IEC and UL (continued)
Further technical specifications 5ST2504 5ST2505 5ST2507 5ST2508 5ST2511

Tightening torque
Inputs Screw terminals 13.2 … 26.5 lb-in 31 … 44 lb-in 44 … 53 lb-in 170 … 186 lb-in 222 lb-in
(1.5 … 3 Nm) (3.5 … 5 Nm) (5 … 6 Nm) (19 … 21 Nm) (25 Nm)
Tools PZ2 Allen key 4 mm Allen key 5 mm Allen key 6 mm Allen key 8 mm
Outputs Screw terminals Large 13.2 … 26.5 lb-in 17.7 … 26.5 lb-in 13.2 … 26.5 lb-in 31 … 62 lb-in
(1.5 … 3 Nm) (2 … 3 Nm) (1.5 … 3 Nm) (3.5 … 7 Nm)
Small 7 … 13.2 lb-in – 18 … 27 lb-in
(0.8 … 1.5 Nm) (2 … 3 Nm)
3 Tools Large PZ2 Standard screwdriver
Small PZ1 PZ2 Standard screwdriver
Safety
Rated peak withstand current Ipk 2.7 kA 30 kA 51 kA
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1 s) 1.9 kA 4.2 kA 11 kA 21 kA
Overcurrent protection class J
Short circuit RMS Sym A 100 kA
current rating
(SCCR)
Electrical isolation Creepage distances 1/2" (12.7 mm)
Clearances 3/8" (9.5 mm)
Ambient conditions
Degree of Acc. to EN 60529 IP20
protection
Fire class UL 94V-0
Approved cable Copper

3/86 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
SIKclip wiring system
SIKclip busbar
Length Article No.
12 MW 5ST2520
24 MW 5ST2521
36 MW 5ST2522
Connecting cables with plug
Length Conductor cross-section Color Article No.
120 mm 6 mm2 Black 5ST2523
Blue 5ST2524
10 mm2 Black 5ST2525 3
Blue 5ST2526
200 mm 6 mm2 Black 5ST2527
Blue 5ST2528
10 mm2 Black 5ST2530
Blue 5ST2531
Crimp connector
• For connection to cables 4/6 mm2
Article No.
5ST2532
Mounting brackets
• For mounting on the rear of the DIN rail (pair)
Article No.
5ST2533
Further technical specifications 5ST25..
Standards
Test specifications EN 60947-1, EN 61439-1
Rated values
Rated operational voltage Un 400 V AC
Max. rated current In 250 A
Max. rated output current In (at 40 °C ambient temperature) 63 A
Rated insulation voltage 660 V AC
Test voltage (50 Hz) 2.5 kV
Ambient conditions
Connecting cables 40 A (6 mm2), 63 A (10 mm2)
Connecting cable type H07VK
Ambient temperature –5 … +60 °C

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/87
© Siemens 2023
Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs)
More safety for humans,

plants and assets
The number of electrical consumers in residential
homes and commercial buildings has increased
dramatically in recent decades.
Modern appliances often have quite different

characteristics in terms of current consumption
than earlier equipment due, for example, to the
use of frequency converters in washing machines,
or switched-mode power supply units in TVs, PCs
or LED lights.
There are also decentralized power generators

like photovoltaic systems or charging devices for
electric vehicles.
All of this requires new protection strategies

for electrical installations. This also includes
appropriate residual current protective devices
or residual current operated circuit breakers that
will cut the current immediately and safely in the
event of a fault.
© Siemens 2023
Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs)
Residual Current Protective Devices/

Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs)

System overview 4/4
Introduction 4/5 4
RCCBs 4/6
RC units 4/8
RCBOs 4/10
Arc fault detection devices (AFDD) 4/12
Basic units 4/14
5SV RCCBs, type A, F and AC 4/14
5SV3 RCCBs, type B and B+ (SIQUENCE) 4/28
5SM3 RCCBs, type A and AC 4/32
5SM2 RC units, type A, F and AC 4/34
5SU1 RCBOs, type A, F, AC, B and B+ 4/40
5SV1 RCBOs (1 MW), type A, F and AC 4/52
5SM6 arc fault detection units 4/54
5SV6 arc fault detection device 4/55
5SV6 COM AFDD/MCB
with communication and measuring function 4/56
Accessories 4/58
Overview of modular system 4/58
Electrical accessories 4/60
Mechanical accessories 4/69
RCCB protective socket outlets 4/70
Standard busbars 4/72
Compact busbars 4/77
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/1

© Siemens 2023
Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs) | All the information you need
A wealth of additional information ...
For information about residual current protective Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
devices/arc fault detection devices, please visit our (product catalog)
websites
• Residual current protective devices sie.ag/2m55Y7j
www.siemens.com/rccb
4 www.siemens.com/circuit-protection
• Arc fault detection devices sie.ag/3KPJpNn
by clicking on the article number in the catalog or
Your product in detail entering this web address incl. article n
umber

− Residual current protective devices (109482301)
• Residual current protective devices (general)

sie.ag/58TyMb

4/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs)
• Operating instructions − Residual current protective devices/arc fault detection
• Characteristic curves devices (45303255)
• Certificates • Installation Manual
Online Support app available for download from the − Circuit protection devices with communication and
App Store and Play Store measuring function (109791805)
You will find further information at • System Manual
www.siemens.com/support-app − Circuit protection devices with communication and
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-catalog Face-to-face or online training
• Image database
Engineering data for CAD or CAE systems are available in www.siemens.com/sitrain-lowvoltage
• 5SM6/5SV6 arc fault detection devices (WT-LVBAFDD)
www.siemens.com/cax
• SENTRON circuit protection devices with measuring and
communication function (WT-LVBCOM)
• Basic principles of electrical engineering (WT-LVBGET)
• Protection concept (WT-LVBPC)
Technical overview – Residual current protective devices/arc fault detection devices

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on residual current protective devices/
arc fault detection devices
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/3

© Siemens 2023
Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs) | System overview
System overview
Basic units
5SV3 RCCBs 5SM3 RCCBs 5SM2 RC units 5SU1 RCBOs 5SV1 RCBOs 5SM6 arc fault detection units and
5SV6 AFDD/MCB and
5SV6 COM AFDD/MCB
4
Auxiliary switches (AS) Fault signal contacts Auxiliary switches and Shunt trips (ST) Undervoltage releases Remote control mecha-
(FC) fault signal contacts (UR) nisms
(AS + FC)/(AS + FC) COM (RC mech.)
Locking devices Handle couplers Touch protection Wall enclosures Molded-plastic enclo- Terminal covers
sures
Compact busbars Standard busbars Terminals Touch protection End caps
RCCB protective socket outlets
In molded-plastic For mounting

enclosure on device box
Note:
4/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Introduction | Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs)
Introduction
Residual current protective devices
Equipment, Design
power, RCCBs
ambient RCBOs
conditions RC units
Number of pole
1P+N
2P
3P
3P+N
4P 4
Rated current In
0.3 … 125 A
Types and waveform
I201_20542
I201_20537
I201_20540
I201_20539
I201_20538
I201_20541
I201_20545
6 mA 10 mA
I201_20544
Type ACAC ■ – – – – – –
Selection criteria
I201_20548
Type A A ■ ■ ■ ■ – – –
I201_20546
Type F F ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ –
I201_20547
Type B B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Type B+ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Version
SIGRES With active condensation protection for use in severe ambient conditions
[G]/[K] Super resistant, 10 ms short-term delayed devices with increased immunity

to false triggering due to transient disruptions
[S] As an upstream group switch for selective shutdown against downstream RCCBs
500 V With their creepage distances and clearances designed for power grids up to 500 V
alternating voltage
50 … 400 Hz Meet the triggering conditions up to 400 Hz due to low decrease in sensitivity with
increasing frequency
Protection objective, Rated residual current IΔn (protection objective)

equipment Additional protection IΔn ≤ 30 mA
directives Error protection IΔn > 30 mA
VDE 0100-410, Fire protection IΔn ≤ 300 mA
VDE 0100-530,
VDE 0100-7xx,
Characteristic CB (for residual current operated circuit breakers)
VDS 3501,
shutdown A
conditions B
according to C
VDE 0100-410 D
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/5

© Siemens 2023
Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs) | Quick selection guide
RCCBs
5SV
SIGRES, Short-time delayed
Types Instantaneous
instantaneous [G]/[K]
Type AC ■ – –
4 Type A
Type F
■
–
■
–
■
–
Type B/B+ – – –
Peak withstand current 8/20 μs
Type A kA >1 >3
Type F kA – – >3
Type B/B+ kA – – –
Minimum operational voltage for operation of test equipment
30-mA devices V AC 195
Non-30-mA devices V AC 100
24 V devices V AC 20
Terminal conductor cross-sections
1 conductor Solid/stranded mm2 0.75 … 35
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 1 … 35
2 conductors, same cross-section, Solid/stranded mm2 0.75 … 10
same conductor type Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 0.75 … 4
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 1…4
1 conductor + busbar Solid/stranded mm2 10 … 25
(pin thickness 1.5 mm) Finely stranded with non-insulated end sleeve mm2 6 … 25
Finely stranded with insulated end sleeve mm2 6 … 16
Terminal tightening torque Nm 2.5… 3.5
Poles
Number of poles 1P+N | 3P+N
Rated voltage Un V AC 24 … 125 | 230 | 400 | 500
Operating frequency Hz 50 | 50 … 400 | 50/60
Standards
IEC/EN 61008 (VDE 0664-10), IEC/EN 61008-2-1 (VDE 0664-11),
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30), IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40),
ÖVE EN 61008,ÖVE/ÖNORM E 8601
Rated residual current I∆n mA 10, 30, 100, 300, 500, 1000
Rated current In A 16 … 80
Rated breaking capacity Icn kA –
Connection N right | N left
Test button test cycles Half-yearly 1) | SIGRES annually 2)
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 (VDE 0470-1) IP20, if the distribution board is installed,
with connected conductors
Temperature Storage temperature °C −40 … +75 °C
Ambient temperature °C −25 … +45, marked with -25
Resistance to climate Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles (55 °C; 95% rel. humidity)
CFC and silicone-free ■
Mains connection Top | bottom | SIGRES on top only
Overvoltage category | Degree of pollution III | 2
Further information
See page 4/14
1)
Extension to annual test interval under certain conditions
2)
Extension to four-yearly test interval under certain conditions

4/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Quick selection guide | Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs)
5SV SIQUENCE 5SV3 5SM3

SIGRES, super
SIGRES, super SIGRES,
Super resistant [K] Selective [S] SIGRES, selective [S] resistant [K], Instantaneous
resistant [K] selective [S]
6 mA DC
– – – – – – ■
■
■
■
■
■
–
–
–
■
■
–
–
■
–
4
– – – ■ ■ ■ –
>3 >5 – >1 – >1

>3 – – – >3 – –
– – – >3 >3 >5 –
195 70 195
100 70 195
20 – –
0.75 … 35 0.75 … 35 1.5 … 50 (2 MW)

0.75 … 25 0.75 … 25 –
1 … 35 1 … 35 –
0.75 … 10 0.75 … 10 –
0.75 … 4 0.75 … 4 –
1…4 1…4 –
10 … 25 0.75 … 35 –
6 … 25 0.75 … 25 –
6 … 16 1 … 35 –
2.5… 3.5 2.5 … 3.0 3.0… 3.5
1P+N | 3P+N 1P+N | 3P+N 1P+N

24 … 125 | 230 | 400 | 500 230 | 400 230
50/60 50/60 50
IEC/EN 61008 (VDE 0664-10), IEC/EN 61008-2-1 IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40), IEC/EN 61008-1 (VDE 0664-10),
(VDE 0664-11), IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30), IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30), IEC/EN 61008-2-1 (VDE 0664-11),
IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40), DIN VDE 0664-400 (Type B+ only) IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30),
ÖVE EN 61008,ÖVE/ÖNORM E 8601 IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40)
10, 30, 100, 300, 500, 1000 30, 300, 500 30, 100, 300
16 … 80 16 … 80 100 … 125
– – –
N right | N left N right N right
> 10000 > 10000 > 10000
Half-yearly 1) | SIGRES annually 2) Annually 2) Half-yearly
IP20, if the distribution board is installed, IP20, if the distribution board is installed, IP20, if the distribution board is installed,
with connected conductors with connected conductors with connected conductors
Finger and back-of-hand safe Finger and back-of-hand safe Finger and back-of-hand safe
−40 … +75 °C −40 … +75 °C −40 … +75 °C
−25 … +45, marked with -25
−25 … +45, marked with -25
−25 … +45, marked with -25
28 cycles (55 °C; 95% rel. humidity) 28 cycles (55 °C; 95% rel. humidity) 28 cycles (55 °C; 95% rel. humidity)
■ ■ ■
Top | bottom | SIGRES on top only Top | bottom | SIGRES on top only Top | bottom
III | 2 III | 2 III | 2

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/7
© Siemens 2023
RC units
5SM2 (0.3 … 63 A)
Types Instantaneous
Type AC ■
Type A ■
Type F –
4 Peak withstand current 8/20 μs
Type A kA >1
Type F kA –
Minimum operational voltage for test equipment
Solid/stranded mm2 1.0 … 25
Terminal tightening torque Nm 2.5 … 3.0
Poles
Number of poles 2P | 3P | 4P
Rated voltage Un V AC 230 | 400
Operating frequency Hz 50 | 50/60
Standards
IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20), IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664-21),
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30), IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40)
Rated residual current I∆n mA 10, 30, 100, 300, 500, 1000
Rated current In A 0.3 … 63
Test button test cycles Half-yearly 1)
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 (VDE 0470-1) IP20, if the distribution board is installed, with connected conductors
Mains connection Top | bottom
Further information
See page 4/34
1)
2)
Extension to four-yearly test interval under certain conditions

4/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5SM2 (0.3 … 63 A) 5SM2 (80 … 100 A)

Super resistant [K] Selective [S] SIGRES, instantaneous Instantaneous Selective [S]
■ ■ – ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ – – – –
4
>3 >5 >1 >1 >5
>3 – – – –
195 195
100 100
1.0 … 25 6.0 … 50
2.5 … 3.0 2.5 … 3.0
2P | 3P | 4P 4P 2P | 4P
230 | 400 230 | 400
50 | 50/60 50 | 50/60
IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20), IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664-21), IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20), IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664-21),
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30), IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40) IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30), IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40)
30 300, 500, 1000 30, 300 30, 300 300, 1000

0.3 … 63 80 … 100
> 10000 > 10000
Half-yearly 1) Yearly 2) Half-yearly 1)
IP20, if the distribution board is installed, with connected conductors IP20, if the distribution board is installed,
Finger and back-of-hand safe Finger and back-of-hand safe
−40 … +75 °C −40 … +75 °C
−25 … +45, marked with -25

−25 … +45, marked with -25
28 cycles (55 °C; 95% rel. humidity) 28 cycles (55 °C; 95% rel. humidity)
■ ■
Top | bottom Top | bottom
III | 2 III | 2

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/9
© Siemens 2023
RCBOs
5SU1 (up to 40 A)
Short-time delayed/
Types Instantaneous Selective [S]
Super resistant
Type AC ■ ■ –
Type A ■ ■ ■
Type B – – –
Type B+ – – –
4 Type F – ■ –
Peak withstand current 8/20 μs
Type A kA >1 >3 >5
Type F kA – >3 –
Minimum voltage for operation of the test equipment
1 conductor at front + busbar at rear Solid/stranded mm2 0.75 … 35
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 1 … 25
2 conductors at rear Solid/stranded mm2 0.75 … 6
Finely stranded with non-insulated end sleeve mm2 0.75 … 4
Finely stranded with insulated end sleeve mm2 0.75 … 4
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 1…4
Terminal tightening torque Nm 2.5 … 3.0
Poles
Number of poles 1P+N | 2P
Rated voltage Un V AC 110 | 230
Operating frequency Hz 50 | 50/60
Standards
IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20),
IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664-21),
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30),
IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40)
Rated residual current I∆n mA 10, 30, 100, 300

Rated current In A 6 … 40
Rated breaking capacity Icn kA 4.5 | 6 | 10
Connection N right | N left
Test button test cycles Half-yearly 1)
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 (VDE 0470-1) IP20, if the distribution board is installed,
Mains connection Top | bottom
Energy limitation class 3
Further information
See page 4/44
1)

4/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5SV1 5SU1 (up to 32 A) 5SU1 (125 A) 5SU1 (100 A, 125 A)

Short-time delayed/ Short-time delayed/ Short-time delayed/ Short-time delayed/
Instantaneous Instantaneous Instantaneous Selective [S]
Super resistant Super resistant Super resistant Super resistant
■ – – – ■ ■ – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – –
– – – – – – ■ ■
– – – – – – ■ ■
– ■ – – – – – – 4
>1 >3 > 0.25 >3 >1 >3 >3 >5
– >3 – – – – – –
195 2P, 4P: 195 V | 3P: 340 V 195 195

100 2P, 4P: 195 V | 3P: 340 V 100 100
0.75 … 16 1 … 35 25 … 50 20 … 50
0.75 … 10 1 … 35 25 … 35 25 … 35
0.75 … 16 – – –
0.75 … 4 – – –
0.75 … 2.5 – – –
0.75 … 1.5 – – –
0.75 … 4 – – –
1.2 … 2.0 2.0 3.0 … 3.5 3.0 … 3.5
1P+N 2P | 3P | 4P 2P | 4P 4P
230 230 V | 400 V 230 | 400 400 | 430
50 | 50/60 50 | 50/60 50 | 50/60 50/60
IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20), IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20), IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20), IEC/EN 61009-1 (VDE 0664-20),
IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664-21), IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664-21) IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664-21), IEC/EN 61009-2-1 (VDE 0664-21),
IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30), IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30), IEC/EN 61543 (VDE 0664-30),
IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40) IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40) IEC/EN 62423 (VDE 0664-40)
30, 300 30, 300 30, 300, 1000 30, 300

2 … 16 6 … 32 125 100, 125
4.5 | 6 6 | 10 10 10
N right – N right | N left N right | N left
> 10 000 > 10000 > 10000 > 10000
Half-yearly 1) Monthly Half-yearly 1) Half-yearly 1)
IP20, if the distribution board is IP20, if the distribution board is IP20, if the distribution board is IP20, if the distribution board is
installed, with connected conductors installed, with connected conductors installed, with connected conductors installed, with connected conductors
Finger and back-of-hand safe Finger and back-of-hand safe Finger and back-of-hand safe Finger and back-of-hand safe
−40 … +75 °C –40 … +70 °C −40 … +75 °C −40 … +75 °C
−25 … +45, marked with -25

−25 … +40, marked with -25
−25 … +45, marked with -25
−25 … +45, marked with -25
28 cycles (55 °C; 95% rel. humidity) 28 cycles (55 °C; 95% rel. humidity) 28 cycles (55 °C; 95% rel. humidity) 28 cycles (55 °C; 95% rel. humidity)
■ – ■ ■
Top | bottom Top | bottom Top | bottom Top | bottom
3 3|1 3 3
III | 2 III | 3 III | 2 III | 2
See page 4/52 See page 4/46 See page 4/48 See page 4/51

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/11
© Siemens 2023
Arc fault detection devices (AFDDs)
5SM6 5SV6 5SV6....KP..

Poles
4 Number of poles 2P 1P+N 1P+N
Rated voltage Un V AC 230 230 230
Operating frequency Hz 50 50 50
Solid and stranded mm2 0.75 … 16 0.75 … 16 0.75 … 16 (top)
0.75 … 35 (bottom)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 0.75 … 10 0.75 … 10 0.75 … 10 (top)
0.75 … 25 (bottom)
Terminal tightening torque Nm 2.0 … 2.5 1.2 … 2.0 1.2 … 2.0 (top)
2.5 … 3.5 (bottom)
Standards
IEC/EN 62606 IEC/EN 62606 IEC/EN 62606
Rated current In A Up to 16/40 A 6 … 40 6 … 40

Service life Average number of operating cycles > 10000 > 10000 > 10000
Mounting position Any Any Any
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 (VDE 0470-1) IP20, with connected IP20, with connected IP20, with connected
conductors conductors conductors
Touch protection Acc. to EN 50274 (VDE 0660-514) Finger and Finger and Finger and
back-of-hand safe back-of-hand safe back-of-hand safe
Temperature Storage temperature °C −40 … +75 °C −40 … +75 °C −40 … +75 °C
Ambient temperature °C −25 … +45, marked −25 … +45, marked −25 … +45, marked
with -25
with -25
with -25
Resistance to climate Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles (55 °C; 28 cycles (55 °C; 28 cycles (55 °C;
95% rel. humidity) 95% rel. humidity) 95% rel. humidity)
CFC and silicone-free ■ ■ ■
Mains connection Bottom Top | bottom Bottom
Overvoltage category | Degree of pollution III | 2 III | 2 III | 2
Tripping in the event of overvoltage V > 275 > 285 > 285
Communication and measuring function – ■ –
Further information
and page 4/14

4/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/13
© Siemens 2023
Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs) | Basic units
5SV RCCBs
Type A, 1P+N
Instantaneous Instantaneous
(only available in Belgium) 2)
Rated voltage Un 24 … 125 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC

N connection Right Right Left Right
IΔn In Thermal overload Bulk packaging

4 protection 1) (36 units)
Type A
10 mA 16 A – – – 5SV3111-6 5SV3111-6KL –
25 A – – – 5SV3112-6 – –
30 mA 16 A – – 5SV3311-6KK13 5SV3311-6 5SV3311-6KL –
– ■ – 5SV3311-6GV01 – –
25 A – – 5SV3312-6KK13 5SV3312-6 5SV3312-6KL 5SV3312-6BA
– ■ – 5SV3312-6GV01 – –
– ■ – 5SV3314-6GV01 – –
■ – – 5SV3314-6LA – –
80 A – – – 5SV3317-6 5SV3317-6KL –
100 mA 25 A – – – 5SV3412-6 5SV3412-6KL 5SV3612-6BA
40 A – – – 5SV3414-6 5SV3414-6KL 5SV3614-6BA
63 A – – – 5SV3416-6 5SV3416-6KL 5SV3616-6BA
80 A – – – 5SV3417-6 5SV3417-6KL –
300 mA 25 A – – – 5SV3612-6 5SV3612-6KL –
40 A – – – 5SV3614-6 5SV3614-6KL –
63 A – – – 5SV3616-6 5SV3616-6KL –
80 A – – – 5SV3617-6 5SV3617-6KL –
1)
Thermal overload protection according to OVE E 8101 possible up to rated current of the RCCB (40 A, 63 A).
2)
These products cannot be used in France according to NF C 15-100. Product complies with the specifications of the Belgian market only.
(Simultaneous tripping of the 3 poles and the N conductor.) Available for the export market only.
Mounting concept
optional optional
36 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and and
5SV basic unit RC mech. AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS

and FC FC + FC UR UR + FC UR + FC + FC
I201_20467
Adapters
AS Auxiliary switch See page 4/60

FC Fault signal contact See page 4/62
AS + FC Auxiliary switch and fault signal contact See page 4/63
UR Undervoltage release See page 4/67
RC mech. Remote control mechanism See page 4/68

4/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Basic units | Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs)
SIGRES, instantaneous Short-time delayed [G] Super resistant [K] Selective [S] SIGRES,
super resistant [K],
6 mA DC
230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC
Right Right Right Right Left Right
4
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
5SV3311-6KK12 – – – – –
– – – – – –
5SV3312-6KK12 – 5SV3312-6KK01 – – 5SV3322-6KK60
– – – – – –
5SV3314-6KK12 – 5SV3314-6KK01 – – 5SV3324-6KK60
– – – – – –
– 5SV3314-6LA01 – – – –
5SV3316-6KK12 – 5SV3316-6KK01 – – –
– – 5SV3317-6KK01 – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – 5SV3416-8 – –
– – – – – –
– – 5SV3612-6KK01 5SV3612-8 – –
– – 5SV3614-6KK01 5SV3614-8 5SV3614-8KL –
– – 5SV3616-6KK01 5SV3616-8 5SV3616-8KL –
– – 5SV3617-6KK01 5SV3617-8 – –
Accessories
Auxiliary switches (AS) Article No. Shunt trips (ST) Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 5ST3010 110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030
For low power 5ST3013 24 … 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031
For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01 12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01
2 NO Standard 5ST3011 Undervoltage releases (UR) 1) Article No.
For low power 5ST3014 With integrated 230 V AC 5ST3040
2 NC Standard 5ST3012 auxiliary switch 110 V DC 5ST3041
For low power 5ST3015 24 V DC 5ST3042
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 Without integrated 230 V AC 5ST3043
Fault signal contacts (FC) Article No. auxiliary switch 110 V DC 5ST3044
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 24 V DC 5ST3045
2 NO 5ST3021 Remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
2 NC 5ST3022 Power 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3055
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS + FC) Article No. 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3056
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062 Power with ARD 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3057
5ST3 COM (AS + FC) 5ST3062-0MC 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3058
1)
ombination of undervoltage release with 5SV RCCB not suitable for implementation of
C Power with extended 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3070
EMERGENCY-OFF/EMERGENCY-STOP circuits function 170 ... 277 V AC, 77 ... 286 V DC 5ST3071
Adapters for remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
2 MW 5ST3820-6

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/15
© Siemens 2023
5SV RCCBs
Type F, 1P+N
Super resistant [K] Selective [S] SIGRES, super resistant [K],
6 mA DC
Rated voltage Un 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC
N connection Right Right Right
IΔn In
Type F
4 30 mA 25 A 5SV3312-3 – 5SV3322-3KK60
40 A 5SV3314-3 – 5SV3324-3KK60
63 A 5SV3316-3 – –
80 A 5SV3317-3 – –
300 mA 25 A 5SV3612-3 – –
40 A 5SV3614-3 5SV3614-7 –
63 A 5SV3616-3 – –
80 A 5SV3617-3 5SV3617-7 –
Mounting concept
optional optional
36 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and and

I201_20467
Adapters


4/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 24 V DC 5ST3045
1)
C Power with extended 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3070
2 MW 5ST3820-6

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/17
© Siemens 2023
5SV RCCBs
Type AC, 1P+N (2 MW)
Instantaneous
Rated voltage Un 230 V AC 24 … 125 V AC
N connection Right Left Right
IΔn In Bulk packaging (36 units)

Type AC
4 10 mA 16 A
25 A
–
–
5SV4111-0
5SV4112-0
5SV4111-0KL
–
–
–
30 mA 16 A – 5SV4311-0 5SV4311-0KL 5SV4311-0KK13
25 A – 5SV4312-0 5SV4312-0KL 5SV4312-0KK13
■ 5SV4312-0GV01 – –
40 A – 5SV4314-0 5SV4314-0KL 5SV4314-0KK13
■ 5SV4314-0GV01 5SV4314-0GV02 –
63 A – 5SV4316-0 5SV4316-0KL 5SV4316-0KK13
80 A – 5SV4317-0 5SV4317-0KL –
100 mA 25 A – 5SV4412-0 – –
40 A – 5SV4414-0 5SV4414-0KL –
63 A – 5SV4416-0 5SV4416-0KL –
80 A – 5SV4417-0 – –
300 mA 25 A – 5SV4612-0 5SV4612-0KL –
40 A – 5SV4614-0 5SV4614-0KL –
63 A – 5SV4616-0 5SV4616-0KL –
80 A – 5SV4617-0 5SV4617-0KL –
Mounting concept
optional optional
36 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and and

I201_20467
Adapters


4/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 24 V DC 5ST3045
Power with extended 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3070
1)
C
2 MW 5ST3820-6

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/19
© Siemens 2023
5SV RCCBs
Type A, 3P+N (4 MW)
Instantaneous
Rated voltage Un 400 V AC 400 V AC/400 Hz 500 V AC

N connection Right Left Right Right
IΔn In Thermal overload Bulk packaging

protection 1) (18 units)
4 Type A
30 mA 25 A – – 5SV3342-6 5SV3342-6KL 5SV3342-6KK03 5SV3352-6
– ■ 5SV3342-6GV01 – – –
40 A – – 5SV3344-6 5SV3344-6KL 5SV3344-6KK03 5SV3354-6
– ■ 5SV3344-6GV01 5SV3344-6GV02 – –
■ – 5SV3344-6LA – – –
63 A – – 5SV3346-6 5SV3346-6KL – 5SV3356-6
– ■ 5SV3346-6GV01 – – –
■ – 5SV3346-6LA – – –
80 A – – 5SV3347-6 5SV3347-6KL – 5SV3357-6
100 mA 25 A – – 5SV3442-6 – – –
40 A – – 5SV3444-6 – – –
■ – 5SV3444-6LA – – –
63 A – – 5SV3446-6 – – –
■ – 5SV3446-6LA – – –
80 A – – 5SV3447-6 – – –
300 mA 25 A – – 5SV3642-6 5SV3642-6KL – 5SV3652-6
40 A – – 5SV3644-6 5SV3644-6KL – 5SV3654-6
■ – – – – –
63 A – – 5SV3646-6 5SV3646-6KL – 5SV3656-6
■ – – – – –
80 A – 5SV3647-6 5SV3647-6KL – 5SV3657-6
500 mA 25 A – – 5SV3742-6 – – –
40 A – – 5SV3744-6 – – –
63 A – – 5SV3746-6 5SV3746-6KL – –
– ■ 5SV3746-6GV01 – – –
80 A – – 5SV3747-6 – – –
1000 mA 63 A – – – – – –
1)
Thermal overload protection according to OVE E 8101 possible up to rated current of the RCCB (40 A, 63 A).
2)
These products cannot be used in France according to NF C 15-100. Product complies with the specifications of the Belgian market only.
(Simultaneous tripping of the 3 poles and the N conductor.) Available for the export market only.
Mounting concept
optional optional
72 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and and

I201_20468
Adapters
AS Auxiliary switch See page 4/60 ST Shunt trips See page 4/66
FC Fault signal contact See page 4/62 UR Undervoltage release See page 4/67
AS + FC Auxiliary switch and fault signal contact See page 4/63 RC mech. Remote control mechanism See page 4/68

4/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Instantaneous SIGRES, Short-time Super resistant [K] Selective [S] SIGRES, SIGRES,
(only available in instantaneous delayed [G] selective [S] super resistant [K],
Belgium) 2) 6 mA DC
400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC 230 V AC
Right Right Right Right Right Left Right Rechts
4
5SV3342-6BA 5SV3342-6KK12 – 5SV3342-6KK01 – – – 5SV3342-6KK60
– – – – – – – –
5SV3344-6BA 5SV3344-6KK12 5SV3344-6LB01 5SV3344-6KK01 – – – 5SV3344-6KK60
– – – – – – – –
– – 5SV3344-6LA01 – – – – –
5SV3346-6BA 5SV3346-6KK12 5SV3346-6LB01 5SV3346-6KK01 – – – 5SV3346-6KK60
– – – – – – – –
– – 5SV3346-6LA01 – – – – –
– 5SV3347-6KK12 5SV3347-6LB01 5SV3347-6KK01 – – – –
– – – – – – – –
– – 5SV3444-6LB01 – 5SV3444-8 – – –
– – 5SV3444-6LA01 – 5SV3444-8LA – – –
– – 5SV3446-6LB01 – 5SV3446-8 – – –
– – 5SV3446-6LA01 – 5SV3446-8LA – – –
– – – – – – – –
5SV3642-6BA 5SV3642-6KK12 – 5SV3642-6KK01 5SV3642-8 – – –
5SV3644-6BA 5SV3644-6KK12 – 5SV3644-6KK01 5SV3644-8 – – –
– – – – 5SV3644-8LA – – –
5SV3646-6BA 5SV3646-6KK12 – 5SV3646-6KK01 5SV3646-8 5SV3646-8KL 5SV3646-8KK12 –
– – – – 5SV3646-8LA – – –
– 5SV3647-6KK12 – 5SV3647-6KK01 5SV3647-8 – – –
– – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – –
– – – – 5SV3846-8 – – –
Accessories
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 24 V DC 5ST3045
1)
C
4 MW 5ST3820-7

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/21
© Siemens 2023
5SV RCCBs
Type F, 3P+N (4 MW)
Super resistant [K] Selective [S] SIGRES, super resistant [K],
6 mA DC
IΔn In
Type F
4 30 mA 25 A 5SV3342-3 – 5SV3342-3KK60
40 A 5SV3344-3 – 5SV3344-3KK60
63 A 5SV3346-3 – 5SV3346-3KK60
80 A 5SV3347-3 – –
300 mA 25 A 5SV3642-3 – –
40 A 5SV3644-3 5SV3644-7 –
63 A 5SV3646-3 – –
80 A 5SV3647-3 5SV3647-7 –
Mounting concept
optional optional
72 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and and

I201_20468
Adapters


4/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 24 V DC 5ST3045
1)
C
4 MW 5ST3820-7

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/23
© Siemens 2023
5SV RCCBs
Type AC, 3P+N (4 MW)
Instantaneous
N connection Right Left
IΔn In Bulk packaging

(18 units)
Type AC
4 30 mA 25 A – 5SV4342-0 5SV4342-0KL
■ 5SV4342-0GV01 –
40 A – 5SV4344-0 5SV4344-0KL
■ 5SV4344-0GV01 –
63 A – 5SV4346-0 5SV4346-0KL
80 A – 5SV4347-0 5SV4347-0KL
100 mA 25 A – 5SV4442-0 –
40 A – 5SV4444-0 –
63 A – 5SV4446-0 –
80 A – 5SV4447-0 –
300 mA 25 A – 5SV4642-0 5SV4642-0KL
40 A – 5SV4644-0 5SV4644-0KL
63 A – 5SV4646-0 5SV4646-0KL
80 A – 5SV4647-0 5SV4647-0KL
500 mA 25 A – 5SV4742-0 –
40 A – 5SV4744-0 –
63 A – 5SV4746-0 –
80 A – 5SV4747-0 –
Mounting concept
optional optional
72 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and and

I201_20468
Adapters


4/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 24 V DC 5ST3045
1)
C
4 MW 5ST3820-7

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/25
© Siemens 2023
5SV RCCBs
Type A and AC, 3P+N (4 MW), high-current new
Instantaneous Selective [S] Short-time delayed [K]
IΔn In
Type A
4 30 mA 100 A 5SV3348-6 – –
125 A 5SV3345-6 – 5SV3345-6KK01
100 mA 100 A 5SV3448-6 – –
125 A 5SV3445-6 – 5SV3445-6KK01
300 mA 100 A 5SV3648-6 5SV3648-8 –
125 A 5SV3645-6 5SV3645-8 5SV3645-6KK01
500 mA 100 A 5SV3748-6 – –
125 A 5SV3745-6 5SV3745-8 5SV3745-6KK01
Type AC
30 mA 100 A 5SV3348-0 – –
125 A 5SV3345-0 – –
100 mA 100 A 5SV3448-0 – –
125 A 5SV3445-0 – –
300 mA 100 A 5SV3648-0 –
125 A 5SV3645-0 – –
500 mA 100 A 5SV3748-0 – –
125 A 5SV3745-0 – –

4/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/27
© Siemens 2023
5SV3 RCCBs (SIQUENCE)

Type B, 1P+N (4 MW)
SIGRES, super resistant [K] SIGRES, super resistant [K],
6 mA DC
N connection Right Right

Type B
4 30 mA 16 A – 5SV3321-4 –
25 A – 5SV3322-4 5SV3322-4KK60
40 A – 5SV3324-4 5SV3324-4KK60
■ 5SV3324-4GV01 –
63 A – 5SV3326-4 5SV3326-4KK60
80 A – – 5SV3327-4KK60
300 mA 16 A – 5SV3621-4 –
25 A – 5SV3622-4 –
40 A – 5SV3624-4 –
63 A – 5SV3626-4 –
Mounting concept
optional optional
72 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and and

I201_20468
Adapters


4/28 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 24 V DC 5ST3045
1)
C
4 MW 5ST3820-7

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/29
© Siemens 2023
5SV3 RCCBs (SIQUENCE)

Type B and B +, 3P+N (4 MW)
SIGRES, super resistant [K] SIGRES, super resistant SIGRES, selective [S]
[K], 6 mA DC
Rated voltage Un AC 230 ... 400 V AC 230 ... 400 V AC 230 ... 400 V

Type B
4 30 mA 25 A – 5SV3342-4 5SV3342-4KK60 –
■ 5SV3342-4GV01 – –
40 A – 5SV3344-4 5SV3344-4KK60 –
■ 5SV3344-4GV01 – –
63 A – 5SV3346-4 5SV3346-4KK60 –
■ 5SV3346-4GV01 – –
80 A – 5SV3347-4 5SV3347-4KK60 –
300 mA 25 A – 5SV3642-4 – –
■ 5SV3642-4GV01 – –
40 A – 5SV3644-4 – –
■ 5SV3644-4GV01 – –
63 A – 5SV3646-4 – 5SV3646-5
■ 5SV3646-4GV01 – –
80 A – 5SV3647-4 – 5SV3647-5
500 mA 25 A – 5SV3742-4 – –
40 A – 5SV3744-4 – –
63 A – 5SV3746-4 – 5SV3746-5
80 A – 5SV3747-4 – 5SV3747-5
Type B+
30 mA 25 A – 5SV3342-4KK14 – –
40 A – 5SV3344-4KK14 – –
63 A – 5SV3346-4KK14 – –
80 A – 5SV3347-4KK14 – –
300 mA 25 A – 5SV3642-4KK14 – –
40 A – 5SV3644-4KK14 – –
63 A – 5SV3646-4KK14 – 5SV3646-5KK14
80 A – 5SV3647-4KK14 – 5SV3647-5KK14
Mounting concept
optional optional
72 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and and

I201_20468
Adapters


4/30 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 24 V DC 5ST3045
1)
C
4 MW 5ST3820-7

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/31
© Siemens 2023
5SM3 RCCBs
Type A and AC, 1P+N (2 MW), high-current
Instantaneous
N connection Right
IΔn In
Type A
4 30 mA 100 A
125 A
5SM3318-6KK
5SM3315-6KK
100 mA 100 A 5SM3418-6KK
125 A 5SM3415-6KK
300 mA 100 A 5SM3618-6KK
125 A 5SM3615-6KK
Type AC
30 mA 100 A 5SM3318-0KK
125 A 5SM3315-0KK
100 mA 100 A 5SM3418-0KK
125 A 5SM3415-0KK
300 mA 100 A 5SM3618-0KK
125 A 5SM3615-0KK

4/32 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/33
© Siemens 2023
5SM2 RC units
Type A, F and AC, 2-pole
For 5SY miniature circuit breakers 1)
Version Instantaneous Super resistant [K] Selective [S]
IΔn In
4 Type A
10 mA 0.3 … 16 A 5SM2121-6 – –
30 mA 0.3 … 40 A 5SM2322-6 5SM2322-6KK01 –
0.3 … 63 A 5SM2325-6 5SM2325-6KK01 –
80 … 100 A – – –
100 mA 0.3 … 63 A 5SM2425-6 – –
300 mA 0.3 … 40 A 5SM2622-6 – 5SM2622-8
0.3 … 63 A 5SM2625-6 – 5SM2625-8
80 … 100 A – – –
500 mA 0.3 … 63 A 5SM2725-6 – –
1000 mA 0.3 … 40 A – – 5SM2822-8
0.3 … 63 A – – 5SM2825-8
80 … 100 A – – –
Type F
30 mA 0.3 … 40 A – 5SM2322-3 –
0.3 … 63 A – 5SM2325-3 –
Type AC
10 mA 0.3 … 40 A 5SM2121-0 – –
30 mA 0.3 … 40 A 5SM2322-0 – –
0.3 … 63 A 5SM2325-0 – –
80 … 100 A – – –
300 mA 0.3 … 40 A 5SM2622-0 – 5SM2622-2
0.3 … 63 A 5SM2625-0 – 5SM2625-2
80 … 100 A – – –
500 mA 0.3 … 63 A 5SM2725-0 – –
1000 mA 0.3 … 63 A 5SM2825-0 – –
1)
Not suitable for use with 5SY5 and type A + type F not suitable for use with 5SY8
Mounting concept
optional
63 mm
54 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and
5SM2 + 5SP4 basic unit AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS

I201_20469
FC FC + FC UR UR + FC UR + FC + FC
optional optional
36 mm
36 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and and
5SM2 basic unit + MCB RC mech. AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS

I201_20470
Adapters
MCB Miniature circuit breaker See page 3/1 AS + FC Auxiliary switch and UR Undervoltage release See page 4/67
AS Auxiliary switch See page 4/60 fault signal contact See page 4/63 RC mech. Remote control mechanism See page 4/68
FC Fault signal contact See page 4/62 ST Shunt trips See page 4/66

4/34 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
For 5SL4 miniature circuit breakers For 5SP4 miniature circuit breakers (B and C characteristics)
230 V AC 230 V AC
Instantaneous Selective [S] Instantaneous Selective [S]
2 MW 2 MW 3.5 MW 3.5 MW
– – – –
4
5SM2323-6 – – –
5SM2326-6 – – –
– – 5SM2327-6 –
– – – –
5SM2623-6 5SM2623-8 – –
5SM2626-6 5SM2626-8 – –
– – 5SM2627-6 5SM2627-8
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – 5SM2827-8
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
5SM2323-0 – – –
5SM2326-0 – – –
– – – –
5SM2623-0 5SM2623-2 5SM2327-0 –
5SM2626-0 5SM2626-2 5SM2627-0 –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
Accessories
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 Power 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3055
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 Power with ARD 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3057
2 NO 5ST3021 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3058
2 NC 5ST3022 Power with extended 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3070
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS + FC) Article No. function
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062 Adapters for remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
5ST3 COM (AS + FC) 5ST3062-0MC 5SM2 with 5SY (2P) 5ST3820-3 +
5ST3820-1
5SM2 with 5SL (2P) 5ST3820-3 +
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030
5ST3820-6
24 … 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/35
© Siemens 2023
5SM2 RC units
Type A and AC, 3-pole
For 5SY miniature circuit breakers 1) For 5SL4 miniature circuit breakers
Version Instantaneous Super resistant [K] Selective [S] Instantaneous Selective [S]
Mounting width 3 MW 3 MW 3 MW 3 MW 3 MW
IΔn In
4 Type A
30 mA 0.3 … 40 A 5SM2332-6 5SM2332-6KK01 – 5SM2333-6 –
0.3 … 63 A 5SM2335-6 5SM2335-6KK01 – 5SM2336-6 –
100 mA 0.3 … 63 A 5SM2435-6 – – – –
300 mA 0.3 … 40 A 5SM2632-6 – – 5SM2633-6 –
0.3 … 63 A 5SM2635-6 – 5SM2635-8 5SM2636-6 5SM2636-8
500 mA 0.3 … 63 A 5SM2735-6 – 5SM2735-8 – –
1000 mA 0.3 … 40 A – – 5SM2832-8 – –
0.3 … 63 A – – 5SM2835-8 – –
Type AC
30 mA 0.3 … 40 A 5SM2332-0 – – 5SM2333-0 –
0.3 … 63 A 5SM2335-0 – – 5SM2336-0 –
300 mA 0.3 … 40 A 5SM2632-0 – – 5SM2633-0 –
0.3 … 63 A 5SM2635-0 – – 5SM2636-0 –
500 mA 0.3 … 63 A 5SM2735-0 – – – –
1)
Not suitable for use with 5SY5 and type A not suitable for use with 5SY8
Mounting concept
optional optional
54 mm
54 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and and

I201_20471
Adapters
MCB Miniature circuit breaker See page 3/1 ST Shunt trips See page 4/66
AS Auxiliary switch See page 4/60 UR Undervoltage release See page 4/67
FC Fault signal contact See page 4/62 RC mech. Remote control mechanism See page 4/68

4/36 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
2 NO 5ST3021 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3058
5ST3820-2
5SM2 with 5SL (3P) 5ST3820-3 +
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030
5ST3820-7
24 … 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/37
© Siemens 2023
5SM2 RC units
For 5SY miniature circuit breakers 1)
Version Instantaneous Super resistant [K] Selective [S] SIGRES, instantaneous
IΔn In
4 Type A
30 mA 0.3 … 40 A 5SM2342-6 5SM2342-6KK01 – –
0.3 … 63 A 5SM2345-6 5SM2345-6KK01 – 5SM2345-6KK12
80 … 100 A – – – –
100 mA 0.3 … 63 A 5SM2445-6 – – –
300 mA 0.3 … 40 A 5SM2642-6 – – –
0.3 … 63 A 5SM2645-6 – 5SM2645-8 5SM2645-6KK12
80 … 100 A – – – –
500 mA 0.3 … 63 A 5SM2745-6 – 5SM2745-8 –
1000 mA 0.3 … 40 A – – 5SM2842-8 –
0.3 … 63 A – – 5SM2845-8 –
80 … 100 A – – – –
Type AC
30 mA 0.3 … 40 A 5SM2342-0 – – –
0.3 … 63 A 5SM2345-0 – – –
80 … 100 A – – – –
300 mA 0.3 … 40 A 5SM2642-0 – – –
0.3 … 63 A 5SM2645-0 – 5SM2645-2 –
80 … 100 A – – – –
500 mA 0.3 … 63 A 5SM2745-0 – – –
1000 mA 0.3 … 63 A – – 5SM2845-2 –
1)
Not suitable for use with 5SY5 and type A not suitable for use with 5SY8
Mounting concept
108 mm
optional
90 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and
5SM2 + 5SP4 basic unit AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS

I201_20472
optional optional
54 mm
72 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and and

I201_20473
Adapters
MCB Miniature circuit breaker See page 3/1 AS + FC Auxiliary switch and UR Undervoltage release See page 4/67

4/38 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
For 5SL4 miniature circuit breakers For 5SP4 miniature circuit breakers (B and C characteristics)
400 V AC 400 V AC
Instantaneous Selective [S] Instantaneous Selective [S]
3 MW 3 MW 5 MW 5 MW
5SM2343-6 – – –
4
5SM2346-6 – – –
– – 5SM2347-6 –
– – – –
5SM2643-6 – – –
5SM2646-6 5SM2646-8 – –
– – 5SM2647-6 5SM2647-8
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – 5SM2847-8
5SM2343-0 – – –
5SM2346-0 – – –
– – 5SM2347-0 –
5SM2643-0 – – –
5SM2646-0 5SM2646-2 – –
– – 5SM2647-0 –
– – – –
– – – –
Accessories
2 NO 5ST3021 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3058
5ST3820-2
5SM2 with 5SL (4P) 5ST3820-3 +
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030
5ST3820-7
24 … 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/39
© Siemens 2023
5SU1 RCBOs
Type A, 1P+N
Instantaneous
Short-circuit breaking capacity 4.5 kA 4.5 kA 6 kA
4 IΔn In Bulk packaging

(36 units)
Characteristic
C C
Characteristic
B C
Type A
10 mA 6A – – – – –
10 A – – – – –
13 A – – – – –
16 A – – – – –
30 mA 6A – 5SU1353-7KK06 5SU1353-7KL06 5SU1356-6KK06 5SU1356-7KK06
■ – – 5SU1356-6GV06 5SU1356-7GV06
8A – 5SU1353-7KK08 – – 5SU1356-7KK08
10 A – 5SU1353-7KK10 5SU1353-7KL10 5SU1356-6KK10 5SU1356-7KK10
■ – – 5SU1356-6GV10 5SU1356-7GV10
13 A – 5SU1353-7KK13 – 5SU1356-6KK13 5SU1356-7KK13
■ – – 5SU1356-6GV16 5SU1356-7GV16
300 mA 6A – 5SU1653-7KK06 – 5SU1656-6KK06 5SU1656-7KK06
10 A – 5SU1653-7KK10 – 5SU1656-6KK10 5SU1656-7KK10
13 A – 5SU1653-7KK13 – 5SU1656-6KK13 5SU1656-7KK13
16 A – 5SU1653-7KK16 – 5SU1656-6KK16 5SU1656-7KK16
20 A – 5SU1653-7KK20 – 5SU1656-6KK20 5SU1656-7KK20
25 A – 5SU1653-7KK25 – 5SU1656-6KK25 5SU1656-7KK25
32 A – 5SU1653-7KK32 – 5SU1656-6KK32 5SU1656-7KK32
40 A – 5SU1653-7KK40 – 5SU1656-6KK40 5SU1656-7KK40
Mounting concept
27 – 36 mm
optional optional
optional
18 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and if not and if not or or or or

RC mech. AFDD and
AFDD 5SU1 basic RC mech. AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS

unit (2 MW) FC FC + FC UR UR + FC UR + FC + FC
and and 1) and 1) and 1) and 1) and 1)

I201_20474
Adapters Handle coupler Handle coupler Handle coupler Handle coupler Handle coupler
1)
Handle couplers are required for direct attachment of the components to the 5SU1. No handle coupler is required for attaching the components to the RC mech.
AFDD Arc fault detection unit See page 4/54 ST Shunt trips See page 4/66

4/40 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Instantaneous Short-time delayed [G], super resistant [K]

230 V AC 230 V AC
2 MW 2 MW
10 kA 10 kA
Right Right
Characteristic
B C
Characteristic
B C
4
5SU1154-6KK06 5SU1154-7KK06 – –
5SU1154-6KK10 5SU1154-7KK10 – –
5SU1154-6KK13 5SU1154-7KK13 – –
5SU1154-6KK16 5SU1154-7KK16 – –
5SU1354-6KK06 5SU1354-7KK06 – –
5SU1354-6GV06 5SU1354-7GV06 – –
– 5SU1354-7KK08 – –
5SU1354-6KK10 5SU1354-7KK10 5SU1354-6LB10 5SU1354-7LB10
5SU1354-6GV10 5SU1354-7GV10 – –
5SU1354-6GV16 5SU1354-7GV16 – –
5SU1654-6KK06 5SU1654-7KK06 – –
5SU1654-6KK10 5SU1654-7KK10 – –
5SU1654-6KK13 5SU1654-7KK13 – –
5SU1654-6KK16 5SU1654-7KK16 – –
5SU1654-6KK20 5SU1654-7KK20 – –
5SU1654-6KK25 5SU1654-7KK25 – –
5SU1654-6KK32 5SU1654-7KK32 – –
5SU1654-6KK40 5SU1654-7KK40 – –
Accessories
For low power 5ST3015 Handle couplers for AS, FC, AS + FC, ST and UR Article No.
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 1 set = 5 units 5ST3805-1
Fault signal contacts (FC) Article No. Remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 Basic 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3053
2 NO 5ST3021 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3054
Shunt trips (ST) Article No. Power with extended 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3070
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030 function 170 ... 277 V AC, 77 ... 286 V DC 5ST3071
24 … 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031 Adapters for remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01 2 MW 5ST3820-5
Arc fault detection units (AFDD) Article No.
For 5SU1 basic units In up to 16 A 5SM6021-2
In up to 40 A 5SM6024-2

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/41
© Siemens 2023
5SU1 RCBOs
Type F, 1P+N
Super resistant [K]
Mounting width 2 MW
Short-circuit breaking capacity 10 kA
N connection Right
4 IΔn In Characteristic
B C
Type F
30 mA 6A 5SU1354-3KK06 5SU1354-4KK06
10 A 5SU1354-3KK10 5SU1354-4KK10
13 A 5SU1354-3KK13 5SU1354-4KK13
16 A 5SU1354-3KK16 5SU1354-4KK16
20 A 5SU1354-3KK20 5SU1354-4KK20
25 A 5SU1354-3KK25 5SU1354-4KK25
32 A 5SU1354-3KK32 5SU1354-4KK32
40 A 5SU1354-3KK40 5SU1354-4KK40
Mounting concept
27 – 36 mm
optional optional
optional
18 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm

RC mech. AFDD and


I201_20474
1)

4/42 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
2 NO 5ST3021 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3054
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030 function AC 170 ... 277 V, DC 77 ... 286 V 5ST3071
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01 2 MW 5ST3820-5
In up to 40 A 5SM6024-2

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/43
© Siemens 2023
5SU1 RCBOs
Type AC, 1P+N
Instantaneous
Short-circuit breaking capacity 4.5 kA 4.5 kA 6 kA
IΔn In Bulk packaging Characteristic Characteristic

(36 units) C C B C
4 Type AC
8A – 5SU1353-1KK08 – – 5SU1356-1KK08
■ 5SU1353-1GV10 – – –
■ 5SU1353-1GV16 – – 5SU1356-1GV16
100 mA 6A – – – – –
10 A – – – – –
13 A – – – – –
16 A – – – – –
20 A – – – – –
25 A – – – – –
32 A – – – – –
40 A – – – – –
16 A – 5SU1653-1KK16 – 5SU1656-0KK16 5SU1656-1KK16
■ 5SU1653-1GV16 – – –
Mounting concept
27 – 36 mm
optional optional
optional
18 mm
36 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm

RC mech. AFDD and


I201_20474
1)

4/44 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Instantaneous Short-time delayed [G], super resistant [K]

230 V AC 230 V AC
2 MW 2 MW
10 kA 10 kA
Right Right
Characteristic Characteristic
B C B C
4
5SU1354-0KK06 5SU1354-1KK06 – –
– 5SU1354-1KK08 – –
– – – –
– – – –
– 5SU1454-1KK06 – –
– 5SU1454-1KK10 – –
– 5SU1454-1KK13 – –
– 5SU1454-1KK16 – –
– 5SU1454-1KK20 – –
– 5SU1454-1KK25 – –
– 5SU1454-1KK32 – –
– 5SU1454-1KK40 – –
5SU1654-0KK06 5SU1654-1KK06 – –
5SU1654-0KK10 5SU1654-1KK10 – –
5SU1654-0KK13 5SU1654-1KK13 – –
5SU1654-0KK16 5SU1654-1KK16 – –
– – – –
5SU1654-0KK20 5SU1654-1KK20 – –
5SU1654-0KK25 5SU1654-1KK25 – –
5SU1654-0KK32 5SU1654-1KK32 – –
5SU1654-0KK40 5SU1654-1KK40 – –
Accessories
2 NO 5ST3021 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3054
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01 2 MW 5ST3820-5
In up to 40 A 5SM6024-2

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/45
© Siemens 2023
5SU1 RCBOs
Type A, 2/3/4-pole with residual current tripped indication
2-pole
Instantaneous
Short-circuit breaking capacity 6 kA 10 kA
IΔn In Characteristic Characteristic

B C B C
30 mA 6A 5SU1326-6FP06 5SU1326-7FP06 5SU1324-6FP06 5SU1324-7FP06
4 10 A 5SU1326-6FP10 5SU1326-7FP10 5SU1324-6FP10 5SU1324-7FP10
13 A 5SU1326-6FP13 5SU1326-7FP13 5SU1324-6FP13 5SU1324-7FP13
300 mA 6A – – – –
10 A – – – –
16 A – – – –
20 A – – – –
25 A – – – –
32 A – – – –
Mounting concept
36 – 72 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or
I201_20475
AS AS AS 5SU1
basic unit

4/46 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
2-pole 3-pole 4-pole

Short-time delayed, super resistant [K] Instantaneous Instantaneous
230 V AC 400 V AC 400 V AC
10 kA 6 kA 6 kA
Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic

B C B C B C
– 5SU1324-7FR06 5SU1336-6FP06 5SU1336-7FP06 5SU1346-6FP06 5SU1346-7FP06
– 5SU1324-7FR10 5SU1336-6FP10 5SU1336-7FP10 5SU1346-6FP10 5SU1346-7FP10 4
– – 5SU1336-6FP13 5SU1336-7FP13 5SU1346-6FP13 5SU1346-7FP13
5SU1324-6FR16 5SU1324-7FR16 5SU1336-6FP16 5SU1336-7FP16 5SU1346-6FP16 5SU1346-7FP16
– 5SU1324-7FR32 5SU1336-6FP32 5SU1336-7FP32 5SU1346-6FP32 5SU1346-7FP32
Accessories
1 CO Standard 5ST1010-0FP

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/47
© Siemens 2023
5SU1 RCBOs
Instantaneous
4 Type A
B C B
30 mA 6A 5SU1324-6KX06 5SU1324-7KX06 5SU1324-6FA06

10 A 5SU1324-6KX10 5SU1324-7KX10 5SU1324-6FA10
13 A 5SU1324-6KX13 5SU1324-7KX13 5SU1324-6FA13
16 A 5SU1324-6KX16 5SU1324-7KX16 5SU1324-6FA16
20 A 5SU1324-6KX20 5SU1324-7KX20 5SU1324-6FA20
25 A 5SU1324-6KX25 5SU1324-7KX25 5SU1324-6FA25
32 A 5SU1324-6KX32 5SU1324-7KX32 5SU1324-6FA32
40 A 5SU1324-6KX40 5SU1324-7KX40 5SU1324-6FA40
125 A – – –
300 mA 125 A – – –
Type AC
30 mA 125 A – – –
300 mA 125 A – – –
Mounting concept
27 – 36 mm
optional optional
optional
18 mm
54 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
RC mech. AFDD and


I201_20476
1)
117 mm
optional
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and
basic unit AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS
I201_20477
5SU1 (6,5 TE) FC FC + FC UR UR + FC UR + FC + FC

AFDD Arc fault detection unit See page 4/54 AS + FC Auxiliary switch and UR Undervoltage release See page 4/67

4/48 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Selective [S]
230 V AC
6.5 MW 6.5 MW
10 kA 10 kA
Characteristic Characteristic
C B C B C
4
5SU1324-7FA06 – – – –
5SU1324-7FA10 – – – –
5SU1324-7FA13 – – – –
5SU1324-7FA16 – – – –
5SU1324-7FA20 – – – –
5SU1324-7FA25 – – – –
5SU1324-7FA32 – – – –
5SU1324-7FA40 – – – –
– 5SU1324-6KK82 5SU1324-7KK82 – –
– 5SU1624-6KK82 5SU1624-7KK82 5SU1624-6WK82 5SU1624-7WK82
– 5SU1324-0KK82 5SU1324-1KK82 – –
– 5SU1624-0KK82 5SU1624-1KK82 – –
Accessories
auxiliary switch 110 V DC 5ST3044
2 NO 5ST3021 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3054
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01 2 MW 5ST3820-5
(3 MW) In up to 40 A 5SM6024-2

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/49
© Siemens 2023
5SU1 RCBOs
Instantaneous Selective [S]

B C B C
4 Type A
30 mA 125 A 5SU1344-6KK82 5SU1344-7KK82 – –
300 mA 125 A 5SU1644-6KK82 5SU1644-7KK82 5SU1644-6WK82 5SU1644-7WK82
1000 mA 125 A – – 5SU1844-6WK82 5SU1844-7WK82
Type AC
30 mA 125 A 5SU1344-0KK82 5SU1344-1KK82 – –
300 mA 125 A 5SU1644-0KK82 5SU1644-1KK82 – –
Mounting concept
198 mm
optional
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or or or or
and
5SU1 basic unit AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS

I201_20478
AS Auxiliary switch See page 4/60 ST 5 Shunt trips See page 4/66
FC Fault signal contact See page 4/62 UR5 Undervoltage release See page 4/67

4/50 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Type B and B+, 4-pole

Super resistant [K] Selective [S]
Short-circuit breaking capacity 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA
IΔn In Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic

C D C C D
Type B 4
30 mA 100 A 5SU1374-7AK81 5SU1374-8AK81 – – –
125 A 5SU1374-7AK82 – – – –
300 mA 100 A 5SU1674-7AK81 5SU1674-8AK81 5SU1674-7CK81 – 5SU1674-8BK81
125 A 5SU1674-7AK82 – 5SU1674-7CK82 5SU1674-7BK82 –
Type B+
30 mA 100 A 5SU1374-7DK81 5SU1374-8DK81 – – –
125 A 5SU1374-7DK82 – – – –
300 mA 100 A 5SU1674-7DK81 5SU1674-8DK81 5SU1674-7FK81 – 5SU1674-8EK81
125 A 5SU1674-7DK82 – 5SU1674-7FK82 5SU1674-7EK82 –
Accessories
Auxiliary switches (AS) Article No. Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS + FC) Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 5ST3010 1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062
For low power 5ST3013 5ST3 COM (AS + FC) 5ST3062-0MC
For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01 Shunt trips (ST) Article No.
2 NO Standard 5ST3011 110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030
2 NC Standard 5ST3012 12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01
For low power 5ST3015 Undervoltage releases (UR) Article No.
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 With integrated 230 V AC 5ST3040
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 24 V DC 5ST3042
2 NO 5ST3021 Without integrated 230 V AC 5ST3043
2 NC 5ST3022 auxiliary switch 110 V DC 5ST3044
24 V DC 5ST3045

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/51
© Siemens 2023
5SV1 RCBOs
Type A, 1P+N
Instantaneous Short-time delayed [G],
Super resistant [K]
Short-circuit breaking capacity 4.5 kA 6 kA 6 kA
4 IΔn In Bulk packaging Characteristic Characteristic Characteristic

(12 units) B C B C B C
Typ A
30 mA 2A – – 5SV1313-7KK02 – 5SV1316-7KK02 – –
4A – – 5SV1313-7KK04 – 5SV1316-7KK04 – –
6A – 5SV1313-6KK06 5SV1313-7KK06 5SV1316-6KK06 5SV1316-7KK06 5SV1316-6LK06 5SV1316-7LK06
■ – – 5SV1316-6GV06 5SV1316-7GV06 – –
10 A – 5SV1313-6KK10 5SV1313-7KK10 5SV1316-6KK10 5SV1316-7KK10 5SV1316-6LK10 5SV1316-7LK10
■ – – 5SV1316-6GV10 5SV1316-7GV10 – –
■ – – 5SV1316-6GV13 5SV1316-7GV13 – –
■ – – 5SV1316-6GV16 5SV1316-7GV16 – –
300 mA 2A – – 5SV1613-7KK02 – 5SV1616-7KK02 – –
4A – – 5SV1613-7KK04 – 5SV1616-7KK04 – –
6A – 5SV1613-6KK06 5SV1613-7KK06 5SV1616-6KK06 5SV1616-7KK06 – –
10 A – 5SV1613-6KK10 5SV1613-7KK10 5SV1616-6KK10 5SV1616-7KK10 – –
Mounting concept
27 – 36 mm
optional optional optional

18 mm
18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and if not and if not or

and
RC mech. AFDD
AFDD 5SV1 basic unit RC mech. AS AS AS

and FC FC + FC
I201_20479
Adapters
AFDD Arc fault detection units See page 4/54 AS + FC Auxiliary switch and fault signal contact See page 4/63
AS Auxiliary switch See page 4/60 RC mech. Remote control mechanism See page 4/68

4/52 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Type F and AC, 1P+N

Instantaneous Super resistant [K]
Short-circuit breaking capacity 4.5 kA 6 kA 6 kA
IΔn In Bulk packaging

(12 units)
Characteristic
C
Characteristic
B C
Characteristic
B C
4
Type F
30 mA 6A – – – – 5SV1316-3KK06 5SV1316-4KK06
10 A – – – – 5SV1316-3KK10 5SV1316-4KK10
13 A – – – – 5SV1316-3KK13 5SV1316-4KK13
16 A – – – – 5SV1316-3KK16 5SV1316-4KK16
Type AC
30 mA 2A – 5SV1313-1KK02 – 5SV1316-1KK02 – –
4A – 5SV1313-1KK04 – 5SV1316-1KK04 – –
6A – 5SV1313-1KK06 5SV1316-0KK06 5SV1316-1KK06 – –
10 A – 5SV1313-1KK10 5SV1316-0KK10 5SV1316-1KK10 – –
■ 5SV1313-1GV10 – 5SV1316-1GV10 – –
13 A – 5SV1313-1KK13 5SV1316-0KK13 5SV1316-1KK13 – –
16 A – 5SV1313-1KK16 5SV1316-0KK16 5SV1316-1KK16 – –
■ 5SV1313-1GV16 – 5SV1316-1GV16 – –
300 mA 2A – 5SV1613-1KK02 – 5SV1616-1KK02 – –
4A – 5SV1613-1KK04 – 5SV1616-1KK04 – –
6A – 5SV1613-1KK06 5SV1616-0KK06 5SV1616-1KK06 – –
10 A – 5SV1613-1KK10 5SV1616-0KK10 5SV1616-1KK10 – –
13 A – 5SV1613-1KK13 5SV1616-0KK13 5SV1616-1KK13 – –
16 A – 5SV1613-1KK16 5SV1616-0KK16 5SV1616-1KK16 – –
Accessories
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 5ST3010 Basic 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3053
For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01 Power 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3055
For low power 5ST3014 Power with ARD 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3057
For low power 5ST3015 Power with extended 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3070
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 function 170 ... 277 V AC, 77 ... 286 V DC 5ST3071
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 1 MW 5ST3820-6
2 NO 5ST3021 Arc fault detection units (AFDD) Article No.
2 NC 5ST3022 For 5SV1 basic units In up to 16 A 5SM6011-2
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS + FC) Article No.
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062
5ST3 COM (AS + FC) 5ST3062-0MC

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/53
© Siemens 2023
5SM6 arc fault detection units

For combination with an MCB or RCBO
For combination with basic units Rated current In

Width of basic unit Miniature circuit breakers RCBO
1 MW 5SL60 (no KL types) 5SV1 Up to 16 A 5SM6011-2
Up to 40 A 5SM6014-2
4 2 MW 5SY 1), 5SL4

(only 1+N devices, not
5SU1 (2 MW, 3 MW) Up to 16 A
Up to 40 A
5SM6021-2
5SM6024-2
compact)
1)
Not suitable for use with 5SY5 or 5SY8

1 NO + 1 NC Standard 5ST3010
18 – 54 mm
optional For low power 5ST3013

18 mm
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
and or
and For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01
2 NO Standard 5ST3011
5SM6 5SY, 5SL, AS AS AS 2 NC Standard 5ST3012
5SV1, 5SU1 FC FC + FC
I201_20480
AS Auxiliary switch See page 4/60 1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020
FC Fault signal contact See page 4/62 2 NO 5ST3021
AS + FC Auxiliary switch and fault signal contact See page 4/63 2 NC 5ST3022
The mounting concept shown is only one example of how Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS + FC) Article No.
devices and accessories can be combined. 1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062


4/54 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5SV6 AFDD/MCB
Mounting width 1 MW 1 MW pigtail
Rated current In Bulk packaging

(12 units)
Characteristic
B C
Characteristic
B C
4
6A – 5SV6016-6KK06 5SV6016-7KK06 5SV6016-6KP06 5SV6016-7KP06
■ 5SV6016-6GV06 5SV6016-7GV06 – –
10 A – 5SV6016-6KK10 5SV6016-7KK10 5SV6016-6KP10 5SV6016-7KP10
■ 5SV6016-6GV10 5SV6016-7GV10 – –
■ 5SV6016-6GV13 – – –
■ 5SV6016-6GV16 5SV6016-7GV16 – –
■ 5SV6016-6GV25 – – –

18 mm
optional
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or
and
For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01
5SV6 AS AS AS 2 NC Standard 5ST3012
FC FC + FC
I201_20481
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/55
© Siemens 2023
5SV6 COM AFDD/MCB

With communication and measuring function
Mounting width 1 MW
I201_20406
Rated current In Characteristic

B C
4 6A
10 A
5SV6016-6MC06
5SV6016-6MC10
5SV6016-7MC06
5SV6016-7MC10
13 A 5SV6016-6MC13 5SV6016-7MC13
16 A 5SV6016-6MC16 5SV6016-7MC16
20 A 5SV6016-6MC20 5SV6016-7MC20
25 A 5SV6016-6MC25 5SV6016-7MC25
32 A 5SV6016-6MC32 5SV6016-7MC32
Note:

18 mm
optional
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
or
and For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01
5SV6 AS AS AS 2 NC Standard 5ST3012
FC FC + FC
I201_20481
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 5ST3062
Data transceiver (essential accessory) Article No.

4/56 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

SENTRON SENTRON
Solutions

4
I201_20143a
7KN1110-0MC00
See page 10/20
... ...
max. 24
Wireless Protocol

• Switching state with trip monitoring: short-circuit, overload, • Limit values for:
arc fault − Overcurrent alarm 1 and alarm 2
• Counters incl. limit monitoring for: − Undercurrent alarm 1 and alarm 2
− Operating hours − Overvoltage alarm 1 and alarm 2
− Operating hours with load current − Undervoltage alarm 1 and alarm 2
− Operating cycles (ON/OFF) − Lower voltage threshold for AFDD tripping
− Tripping operations − Temperature
− Short circuits
Measured values Unit Memory
Temperature °C 1 hour in 1-minute intervals; 7 days in 15-minute intervals
Average temperature °C –
Current A Min. and max. values over 10 days; 1 hour in 10-second intervals; 7 days in 15-minute intervals
Average current A –
Maximum current A –
Voltage V Min. and max. values over 10 days
Line frequency Hz Min. and max. values over 10 days
Active power W Min. and max. values over 10 days
Apparent power VA Min. and max. values over 10 days
Reactive power Var –
Power factor –
Active energy imported Wh 7 days in 15-minute intervals; 30 days in 1-day intervals
Active energy exported Wh –
Reactive energy imported Varh –
Reactive energy exported Varh –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/57
© Siemens 2023
Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs) | Accessories
Overview of the modular system

Residual current protective devices
5SM2 + 5SM2 + 5SU1

5SV 5SU1
MCB 5SP4 (125 A)
5SM6 arc fault detection units Article No.
Rated current up to 16 A Standard 5SM6021-2 – – – ■ –
For compact devices 1P+N in 1 MW 5SM6011-2 – – – – –
Rated current up to 40 A Standard 5SM6024-2 – – – ■ –
For compact devices 1P+N in 1 MW 5SM6014-2 – – – – –
4 Auxiliary switches (AS) Article No.

1 NO + 1 NC Standard 5ST3010 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
For low power 5ST3013 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
For low power (with diode) 5ST3013-0XX01 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 NO Standard 5ST3011 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 NC Standard 5ST3012 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
1 CO Standard 5ST3016 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
5ST1010-0FP – – – – –
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3020 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 NO 5ST3021 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 NC 5ST3022 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) Standard 5ST3062 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
5ST3 COM (AS + FC) With communication and 5ST3062-0MC ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
measuring function

110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
24 … 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
12 V DC 5ST3031-0XX01 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Undervoltage releases (UR) Article No.

With integrated auxiliary 230 V AC 5ST3040 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
switch 110 V DC 5ST3041 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
24 V DC 5ST3042 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Without integrated 230 V AC 5ST3043 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
auxiliary switch 110 V DC 5ST3044 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
24 V DC 5ST3045 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Remote control mechanisms (RC mech.) Article No.
Basic 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3053 – – – ■ –
177 … 270 V AC 5ST3054 – – – ■ –

Power 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3055 ■ ■ – ■ –
177 … 270 V AC 5ST3056 ■ ■ – ■ –
Power with ARD 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3057 ■ ■ – ■ –
177 … 270 V AC 5ST3058 ■ ■ – ■ –
Power with extended function 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3070 ■ ■ – ■ –
170 ... 277 V AC, 77 ... 286 V DC 5ST3071 ■ – – ■ –
Standard busbars Article No.
Cannot be cut 5ST36.. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Can be cut 5ST37.. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Compact busbars Article No.
Cannot be cut 5ST36.. ■ – – – –
Can be cut 5ST37.. ■ – – – –
From page 4/14
■ Suitable for all versions □ Suitable for some versions

4/58 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories | Residual Current Protective Devices/Arc Fault Detection Devices (AFDDs)
Circuit breakers for equipment

Arc fault detection Switching
devices Miniature circuit breakers devices
5SU1... 5SV6/ 5SL60/ 5SP4/

5SV1 5SM6 5SL3 5SL6 5SL4 5SJ6...-.KS 5SL30 5SY 5SJ4..HG.. 5SY17 5TE8 5TL
FP/FR 5SV6 COM 5SL6 COM 5SP5
– – – – – – □ – – – □ – – – – –
– ■ – – – – – – – □ – – – – – –
– – – – – – □ – – – □ – – – – –
– ■ – – – – – – – □ – – – – – –
4
– ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ...-0HG ■ ■ ■
– ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
– ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
– ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ...-0HG ■ ■ ■
– ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
– ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ...-0HG ■ ■ ■
– ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
– ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
■ – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ...-0HG ■ – –
– ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ...-0HG ■ – –
– ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ...-0HG ■ – –
– ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ – –
– ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ – –
– – □ – – – ■ – – – ■ ■ ...-0HG – – –
– – □ – – – ■ – – – ■ ■ ...-0HG – – –
– – □ – – – ■ – – – ■ ■ – – – –
– – □ – – – ■ – – – ■ ■ – – – –
– – □ – – – ■ – – – ■ ■ – – – –
– – □ – – – ■ – – – ■ ■ – – – –
– – □ – – – ■ – – – ■ ■ – – – –
– – □ – – – ■ – – – ■ ■ – – – –
– – □ – – – ■ – – – ■ ■ – – – –
– ■ – – – ■ ■ – – ■ ■ – – ■ – ■
– ■ – – – ■ ■ – – ■ ■ – – ■ – ■
– ■ – – – ■ ■ – – ■ ■ ■ – ■ – ■
– ■ – – – ■ ■ – – ■ ■ ■ – ■ – ■
– ■ – – – ■ ■ – – ■ ■ – – ■ – ■
– ■ – – – ■ ■ – – ■ ■ – – ■ – ■
– ■ – – – ■ ■ – – ■ ■ ■ – ■ – –
– ■ – – – ■ ■ – – ■ ■ ■ – ■ – –
■ ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ □ ■
■ ■ □ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ □ ■
– ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ – ■ ■ – – – ■ – –
– ■ ■ ■ □ □ □ – ■ ■ – – – – – –
From page 4/14 From page 4/54 From page 3/12 From From
page page 5/6
3/46

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/59
© Siemens 2023
• Signals the contact position of the mounted device
• Version for the switching of small currents and voltages
according to EN 61131-2 for control of programmable control
systems (PLCs)
• Test button enables the testing of control circuits without the
need to switch the mounted device
For combining with basic units Contacts Version Mounting width Article No.
Miniature Circuit RCCBs RCBOs Arc fault ON/OFF (1 MW = 18 mm)
circuit breakers for detection switches
breakers equipment devices
4 – – 5SM3 (3P+N, – – – 1 NO + 1 NC Standard 0.5 MW 5SW3330
100/125 A)
5SL, 5SY, 5SY17 5SV 5SU1 1), 5SV6 5TL1, 5TE8 1 NO + 1 NC Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3010
5SP4, 5SP5 5SV1 For low power 0.5 MW 5ST3013
For low power 0.5 MW 5ST3013-0XX01
(with diode)
2 NO Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3011
2 NC Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3012
1 CO Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3016
– – – 5SU1... – – 1 CO Standard 0.5 MW 5ST1010-0FP
FP/FR
5SL, 5SY, 5SY17 5SV 5SU1 1), 5SV6 5TL1, 5TE8 1 NO + 1 NC Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3010-2
5SP4, 5SP5 5SV1 For low power 0.5 MW 5ST3013-2
2 NO Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3011-2
2 NC Standard 0.5 MW 5ST3012-2
1)

4/60 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5ST3010, 5ST3013,
5ST3011, 5ST3010-2, 5ST3014, 5ST3013-2,
5ST3012, 5ST3011-2, 5ST3015, 5ST3014-2,
Further technical specifications 5ST3016 5ST3012-2 5ST3013-0XX011) 5ST3015-2 5SW3330 5ST1010-0FP
Standards
Standards IEC/EN IEC/EN 62019, IEC/EN 60947-5-1 IEC/EN 62019
UL, CSA UL 1077, – UL 1077, –
CSA C22.2 CSA C22.2 No. 235
No. 235
Contacts
Minimum contact load 50 mA, 1 mA, 5 mA, 50 mA, 5 mA,
24 V 5 V DC 5 V DC 24 V 24 V DC
4
Maximum contact load – 100 mA, 50 mA, –
30 V DC 30 V DC
Contact load acc. to IEC/EN 62019 and 230 V AC, AC-12 – 5/– 6 A/–
IEC/EN 60947-5-1 230 V AC, AC-13 6 A/6 A –
400 V AC, AC-13 2 A/2 A –
230 V AC, AC-14 6 A/6 A –
400 V AC, AC-14 2 A/2 A –
24 V DC, DC-13 6 A/3 A –
30 V DC, DC-14 – 0.1 A –
60 V DC, DC-13 3 A/1.5 A –
110 V DC, DC-13 1 A/0.75 A –
220 V DC, DC-12 – 0.5/– 1 A/–
220 V DC, DC-13 1 A/0.5 A –
Contact load acc. to UL 120 V AC –
125 V AC 3A –
240 V AC 4A –
277 V AC –
480 V AC –
60 V DC –
125 V DC 1.1 A –
250 V DC 0.55 A –
Service life, on average, with rated load Actuations 20000 – 8000
Safety
Short-circuit protection Miniature circuit breakers 5SY... 6 A or gG 6 A fuse B6 or C6 or gL/gG 6 A fuse
Connections
Conductor cross-sections 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 (AWG 22 … 14) 0.75 ... 2.5 mm2
Terminals Max. tightening 0.5 Nm (4.5 lb-in) – 0.6 Nm
torque
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature –40 … +70 °C –25 … +60 °C
Permissible storage temperature –40 ... +75 °C –40 … +70 °C
Resistance to climate Acc. to IEC 28 cycles
60068-2-30
Shock at 11 ms half-sine Acc. to IEC 150 m/s2 –
60068-2-27
Resistance to vibrations at 10 … 150 Hz Acc. to IEC 50 m/s2 –
60068-2-6
1)
No approvals

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/61
© Siemens 2023
• Signals automatic tripping of the circuit protection device in the event of a fault,
such as an overload or a short circuit
• If the fault signal contact is activated, the contact position does not change if
the mounted circuit protection device is tripped manually
• Version with TEST and RESET buttons enables the testing of control circuits
without operation of the circuit protection device
• Red RESET button in the operating handle indicates automatic tripping of the
mounted circuit protection device
4 breakers
equipment detection devices
5SL, 5SY, 5SP4, 5SY17 5SV 5SU1 1), 5SV1 5SV6 1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 MW 5ST3020
5SP5 2 NO 0.5 MW 5ST3021
2 NC 0.5 MW 5ST3022
Fault signal contacts (FC) with TEST and RESET buttons
5SL, 5SY, 5SP4, 5SY17 5SV 5SU1 1), 5SV1 5SV6 1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 MW 5ST3020-2
5SP5 2 NO 0.5 MW 5ST3021-2
2 NC 0.5 MW 5ST3022-2
1)
5ST3020, 5ST3020-2,
5ST3021, 5ST3021-2,
Further technical specifications 5ST3022 5ST3022-2
Standards
UL, CSA UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No. 235 –
Contacts
Contact load acc. to IEC/EN 62019/IEC/EN 60947-5-1 230 V AC, AC-13 6 A/6 A
400 V AC, AC-13 6 A/6 A
230 V AC, AC-14 2 A/2 A
400 V AC, AC-14 2 A/2 A
24 V DC, DC-13 6 A/3 A
60 V DC, DC-13 3 A/1.5 A
110 V DC, DC-13 1 A/0.75 A
220 V DC, DC-13 1 A/0.5 A
Contact load acc. to UL 120 V AC –
125 V AC 3A –
240 V AC 4A –
277 V AC –
480 V AC 1.5 A –
60 V DC –
125 V DC 1.1 A –
250 V DC 0.55 A –
Safety
Connections
Conductor cross-sections 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 (AWG 22 … 14)
Ambient conditions
Resistance to vibration at 10 … 150 Hz Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 50 m/s2

4/62 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS + FC)

• Combines the function of both switches in a width of only 0.5 MW (9 mm)
• Signals the contact position of the mounted circuit protection device
• Signals automatic tripping of the circuit protection device in the event of a fault, such as an
overload, a short circuit or a fault current
• If the fault signal contact is activated, the contact position does not change if the mounted
circuit protection device is tripped manually
Miniature circuit Circuit breakers for RCCBs RCBOs Arc fault detection (1 MW = 18 mm)
breakers equipment devices
Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS + FC)
4
5SL, 5SY, 5SP4, 5SY17 5SV 5SU1 1), 5SV1 5SV6 1 CO (AS) + 1 CO (FC) 0.5 MW 5ST3062
5SP5
1)
Further technical specifications 5ST3062

Standards
UL, CSA UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No. 235
Contacts
Maximum contact load –
Contact load according to IEC/EN 62019/ 230 V AC, AC-13 6 A/6 A
IEC/EN 60947-5-1 400 V AC, AC-14 2 A/2 A
Contact load according to IEC/EN 62019/ 24 V DC, DC-13 3 A/3 A
IEC/EN 60947-5-1 60 V DC, DC-13 3 A/1 A
110 V DC, DC-13 0.5 A/0.5 A
220 V DC, DC-13 0.5 A/0.3 A
Contact load acc. to UL 125 V AC 2A
240 V AC 1.5 A
480 V AC 0.75 A
125 V DC 0.5 A
250 V DC 0.3 A
Safety
Connections
Ambient conditions

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/63
© Siemens 2023
5ST3 COM auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS + FC)
with communication and measuring function
• Reports the switching state of the mounted standard circuit protection device (ON, tripped, manual
OFF, tripped with locked handle)
• Measures the temperature of the device and counts operating cycles, trips and operating hours
• Communication via radio to SENTRON Powercenter 1000 data transceiver
• Plug-in terminals for 24 V DC power supply incl. daisy chain function
• Low space requirements of 0.5 MW (9 mm)
For combining with basic units Mounting width Article No.

Miniature circuit Circuit breakers RCCBs RCBOs Arc fault Communication (1 MW = 18 mm)
breakers for equipment detection devices
5ST3 COM auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS + FC) with communication and measuring function
4 5SL, 5SY, 5SP4,
5SP5
5SY17 5SV 5SU1 1), 5SV1 5SV6 Radio link to SENTRON
Powercenter 1000
0.5 MW 5ST3062-0MC
1)
Note:
Further technical specifications 5ST3062-0MC

Standards
Standards IEC/EN; UL, CSA 60669-2-5
RED 2014/53/EU
Power supply
Power supply 24 V DC ±20%, SELV
Conductor cross-sections 0.2 … 1.5 mm²
Connection type Plug-in terminal
Safety
Degree of protection IP40, with front cover
Ambient conditions
Permissible storage temperature –40 … +85 °C
Humidity 93% at 40 °C
Shock 150 m/s2
Service life/endurance 10000
Communication
Interface SENTRON Powercenter 1000 Radio link
Temperature Measuring accuracy of 2 °C with limit monitoring incl. storage
(1 hour in 1-minute intervals and 7 days in 15-minute intervals)
Operating cycles counters Mechanical operation with limit monitoring
Trip counter Trip of the mounted circuit protection device with limit monitoring
Operating hours counter Operating hours with limit monitoring

4/64 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

SENTRON SENTRON
Software
Solutions
transceiver 4

I201_20143a
7KN1110-0MC00
See page 10/20
... ...
max. 24
Wireless Protocol

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/65
© Siemens 2023
Shunt trips (ST)
• For remote-controlled tripping of the mounted device
For combining with basic units Rated operational Mounting width Article No.
Miniature circuit breakers RCCBs RCBOs voltage Ue (1 MW = 18 mm)
Shunt trips (ST)
5SL4, 5SY, 5SP4, 5SP5 5SV 5SU1 1) 110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 1 MW 5ST3030
24 ... 48 V AC/DC 1 MW 5ST3031
12 V DC 1 MW 5ST3031-0XX01
1)
4 Further technical specifications 5ST3030 5ST3031 5ST3031-0XX01

Standards
Supply
Primary operating range 0.7 ... 1.1 × Un
Rated frequency fn 50 … 60 Hz –
Contacts
Minimum contact load 50 mA, 24 V 1 mA, 5 V
Safety
Connections
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature –25 … +55 °C –40 ... +70 °C

4/66 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

• Are integrated (e.g. in EMERGENCY-OFF loops), thus ensuring that the MCB trips in
the event of an emergency. EMERGENCY-OFF is a function provided to disconnect
the electricity supply to all or some parts of the installation in case of emergency,
when there is a risk of electric shock or any other hazard caused by electrical power
• In addition, an undervoltage release also trips if the voltage is interrupted or too
low, or prevents the MCB from closing
• Combination with 5SV RCCB not suitable for implementation of EMERGENCY-OFF/
EMERGENCY-STOP circuits
For combining with basic units Rated operational Mounting width Article No.
Miniature circuit breakers RCCBs RCBOs voltage Ue (1 MW = 18 mm)
4
With integrated auxiliary switch
5SL4, 5SY, 5SP4, 5SP5 5SV 5SU1 1)
230 V AC 1 MW 5ST3040
110 V DC 1 MW 5ST3041
24 V DC 1 MW 5ST3042
Without integrated auxiliary switch
110 V DC 1 MW 5ST3044
24 V DC 1 MW 5ST3045
1)
Further technical specifications 5ST304.

Standards
Supply
Primary operating range 0.85 ... 1.1 × Un
Contacts
Safety
Connections
Ambient conditions

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/67
© Siemens 2023
5ST3 remote control mechanisms (RC mech.)
• For locations that are spread out over a wide area or not permanently attended
• Permits direct and immediate access to the installation even if it is remote or
in a location that is hard to access
• Permits fast reconnection after a fault
• Version with ARD with automatic restart
• Versions with ARD and Power with integrated auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts
Type of remote control Display Ambient Vibration and shock Rated operational Mounting width Article No.
mechanism temperature requirements voltage Ue (1 MW = 18 mm)
Basic – –25 °C … +45 °C – 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 1.5 MW 5ST3053
177 … 270 V AC 2 MW 5ST3054
4
Power LED –25 °C … +45 °C – 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 2 MW 5ST3055
177 … 270 V AC 2 MW 5ST3056
Power with ARD LED –25 °C … +45 °C – 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 2 MW 5ST3057
177 … 270 V AC 2 MW 5ST3058
Power with extended LED –40 °C … +70 °C Acc. to EN 61373/ 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 2 MW 5ST3070
function EN 50155 "1B" 170 ... 277 V AC, 77 ... 286 V DC 2 MW 5ST3071
Further technical specifications 5ST3053 5ST3054 5ST3055 5ST3056 5ST3057 5ST3058 5ST3070 5ST3071
Standards
Standards EN 50557 (VDE 0640-20)
Supply
Rated frequency fn 50 ... 60 Hz
Rated power dissipation on standby ≤ 1 VA
Contacts
Service life, on average, Actuations 10000
with rated load
Number of remote switching operations per 2
minute
Number of automatic reclose attempts – 3 –
Cable length in the control circuit ≤ 1500 m ≤ 1500 m (DC)/
≤ 200 m (AC)
Sliding selector with locking device – ■
Integrated auxiliary switches – 1CO; 2 A; 250 V
Integrated fault signal contacts – 1CO; 2 A; 250 V
Connections
Terminal tightening torque 0.2 … 0.25 Nm (2.0 lb-in)
Ambient conditions
Permissible storage temperature –40 … +55 °C –40 … +70 °C
Suitable adapters for combination with basic units
Basic units Mounting width Article No.

1 MW 2 MW 3 MW 4 MW 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
5SU1 – ■ ■ – – – – 5ST3820-5
5SV1 ■ – – – – – – 5ST3820-6
5SV3 – ■ – ■ – – – 5ST3820-6
5SM2 with 5SY – – – – ■ – – 5ST3820-3 + 5ST3820-1
– – – – – ■ ■ 5ST3820-3 + 5ST3820-2
5SM2 with 5SL – – – – ■ – – 5ST3820-3 + 5ST3820-6
– – – – – ■ ■ 5ST3820-3 + 5ST3820-7

4/68 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Handle couplers for additional components

• Necessary for mounting the additional components auxiliary switches, fault signal contacts,
shunt trips and undervoltage releases onto the 5SU1 RCBO
• 1 set = 5 units
Article No.
5ST3805-1
Handle locking devices
• To prevent undesired mechanical ON/OFF switching
• Sealable and lockable
• For padlock with 3 ... 6 mm shackle
Version Article No.
For 5SV RCCBs, 5SV1 RCBOs, 5SV6 AFDD/MCB 5ST3806
4
For 5SU1 RCBOs 5ST3801-1
Locking device
• For 5SV RCCBs, 5SV1 RCBOs, 5SV6 AFDD/MCB
5ST3806 handle locking device and 5ST3802 padlock 5ST3807
Padlock
• For 5ST3801-1 and 5ST3806 handle locking devices and 5ST3054 … 58, 5ST3070 remote control mechanisms
Article No.
5ST3802
Device labels
• For adhesive attachment
• For modular installation devices, e.g. 5SY, 5SL, 5TL1
Types Article No.
15 mm × 6 mm, white (WIN 098) 8WH8210-0AA35
15 mm × 6 mm, yellow (WIN 099) 8WH8210-0AA36
Covers for connection terminals

• For 5SV3 and 5SV4 residual current operated circuit breakers, sealable (2 units in plastic bag)
2 MW 5SW3010
4 MW 5SW3008
I201_11431
Terminal covers, gray

• For surface mounting, degree of protection IP40
• Sealable
2.5 MW 5SW3004
4.5 MW 5SW3005
Wall enclosures, gray
• For flush mounting, degree of protection IP40
2.5 MW 5SW3006
4.5 MW 5SW3007

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/69
© Siemens 2023
RCCB protective socket outlets

Acc. to VDE 0664
Covers
• Can be assembled as mini-distribution board
• Suitable for all devices
• Cover parts prepared for rail mounting of conventional label caps
End plates 5ST2134
Angled profile 5ST2135
Flat profile as alternative 5ST2136
RCCB protective socket outlets in molded-plastic enclosures

• Equipped with RCCB and flush-mounted SCHUKO® socket outlet
Rated residual current I∆n Rated current In Article No.
4 10 mA 16 A 5SZ9206
30 mA 16 A 5SZ9216

4/70 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/71
© Siemens 2023
Standard busbars
General information
Infeed
3 2 1 1 2 3
I201_13755
S I201_13754a
S1 S2
4
S


4/72 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

(1 MW = 18 mm) 10 mm2 16 mm2
1 1 For 6 × 2 MW 12 MW 210 mm 5ST3608 5ST3638
devices (2P)
15,2
L1 L2/N L1 L2/N
19
6,6 7,3
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2
3-phase, for MCBs with RCCB Article No. Article No.
1 1 12 1 1 21 11 11 11 11 11 1 1 For 8 MCBs 1P 12 MW 210 mm 5ST3624 5ST3654
with 1 RCCB 3P+N,
72 mm
72 mm
N right
4
15,2
L1 L2 L3L1 NL2 L1L3 L2N L3L1 L1L2 L2L3 L3L1 L1L2 L2L3 L1 L2
19
9,2 10,3
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2
1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 10 MCBs 1P 14 MW 249 mm 5ST3624-4 –
with 1 RCCB 3P+N
72 mm
or for 1 RCCB 3P+N,

pYWXYWX[`
1 MCB 3P and
15,2
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1
7 MCBs 1P
8,6
1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 For 6 MCBs 1P with 10 MW 176 mm 5ST3624-1 –

1 RCCB 3P+N or for
72 mm
1 RCCB 3P+N,
pYWXYWX[^
1 MCB 3P and
15,2
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
3 MCBs 1P
8,6
1 1 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 1 1 For 8 MCBs 1P with 11 MW 192 mm 5ST3667 5ST3668

1 RCCB 3P+N, N left
72 mm
72 mm
N L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L1 L2
15,2
N L1 L2 L3
19
9,2 10,3
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2
1 1 11 11 11 1 1 For 6 × 2MW 12 MW 215 mm 5ST3623 5ST3653
devices (1P+N)
15,2
L1 N L2L1 N N L3L2 N N L3 N
19
11,8 13,3
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2
4-phase/3-phase + N, for MCBs with RCCB Article No. Article No.
1 MCB 3P+N and
6 MCBs 1P
pYWXYWX[_
15,2
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
10,7
1 MCB 3P+N and
3 MCBs 1P+N
pYWXYWX[\
15,2
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N
10,7
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 RCCB 3P+N, 13 MW 230 mm 5ST3725-3 –

1 MCB 3P and
3 MCBs 1P+N
pYWXYWX[[
15,2
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L1 N L2 N L3 N
10,7
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 RCCB 3P+N 14 MW 248 mm 5ST3625-4 –
and 5 MCBs 1P+N
pYWXYWX[]
15,2
L1 L2 L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N L2 N
10,7

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/73
© Siemens 2023
Standard busbars
Can be cut
Pin spacing in MW Application No. of MW Length End caps Conductor cross-section
(1 MW = 18 mm) included 10 mm2 16 mm2
1 For 2 MW units 12 MW 214 mm ■ 5ST3734 5ST3704
(2P/1+N) 56 MW 1016 mm – 5ST3735 5ST3705
L1 L2/N
15
18
4-phase/3-phase + N, for MCBs with RCCB Article No. Article No.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For RCBOs or 56 MW 1000 mm – 5ST3770-2 5ST3770-3
MCBs 1P+N
17,3
17,3
4
L1
L1 N
N L2 L1 N N
N N L1 L3 L2 N N L3
L2 N N L3 N N L1 L3
L2 L1 N N N
N L1
L1
19,7 21,4
∅ 10 mm2 ∅ 16 mm2
1 1 1 1 1 1 For 6 MCBs 16 MW 292 mm ■ 5ST3770-4 5ST3770-5
1P+N
with 1 RCCB
18,3
L1 L2 L3 N L2 N L3 N
3P+N,
22,1 N right
Accessories for busbars 5ST36 and 5ST37

End caps for 5ST37
Version Article No.
For 2- and 3-phase busbars 5ST3750
For 4-phase busbars 5ST3718

4/74 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5ST36 and 5ST37

Fixed lengths, cannot be cut, for devices with add-on 5SM6 arc fault detection units
Pin spacing in MW Application No. of MW Length End caps Color Conductor
(1 MW = 18 mm) included cross-section
10 mm2
3-phase Article No.
2 2 For 5SM601. 12 MW 210 mm – Gray 5ST3615-1
15,2
L1 L2 L3
9,2
Can be cut, for devices with add-on 5SM6 arc fault detection units
10 mm2
1-phase, straight Article No.
Blue 5ST3765-2
10
5,6
1-phase, angled 45° Article No.

2 2 For 5SM601. 56 MW 1000 mm – Blue 5ST3765-1
10
5,6

1 2 1 2 1 For 5SM602. (1P+N) 56 MW 1000 mm – Gray 5ST3735-1
17,5
L1 N L1 N L1 N
14,5
3-phase Article No.

17,5
L1 L2 L3
14,5

1 2 1 2 1 For 5SM602. 52 MW 950 mm – Gray 5ST3746-1
17,3
L1 N L2 N L3 N
19,8

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/75
© Siemens 2023
Standard busbars
5ST36 and 5ST37
Can be cut, for devices with add-on 5SM6 arc fault detection units and infeed via RCCB
16 mm2
1 2 2 For RCCB 2P N-right and 12 MW 214 mm ■ Gray 5ST3772
5 AFDD (5SM601.) +
compact device
N L1 N L1 N
18,3
L1
18
Accessories
Terminals for infeed at side Article No.
For conductors Short 5ST3768
6 … 25 mm2 Short, IP20 5ST3771-2
Long 5ST3771-1
End caps Article No.
Blue 5ST3767
For 2 and 3-phase busbars 5ST3750
For 4-phase busbars 5ST3718
Touch protection Article No.
For free connections, yellow (RAL 1004) 5 × 1 pin 5ST3655

4/76 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Compact busbars
General information
Infeed
3 2 1 1 2 3
I201_13755
S I201_13754a
S1 S2
4
S


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/77
© Siemens 2023
Compact busbars
5ST36, fixed lengths, cannot be cut
Pin spacing in MW Application No. of MW Length End caps Conductor
10 mm2
1 2 2 For 1 × RCCB 1P+N and 5 × compact 12 MW 216 mm ■ 5ST3685-0
devices equipped with 5SM6 arc fault
AFDD
AFDD
detection unit
13,7
L1 N L1 N L1 N
42,4

1 1 For compact devices 6 MW 113 mm ■ 5ST3674-6
4 9 MW
12 MW
166 mm
218 mm
■
■
5ST3674-7
5ST3674-0
13,7
L1 N L1 N L1 N
42,4
2 For 6 × compact devices equipped with 12 MW 200 mm ■ 5ST3676-0

AFDD
AFDD
AFDD
13,7
L1 N L1 N
42,4

1 1 1 For compact devices 6 MW 113 mm ■ 5ST3673-6
9 MW 166 mm ■ 5ST3673-7
12 MW 218 mm ■ 5ST3673-0
13,7
L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N
42,4 14 MW 254 mm ■ 5ST3673-4
2 2 For 6 × compact devices equipped with 11 MW 200 mm ■ 5ST3675-0

AFDD
AFDD
AFDD
13,7
L1 N L2 N L3 N
42,4

4/78 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5ST37, can be cut

Pin spacing in MW Application No. of Length End caps Conductor
(1 MW = 18 mm) MW included cross-section
10 mm2
1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 1P+N 12 MW 215 mm ■ 5ST3784-0
and 10 × compact
devices
L1 N L1 N L1 N L1 N 13,7
42,4
1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 1P+N 12 MW 215 mm ■ 5ST3784-0KL

(RCCB N left only)
and 10 × compact
13,7
N L1 N L1 N L1 N
L1 devices
42,4 4
devices
L1 N L1 N L1 N
13
40,8
2 For compact 59 MW 1042 mm – 5ST3776-0

devices equipped
AFDD
AFDD
AFDD
with 5SM6 arc

L1 N L1 N
13
40,8
1,5 1,5 For compact 59.5 MW 1055 mm – 5ST3778-0

devices equipped
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
with auxiliary
switch
L1 N AS L1 N AS L1 N AS
13
40,8
2,5 For compact 58.5 MW 1036 mm – 5ST3780-0

devices equipped
AFDD
AFDD
AFDD
9 mm
9 mm
with 5SM6 arc

fault detection
L1 N AS L1 N AS
13
unit and auxiliary

40,8 switch
1 2,5 For 2 MW units 54 MW 956 mm – 5ST3786-0
(MCBs or RCBOs)
AFDD
AFDD
9 mm
with mounted
5SM6 arc fault
L1 N AS L1 N
13
FC detection unit and

40,8 auxiliary switch

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/79
© Siemens 2023
Compact busbars
5ST37, can be cut
10 mm2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 3P+N 10 MW 181 mm ■ 5ST3783-1
and 6 × compact
devices
pYWXYWX\\
13,7
L1 L2 L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N
For 1 × RCCB 3P+N 12 MW 216 mm ■ 5ST3783-0
42,4
and 8 × compact
devices
For 1 × RCCB 3P+N 14 MW 251 mm ■ 5ST3783-4
and 10 × compact
devices
4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 3P+N 10 MW 181 mm ■ 5ST3783-1KL
(RCCB N left only)
and 6 × compact
pYWXYWX\]
13,7
N L1 L2 L3 L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N devices
42,4
For 1 × RCCB 3P+N 12 MW 216 mm ■ 5ST3783-0KL
(RCCB N left only)
and 8 × compact
devices
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 3P+N, 14 MW 253 mm ■ 5ST3785-4
1 × MCB 3P and
7 × compact
pYWXYWX\X
13,7
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N devices
42,4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 3P+N, 24 MW 430 mm ■ 5ST3790-1

2 × MCBs 3P+N
and 12 × compact
pYWXYWX\Z
13,7
42,4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For 1 × RCCB 3P+N, 57 MW 1009 mm – 5ST3790-2

2 × MCBs 3P+N
and 45 × compact
pYWXYWX\[
13
40,8

1 × MCB 3P+N and
4 × compact
pYWXYWX\Y
13,7
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N devices
42,4

1 × MCB 3P+N and
6 × compact
pYWXYWX\W
13,7
N L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N L2 N L3 N
L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 devices
42,4

4/80 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

10 mm2
1 1 1 For compact 60 MW 1060 mm – 5ST3773-0
devices
L1 N L2 N L3 N L1 N
13
40,8

devices equipped
AFDD
AFDD
AFDD
with 5SM6 arc
4
L1 N L2 N L3 N
13
40,8
1,5 1,5 1,5 For compact 59.5 MW 1055 mm – 5ST3777-0

devices equipped
9 mm
9 mm
9 mm
with auxiliary
switch
L1 N AS L2 N AS L3 N AS L1
13
40,8
Accessories for 5ST3 compact busbars, versions that can and cannot be cut
Touch protection for 5ST3
For free connections, for pins L1, N Yellow (RAL1004) 5ST3655
For pins L2, L3 Yellow (RAL1004) 5ST3655-0HG
End caps for 5ST3
For 2- and 4-phase busbars Gray 5ST3788-0
Terminals, short, IP20

Version For conductors Infeed Article No.
Infeed terminal for connection Up to 25 mm2 Lateral 5ST3771-2
of larger cross-section

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 4/81
© Siemens 2023
Switching Devices
Electrical switching –
on the safe side
Control and automatic functions always employ
electrical switching.
Remote control switches for pulse controls,

switching relays, or Insta contactors switch
electrical loads.
Our low-voltage circuit protection technology

offers a wide variety of contact versions and rated
currents for the different requirements of these
devices.
Safety, convenience and energy savings – these

characterize automatic switching.
© Siemens 2023
Switching Devices
Switching Devices

System overview 5/4
Installation switching devices 5/6
5TE8 control switches 5/6
5TE48 pushbuttons 5/8 5
5TE58 light indicators 5/10
5TE81/82 On/Off switches 5/12
5TL1 On/Off switches 5/14
5TE DC isolator 5/16
5TE busbars 5/18
5TT41 remote control switches 5/20
5TT44 remote control switches 5/24
5TT4 auxiliary switches 5/26
5TT42 switching relays 5/28
5TT50 Insta contactors 5/30
5TT58 Insta contactors 5/32
5TT5 auxiliary switches 5/36
5TT3 soft-starting devices 5/37
Timers 5/38
7LF4 digital time switches 5/38
7LF5 mechanical time switches 5/44
7LF6 timers for buildings 5/48
5TT3 timers for industrial applications 5/49
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/1

© Siemens 2023
Switching Devices | All the information you need
For information about transfer switching equipment and Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
load transfer switches, please visit our website (product catalog)
www.siemens.com/switching-devices
• Switching devices sie.ag/2m4eG5M
Direct forwarding to the individual products in
SiePortal by clicking on the article number in the c atalog
or entering this web address incl. article n
umber
5 www.siemens.com/product_catalog_SIEP?Article No.

5/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Switching Devices
• Operating instructions − Switching devices (45315361)
• Certificates
Online Support app available for download from the
App Store and Play Store Face-to-face or online training
www.siemens.com/support-app Our training courses can be found at
Provision of 3D data (step and u3d data formats) www.siemens.com/sitrain-lowvoltage
• SiePortal (product catalog) • Basic principles of electrical engineering (WT-LVBGET)
• Image database
www.siemens.com/cax
Technical overview – Switching devices

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on switching devices
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/3

© Siemens 2023
Switching Devices | System overview
System overview
Installation switching devices
5TE8 5TE48 5TE58 5TE81/82, 5TL1 5TE 5TE 5TT41, 5TT44

control switches pushbuttons light indicators On/Off switches DC isolators busbars remote control
switches
5TT4, 5TT5 5TT42 5TT50, 5TT58 5TT3

auxiliary switches switching relays Insta contactors soft-starting devices
Accessories
Auxiliary switches Shunt trips Undervoltage Remote control Handle locking LEDs Caps/covers Connectors
(AS) (ST) releases (UR) mechanisms devices
(RC mech.)
Timers
7LF4 digital 7LF5 mechanical 7LF6 timers for 5TT3 timers for
time switches time switches buildings industrial applications
Accessories
Holders
Note:
You will find a detailed range of accessories with the basic units.
5/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
System overview | Switching Devices
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/5

© Siemens 2023
Switching Devices | Installation switching devices
5TE8 control switches
Control switches Two-way switches Group switches with

center position
Rated operational current Ie 20 A 20 A 20 A
per conducting path
Rigid conductor cross-section 1 … 6 mm2 1 … 6 mm2 1 … 6 mm2
Flexible conductor cross-section, 1 … 6 mm2 1 … 6 mm2 1 … 6 mm2
with end sleeve
Contacts Ue AC Mounting Auxiliary switches Auxiliary switches Auxiliary switches

width Cannot be Mounted Cannot be Mounted Cannot be
5 retrofitted retrofitted retrofitted
1 NO 48 V 1 MW 5TE8101-3 – – – –
230 V 1 MW 5TE8101 – – – –
2 NO 400 V 1 MW 5TE8102 – – – –
3 NO 400 V 1 MW 5TE8103 – – – –
1.5 MW – 5TE8108 – – –
1 NO + 1 NC 400 V 1 MW – – – 5TE8151 –
2 NO + 2 NC 400 V 1 MW – – 5TE8152 – –
3 NO + 1 NC 400 V 1 MW – – 5TE8153 – –
1 CO 230 V 1 MW – – 5TE8161 – –
2 CO 400 V 1 MW – – 5TE8162 – –
1 toggle switch 230 V 1 MW – – – – 5TE8141
2 toggle switches 400 V 1 MW – – – – 5TE8142
Further technical specifications 5TE8

Standards
Standards IEC/EN 60947-3 (VDE 0660-107), IEC/EN 60669-1 (VDE 0632-1)
Approvals IEC/EN 60947-3 (VDE 0660-107), GB14048.3-2008 CCC
Supply
Rated power dissipation Pv Per pole 0.7 VA
Contacts
Minimum contact load 10 V; 300 mA
Rated making/rated breaking capacity At p.f. = 0.65 60 A/60 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw Up to 0.2 s 650 A
per conducting path at p.f. = 0.7 Up to 0.5 s 400 A
Up to 1 s 290 A
Up to 3 s 170 A
Thermal rated current Ith 20 A
Electrical endurance/mechanical service life Actuations 10000/25000
Safety
Clearances Open contacts 2 × > 2 mm
Between the poles > 7 mm
Creepage distances > 7 mm
Sealable switch position Yes
Separate handle locking device Yes
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm 10 kA
Rated impulse voltage Uimp > 5 kV
Connections
Terminals ± Screw (Pozidriv) PZ1
Max. tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.0 Nm
Ambient conditions
Resistance to climate at 95% relative humidity Acc. to DIN 50015 45 °C

5/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Installation switching devices | Switching Devices
Accessories
Handle locking device
• To prevent undesired mechanical On/Off switching
• Sealable
• For padlock with max. 3 mm shackle
Article No.
5ST3801
Spacer
• Contour for modular devices with a mounting depth of 70 mm
• Can be snapped onto either side of the busbar for convenient cable routing
• Spacer is recommended for better heat dissipation
Article No.
5TG8240
Set of mixed caps 5

• For manual changing of the luminous plates for the control switches
Article No.
5TG8068

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/7
© Siemens 2023
5TE48 pushbuttons
With/without LED
Pushbuttons without Pushbuttons with Control pushbuttons with
maintained-contact function maintained-contact function maintained-contact function or
momentary-contact function
Without LED Without LED With LED
Rated operational current Ie per conducting path 20 A 20 A 20 A
Rigid/flexible conductor cross-section 1 … 6 mm2 1 … 6 mm2 1 … 6 mm2
Max. cable length Standard Standard Standard
Contacts Ue AC Mounting width

5 1 NO 230 V 1 MW – – 1 × red 5TE4821
– – –
2x 1 NO 400 V 1 MW 1 × green, 1 × blue 5TE4804 – –
2 NO 400 V 1 MW – 1 × gray 5TE4811 1 × red 5TE4823
1 NO + 1 NC 400 V 1 MW 1 × gray 5TE4800 1 × gray 5TE4810 –
1 × red 5TE4805 – 1 × red 5TE4820
1 × green 5TE4806 – –
1 × yellow 5TE4807 – –
1 × blue 5TE4808 – –
2x (1 NO + 1 NC) 400 V 1 MW – – –
2 NO + 2 NC 400 V 1 MW 1 × gray 5TE4801-2 1 × gray 5TE4811-2 –
3 NO + 1 NC 400 V 1 MW 1 × gray 5TE4802 1 × gray 5TE4812-1 –
3 NO + N 400 V 1 MW – 1 × gray 5TE4812 –
2 NC 400 V 1 MW – – 1 × red 5TE4824
4 NC 400 V 1 MW – 1 × gray 5TE4813 –
2 CO 400 V 1 MW – 1 × gray 5TE4814 –

Standards
Approvals IEC/EN 60947-3 (VDE 0660-107)
Supply
Contacts
Rated making/rated breaking capacity At p.f. = 0.65 60 A/60 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw Up to 0.2 s 650 A
per conducting path at p.f. = 0.7 Up to 0.5 s 400 A
Up to 1 s 290 A
Up to 3 s 170 A
Thermal rated current Ith 20 A
Mechanical service life Actuations 25000
Safety
Connections
Max. tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.0 Nm
Ambient conditions

5/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Double pushbuttons with maintained-contact function Accessories

and/or momentary-contact function
LEDs for manual spare part
With LED Without LED With LED Ie Ue Color Article No.
20 A 20 A 20 A 0.4 A 12 ... 60 V AC/DC White 5TG8056-0
1 … 6 mm2 1 … 6 mm2 1 … 6 mm2 Red 5TG8056-1
150 m Standard Standard Yellow 5TG8056-2
Green 5TG8056-3
Blue 5TG8056-4
115 V AC/DC White 5TG8057-0
Red 5TG8057-1
Yellow 5TG8057-2
Green 5TG8057-3
Blue 5TG8057-4
1 × red 5TE4822 – –
230 V AC White
Red
5TG8058-0
5TG8058-1
5
1 × blue 5TE4822-1 – –
Yellow 5TG8058-2
– – 1 × green, 1 × red 5TE4840
Green 5TG8058-3
– – –
Blue 5TG8058-4
– – –
Cap sets
– – –
• For manual changing of colored caps
– 1 × green, 1 × red 5TE4830 1 × green, 1 × red 5TE4841 with or without lamps
– – – • 1 set = 5 units
– – – Color Article No.
– 1 × green, 1 × red 5TE4831 – Red, transparent 5TG8061
– – –
– – –
Green, transparent 5TG8062
– – –
– – –
– – –
Yellow, transparent 5TG8063
– – –
Blue, transparent 5TG8064
Black, non-transparent 5TG8065
White, transparent 5TG8066
Gray, non-transparent 5TG8060
Sets of mixed caps

with or without lamps
Color Article No.
10 × each of red/green + 5TG8067
5 × each of yellow/blue/white
1 × each of red/green/yellow 5TG8070
Color coding according to IEC 60073

Color Safety of people/ Process state System state
environment
Red Danger Emergency Faulty
Green Safety Normal Normal
Yellow Warning/Caution Abnormal Abnormal
Blue Stipulation
Black, white, No special significance
gray assigned

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/9
© Siemens 2023
5TE58 light indicators

With LED
5TE58 light indicators
Rigid conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 6 mm2 1.5 ... 6 mm2
Flexible conductor cross-section, with end sleeve 1 … 6 mm2 1 … 6 mm2
Max. cable length Standard 250 m
Ue AC Mounting width
230 V 1 MW 1 × red 5TE5800 1 × red 5TE5804
1 × green, 1 × red 5TE5801 –
5 3 × green 5TE5802 –
1 × red, 1 × yellow, 1 × green 5TE5803 –
12 … 60 V 1 MW 1 × red 5TE5810 –
1 × green 5TE5810-1 –
1 × green, 1 × red 5TE5811 –
3 × green 5TE5812 –
1 × red, 1 × yellow, 1 × green 5TE5812-1 –

Standards
Standards DIN VDE 62094-1/A11
Supply
Rated power dissipation Pv LED 0.4 VA
Safety
Clearances Between the terminals > 7 mm
Connections
Max. tightening torque 0.8 … 1.0 Nm
Ambient conditions

5/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
LEDs for manual spare part
Ie Ue Color Article No.
0.4 A 12 ... 60 V AC/DC White 5TG8056-0
Red 5TG8056-1
Yellow 5TG8056-2
Green 5TG8056-3
Blue 5TG8056-4
115 V AC/DC White 5TG8057-0
Red 5TG8057-1
Yellow 5TG8057-2
Green 5TG8057-3
Blue 5TG8057-4
230 V AC White
Red
5TG8058-0
5TG8058-1
5
Yellow 5TG8058-2
Green 5TG8058-3
Blue 5TG8058-4
Cap sets
• 1 set = 5 units
Color Article No.
Red, transparent 5TG8061
Green, transparent 5TG8062
Yellow, transparent 5TG8063
Blue, transparent 5TG8064
White, transparent 5TG8066
Sets of mixed caps

Color Article No.
10 × each of red/green + 5TG8067
5 × each of yellow/blue/white
1 × each of red/green/yellow 5TG8070
Color coding according to IEC 60073

Color Safety of people/ Process state System state
environment
Red Danger Emergency Faulty
Green Safety Normal Normal
Yellow Warning/Caution Abnormal Abnormal
Blue Stipulation
Black, white, No special significance
gray assigned

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/11
© Siemens 2023
5TE81/82 On/Off switches
5TE81 On/Off switches 5TE82 On/Off switches

Rated operational current Ie 20 A 32 A
per conducting path
Rigid conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 6 mm2 1.5 ... 6 mm2
Flexible conductor cross-section, 1 … 6 mm2 1 … 6 mm2
with end sleeve
Contacts Ue AC Mounting width Auxiliary switches Auxiliary switches

Can be Cannot be Mounted Can be Cannot be Mounted
retrofitted retrofitted retrofitted retrofitted
5 1 NO 230 V 1 MW 5TE8111 – – 5TE8211 – –
2 NO 400 V 1 MW 5TE8112 – – 5TE8212 – –
3 NO 400 V 1 MW 5TE8113 – – 5TE8213 – –
3 NO + N 400 V 1 MW – 5TE8114 – – 5TE8214 –
1.5 MW – – 5TE8118 – – 5TE8218
Further technical specifications 5TE81 5TE82

Standards
IEC/EN 60669-1
Supply
Contacts
Rated making/rated breaking capacity At p.f. = 0.65 60 A/60 A 96 A/96 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw Up to 0.2 s 650 A 1000 A
per conducting path at p.f. = 0.7 Up to 0.5 s 400 A 630 A
Up to 1 s 290 A 450 A
Up to 3 s 170 A 250 A
Thermal rated current Ith 20 A 32 A
Safety
Connections
Max. tightening torque 0.8 … 1.0 Nm
Ambient conditions

5/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
• For right-hand-side retrofitting with factory-fitted brackets
Contacts Type Article No.
2 NC Standard 5ST3012
• Sealable 5
Article No.
5ST3801
Terminal cover
• For covering screw openings
• Sealable
Article No.
5ST3800
Spacer
Article No.
5TG8240

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/13
© Siemens 2023
5TL1 On/Off switches
Rated operational current Ie per conducting path

32 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A
Rigid conductor cross-section 1 … 35 mm2 1 … 35 mm2 1 … 35 mm2 2.5 ... 50 mm2 2.5 ... 50 mm2
Flexible conductor cross-section, with end sleeve 1 … 25 mm2 1 … 25 mm2 1 … 25 mm2 2.5 ... 50 mm2 2.5 ... 50 mm2
Contacts Rated operational Mounting Gray handle Gray handle Gray handle Red handle Gray handle Gray handle
voltage Ue AC width
1 NO 230 V 1 MW 5TL1132-0 5TL1140-0 5TL1163-0 5TL1163-1 5TL1180-0 5TL1191-0
5 2 NO 400 V 2 MW 5TL1232-0 5TL1240-0 5TL1263-0 5TL1263-1 5TL1280-0 5TL1291-0
3 NO 400 V 3 MW 5TL1332-0 5TL1340-0 5TL1363-0 5TL1363-1 5TL1380-0 5TL1391-0
4 NO 400 V 4 MW 5TL1432-0 5TL1440-0 5TL1463-0 – 5TL1480-0 5TL1491-0
3 NO + N 400 V 4 MW 5TL1632-0 5TL1640-0 5TL1663-0 5TL1663-1 5TL1680-0 5TL1691-0
Further technical specifications 5TL1.32 5TL1.40 5TL1.63 5TL1.80 5TL1.91 5TL1.92

Standards
Standards IEC/EN 60947-3 (VDE 0660-107)
Supply
Rated power dissipation Pv Per pole, max. 0.7 VA 0.9 VA 2.2 VA 3.5 VA 5.5 VA 8.6 VA
Contacts
Rated making/rated breaking capacity AC-22A At p.f. = 0.65 96 A/ 120 A/ 196 A/ 240 A/ 300 A/ 375 A/
96 A 120 A 196 A 240 A 300 A 375 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw Up to 0.2 s 760 A 950 A 1500 A 2700 A 3400 A
per conducting path at p.f. = 0.7 1) Up to 0.5 s 500 A 630 A 1000 A 1650 A 2100 A
Up to 1 s 400 A 500 A 800 A 1350 A 1700 A
Up to 3 s 280 A 350 A 560 A 800 A 1000 A
Thermal rated current Ith 32 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A
Electrical endurance/mechanical service life Switching cycles 10000/ 10000 5000 2000
20000
Rated power for the switching of resistive load 1-pole 5 kW 6.5 kW 10 kW 13 kW 16 kW
including moderate overload AC-21 2-pole 9 kW 11 kW 18 kW 22 kW 28 kW
3/4-pole 15 kW 30 kW 39 kW 48 kW
Safety
Clearances Open contacts > 7 mm
(in conjunction with fuse of the same rated
operational current EN 60269 gL/gG)
Rated impulse voltage Uimp 6 kV
Connections
Max. tightening torque 3.5 Nm
Ambient conditions

5/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
125 A
2.5 ... 50 mm2
2.5 ... 50 mm 2
Red handle Gray handle
Remote control mechanisms (RC mech.)
5TL1191-1 5TL1192-0
5TL1291-1 5TL1292-0
Type
Basic
Ue
12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC
Article No.
5ST3053
5
5TL1391-1 5TL1392-0
177 … 270 V AC 5ST3054
– 5TL1492-0
Power 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3055
5TL1691-1 5TL1692-0
177 … 270 V AC 5ST3056
Power with ARD 12 … 30 V AC, 12 … 48 V DC 5ST3057
177 … 270 V AC 5ST3058
Adapters for remote control mechanisms (RC mech.)
1–2 MW 5ST3820-6
3–4 MW 5ST3820-7
• Sealable
Article No.
5ST3806
Terminal cover
• For covering screw openings
• Sealable
Article No.
5ST3800
Spacer
• Can be snapped onto either side of the busbar for convenient cable
routing
Article No.
5TG8240
Phase connectors
• For easy wiring in various circuit versions and bus mountings
• As a support terminal for conductors from 2.5 to 50 mm2
Number of poles Ie Ue AC Mounting width Article No.
1-pole 125 A 230 V 1 MW 5TL1192-4
N conductor connectors
• For easy wiring in various circuit versions and bus mountings
• As a support terminal for N conductors from 2.5 to 50 mm2
with blue color marking
Number of poles Ie Ue AC Mounting width Article No.
1-pole 125 A 230 V 1 MW 5TL1192-3

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/15
© Siemens 2023
5TE DC isolator
Can be used as switch disconnectors according to EN 60947-3
Rated operational current Ie
63 A
Rigid conductor cross-section 0.75 ... 35 mm2
Flexible conductor cross-section, with end sleeve 0.75 ... 25 mm2
Contacts Max. operational voltage Umax DC Mounting width Auxiliary switches can be retrofitted
4 NO 1000 V 4 MW 5TE2515-1

Standards
Standards IEC/EN 60947-3; GB14048.3-2008 CCC
Supply
Rated operational voltage Ue For 4 poles in series 880 V DC
Rated power dissipation Pv Per pole, max. 4.4 W
Contacts
Rated short-time withstand current Icw 1000 V DC, 4-pole 760 A
Safety
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm 1000 V DC, 4-pole 500 A
Overvoltage category At U = 440 ... 880 V II
At U = 1000 V I
Utilization category DC-21B
Connections
Max. tightening torque 2.5 ... 3 Nm
Ambient conditions

5/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Shunt trips (ST)
Rated operational voltage Ue Article No.
110 … 415 V AC, 110 … 220 V DC 5ST3030 5
24 ... 48 V AC/DC 5ST3031
12 V AC/DC 5ST3031-0XX01

Type Rated operational voltage Ue Article No.
With integrated auxiliary switch 230 V AC 5ST3040
110 V DC 5ST3041
24 V DC 5ST3042
Without integrated auxiliary switch 230 V AC 5ST3043
110 V DC 5ST3044
24 V DC 5ST3045

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/17
© Siemens 2023
5TE busbars
For modular installation devices
1-phase busbar
• For all 5TE8 switches, 20 A and 32 A
• For the cutting of unused terminal lugs and to ensure insulation clearances if one device terminal
is to be supplied separately despite being mounted on the bus
• Infeed to unit terminal with conductor cross-section of 6 mm2 up to 32 A
• Can be mounted from either top or bottom, in the front or rear terminal area
• An end cap is not required on 1-phase busbars
Length Division Article No.
210 mm 12 MW version with 1 MW modular clearance 5TE9100
2-phase busbar
• For all 5TE8 switches, 20 A and 32 A
• Infeed to unit terminal with conductor cross-section of 6 mm2 up to 32 A
• Can be mounted from either top or bottom, in the front and/or rear terminal area,
thus allowing realization of a 4-wire connection using 2 2-phase busbars
• Both copper conductors of the 2-phase busbar are insulated together
Length Division Article No.
5 220 mm 12 MW version each with 1 MW modular clearance, phases offset by 0.5 MW 5TE9101
End caps for 2-phase busbars
• End caps for 5TE9101 2-phase busbars to maintain insulation clearances when the bar is being cut
• 1 set = 10 units
Article No.
5TE9102

5/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/19
© Siemens 2023
5TT41 remote control switches

Rated current 16 A
16 A
Rigid conductor cross-section 1 … 6 mm2
Flexible conductor cross-section, with end sleeve 1 … 6 mm2

Contacts Ue Uc AC Uc DC Mounting width Auxiliary switches can be retrofitted
1 MW 2 MW
1 NO 250 V 230 V – ■ – 5TT4101-0
5 115 V – ■ – 5TT4101-1
24 V – ■ – 5TT4101-2
12 V – ■ – 5TT4101-3
8V – ■ – 5TT4101-4
– 110 V ■ – 5TT4111-1
24 V ■ – 5TT4111-2
12 V ■ – 5TT4111-3
1 NO + 1 NC 250 V 230 V – ■ – 5TT4105-0
115 V – ■ – 5TT4105-1
24 V – ■ – 5TT4105-2
12 V – ■ – 5TT4105-3
8V – ■ – 5TT4105-4
– 110 V ■ – 5TT4115-1
24 V ■ – 5TT4115-2
12 V ■ – 5TT4115-3
2 NO 400 V 230 V – ■ – 5TT4102-0
115 V – ■ – 5TT4102-1
24 V – ■ – 5TT4102-2
12 V – ■ – 5TT4102-3
8V – ■ – 5TT4102-4
– 110 V ■ – 5TT4112-1
24 V ■ – 5TT4112-2
12 V ■ – 5TT4112-3
3 NO 400 V 230 V – – ■ 5TT4103-0
24 V – – ■ 5TT4103-2
4 NO 400 V 230 V – – ■ 5TT4104-0
24 V – – ■ 5TT4104-2
– 110 V – ■ 5TT4114-1
24 V – ■ 5TT4114-2

5/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5TT4101 5TT4111 5TT4103

5TT4102 5TT4112 5TT4104
Further technical specifications 5TT4105 5TT4115 5TT4114
Standards
Standards IEC 60669-1, IEC 60669-2, IEC 60669-3,
EN 60669 (VDE 0632), EN 60669-2-2, EN 60669-2-2/A1
Approvals VDE
Supply
Rated operational current Ie At p.f. = 0.6 ... 1 (AC-15) 16 A
Primary operating range 0.8 ... 1.1 × Uc
Rated frequency fc 50 Hz
Rated power dissipation Pv Magnet coil, only pulse 4.5 W/7 VA 9 W/13 VA
Per pole, max. 1.2 W
Contacts
Contact gap > 1.2 mm
5
Electrical endurance at Ie/Ue, p.f. = 0.6, Operating cycles 50000
incandescent lamp load 600 W
Incandescent lamp load At AC-5b (230 V) 1200 W
(switching of incandescent lamps for 15000 switching cycles)
Glow lamp load at 230 V 5 mA
With 1 5TT4920 compensator 25 mA
With 2 5TT4920 compensators 45 mA
Minimum pulse duration 50 ms
Safety
Different phases between magnet coil and contact Permissible
Clearances Between magnet coil and contact > 6 mm
Creepage distances Between magnet coil and contact > 6 mm
Function
Manual operation Yes
Switching position indication Yes
Connections
Ambient conditions
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 IP20, with connected conductors
Accessories
Auxiliary switches
• One device per remote control switch can be retrofitted
Contacts Type Ie Ue Mounting width Article No.
1 CO Standard 5A 250 V AC 0.5 MW 5TT4900
For low power 0.1 A 30 V AC/DC 0.5 MW 5TT4901
Compensator
• For increasing the glow lamp load by 20 mA
Ue Mounting width Article No.
250 V AC 1 MW 5TT4920

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/21
© Siemens 2023

For special applications, rated current 16 A
Remote control switches Remote control switches
with central On/Off switching with central and group On/Off switching
Rigid conductor cross-section 1 … 6 mm2 1 … 6 mm2
Contacts Ue Uc AC Mounting width Auxiliary switches cannot be retrofitted Auxiliary switches cannot be retrofitted
1 NO 250 V 230 V 1.5 MW 5TT4121-0 5TT4151-0
24 V 1.5 MW 5TT4121-2 5TT4151-2
2 NO 400 V 230 V 1.5 MW 5TT4122-0 5TT4152-0
5 24 V 1.5 MW 5TT4122-2 5TT4152-2
3 NO 400 V 230 V 2.5 MW 5TT4123-0 –
1 NO + 1 NC 250 V 115 V 1.5 MW 5TT4125-0 –
Series remote control switch Shutter/blind remote control switch

contact sequence 1 – 2 – 1+2 – 0 contact sequence 1 – 0 – 2 – 0
Rigid conductor cross-section 1 … 6 mm2 1 … 6 mm2
Contacts Ue Uc AC Mounting width Auxiliary switches cannot be retrofitted Auxiliary switches cannot be retrofitted
2 NO 250 V 230 V 1 MW 5TT4132-0 5TT4142-0
24 V 1 MW – 5TT4142-2
12 V 1 MW 5TT4132-3 5TT4142-3

5/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5TT412 5TT413
Further technical specifications 5TT415 5TT414
Standards
Standards EN 60669-1 (VDE 0632-1)/EN 60669-1/A1/A2
EN 60669-2-2 (VDE 0632-2-2)/EN 60669-2-2
Approvals VDE
Supply
Rated operational current Ie At p.f. = 0.6 ... 1 (AC-15) 16 A
Rated power dissipation Pv Magnet coil, only pulse 4.5 W/7 VA
Contacts
Minimum contact load 10 V; 100 mA 5
Electrical endurance at Ie/Ue, p.f. = 0.6, Operating cycles 50000
Incandescent lamp load At AC-5b (230 V) 1200 W
(switching of incandescent lamps for 15000 switching cycles)
Glow lamp load at 230 V 5 mA
With 1 5TT4920 compensator 25 mA
With 2 5TT4920 compensators 45 mA
Minimum pulse duration 50 ms
Safety
Clearances Between magnet coil and contact > 6 mm
Creepage distances Between magnet coil and contact > 6 mm
Function
Switching position indication Yes –
Connections
Ambient conditions
Accessories
Auxiliary switches
• One device per remote control switch can be retrofitted
Contacts Type Ie Ue Mounting width Article No.
1 CO Standard 5A 250 V AC 0.5 MW 5TT4900
For low power 0.1 A 30 V AC/DC 0.5 MW 5TT4901
Compensator
250 V AC 1 MW 5TT4920

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/23
© Siemens 2023

Rated current 20 A – 63 A
20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A
Rigid conductor cross-section 1 … 10 mm2 1 … 10 mm2 1 … 10 mm2 2.5 ... 25 mm2 2.5 ... 25 mm2
Flexible conductor cross-section, 1 … 10 mm2 1 … 10 mm2 1 … 10 mm2 2.5 ... 25 mm2 2.5 ... 25 mm2
with end sleeve
Contacts Ue Uc AC Uc DC Mounting
width
5 For AC applications – auxiliary switches can be retrofitted

1 NO + 1 NC 440 V 230 V – 1 MW 5TT4405-0 5TT4425-0 5TT4455-0 – –
2 MW – – – 5TT4465-0 5TT4475-0
24 V – 1 MW 5TT4405-2 5TT4425-2 5TT4455-2 – –
2 MW – – – 5TT4465-2 5TT4475-2
1 CO 250 V 230 V – 1 MW 5TT4407-0 – – – –
24 V – 1 MW 5TT4407-2 – – – –
2 NO 440 V 230 V – 1 MW 5TT4402-0 5TT4422-0 5TT4452-0 – –
2 MW – – – 5TT4462-0 5TT4472-0
24 V – 1 MW 5TT4402-2 5TT4422-2 5TT4452-2 – –
2 MW – – – 5TT4462-2 5TT4472-2
2 CO 440 V 230 V – 2 MW – 5TT4428-0 5TT4458-0 5TT4468-0 5TT4478-0
24 V – 2 MW – 5TT4428-2 5TT4458-2 5TT4468-2 5TT4478-2
4 NO 440 V 230 V – 2 MW – 5TT4424-0 5TT4454-0 – –
4 MW – – – 5TT4464-0 5TT4474-0
24 V – 2 MW – 5TT4424-2 5TT4454-2 – –
4 MW – – – 5TT4464-2 5TT4474-2
2 NO + 2 NC 440 V 230 V – 2 MW – 5TT4426-0 5TT4456-0 – –
4 MW – – – 5TT4466-0 5TT4476-0
24 V – 2 MW – 5TT4426-2 5TT4456-2 – –
4 MW – – – 5TT4466-2 5TT4476-2
For DC applications
1 NO 250 V – 24 V 1 MW 5TT4411-5 5TT4431-5 5TT4451-5 – –
2 NO 440 V – 24 V 1 MW 5TT4412-5 5TT4432-5 5TT4452-5 – –
1 NO + 1 NC 440 V – 24 V 1 MW 5TT4415-5 5TT4435-5 5TT4455-5 – –
1 CO 250 V – 24 V 1 MW 5TT4417-5 5TT4437-5 5TT4457-5 – –

5/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Further technical specifications 5TT440 5TT442 5TT445 5TT446 5TT447

Standards
Standards IEC 60669-2-2 EN 60669-1 (VDE 0632-1)/EN 60669-1/A1/A2
EN 60669-2-2 (VDE 0632-2-2)/EN 60669-2-2
Approvals CE
Supply
Rated operational current Ie At p.f. = 0.6 ... 1 (AC-15) 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A
Rated frequency fc 50/60 Hz
Rated power dissipation Pv Magnet coil, "On" pulse 13 W/18 VA 12 W/26 VA
Per pole, max. 1.5 W 2W 3W 3.5 W
Rated operational power (AC-3) 1-phase, at 230 V 0.5 kW 0.75 kW 1.1 kW 2.2 kW 4 kW
3-phase, at 230 V 1.5 kW 2.2 kW 3 kW 5.5 kW 11 kW
3-phase, at 400 V 3 kW 4 kW 5.5 kW 11 kW 18.5 kW
Contacts
Contact gap > 3 mm 5
Minimum contact load AC 10 V; 100 mA
Electrical endurance at Ie/Ue, Operating cycles 50000
p. f. = 0.6,
Incandescent lamp load At AC-5b (230 V) 4400 W 5500 W 7000 W 8800 W 13800 W
(switching of incandescent lamps
for 15000 switching cycles)
Max. switching speed In switching cycles per hour 600 h-1 450 h-1 360 h-1
Safety
Function
Switching position indication Yes
Connections
Terminals ± Screw (Pozidriv) Coil: PZ1, contact: PZ2
Max. tightening torque Coil: 0.6 Nm, contact: 1.2 Nm Coil: 0.6 Nm, contact: 2 Nm
Coil conductor cross-sections 1 … 4 mm2
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature For operation/for storage –25 … +55 °C/–30 … +80 °C
Resistance to climate at 95% relative Acc. to DIN 50015 55 °C
humidity
Mounting position Any (not upside down)
Accessories
Auxiliary switch
Contacts Ue Ie Mounting width Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC 250 V AC 16 A 0.5 MW 5TT4930
Central switch, central with diode

• For central function (no auxiliary switch)
250 V AC 0.5 MW 5TT4931
Central switch, group with several diodes

• For group function (no auxiliary switch)
250 V AC 0.5 MW 5TT4932

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/25
© Siemens 2023
5TT4 auxiliary switches

For 5TT4 remote control switches
Auxiliary switches Auxiliary switches
for 5TT41 for 5TT44
Rigid conductor cross-section 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 1 … 4 mm2
Flexible conductor cross-section, with end sleeve 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 1 … 4 mm2
Contacts Type Ie Ue Mounting width

Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 16 A 250 V AC 0.5 MW – 5TT4930
5 1 CO Standard
For low power
5A
0.1 A
250 V AC
30 V AC/DC
0.5 MW
0.5 MW
5TT4900
5TT4901
–
–
Auxiliary switches, central with diode for central function
250 V AC 0.5 MW – 5TT4931
Auxiliary switches, group with several diodes for group function
250 V AC 0.5 MW – 5TT4932
Auxiliary switches for 5TT41 Auxiliary switches for 5TT44

5TT4900
Further technical specifications 5TT4901 5TT4930 5TT4931 5TT4932
Standards
Standards EN 60947-1 (VDE 0660 Part 100) IEC/EN 60947-5-1
EN 60947-5-1 (VDE 0660 Part 200)
Approvals – CE, EAC
Supply
Rated operational current Ie At p.f. = 0.6 ... 1 (AC-15) 16 A 4A –
Rated frequency fc – 50/60 Hz
Rated power dissipation Pv Per pole, max. – 0.3 W
Contacts
Contact gap < 1.2 mm > 3 mm
Minimum contact load 5 V; 1 mA 12 V; 5 mA
Electrical endurance at Ie/Ue, Operating cycles – 100000 –
p.f. = 0.6,
Safety
Clearances Between magnet coil and contact > 6 mm –
Creepage distances Between magnet coil and contact > 6 mm –
Rated impulse voltage Uimp 1 kV 1 kV
Pushbutton malfunction Yes –
protected against continuous
voltage, safe due to design
Function
Manual operation – No
Switching position indication – No
Connections
Terminals ± Screw (Pozidriv) PZ1 PZ1
Max. tightening torque 0.5 Nm 0.8 Nm
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature For operation/for storage –10 … +40 °C/–10 … +40 °C –25 … +70 °C/–30 … +80 °C
Resistance to climate at 95% Acc. to DIN 50015 35 °C 55 °C
relative humidity
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 IP20, with connected conductors IP20
Mounting position Any Any (not upside down)

5/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Compensator
250 V AC 1 MW 5TT4920

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/27
© Siemens 2023
5TT42 switching relays

Rated current 16 A
16 A
Rigid conductor cross-section 1 … 6 mm2
Flexible conductor cross-section, with end sleeve 1 … 6 mm2
Contacts Ue Uc AC Uc DC Mounting width

1 NO 250 V 230 V – 1 MW 5TT4201-0
115 V – 1 MW 5TT4201-1
5 24 V
12 V
–
–
1 MW
1 MW
5TT4201-2
5TT4201-3
8V – 1 MW 5TT4201-4
2 NO 400 V 230 V – 1 MW 5TT4202-0
115 V – 1 MW 5TT4202-1
24 V – 1 MW 5TT4202-2
12 V – 1 MW 5TT4202-3
8V – 1 MW 5TT4202-4
4 NO 400 V 230 V – 1 MW 5TT4204-0
115 V – 1 MW 5TT4204-1
24 V – 1 MW 5TT4204-2
12 V – 1 MW 5TT4204-3
8V – 1 MW 5TT4204-4
1 NO + 1 NC 400 V 230 V – 1 MW 5TT4205-0
115 V – 1 MW 5TT4205-1
24 V – 1 MW 5TT4205-2
12 V – 1 MW 5TT4205-3
8V – 1 MW 5TT4205-4
1 CO 250 V 230 V – 1 MW 5TT4206-0
115 V – 1 MW 5TT4206-1
24 V – 1 MW 5TT4206-2
12 V – 1 MW 5TT4206-3
8V – 1 MW 5TT4206-4
2 CO 400 V 230 V – 1 MW 5TT4207-0
115 V – 1 MW 5TT4207-1
24 V – 1 MW 5TT4207-2
12 V – 1 MW 5TT4207-3
8V – 1 MW 5TT4207-4
– 110 V 1 MW 5TT4217-1
30 V 1 MW 5TT4217-6
24 V 1 MW 5TT4217-2
12 V 1 MW 5TT4217-3

5/28 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Further technical specifications 5TT4201-. 5TT4202-. 5TT4204-. 5TT4205-. 5TT4206-. 5TT4207-. 5TT4217-.
Standards
Standards EN 60947-5-1, EN 60669-2-2
Approvals VDE, CCC
Supply
Rated operational current Ie At p.f. = 0.6 ... 1 16 A
Rated power dissipation Pv Magnet coil 2.4 W 4.8 W 2.4 W 1.7 W
3.0 VA 6.0 VA 3.0 VA 1.7 VA
Contacts
Minimum contact load 10 V AC; 100 mA
Electrical endurance at Ie/Ue, Operating cycles 50000 5
p.f. = 0.6,
Safety
Safe separation > 6 mm
Function
Connections
Max. tightening 0.8 ... 1 Nm
torque
Ambient conditions
Resistance to climate at 95% Acc. to DIN 50015 35 °C
relative humidity
Accessories
Spacer
Article No.
5TG8240

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/29
© Siemens 2023
5TT50 Insta contactors

AC/DC technology – hum-free Insta contactors
20 A 25 A 40 A 63 A
Main connection conductor cross-section, solid 1.0 ... 10 mm2 1.5 ... 25 mm2 1.5 ... 25 mm2 1.5 ... 25 mm2
Main connection conductor cross-section, 1.0 ... 6 mm2 1.5 ... 16 mm2 1.5 ... 16 mm2 1.5 ... 16 mm2
stranded with end sleeve
Main connection conductor cross-section, AWG 16 … 8 16 … 4 16 … 4 16 … 4
Contacts Ue Uc AC Uc DC Moun-
5 ting
width
Insta contactors with manual switch
2 NO 230 V 230 V 220 V 1 MW 5TT5000-0 – – –
24 V 24 V 1 MW 5TT5000-2 – – –
4 NO 400 V 230 V 220 V 2 MW – 5TT5030-0 – –
3 MW – – 5TT5040-0 5TT5050-0
115 V 110 V 2 MW – 5TT5030-1 – –
24 V 24 V 2 MW – 5TT5030-2 – –
3 MW – – 5TT5040-2 5TT5050-2
2 NC 230 V 230 V 220 V 1 MW 5TT5002-0 – – –
24 V 24 V 1 MW 5TT5002-2 – – –
4 NC 400 V 230 V 220 V 2 MW – 5TT5033-0 – –
3 MW – – 5TT5043-0 –
24 V 24 V 2 MW – 5TT5033-2 – –
3 MW – – 5TT5043-2 –
1 NO + 1 NC 230 V 230 V 220 V 1 MW 5TT5001-0 – – –
24 V 24 V 1 MW 5TT5001-2 – – –
2 NO + 2 NC 400 V 230 V 220 V 2 MW – 5TT5032-0 – –
3 MW – – 5TT5042-0 5TT5052-0
24 V 24 V 2 MW – 5TT5032-2 – –
3 MW – – 5TT5042-2 5TT5052-2
3 NO + 1 NC 400 V 230 V 220 V 2 MW – 5TT5031-0 – –
3 MW – – 5TT5041-0 5TT5051-0
24 V 24 V 2 MW – 5TT5031-2 – –
3 MW – – 5TT5041-2 5TT5051-2
Insta contactors with O/I/Automatic
2 NO 230 V 230 V 220 V 1 MW 5TT5000-6 – – –
24 V 24 V 1 MW 5TT5000-8 – – –
4 NO 400 V 230 V 220 V 2 MW – 5TT5030-6 – –
24 V 24 V 2 MW – 5TT5030-8 – –
1 NO + 1 NC 230 V 230 V 220 V 1 MW 5TT5001-6 – – –
24 V 24 V 1 MW 5TT5001-8 – – –
3 NO + 1 NC 400 V 230 V 220 V 2 MW – 5TT5031-6 – –
24 V 24 V 2 MW – 5TT5031-8 – –
Note:
Provision must be made for spacers to ensure heat dissipation.
See Configuration Manual – Switching devices www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals (45315361).
Accessories
Spacer
Article No.
5TG8240

5/30 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Further technical specifications 5TT500 5TT503 5TT504 5TT505

Standards
Standards EN 60947-4-1; EN 60947-5-1; EN 61095
Approvals UL 508; UL File No. E303328
Supply
Rated operational current Ie AC-1/AC-7a, NO contacts/NC contacts 20 A/20 A 25 A/25 A 40 A/40 A 63 A/63 A
AC-3/AC-7b, NO contacts/NC contacts 9 A/6 A 8.5 A/8.5 A 22 A/22 A 30 A/30 A
Rated frequency fc at AC 50/60 Hz
Rated power dissipation Pv Pick-up power (without manual switch 2.1 VA/2.1 W 2.6 VA/2.6 W 5 VA/5 W
or with manual switch in "I" position)
Pick-up power (with manual switch in 2.1 VA/4.1 W 2.6 VA/2.6 W 5 VA/5 W
"AUTO" position)
Holding power 2.1 VA/2.1 W 2.6 VA/2.6 W 5 VA/5 W
Per contact AC-1/AC-7a 1.7 VA 2.2 VA 4 VA 8 VA
Contacts 5
Contact gap (NO contacts) Min. 3.6 mm
Minimum switching capacity (= minimum contact load) ≥ 17 V; 50 mA
Electrical endurance at Ie and load AC-1/AC-7a operating cycles 200000 100000
AC-3/AC-7b operating cycles 300000 500000 150000
Mechanical service life Operating cycles 3 million
Switching of resistive loads AC-1 1-phase (NO contacts) 4 kW (230 V) 5.4 kW (400 V) 8.7 kW (400 V) 13.3 kW (400 V)
for rated operational power Ps 3-phase (NO contacts) – 16 kW (400 V) 26 kW (400 V) 40 kW (400 V)
Switching of three-phase asynchronous 1-phase (NO contacts) 1.3 kW/0.75 kW 1.3 kW/1.3 kW 3.7 kW/3.7 kW 5/5 kW
motors AC-3 for rated operational power Ps 3-phase (NO contacts) – 4 kW 11 kW 15 kW
Maximum switching frequency at load AC-1/AC-7a/AC-3/AC-7b 600 h-1
Safety
Rated impulse voltage Uimp ≤ 4 kV
Short-circuit protection, according Back-up fuse characteristic gL/gG 20 A 25 A 63 A 80 A
to coordination type 1
Overload withstand capability at 10 s Per conducting path (NO contacts only) 72 A 68 A 176 A 240 A
Function
Switching times Closing (NO contacts) 15 ... 45 ms 15 ... 20 ms
Opening (NO contacts) 20 ... 50 ms 20 ... 70 ms 35 ... 45 ms
Connections
Coil/main connection terminals ± Screw (Pozidriv) PZ1/PZ1 PZ1/PZ2
Coil connection conductor cross-section Solid 1.0 ... 2.5 mm2
Stranded, with end sleeve 1.0 ... 2.5 mm2
AWG cables 16 … 10
Main connection conductor cross-section Solid 1.0 ... 10 mm2 1.5 ... 25 mm2
Stranded, with end sleeve 1.0 ... 6 mm2 1.5 ... 16 mm2
AWG cables 16 … 8 16 … 4
Tightening torque Coil connection 0.6 Nm/8 lbs/in.
Main connection 1.2 Nm/9 lbs/in. 3.5 Nm/20 lbs/in.
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature For operation 1)/For storage –15 … +55 °C/–50 … +80 °C
Characteristics according to UL 508
Rated operational current In 20 A 25 A 40 A 63 A
UL 508 General Use 240 V/480 V FLA 20 A 25 A 40 A 63 A
UL 508 AC discharge lamps 20 A 25 A 30 A 40 A
UL 508 motor load Power 240 V/480 V 1 hp/– 3 hp/5 hp 7.5 hp/15 hp 10 hp/20 hp
UL 508 short-circuit at 480 V K5 fuses 20 A 25 A 60 A 70 A
1)
Contactors can be operated at ambient temperatures of between -25 °C and +70 °C, but only under special conditions.
For further information, please contact Siemens Support. For questions concerning heat dissipation, please refer to the instructions in the Configuration Manual "Switching devices".
Accessories
Auxiliary switches Sealable terminal covers
• For right-hand-side retrofitting For Insta contactor Mounting width Article No.
• Max. one auxiliary switch per Insta contactor 20 A 1 MW 5TT5910-5
Contacts Mounting width Article No. 25 A 2 MW 5TT5910-6
2 NO 0.5 MW 5TT5910-0 40 A and 63 A 3 MW 5TT5910-7
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 MW 5TT5910-1

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/31
© Siemens 2023

AC technology
20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A
Main connection conductor cross-section, rigid 1.0 ... 10 mm2 1.0 ... 10 mm2 1.0 … 10 mm2 1 … 25 mm2 1 … 25 mm2
Main connection conductor cross-section, 1.0 ... 6 mm2 1.0 ... 6 mm2 1.0 … 6 mm2 1 … 16 mm2 1 … 16 mm2
flexible with end sleeve
Contacts Ue Uc AC Mounting
width
Insta contactors without manual switch
5 2 NO 230 V 230 V 1 MW 5TT5800-0 5TT5810-0 5TT5860-0 – –
2 MW new – – – 5TT5870-0 –
24 V 1 MW 5TT5800-2 – – – –
4 NO 400 V 230 V Standard 2 MW – 5TT5830-0 – – –
3 MW – – – 5TT5840-0 5TT5850-0
Capacitive loads 2 MW – 5TT5820-0 – – –
up to 150 µF
115 V 2 MW – 5TT5830-1 – – –
24 V 2 MW – 5TT5830-2 – – –
3 MW – – – 5TT5840-2 5TT5850-2
2 NC 230 V 230 V 1 MW 5TT5802-0 – – – –
24 V 1 MW 5TT5802-2 – – – –
4 NC 400 V 230 V 2 MW – 5TT5833-0 – – –
3 MW – – – 5TT5843-0 5TT5853-0
24 V 2 MW – 5TT5833-2 – – –
3 MW – – – 5TT5843-2 5TT5853-2
1 NO + 1 NC 230 V 230 V 1 MW 5TT5801-0 – – – –
24 V 1 MW 5TT5801-2 – – – –
2 NO + 2 NC 400 V 230 V 2 MW – 5TT5832-0 – – –
3 MW – – – 5TT5842-0 5TT5852-0
24 V 2 MW – 5TT5832-2 – – –
3 MW – – – 5TT5842-2 5TT5852-2
3 NO + 1 NC 400 V 230 V 2 MW – 5TT5831-0 – – –
3 MW – – – 5TT5841-0 5TT5851-0
115 V 2 MW – 5TT5831-1 – – –
24 V 2 MW – 5TT5831-2 – – –
3 MW – – – 5TT5841-2 5TT5851-2
Insta contactors with manual switch O/I/Automatic
2 NO 230 V 230 V 1 MW 5TT5800-6 – – – –
24 V 1 MW 5TT5800-8 – – – –
4 NO 400 V 230 V 2 MW – 5TT5830-6 – – –
3 MW – – – 5TT5840-6 5TT5850-6
24 V 2 MW – 5TT5830-8 – – –
3 MW – – – 5TT5840-8 –
1 NO + 1 NC 230 V 230 V 1 MW 5TT5801-6 – – – –
24 V 1 MW 5TT5801-8 – – – –
3 NO + 1 NC 400 V 230 V 2 MW – 5TT5831-6 – – –
3 MW – – – 5TT5841-6 –
24 V 2 MW – 5TT5831-8 – – –
3 MW – – – 5TT5841-8 –
Note:
Provision must be made for spacers to ensure heat dissipation.
See Configuration Manual – Switching devices www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals (45315361).

5/32 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5TT582. 5TT587.
Further technical specifications 5TT580. 5TT581. 5TT583. 5TT584. 5TT585. 5TT586. new
Standards
Standards IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 61095;
EN 60947-4-1, EN 60947-5-1, EN 61095, VDE 0660
Supply
Number of poles 2 4 2
Rated operational current Ie 20 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 32 A 40 A
Rated power dissipation Pv Pick-up power (without 6 VA/3.8 W 12 VA /10 W 10 VA/5 W 15.4 VA/4.6 W 12 VA/10 W 33 VA/25 W
manual switch or manual
switch in "I" position)
Pick-up power (with manual 12 VA/10 W – 33 VA/25 W 62 VA/50 W –
switch in "AUTO" position)
Holding power 2.8 VA/1.2 W 5.5 VA/1.6 W 7.7 VA/3 W 2.8 VA/1.2 W 5.5 VA/1.6 W
Per contact AC-1/AC-7a 1.7 VA 2.0 VA 2.2 VA 4 VA 8 VA 2.5 VA 5
Contacts
Contact gap Minimum 3.6 mm 3.4 mm 3.6 mm
Electrical endurance at Ie AC-1/AC-7a operating cycles 200000 100000 150000 100000
and load AC-3/AC-7b operating cycles 300000 500000 150000 300000 150000
Switching of resistive loads 1-phase (230 V) (NO contacts) 4 kW 5.4 kW 8.7 kW 13.3 kW 5.9 kW 3.7 kW
AC-1/AC-7a for rated 3-phase (400 V) (NO contacts) – 16 kW 26 kW 40 kW –
operational power Ps
Switching of 3-phase 1-phase (230 V) (NO contacts) 1.3 kW 1) 1.3 kW 3.7 kW 5 kW 1.3 kW –
asynchronous motors AC-3/ 3-phase (400 V) (NO contacts) – 4 kW 11 kW 15 kW –
AC-7b for rated operational
power Ps
Maximum switching frequency at load 600 h-1
Safety
Rated insulation voltage Ui 440 V 500 V 440 V 230 V
Rated impulse voltage Uimp 4 kV 6 KV
Short-circuit protection, Back-up fuse characteristic 20 A 25 A 63 A 80 A 32 A 63 A
according to coordination gL/gG
type 1
Overload withstand Per conducting path 72 A 68 A 176 A 240 A 72 A 176 A
capability at 10 s (NO contacts only)
Function
Switching times Closing (NO contacts) 15 … 25 ms 10 … 20 ms 15 … 20 ms 15 … 25 ms 10 … 20 ms
Opening (NO contacts) 20 ms 10 … 30 ms 20 ms 10 ms 10 … 30 ms 10 … 15 ms
Closing (NC contacts) 20 … 30 ms – 20 … 30 ms 5 … 10 ms –
Opening (NC contacts) 10 ms – 10 ms 10 … 15 ms –
Connections
Coil connection terminals ± Screw (Pozidriv) PZ1
Main connection terminals ± Screw (Pozidriv) PZ1 PZ2 PZ1
Coil connection conductor Rigid 1.0 ... 2.5 mm2
cross-section Flexible, with end sleeve 1.0 ... 2.5 mm2
Main connection conductor Rigid 1.0 ... 10 mm2 1 … 25 mm2 1.0 ... 10 mm2 1.5 ... 25 mm2
cross-section Flexible, with end sleeve 1.0 ... 6 mm2 1 … 16 mm2 1.0 ... 6 mm2 1.5 ... 16 mm2
Tightening torque Coil connection 0.6 Nm
Main connection 1.2 Nm 3.5 Nm 1.2 Nm 2.5 Nm
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient For operation/for storage –5 … +55 °C/–30 … +80 °C
temperature
1)
For NO contacts only.

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/33
© Siemens 2023

AC technology
Accessories
Auxiliary switches
• For right-hand-side retrofitting
• Max. one auxiliary switch per Insta contactor
Contacts Mounting width Article No.
2 NO 0.5 MW 5TT5910-0
1 NO + 1 NC 0.5 MW 5TT5910-1
Sealable terminal covers

For Insta contactor Mounting width Article No.
20 A 1 MW 5TT5910-5
5 25 A
40 A and 63 A
2 MW
3 MW
5TT5910-6
5TT5910-7
Spacer
For Insta contactor Mounting width Article No.
20 A 1 MW 5TG8240

5/34 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/35
© Siemens 2023
5TT5 auxiliary switches

For 5TT5 Insta contactor
Rigid conductor cross-section 1 ... 2.5 mm2

Flexible conductor cross-section, with end sleeve 1 ... 2.5 mm2
Contacts Ue AC Mounting width

2 NO 230 V/400 V 0.5 MW 5TT5910-0
1 NO + 1 NC 230 V/400 V 0.5 MW 5TT5910-1
5
Further technical specifications 5TT5910
Standards
Standards IEC 60947-5-1
Approvals CCC
Supply
Number of poles 2
Rated operational current Ie 230 V 6A
400 V 4A
Contacts
Contact gap Minimum 4 mm
Maximum switching frequency at load 600 h-1
Safety
Rated insulation voltage Ui 500 V
Short-circuit protection, Back-up fuse characteristic gL/gG 6A
according to coordination type 1
Connections
Conductor cross-section Rigid 1 ... 2.5 mm2
Flexible, with end sleeve 1 ... 2.5 mm2
Tightening torque 0.8 Nm
Ambient conditions

5/36 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5TT3 soft-starting devices

For 2-phase motor control
Rigid conductor cross-section Max. 2 × 2.5 mm2

Flexible conductor cross-section, with end sleeve Min. 1 × 0.5 mm2
Version Ue AC Mounting width

3-phase 400 V 6 MW 5TT3440
5
Further technical specifications 5TT3440
Standards
Standards EN 60947-4-2 (VDE 0660-117)
Supply
Line/motor voltage 400 V AC
Rated power 3.5 VA
Rated power dissipation Pv Coil/drive 3.5 VA
at rated operational current Per contact 4.6 VA
Rated output of motor at 400 V Max. 5500 VA
Min. 300 VA
Startup voltage 30 … 70%
Starting ramp 0.1 ... 10 s
Safety
Quick-acting semiconductor fuse 35 A
Function
Switching frequency 3 × IN, TAN = 10 s, νu = 20% Operating cycles (up to 3 kW) 36 h-1
Operating cycles (from 3 … 5.5 kW) 20 h-1
Recovery time 100 ms
Connections
Conductor cross-section Rigid Max. 2 × 2.5 mm2
Flexible, with end sleeve Min. 1 - 0.5 mm2
Ambient conditions
Resistance to climate Acc. to EN 60068-1 20/60/4

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/37
© Siemens 2023
Switching Devices | Timers
7LF4 digital time switches

Mini
Further technical specifications Mini

Standards
Standards EN 60730-1, -2-7;
VDE 0631-1, -2-7
Supply
Frequency range 50/60 Hz
Rated power dissipation Pv 0.9 VA
Channels
• Weekly program Rated operational voltage Ue 250 V AC

Rated operational current Ie At p.f. = 1 16 A
• 28 programs
At p.f. = 0.6 10 A
• Automatic daylight-saving adjustment
Contacts
Minimum contact load 12 V/100 mA
5 Electrical operating cycles At p.f. = 1 6000 (20 A)
Contacts Uc Channels Mounting
Mechanical operating cycles > 5 million
width
Incandescent lamp load 5A
1 NO 230 V AC 1 1 MW 7LF4501-5
Energy-saving lamp load 300 W
Fluorescent lamp load Parallel p.f. correction 60 VA
70 µF
Uncorrected 2500 VA
Safety
Different phases between Permissible
operating mechanism and contact
Electrostatic discharge Acc. to IEC 61000-4-2 > 8.0 kV
EMC: Burst Acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 > 4.4 kV
EMC: Surge Acc. to IEC 61000-4-5 > 2.0 kV
Overvoltage category Acc. to EN 61010-1 III
Function
Clock errors per day Typical ±1 s/day
Power reserve storage Battery 3 years
Make and break cycles 1 min
Minimum switching sequences 1 min
Control input Terminal S –
Programs 1) 28
Battery type Li primary cell
Connections
Conductor cross-sections of Rigid 1.5 ... 4 mm²
main conducting path Flexible, with end sleeve Max. 2.5 mm²
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient For operation/ –10 … +55 °C/
temperature for storage –20 … +60 °C
Degree of protection Acc. to EN 60529 IP20, with connected
conductors
Protection class Acc. to EN 61140 II
1)
A program consists of an ON time, an OFF time and assigned ON and OFF days or day blocks.

5/38 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Timers | Switching Devices
Top
Further technical specifications Top

Standards
VDE 0631-1, -2-7
Supply
Rated power dissipation Pv 2 VA
Channels
• Weekly program Rated operational voltage Ue 250 V AC

• 28 programs
At p.f. = 0.6 10 A
• Text-assisted programming concept
Contacts
− Language: English
• Manual daylight-saving adjustment
Electrical operating cycles At p.f. = 1 100000
5
Mechanical operating cycles 10 million
Contacts Uc Channels Mounting Energy-saving lamp load 60 VA
width
1 CO 230 V AC 1 2 MW 7LF4511-0 70 µF
2 CO 230 V AC 2 2 MW 7LF4512-0 Uncorrected 2300 VA
Safety
Different phases between Permissible 2)
operating mechanism and contact
Function
Clock errors per day Typical ±1.5 s/day
Make and break cycles 1 min
Minimum switching sequences 1 min
Control input Terminal S No
Programs 1) 28 (14 per channel)
Program memory Captive No
Connections
Ambient conditions
conductors
1)
2)
The combination of line voltage (230 V) and SELV is not permissible in conjunction with a 2-channel time switch.
This requirement is, however, admissible in the case of 1-channel time switch.

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/39
© Siemens 2023

Profi
Further technical specifications Profi

Standards
VDE 0631-1, -2-7
Approvals UL File No. E301698
Supply
Primary operating range Uc 230 V 0.85 ... 1.1 × Uc
Uc 24 V 0.9 … 1.1 × Uc
Frequency range Uc 230 V 50/60 Hz
• Weekly program Uc 24 V 50/60 Hz

Rated power dissipation Pv Uc 230 V 2 VA
• Vacation program
Uc 24 V 2 VA
• Random program
Channels
• Expert mode Rated operational voltage Ue 250 V AC
5 • Cycle function Rated operational current Ie At p.f. = 1 16 A
• Text-assisted programming concept At p.f. = 0.6 10 A
− 15 languages Contacts
• Simple program creation on a PC Minimum contact load 12 V/100 mA
using the supplied software, with 7LF4941-0 USB adapter Electrical operating cycles At p.f. = 1 100000
• Automatic daylight-saving adjustment Mechanical operating cycles 10 million
• Operating hours counter, counting range: 65535 h Incandescent lamp load 8A
• Accurate to the second hh:mm:ss
• Synchronization 50/60 Hz 70 µF
Uncorrected 2000 VA
Safety
Different phases between Permissible 2)
Contacts Uc Channels Mounting operating mechanism and contact
width Rated impulse voltage Uimp 4 kV
1 CO 230 V AC 1 2 MW 7LF4521-0 Electrostatic discharge Acc. to IEC 61000-4-2 > 8.0 kV
24 V AC/DC 1 2 MW 7LF4521-2 EMC: Burst Acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 > 4.4 kV
2 CO 230 V AC 2 2 MW 7LF4522-0 EMC: Surge Acc. to IEC 61000-4-5 > 2.0 kV
24 V AC/DC 2 2 MW 7LF4522-2 Overvoltage category Acc. to EN 61010-1 III
Function
Clock errors per day Typical ±0.1 s/day
Make and break cycles 1s
Minimum switching sequences 1s
Control input Terminal S No
Programs 1) 28
Program memory Captive Yes
Connections
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient For operation/for –20 … +55 °C/
temperature storage –20 … +60 °C
conductors
1)
2)

5/40 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Astro
Further technical specifications Astro

Standards
VDE 0631-1, -2-7
Approvals UL File No. E301698
Supply
• Weekly program Channels

Rated operational voltage Ue 250 V AC
• Vacation program
• Random program
At p.f. = 0.6 10 A
• Expert mode Contacts
• Astro function Minimum contact load 12 V/100 mA 5
• Text-assisted programming concept Electrical operating cycles At p.f. = 1 100000
− 15 languages Mechanical operating cycles 10 million
• Simple program creation on a PC using the supplied software, Incandescent lamp load 8A
with 7LF4941-0 USB adapter Energy-saving lamp load 1000 W
• Automatic daylight-saving adjustment Fluorescent lamp load Parallel p.f. correction 600 VA
70 µF
• Operating hours counter, counting range: 65535 h
Uncorrected 2000 VA
• Accurate to the second hh:mm:ss
Safety
• Synchronization 50/60 Hz Different phases between Permissible 2)
• Input disable via PIN code operating mechanism and contact
• Daylight-saving correction Rated impulse voltage Uimp 4 kV
• 1 h test Electrostatic discharge Acc. to IEC 61000-4-2 > 8.0 kV
Contacts Uc Channels Mounting Function
width Clock errors per day Typical ±0.1 s/day
1 CO 230 V AC 1 2 MW 7LF4531-0 Power reserve storage Battery 5 years
2 CO 230 V AC 2 2 MW 7LF4532-0 Make and break cycles 1s
Minimum switching sequences 1s
Control input Terminal S Yes (with 1K clock)
Programs 1) 56 (2 × 28)
Program memory Captive Yes
Connections
Ambient conditions
conductors
1)
2)

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/41
© Siemens 2023

Accessories
Mini Top Profi Astro
Data keys
• For Profi and Astro digital time switches
• Programming at the PC (7LF4941-0 USB adapter and software required)
• Read-in of programs to the time switch
• Writing of programs from the time switch
• Transfer of programs
− From PC to time switch and vice versa
− From time switch to time switch
Article No.
7LF4941-1 – – ■ ■
USB adapter and software
• For Profi and Astro digital time switches
• For the reading and writing of data keys at the PC
• Including programming software
• Including 7LF4941-1 data key for Profi and Astro
5 • Compatible with 7LF4940-1 data key (predecessor model) and
7LF4940-2 data key
• Can be connected via USB interface
• System requirements:
− Windows 7, Windows Vista, Windows 2000, Windows ME,
Windows XP or Windows 98 Second Edition
− USB connection
− 40 MB free disk space
Article No.
7LF4941-0 – – ■ ■
• Universal application for devices from 1 MW ... 6 MW
• Cutout dimensions:
− Height 45+0.5 mm
− Width 23 mm, 41 mm, 59 mm, 77 mm, 95 mm or 113 mm
Article No.
7LF9006 ■ ■ ■ ■

5/42 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/43
© Siemens 2023
7LF5 mechanical time switches

Time switches without power reserve
For DIN rail For wall mounting
(surface mounting)
Contacts Mounting width

With day disk
1 NO 1 MW 7LF5300-1 – –
1 CO 3 MW – 7LF5300-5 –
– – – 7LF5301-0
With week disk
5 1 CO 3 MW – 7LF5300-6 –

5/44 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Further technical specifications 7LF5300-1 7LF5300-5 7LF5300-6 7LF5301-0

Standards
Standards EN 60730-1, -2-7, UL 917, UL 917, CSA C22.2 No. 14 and 177
Approvals VDE, UL file: E301698
Supply
Rated control supply voltage Uc 230 V AC
Primary operating range Uc 230 V AC 0.85 ... 1.1 × Uc
Frequency range 50 Hz
Channels
Contacts
At p.f. = 0.6 4A
5
Fluorescent lamp load Parallel p.f. correction 70 µF 60 VA
Uncorrected 1400 VA
Safety
Different phases between operating Permissible
mechanism and contact
Electrical isolation, creepage Operating mechanism 8 mm
distances and clearances Contact 6 mm
Function
Switching accuracy ±5 min ±30 min ±5 min
Clock errors System-synchronized
Make and break cycles 15 min 120 min 10 min
Minimum switching sequences 30 min 240 min 30 min
Connections
Conductor cross-sections of main Rigid 1.5 ... 4 mm²
conducting path Flexible, with end sleeve Max. 2.5 mm²
Flexible, without end sleeve Max. 4 mm²
Ambient conditions
Accessories
Article No.
7LF9006

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/45
© Siemens 2023
7LF5 mechanical time switches

Time switches with power reserve
For DIN rail For wall mounting
(surface mounting)
Time buffering in the event of a power failure – – ■ –
Automatic daylight-saving adjustment – – ■ –
Automatic time setting for Central European time zone – – ■ –
during commissioning

With day disk
5 1 NO 1 MW 7LF5301-1 – – –
1 CO 3 MW – 7LF5301-6 7LF5301-4 –
– – – – 7LF5305-0
With week disk
1 CO 3 MW – 7LF5301-7 7LF5301-5 –

5/46 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Further technical specifications 7LF5301-1 7LF5301-4 7LF5301-5 7LF5301-6 7LF5301-7 7LF5305-0

Standards
Standards EN 60730-1, -2-7, UL 917, UL 917, CSA C22.2 No. 14 and 177
Approvals VDE, UL file: E301698
Supply
Rated power dissipation Pv 1 VA 0.2 VA 1 VA
Channels
At p.f. = 0.6 4A
Contacts
5
Fluorescent lamp load Parallel p.f. correction 70 µF 60 VA
Uncorrected 1400 VA
Safety
Different phases between operating Permissible
mechanism and contact
Electrical isolation, creepage Operating mechanism 8 mm
distances and clearances Contact 6 mm
Function
Switching accuracy ±5 min ±30 min ±5 min ±30 min ±5 min
Clock errors ±2.5 s/day ±0.2 s/day ±60 s/day ±2.5 s/day
Power reserve storage 100 h 6 years 100 h
Make and break cycles 15 min 120 min 15 min 120 min 15 min
Minimum switching sequences 30 min 240 min 30 min 240 min 30 min
Battery type NiMH cell Li primary cell NiMH cell
Minimum loading time 48 h – 48 h
Service life of battery At 20 °C 6 years 10 years 6 years
At 40 °C 5 years
Connections
Conductor cross-sections of main Rigid 1.5 ... 4 mm²
conducting path Flexible, with end sleeve Max. 2.5 mm²
Flexible, without end sleeve Max. 4 mm²
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature Storage/operation –10 … +60 °C/–10 … +55 °C
Accessories
Article No.
7LF9006

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/47
© Siemens 2023
7LF6 timers for buildings
Stairwell lighting timers

Standard Multi
3-wire circuit ■ ■
4-wire circuit ■ ■
Zero crossing circuit ■ ■
Operation Resettable Resettable
Contacts Warning of impending switch-off Mounting width

5 1 NO – 1 MW 7LF6310 –
Flickering 1 MW – 7LF6311
Further technical specifications 7LF6310 7LF6311

Supply
Rated power dissipation Pv 1W
Contacts
Channels 1
Max. glow lamp load 25 mA 50 mA
Separate multi-voltage input – 8 ... 230 V AC/DC
Switching capacity Inductive p.f. = 0.6 2000 VA
Incandescent lamp load Max. 3680 W
Fluorescent lamp load Series p.f. correction 2000 VA
Parallel p.f. correction at 70 µF 1000 W
Compact fluorescent lamp load 1000 W
LED 1000 W
Electronic transformers 2000 VA
Conventional transformers 2000 VA
Function
Setting range 0.5 … 10 min 0.5 … 12 min
Manual switches Yes
Programs – 7 1)
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature For operation –20 … +55 °C
For storage –20 … +60 °C
Degree of protection Installed IP30
Pollution degree 2
1)
7 functions, can be selected using selector switch on the device

5/48 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5TT3 timers for industrial applications
Multifunction timers Delay timers

Programmable for: • Response delay –
• Passing make contact function
• Pulse generator, delayed
• Clock generator, starting with
impulse
• OFF-delay
• Pulse converter
• Passing break contact function
• Response delay/OFF-delay
5
1 CO 1 MW 5TT3185 5TT3181

Standards
Standards EN 60255; DIN VDE 0435-110
Supply
Rated operational current Ie 4A 8A
Rated control supply voltage Uc 12 … 240 V AC 220 … 240 V AC
12 … 240 V DC –
Primary operating range Uc 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 0.8 ... 1.1 × Uc
Rated frequency fn 45 … 400 Hz 50/60 Hz
Rated power dissipation Pv Approx. 3 VA Approx. 5 VA
Contacts
Contact gap µm contact
Electrical endurance Switching cycles 1.5 × 105 –
At AC-15 – 1.5 × 105
Safety
Rated impulse voltage Uimp Input/output > 4 kV
Function
Setting range 1 s … 300 h
Recovery time 15 … 80 ms Approx. 40 ms
Connections
Conductor cross-sections of Rigid Max. 2 × 2.5 mm²
main conducting path Flexible, with end sleeve Min. 2 × 1.5 mm²
Ambient conditions

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 5/49
© Siemens 2023
Overvoltage Protection Devices
Overvoltage protection devices
The more than one million lightning strikes in

Germany every year pose a considerable risk for
buildings and systems that can be damaged due
to the unhindered effect of lightning currents,
overvoltage and power surges. In many cases
however, it is not apparent that such damage has
been caused by lightning currents, overvoltage
and power surges.
Overvoltage results in considerable damage to

electrical and electronic equipment.
Even brief transients in power supply lines or
between electrical lines and other conductive
parts (e.g. grounded metallic parts, ground) are
sufficient to cause such damage. The damage
patterns of destroyed lines, printed circuit boards
or switchgear demonstrate this. Such damage
can be prevented employing suitable overvoltage
protection means.
Reliably protected by Siemens lightning and

surge arresters !
© Siemens 2023

System overview 6/4
Basic units 6/6
5SD74 lightning arresters, type 1 6/6
5SD74 combination surge arresters, type 1 + type 2 6/8
5SD74 combination surge arresters
with integrated back-up fuse 6/10 6
5SD74 surge arresters, type 1 + type 2 + type 3
for 40 mm busbar system 6/12
5SD74 combination surge arresters, type 1/type 2 6/14
5SD74 surge arresters, type 2 6/16
5SD74 surge arresters, type 3 6/20
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 6/1

© Siemens 2023
Overvoltage Protection Devices | All the information you need
For information about overvoltage protection devices, Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
please visit our website (product catalog)
www.siemens.com/overvoltage-protection
• Overvoltage protection devices sie.ag/3ZMwRuw
6 comprehensive information
− Overvoltage protection devices (109756965)

6/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Overvoltage Protection Devices
• Operating instructions − Overvoltage protection devices (45315289)
• Certificates

Face-to-face or online training
www.siemens.com/support-app Our training courses can be found at
• SiePortal (product catalog) • Basic principles of electrical engineering (WT-LVBGET)
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-catalog • Protection concept (WT-LVBPC)
• Image database
Engineering data for CAD or CAE systems are available

in the CAx Download Manager at
www.siemens.com/cax
Technical overview – Overvoltage protection devices

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on overvoltage protection devices
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 6/3

© Siemens 2023
Overvoltage Protection Devices | System overview
System overview
Basic units
5SD74 lightning arresters, 5SD74 combination surge 5SD74 combination surge 5SD74 surge arresters,
type 1 arresters, type 1 + type 2 arresters with integrated type 1 + type 2 + type 3
back-up fuse for 40 mm busbar system
6 5SD74 combination 5SD74 surge arresters, 5SD74 surge arresters,

surge arresters, type 2 (standard design) type 3
type 1/type 2
Spare part plugs
N-PE L-N, L-PEN (type 1) L-PEN
Note:
6/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
System overview | Overvoltage Protection Devices
Installation locations for surge protection devices (SPDs)

Installation Installation Installation
location 1 location 2 location 3
type 1 and/or type 2 or type 2 or
type 2 type 3 type 3
Z UV Terminal
HAK
equipment
230/400V
S S S
6
P P P
D D D
I201_20525
HAK: Main terminal box Z/HV: In or close to the central meter system/main distribution board UV: Subdistribution board
Installation location 1 must be as close as possible to the supply point for the electrical system, so that the downstream installations are protected.
The SPDs at installation locations 2 and 3 shall not be used without SPDs at installation location 1, and they must be coordinated with these SPDs
(i.e. SPDs all from the same manufacturer).
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 6/5

© Siemens 2023
Overvoltage Protection Devices | Basic units
5SD74 lightning arresters, type 1
For TN-C systems and IT For TN-C systems For TN-S and TT systems
networks
Protection paths L-PE L-PEN L-N, L-PE and N-PE L-N, L-PE and N-PE
Rated voltage Un 690 V AC 240/415 V AC 240 V AC 240/415 V AC
Maximum continuous voltage Uc 800 V AC 350 V AC 350 V AC 350 V AC
Circuit Mounting
width
With remote signaling
1+0 –1) 5SD7411-2 – – –
1+1 4 MW – – 5SD7412-1 –
6 3+0
3+1
6 MW
8 MW
–
–
5SD7413-1
–
–
–
–
5SD7414-1
1)
No modular installation device.
Further technical specifications 5SD7411-2 5SD7412-1 5SD7413-1 5SD7414-1

Standards
Standards IEC 61643-11;
EN 61643-11
Approvals – KEMA, UL/cUL
Voltage
Protection level Up L-N and L-PEN ≤ 4.50 kV ≤ 1.50 kV
L-PE – ≤ 2.50 kV – ≤ 2.50 kV
N-PE – ≤ 1.50 kV – ≤ 1.50 kV
Current
Lightning impulse current Iimp L-N and L-PEN, 1P/3P 35 kA 25 kA 25/75 kA
(10/350 µs) N-PE – 100 kA – 100 kA
Rated discharge surge current In L-N and L-PEN, 1P/3P 35 kA 25 kA 25/75 kA
(8/20 µs) N-PE – 100 kA – 100 kA
Follow current discharge capacity Ifi L-N and L-PEN for 264/350 V – 50/25 kA
(AC) N-PE – 100 A – 100 A
Function
Response time tA L-N and L-PEN ≤ 100 ns
L-N and N-PE – ≤ 100 ns – ≤ 100 ns
Connections
Conductor cross-section Finely stranded 16 … 50 mm2 2.5 … 25 mm2
Solid 16 … 50 mm 2
2.5 … 35 mm2
Protection devices
Max. back-up fuse acc. to IEC 61643-1 For stub wiring (gL/gG) 400 A 315 A
For V wiring (gL/gG) 125 A 125 A
Short-circuit strength With max. back-up fuse 50 kA 50 kA
Ambient conditions
Degree of protection IP20, with connected conductors
Temperature range –40 … +80 °C

6/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Basic units | Overvoltage Protection Devices
Accessories
Spare part plugs
Protection paths Basic units Article No.
N-PE 5SD7412-1 and 5SD7414-1 5SD7418-0
L-N and L-PEN For 5SD7412-1, 5SD7413-1 and 5SD7414-1 5SD7418-1

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 6/7
© Siemens 2023
5SD74 combination surge arresters,

type 1 + type 2
For TN-C systems For TN-S and TT systems
Protection paths L-PEN L-N, L-PE and N-PE L-N, L-PE and N-PE
Maximum continuous voltage Uc 350 V AC 350 V AC 350 V AC
Circuit Mounting width

1+1 4 MW – 5SD7442-1 –
3+0 6 MW 5SD7443-1 – –
3+1 8 MW – – 5SD7444-1
6
Further technical specifications 5SD7442-1 5SD7443-1 5SD7444-1
Standards
EN 61643-11
Approvals KEMA, UL/cUL
Voltage
Protection level Up L-N and L-PEN ≤ 1.50 kV
L-PE ≤ 2.20 kV – ≤ 2.20 kV
N-PE ≤ 1.50 kV – ≤ 1.50 kV
Current
Lightning impulse current Iimp L-N and L-PEN 25 kA
(10/350 µs) N-PE 100 kA – 100 kA
Rated discharge surge current In L-N and L-PEN 25 kA
(8/20 µs) N-PE 100 kA – 100 kA
Follow current discharge capacity Ifi L-N and L-PEN 25 kA
(AC) N-PE 100 A – 100 A
Function
L-N and N-PE ≤ 100 ns – ≤ 100 ns
Connections
Conductor cross-section Finely stranded 2.5 … 25 mm2
Solid 2.5 … 35 mm2
Protection devices
Max. back-up fuse acc. to IEC 61643-1 For stub wiring (gL/gG) 315 A
For V wiring (gL/gG) 125 A
Short-circuit strength With max. back-up fuse 25 kA
Ambient conditions
Display
Visual function/fault indication Yes

6/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Spare part plugs
Protection paths Type Basic units Article No.
N-PE – 5SD7442-1 and 5SD7444-1 5SD7418-0
L-N and L-PEN 1 5SD7442-1, 5SD7443-1 and 5SD7444-1 5SD7448-1
2 5SD7442-1, 5SD7443-1 and 5SD7444-1 5SD7428-1

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 6/9
© Siemens 2023
5SD74 combination surge arresters

with integrated back-up fuse
For TN-S and TT systems
Protection paths L-N
Maximum continuous voltage Uc 255 V AC

1+0 2 MW 5SD7441-1KF00
6 Further technical specifications 5SD7441-1KF00

Standards
Standards EN 61643-11/... IEC 61643-11
Approvals KEMA
Voltage
Protection level Up L-N and L-N/PE ≤ 1.50 kV
Current
Lightning impulse current Iimp (10/350 µs) L-N and L-N/PE 25 kA
Rated discharge surge current In (8/20 µs) L-N and L-N/PE 25 kA
Follow current discharge capacity Ifi (AC) L-N and L-N/PE 50 kA
Function
Response time tA L-N and L-N/PE ≤ 100 ns
Connections
Conductor cross-section Finely stranded 25 mm²
Solid/stranded 35 mm²
Protection devices
Max. back-up fuse None necessary because integrated coordinated back-up
fuse contained in the device
Ambient conditions

6/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Connection bars
Version Number of poles Article No.
1-phase 3-pole 5SD7490-6
4-pole 5SD7490-7

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 6/11
© Siemens 2023
5SD74 surge arresters, type 1 + type 2 + type 3

for 40 mm busbar system
For TN-C systems
Protection paths L-PEN
Lightning impulse current Iimp (10/350 µs) 12.5 kA 7.5 kA
Rated voltage Un 240/415 V AC 240/415 V AC 240/415 V AC 240/415 V AC
Maximum continuous voltage Uc 300 V AC 300 V AC 300 V AC 300 V AC

3+0 47 mm 5SD7443-8KK21 – 5SD7443-8KK11 –
3+1 47 mm – – – –
With remote signaling and phase tap
6 3+0 47 mm – 5SD7443-8KK22 – 5SD7443-8KK12
3+1 47 mm – – – –
Further technical specifications 5SD7443-8KK21 5SD7443-8KK22 5SD7443-8KK11 5SD7443-8KK12

Standards
Standards IEC 61643-11
Approvals VDE
Voltage
L-N/N-PE – ≤ 1.5/1.5 kV
Current
Lightning impulse current Iimp (10/350 µs) L-N/N-PEN and N-PE 12.5 kA 7.5 kA
Rated discharge surge current In (8/20 µs) L-N/L-PEN and N-PE 20 kA
Follow current discharge capacity Ifi (AC) N-PE –
Connections
Conductor cross-section Feindrähtig 25 mm2
Eindrähtig 35 mm2
Type of mounting
40 mm busbar system 5 and 10 mm
Protection devices
Ambient conditions
Display

6/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

L-N, L-PE and N-PE
12.5 kA 7.5 kA
240/415 V AC 240/415 V AC 240/415 V AC 240/415 V AC
300 V AC 300 V AC 300 V AC 300 V AC
– – – –
5SD7444-8KK21 – 5SD7444-8KK11 –
– – – – 6
– 5SD7444-8KK22 – 5SD7444-8KK12
5SD7444-8KK21 5SD7444-8KK22 5SD7444-8KK11 5SD7444-8KK12
12.5 kA 7.5 kA
20/80 kA
100 A RMS

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 6/13
© Siemens 2023
5SD74 combination surge arresters,

type 1/type 2
For TN-C systems For TN-C systems For TN-S and TT systems For photovoltaic systems
and IT networks
Protection paths L-PE L-PEN L-N, L-PE and N-PE L-N, L-PE and N-PE (L+) – (L–)
Rated voltage Un 690 V AC 240/415 V AC 240 V AC 240/415 V AC –
Maximum continuous voltage Uc 800 V AC 335 V AC 335 V AC 335 V AC 1000 V DC
Circuit Mounting width Plug-in

1+0 –1) 5SD7411-2 – – – –
3+0 3 MW – 5SD7413-3 – –
3+1 4 MW – – – 5SD7414-3 –
6 Without remote signaling
1+1 2 MW – – 5SD7412-2 – –
3+0 3 MW – 5SD7413-2 – – 5SD7483-6
3+1 4 MW – – – 5SD7414-2 –
1)
No modular installation device.
5SD7413-2 5SD7414-2
Further technical specifications 5SD7411-2 5SD7412-2 5SD7413-3 5SD7414-3 5SD7483-6
Standards
Standards IEC 61643-11 EN 61643-31
Approvals – KEMA
Voltage
Protection level Up L-N and L-PEN ≤ 4.50 kV ≤ 1.20 kV ≤ 3.50 kV
L-PE – ≤ 2.0 kV –
N-PE – ≤ 1.70 kV – ≤ 1.70 kV –
Current
Lightning impulse current Iimp L-N and L-PEN 35 kA 12.5 kA ≤ 5 kA
(10/350 µs) N-PE – 50 kA – 50 kA –
Rated discharge surge current In L-N and L-PEN 35 kA 12.5 kA 15 kA
(8/20 µs) N-PE – 50 kA –
Max. discharge surge current Imax. L-N 100 kA 12.5 kA 50 kA 40 kA
(8/20 µs) N-PE – 50 kA – 50 kA –
Function
Response time tA L-N and L-PEN < 100 ns ≤ 25 ns
L-N and N-PE – ≤ 100 ns – ≤ 100 ns ≤ 25 ns
Connections
Conductor cross-section Finely stranded 16 … 50 mm2 1.5 … 25 mm2
Solid 16 … 50 mm 2
1.5 … 35 mm2
Protection devices
Max. back-up fuse acc. to IEC 61643-1 For stub wiring (gL/gG) 400 A 160 A –
For V wiring (gL/gG) 125 A 80 A –
Short-circuit strength With max. back-up fuse 50 kA 25 kA –
Ambient conditions

6/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Spare part plugs
Protection paths Type Basic units Article No.
N-PE – 5SD7412-2, 5SD7412-3, 5SD7414-2 and 5SD7414-3 5SD7418-2
L-N and L-PEN 1 5SD7412-2, 5SD7412-3, 5SD7413-2, 5SD7413-3, 5SD7414-2 and 5SD7418-3
5SD7414-3
L-PE (PV) 2 5SD7483-6 5SD7498-3

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 6/15
© Siemens 2023
5SD74 surge arresters, type 2

Standard design
For TN and TT systems For TN-C systems For TN-C systems For IT networks
and IT networks
Protection paths N-PE L-PEN and L-N L-PEN and L-N L-PEN L-PEN and L-PE L-PEN and L-PE
Rated voltage Un 240/415 V AC 240/415 V AC 400/690 V AC 240/415 V AC 400/690 V AC 554/960 V AC
Maximum continuous voltage Uc 260 V AC 350 V AC 800 V AC 350 V AC 580 V AC 760 V AC

1+0 1 MW – 5SD7461-1 – – – –
2 MW – – 5SD7481-1 – – –
6 3+0 3 MW – – – 5SD7463-1 5SD7473-1 5SD7483-5

3+1 4 MW – – – – – –
Without remote signaling
1+0 1 MW 5SD7481-0 5SD7461-0 – – – –
3+0 3 MW – – – 5SD7463-0 – –
3+1 4 MW – – – – – –
5SD7461-0 5SD7463-0 5SD7464-0

Further technical specifications 5SD7481-0 5SD7461-1 5SD7481-1 5SD7463-1 5SD7464-1 5SD7473-1 5SD7483-5
Standards
DIN EN 61643-11
Approvals KEMA – KEMA,
UL/cUL
Voltage
Protection level Up L-N and L-PEN – ≤ 1.50 kV ≤ 5 kV ≤ 1.50 kV ≤ 1.60 kV ≤ 2.50 kV ≤ 2.90 kV
L-PE – ≤ 1.90 kV –
N-PE ≤ 1.50 kV – ≤ 1.50 kV –
Current
Rated discharge surge current In L-N and L-PEN – 20 kA 15 kA 20 kA 15 kA
(8/20 µs) N-PE 20 kA – 20 kA –
Max. discharge surge current Imax. L-N – 40 kA 30 kA 40 kA 30 kA
(8/20 µs) N-PE 40 kA – 40 kA –
Function
Response time tA L-N and L-PEN – ≤ 25 ns ≤ 100 ns ≤ 25 ns
L-N and N-PE ≤ 100 ns – ≤ 100 ns –
Connections
Solid 1.5 … 35 mm2
Protection devices
Max. back-up fuse acc. to For stub wiring (gL/gG) – 125 A 100 A 125 A 100 A
IEC 61643-1 For V wiring (gL/gG) – 80 A
Ambient conditions

6/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
For TN-S and Fuse bases for photovoltaic fuses

TT systems
L-N, L-PE and N-PE (L+) – (L–); (L+) – PE; (L–) – PE (L+) – (L–); (L+) – PE; (L–) – PE
240/415 V AC – –
350 V AC (L-N, L-PE) 1000 V DC 600 V DC
260 V AC (N-PE)
– – –
– – –
– – –
6
5SD7464-1 – –
– – –
– 5SD7483-0KK02 5SD7483-0KK01
5SD7464-0 – –
5SD7483-0KK01
5SD7483-0KK02 Accessories
Spare part plugs
EN 61643-31 Protection paths Basic units Article No.
N-PE 5SD7481-0, 5SD7464-0 und 5SD7464-1 5SD7488-0
KEMA
≤ 3.70 kV
– L-N and L-PEN 5SD7461-0, 5SD7461-1, 5SD7463-0, 5SD7463-1, 5SD7468-1
– 5SD7464-0 und 5SD7464-1
15 kA
–
40 kA L-PEN 5SD7481-1 und 5SD7483-5 5SD7488-2
–
≤ 25 ns
≤ 25 ns
5SD7481-1 5SD7488-4
1.5 … 25 mm 2
1.5 … 35 mm2
– L-PE (PV) 5SD7483-0KK02 5SD7498-4

– 5SD7483-0KK01 5SD7498-5
–
IP20, with connected conductors

–40 … +80 °C

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 6/17
© Siemens 2023

Narrow design
Protection paths L-N and N-PE L-N and N-PE
Rated voltage Un 240 V AC 240/415 V AC
Rated arrester voltage UC; L-N, N-PE, L-(PE)N 350 V AC 350 V AC
Rated arrester voltage UC; N-PE 264 V AC 264 V AC
Circuit Mounting width Rated discharge surge current In (8/20 µs)

L-N or L-(PE)N N-PE
1+1 24 mm (1 1/3 MW) 20 kA 20 kA 5SD7422-1 –
3+1 48 mm (2 2/3 MW) 20 kA 20 kA – 5SD7424-1
6 20 kA 40 kA – –
Without remote signaling
1+1 24 mm (1 1/3 MW) 20 kA 20 kA 5SD7422-0 –
3+1 48 mm (2 2/3 MW) 20 kA 20 kA – 5SD7424-0
20 kA 40 kA – –
5SD7422-0 5SD7424-0
Further technical specifications 5SD7422-1 5SD7424-1
Standards
EN 61643-11
Approvals KEMA/UL/cUL
Voltage
L-PE ≤ 1.90 kV
N-PE ≤ 1.50 kV
Current
Rated discharge surge current In (8/20 µs) L-N and L-PEN 20 kA
N-PE 20 kA
Max. discharge surge current Imax. (8/20 µs) L-N 40 kA
N-PE 40 kA
Function
L-N and N-PE ≤ 100 ns
Connections
Solid 2.5 … 25 mm2
Protection devices
For V wiring (gL/gG) 63 A
Ambient conditions

6/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Spare part plugs
Protection paths Basic units Article No.
N-PE 5SD7422-0, 5SD7422-1, 5SD7424-0 and 5SD7424-1 5SD7428-0
L-N and L-PEN 5SD7422-0, 5SD7422-1, 5SD7424-0 and 5SD7424-1 5SD7428-1

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 6/19
© Siemens 2023

Protection paths L-N, L-PE, N-PE, (L+) – (L–) L-N, L-PE, N-PE, (L+) – (L–) L-N, L-PE, N-PE, (L+) – (L–)
and (L+/L–) – PE and (L+/L–) – PE and (L+/L–) – PE
Rated arrester voltage UC 34 V AC 150 V AC 264 V AC

1+0 1 MW 5SD7432-5 5SD7432-6 5SD7432-7
6 Further technical specifications 5SD7432-5 5SD7432-6 5SD7432-7

Standards
DIN EN 61643-11
Approvals KEMA/UR KEMA/UL KEMA/UR
Voltage
Protection level Up L-N, L-PE and N-PE ≤ 200/≤ 600 V ≤ 750/≤ 850 V ≤ 1250/≤ 1400 V
Current
Rated load current IL (at 30 °C) 26 A
Rated discharge surge current In (8/20 µs) 1 kA 5 kA
Combined surge Uoc 2 kV 6 kV
Function
Response time tA ≤ 100 ns
Connections
Conductor cross-section Finely stranded 0.2 … 2.5 mm2
Solid 0.2 … 4 mm2
Protection devices
Required back-up fuse, max. (gG/B/C) 25 A
Ambient conditions
Display

6/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 6/21
© Siemens 2023
Fuse Systems
Mandatory basic protection in

electrical installations
Overcurrents in electrical installations occur as

a result of excessive load or short-circuits and
can cause serious accidents, fires and financial
damage. Appropriate protection devices have
therefore been mandatory ever since electricity
was first harnessed to power equipment. As
a pioneer in fuse systems, we offer you the
complete range of devices for the protection
of cables as well as electrical devices and
installations in the event of overloads and short-
circuits.
Fuses are capable of safely switching off circuits

as soon as an overload or short-circuit occurs.
This prevents damage to electrical equipment or
extended power failures. Specific variants of fuse
systems are used for different applications.
Among other things, our fuses are used for

protecting cables and lines, switching devices and
semiconductors as well as in photovoltaics and
wind power.
© Siemens 2023
Fuse Systems
Fuse Systems

System overview 7/4
Overview of fuse systems according to IEC 7/6
Fuse holders and bases 7/8
MINIZED fuse switch disconnectors 7/12
MINIZED switch disconnectors with fuses 7/13
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors with fuses 7/14
NEOZED fuse bases 7/16
DIAZED fuse bases 7/18
Bus-mounting bases for busbar systems 7/20
LV HRC fuse bases 7/22
Cylindrical fuse holders 7/24
Fuse holders and bases for SITOR semiconductor fuses 7/25
Fuse holders and bases for photovoltaic fuses 7/26 7
Class J fuse holders 7/28
Class CC fuse holders 7/29
Fuse links 7/30
NEOZED fuse links 7/32
DIAZED fuse links 7/33
SILIZED fuse links 7/34
LV HRC fuse links 7/36
3NA COM LV HRC fuse links with communication
and measuring function 7/50
Cylindrical fuse links 7/52
SITOR semiconductor fuse links,
LV HRC design (AC/DC) 7/54
LV HRC design (DC) 7/70
SITOR semiconductor fuses,
cylindrical fuse design (AC/DC) 7/76
Photovoltaic fuse links 7/84
Class CC fuse links 7/86
Accessories 7/88
Busbars 7/88
LV HRC signal detectors, electronic fuse monitoring 7/94
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/1

© Siemens 2023
Fuse Systems | All the information you need
For information about fuse systems, please visit Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
our website www.siemens.com/fuses (product catalog)
• Fuse systems sie.ag/2kW3pnU

umber
• Technology Primer Configurators
− Fuse systems (109482303)
7
The relevant tender specifications can be found at The configurator reduces the time and effort required in
www.siemens.com/tenderspecifications the planning and ordering process, and allows for indivi-
dual adaptations. Configure your SITOR semiconductor
fuse at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/sitor-configurator
• Siemens fuse systems sie.ag/2J9ihb

7/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Fuse Systems
• Operating instructions − Fuse systems (45314810)
• Characteristic curves • Planning Manual
• Certificates − Planning with SIVACON 8PS (109478425)
• Installation Manual
App Store and Play Store − Circuit protection devices with communication and
You will find further information at measuring function (109791805)
www.siemens.com/support-app • System Manual
− Circuit protection devices with communication and
Provision of 3D data (step and u3d data formats) measuring function (109791806)
• Image database Face-to-face or online training
www.siemens.com/cax • SENTRON circuit protection devices with measuring
and communication function (WT-LVBCOM)
Technical overview – Fuse systems

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on fuse systems
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/3

© Siemens 2023
Fuse Systems | System overview
System overview
Fuse holders and bases
IEC fuse holders and bases
MINIZED NEOZED DIAZED Bus-mounting bases Photovoltaic fuses

for busbars (LV HRC design)
IEC/UL fuse holders and bases
7 LV HRC fuses Cylindrical

fuses
SITOR semiconductor
fuses (LV HRC design)
SITOR semiconductor fuses
(cylindrical fuse design)
Photovoltaic fuses
UL fuse holders and bases
Class CC Class J
Accessories for fuse holders and bases
Covers Screw caps Adapter sleeves Isolating blades LV HRC signal detectors
Can be cut Terminals Touch protection End caps
Note:
7/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
System overview | Fuse Systems
Fuse links
IEC fuse links
I201_20406
NEOZED DIAZED LV HRC LV HRC Cylindrical SILIZED Photovoltaic fuses Photovoltaic fuses
(3NA COM) fuses (LV HRC design) (cylindrical fuse design)
IEC/UL fuse links

(LV HRC design)
(cylindrical fuse design) 7
UL fuse links
Class CC
Note:
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/5

© Siemens 2023
Fuse Systems | Overview of fuse systems according to IEC
Overview of fuse systems according to IEC
Fuse links
Standard IEC IEC

Rated current In 2 … 100 A 2 … 100 A
Rated voltage Un (AC) 400 V 500 … 750 V
Rated voltage Un (DC) 250 V 500 … 750 V
Design/ application NEOZED/SILIZED DIAZED/SILIZED
Selection Cables and conductors, general (gG, gFF) ■ ■

Motor protection (aM) – –
according to Power semiconductor (aR, gR, gS) ■ ■
7 protection task Photovoltaic protection (gPV) – –
Battery protection (aR, gR, gBAT) – –
Type 5SE 5SA, 5SB, 5SC, 5SD

Further information See page 7/32, See page 7/33,
7/34 7/34
Fuse holders and bases
For protection tasks Overview, see page 7/8

Floor DIN rail Busbar Type Stan- Further
mounting dard information
Fuse bases – ■ ■ 5SG IEC See page 7/12 ■ –

■ ■ ■ 5SF IEC See page 7/18 – ■
■ – – 3NH IEC/UL See page 7/22 – –
■ – – 3NH7 IEC See page 7/22 – –
– ■ ■ 3NW7 IEC/UL See page 7/24 – –
– ■ – 3NC.. IEC/UL See page 7/25 – –
– ■ – 3NW7...-4 IEC See page 7/26 – –
For protection and switching tasks System overview, see page 8/82, 8/116
Floor DIN rail Busbar Type Stan- Further
mounting dard information
Fuse switch disconnectors ■ ■ ■ 3NP1 IEC/UL See page 8/84 – –
■ – ■ 3NP5 IEC/UL See page 8/98 – –
– ■ ■ 5SG76 IEC See page 8/114 ■ –
– – ■ 3NJ4 IEC See page 8/102 – –
Switch disconnector with fuse ■ ■ – 3KF LV HRC IEC See page 8/128 – –
■ ■ – 3KF SITOR IEC/UL See page 8/130 – –
– – ■ 3NJ63 IEC See page 8/136 – –
– ■ ■ 5SG71 IEC See page 8/144 ■ –

7/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Overview of fuse systems according to IEC | Fuse Systems
I201_20406
IEC IEC IEC IEC/UL IEC/UL IEC UL

2 … 1250 A 80 … 315 A 0.5 … 100 A 2 … 2400 A 1 … 125 A 2 … 630 A 0.5 …30 A
400 … 690 V 400 V 400 … 690 V 500 … 2500 V 600 … 1500 V – 600 V
250 … 400 V 250 V – 440 … 3000 V 250 … 1000 V 1000 … 1500 V 150 … 300 V
LV HRC LV HRC Cylindrical SITOR LV HRC SITOR cylindrical Photovoltaic Class CC
■ ■ ■ – – – ■
■ – ■ – – – ■
– – – ■ ■ – –
– – – – – ■ – 7
– – – ■ ■ – –
3NA, 3ND 3NA COM 3NW6, 3NW8 3NE, 3NC 3NC10 3NE…, 3NW… 3NW1, 3NW2, 3NW3
See page 7/36 See page 7/50 See page 7/52 See page 7/54 See page 7/78 See page 7/84 See page 7/86
– – – – – – –
– – – – – – –
■ ■ – ■ – – –
– – – – – ■ –
– – ■ – – – ■
– – – – ■ – –
– – – – – ■ –
■ ■ – ■ – – –
■ ■ – ■ – – –
– – – – – – –
■ ■ – – – – –
■ ■ – (■) – – –
– – – ■ – – –
■ ■ – – – – –
– – – – – – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/7
© Siemens 2023
Fuse Systems | Fuse holders and bases
Quick selection guide of fuse holders, bases

and D0 fuse switching devices
IEC
MINIZED MINIZED fuse NEOZED fuse bases NEOZED NEOZED DIAZED fuse
switch discon- switch discon- comfort fuse bases bases
nectors with nectors bases
fuses
Basic data
Size/for fuses of size D02 D01 D01 D02 D03 D01, D02 D01, D02 NDz, DII, DIII
Type 5SG71 5SG76 5SG15 5SG16 5SG18 5SG1301 5SG1302 5SF

5SG55 5SG56 5SG1701 5SG1702
5SG5301 5SG5302
5SG5701 5SG5702
7 Direction of incoming supply Any Any From below From below From below From below
Standards
Standards DIN VDE 0638; DIN VDE 0638; IEC 60269-3; IEC 60269-3; IEC 60269-3; IEC 60269-3;
IEC/EN 60947-3 IEC/EN 60947-3 DIN VDE 0636-3 DIN VDE DIN VDE DIN VDE 0635;
(VDE 0660-107) (VDE 0660-107) 0636-3 0636-3 DIN VDE 0636-3;
IEC/EN 60947-3 IEC/EN 60947-3 CEE 16
Approvals – – – – – –
Certifications – – – – – –
Technical specifications AC
Rated voltage Un V AC 230/400, 230/400, 400 400 400 – – 500, 690, 750
240/415 240/415
Rated insulation voltage V AC 500 690 – – – – – –
Short-circuit strength kA AC 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Rated current In A 63 16 16 63 100 16/63 16/63 2 ... 100
Rated impulse withstand voltage kV AC 6 6 – – – – – –
Utilization category Acc. to VDE 0638 A AC-22 AC-22 – – – – – –
Acc. to EN 60947-3 A AC-22B, AC-22A – – – – – –
AC-23B (35A)
Technical specifications DC
Rated voltage Un V DC 65 (1P), 48 (1P), 250 250 250 – – 500, 600, 750
130 (2P) 110 (2P)
Un acc. to UL V DC – – – – – – – –
Short-circuit strength kA DC – – 8 8 8 8 8 –
Utilization category Acc. to EN 60947-3 A DC-22B – – – – – – –

Overvoltage category IV IV – – – III; II (DIAZED fuse
bases made of
molded plastic for
use at 690 V AC/
600 V DC)
Max. power dissipation of fuse links W – – – – – –
(conductor cross-section used)
Pollution degree – – – – – –
Further information
1)
Extended rated voltage up to 1000 V

7/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Fuse holders and bases | Fuse Systems
IEC
Cylindrical fuse LV HRC fuse bases Fuse bases for NEOZED NEOZED bus- DIAZED
holders photovoltaic bus-mounting mounting bases bus-mounting bases for 8US 60 mm
fuses bases for 8US for 8US 60 mm busbar systems
60 mm compact busbar systems
busbar systems
8 × 32 mm 22 × 58 mm 000/ 0 1 2 3 4 1 D02 D02 DII DII

00
3NW73.. 3NW72.. – – – – – – 3NH7...-4 5SG6208 5SG6202 5SF6014 5SF6214
5SG6206 5SF6015 5SF6215
5SG6207 5SF6020 5SF6220
Any Any Any From the busbar From the busbar From the busbar
7
IEC 60269-1, -2, -3; IEC 60269-1, -2; EN 60269-1; IEC 60269, IEC 60269-3, IEC 60269-3, IEC 60269-3, IEC 60269-3,
NF C 60-200, DIN VDE 0636-2, UL 4248-1 IEC 60269-2 DIN VDE 0636-3 DIN VDE DIN VDE 0636-3 DIN VDE 0636-3
NF C 63-210, -211; (only downstream from the 0636-3
NBN C 63269-2-1; branch protection)
CEI 32-4, -12; UL 4248-1
UL File number E171267 KEMA; UL file number E171267-IZLT2 – – – – –
– – – – – – – –
400 690 690 1) 690 1) 690 1) 690 1) 690 1) 690 – 400 400 500 690
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
20 100 – – – – – – – – – – –
20 100 160 160 250 400 630 1250 160 63 63 25 63
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
AC-20B – – – – – – – – – – –
(switching without load)
– – 250 440 440 440 440 440 1000 250 250 – 600
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – 25 25 25 25 25 25 – 8 8 8 8
DC-20B – – – – – – DC-20B (switching – – – –
(switching without load) without load)
– – – – – – – – – – – –
– 12 25 32 45 60 90 40 – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/9
© Siemens 2023
Quick selection guide of fuse holders, bases

and D0 fuse switching devices
IEC/UL
LV HRC fuse bases Fuse holders for SITOR semiconductor fuses

Basic data
Size/for fuses of size 000/00 0 1 2 3 10 × 38 mm 14 × 51 mm 22 × 58 mm 22 × 127 mm
Type 2) 3NH3030 3NH3120 3NH3220 3NH3320 3NH3420 3NC10 3NC14 3NC22 3NC23
3NH4030 3NH3230 3NH3330 3NH3430
3NH4230
Direction of incoming supply Any Any
Standards
Standards IEC 60269-1, -2; EN 60269-1; UL 4248-1; UL 4248-1; UL 4248-1; IEC 60269-2,
DIN VDE 0636-2, UL 4248-1 CSA C22.2; CSA C22.2; CSA C22.2; IEC 60947-3
(only downstream from the IEC 60269-2, IEC 60269-2, IEC 60269-2,
7 branch protection) IEC 60947-3 IEC 60947-3 IEC 60947-3
Approvals KEMA; UL file number E171267-IZLT2 UL 4248-1; UL File number E171267; –

CSA C22.2 No. 39-M
Certifications – , , , –
Rated voltage Un V AC 690 1) 690 1) 690 1) 690 1) 690 1) 690 690 690 1500
Un acc. to UL V AC 690 690 1000 1000 1000 600 600 600 –
Un acc. to CSA V AC 600 600 600 600 600 – – – –
Rated insulation voltage V AC – – – – – – – – –
Short-circuit strength kA AC – – – – – 50 50 50 30
(100 at 400 V) (100 at 500 V)
Rated current In A 160 160 250 400 630 32 50 100 63
In acc. to UL A 160 160 250 – 500 30 50 80 –
In acc. to CSA A 160 160 250 – 850 30 40 80 –
Rated impulse withstand voltage kV AC – – – – – 6 6 6 –
Utilization category Acc. to VDE 0638 A – – – – – – – – –

Acc. to A – – – – – AC-22B AC-22B AC-20B AC-20B
EN 60947-3 (400 V) (400 V) (690 V)
Rated voltage Un V DC 250 440 440 440 440 800 1000
Un acc. to UL V DC – – – – – – – – –
Short-circuit strength kA DC 25 25 25 25 25 – – – 50
Utilization category Acc. to A – – – – – – – – DC-20B
EN 60947-3
Overvoltage category – – – – – – – – –
Max. power dissipation of fuse links W 12 25 32 45 60 3 (6 mm²), 5 (10 mm²), 9.5 (35 mm²), 15
(conductor cross-section used) 4.3 (10 mm²) 6.5 (25 mm²) 11 (50 mm²) (1 … 50 mm²)
Pollution degree – – – – – 2 2 2 –
Further information
1)
Extended rated voltage up to 1000 V 2)
Types with UL approval and types with CSA approval may differ

7/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
IEC/UL UL
Cylindrical fuse holders Cylindrical fuse holders Class CC Class J fuse holders
for PV fuses fuse holders
10 × 38 mm 14 × 51 mm 10 × 38 mm 10 × 85 mm – –
3NW70.. 3NW71.. 3NW70..-4 3NW76..-4 3NW75.3-0HG 3NW75.3-3HG, 3NW75.3-5HG, 3NW75.3-6HG, 3NW75.3-7HG,
3NW703.-1 3NW753.-1HG 3NW75.3-8HG, 3NW7431-6HG, 3NW7431-7HG, 3NW7431-8HG
Any Any Any Any
IEC 60269-1, -2, -3; IEC 60269, IEC 60269, UL 4248-1; UL 4248-1 Ed.1, UL 4248-8 Ed.1
NF C 60-200, IEC 60269-2, IEC 60269-2, CSA C22.2
NF C 63-210, -211; IEC 60947, IEC 60947,
NBN C 63269-2-1; UL 4248-1, -18 UL 4248-1, -18 7
CEI 32-4, -12; UL 4248-1
UL File number E171267 (File number (E355487) UL 4248-1; UL File number E171267;
E469670, CCC) UL File number E171267; CSA File number 233322;
(types without CSA C22.2 Class number 6225-01
signal detector)
, – – – , , ,
Busbar device:
690 690 – – – – – – – –
600 700 – – 600 600 600 600 600 600
– – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – –
100 100 – – 200 200 200 200 200 200
32 50 30 32 30 30 60 100 200 400

– – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – –
– – 6 – 6 No information as the devices are only tested
and certified to UL/CSA and not to IEC
– – – – – –
AC-20B – – AC-20B AC-20B
(switching without load) (switching without load) (switching without load)
– – 1000 1500 300 – – – – –

– – – – – 600 600 600 600 600
– – – – – – – – – –
DC-20B – – DC-20B DC-20B
(switching without load) (switching without load) (switching without load)
– II – II No information as the devices are only tested

– 4 6 3 (6 mm²), –
4.3 (10 mm²)
– 2 – 2 No information as the devices are only tested

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/11
© Siemens 2023
MINIZED fuse switch disconnectors
Number of poles 1P 1P+N 2P 3P 3P+N
Size In
D01 2…6A 5SG7611-0KK06 – – 5SG7631-0KK06 –
10 A 5SG7611-0KK10 – – 5SG7631-0KK10 –
16 A 5SG7611-0KK16 5SG7651-0KK16 5SG7621-0KK16 5SG7631-0KK16 5SG7661-0KK16
Note:
NEOZED adapter sleeves are not required for these devices
7 Accessories
Electronic fuse monitor
• For all low-voltage fuse systems
• For monitoring all types and versions of melting fuses that cannot be equipped with a fault signal contact
• Can be used in asymmetric systems afflicted with harmonics and regenerative feedback motors
• Signal also for disconnected loads
Ue AC In Uc Article No.
230 V 4A 3 AC 380 … 415 V 5TT3170

7/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
MINIZED switch disconnectors with fuses
Size In
D02 25 A – – – 5SG7133-8BA25 1) –
35 A – – – 5SG7133-8BA35 1) –
50 A – – 5SG7133-8BA50 1) –
63 A 5SG7113 5SG7153 5SG7123 5SG7133 5SG7163
1)
Versions for Austria only, with permanently fitted adapter sleeves and incl. fuse link
Note:
NEOZED adapter sleeves are required for these devices, see page 7/16
Use fuse links from 35 A with silver-plated contact caps, see page 7/32
Accessories 7
Reducers
Use Article No.
For D01 fuse links in MINIZED switch disconnectors with fuses D02 5SH5527

Version Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3010
2 NO 5ST3011
2 NC 5ST3012

Version Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3010-2
2 NO 5ST3011-2
2 NC 5ST3012-2
5ST3 COM Auxiliary switches and fault signal contacts (AS+FC) with communication and measuring function
• Wireless information about manual ON/OFF, temperature, operating cycles, operating hours, warnings
Article No.
5ST3062-0MC

230 V 4A 3 AC 380 … 415 V 5TT3170

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/13
© Siemens 2023
NEOZED bus-mounting switch

disconnectors with fuses
For 8US 60 mm busbar systems
Size D02
Mounting width 1.5 MW 1.5 MW 1.5 MW
For flat copper In Un Standard Without LED signal detector With LED
profiles IEC UL 508 IEC AC IEC DC UL 508 signal detector
Box terminals
5 mm and 10 mm 63 A 1) – 400 V AC – – IEC 5SG7234-1 – 5SG7234-2
63 A 2) – 400 V AC 110 V DC – IEC – 5SG7230 –
1)
In the case of permanent load over 35 A, we recommend the use of lateral module 5SH5533. Please observe EN 60439-1, Table 1.
2)
In the case of permanent load over 35 A, we recommend the use of lateral module 5SH5526. Please observe EN 60439-1, Table 1.
7
Suitable accessories
Auxiliary switches
• For signaling the switching state for bus-mounting switch disconnectors
Contacts Mounting width Article No. Article No. Article No.
1 CO 0.5 MW – 5SH5525 –
Lateral modules
• For greater heat dissipation for loads from 35 A
Mounting width Article No. Article No. Article No.
0.5 MW 5SH5533 5SH5526 5SH5533
Reducers
Use Article No. Article No. Article No.
For NEOZED D01 fuse links in bus-mounting switch disconnectors 5SH5527 5SH5527 5SH5527

• For monitoring all types and versions of melting fuses that cannot be
equipped with a fault signal contact
• Can be used in asymmetric systems afflicted with harmonics and regenera-
tive feedback motors
Ue AC In Uc Article No. Article No. Article No.
230 V 4A 3 AC 380 … 415 V AC 5TT3170 5TT3170 5TT3170
See Busbar systems, from page 13/1 onwards

7/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/15
© Siemens 2023
NEOZED fuse bases
Comfort bases made of Fuse bases made of molded plastic

molded plastic Without LED signal detector With LED signal detector
Number of poles 1P 3P 1P 3P 1P 3P
Size In
D01 16 A 5SG1301 5SG5301 5SG1302 5SG5302 5SG1302-1 5SG5302-1
D02 63 A 5SG1701 5SG5701 5SG1702 5SG5702 5SG1702-1 5SG5702-1
D03 100 A – – – – – –
Accessories
NEOZED screw caps
7 Material
Molded plastic
Version
With inspection hole
Fuse size
D01
Article No.
5SH4116
D02 5SH4163
Ceramic Without inspection hole, sealable D01 5SH4316

D02 5SH4363
Without inspection hole D03 5SH4100
With inspection hole D01 5SH4317
D02 5SH4362
NEOZED adapter sleeves

Fuse size In Color Article No.
D01 2A Pink 5SH5002
4A Brown 5SH5004
6A Green 5SH5006
10/13 A Red 5SH5010
D02 20 A Blue 5SH5020
25 A Yellow 5SH5025
32 A Violet 5SH5032
35/40 A Black 5SH5035
50 A White 5SH5050
D03 80 A Silver 5SH5080
D01 fuse links in D02 2A Pink 5SH5402
base or MINIZED switch 4A Brown 5SH5404
disconnectors with fuses
6A Green 5SH5406
D02
10/13 A Red 5SH5410
16 A Gray 5SH5416

7/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Fuse bases made of ceramic

With clamp-type terminal, on both sides With saddle terminal, on both sides With screw head contact at incoming feeder,
clamp-type terminal at outgoing feeder
1P 3P 1P 3P 1P 3P
5SG1553 5SG5553 – – – –
– – 5SG1653 5SG5653 5SG1693 5SG5693
– – – – 5SG1812 –
NEOZED covers
Fuse size
D03
Article No.
5SH5233
7
NEOZED adapter sleeve fitters

Article No.
5SH5100
NEOZED retaining springs

Use Article No.
For D01 fuse links in D02 screw caps, 2 … 16 A 5SH5400

230 V 4A 3 AC 380 … 415 V 5TT3170

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/17
© Siemens 2023
DIAZED fuse bases
Fuse bases made of molded plastic Fuse bases made of ceramic

With box terminal With clamp-type terminal,
on both sides
Number of poles 1P 3P 1P
Size In Un AC/DC
DII 25 A 500 V/500 V 5SF1060 5SF5068 5SF1005
DIII 63 A 500 V/500 V 5SF1260 1) 5SF5268 1) –
750 V/750 V – – –
1)
Can also be used for 690 V AC/600 V DC.
7 Accessories
DIAZED screw caps
Material Version Fuse size Rated voltage AC/DC Article No.
Molded plastic With inspection hole NDz 500 V/500 V 5SH1112
DII 500 V/500 V 5SH1221
DIII 500 V/500 V 5SH1231
Ceramic Without inspection hole DII 500 V/500 V 5SH112
DIII 500 V/500 V 5SH113
With inspection hole, DII 500 V/500 V 5SH122

sealable DIII 500 V/500 V 5SH123
Extended version DIII 690 V/600 V 5SH1170
With fine thread DIII 750 V/750 V 5SH1161
DIAZED screw adapters

• Also for 5SF230 up to 750 V
Fuse size In Article No.
DII 2A 5SH310
4A 5SH311
6A 5SH312
10 A 5SH313
16 A 5SH314
20 A 5SH315
25 A 5SH316
DIII 32 A 5SH327
35 A 5SH317
50 A 5SH318
63 A 5SH320

7/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
With clamp-type terminal With screw head contact,

at incoming feeder, saddle on both sides
terminal at outgoing feeder
1P 1P
– –
5SF1205 1) –
– 5SF4230
7
DIAZED reduction sleeves for screw caps
Use Article No.
For DII fuse links in DIII base 5SH302
DIAZED screw adapter keys

Use Article No.
For DII/DIII screw adapters 5SH3703
DIAZED cover rings

Fuse size Material Article No.
DII Molded plastic 5SH3401
DIII Molded plastic 5SH3411
230 V 4A 3 AC 380 … 415 V 5TT3170

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/19
© Siemens 2023
Bus-mounting bases
For busbar systems
60 mm compact 60 mm busbar systems
busbar systems
NEOZED design NEOZED design DIAZED design
Size In Mounting Un AC/DC With touch Standard With touch protec- Standard With touch protec-
width protection cover tion cover tion cover
D02 63 A 1.5 MW – – 5SG6202 1) 5SG6206 1) – –
2 MW – 5SG6208 – 5SG6207 – –
DII 25 A – 500 V/500 V – – – 5SF6015 5SF6020
DIII 63 A – 500 V/500 V 2) – – – 5SF6215 5SF6220
1)
From 35 A continuous current load, mount the fuse base with spacing and use a wider cover.
2)
Can also be used for 690 V AC/ 600 V DC
Note:
7 NEOZED adapter sleeves and DIAZED screw adapters as well as the respective screw caps are required, see page 7/16 and 7/18
Accessories
Covers for bus-mounting base standard version for 60 mm busbar systems
Design Fuse size Version Mounting width (1 MW = 18 mm) Article No.
NEOZED D02 Standard 1.5 MW 5SH5241
Extra wide 2 MW 5SH5242
Double width 3 MW 5SH5243
DIAZED DII 5SH2042

DIII 5SH2242

230 V 4A 3 AC 380 … 415 V 5TT3170

7/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/21
© Siemens 2023
LV HRC fuse bases
Ceramic
Number of poles 1P
Size In Flat terminals Plug-in terminal Saddle-type terminal Double busbar terminal
000/00 160 A 3NH3030 3NH3031 3NH3032 –
0 1) 160 A 3NH3120 – – –
1 250 A 3NH3230 – – 3NH3220
2 400 A 3NH3330 – – 3NH3320
3 630 A 3NH3430 – – 3NH3420
4 1250 A 3NH3530 – – –
4a 1250 A – – – –
1)
No longer to be used for new installations!
7
Accessories
LV HRC protective covers for LV HRC fuse bases
• As touch protection for contact pieces
Size Article No.
000/00 3NX3105
0 3NX3114
1 3NX3106
2 3NX3107
3 3NX3108
LV HRC partitions for LV HRC fuse bases
• As intermediate phase and end barrier
Size Type Article No.
000/00 3NH30/3NH40 3NX2023
0 3NH31 3NX2030
1 3NH32 3NX2024
2 3NH33 3NX2025
3 3NH34 3NX2026
LV HRC protective covers
Size Number of poles Article No.
000/00 1P and 3P 3NX3115
Grip lug cover for plugging into the LV HRC protective cover
Size Use Article No.
000/00 When using fuse links with non-insulated grip lugs 3NX3116
Quick selection guide, page 7/8 and 7/10

7/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Molded plastic With swivel device

3P 1P 1P
Flat terminals Saddle-type terminal Flat terminals Flat terminals

3NH4030 3NH4032 3NH3051 –
– – – –
3NH4230 – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – 3NH7520
7
Blanking covers for LV HRC fuse bases (instead of LV HRC fuse link)
• Red color
• With inscription "Isolating point"
• Observe width 60 mm of the blank insert when using for size 1
Size Article No.
000/00 3NX1003
1, 2, 3 3NX1004
Fuse pullers for LV HRC fuse links
Size Version Article No.
000 ... 3 Without sleeve 3NX1013
With sleeve 3NX1014
Isolating blades for LV HRC fuse bases and fuse switch disconnectors
Version Contacts Size Article No.
With insulated grip lugs Silver-plated 000/00 3NG1002
0 3NG1102
1 3NG1202
2 3NG1302
3 3NG1402
With non-insulated Tin-coated 4 3NG1503
grip lugs Nickel-plated 4a 3NG1505

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/23
© Siemens 2023
Cylindrical fuse holders
For fuses of size In Standard Standard Standard Standard Compact Bus-mounting Standard
fuse holders
Without LED signal detector
8 × 32 mm 20 A 3NW7313 3NW7353 3NW7323 3NW7333 – – 3NW7363
10 × 38 mm 30 A – – – – – 3NW7431 –
32 A 3NW7013 3NW7053 3NW7023 3NW7033 3NW7033-1 – 3NW7063
14 × 51 mm 50 A 3NW7111 3NW7151 3NW7121 3NW7131 – – 3NW7161
22 × 58 mm 100 A 3NW7211 3NW7251 3NW7221 3NW7231 – – 3NW7261
With LED signal detector
7 8 × 32 mm 20 A 3NW7314 3NW7354 3NW7324 3NW7334 – – 3NW7364
10 × 38 mm 32 A 3NW7014 3NW7054 3NW7024 3NW7034 3NW7034-1 – 3NW7064
14 × 51 mm 50 A 3NW7112 3NW7152 3NW7122 3NW7132 – – 3NW7162
22 × 58 mm 100 A 3NW7212 3NW7252 3NW7222 3NW7232 – – 3NW7262
Note:
Semiconductor fuses heat up substantially more than standard fuses of operational classes gG and aM.
We therefore recommend only using SITOR cylindrical fuses in the intended SITOR fuse holders and complying with the maximum permissible current-carrying
capacity.
Accessories
Auxiliary switches for cylindrical fuse holders, standard
• For retrofitting using the factory-fitted brackets
Display Fuse link size Article No.
Disconnection of fuse link, for striker fuse links only 14 × 51 mm 3NW7901
22 × 58 mm 3NW7902
Switching state of fuse holder 8 × 32 mm and 10 × 38 mm 3NW7903
Auxiliary switches for cylindrical fuse holders, compact

In/AC-12 Un Contacts Article No.
5A Max. 250 V 1 NO + 1 NC 3NW7903-1
Busbars for cylindrical fuse holders, compact

Number of poles In Pin spacing Length Article No.
2 × 3P 63 A 15 mm 45 mm 5ST2601
3 × 3P 63 A 15 mm 90 mm 5ST2602
4 × 3P 63 A 15 mm 135 mm 5ST2603
5 × 3P 63 A 15 mm 180 mm 5ST2604
Terminals for cylindrical fuse holders, compact
Version Article No.
For conductor cross-sections 2.5 … 35 mm2 5ST2600

7/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Fuse holders and bases for

For SITOR fuses with bolt-on links or blade contacts
Ceramic Metal
In Un AC/DC For fuse series Mounting dimensions

50 A 690 V 3NC18 75 mm 3NH5723 –
315 A 690 V 3NE87, 3NC26 80 mm 3NH5023 –
400 A 690 V 3NE80..-3MK 80 mm 3NH5323 –
630 A 1800 V 3NE53, 3NE56 170 mm – 3NH5473
1250 A 1250 V 3NC24, 3NC33..-1U, 3NC34..-1U, 3NC84, 110 mm – 3NH5463
3NE1..-3, NE32, 3NE33
1600 A 690 V 3NE82..-3MK 80 mm – 3NH5423
For cylindrical fuses

Cylindrical fuse holders, can be used as fuse switch disconnectors
For fuses of size Un AC/DC With signaling switch

10 × 38 mm 600 V/– – – – –
690 V/800 V 3NC1091 – 3NC1092 3NC1093
14 × 51 mm 690 V/800 V 3NC1491 3NC1491-5 3NC1492 3NC1493
22 × 58 mm 690 V/800 V 3NC2291 3NC2291-5 3NC2292 3NC2293
22 × 127 mm 1500 V/1000 V 3NC2391-0MK – 3NC2392-0MK 3NC2393-0MK
Note:
Please comply with the maximum permissible current-carrying capacity.
Accessories
Fuse tongs
For fuses of size Article No.
10 × 38 mm 3NC1000
14 × 51 mm
22 × 58 mm

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/25
© Siemens 2023
Fuse holders and bases for

photovoltaic fuses
Cylindrical fuse holders for PV fuses
Without signal detector With signal detector
Number of poles 1P 1P 2P 1P 2P
For fuses of size In Un DC

10 × 38 mm 30 A 1000 V 3NW7013-4 – 3NW7023-4 3NW7014-4 3NW7024-4
10 × 85 mm 32 A 1500 V – 3NW7613-4 – – –

7/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
LV HRC fuse bases for PV fuses

With flat terminals, ceramic
Size In Un DC
1 250 A 1000 V 3NH3230

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/27
© Siemens 2023
Class J fuse holders
For mounting on DIN mounting rail For screwing Bus-mounting fuse holders
onto mounting for 8US 60 mm busbar systems
plate
Number of poles 1P 2P 3P 3P 3P 3P 3P
For fuses In Un
of size
21 × 57 mm 30 A 600 V 3NW7511-3HG 3NW7521-3HG 3NW7531-3HG – – – –
27 × 60 mm 60 A 600 V 3NW7511-5HG 3NW7521-5HG 3NW7531-5HG – – – –
28 × 118 mm 100 A 600 V – – – 3NW7531-6HG 3NW7431-6HG – –
41 × 146 mm 200 A 600 V – – – 3NW7531-7HG – 3NW7431-7HG –
54 × 181 mm 400 A 600 V – – – 3NW7531-8HG – – 3NW7431-8HG

7/28 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Class CC fuse holders
Standard Compact Bus-mounting fuse holders

for 8US 60 mm busbar systems
In Un Signal detector
without with
30 A 600 V 3NW7513-0HG 3NW7523-0HG 3NW7533-0HG 3NW7533-1HG 3NW7534-1HG 3NW7431-0HG
Accessories
Busbars for Class CC fuse holders, compact 7
Number of poles In Pin spacing Length Article No.
2 × 3P 63 A 15 mm 45 mm 5ST2601
3 × 3P 63 A 15 mm 90 mm 5ST2602
4 × 3P 63 A 15 mm 135 mm 5ST2603
5 × 3P 63 A 15 mm 180 mm 5ST2604
Terminals for Class CC fuse holders, compact
Version Article No.
For conductor cross-sections 2.5 … 35 mm2 5ST2600

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/29
© Siemens 2023
Fuse Systems | Fuse links
Quick selection guide of fuse links
IEC
I201_20406
NEOZED fuse DIAZED fuse SILIZED fuse LV HRC fuse links 3NA COM
links links links LV HRC fuse
links 1)
Basic data
Design NEOZED DIAZED NEOZED, DIAZED LV HRC LV HRC
Size/for fuses of size D01, D02, D03 NDz, DII, DIII D01, D02, DII, DIII, 000/00, 0, 1, 2
DIV 2, 3, 4, 4a
Operational class gG gG gR gG, aM gG, gFF

7 Rated current A 2 … 100 2 … 100 10 … 100 2 … 1250 80 … 315
Standards
Standard IEC 60269-3; IEC 60269-3; IEC 60269-3/-4; IEC 60269-1/-2; IEC 60269-1/-2;
DIN VDE 0636-3 DIN VDE 0635, DIN VDE 0636-3; EN 60269-1/-2; EN 60269-1/-2;
DIN VDE 0636-3; EN 60269-4 DIN VDE 0636-1/-2 DIN VDE 0636-1/-2
CEE 16 (VDE 0636-4)
Approvals VDE VDE – CSA 22.2, VDE VDE, KEMA
Rated voltage AC V 400 500 … 750 400 … 500 400 … 690 400
600 (CSA)
Rated breaking capacity AC kA 50 50 50 120 100
Rated voltage DC V 250 500 … 750 250 … 500 250 … 440 –
Rated breaking capacity DC kA 8 8 8 25 –
Further information
See page 7/32 See page 7/33 See page 7/34 See page 7/36 See page 7/50
1)
With current measuring function and wireless communication

7/30 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Fuse links | Fuse Systems
IEC IEC/UL UL
Cylindrical fuse links Photovoltaic fuse links, Photovoltaic fuse links, SITOR semiconductor SITOR semiconductor Class CC fuse links
cylindrical fuse design LV HRC design fuse links, LV HRC fuse links, cylindrical
design (AC/DC) and fuse design
LV HRC design (DC) (AC/DC)
Cylindrical Cylindrical LV HRC LV HRC Cylindrical Cylindrical

8 × 32 mm, 10 × 38 mm, 1, 1L, 2L, 3L, 000, 00, 1, 2, 3 10 × 38 mm, –
10 × 38 mm, 10 × 85 mm 1XL, 2XL 14 × 51 mm,
14 × 51 mm, 22 × 58 mm
22 × 58 mm
gG, aM gPV gPV gS, gR, aR gS, gR, aR –
0.5 …100 2 … 20 63 … 630 6 … 2400 1 … 125 0.6 ... 30 7
IEC 60269-1/-2; IEC 60269-6 IEC 60269-6 IEC 60269-4 IEC 60269-2 –
NF C 60-200,
NF C 63-210/-211;
NBN C 63269-2;
IEC 32-4/-12
UL 4248-1, CSA – – UL 4248-1, UL 4248-1, UL 4248-1;
UL 4248-13 UL 4248-13 CSA C22.2
400 … 690 – – 500 … 2500 690 … 1500 600

400 … 600 (UL/CSA) 600 … 1500 (UL/CSA)
20 … 120 – – 100 … 150 100 200
– 1000 … 1500 1000 … 1500 400 … 1500 250 … 1000 150 … 300
– 30 30 – – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/31
© Siemens 2023
NEOZED fuse links

Operational class gG
Size D01 Size D02 Size D03
In Identification Contacts Un AC/DC

color
2A Pink – 400 V/250 V 5SE2302 – –
4A Brown – 400 V/250 V 5SE2304 – –
6A Green – 400 V/250 V 5SE2306 – –
10 A Red – 400 V/250 V 5SE2310 – –
13 A Black – 400 V/250 V 5SE2013-2A – –
16 A Gray – 400 V/250 V 5SE2316 – –
20 A Blue Tin-coated 400 V/250 V – 5SE2320 –
25 A Yellow Tin-coated 400 V/250 V – 5SE2325 –
32 A Violet Tin-coated 400 V/250 V – 5SE2332 –
35 A Black Tin-coated 400 V/250 V – 5SE2335 –
40 A Black Silver-plated 400 V/250 V – 5SE2340 –
7 50 A White Silver-plated 400 V/250 V – 5SE2350 –
63 A Copper Silver-plated 400 V/250 V – 5SE2363 –
80 A Blue – 400 V/250 V – – 5SE2280
100 A Red – 400 V/250 V – – 5SE2300

7/32 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
DIAZED fuse links
Size DII Size DIII 1) Size DIV Size TNDz

E27 E33 R 1 1/4" E16
Operational class gG gG quick gG slow
In Identification Un AC/DC
color
2A Pink 500 V/500 V 5SB211 – – – 5SA211
690 V/600 V – 5SD8002 – – –
750 V/750 V – – 5SD601 – –
4A Brown 500 V/500 V 5SB221 – – – 5SA221
690 V/600 V – 5SD8004 – – –
750 V/750 V – – 5SD602 – –
6A Green 500 V/500 V 5SB231 – – – 5SA231
690 V/600 V – 5SD8006 – – –
7
750 V/750 V – – 5SD603 – –
10 A Red 500 V/500 V 5SB251 – – – 5SA251
690 V/600 V – 5SD8010 – – –
750 V/750 V – – 5SD604 – –
16 A Gray 500 V/440 V 5SB2611 – – – 5SA2611
690 V/600 V – 5SD8016 – – –
750 V/750 V – – 5SD605 – –
20 A Blue 500 V/440 V 5SB2711 – – – 5SA2711
690 V/600 V – 5SD8020 – – –
750 V/750 V – – 5SD606 – –
25 A Yellow 500 V/440 V 5SB2811 – – – 5SA2811
690 V/600 V – 5SD8025 – – –
750 V/750 V – – 5SD607 – –
32 A Violet 500 V/440 V – 5SB4011 – – –
35 A Black 500 V/440 V – 5SB4111 – – –
690 V/600 V – 5SD8035 – – –
750 V/750 V – – 5SD608 – –
50 A White 500 V/440 V – 5SB4211 – – –
690 V/600 V – 5SD8050 – – –
750 V/750 V – – 5SD610 – –
63 A Copper 500 V/440 V – 5SB4311 – – –
690 V/600 V – 5SD8063 – – –
750 V/750 V – – 5SD611 – –
80 A Silver 500 V/400 V – – – 5SC211 –
100 A Red 500 V/400 V – – – 5SC221 –
1)
For 2 … 25 A use screw adaptor DII

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/33
© Siemens 2023
SILIZED fuse links

Operational class gR
NEOZED design DIAZED design
Size D01 Size D02 Size DII Size DIII Size DIV
In Switch-off Power loss Un AC/DC

I²t value Pv
10 A 73 A2s 6.9 W 400 V/250 V 5SE1310 – – – –
16 A 60 A2s 12.1 W 500 V/500 V – – 5SD420 – –
120 A2s 6.2 W 400 V/250 V 5SE1316 – – – –
20 A 139 A2s 12.3 W 500 V/500 V – – 5SD430 – –
190 A2s 8.1 W 400 V/250 V – 5SE1320 – – –
25 A 205 A2s 12.5 W 500 V/500 V – – 5SD440 – –
215 A2s 8.2 W 400 V/250 V – 5SE1325 – – –
30 A 310 A2s 13.5 W 500 V/500 V – – 5SD480 – –
35 A 470 A2s 16.7 W 400 V/250 V – 5SE1335 – – –
7 539 A2s 14.8 W 500 V/500 V – – – 5SD450 –
50 A 1250 A2s 18.5 W 500 V/500 V – – – 5SD460 –
1960 A2s 12.0 W 400 V/250 V – 5SE1350 – – –
63 A 1890 A2s 28.0 W 500 V/500 V – – – 5SD470 –
4230 A2s 15.5 W 400 V/250 V – 5SE1363 – – –
80 A 4200 A2s 34.3 W 500 V/500 V – – – – 5SD510
100 A 8450 A2s 41.5 W 500 V/500 V – – – – 5SD520

7/34 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/35
© Siemens 2023
LV HRC fuse links

Operational class gG, with combination alarm
Size 000 Size 00 Size 1
Mounting width 21 mm 30 mm 30 mm
In Un AC/DC
Insulated grip lugs
2A 500 V/250 V 3NA6802 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA6802-6 – –
4A 500 V/250 V 3NA6804 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA6804-6 – –
6A 500 V/250 V 3NA6801 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA6801-6 – –
10 A 400 V/– 3NA6803-4 – –
500 V/250 V 3NA6803 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA6803-6 – –
7 16 A 400 V/– 3NA6805-4 – –

500 V/250 V 3NA6805 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA6805-6 – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA6105
20 A 400 V/– 3NA6807-4 – –
500 V/250 V 3NA6807 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA6807-6 – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA6107
25 A 400 V/– 3NA6810-4 – –
500 V/250 V 3NA6810 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA6810-6 – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA6110
32 A 400 V/– 3NA6812-4 – 3NA6114-4
500 V/250 V 3NA6812 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA6812-6 – –
35 A 400 V/– 3NA6814-4 – –
500 V/250 V 3NA6814 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA6814-6 – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA6114
40 A 400 V/– 3NA6817-4 – 3NA6117-4
500 V/250 V 3NA6817 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA6817-6KJ 3NA6817-6 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA6117
50 A 400 V/– 3NA6820-4 – 3NA6120-4
500 V/250 V 3NA6820 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA6820-6KJ 3NA6820-6 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA6120
690 V 1)/440 V – – 3NA6120-6
1)
Manufacturer's confirmation for 690 V +10% rated voltage available on request.

7/36 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

47.2 mm 47.2 mm 57.8 mm
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
7
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– 3NA6214 –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– 3NA6220-4 –
– – –
– – –
– 3NA6220 –
– – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/37
© Siemens 2023
LV HRC fuse links

Operational class gG, with combination alarm (continued)
In Un AC/DC
Insulated grip lugs
63 A 400 V/– 3NA6822-4 – 3NA6122-4
500 V/250 V 3NA6822 – –
690 V 1)/250 V – 3NA6822-6 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA6122
690 V 1)/440 V – – 3NA6122-6
80 A 400 V/– 3NA6824-4 3NA6824-4KK 3NA6124-4
500 V/250 V 3NA6824 3NA6824-7 –
690 V 1)/250 V – 3NA6824-6 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA6124
7 690 V 1)/440 V – – 3NA6124-6

100 A 400 V/– 3NA6830-4 3NA6830-4KK 3NA6130-4
500 V/250 V 3NA6830 3NA6830-7 –
690 V 1)/250 V – 3NA6830-6 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA6130
690 V 1)/440 V – – 3NA6130-6
125 A 400 V/– – 3NA6832-4 –
500 V/250 V – 3NA6832 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA6132
690 V 1)/440 V – – 3NA6132-6
160 A 400 V/– – 3NA6836-4 3NA6136-4
500 V/250 V – 3NA6836 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA6136
690 V 1)/440 V – – 3NA6136-6
200 A 400 V/– – – –
500 V/440 V – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – –
224 A 400 V/– – – –
500 V/440 V – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – –
250 A 400 V/– – – –
500 V/440 V – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – –
300 A 400 V/– – – –
500 V/440 V – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – –
315 A 400 V/– – – –
500 V/440 V – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – –
355 A 400 V/– – – –
500 V/440 V – – –
400 A 400 V/– – – –
500 V/440 V – – –
1)

7/38 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

47.2 mm 47.2 mm 57.8 mm
– 3NA6222-4 –
– – –
– – –
– 3NA6222 –
– – –
– 3NA6224-4 –
– – –
– – –
– 3NA6224 –
– 3NA6224-6 –
7
– 3NA6230-4 –
– – –
– – –
– 3NA6230 –
– 3NA6230-6 –
– 3NA6232-4 –
– – –
– 3NA6232 –
– 3NA6232-6 –
– 3NA6236-4 –
– – –
– 3NA6236 –
– 3NA6236-6 –
3NA6140-4 3NA6240-4 –
3NA6140 3NA6240 –
3NA6140-6 3NA6240-6 –
3NA6142-4 3NA6242-4 –
3NA6142 3NA6242 –
– – 3NA6242-6
3NA6144-4 3NA6244-4 –
3NA6144 3NA6244 –
– – 3NA6244-6
– – 3NA6250-4
– – 3NA6250
– – 3NA6250-6
– – 3NA6252-4
– – 3NA6252
– – 3NA6252-6
– – 3NA6254-4
– – 3NA6254
– – 3NA6260-4
– – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/39
© Siemens 2023
LV HRC fuse links

Operational class gG, with combination alarm
In Un AC/DC
Non-insulated grip lugs
2A 500 V/250 V 3NA7802 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA7802-6 – –
4A 500 V/250 V 3NA7804 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA7804-6 – –
6A 500 V/250 V 3NA7801 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA7801-6 – –
10 A 500 V/250 V 3NA7803 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA7803-6 – –
16 A 500 V/250 V 3NA7805 – –
7 690 V 1)/250 V 3NA7805-6 – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA7105
20 A 500 V/250 V 3NA7807 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA7807-6 – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA7107
25 A 500 V/250 V 3NA7810 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA7810-6 – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA7110
32 A 500 V/250 V 3NA7812 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA7812-6 – –
35 A 500 V/250 V 3NA7814 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA7814-6 – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA7114
40 A 500 V/250 V 3NA7817 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA7817-6KJ 3NA7817-6 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA7117
50 A 500 V/250 V 3NA7820 – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA7820-6KJ 3NA7820-6 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA7120
690 V 1)/440 V – – 3NA7120-6
63 A 500 V/250 V 3NA7822 – –
690 V 1)/250 V – 3NA7822-6 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA7122
690 V 1)/440 V – – 3NA7122-6
80 A 500 V/250 V 3NA7824 3NA7824-7 –
690 V 1)/250 V – 3NA7824-6 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA7124
690 V 1)/440 V – – 3NA7124-6
100 A 500 V/250 V 3NA7830 3NA7830-7 –
690 V 1)/250 V – 3NA7830-6 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA7130
690 V 1)/440 V – – 3NA7130-6
125 A 500 V/250 V – 3NA7832 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA7132
690 V 1)/440 V – – 3NA7132-6
1)

7/40 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

47.2 mm 47.2 mm 57.8 mm
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – – 7
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– 3NA7214 –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– 3NA7220 –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– 3NA7222 –
– – –
– – –
– – –
– 3NA7224 –
– 3NA7224-6 –
– – –
– – –
– 3NA7230 –
– 3NA7230-6 –
– – –
– 3NA7232 –
– 3NA7232-6 –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/41
© Siemens 2023
LV HRC fuse links

Operational class gG, with combination alarm (continued)
In Un AC/DC
160 A 500 V/250 V – 3NA7836 –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA7136
690 V 1)/440 V – – 3NA7136-6
200 A 500 V/440 V – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – –
224 A 500 V/440 V – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – –
250 A 500 V/440 V – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – –
7 300 A 690 V 1)/440 V – – –

315 A 500 V/440 V – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – –
355 A – – – –
400 A 500 V/440 V – – –
1)

7/42 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

47.2 mm 47.2 mm 57.8 mm
– – –
– 3NA7236 –
– 3NA7236-6 –
3NA7140 3NA7240 –
3NA7140-6 3NA7240-6 –
3NA7142 3NA7242 –
– – 3NA7242-6
3NA7144 3NA7244 –
– – 3NA7244-6
– – 3NA7250-6
7
– – 3NA7252
– – 3NA7252-6
– – –
– – 3NA7260

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/43
© Siemens 2023
LV HRC fuse links

Operational class gG, with front indicator
Size 000 Size 00 Size 0 Size 1
Mounting width 21 mm 30 mm 30 mm 30 mm 47.2 mm
In Un AC/DC
2A 500 V/250 V 3NA3802 – – – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA3802-6 – – – –
4A 500 V/250 V 3NA3804 – – – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA3804-6 – – – –
6A 500 V/250 V 3NA3801 – – – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA3801-6 – – – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA3001 – –
10 A 500 V/250 V 3NA3803 – – – –
7 690 V 1)/250 V 3NA3803-6 – – – –

500 V/440 V – – 3NA3003 – –
16 A 500 V/250 V 3NA3805 – – – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA3805-6 – – – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA3005 3NA3105 –
20 A 500 V/250 V 3NA3807 – – – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA3807-6 – – – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA3007 3NA3107 –
25 A 500 V/250 V 3NA3810 – – – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA3810-6 – – – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA3010 3NA3110 –
32 A 500 V/250 V 3NA3812 – – – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA3812-6 – – – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA3012 – –
35 A 500 V/250 V 3NA3814 3NA3814-7 – – –
690 V 1)/250 V – – – – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA3014 3NA3114 –
40 A 500 V/250 V 3NA3817 – – – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA3817-6KJ 3NA3817-6 – – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA3017 3NA3117 –
50 A 500 V/250 V 3NA3820 3NA3820-7 – – –
690 V 1)/250 V 3NA3820-6KJ 3NA3820-6 – – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA3020 3NA3120 –
690 V 1)/440 V – – – 3NA3120-6 –
63 A 500 V/250 V 3NA3822 3NA3822-7 – – –
690 V 1)/250 V – 3NA3822-6 – – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA3022 3NA3122 –
690 V 1)/440 V – – – 3NA3122-6 –
80 A 500 V/250 V 3NA3824 3NA3824-7 – – –
690 V 1)/250 V – 3NA3824-6 – – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA3024 3NA3124 –
690 V 1)/440 V – – – 3NA3124-6 –
100 A 500 V/250 V 3NA3830 3NA3830-7 – – –
690 V 1)/250 V – 3NA3830-6 – – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA3030 3NA3130 –
690 V 1)/440 V – – – – –
1)

7/44 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 4a

(IEC design)
47.2 mm 57.8 mm 57.8 mm 71.2 mm 101.8 mm 101.8 mm
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
7
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
3NA3214 – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
3NA3220 – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
3NA3224 – – – – –
3NA3224-6 – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
3NA3230 – – – – –
– – – – – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/45
© Siemens 2023
LV HRC fuse links

Operational class gG, with front indicator (continued)
Mounting width 21 mm 30 mm 30 mm 30 mm 47.2 mm
In Un AC/DC
125 A 400 V/250 V 3NA3832-8 – – – –
500 V/250 V – 3NA3832 – – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA3032 3NA3132 –
690 V 1)/440 V – – – 3NA3132-6 –
160 A 400 V/250 V 3NA3836-8 – – – –
500 V/250 V – 3NA3836 – – –
500 V/440 V – – 3NA3036 3NA3136 –
690 V 1)/440 V – – – 3NA3136-6 –
7 200 A 500 V/440 V – – – – 3NA3140

690 V 1)/440 V – – – – 3NA3140-6
224 A 500 V/440 V – – – – 3NA3142
690 V 1)/440 V – – – – –
250 A 500 V/440 V – – – – 3NA3144
690 V 1)/440 V – – – – 3NA3144-6
300 A 500 V/440 V – – – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – – – –
315 A 500 V/440 V – – – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – – – –
355 A 500 V/440 V – – – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – – – –
400 A 500 V/440 V – – – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – – – –
425 A 500 V/440 V – – – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – – – –
500 A 500 V/440 V – – – – –
690 V 1)/440 V – – – – –
630 A 500 V/440 V – – – – –
800 A 500 V/440 V – – – – –
1000 A 500 V/440 V – – – – –
1250 A 500 V/440 V – – – – –
1)

7/46 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 4a

(IEC design)
47.2 mm 57.8 mm 57.8 mm 71.2 mm 101.8 mm 101.8 mm
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
3NA3232 – – – – –
3NA3232-6 – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
3NA3236 – – – – –
3NA3236-6 – – – – –
3NA3240 – 3NA3340 – – –
7
3NA3240-6 – – – – –
3NA3242 – 3NA3342 – – –
– 3NA3242-6 – – – –
3NA3244 – 3NA3344 – – –
– 3NA3244-6 3NA3344-6 – – –
– 3NA3250 3NA3350 – – –
– 3NA3250-6 – – – –
– 3NA3252 3NA3352 – – –
– 3NA3252-6 3NA3352-6 – – –
– 3NA3254 3NA3354 – – –
– – – 3NA3354-6 – –
– 3NA3260 3NA3360 – – –
– – – 3NA3360-6 – –
– – – 3NA3362 – –
– – – 3NA3362-6 – –
– – – 3NA3365 – 3NA3665
– – – 3NA3365-6 – –
– – – 3NA3372 3NA3472 3NA3672
– – – – 3NA3475 3NA3675
– – – – 3NA3480 3NA3680
– – – – 3NA3482 3NA3682

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/47
© Siemens 2023
LV HRC fuse links

Operational class aM, with front indicator
Size 000 Size 00 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3
Mounting width 21 mm 30 mm 30 mm 47.2 mm 47.2 mm 57.8 mm 57.8 mm 71.2 mm
In Un AC
6A 500 V 3ND1801 – – – – – – –
10 A 500 V 3ND1803 – – – – – – –
16 A 500 V 3ND1805 – – – – – – –
20 A 500 V 3ND1807 – – – – – – –
25 A 500 V 3ND1810 – – – – – – –
32 A 500 V 3ND1812 – – – – – – –
35 A 500 V 3ND1814 – – – – – – –
40 A 500 V 3ND1817 – – – – – – –
50 A 500 V 3ND1820 – – – – – – –
7 63 A 500 V 3ND1822 – – – – – – –
690 V – – 3ND2122 – – – – –
80 A 500 V 3ND1824 – – – – – – –
690 V – – 3ND2124 – – – – –
100 A 500 V 3ND1830-8 3ND1830 – – – – – –
690 V – – 3ND2130 – – – – –
125 A 500 V – 3ND1832 – – – – – –
690 V – – – 3ND2132 3ND2232 – – –
160 A 500 V – 3ND1836 – – – – – –
690 V – – – 3ND2136 3ND2236 – – –
200 A 690 V – – – 3ND2140 3ND2240 – – –
250 A 690 V – – – 3ND2144 3ND2244 – – –
315 A 690 V – – – – – 3ND2252 3ND2352 –
355 A 690 V – – – – – 3ND2254 3ND2354 –
400 A 690 V – – – – – 3ND2260 3ND2360 –
500 A 690 V – – – – – – – 3ND1365
630 A 690 V – – – – – – – 3ND1372

7/48 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/49
© Siemens 2023
3NA COM LV HRC fuse links with

With front indicator and non-insulated grip lugs
Size 2, with electronic module 1) Size 2, without electronic module 2)
Operational class gG Operational class gFF Operational class gG Operational class gFF
(for the Netherlands) (for the Netherlands)
Mounting width 59 mm 59 mm 59 mm 59 mm
I201_20406 I201_20406
In Un AC
80 A 400 V – 3NA3224-4KK03 – 3NA3224-4KK04
100 A 400 V 3NA3230-4KK01 3NA3230-4KK03 3NA3230-4KK02 3NA3230-4KK04
224 A 400 V 3NA3242-4KK01 – 3NA3242-4KK02 –
7 250 A 400 V 3NA3244-4KK01 3NA3244-4KK03 3NA3244-4KK02 3NA3244-4KK04
315 A 400 V 3NA3252-4KK01 – 3NA3252-4KK02 –
1)
Electronic module is mounted by simple insertion
2)
For spare part purposes (electronic module can be reused after the fuse has been replaced!)

SENTRON SENTRON
Solutions

I201_20143a
7KN1110-0MC00
See page 10/20
... ...
max. 24
Wireless Protocol

7/50 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Measuring functions Monitoring functions (alarm)

• Rms value of the current (average 10 s) with limit monitoring
• Temperature (measured in electronic module) • Limit values can be set for:
− Current/overcurrent > Limit value 1
− Current/overcurrent > Limit value 2
− Overtemperature
− Operating hours counter
− Operating hours counter with load current > Limit value
− Values
Technical specifications Electronic module for 3NA COM
Rated current/current measuring range 400 A/2.5 … 440 A (rms value)

Measuring accuracy of current measurement/5-minute average of rms value
• At reference temperature 25 °C ±1 % (8 … 440 A), ±2 % (2.5 … 8 A)
• In the range −10 °C … +70 °C ±2.2 % (8 … 440 A), ±3.2 % (2.5 … 8 A)
Minimum current (to maintain the radio connection) 2 A for operation, 3.5 A for commissioning
7
Temperature measuring range +10 ... +150 °C
Measuring accuracy of temperature measurement ±2.5 °C
Maximum transmit power 8 dBm
Minimum/maximum ambient temperature during operation –25 °C/+70 °C
Minimum/maximum ambient temperature during storage –25 °C/+85 °C
Relative humidity at 25 °C without condensation Max. 95%
Degree of protection IP IP20
Pollution degree 2
Reference condition for measuring accuracy IEC 61557-12
Measuring method TRMS
Power supply CT Harvesting
European standards
RED Safety EN 60669-2-5
RED Health EN 62479
RED EMV EN 63044-3/-5-3, EN 301489-17, EN 300480-17
RED Radio Spec EN 300328
International standards
For EMC EN 63044-5-3, IEC 61000-6-2, IEC 61000-4-2/-3/-4/-5/-6/-8/-11
For shocks, bumps, free fall, environmental tests IEC 60068-2-1/-2/-6/-27/-30/-32
Approvals VDE, KEMA KEUR
Measured values Measuring interval Storage time

Current
Current (rms value) A 2s 1h
Average current (rms value) A Adjustable from 3 ... 2600 s 7d
Minimum current A 1d 10 d
Maximum current A No limit 10 d
Temperature
Temperature °C 2s 1h
Average temperature °C Adjustable 7d
Minimum temperature °C 1d 10 d
Maximum temperature °C 1d 10 d
Operating hours counter
Operating hours counter h Unlimited Unlimited
Operating hours counter with load current > Limit value h Unlimited Unlimited

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/51
© Siemens 2023
Cylindrical fuse links

Operational class gG
Size 8 × 32 mm Size 10 × 38 mm Size 14 × 51 mm Size 22 × 58 mm
In Un AC
0.5 A 500 V – 3NW6000-1 – –
1A 500 V – 3NW6011-1 – –
2A 400 V 3NW6302-1 – – –
500 V – 3NW6002-1 – –
4A 400 V 3NW6304-1 – – –
500 V – 3NW6004-1 – –
690 V – – 3NW6104-1 –
6A 400 V 3NW6301-1 – – –
500 V – 3NW6001-1 – –
690 V – – 3NW6101-1 –
8A 500 V – 3NW6008-1 – –
7 10 A
690 V
400 V
–
3NW6303-1
–
–
3NW6108-1
–
–
–
500 V – 3NW6003-1 – –
690 V – – 3NW6103-1 –
12 A 500 V – 3NW6006-1 – –
690 V – – 3NW6106-1 –
16 A 400 V 3NW6305-1 – – –
500 V – 3NW6005-1 – –
690 V – – 3NW6105-1 3NW6205-1
20 A 400 V 3NW6307-1 – – –
500 V – 3NW6007-1 – –
690 V – – 3NW6107-1 3NW6207-1
25 A 500 V – 3NW6010-1 – –
690 V – – 3NW6110-1 3NW6210-1
32 A 400 V – 3NW6012-1 – –
690 V – – 3NW6112-1 3NW6212-1
40 A 500 V – – 3NW6117-1 –
690 V – – – 3NW6217-1
50 A 500 V – – 3NW6120-1 –
690 V – – – 3NW6220-1
63 A 500 V – – – 3NW6222-1
80 A 500 V – – – 3NW6224-1
100 A 500 V – – – 3NW6230-1

7/52 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Operational class aM
Size 10 × 38 mm Size 14 × 51 mm Size 22 × 58 mm
In Un AC
0.5 A 500 V 3NW8000-1 – –
1A 500 V 3NW8011-1 – –
2A 500 V 3NW8002-1 – –
690 V – 3NW8102-1 –
4A 500 V 3NW8004-1 – –
690 V – 3NW8104-1 –
6A 500 V 3NW8001-1 – –
690 V – 3NW8101-1 –
8A 500 V 3NW8008-1 – –
690 V – 3NW8108-1 –
10 A 500 V 3NW8003-1 – –
12 A
690 V
500 V
–
3NW8006-1
3NW8103-1
–
–
–
7
690 V – 3NW8106-1 –
16 A 500 V 3NW8005-1 3NW8105-1 –
690 V – – 3NW8205-1
20 A 400 V 3NW8007-1 – –
500 V – 3NW8107-1 –
690 V – – 3NW8207-1
25 A 400 V 3NW8010-1 – –
500 V – 3NW8110-1 –
690 V – – 3NW8210-1
32 A 400 V 3NW8012-1 – –
500 V – 3NW8112-1 –
690 V – – 3NW8212-1
40 A 500 V – 3NW8117-1 –
690 V – – 3NW8217-1
50 A 400 V – 3NW8120-1 –
690 V – – 3NW8220-1
63 A 500 V – – 3NW8222-1
80 A 500 V – – 3NW8224-1
100 A 500 V – – 3NW8230-1

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/53
© Siemens 2023

LV HRC design (AC/DC)
Operational class gS, with blade contacts without slots
In Switch-off I²t Power Varying load Un AC

value loss Pv factor WL
16 A 200 A2s 4W 1.00 690 V 1) 3NE1813-0 – – – –
20 A 430 A2s 5W 1.00 690 V 1) 3NE1814-0 – – – –
25 A 780 A2s 5W 1.00 690 V 1) 3NE1815-0 – – – –
35 A 1700 A2s 3.5 W 1.00 690 V 1) 3NE1803-0 – – – –
40 A 3000 A2s 3W 1.00 690 V 1) 3NE1802-0 – – – –
50 A 4400 A2s 6W 1.00 690 V 1) 3NE1817-0 – – – –
63 A 9000 A2s 7W 1.00 690 V 1) 3NE1818-0 – – – –
80 A 18000 A2s 8W 1.00 690 V 1) 3NE1820-0 – – – –
7 100 A 33000 A2s 10 W 1.00 690 V 1) – 3NE1021-0 – – –
125 A 63000 A2s 11 W 1.00 690 V 1) – 3NE1022-0 – – –
160 A 60000 A2s 24 W 1.00 690 V 1) – – 3NE1224-0 – –
200 A 100000 A2s 27 W 1.00 690 V 1) – – 3NE1225-0 – –
250 A 200000 A2s 30 W 1.00 690 V 1) – – 3NE1227-0 – –
315 A 310000 A2s 38 W 1.00 690 V 1) – – 3NE1230-0 – –
350 A 430000 A2s 42 W 1.00 690 V 1) – – – 3NE1331-0 –
400 A 590000 A2s 45 W 1.00 690 V 1) – – – 3NE1332-0 –
450 A 750000 A s 2
53 W 1.00 690 V 1) – – – 3NE1333-0 –
500 A 950000 A2s 56 W 1.00 690 V 1) – – – 3NE1334-0 –
560 A 1700000 A2s 50 W 1.00 690 V 1) – – – – 3NE1435-0
630 A 2350000 A2s 55 W 1.00 690 V 1) – – – – 3NE1436-0
710 A 3400000 A2s 58 W 1.00 690 V 1) – – – – 3NE1437-0
800 A 5000000 A2s 58 W 1.00 690 V 1) – – – – 3NE1438-0
Further information
Installation in 3NH LV HRC fuse bases ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Installation in 3NP and 3KF fuse switching devices ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
1)
For the max. DC voltage, see the Configuration Manual – Fuse systems, chapter Configuration, Use with direct current www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals (45314810)

7/54 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Operational class gR, with bolt-on links

Size 000 Size 00
Screw fixing, mounting dimension M8, 80 mm M10, 80 mm
In Switch-off I²t Power Varying load Un AC/DC Un DC

value loss Pv factor WL (IEC) (UL)
20 A 83 A2s 7W 0.90 690 V/600 V 700 V 3NE8714-1 –

25 A 140 A2s 9W 0.90 690 V/600 V 700 V 3NE8715-1 –
32 A 285 A2s 10 W 0.90 690 V/600 V 700 V 3NE8701-1 –
40 A 490 A2s 12 W 0.90 690 V/600 V 700 V 3NE8702-1 –
50 A 815 A2s 15 W 0.90 690 V/600 V 700 V 3NE8717-1 –
63 A 1550 A2s 16 W 0.95 690 V/700 V 700 V 3NE8718-1 –
80 A 3200 A2s 23 W on req. 690 V/440 V – – 3NE8020-3MK 7
100 A 5200 A2s 29 W on req. 690 V/440 V – – 3NE8021-3MK
Further information
Screw fixing ■ ■
Installation in SITOR fuse bases 3NH5023 3NH5023
Further currents, operational class aR See page 7/60 See page 7/60

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/55
© Siemens 2023

Operational class gS, with blade contacts without slots
Size 000 Size 00
In Switch-off I²t Power Varying load Un AC/DC

6A 37 A2s 2.7 W on req. 690 V/400 V 3NE8810-0MK –

10 A 50 A2s 4.5 W on req. 690 V/400 V 3NE8812-0MK –
20 A 90 A2s 8W on req. 690 V/400 V 3NE8814-0MK –
180 A2s 7W 0.95 690 V 1)/– – 3NE8015-1
32 A 280 A2s 12 W 0.90 1000 V 1))/– – –
7 350 A s 10.5 W on req. 690 V/400 V 3NE8801-0MK –

2
35 A 400 A2s 9W 0.95 690 V 1)/– – 3NE8003-1

40 A 480 A2s 12 W on req. 690 V/400 V 3NE8802-0MK –
500 A2s 13 W 0.90 1000 V 1))/– – –
50 A 700 A2s 14 W 0.90 690 V 1)/– – 3NE8017-1
800 A2s 16 W 0.90 1000 V 1))/– – –
1050 A s 2
14.5 W on req. 690 V/400 V 3NE8817-0MK –
63 A 1400 A2s 16 W 0.95 690 V 1)/– – 3NE8018-1
1960 A2s 23 W on req. 690 V/400 V 3NE8818-0MK –
80 A 5800 A2s 10.5 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – 3NE1020-2
100 A 11000 A2s 12 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – 3NE1021-2
125 A 23000 A2s 13.5 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – 3NE1022-2
160 A 18600 A2s 32 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
200 A 51800 A2s 35 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
250 A 80900 A2s 37 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
315 A 168000 A2s 40 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
350 A 177000 A2s 43 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
400 A 224000 A2s 50 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
450 A 276500 A2s 58 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
500 A 398000 A2s 64 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
560 A 890000 A2s 60 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
630 A 1390000 A2s 60 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
670 A 1640000 A2s 64 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
710 A 1818000 A2s 72 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
2460000 A2s 65 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
800 A 2475000 A2s 84 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
3350000 A2s 72 W 1.00 600 V 1)/– – –
850 A 3640000 A2s 76 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – –
Further information
Installation in 3NH LV HRC fuse bases ■ ■
Installation in 3NP and 3KF fuse switching devices ■ ■
Further currents, operational class aR See page 7/61 –
1)

7/56 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
3NE4101 – – – –
– – – – –
7
– – – – –
– – – – –
3NE4102 – – – –
– – – – –
3NE4117 – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– 3NE1224-2 – – –
– 3NE1225-2 – – –
– 3NE1227-2 – – –
– 3NE1230-2 – – –
– – 3NE1331-2 – –
– – 3NE1332-2 – –
– – 3NE1333-2 – –
– – 3NE1334-2 – –
– – – – 3NE1435-2
– – – – 3NE1436-2
– – – – 3NE1447-2
– – – – 3NE1437-2
– – – 3NE1437-1 –
– – – – 3NE1438-2
– – – 3NE1438-1 –
– – – – 3NE1448-2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
See page 7/61 – – – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/57
© Siemens 2023

Operational class gR, with slotted blade contacts
With 2 oblong slots With oblong and transverse slots
Size 3 Size 1
Screw fixing, mounting dimension (lateral) M10, 110 mm M10, 110 mm

32 A 4500 A2s 9W on req. 1000 V/600 V – – – 3NE3201-0MK
40 A 900 A2s 26 W on req. 1500 V/1000 V – – – –
6000 A2s 13 W on req. 1000 V/600 V – – – 3NE3202-0MK
50 A 1800 A2s 27 W on req. 1500 V/1000 V – – – –
8000 A2s 18 W on req. 1000 V/600 V – – – 3NE3217-0MK
63 A 3100 A2s 34 W on req. 1500 V/1000 V – – – –
7 9000 A2s 25 W on req. 1000 V/600 V – – – 3NE3218-0MK
150 A 17600 A2s 40 W 0.85 690 V 1)/– – 3NC8423-0C – –
33000 A2s 35 W 0.85 500 V/– 3NC2423-0C – – –
160 A 18600 A2s 32 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – 3NE1224-3 –
200 A 38400 A2s 55 W 0.85 690 V 1)/– – 3NC8425-0C – –
51800 A2s 35 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – 3NE1225-3 –
64000 A2s 40 W 0.85 500 V/– 3NC2425-0C – – –
250 A 70400 A2s 72 W 0.85 690 V 1)/– – 3NC8427-0C – –
80900 A2s 37 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – 3NE1227-3 –
99000 A2s 50 W 0.85 500 V/– 3NC2427-0C – – –
300 A 132000 A2s 65 W 0.85 500 V/– 3NC2428-0C – – –
315 A 168000 A2s 40 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – 3NE1230-3 –
350 A 176000 A2s 95 W 0.85 690 V 1)/– – 3NC8431-0C – –
177000 A2s 43 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – – –
249000 A2s 60 W 0.85 500 V/– 3NC2431-0C – – –
400 A 224000 A2s 50 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – – –
450 A 276500 A2s 58 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – – –
500 A 398000 A2s 64 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – – –
448000 A2s 130 W 0.85 690 V 1)/– – 3NC8434-0C – –
560 A 890000 A2s 60 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – – –
630 A 1390000 A2s 60 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – – –
670 A 1640000 A2s 64 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – – –
710 A 1818000 A2s 72 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – – –
800 A 2475000 A2s 84 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – – –
850 A 3640000 A2s 76 W 1.00 690 V 1)/– – – – –
1000 A 1400000 A2s 138 W 1.00 690 V 3)/– – – – –
1100 A 3000000 A2s 110 W 1.00 690 V 3)/– – – – –
1250 A 4100000 A2s 104 W 1.00 690 V 3)/– – – – –
1350 A 4800000 A2s 126 W 1.00 690 V 3)/– – – – –
1400 A 5200000 A2s 127 W 1.00 690 V 3)/– – – – –
1600 A 6900000 A2s 152 W 1.00 690 V 3)/– – – – –
1700 A 6400000 A2s 179 W 1.00 690 V 3)/– – – – –
1700 A 10000000 A2s 143 W 1.00 690 V 3)/– – – – –
1900 A 8200000 A2s 196 W 1.00 690 V 3)/– – – – –
Further information
Screw fixing ■ ■ ■ ■
Installation in SITOR fuse bases 3NH5463 3NH5463 3NH5463 3NH5463
Installation in LV HRC fuse bases ■ ■ ■ ■
Installation in fuse switching devices ■ ■ ■ ■
Further currents, operational class aR See page 7/64 – – –
1)
2)
Minimum clearance 90 mm
3)
UL voltage 700 V AC

7/58 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Size 2 Size 3 Size 2 × 3 Size 3 × 3

M10, 110 mm M10, 170 mm M10, 110 mm M12, 110 mm M12, 110 mm 2) M12, 110 mm 2)
– – – – – – –
– 3NE5302-0MK06 – – – – –
– – – – – – –
– 3NE5317-0MK06 – – – – –
– – – – – – –
– 3NE5318-0MK06 – – – – –
– – – – – – – 7
– – – 3NC8423-3C – – –
– – 3NC2423-3C – – – –
– – – – – – –
– – – 3NC8425-3C – – –
– – – – – – –
– – 3NC2425-3C – – – –
– – – 3NC8427-3C – – –
– – – – – – –
– – 3NC2427-3C – – – –
– – 3NC2428-3C – – – –
– – – – – – –
– – – 3NC8431-3C – – –
3NE1331-3 – – – – – –
– – 3NC2431-3C – – – –
3NE1332-3 – – – – – –
3NE1333-3 – – – – – –
3NE1334-3 – – – – – –
– – – 3NC8434-3C – – –
– – – – 3NE1435-3 – –
– – – – 3NE1436-3 – –
– – – – 3NE1447-3 – –
– – – – 3NE1437-3 – –
– – – – 3NE1438-3 – –
– – – – 3NE1448-3 – –
– – – – – 3NB3350-1KK26 –
– – – – – 3NB3351-1KK26 –
– – – – – 3NB3352-1KK26 –
– – – – – 3NB3354-1KK26 –
– – – – – 3NB3355-1KK26 –
– – – – – 3NB3357-1KK26 –
– – – – – – 3NB3358-1KK27
– – – – – 3NB3358-1KK26 –
– – – – – – 3NB3362-1KK27
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
3NH5463 3NH5473 3NH5463 3NH5463 3NH5463 – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – –
– – See page 7/64 See page 7/64 See page 7/64 – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/59
© Siemens 2023

Operational class aR, with bolt-on links
Size 000
Screw fixing, mounting dimension M8, 80 mm M10, 80 mm
In Switch-off I²t Power Varying load Un AC/DC Un DC

value loss Pv factor WL (IEC) (UL)
80 A 2700 A2s 18 W 0.90 690 V/600 V 700 V 3NE8720-1 –

100 A 4950 A2s 19 W 0.95 690 V/600 V 700 V 3NE8721-1 –
125 A 9100 A2s 23 W 0.95 690 V/600 V 700 V 3NE8722-1 –
160 A 17000 A2s 31 W 0.90 690 V/600 V 700 V 3NE8724-1 –
200 A 30000 A2s 36 W 0.90 690 V/600 V 700 V 3NE8725-1 –
250 A 55000 A2s 42 W 0.90 690 V/600 V 700 V 3NE8727-1 –
7 315 A 85500 A2s 54 W 0.85 690 V/600 V 700 V 3NE8731-1 –
350 A 135000 A2s 58.8 W on req. 690 V/440 V – – 3NE8031-3MK
400 A 170000 A2s 74.5 W on req. 690 V/440 V – – 3NE8032-3MK
Further information
Installation in SITOR fuse bases 3NH5023 3NH5023
Further currents, operational class gR See page 7/55 See page 7/55

7/60 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Operational class aR, with blade contacts without slots


63 A 1500 A2s 20 W 0.90 1000 V 1)/– – – 3NE4118 – –

80 A 2200 A s2
23.3 W on req. 690 V/440 V 3NE8820-0MK – – – –
2400 A2s 19 W 0.95 690 V 1)/– – 3NE8020-1 – – –
3000 A2s 22 W 0.90 1000 V 1)/– – – 3NE4120 – –
100 A 3650 A2s 27 W on req. 690 V/440 V 3NE8821-0MK – – – –
6050 A2s 25.5 W on req. 690 V/440 V – – – 3NE8221-0MK –
4200 A2s 22 W 0.95 690 V 1)/– – 3NE8021-1 – – –
6000 A s 24 W 0.90 1000 V 1)/– – – 3NE4121 – –
7
2

8900 A2s 28.5 W on req. 690 V/440 V – – – 3NE8222-0MK –
6500 A2s 28 W 0.95 690 V 1)/– – 3NE8022-1 – – –
14000 A2s 30 W 0.90 1000 V 1)/– – – 3NE4122 – –
16200 A2s 37 W on req. 690 V/440 V – – – 3NE8224-0MK –
13000 A2s 38 W 0.95 690 V 1)/– – 3NE8024-1 – – –
29000 A2s 35 W 0.90 1000 V 1)/– – – 3NE4124 – –
200 A 26000 A2s 49 W on req. 690 V/440 V – – – 3NE8225-0MK –
350 A 83500 A2s 68.6 W on req. 690 V/440 V – – – – 3NE8331-0MK
Further information
Installation in 3NH LV HRC fuse bases ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Installation in 3NP and 3KF fuse switching devices ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Further currents, operational class gR See page 7/56 – See page 7/56 – –
1)

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/61
© Siemens 2023

Operational class aR, with slotted blade contacts
With 2 oblong slots With oblong and transverse slots
Size 3 Size 1
Screw fixing, mounting dimension M10, 110 mm M8, 80 mm M10, 110 mm

80 A 3900 A2s 42 W on req. 1500 V/1000 V – – –
100 A 4800 A2s 28 W 0.95 1000 V 1/– – – 3NE3221
3200 A2s 25 W on req. 690 V/440 V – 3NE8221-3MK –
8700 A2s 45 W on req. 1500 V/1000 V – – –
125 A 7200 A2s 36 W 0.95 1000 V 1/– – – 3NE3222
6000 A2s 28 W on req. 690 V/440 V – 3NE8222-3MK –
11800 A2s 59 W on req. 1500 V/1000 V – – –
160 A 13000 A2s 42 W 1.00 1000 V 1/– – – 3NE3224
10500 A2s 35 W on req. 690 V/440 V – 3NE8224-3MK –
7 200 A
37000 A2s
30000 A2s
54 W
42 W
on req.
1.00
1500 V/1000 V
1000 V 1/–
–
–
–
–
–
3NE3225
17500 A2s 42 W on req. 690 V/440 V – 3NE8225-3MK –
70000 A2s 56 W on req. 1500 V/1000 V – – –
250 A 29700 A2s 105 W 0.85 800 V 1)/– – – –
48000 A2s 50 W 1.00 1000 V 1/– – – 3NE3227
28500 A2s 53.5 W on req. 690 V/440 V – 3NE8227-3MK –
165000 A2s 59 W on req. 1500 V/1000 V – – –
315 A 60700 A2s 120 W 0.85 800 V 1)/– – – –
80000 A2s 60 W 0.95 1000 V 1/– – – 3NE3230-0B
300000 A2s 245 W on req. –/3000 V – – –
53500 A2s 61 W on req. 690 V/440 V – 3NE8230-3MK –
250000 A2s 76 W on req. 1500 V/1000 V – – –
350 A 100000 A2s 75 W 0.95 1000 V 1/– – – 3NE3231
66000 A2s 69 W on req. 690 V/440 V – 3NE8231-3MK –
400 A 390000 A2s 50 W 0.85 500 V 1)/– 3NC2432-0C – –
135000 A2s 80 W 1.00 1000 V 1/– – – –
85 W 0.90 1000 V 1/– – – 3NE3232-0B
110000 A2s 70.5 W on req. 690 V/440 V – 3NE8232-3MK –
470000 A2s 89 W on req. 1500 V/1000 V – – –
450 A 191000 A2s 140 W 0.85 800 V 1)/– – – –
175000 A2s 90 W 1.00 1000 V 1/– – – –
95 W 0.90 1000 V 1/– – – 3NE3233
180000 A2s 71 W on req. 690 V/440 V – 3NE8233-3MK –
500 A 276000 A2s 155 W 0.85 800 V 1)/– – – –
260000 A2s 90 W 1.00 1000 V 1/– – – –
215000 A2s 84 W on req. 690 V/440 V – 3NE8234-3MK –
500000 A2s 105 W on req. 1000 V/600 V – – –3NE3234-0MK08
800000 A2s 109 W on req. 1500 V/1000 V – – –
550 A 290000 A2s 87 W on req. 690 V/440 V – 3NE8235-3MK –
700000 A2s 110 W on req. 1000 V/600 V – – 3NE3235-0MK08
560 A 360000 A2s 95 W 1.00 1000 V 1/– – – –
630 A 600000 A2s 100 W 1.00 1000 V 1/– – – –
440000 A2s 96 W on req. 690 V/440 V – 3NE8236-3MK –
850000 A2s 127 W on req. 1000 V/600 V – – 3NE3236-0MK08
1100000 A2s 163 W on req. 1500 V/1000 V – – –
710 A 923000 A2s 155 W 0.95 800 V 1)/– – – –
800000 A2s 105 W 1.00 900 V 1)/– – – –
800 A 850000 A2s 130 W 0.95 800 V 1)/– – – –
900 A 920000 A2s 165 W 0.95 690 V 1)/– – – –
Further information
Screw fixing ■ ■ ■
Installation in SITOR fuse bases 3NH5463 3NH5423 3NH5463
Installation in 3NH3 LV HRC fuse bases ■ – ■
Installation in 3NP and 3KF fuse switching devices ■ – ■
Further currents, operational class gR See page 7/58 – –
1)

7/62 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Size 2
M10, 110 mm M10, 170 mm M10, 190 mm M12, 260 mm
– 3NE5320-0MK06 – –
– – – –
– – – –
– 3NE5321-0MK06 – –
– – – –
– – – –
– 3NE5322-0MK06 – –
– – – –
– – – –
–
–
3NE5324-0MK06
–
–
–
–
–
7
– – – –
– 3NE5325-0MK06 – –
3NE4327-0B – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– 3NE5327-0MK06 – –
3NE4330-0B – – –
– – – –
– – – 3NE9330-0MK07
– – – –
– 3NE5330-0MK06 – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
3NE3332-0B – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– 3NE5332-0MK06 – –
3NE4333-0B – – –
3NE3333 – – –
– – – –
– – – –
3NE4334-0B – – –
3NE3334-0B – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– 3NE5334-0MK06 – –
– – – –
– – – –
3NE3335 – – –
3NE3336 – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– 3NE5336-0MK06 3NE5336-0MK66 –
3NE4337 – – –
3NE3337-8 – – –
3NE3338-8 – – –
3NE3340-8 – – –
■ ■ ■ ■
3NH5463 3NH5473 3NH5473 –
■ – – –
■ – – –
– See page 7/58 – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/63
© Siemens 2023

With oblong and transverse slots
Size 3
Screw fixing, mounting dimension M10, 110 mm M10, 130 mm M10, 170 mm M10, 210 mm
In Switch-off I²t Power Varying load Un AC 1)

100 A 13500 A s2
25 W 1.00 1000 V – 3NE3421-0C – –
125 A 34500 A2s 78 W 1.00 2500 V – – – –
160 A 54000 A2s 56 W 1.00 1500 V – – – 3NE5424-0C
200 A 138000 A2s 75 W 1.00 2000 V – – – 3NE7425-0U
224 A 54000 A2s 85 W 1.00 1000 V – 3NE3626-0C – –
138000 A2s 80 W 1.00 1500 V – – – 3NE5426-0C
250 A 84000 A2s 130 W 1.00 1500 V – – 3NE5627-0C –
218000 A2s 110 W 1.00 2000 V – – – 3NE7427-0U
315 A 218000 A2s 80 W 1.00 1000 V – 3NE3430-0C – –
72500 A2s 80 W 0.95 1250 V – – – –
311000 A2s 115 W 1.00 1500 V – – – 3NE5430-0C
7 350 A 428000 A s 2
135 W 1.00 1500 V – – – 3NE5431-0C
555000 A2s 120 W 1.00 2000 V – – – 3NE7431-0U
400 A 390000 A2s 50 W 0.85 500 V 3NC2432-3C – – –
364000 A2s 110 W 1.00 1000 V – 3NE3432-0C – –
163000 A2s 95 W 0.95 1250 V – – – –
620000 A2s 205 W 1.00 2500 V – – – –
870000 A2s 150 W 1.00 2000 V – – – 3NE7432-0U
450 A 488000 A2s 110 W 1.00 1000 V – 3NE3635-0C – –
590000 A2s 160 W 1.00 1500 V – – 3NE5633-0C –
870000 A2s 145 W 0.95 1500 V – – – 3NE5433-0C
960000 A2s 160 W 1.00 2000 V – – – 3NE7633-0U
500 A 870000 A2s 95 W 1.00 1000 V – 3NE3434-0C – –
290000 A2s 115 W 0.90 1250 V – – – –
1270000 A2s 235 W 1.00 2500 V – – – –
525 A 1120000 A2s 210 W 1.00 2000 V – – – –
600 A 1950000 A2s 145 W 1.00 1500 V – – 3NE5643-0C –
630 A 244000 A2s 120 W 0.85 690 V – – – –
418000 A2s 145 W 0.85 1000 V – – – –
1280000 A2s 132 W 1.00 1000 V – 3NE3636-0C – –
650000 A2s 120 W 0.95 1250 V – – – –
1950000 A2s 220 W 1.00 2000 V – – – 3NE7636-0U
2800000 A2s 275 W 1.00 2500 V – – – –
710 A 346000 A2s 130 W 0.85 690 V – – – –
569000 A2s 150 W 0.85 1000 V – – – –
1950000 A2s 145 W 1.00 1000 V – 3NE3637-0C – –
3110000 A2s 275 W 1.00 2000 V – – – –
800 A 498000 A2s 135 W 0.90 690 V – – – –
819000 A2s 155 W 0.85 1000 V – – – –
985000 A2s 145 W 0.90 1100 V – – – –
900 A 677000 A2s 145 W 0.90 690 V – – – –
1160000 A2s 165 W 0.90 1000 V – – – –
1000 A 2480000 A2s 140 W 0.85 600 V 3NC8444-3C – – –
975000 A2s 155 W 0.95 690 V – – – –
1670000 A2s 170 W 0.90 1000 V – – – –
1100 A 1382000 A2s 165 W 0.95 690 V – – – –
1910000 A2s 185 W 0.90 800 V – – – –
1250 A 1990000 A2s 175 W 0.95 690 V – – – –
2600000 A2s 210 W 0.90 800 V – – – –
1400 A 2100000 A2s 200 W 0.95 500 V – – – –
1600 A 2860000 A2s 240 W 0.90 500 V – – – –
Further information
Installation in SITOR fuse bases 3NH5463 – 3NH5473 –
Installation in 3NH LV HRC fuse bases ■ – – –
Installation in 3NP and 3KF fuse switching devices ■ – – –
Further currents, operational class gR See page 7/58 – – –
1)

7/64 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
M12, 80 mm M12, 110 mm M12, 140 mm M12, 210 mm M12, 260 mm
– – – – –
– – – – 3NE9622-1C
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– 3NC3430-1U – – –
– – – – –
– – – – – 7
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– 3NC3432-1U – – –
– – – – 3NE9632-1C
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – 3NE5433-1C –
– – – 3NE7633-1U –
– – – – –
– 3NC3434-1U – – –
– – – – 3NE9634-1C
– – – 3NE7648-1U –
– – – – –
3NC3236-1U – – – –
– 3NC3336-1U – – –
– – – – –
– 3NC3436-1U – – –
– – – 3NE7636-1U –
– – – – 3NE9636-1C
3NC3237-1U – – – –
– 3NC3337-1U – – –
– – 3NE3637-1C – –
– – – 3NE7637-1U –
3NC3238-1U – – – –
– 3NC3338-1U – – –
– 3NC3438-1U – – –
3NC3240-1U – – – –
– 3NC3340-1U – – –
– – – – –
3NC3241-1U – – – –
– 3NC3341-1U – – –
3NC3242-1U – – – –
– 3NC3342-1U – – –
3NC3243-1U – – – –
– 3NC3343-1U – – –
3NC3244-1U – – – –
3NC3245-1U – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– 3NH5463 – – –
– ■ – – –
– ■ – – –
– – – – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/65
© Siemens 2023

Operational class aR, with female thread at both ends
Size 3
Screw fixing, flange dimension M10, 109 mm M12, 52 mm
In Switch-off I2t Power Varying load Un AC 1)

315 A 72500 A2s 80 W 0.95 1250 V – –

400 A 163000 A2s 95 W 0.95 1250 V – –
450 A 488000 A2s 110 W 1.00 1000 V 3NE3635-6 –
500 A 290000 A2s 115 W 0.90 1250 V – –
630 A 244000 A2s 125 W 0.90 690 V – 3NC3236-6U
418000 A2s 130 W 0.90 1000 V – –
650000 A2s 120 W 0.95 1250 V – –
7 710 A 346000 A2s 130 W 0.90 690 V – 3NC3237-6U

569000 A2s 140 W 0.90 1000 V – –
800 A 498000 A2s 135 W 0.95 690 V – 3NC3238-6U
819000 A2s 150 W 0.90 1000 V – –
985000 A2s 145 W 0.95 1100 V – –
900 A 677000 A2s 140 W 0.95 690 V – 3NC3240-6U
1160000 A2s 160 W 0.95 1000 V – –
1000 A 975000 A2s 145 W 1.00 690 V – 3NC3241-6U
1670000 A2s 165 W 0.95 1000 V – –
1100 A 1382000 A2s 150 W 1.00 690 V – 3NC3242-6U
1910000 A2s 175 W 0.95 800 V – –
1250 A 1990000 A2s 155 W 1.00 690 V – 3NC3243-6U
2600000 A2s 185 W 0.95 800 V – –
1400 A 2100000 A2s 175 W 1.00 500 V – 3NC3244-6U
1600 A 2860000 A2s 195 W 0.95 500 V – 3NC3245-6U
Further information
1)

7/66 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
M12, 73 mm M12, 73 mm
– 3NC3430-6U
– 3NC3432-6U
– –
– 3NC3434-6U
– –
3NC3336-6U –
– 3NC3436-6U
– –
7
3NC3337-6U –
– –
3NC3338-6U –
– 3NC3438-6U
– –
3NC3340-6U –
– –
3NC3341-6U –
– –
3NC3342-6U –
– –
3NC3343-6U –
– –
– –
■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/67
© Siemens 2023

Operational class gR, special designs
Without installation bracket With installation bracket
For SITOR 6QG11 thyristor sets
Screw fixing, flange dimension M10, 89 mm
In Switch-off I²t Power loss Pv Varying load factor Un AC

value WL
50 A 1100 A2s 20 W 0.85 600 V – 3NE4117-5

850 A 2480000 A2s 85 W 1.00 1000 V 3NE9440-6 –
Further information
Operational class aR, special designs

Without installation bracket
For screwing onto water-cooled For air-cooled rectifiers
busbars in electrolysis systems
Flange dimension 83 mm 89 mm
In Switch-off I²t Power loss Pv Varying load factor Un AC

value WL
100 A 7400 A2s 35 W 0.85 1000 V – –

170 A 60500 A2s 43 W 0.85 800 V – –
200 A 44000 A2s 50 W 0.85 1000 V – –
250 A 635000 A2s 25 W 0.90 680 V – –
29700 A2s 105 W 0.85 800 V – –
315 A 60700 A2s 120 W 0.85 800 V – –
350 A 1430000 A2s 32 W 0.90 680 V – –
260000 A2s 80 W 0.90 800 V 3NC5531 –
350 A 1430000 A2s 32 W 0.90 680 V – –
450 A 191000 A2s 140 W 0.85 800 V – –
395000 A2s 90 W 0.85 1000 V – –
500 A 276000 A2s 155 W 0.85 800 V – –
600 A 888000 A2s 150 W 0.90 1000 V 3NC5840 –
630 A 888000 A2s 145 W 0.90 800 V 3NC5841 –
710 A 923000 A2s 155 W 0.95 800 V – –
620000 A2s 150 W 0.90 900 V 3NE6437-7 3NE6437
800 A 1728000 A2s 170 W 0.90 1000 V 3NC5838 –
900 A 1920000 A2s 170 W 0.90 900 V – 3NE6444
1250 A 2480000 A2s 210 W 0.90 600 V 3NE9450-7 3NE9450
Further information

7/68 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
With installation bracket

For mounting directly in the For SITOR 6QG12 For SITOR 6QG10 For SITOR 6QG11
railway supply rectifier thyristor sets thyristor sets thyristor sets
77 mm
– – – 3NE4121-5
– – – 3NE4146-5
– – 3NE3525-5 –
3NC7327-2 – – –
– 3NE4327-6B – –
– 3NE4330-6B – –
3NC7331-2 – – –
– – – –
3NC7331-2 – – –
– 3NE4333-6B – –
– – 3NE3535-5 –
– 3NE4334-6B – –
– – – –
– – – –
– 3NE4337-6 – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
■ ■ ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/69
© Siemens 2023

LV HRC design (DC)
Size 1L Size 2L Size 3L Size 2 × 3L
Screw fixing, Mounting dimensions M10, 190 mm M12, 190 mm M12, 190 mm M12, 190 mm
In Switch-off Power Un DC/UVSI Un DC

I²t value at loss Pv (IEC) (UL)
UVSI 1)
25 A 100 A2s 8.2 W 440 V/700 V 500 V – – – –
32 A 220 A2s 10.8 W 440 V/700 V 500 V – – – –
40 A 270 A2s 12.5 W 440 V/700 V 500 V – – – –
50 A 480 A2s 16 W 440 V/700 V 500 V – – – –
63 A 1100 A2s 18.5 440 V/700 V 500 V – – – –
80 A 2600 A2s 23 W 440 V/700 V 500 V – – – –
7 1800 A2s 42 W 1000 V/1250 V 1100 V – – – –
100 A 4000 A2s 29 W 440 V/700 V 500 V – – – –
4200 A2s 28 W 600 V/1250 V 750 V – – – –
3100 A2s 45 W 1000 V/1250 V 1100 V – – – –
125 A 4800 A2s 28.4 W 440 V/700 V 500 V – – – –
6800 A2s 36 W 600 V/1250 V 750 V – – – –
6000 A2s 59 W 1000 V/1250 V 1100 V – – – –
160 A 9800 A2s 35.5 W 440 V/700 V 500 V – – – –
12600 A2s 42 W 600 V/1250 V 750 V – – – –
13000 A2s 54 W 1000 V/1250 V 1100 V – – – –
200 A 16000 A2s 45.5 W 440 V/700 V 500 V – – – –
24000 A2s 42 W 600 V/1250 V 750 V – – – –
28400 A2s 56 W 1000 V/1250 V 1100 V – – – –
100000 A2s 75 W 1100 V/1800 V 1300 V – – – –
39000 A2s 50 W 1250 V/1500 V 1250 V 3NB1126-4KK11 – – –
250 A 34600 A2s 50 W 600 V/1100 V 750 V – – – –
60100 A2s 59 W 1000 V/1250 V 1100 V – – – –
150000 A2s 110 W 1100 V/1800 V 1300 V – – – –
80500 A2s 51 W 1250 V/1500 V 1250 V 3NB1128-4KK11 – – –
315 A 69000 A2s 65 W 600 V/1100 V 750 V – – – –
75000 A2s 80 W 900 V/1250 V 1000 V – – – –
107000 A2s 76 W 1000 V/1250 V 1100 V – – – –
129000 A2s 63 W 1250 V/1500 V 1250 V – 3NB1231-4KK11 – –
350 A 82000 A2s 75 W 600 V/1100 V 750 V – – – –
300000 A2s 120 W 1100 V/1800 V 1300 V – – – –
400 A 109000 A2s 85 W 600 V/1100 V 750 V – – – –
107000 A2s 95 W 900 V/1250 V 1000 V – – – –
225000 A2s 89 W 1000 V/1250 V 1100 V – – – –
520000 A2s 150 W 1100 V/1800 V 1300 V – – – –
290000 A2s 68 W 1250 V/1500 V 1250 V – 3NB1234-4KK11 – –
Further information
Installation in SITOR fuse bases – – – –
Installation in 3NH LV HRC fuse bases – – – –
Installation in 3NP and 3KF fuse switching devices – – – –
1)
or further I2t values at Un DC, see Configuration Manual – Fuse systems
F

7/70 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Size 3 × 3L Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 new Size 3 (lang) Size 2 (lang) Size 00
M12, 190 mm M10, 110 mm M10, 110 mm M12, 110 mm M10, 210 mm M12, 210 mm M10, 170 mm M10, 80 mm
Bolt-on bracket
– – – – – – – 3NB1713-0KK13
– – – – – – – 3NB1715-0KK13
– – – – – – – 3NB1717-0KK13
– – – – – – – 3NB1720-0KK13
– – – – – – – 3NB1721-0KK13
– – – – – – – 3NB1722-0KK13
– – – – – – 3NB1222-3KK15 – 7
– – – – – – – 3NB1723-0KK13
– 3NB1123-1KK15 – – – – – –
– – – – – – 3NB1223-3KK15 –
– – – – – – – 3NB1724-0KK13
– 3NB1124-1KK15 – – – – – –
– – – – – – 3NB1224-3KK15 –
– – – – – – – 3NB1725-0KK13
– 3NB1125-1KK15 – – – – – –
– – – – – – 3NB1225-3KK15 –
– – – – – – – 3NB1726-0KK13
– 3NB1126-1KK15 – – – – – –
– – – – – – 3NB1226-3KK15 –
– – – – 3NB1326-4KK11 – – –
– – – – – – – –
– 3NB1128-1KK15 – – – – – –
– – – – – – 3NB1228-3KK15 –
– – – – 3NB1328-4KK11 – – –
– – – – – – – –
– 3NB1131-1KK15 – – – – – –
– – – 3NB1331-3KK11 – – – –
– – – – – – 3NB1231-3KK15 –
– – – – – – – –
– 3NB1132-1KK15 – – – – – –
– – – – 3NB1332-4KK11 – – –
– 3NB1134-1KK15 3NB1234-1KK15 – – – – –
– – – 3NB1334-3KK11 – – – –
– – – – – – 3NB1234-3KK15 –
– – – – 3NB1334-4KK11 – – –
– – – – – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– 3NH5463 3NH5463 3NH5463 – – – –
– ■ ■ ■ – – – –
– ■ ■ ■ – – – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/71
© Siemens 2023

LV HRC design (DC)
Operational class aR, with slotted blade contacts (continued)
Size 1L Size 2L Size 3L Size 2 × 3L
Screw fixing, Mounting dimensions M10, 190 mm M12, 190 mm M12, 190 mm M12, 190 mm

UVSI 1)
450 A 125000 A2s 95 W 600 V/1100 V 750 V – – – –
480000 A2s 160 W 1100 V/1800 V 1300 V – – – –
500 A 178000 A2s 105 W 600 V/700 V 700 V – – – –
182000 A2s 90 W 600 V/750 V 750 V – – – –
200000 A2s 115 W 900 V/1250 V 1000 – – – –
410000 A2s 109 W 1000 V/1250 V 1100 V 3NB1237-3KK15 – – –
7 600000 A2s 89 W 1250 V/1500 V 1250 V – – 3NB1337-4KK11 –
525 A 620000 A2s 210 W 1100 V/1800 V 1300 V – – – –
550 A 230000 A2s 110 W 600 V/700 V 700 V – – – –
560 A 240000 A2s 95 W 600 V/750 V 750 V – – – –
630 A 280000 A2s 127 W 600 V/700 V 700 V – – – –
350000 A2s 100 W 600 V/750 V 750 V – – – –
290000 A2s 120 W 600 V/1000 V 750 V – – – –
410000 A2s 120 W 900 V/1250 V 1000 V – – – –
520000 A2s 163 W 1000 V/1250 V 1100 V – – – –
1000000 A2s 220 W 1100 V/1800 V 1300 V – – – –
710 A 430000 A2s 105 W 500 V/600 V 600 V – – – –
390000 A2s 130 W 600 V/1000 V 750 V – – – –
1150000 A2s 275 W 1100 V/1800 V 1300 V – – – –
800 A 590000 A2s 130 W 500 V/600 V 600 V – – – –
550000 A2s 135 W 600 V/1000 V 750 V – – – –
620000 A2s 145 W 800 V/1000 V 900 V – – – –
1910000 A2s 135 W 1250 V/1500 V 1250 V – – 3NB1345-4KK11 –
1150000 A2s 160 W 1250 V/1500 V 1250 V – – – 3NB2345-4KK16
900 A 650000 A2s 165 W 500 V/600 V 600 V – – – –
740000 A2s 145 W 600 V/1000 V 750 V – – – –
1000 A 2250000 A2s 195 W 1250 V/1500 V 1250 V – – – 3NB2350-4KK16
1050000 A2s 155 W 600 V/1000 V 750 V – – – –
1100 A 1600000 A2s 165 W 600 V/900 V 750 V – – – –
1250 A 1800000 A2s 175 W 500 V/900 V 600 V – – – –
1400 A 5100000 A2s 250 W 1250 V/1500 V 1250 V – – – 3NB2355-4KK16
1600 A 7450000 A2s 275 W 1250 V/1500 V 1250 V – – – 3NB2357-4KK16
2100 A 1195000 A2s 365 W 1250 V/1500 V 1250 V – – – –
2400 A 18100000 A2s 445 W 1250 V/1500 V 1250 V – – – –
Further information
Installation in 3NH LV HRC fuse bases – – – –
Installation in 3NP and 3KF fuse switching devices – – – –
1)
or further I2t values at Un DC, see Configuration Manual – Fuse systems
F

7/72 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Size 3 × 3L Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 new Size 3 (lang) Size 2 (lang) Size 00
M12, 190 mm M10, 110 mm M10, 110 mm M12, 110 mm M10, 210 mm M12, 210 mm M10, 170 mm M10, 80 mm
Bolt-on bracket
– 3NB1136-1KK15 3NB1236-1KK15 – – – – –
– – – – 3NB1336-4KK11 3NB1336-4KK15 – –
– 3NB1137-1KK11 – – – – – –
– – 3NB1237-1KK15 – – – – –
– – – 3NB1337-3KK11 – – – –
– – – – – – 3NB1237-3KK15 –
– – – – – – – – 7
– – – – – 3NB1337-4KK15 – –
– 3NB1138-1KK11 – – – – – –
– – 3NB1240-1KK15 – – – – –
– 3NB1142-1KK11 – – – – – –
– – 3NB1242-1KK15 – – – – –
– – – 3NB1342-1KK11 – – – –
– – – 3NB1342-3KK11 – – – –
– – – – – – 3NB1242-3KK15 –
– – – – 3NB1342-4KK11 3NB1342-4KK15 – –
– – 3NB1243-1KK15 – – – – –
– – – 3NB1343-1KK11 – – –
– – – – – 3NB1343-4KK15 – –
– – 3NB1245-1KK15 – – – – –
– – – 3NB1345-1KK11 – – – –
– – – 3NB1345-3KK11 – – – –
– – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – –
– – 3NB1247-1KK15 – – – – –
– – – 3NB1347-1KK11 – – – –
– – – – – – – –
– – – 3NB1350-1KK11 – – – –
– – – 3NB1351-1KK11 – – – –
– – – 3NB1352-1KK11 – – – –
– – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – –
3NB2364-4KK17 – – – – – – –
3NB2366-4KK17 – – – – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– 3NH5463 3NH5463 3NH5463 – – – –
– ■ ■ ■ – – – –
– ■ ■ ■ – – – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/73
© Siemens 2023

LV HRC design (DC)
Operational class aR, with blade contacts without slots

UVSI 1)
32 A 280 A2s 12 W 600 V/900 V 750 V – 3NB1015-1KK10 – –
40 A 330 A2s 13 W 600 V/900 V 750 V – 3NB1017-1KK10 – –
50 A 520 A2s 16 W 600 V/900 V 750 V – 3NB1020-1KK10 – –
63 A 900 A2s 20 W 600 V/900 V 750 V – 3NB1021-1KK10 – –
80 A 2100 A2s 22 W 600 V/900 V 750 V – 3NB1022-1KK10 – –
1100 A2s 19 W 440 V/700 V 500 V 3NB1722-0KK10 – – –
100 A 3900 A2s 24 W 600 V/900 V 750 V – 3NB1023-1KK10 – –
7 3100 A2s 25.5 W 440 V/600 V 500 V – – 3NB1123-0KK10 –
3200 A2s 22 W 440 V/700 V 500 V 3NB1723-0KK10 – – –
125 A 6800 A2s 30 W 600 V/900 V 750 V – 3NB1024-1KK10 – –
5400 A2s 28.5 W 440 V/600 V 500 V – – 3NB1124-0KK10 –
6200 A2s 28 W 440 V/700 V 500 V 3NB1724-0KK10 – – –
160 A 13000 A2s 35 W 600 V/800 V 750 V – 3NB1025-1KK10 – –
8500 A2s 37 W 440 V/600 V 500 V – – 3NB1125-0KK10 –
8500 A2s 38 W 440 V/700 V 500 V 3NB1725-0KK10 – – –
200 A 14500 A2s 49 W 440 V/600 V 500 V – – 3NB1126-0KK10 –
250 A 30000 A2s 52 W 440 V/600 V 500 V – – 3NB1128-0KK10 –
315 A 75000 A2s 68 W 440 V/500 V 500 V – – 3NB1131-0KK10 –
350 A 45000 A2s 68.6 W 440 V/500 V 500 V – – – 3NB1232-0KK10
400 A 80000 A2s 72.8 W 440 V/500 V 500 V – – – 3NB1234-0KK10
450 A 100000 A2s 80.1 W 440 V/500 V 500 V – – – 3NB1236-0KK10
500 A 160000 A2s 77.5 W 440 V/500 V 500 V – – – 3NB1237-0KK10
550 A 230000 A2s 86.4 W 440 V/500 V 500 V – – – 3NB1238-0KK10
630 A 330000 A2s 90.7 W 440 V/500 V 500 V – – – 3NB1242-0KK10
Further information
Installation in 3NH LV HRC fuse bases ■ ■ ■ ■
Installation in 3NP and 3KF fuse switching devices ■ ■ ■ ■
1)
For further I2t values at Un DC, see Configuration Manual – Fuse systems

7/74 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Operational class aR, with female thread at both ends new

Size 3
Screw fixing, mounting dimension M12, 73 mm
In Switch-off I²t value Power loss Pv Un DC/UVSI Un DC

at UVSI 1) (IEC) (UL)
315 A 75000 A2s 80 W 900 V/1250 V 1000 V 3NB1331-3KK12
400 A 107000 A2s 95 W 900 V/1250 V 1000 V 3NB1334-3KK12
500 A 200000 A2s 115 W 900 V/1250 V 1000 V 3NB1337-3KK12
630 A 290000 A2s 130 W 600 V/1000 V 750 V 3NB1342-1KK12
410000 A2s 120 W 900 V/1250 V 1000 V 3NB1342-3KK12
710 A 390000 A2s 140 W 600 V/1000 V 750 V 3NB1343-1KK12
800 A 550000 A2s 150 W 600 V/1000 V 750 V 3NB1345-1KK12
620000 A2s 145 W 800 V/1000 V 900 V 3NB1345-3KK12
900 A 740000 A2s 160 W 600 V/1000 V 750 V 3NB1347-1KK12
1000 A 1050000 A2s 165 W 600 V/1000 V 750 V 3NB1350-1KK12
1100 A
1250 A
1600000 A2s
1800000 A2s
175 W
185 W
600 V/900 V
500 V/900 V
750 V
600 V
3NB1351-1KK12
3NB1352-1KK12
7
Further information
Screw fixing ■
1) For further I2t values at Un DC, see Configuration Manual – Fuse systems

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/75
© Siemens 2023

cylindrical fuse design (AC/DC)
Operational class gS
Size 22 × 127 mm
In Switch-off I²t value Power loss Pv Un AC/DC

1A 2 A2 s 2W 1500 V/1000 V 3NC2301-0MK
2A 4.4 A2s 2.5 W 1500 V/1000 V 3NC2302-0MK
4A 55 A2s 5.3 W 1500 V/1000 V 3NC2304-0MK
6A 150 A2s 6.4 W 1500 V/1000 V 3NC2306-0MK
10 A 540 A2s 3.1 W 1500 V/1000 V 3NC2310-0MK
16 A 1120 A2s 4.7 W 1500 V/1000 V 3NC2316-0MK
20 A 2850 A2s 5.4 W 1500 V/1000 V 3NC2320-0MK
25 A 3300 A2s 6.9 W 1500 V/1000 V 3NC2325-0MK
32 A 9050 A2s 6.7 W 1500 V/1000 V 3NC2332-0MK
7 Further information
Installation in SITOR fuse holders 3NC23
Further currents, operational class gR see page 7/78
Further currents, operational class aR see page 7/80

7/76 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/77
© Siemens 2023

Operational class gR
Size 10 × 38 mm Size 14 × 51 mm Size 22 × 58 mm Size 22 × 127 mm
In Switch-off I²t Power loss Pv Un AC/DC

value
2A 33 A²s 0.5 W –/1100 V 2) 3NC1202-0MK – – –
4A 99 A²s 0.7 W –/1100 V 2) 3NC1204-0MK – – –
6A 3,5 A2s 3.1 W 690 V/700 V 1) – 3NC1406-0MK – –
6,5 A2s 2.5 W 690 V/440 V 3NC1006-0MK – – –
120 A²s 1.4 W –/1100 V 2) 3NC1206-0MK – – –
8A 210 A²s 1.7 W –/1100 V 2) 3NC1208-0MK – – –
10 A 15 A2s 4.6 W 690 V/700 V 1) – 3NC1410-0MK – –
7 17 A2s
18 A2s
4.3 W
3.3 W
690 V/440 V
690 V/440 V
–
3NC1010-0MK
–
–
–
–
–
–
260 A²s 2.3 W –/1000 V 3) 3NC1210-0MK – – –
12 A 35 A2s 4W 690 V/440 V 3NC1012-0MK – – –
16 A 32 A2s 6.7 W 690 V/600 V – 3NC1416-0MK – –
45 A2s 6W 690 V/440 V 3NC1016-0MK – – –
52 A2s 4.4 W 690 V/440 V – – – –
20 A 68 A2s 7.4 W 690 V/600 V – 3NC1420-0MK – –
90 A2s 6.5 W 690 V/440 V – – – –
110 A2s 7.8 W 690 V/250 V 3NC1020-0MK – – –
25 A 108 A2s 8.4 W 690 V/600 V – 3NC1425-0MK – –
120 A2s 9.5 W 690 V/440 V – – – –
140 A2s 8.7 W 690 V/250 V 3NC1025-0MK – – –
160 A2s 8.5 W 690 V/440 V – – – –
180 A2s 8.1 W 690 V/700 V 1) – – 3NC2225-0MK –
32 A 175 A2s 12.3 W 690 V/600 V – 3NC1432-0MK – –
220 A2s 12.3 W 690 V/440 V – – – –
400 A2s 8.9 W 690 V/440 V – – – –
420 A2s 9W 690 V/600 V – – 3NC2232-0MK –
450 A2s 12 W 690 V/250 V 3NC1032-0MK – – –
40 A 400 A2s 14.8 W 690 V/440 V – – – –
470 A2s 11.7 W 690 V/440 V – 3NC1440-0MK – –
600 A2s 11 W 690 V/440 V – – – –
700 A2s 12.5 W 690 V/440 V – – 3NC2240-0MK –
18500 A2s 9.4 W 1500 V/1000 V – – – 3NC2340-0MK
50 A 830 A2s 16.3 W 690 V/250 V – – – –
980 A2s 17.5 W 690 V/440 V – – – –
1250 A2s 13.8 W 690 V/440 V – – – –
1250 A2s 15.2 W 690 V/250 V – – – –
63 A 2050 A2s 18.8 W 690 V/440 V – – – –
2400 A2s 17.5 W 690 V/250 V – – – –
80 A 4400 A2s 23 W 690 V/250 V – – – –
100 A 11500 A2s 28.7 W 690 V/250 V – – – –
Further information
Screw fixing – – – –
Installation in SITOR fuse holders 3NC109. 3NC149. 3NC229. 3NC23
Further currents, operational class gS – – – See page 7/76
Further currents, operational class aR – – – See page 7/80
1)
Observe 600 V DC voltage according to IEC, 700 V according to UL, time constant and minimum breaking current MBC.
2)
DC voltage (IEC) at time constant 10 ms, VSI voltage 1150 V at time constant < 3 ms, UL voltage 1250 V at time constant 10 ms
3)
DC voltage (IEC) at time constant 10 ms, VSI voltage 1150 V at time constant < 3 ms, UL voltage 1100 V at time constant 10 ms

7/78 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
With M8 bolt-on links

Size 18 × 88 mm Size 26 × 103 mm
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
3NC1810-0MK
–
–
–
7
– –
– –
– –
– –
3NC1816-0MK –
– –
3NC1820-0MK –
– –
– –
– 3NC2625-0MK
– –
3NC1825-0MK –
– –
– –
– 3NC2632-0MK
3NC1832-0MK –
– –
– –
– 3NC2640-0MK
– –
3NC1840-0MK –
– –
– –
– –
– 3NC2650-0MK
3NC1850-0MK –
– –
– 3NC2663-0MK
– –
– –
– –
■ ■
– –
3NH5723 3NH5023
– –
– –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/79
© Siemens 2023

Operational class aR
Size 10 × 38 mm 1) Size 14 × 51 mm
Standard With striking pin

1A 1.2 A2s 5W 660 V/– – 3NC1401 –
2A 10 A2s 3W 660 V/– – 3NC1402 –
3A 8 A 2s 1.2 W 600/700 V 1) 3NC1003 – –
15 A2s 2.5 W 660 V/– – 3NC1403 –
4A 25 A s2
3W 660 V/– – 3NC1404 –
5A 11 A2s 1.5 W 690/700 V 1) – 3NC1405 –
6A 11 A2s 1.5 W 690/700 V 1) – 3NC1406 –
20 A2s 1.5 W 600/700 V 1) 3NC1006 – –
8A 30 A2s 2W 600/700 V 1) 3NC1008 – –
10 A 22 A2s 4W 690/700 V 1) – 3NC1410 –
32 A2s 4W 690/600 V 1) – – 3NC1410-5
60 A2s 2.5 W 600/700 V 1) 3NC1010 – –
7 12 A 110 A2s 3W 600/700 V 1) 3NC1012 – –
15 A 63 A2s 5.5 W 690/600 V 1) – – 3NC1415-5
70 A2s 5.5 W 690/700 V 1) – 3NC1415 –
16 A 150 A2s 3.5 W 600/700 V 1) 3NC1016 – –
20 A 100 A2s 6W 690/700 V 1) – 3NC1420 –
200 A2s 4.8 W 600/700 V 1) 3NC1020 – –
220 A2s 4.6 W 690/700 V 1) – – –
234 A2s 6W 690/600 V 1) – – 3NC1420-5
240 A2s 5W 690/500 V 1) – – –
25 A 250 A2s 6W 600/700 V 1) 3NC1025 – –
300 A2s 5.6 W 690/700 V 1) – – –
320 A2s 7W 690/700 V 1) – 3NC1425 –
350 A2s 6W 690/500 V 1) – – –
378 A2s 7W 690/600 V 1) – – 3NC1425-5
30 A 400 A2s 9W 690/700 V 1) – 3NC1430 –
466 A2s 9W 690/600 V 1) – – 3NC1430-5
32 A 450 A2s 7W 690/700 V 1) – – –
500 A2s 7.5 W 660 V/– 3NC1032 – –
500 A2s 8W 690/500 V 1) – – –
600 A2s 7.6 W 690/700 V 1) – 3NC1432
600 A2s 7.6 W 690/600 V 1) 3NC1432-5
40 A 700 A2s 8.5 W 690/700 V 1) – – –
750 A2s 8W 690/600 V 1) 3NC1440-5
750 A2s 8W 690/700 V 1) – 3NC1440
800 A2s 9W 690/500 V 1) – – –
Further information
Screw fixing – – –
Installation in SITOR fuse holders 3NC109. 3NC149. 3NC149.-5
Installation in SITOR fuse bases – – –
Further currents, operational class gR – – –
Further currents, operational class gS – – –
1)
Observe DC voltage acc. to UL, time constant and minimum breaking current MBC

7/80 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Standard With striking pin With M8 bolt-on links
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – – 7
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
3NC2220 – – –
– – – –
– 3NC2220-5 – –
– – – –
3NC2225 – – –
– – – –
– 3NC2225-5 – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
3NC2232 – – –
– – – –
– 3NC2232-5 – –
– – – –
3NC2240 – – –
– – – –
– 3NC2240-5 – –
– – – ■
3NC229. 3NC229.-5 3NC23 –
– – – 3NH5023
– – See page 7/78 –
– – See page 7/76 –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/81
© Siemens 2023

Operational class aR (continued)
Size 10 × 38 mm 1) Size 14 × 51 mm
Standard With striking pin

50 A 1350 A2s 9.5 W 690/700 V 1) – – –
1500 A2s 9.5 W 690/500 V 1) – – –
1800 A2s 9W 690/600 V 1) 3NC1450-5
1800 A2s 9W 690/700 V 1) – 3NC1450
26000 A s2
11.6 W 1500/1000 V – – –
63 A 2100 A2s 16.7 W 690/250 V – 3NC1463-0MK –
2600 A2s 11 W 690/700 V 1) – – –
3000 A2s 11 W 690/500 V 1) – – –
80 A 3500 A2s 22.5 W 690/440 V – – –
5500 A2s 13.5 W 690/700 V 1) – – –
6000 A2s 13.5 W 690/500 V 1) – – –
100 A 5400 A2s 31.5 W 690/440 V – – –
7 8000 A2s 16 W 690/700 V 1) – – –
8500 A2s 16 W 600/500 V 1) – – –
125 A 11800 A2s 39 W 690/440 V – – –
29000 A s2
35.3 W 690/250 V – – –
Further information
Screw fixing – – –
Installation in SITOR fuse holders 3NC109. 3NC149. 3NC149.-5
Installation in SITOR fuse bases – – –
Further currents, operational class gR – – –
Further currents, operational class gS – – –
1)
Observe DC voltage acc. to UL, time constant and minimum breaking current MBC

7/82 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Standard With striking pin With M8 bolt-on links
3NC2250 – – –
– 3NC2250-5 – –
– – – –
– – 3NC2350-0MK –
– – – –
3NC2263 – – –
– 3NC2263-5 – –
– – – 3NC2680-0MK
3NC2280 – – –
– 3NC2280-5 – –
– – – 3NC2600-0MK
3NC2200 – – – 7
– 3NC2200-5 – –
– – – 3NC2611-0MK
3NC2211-0MK – – –
– – – ■
3NC229. 3NC229.-5 3NC23 –
– – – 3NH5023
– – See page 7/78 –
– – See page 7/76 –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/83
© Siemens 2023
Photovoltaic fuse links

Cylindrical fuse de sign, operational class gPV
Size 10 × 38 mm Size 10 × 85 mm
In DC Power loss Pv Power loss Pv Un DC

at 70% 1)
2A 1.4 W 0.6 W 1000 V 3NW6002-4 –
4A 1.6 W 0.7 W 1000 V 3NW6004-4 –
2.7 W 1.1 W 1500 V – 3NW6604-4
6A 1.7 W 0.7 W 1000 V 3NW6001-4 –
3.0 W 1.2 W 1500 V – 3NW6601-4
8A 1.9 W 0.8 W 1000 V 3NW6008-4 –
3.6 W 1.5 W 1500 V – 3NW6608-4
10 A 2.3 W 1.0 W 1000 V 3NW6003-4 –
3.7 W 1.6 W 1500 V – 3NW6603-4
12 A 2.7 W 1.1 W 1000 V 3NW6006-4 –
7 16 A
3.3 W
3.2 W
1.4 W
1.3 W
1500 V
1000 V
–
3NW6005-4
3NW6606-4
–
3.7 W 1.6 W 1500 V – 3NW6605-4
20 A 3.4 W 1.4 W 1000 V 3NW6007-4 –
4.0 W 1.7 W 1200 V – 3NW6607-4
Further information
Installation in fuse holders 3NW70..-4 3NW76..-4
1)
Tested in fuse holders 3NW7013-4 and 3NW7613-4.

7/84 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
LV HRC design, operational class gPV

Size 1 Size 1L Size 2L Size 3L Size 1XL Size 2XL
In DC Power loss Un DC
Pv
63 A 19 W 1000 V 3NE1218-4 – – – – –
20 W 1500 V – – – – 3NE1218-5E –
80 A 20 W 1000 V 3NE1220-4 – – – – –
25 W 1500 V – – – – 3NE1220-5E –
100 A 24 W 1000 V 3NE1221-4 – – – – –
30 W 1500 V – – – – 3NE1221-5E –
125 A 26 W 1000 V 3NE1222-4 – – – – –
29 W 1500 V – – – – 3NE1222-5E –
160 A 32 W 1000 V 3NE1224-4 – – – – –
34 W 1500 V – – – – 3NE1224-5E –
7
200 A 41 W 1500 V – – – – 3NE1225-5E –
51 W 1000 V – 3NE1225-4D – – – –
250 A 53 W 1500 V – – – – – 3NE1327-5E
54 W 1000 V – 3NE1227-4D – – – –
315 A 63 W 1500 V – – – – – 3NE1330-5E
73 W 1000 V – – 3NE1330-4D – – –
400 A 82 W 1000 V – – 3NE1332-4D – – –
500 A 100 W 1000 V – – – 3NE1434-4E – –
630 A 110 W 1000 V – – – 3NE1436-4E – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/85
© Siemens 2023
Class CC fuse links

Acc. to UL
Characteristic: Slow Characteristic: Slow, current-limiting Characteristic: Quick
In In 1)
0.6 A 6/10 A 3NW1006-0HG – –
0.8 A 8/10 A 3NW1008-0HG – –
1A – 3NW1010-0HG 3NW3010-0HG 3NW2010-0HG
1.5 A 1.5 A 3NW1015-0HG – –
2A – 3NW1020-0HG 3NW3020-0HG 3NW2020-0HG
2.5 A – 3NW1025-0HG – –
3A – 3NW1030-0HG 3NW3030-0HG 3NW2030-0HG
4A – 3NW1040-0HG 3NW3040-0HG 3NW2040-0HG
5A – 3NW1050-0HG 3NW3050-0HG 3NW2050-0HG
6A – 3NW1060-0HG 3NW3060-0HG 3NW2060-0HG
7.5 A – 3NW1075-0HG – –
7 8A – 3NW1080-0HG 3NW3080-0HG 3NW2080-0HG
10 A – 3NW1100-0HG 3NW3100-0HG 3NW2100-0HG
12 A – – 3NW3120-0HG 3NW2120-0HG
15 A – 3NW1150-0HG 3NW3150-0HG 3NW2150-0HG
20 A – 3NW1200-0HG 3NW3200-0HG 3NW2200-0HG
25 A – 3NW1250-0HG 3NW3250-0HG 3NW2250-0HG
30 A – 3NW1300-0HG 3NW3300-0HG 3NW2300-0HG
Further information
Installation in fuse holders 3NW75.3-0HG, 3NW753.-1HG, 3NW75.3-0HG, 3NW753.-1HG, 3NW75.3-0HG, 3NW753.-1HG,
3NW7431-0HG 3NW7431-0HG 3NW7431-0HG
1)
American English wording

7/86 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/87
© Siemens 2023
Fuse Systems | Accessories
Busbars
According to IEC, can be cut
Pin spacing 1 MW
Pin spacing in MW Application Length Version Conductor
(1 MW = 18 mm) cross-section
1-phase, angled Article No.
1 For cylindrical fuse holders 8 × 32 mm and 10 × 38 mm 214 mm With end caps 16 mm2 5ST3700
For SITOR cylindrical fuse holders 10 × 38 mm 1016 mm Without end caps 16 mm2 5ST3701
I201_20423
L1 L1
2-phase Article No.

1 For cylindrical fuse holders 8 × 32 mm and 10 × 38 mm 214 mm With end caps 16 mm2 5ST3704
I201_20420
L1 L2
3-phase Article No.

1 1 For cylindrical fuse holders 8 × 32 mm and 10 × 38 mm 214 mm With end caps 16 mm2 5ST3708
I201_20426
7 L1 L2 L3
Fork spacing 1 MW
Fork spacing in MW Application Length Version Conductor
1-phase Article No.
1 For MINIZED D01 fuse switch disconnectors 1000 mm Without end caps 16 mm2 5ST2190
1 1
I201_20183
L1 L1
10
L1 L1 L1
5,6
2-phase Article No.

1 1 For MINIZED D01 fuse switch disconnectors 1000 mm Without end caps 16 mm2 5ST2191
I201_20141
L1 L2 L1
3-phase Article No.

1 1 For MINIZED D01 fuse switch disconnectors 1000 mm Without end caps 16 mm2 5ST2192
I201_20185
L1 L2 L3

7/88 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories | Fuse Systems
According to IEC, can be cut
Pin spacing 1.5 MW

(1.5 MW = 27 mm) cross-section
1-phase, angled Article No.
1,5 For 5SG71.3 MINIZED D02 switch disconnectors with fuses 1016 mm Without end caps 16 mm2 5ST3703
For NEOZED D01/D02 fuse bases made of molded plastic 5SG1301, 5SG1701,
I201_20458
5SG1302, 5SG1702
For NEOZED D01/D02 fuse bases made of ceramic with saddle terminals
L1 L1 For cylindrical fuse holders 14 × 51 mm, 3NW7111
For SITOR cylindrical fuse holders 14 × 51 mm, 3NC1491
3-phase Article No.

1,5 1,5 For 5SG71.3 MINIZED D02 switch disconnectors with fuses 1016 mm Without end caps 16 mm2 5ST3714
For NEOZED D01/D02 fuse bases made of molded plastic 5SG5301, 5SG5701,
I201_20431
5SG5302, 5SG5702
L1 L2 L3 For NEOZED D01/D02 fuse bases made of ceramic with saddle terminals
For cylindrical fuse holders 14 × 51 mm, 3NW7131
For SITOR cylindrical fuse holders 14 × 51 mm, 3NC1493
7
Fork spacing 1.5 MW

Fork spacing in MW Application Length Version Conductor
(1.5 MW = 27 mm) cross-section
1-phase Article No.
1,5 For NEOZED D01/D02 fuse bases made of ceramic with clamp-type terminal 1000 mm Without end caps, 36 mm2 5SH5322
I201_20142
and screw head contacts non-insulated
3-phase Article No.

1,5 1,5 For NEOZED D01/D02 fuse bases made of ceramic with clamp-type terminals 1000 mm Without end caps 16 mm2 5SH5320
and screw head contacts
I201_20186
L1 L2 L3

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/89
© Siemens 2023
Busbars
According to UL 508, can be cut
Pin spacing 1 MW
1-phase Article No.
1 For Class CC fuse holders 10 × 38 mm (3NC1091, 3NW7513-0HG) 1000 mm Without end caps 18 mm2 5ST3701-0HG
I201_20423
L1 L1
2-phase Article No.
1 For Class CC fuse holders 10 × 38 mm (3NC1092, 3NW7523-0HG) 1000 mm Without end caps 18 mm2 5ST3705-0HG
I201_20420
L1 L2
3-phase Article No.

1 1 For Class CC fuse holders 10 × 38 mm (3NC1093, 3NW7533-0HG) 1000 mm Without end caps 18 mm2 5ST3710-0HG
I201_20426
L1 L2 L3
7

7/90 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
According to UL 508, can be cut
Pin spacing 1.5 MW

1-phase Article No.
1,5 For fuse holders 14 × 51 mm (3NC1491, 3NW7111) 1000 mm Without end caps 18 mm2 5ST3703-0HG
25 mm2 5ST3701-2HG
I201_20458
L1 L1
2-phase
1,5 For fuse holders 14 × 51 mm (3NC1492, 3NW7121) 1000 mm Without end caps 25 mm2 5ST3705-2HG
I201_20434
L1 L2
3-phase Article No.

1,5 1,5 For fuse holders 14 × 51 mm (3NC1493, 3NW7131) 1000 mm Without end caps 18 mm2 5ST3714-0HG
25 mm2 5ST3710-2HG
I201_20431
L1 L2 L3

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/91
© Siemens 2023
Busbars
Accessories
For busbars according to IEC
Terminals
• For NEOZED D01/D02 fuse bases made of ceramic
• For DIAZED DII/DIII fuse bases made of ceramic
Terminal version Conductor cross-section Article No.
Terminal version S 2 … 25 mm2 5SH5327
Terminal versions B and K 6 … 25 mm2 5SH5328
Touch protection
• For free connections, yellow (RAL 1004) 5 × 1 pin
Article No.
5ST3655
End caps
7 Version For busbar type Article No.
For 1-phase busbars 5ST2190 5ST2196
5ST37 and 5SH55 5ST3748
For 2-phase and 3-phase busbars 5ST2191 and 5ST2192 5ST2197
5ST37 and 5SH5320 5ST3750

7/92 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
For busbars according to UL 508

Terminals according to UL 508
Version Infeed Article No.
For busbars 35 mm2 Device 5ST3770-0HG
For busbars 30 mm2 Busbar 5ST3770-1HG
Busbar touch protection according to UL 508

• For free connections, yellow (RAL 1004) 5 × 1 pin
Article No.
5ST3655-0HG
End caps for 5ST37. .-.HG
Version Article No.
For 1-phase busbars 5ST3748-0HG
7
For 2 and 3-phase busbars 5ST3750-0HG

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/93
© Siemens 2023
LV HRC signal detectors,

electronic fuse monitoring
LV HRC signal detectors
• Only for SIEMENS 3NA3, 3NA7, 3ND LV HRC fuse links with non-insulated grip lugs
• Rated voltage of up to 690 V AC/600 V DC
• Contact: Microswitches 250 V AC, 6 A
• Connection: flat male tab A2.8 × 0.5 mm acc. to DIN 46244
Fuse size Article No.
000 … 4 3NX1021
Signal detector links
Fuse size Response value Application Article No.
000 … 4 > 9 V/2.5 A For standard applications 3NX1022
> 2 V/7 A Only for meshed networks 3NX1023
Signal detector tops

• Only for SIEMENS 3NA3, 3NA7, 3ND LV HRC fuse links with non-insulated grip lugs
• Contact: Microswitch 230 V AC, 5 A, 1 CO
• Connection: flat connector 2.3 mm
Fuse size Article No.
000, 00, 1, 2 3NX1024
7 Electronic fuse monitor

230 V 4A 3 AC 380 … 415 V 5TT3170
Electronic fuse monitor for remote display of tripped fuses
• Remote display by auxiliary contact (1 CO)
• Local detection by integrated LED
• For all sizes
• For 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR
230 V 1.5 A 3 AC 690 V 3KF9010-1AA00

7/94 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 7/95
© Siemens 2023
Switch Disconnectors
End-to-end safety
for user and systems
Assembly or maintenance: work on electrical

installations and devices must be made
sufficiently safe to prevent accidents or harm.
The safety of the operating personnel is
paramount.
To ensure this, it is necessary to be able to

disconnect the installation safely from the
power supply. Siemens switch disconnectors
permit permanent switch-on and switch-off
under a load and thus protect the user from
electric shock. They also prevent unauthorized
switching on of machines.
The devices are easy to install and can be quickly

put into operation. Additional functions can be
retrofitted at any time – thanks to the modular
design of the devices and a comprehensive range
of accessories.
Convenient ordering processes and fast delivery

optimize stock-keeping and save you time and
money. You can also make use of our CAx data for
automated, simplified planning and configuring.
© Siemens 2023

Fuseless switch disconnectors 8/6
3LD switch disconnectors 8/12
3KD switch disconnectors 8/66
Fuse switch disconnectors 8/82
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors 8/84
3NP5 fuse switch disconnectors 8/98
3NJ4 fuse switch disconnectors 8/102 8
5SG76 fuse switch disconnectors 8/114
Switch disconnectors with fuses 8/116
3KF switch disconnectors with fuses 8/120
3NJ63 switch disconnectors with fuses 8/136
5SG switch disconnectors with fuses 8/144
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/1

© Siemens 2023
Switch Disconnectors | All the information you need
For information about switch disconnectors, please visit Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
our website www.siemens.com/switching-devices (product catalog)
• Switch disconnectors sie.ag/36HDiZp
Your product in detail Direct forwarding to the individual products in

SiePortal by clicking on the article number in the c atalog
or entering this web address incl. article number
The relevant tender specifications can be found at www.siemens.com/product_catalog_SIEP?Article No.
Use our conversion tool for quick and easy conversion to You will find order support for the electrical wholesale
Siemens products www.siemens.com/conversion-tool trade carrying fast-selling items in SiePortal at
• Order Support
Configurators
− 3KD switch disconnectors – End-to-end safety
8 for user and systems (109750228)
The configurator reduces the time and effort required − 3LD2 main control and EMERGENCY-STOP-switching
in the planning and ordering process, and allows for equipment – End-to-end safety for user and systems
individual adaptations. (109755626)
Configure your switch disconnector at − 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors – End-to-end safety
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3nj63-configurator
for user and systems (109755624)
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3ld-configurator
− 3KF switch disconnectors with fuses – End-to-end
www.siemens.de/lowvoltage/3kd-konfigurator
safety for user and systems (109750229)
your switch disconnector with fuses at
− 3NJ63 switch disconnectors with fuses – End-to-end
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3kf-configurator
and your 3NP1 fuse switch disconnector at safety for user and systems (109755619)
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3np1-configurator
Choose the right SITOR semiconductor fuse for
your application
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/sitor-configurator

8/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Switch Disconnectors
• Operating instructions − Switch disconnectors (109769744)
• Certificates − Fuse systems (45314810)
− Transfer switching equipment and load transfer
App Store and Play Store switches (109769745)
You will find further information at − 8US busbar systems (109769746)
http://www.siemens.com/support-app • System Manual
− SENTRON 3NJ62 in-line plug-in switch disconnectors
Provision of 3D data (step and u3d data formats) with fuses (31753460)
• SiePortal (product catalog) − SENTRON 3NP1 fuse switch disconnector (33515690)
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-catalog • Equipment Manual
• Image database − 3KD switch disconnector (109758120)
www.siemens.com/cax
Technical overview – Switch disconnectors

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on switch disconnectors
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/3

© Siemens 2023
Switch Disconnectors | Quick selection guide
Quick selection guide

Load switching devices for all applications
Fuseless switch disconnectors 3)
Functional switching 1)
Type 3LD3 3LD2 3LD5 UL 3KD 3VA

Uninterrupted current Iu 16 … 63 A 16 … 250 A 30 … 160 A 16 … 2000 A 63 … 630 A
Short-circuit 10 kA 50 kA 50 kA 100 kA 110 kA 5)
current max.
8 Selection acc. to AC max. AC-3 AC-3 AC-3 AC-23A AC-23A
utilization category DC max. – DC-22A – DC-23A DC-23A

(up to 250 A)
Suitable fuses
– – – – –
Types of Floor mounting ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
mounting Mounting on a ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
DIN rail (up to 125 A) (up to 63 A) (up to 250 A) (up to 160 A)
Front mounting ■ ■ ■ – –
Mounting on busbar – – – – ■
systems
(spacing of the busbars)
Draw-out technology – – – – ■
Methods of Manual from the front ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
operation Manual from the side – – – ■ ■

Remote-controllable – – – – ■
Number of 1-pole – – – – –
poles 2-pole – – – – –
3-pole ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
4-pole ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
6-pole – ■ – ■ –
Switching All poles ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
function Individual poles – – – – –

switchable
Further information From page 8/6 From page 2/1

1)
According to DIN VDE 0100-200, functional switching is an operation intended to 2)
Devices for occasional switching usually have a substantially lower electrical endurance
switch on or off or vary the supply of electric energy to an electrical installation or and are switched no more than 1× per minute in the tests.
parts of it for normal operating purposes. 3)
Pure switching without protection function
8/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Quick selection guide | Switch Disconnectors
Fuse switch disconnectors 4) Switch disconnectors with fuses 4)
Functional Occasional
Occasional switching 2) switching 1) switching 2)
3NP1 3NP5 3NJ4 5SG76 3KF NH 3KF SITOR 3NJ62 5SG71/72

160 … 630 A 160 … 630 A 160 … 1600 A 16 A 32 … 800 A 32 … 800 A 63 … 630 A 63 A
120 kA 100 kA 120 kA 50 kA 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 50 kA
AC-23B AC-23B AC-23B AC-22A AC-23A AC-23A AC-23B AC-23A 8

DC-23B DC-23B – – DC-23A DC-23A DC-23B DC-22B
IEC LV HRC,
optimized for
IEC NH IEC NH IEC NH NEOZED IEC NH IEC NH NEOZED
semiconductor
protection
■ ■ – – ■ ■ – –
■ – – ■ ■ ■ – –
– – – – – – – –
40/60 mm 40/60 mm 60/100/185 mm – – – 185 mm 60 mm
– – – – – – ■ –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– – – – ■ ■ – –
– – – – – – ■ –
■ – – ■ – – – ■
■ – – ■ – – ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– – – – – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– – ■ – – – – –
From page 8/82 From page 8/116

4)
The suitable fuses protect persons, motors, installations and generators against
short circuit and overload
5)
With a line-side fuse for 415 V
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/5

© Siemens 2023
Switch Disconnectors | Fuseless switch disconnectors
Fuseless switch disconnectors

3LD3 3LD2
Type 3LD30 3LD31 3LD32 3LD33 3LD34 3LD20 3LD21 3LD22

General technical specifications acc. to IEC 60947-3
General technical specifications
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 16 25 32 40 63 16 25 32
Rated operational voltage Ue At 50/60 Hz AC V 690 690
At DC – 2 conducting paths V – –
in series
in series
in series
Operating and short-circuit behavior
Rated operational current Ie 1) At AC-20A | AC-20B at 1000 V A – – – – – – – –
At AC-21A | AC-21B at 400 V A 16 25 32 40 63 16 25 32
At AC-21A | AC-21B at 690 V
8
A 16 25 32 40 63 16 25 32
At AC-22A | AC-22B at 400 V A 16 20 22 36 43 16 25 32
At AC-22A | AC-22B at 690 V A 9 11 13 17 22 16 25 32
At AC-22A | AC-22B at 1000 V A – – – – – – – –
At AC-23A | AC-23B at 400 V A 16 20 22 36 43 16 20 22
At AC-23A | AC-23B at 690 V A 9 11 13 17 22 9 11 13
At DC-20A | DC-20B at 1000 V A – – – – – – – –
At DC-21A | DC-21B at 110 V A – – – – – – – –
At DC-21A | DC-21B at 220 V A – – – – – – – –
At DC-21A | DC-21B at 440 V A – – – – – – – –
At DC-22A | DC-22B at 220 V A – – – – – – – –
At DC-22A | DC-22B at 440 V A – – – – – – – –
At DC-23A | DC-23B at 220 V A – – – – – – – –
At DC-23A | DC-23B at 440 V A – – – – – – – –
Motor switching capacity At AC-23A | AC-23B at 400 V kW 7.5 9.5 11.5 18.5 22 7.5 9.5 11.5
At AC-23A | AC-23B at 690 V kW 7.5 9 11.5 15 18.5 7.5 9.5 11.5
At AC-3 | at 400 V kW 5.5 7.5 9.5 11.5 18.5 5.5 7.5 9.5
At AC-3 | at 690 V kW 5.5 7.5 9.5 11.5 15 5.5 7.5 9.5
Rated short-time withstand current At 690 V AC (t = 1 s) kA 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 1 0.34 0.64 0.64
Icw At 1000 V AC (t = 1 s) kA – – – – – – – –
Rated conditional short-circuit At 400/415 V AC kA 10 10 10 10 10 50 50 50
current with upstream fuse At 690 V AC kA 6 6 6 6 6 50 50 50
Degree of protection
Maximum achievable IP degree of protection IP65 IP65
(with a rotary operating mechanism)
General technical specifications acc. to UL
Certification according to UL standard UL 508 UL 508
In acc. to UL 508/UL 60947-4-1 | UL 489 A 16 | – 25 | – 32 | – 40 | – 63 | – 16 | – 25 | – 32 | –
Ue acc. to UL 508/UL 60947-4-1 | UL 489 V AC 600 | – 600 | –
Operational power, 3-phase At 480 V hp 7.5 10 20 20 25 7.5 10 20
At 600 V hp 10 15 20 20 30 10 15 20
Short circuit current rating (SCCR) At 480 V | at 600 V kA 5|5 5|5 5|5 5|5
Upstream fuse according to UL RK5 RK5
Further information
8/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Fuseless switch disconnectors | Switch Disconnectors
3LD2 3LD5 UL
3LD25 3LD27 3LD28 3LD23 3LD24 3LD50 3LD52 3LD54 3LD56 3LD58
63 100 125 160 250 32 63 100 125 160

690 690
– –
– –
– –
– – – – – – – – – –
63 100 125 160 250 32 63 100 125 160
8
63 100 125 160 250 32 63 100 125 160
63 100 125 140 230 32 63 100 125 160
63 100 125 140 230 32 63 100 125 160
– – – – – – – – – –
43 70 80 132 224 32 63 100 125 160
22 34 39 47 58 22 39 39 47 58
– – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – –
22 37 45 75 132 15 30 45 55 75
18.5 30 37 45 55 18.5 37 37 45 55
18.5 30 37 50 110 15 30 45 55 75
15 22 30 37 45 – – 30 37 45
1.26 2 2 4 4 1.26 2 4 4 4
– – – – – – – – – –
50 50 25 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
50 50 25 50 50 50 50 50 50 30
IP65 IP65
UL 508 UL 60947-4-1/UL 489

63 | – 100 | – 125 | – 160 | – 250 | – 30 | 30 60 | 60 100 | 100 125 | 125 150 | 150
600 | – 480 | 480
40 60 75 75 100 20 30 60 75 100
50 75 100 50 75 – – – – –
5|5 10 | 10 10 | 10 10 | 10 10 | 10 50 | – 65 | – 65 | – 65 | – 50 | –
RK5 J | CC J J J J
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/7

© Siemens 2023

Quick selection guide for AC and AC/DC applications
3KD
Type 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD
01..–.K 02..–.K 03..–.K 03..–.L 04..–.L 05..–.L 06..–.L 16 22 26 28‥–M.
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 16 32 63 63 80 100 125 16 32 63 80
Rated operational voltage Ue At 50/60 Hz AC V 690 690 415 690 690 690 690 1000 1000 1000 1000
At DC – 2 conducting paths V – – – – – – – 220 220 220 220
in series
At DC – 3 conducting paths V – – – – – – – 440 440 440 440
in series
At DC – 4 conducting paths V – – – – – – – – – – –
in series
Rated operational current Ie 1) At AC-20A | AC-20B at 1000 V A – – – – – – – 16 32 63 80
At AC-21A | AC-21B at 400 V A 16 32 63 63 80 100 125 16 32 63 80
8 At AC-21A | AC-21B at 690 V A 16 32 – 63 80 100 125 16 32 63 80
At AC-22A | AC-22B at 400 V A 16 32 63 63 80 100 125 16 32 63 80
At AC-22A | AC-22B at 690 V A 16 32 – 63 80 100 125 16 32 63 80
At AC-22A | AC-22B at 1000 V A – – – – – – – 16 32 63 80
At AC-23A | AC-23B at 400 V A 16 32 63 63 75 80 90 16 32 63 80
At AC-23A | AC-23B at 690 V A 14 17 – 22 30 35 39 16 32 63 80
At DC-20A | DC-20B at 1000 V A – – – – – – – 16 32 63 80
At DC-21A | DC-21B at 110 V A – – – – – – – 16 32 63 80
At DC-21A | DC-21B at 220 V A – – – – – – – 16 32 63 80
At DC-21A | DC-21B at 440 V A – – – – – – – 16 32 63 80
At DC-22A | DC-22B at 220 V A – – – – – – – 16 32 63 80
At DC-22A | DC-22B at 440 V A – – – – – – – 16 32 63 80
At DC-23A | DC-23B at 220 V A – – – – – – – 16 32 63 80
At DC-23A | DC-23B at 440 V A – – – – – – – 16 32 63 80
Motor switching capacity At AC-23A | AC-23B at 400 V kW 7.5 15 30 30 37 45 45 7.5 15 30 45
At AC-23A | AC-23B at 690 V kW 11 15 – 18.5 22 30 30 11 30 55 75
At AC-3 | at 400 V kW – – – – – – – – – – –
At AC-3 | at 690 V kW – – – – – – – – – – –
Rated short-time withstand current At 690 V AC (t = 1 s) kA 1.26 1.26 1.26 1) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3
Icw At 1000 V AC (t = 1 s) kA – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3
Rated conditional short-circuit At 400/415 V AC kA 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100
current with upstream fuse At 690 V AC kA 50 50 – 50 50 50 20 100 100 100 100
Maximum achievable IP degree of protection IP65
Certification according to UL standard –
In acc. to UL 508/UL 60947-4-1 | UL 489 A –
Ue acc. to UL 508/UL 60947-4-1 | UL 489 AC V –
Operational power, 3-phase At 480 V hp –
At 600 V hp –
Short circuit current rating (SCCR) At 480 V | at 600 V kA –
Fuse type –
Further information
See page 8/66
1)
Applies to 415 V AC
8/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3KD
3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD
28‥–N 30‥–M. 30‥–N. 32 34 36..–.N 36..–.P 38..–N. 38..–P. 40 42 44..–P. 44..–Q. 46 48 50..–Q. 50..–R. 52 54 56
80 100 100 125 160 200 200 250 250 315 400 500 500 630 800 1000 1000 1250 1600 2000
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220
440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
80 100 100 125 160 200 200 250 250 315 400 500 500 630 800 1000 1000 1250 1600 2000
80 100 100 125 160 200 200 250 250 315 400 500 500 630 800 1000 1000 1250 1600 2000
80 100 100 125 160 200 200 200 250 315 400 400 500 630 800 1000 1000 1250 1600 2000 8
80 100 100 125 160 200 200 250 250 315 400 500 500 630 800 1000 1000 1250 1600 2000
80 100 100 125 160 160 200 200 250 315 400 400 500 630 800 1000 1000 1250 1600 2000
80 80 100 125 160 160 200 200 250 315 400 400 500 630 800 800 1000 1250 1600 1600
80 80 100 125 160 160 200 160 250 315 400 400 500 630 800 1000 1000 1250 1600 2000
80 80 100 125 160 160 200 160 250 315 400 400 500 630 800 1000 1000 1250 1600 2000
80 100 100 125 160 200 200 250 250 315 400 500 500 630 800 1000 1000 1250 1600 2000
80 80 100 125 160 160 200 160 250 315 400 400 500 630 800 800 1000 1250 1600 1600
80 80 100 125 160 160 200 160 250 315 400 400 500 630 800 800 1000 1250 1600 1600
80 80 100 125 160 160 200 160 250 315 400 400 500 630 800 800 1000 1250 1600 1600
80 80 100 125 160 160 200 160 250 315 400 400 500 630 800 800 – – – –
80 80 100 125 160 160 200 160 250 315 400 400 500 630 800 800 – – – –
80 80 100 125 160 160 200 160 250 315 400 400 500 630 800 800 – – – –
80 80 100 125 160 160 200 160 250 315 400 400 500 630 800 800 – – – –
45 45 55 55 90 90 110 90 132 160 200 200 250 355 400 560 560 710 900 1000
75 75 90 110 110 110 185 110 250 315 315 315 500 630 800 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
4 3 4 4 4 4 13 4 13 13 13 13 30 30 30 30 55 55 55 55
4 3 4 4 4 4 13 4 13 13 13 13 30 30 30 30 55 55 55 55
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 80 80 80
80 100 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 100 100 65
IP65
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
See page 8/66
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/9

© Siemens 2023

Quick selection guide for DC applications
3KD
Type 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD
16 22 26 28 30 32 34 36 38
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 200 250
Rated operational voltage Ue At DC - V 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
at degree of pollution 2
At DC - V 1000 1000 1000 10001) 10001) 10001) 10001) 1200 1200
at degree of pollution 3
Rated operational current Ie At DC-21A at 1200 V A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 – –
At DC-21B at 1200 V A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160 200 250
Rated short-time withstand current At DC 1200 V (t = 1 s) kA 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 10 10
Icw
8 Maximum achievable IP degree of protection IP20
Certification according to UL standard –
In acc. to UL 508/UL 60947-4-1 | UL 489 A –
Ue acc. to UL 508/UL 60947-4-1 | UL 489 AC V –
Operational power, 3-phase At 480 V hp –
At 600 V hp –
Short circuit current rating (SCCR) At 480 V | at 600 V kA –
Fuse type –
Further information
See page 8/66
1)
Valid for version with box terminal, version with flat terminal max. 1200 V
8/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3KD
3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD 3KD

40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54
315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600

1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
1200 1200 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200
– – – – – – – –
315 400 500 630 800 800 1250 1600
10 10 20 20 20 20 20 20
IP20 8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
See page 8/66
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/11

© Siemens 2023
3LD switch disconnectors

System overview of 3LD3 main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches
Basic units for front mounting
3P rotary operating mechanisms 3P knob-operated mechanisms 3P + N rotary operating mechanisms 3P + N knob-operated mechanisms
Basic units for floor mounting
3P rotary operating mechanisms 3P knob-operated mechanisms 3P + N rotary operating mechanisms 3P + N knob-operated mechanisms
Basic units for installation in distribution boards

and basic switches without knob-operated mechanism
8
3P knob-operated mechanisms 3P basic switches without 3P + N knob-operated mechanisms 3P + N basic switches without
(installation in distribution boards) knob-operated mechanism (installation in distribution boards) knob-operated mechanism
Additional poles and auxiliary switches
N switching contacts N/PE terminals Auxiliary switches
Operating mechanisms
Rotary operating mechanisms for Knob-operated mechanisms for Door-coupling rotary Door-coupling knob- Door-coupling knob-
front or floor mounting (center hole) front or floor mounting operating mechanisms operated mechanisms operated mechanisms,
defeatable
Further accessories
Terminal covers, 1 and 3-pole Inscription labels
Note:
8/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Mounting concept and accessories
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
optional optional
3-pole
2 1 or 1 or 2 or 3 3 or 2 or 1 or 1
1 22
and and
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
optional and
as a spare part or accessory for basic switches without knob-operated mechanism
5 or 6 or 7 or 8
Legend
1 N switching contact 1) 4 Terminal cover 7 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism,
center-hole mounting
2 N/PE terminal 5 Rotary operating mechanism, center-hole mounting
3 Auxiliary switch 6 Knob-operated mechanism, center-hole mounting 8 Door-coupling knob-operated mechanism,
I201_20482
center-hole mounting
1)
N switching contact 1 must first be installed on the basic unit 8
Mounting types You will find further information under:

sie.ag/2UlrAvy
Front mounting Floor mounting
The switches for front mounting are mounted on the inside of covers, The switches for floor mounting are snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails
side panels or, if applicable, control cabinet doors (depending on the according to EN 60715 or screw-mounted on mounting panels. The
applicable standard and switching function). The switches are mounted actuators are connected to the lower section of the switch through a
via the 22.5 mm diameter center hole. door coupling, which can be released in the 0 position, and a 300 mm
long switch shaft. When the control cabinet door is open, the switch can
be protected against inadvertent operation by removing the switch shaft
from the lower section of the switch. The overall depth can be adapted
to individual requirements by adjusting the switch shaft length.
Distribution board mounting Basic switches without

knob-operated mechanism
The switches for distribution board mounting are suited for operation For the basic switch variant without knob-operated mechanism,
in distribution boards and for switching inside control cabinets or the appropriate door-coupling rotary operating mechanism can be
distributors. They have cap and mounting dimensions acc. to DIN 43880 ordered separately.
and can be fitted under the same cover together with miniature circuit
breakers. The selector switches can be locked in their OFF position
with no more than one padlock with a shackle thickness of 4 to 6 mm.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/13

© Siemens 2023

3LD3 main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches,
front mounting, 10 kArms
Operating mechanisms, black

Number of poles 3P
I201_20448
I201_20450
Uninterrupted current Iu Operational power P Operational power P Without 1 NO + 1 NC
At AC-21A, 380 … 440 V At AC-23A, 380 … 440 V At AC-3, 380 … 440 V auxiliary switch
Rotary operating mechanisms
16 A 7.5 kW 5.5 kW 3LD3054-0TK51 3LD3054-1TK51
25 A 9 kW 7.5 kW 3LD3154-0TK51 3LD3154-1TK51
32 A 11.5 kW 9.5 kW 3LD3254-0TK51 3LD3254-1TK51
40 A 18.5 kW 11.5 kW 3LD3354-0TK51 3LD3354-1TK51
63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW 3LD3454-0TK51 3LD3454-1TK51
Knob-operated mechanisms
8 16 A 7.5 kW 5.5 kW 3LD3050-0TK11 3LD3050-1TK11

25 A 9 kW 7.5 kW 3LD3150-0TK11 3LD3150-1TK11
32 A 11.5 kW 9.5 kW 3LD3250-0TK11 3LD3250-1TK11
40 A 18.5 kW 11.5 kW 3LD3350-0TK11 3LD3350-1TK11
63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW 3LD3450-0TK11 3LD3450-1TK11
Scope of supply:
• Including terminal covers for the infeed side
3LD30 3LD31 3LD32 3LD33 3LD34

Accessories (16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (40 A) (63 A)
Additional poles
N switching contact (4th contact Leading switch-on, 3LD9340-0B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
element) lagging switch-off
N terminal Through-type 3LD9340-2B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PE terminal Through-type 3LD9340-3B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC 3LD9340-6B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Lockable in 0 position with Black 3LD9344-4C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
max. 3 padlocks Red/yellow 3LD9344-5C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Lockable in 0 position with Black 3LD9343-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

8/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Operating mechanisms, red/yellow

3P+N 3P 3P+N
I201_20448
I201_20450
I201_20451
I201_20451
I201_20453
I201_20453
Without 1 NO + 1 NC Without 1 NO + 1 NC Without 1 NO + 1 NC
auxiliary switch auxiliary switch auxiliary switch
3LD3054-0TL51 3LD3054-1TL51 3LD3054-0TK53 3LD3054-1TK53 3LD3054-0TL53 3LD3054-1TL53

3LD3050-0TL11 3LD3050-1TL11 3LD3050-0TK13 3LD3050-1TK13 3LD3050-0TL13 3LD3050-1TL13 8

3LD30 3LD31 3LD32 3LD33 3LD34

(16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (40 A) (63 A)
Terminal covers
• Pack of 4 units
Version Article No.
For N switching contacts, N terminals or PE terminals 3LD9341-2A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
For 3-pole 3LD3 switch disconnectors 3LD9341-0A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Inscription labels
• Pack of 10 units
Inscription Article No.
German/English (Hauptschalter/Main Switch) 3LD9346-1A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
French/Spanish (Interrupteur Principal/Interruptor Principal) 3LD9346-2A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Without inscription 3LD9346-3A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/15
© Siemens 2023

3LD3 main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches, floor mounting, 10 kArms

Number of poles 3P
I201_20448
I201_20450
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, center-hole mounting Ø 22.5 mm
16 A 7.5 kW 5.5 kW 3LD3048-0TK51 3LD3048-1TK51
25 A 9 kW 7.5 kW 3LD3148-0TK51 3LD3148-1TK51
32 A 11.5 kW 9.5 kW 3LD3248-0TK51 3LD3248-1TK51
40 A 18.5 kW 11.5 kW 3LD3348-0TK51 3LD3348-1TK51
63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW 3LD3448-0TK51 3LD3448-1TK51
Door-coupling knob-operated mechanisms, center-hole mounting Ø 22.5 mm
8 16 A 7.5 kW 5.5 kW 3LD3040-0TK11 3LD3040-1TK11

25 A 9 kW 7.5 kW 3LD3140-0TK11 3LD3140-1TK11
32 A 11.5 kW 9.5 kW 3LD3240-0TK11 3LD3240-1TK11
40 A 18.5 kW 11.5 kW 3LD3340-0TK11 3LD3340-1TK11
63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW 3LD3440-0TK11 3LD3440-1TK11
Scope of supply:
Mounting:
• Using screws- or snap-on mounting on 35 mm mounting rails
3LD30 3LD31 3LD32 3LD33 3LD34

Accessories (16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (40 A) (63 A)
Additional poles
N switching contact (4th contact Leading switch-on, 3LD9340-0C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
N terminal Through-type 3LD9340-2C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PE terminal Through-type 3LD9340-3C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC 3LD9340-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

• Lockable in 0 position with Black 3LD9344-2C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
• Incl. funnel
• Incl. funnel
Switch shafts
Cross-section Length Article No.
6 × 6 mm 600 mm 3LD9345-1C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

8/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

3P+N 3P 3P+N
I201_20448
I201_20450
I201_20451
I201_20451
I201_20453
I201_20453


3LD30 3LD31 3LD32 3LD33 3LD34

(16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (40 A) (63 A)
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
Type Color Article No.
Rotary operating mechanisms Black 3LD9344-2CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
66 × 66 mm Red/yellow 3LD9344-3CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Knob-operated mechanisms Black 3LD9343-4CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Terminal covers
• Pack of 4 units
Version Article No.
For 3LD3 3-pole switch disconnectors 3LD9341-0A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Inscription labels

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/17
© Siemens 2023

3LD3 main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches, installation in distribution boards
and basic switches without knob-operated mechanism, 10 kArms

Number of poles 3P
I201_20448
I201_20450
Switches for installation in distribution boards with masking plate and selector knob, DIN-rail mounting
16 A 7.5 kW 5.5 kW 3LD3030-0TK11 3LD3030-1TK11
25 A 9 kW 7.5 kW 3LD3130-0TK11 3LD3130-1TK11
32 A 11.5 kW 9.5 kW 3LD3230-0TK11 3LD3230-1TK11
40 A 18.5 kW 11.5 kW 3LD3330-0TK11 3LD3330-1TK11
8 63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW 3LD3430-0TK11 3LD3430-1TK11
Basic switches without knob-operated mechanism
16 A 7.5 kW 5.5 kW 3LD3010-0TK05 3LD3010-1TK05
25 A 9 kW 7.5 kW 3LD3110-0TK05 3LD3110-1TK05
32 A 11.5 kW 9.5 kW 3LD3210-0TK05 3LD3210-1TK05
40 A 18.5 kW 11.5 kW 3LD3310-0TK05 3LD3310-1TK05
63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW 3LD3410-0TK05 3LD3410-1TK05
Scope of supply:
• Basic switches without direct operating mechanism, incl. terminal covers for the infeed side
Mounting:
• Using screws or snap-on mounting on 35 mm mounting rails
Accessories see page 8/20

8/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

3P+N 3P 3P+N
I201_20448
I201_20450
I201_20451
I201_20451
I201_20453
I201_20453

3LD3010-0TL05 3LD3010-1TL05 – – – –
3LD3110-0TL05 3LD3110-1TL05 – – – –
3LD3210-0TL05 3LD3210-1TL05 – – – –
3LD3310-0TL05 3LD3310-1TL05 – – – –
3LD3410-0TL05 3LD3410-1TL05 – – – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/19
© Siemens 2023

3LD3 main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches, installation in distribution boards
and basic switches without knob-operated mechanism, 10 kArms
Accessories for switches for installation in distribution boards 3LD30 3LD31 3LD32 3LD33 3LD34
(16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (40 A) (63 A)
Additional poles
N switching contact (4th contact Leading switch-on, 3LD9340-0C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
N terminal Through-type 3LD9340-2C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PE terminal Through-type 3LD9340-3C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC 3LD9340-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Terminal covers
• Pack of 4 units
Version Article No.
8 For 3LD3 3-pole switch disconnectors 3LD9341-0A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

8/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3LD30 3LD31 3LD32 3LD33 3LD34

Accessories for basic switches without knob-operated mechanism (16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (40 A) (63 A)
Type Color Article No.
Rotary operating mechanisms 66 × 66 mm Black 3LD9344-2CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Red/yellow 3LD9344-3CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Knob-operated mechanisms 48 × 48 mm Black 3LD9343-4CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Red/yellow 3LD9343-5CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Knob-operated mechanisms, defeatable, Black 3LD9343-2CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■


• Incl. funnel 8
Knob-operated • Lockable in Black 3LD9343-4C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
mechanisms 0 position with Red/yellow 3LD9343-5C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
max. 2 padlocks
• Incl. funnel
Knob-operated • Lockable in Black 3LD9343-2C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
mechanisms, 0 position with Red/yellow 3LD9343-3C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
defeatable max. 3 padlocks
• Incl. funnel
Switch shafts
6 × 6 mm 600 mm 3LD9345-1C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Inscription labels

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/21
© Siemens 2023

3LD3 main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches, accessories
3LD30 3LD31 3LD32 3LD33 3LD34

(16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (40 A) (63 A)
N switching contacts (4th contact element)
For front mounting Leading switch-on, lagging switch-off 3LD9340-0B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
For floor mounting, Leading switch-on, lagging switch-off 3LD9340-0C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

installation in
distribution
boards and basic
switches without
knob-operated
mechanism
N terminals
For front mounting Through-type 3LD9340-2B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
For floor mounting, Through-type 3LD9340-2C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

installation in
distribution
boards and basic
8 switches without
knob-operated
mechanism
PE terminals
For front mounting Through-type 3LD9340-3B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
For floor mounting, Through-type 3LD9340-3C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

installation in
distribution
boards and basic
switches without
knob-operated
mechanism
Auxiliary switches
For front mounting 1 NO + 1 NC 3LD9340-6B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
For floor mounting, 1 NO + 1 NC 3LD9340-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
installation in
distribution
boards and basic
switches without
knob-operated
mechanism

8/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3LD30 3LD31 3LD32 3LD33 3LD34

(16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (40 A) (63 A)
Version Type Color Article No.
For floor mounting Rotary operating mechanisms Black 3LD9344-2CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
and basic switches 66 × 66 mm Red/yellow 3LD9344-3CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
without knob-oper
ated mechanism
Knob-operated mechanisms Black 3LD9343-4CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Knob-operated Knob-operated mechanisms, Black 3LD9343-2CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

mechanisms, defeatable, 66 × 66 mm Red/yellow 3LD9343-3CA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
defeatable

• Lockable in 0 position with max. 3 padlocks
For front mounting, without funnel Black 3LD9344-4C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Red/yellow 3LD9344-5C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
For floor mounting and basic switches Black 3LD9344-2C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

without knob-operated mechanism, with funnel Red/yellow 3LD9344-3C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 8
For front mounting • Lockable in 0 position Black 3LD9343-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
with max. 2 padlocks Red/yellow 3LD9343-7C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
• Without funnel
For floor mounting and • Lockable in 0 position Black 3LD9343-4C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

basic switches with max. 2 padlocks Red/yellow 3LD9343-5C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
without knob-operated • Incl. funnel
mechanism
Knob-operated mechanisms, • Lockable in 0 position Black 3LD9343-2C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

defeatable with max. 3 padlocks Red/yellow 3LD9343-3C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
• Incl. funnel
Terminal covers
• For front mounting, floor mounting, installation in distribution boards
• Pack of 4 units
Number of poles Article No.
1-pole 3LD9341-2A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
3-pole 3LD9341-0A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Switch shafts
6 × 6 mm 600 mm 3LD9345-1C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Inscription labels
• Not for installation in distribution boards

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/23
© Siemens 2023

System overview of 3LD2 switch disconnectors
3P rotary operating 3P knob-operated 3P knob-operated 3P + N rotary 3P + N knob-operated 3P + N knob-operated 6P rotary operating

mechanisms mechanisms mechanisms operating mechanisms mechanisms mechanisms
(3LD23/3LD24) mechanisms (3LD23/3LD24)
Basic units for floor mounting
3P rotary operating 3P knob-operated 3P knob-operated 3P + N rotary 3P + N knob-operated 3P+N knob-operated 6P rotary operating
mechanisms mechanisms mechanisms, operating mechanisms mechanisms, mechanisms
(3LD23/3LD24) defeatable mechanisms (3LD23/3LD24) defeatable
8 Basic units for installation in distribution boards/enclosures, DC
3P knob-operated 3P + N knob-operated 8P DC isolators

mechanisms mechanisms
N switching contacts N/PE terminals (through-type) Auxiliary switches (standard version) Auxiliary switch for mounting on the front
Rotary operating mechanisms for Knob-operated mechanisms Switch shafts Coupling pieces Assembly tools for
4-hole and center-hole mounting (3LD23/3LD24) without ON-lock center-hole mounting
Further accessories
Terminal covers, 1-pole Terminal covers, 3 and 4-pole Inscription labels (with and without inscription)
Note:
8/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3-pole
optional optional
3 2 or 3 or 2 or 1 1 or 2 or 3
1 or 2
1 3
2
and and
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
and
optional and as spare part
6 or 7 or 8 or 9
Legend
1 Auxiliary switch 3 N/PE terminal 5 Auxiliary switch for mounting on the front 2) 7 Rotary operating mechanism,
four-hole mounting
2 N switching contact 1) 4 Terminal cover 6 Rotary operating mechanism, center-hole
8 Knob-operated mechanism,
mounting
four-hole mounting
I201_20483
1)
N switching contact 2 must first be installed on the basic unit 9 Switch shaft (300 or 600mm)
Can only be used with four-hole front mounting and floor mounting
8
2)
Mounting types You will find further information under:

sie.ag/2UlrAvy
Front mounting Floor mounting
The switches for front mounting are mounted on the inside of covers, The switches for floor mounting up to 125 A (3LD28) are snapped
side panels or, if applicable, control cabinet doors (depending on the onto 35 mm DIN rails according to EN 60715 or screw-mounted on
applicable standard and switching function). In addition to the 4-hole mounting panels. The switches for 160 and 250 A (3LD23/3LD24) are
fastening of the handle, up to 63 A (3LD25) fastening with the 22.5 mm exclusively screwed onto mounting panels. The actuators are connected
diameter center hole can also be chosen. to the lower section of the switch through a door coupling, which can be
released in the 0 position, and a 300 mm long switch shaft. When the
control cabinet door is open, the switch can be protected against
inadvertent operation by removing the switch shaft from the lower
section of the switch. The overall depth can be adapted to individual
requirements by adjusting the switch shaft length.
Distribution board mounting DC isolators
The switches for distribution board mounting are suited for operation The DC isolators in the enclosure are suitable for disconnecting loads of
in distribution boards and for switching inside control cabinets or up to 800 V DC due to their 8-pole design. To provide additional safety,
distributors. Up to 125 A (3LD28), they have cap and mounting the isolators can be locked in the 0 position.
dimensions according to DIN 43880 and can be fitted under the same
cover together with miniature circuit breakers.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/25

© Siemens 2023

3LD2 main control switches, front mounting, 25 … 50 kArms

Number of poles 3P
I201_20448
I201_20450
At AC-21A, 380 … 440 V At AC-23A, 380 … 440 V At AC-3A, 380 … 440 V auxiliary switch (standard version)
Rotary operating mechanism, four-hole mounting
16 A 7.5 kW 5.5 kW 3LD2003-0TK51 3LD2003-1TP51
25 A 9.5 kW 7.5 kW 3LD2103-0TK51 3LD2103-1TP51
32 A 11.5 kW 9.5 kW 3LD2203-0TK51 3LD2203-1TP51
63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW 3LD2504-0TK51 3LD2504-1TP51
100 A 37 kW 30 kW 3LD2704-0TK51 3LD2704-1TP51
125 A 45 kW 37 kW 3LD2804-0TK51 3LD2804-1TP51
160 A 75 kW 50 kW 3LD2305-0TK11 3LD2305-0TK11 + 3LD9200-5B
8 250 A 132 kW 110 kW 3LD2405-0TK11 3LD2405-0TK11 + 3LD9200-5B
Rotary operating mechanism, center-hole mounting Ø 22.5 mm
16 A 7.5 kW 5.5 kW 3LD2054-0TK51 3LD2054-1TP51
25 A 9.5 kW 7.5 kW 3LD2154-0TK51 3LD2154-1TP51
32 A 11.5 kW 9.5 kW 3LD2254-0TK51 3LD2254-0TK51 + 3LD9200-5B
63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW 3LD2555-0TK51 3LD2555-0TK51 + 3LD9200-5B
Knob-operated mechanism, four-hole mounting
Knob-operated mechanism, center-hole mounting Ø 22.5 mm
Scope of supply:
Accessories, see page 8/30

8/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3P+N 6P
I201_20455
I201_20454
I201_20451
I201_20453
Without 1 NO + 1 NC Without 1 NO + 1 NC
auxiliary switch (standard version) auxiliary switch (standard version)
3LD2003-1TL51 3LD2003-2EP51 – –
3LD2103-1TL51 3LD2103-2EP51 3LD2103-3VK51 3LD2103-4VP51
3LD2203-1TL51 3LD2203-1TL51 + 3LD9200-5B 3LD2203-3VK51 3LD2203-3VK51 + 3LD9200-5B
3LD2504-1TL51 3LD2504-1TP51 + 3LD9250-0BA 3LD2504-3VK51 3LD2504-3VK51 + 3LD9200-5B
3LD2704-0TK51 + 3LD9280-0B 3LD2704-0TK51 + 3LD9280-0B + 3LD9200-5B – –
3LD2405-1TL11 3LD2405-1TL11 + 3LD9200-5B 3LD2405-3VK11 3LD2405-3VK11 + 3LD9200-5B 8
3LD2054-1TL51 3LD2054-2EP51 – –
3LD2154-1TL51 3LD2154-2EP51 – –
3LD2254-1TL51 3LD2254-1TL51 + 3LD9200-5B – –
3LD2555-0TK51 + 3LD9250-0BA 3LD2555-0TK51 + 3LD9250-0BA + 3LD9200-5B – –
3LD2022-1TL11 3LD2022-1TL11 + 3LD9200-5B – –

3LD2122-1TL11 3LD2122-1TL11 + 3LD9200-5B 3LD2122-3VK11 –
3LD2050-1TL11 3LD2050-1TL11 + 3LD9200-5B – –


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/27
© Siemens 2023

3LD2 EMERGENCY-STOP switches, front mounting, 25 … 50 kArms

Number of poles 3P
I201_20448
I201_20450
16 A 7.5 kW 5.5 kW 3LD2003-0TK53 3LD2003-1TP53
25 A 9.5 kW 7.5 kW 3LD2103-0TK53 3LD2103-1TP53
32 A 11.5 kW 9.5 kW 3LD2203-0TK53 3LD2203-1TP53
63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW 3LD2504-0TK53 3LD2504-1TP53
100 A 37 kW 30 kW 3LD2704-0TK53 3LD2704-1TP53
125 A 45 kW 37 kW 3LD2804-0TK53 3LD2804-1TP53
160 A 75 kW 50 kW 3LD2305-0TK13 3LD2305-0TK13 + 3LD9200-5B
8 250 A 132 kW 110 kW 3LD2405-0TK13 3LD2405-0TK13 + 3LD9200-5B
Rotary operating mechanism, center-hole mounting Ø 22.5 mm
16 A 7.5 kW 5.5 kW 3LD2054-0TK53 3LD2054-1TP53
25 A 9.5 kW 7.5 kW 3LD2154-0TK53 3LD2154-1TP53
63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW 3LD2555-0TK53 3LD2555-0TK53 + 3LD9200-5B
Knob-operated mechanism, four-hole mounting
Knob-operated mechanism, center-hole mounting Ø 22.5 mm
Scope of supply:

8/28 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3P+N 6P
I201_20455
I201_20454
I201_20451
I201_20453
3LD2003-1TL53 3LD2003-2EP53 – –
3LD2103-1TL53 3LD2103-2EP53 3LD2103-3VK53 3LD2103-4VP53
3LD2504-1TL53 3LD2504-1TP53 + 3LD9250-0BA 3LD2504-3VK53 3LD2504-3VK53 + 3LD9200-5B
3LD2405-1TL13 3LD2405-1TL13 + 3LD9200-5B 3LD2405-3VK13 3LD2405-3VK13 + 3LD9200-5B 8
3LD2054-1TL53 3LD2054-2EP53 – –
3LD2154-1TL53 3LD2154-2EP53 – –
3LD2254-1TL53 3LD2254-1TL53 + 3LD9200-5B – –
3LD2555-0TK53 + 3LD9250-0BA 3LD2555-0TK53 + 3LD9250-0BA + 3LD9200-5B – –
3LD2022-1TL13 3LD2022-1TL13 + 3LD9200-5B – –

3LD2122-1TL13 3LD2122-1TL13 + 3LD9200-5B 3LD2122-3VK13 –
3LD2050-1TL13 3LD2050-1TL13 + 3LD9200-5B – –


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/29
© Siemens 2023

Accessories for front mounting
3LD20 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD28 3LD23 3LD24

(16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A) (160 A) (250 A)
Leading switch-on, 3LD9220-0B ■ ■
lagging switch-off 3LD9250-0BA ■
3LD9280-0B ■ ■
3LD9240-0B ■ ■
N/PE terminals
Through-type 3LD9200-2B ■
3LD9220-2B ■ ■
3LD9250-2BA ■
3LD9280-2B ■ ■
3LD9240-2B ■ ■
Auxiliary switches (standard version)
• For mounting on the left and/or right
• Lagging switch-on,
leading switch-off
Contacts Contact surface Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 3LD9200-5B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3LD9200-5BF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
8 Auxiliary switches for mounting on the front
• Mounted on the switch shaft
• For four-hole front mounting and floor mounting
only
• For long leading times (20 … 150 m)
• Not for 6-pole 3LD23 (160 A) and 3LD24 (250 A)
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 3LD9280-5D ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
3LD9240-5D ■ ■
Gold-plated 3LD9280-5DF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
3LD9240-5DF ■ ■
• Lockable in 0 position
with up to 3 padlocks
Version Mounting Article No.
For main control Center-hole mounting 3LD9224-1D ■ ■ ■
switches 3LD9284-1D ■
Four-hole mounting 3LD9224-1B ■ ■ ■
3LD9284-1B ■ ■ ■
For EMERGENCY-STOP Center-hole mounting 3LD9224-3D ■ ■ ■

3LD9284-3B ■ ■ ■
For main control Four-hole mounting 3LD9243-1B ■ ■
switches
For EMERGENCY-STOP Four-hole mounting 3LD9243-3B ■ ■
switches

8/30 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

(16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A) (160 A) (250 A)
Terminal covers
• Pack of 4 units
1-pole 3LD9201-2A ■
3LD9221-2A ■ ■
3LD9251-2A ■
3LD9281-2A ■ ■
3LD9241-2A ■ ■
3-pole 3LD9221-0A ■ ■
3LD9251-0A ■
4-pole 3LD9201-1A ■
Inscription labels
German/English (Hauptschalter/Main Switch) 3LD9286-1A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Assembly tools
Without inscription 3LD9286-4A ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
8
• For center-hole mounting with nut
• Pack of 5 units
Version Article No.
For main control switches and 3LD9256-0A ■ ■ ■ ■
EMERGENCY-STOP switches

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/31
© Siemens 2023

3LD2 main control switches, floor mounting, 25 … 50 kArms

Number of poles 3P
I201_20448
I201_20450
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, four-hole mounting
16 A 7.5 kW 5.5 kW 3LD2013-0TK51 3LD2013-0TK51 + 3LD9200-5C
63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW 3LD2514-0TK51 3LD2514-0TK51 + 3LD9200-5C
100 A 37 kW 30 kW 3LD2714-0TK51 3LD2714-0TK51 + 3LD9200-5C
8 125 A 45 kW 37 kW 3LD2814-0TK51 3LD2814-0TK51 + 3LD9200-5C
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, center-hole mounting Ø 22.5 mm
Defeatable door-coupling knob-operated mechanism, four-hole mounting
Scope of supply:
• Up to 125 A with integrated tolerance compensation
Mounting:
• Up to 125 A using screws or snap-on mounting on 35 mm mounting rails

8/32 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3P+N 6P
I201_20455
I201_20454
I201_20451
I201_20453
3LD2013-1TL51 3LD2013-1TL51 + 3LD9200-5C – –

3LD2113-1TL51 3LD2113-1TL51 + 3LD9200-5C 3LD2113-3VK51 3LD2113-4VP51
3LD2213-1TL51 3LD2213-1TL51 + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2514-1TL51 3LD2514-1TL51 + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2714-0TK51 + 3LD9280-0C 3LD2714-0TK51 + 3LD9280-0C + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2814-0TK51 + 3LD9280-0C 3LD2814-0TK51 + 3LD9280-0C + 3LD9200-5C – – 8
3LD2318-1TL11 3LD2318-1TL11 + 3LD9200-5C 3LD2318-3VK11 3LD2318-3VK11 + 3LD9200-5C
3LD2044-1TL51 3LD2044-1TL51 + 3LD9200-5C – –

3LD2144-1TL51 3LD2144-1TL51 + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2244-1TL51 3LD2244-1TL51 + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2545-0TK51 + 3LD9250-0CA 3LD2545-0TK51 + 3LD9250-0CA + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2017-1TL11 3LD2017-1TL11 + 3LD9200-5C – –

3LD2217-1TL11 3LD2217-1TL11 + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2517-1TL11 3LD2517-1TL11 + 3LD9200-5C – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/33
© Siemens 2023

3LD2 EMERGENCY-STOP switches, floor mounting, 25 … 50 kArms

Number of poles 3P
I201_20448
I201_20450
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, four-hole mounting
8 125 A 45 kW 37 kW 3LD2814-0TK53 3LD2814-0TK53 + 3LD9200-5C
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, center-hole mounting Ø 22.5 mm
Defeatable door-coupling knob-operated mechanism, four-hole mounting
63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW 3LD2517-0TK13 3LD2517-1TL13 + 3LD9200-5C
Scope of supply:
• Up to 125 A with integrated tolerance compensation
Mounting:

8/34 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3P+N 6P
I201_20455
I201_20454
I201_20451
I201_20453
3LD2013-1TL53 3LD2013-1TL53 + 3LD9200-5C – –

3LD2113-1TL53 3LD2113-1TL53 + 3LD9200-5C 3LD2113-3VK53 3LD2113-4VP53
3LD2213-1TL53 3LD2213-1TL53 + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2514-1TL53 3LD2514-1TL53 + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2714-0TK53 + 3LD9280-0C 3LD2714-0TK53 + 3LD9280-0C + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2814-0TK53 + 3LD9280-0C 3LD2814-0TK53 + 3LD9280-0C + 3LD9200-5C – – 8
3LD2044-1TL53 3LD2044-1TL53 + 3LD9200-5C – –

3LD2144-1TL53 3LD2144-1TL53 + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2244-1TL53 3LD2244-1TL53 + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2545-0TK53 + 3LD9250-0CA 3LD2545-0TK53 + 3LD9250-0CA + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2017-1TL13 3LD2017-1TL13 + 3LD9200-5C – –

3LD2217-1TL13 3LD2217-0TK13 + 3LD9200-5C – –
3LD2517-1TL13 3LD2517-1TL13 + 3LD9200-5C – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/35
© Siemens 2023

Accessories for floor mounting

(16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A) (160 A) (250 A)
Leading switch-on, 3LD9220-0C ■ ■
lagging switch-off 3LD9250-0CA ■
3LD9280-0C ■ ■
3LD9240-0C ■ ■
N/PE terminals
Through-type 3LD9200-2C ■
3LD9220-2C ■ ■
3LD9250-2CA ■
3LD9280-2C ■ ■
3LD9240-2C ■ ■
leading switch-off
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 3LD9200-5C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3LD9200-5CF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
8 2 NO Standard 3LD9200-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Auxiliary switches for mounting on the front
• Mounted on the switch shaft
• For long leading times (20 … 150 ms)
3LD9240-5D ■ ■
3LD9240-5DF ■ ■
3LD9284-1B ■ ■ ■

3LD9284-3B ■ ■ ■
switches
switches
8UC7.. door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
• To achieve defeatability from
3LD27 (100 A) to 3LD24 (250 A)
Type Version Article No.
8UC71 Standard 8UC7110-1BB ■ ■
EMERGENCY-STOP 8UC7120-3BB ■ ■
8UC72 Standard 8UC7210-1BB ■ ■
EMERGENCY-STOP 8UC7220-3BB ■ ■

8/36 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

(16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A) (160 A) (250 A)
Coupling drivers
Version Article No.
For 8UC71 door-coupling 8UC6011 ■ ■
rotary operating mechanisms
For 8UC72 door-coupling 8UC6012 ■ ■
rotary operating mechanisms
Switch shafts
6 × 6 mm 300 mm 3LD9205-0C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
600 mm 3LD9205-2C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
8 × 8 mm 300 mm 3LD9245-0C ■ ■
600 mm 3LD9245-2C ■ ■
Coupling pieces
• Without ON-lock
Article No.
3LD9242-4F ■ ■
Terminal covers
• Pack of 4 units
1-pole 3LD9201-2A ■ 8
3LD9221-2A ■ ■
3LD9251-2A ■
3LD9281-2A ■ ■
3LD9241-2A ■ ■
3-pole 3LD9221-0A ■ ■
3LD9251-0A ■
4-pole 3LD9201-1A ■
Inscription labels
• Cannot be used with defeatable 3LD2.17
door-coupling rotary operating
mechanisms
Assembly tools
• Pack of 5 units
Version Article No.
For main control switches and EMERGENCY-STOP 3LD9256-0A ■ ■ ■ ■
switches

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/37
© Siemens 2023

3LD2 main control switches, installation in distribution boards, 25 … 50 kArms

Number of poles 3P
I201_20448
I201_20450
Knob-operated mechanisms with masking plate
8 160 A
250 A
75 kW
132 kW
50 kW
110 kW
3LD2330-0TK11
3LD2430-0TK11
3LD2330-0TK11 + 3LD9200-5C
3LD2430-0TK11 + 3LD9200-5C
Scope of supply:
• 3LD23/3LD24 including terminal covers for the infeed side
Mounting:
• Up to 125 A cap and mounting dimensions acc. to DIN 43880

Accessories (16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A) (160 A) (250 A)
3LD9280-0C ■ ■
3LD9240-0C ■ ■
N/PE terminals
3LD9220-2C ■ ■
3LD9250-2CA ■
3LD9280-2C ■ ■
3LD9240-2C ■ ■
leading switch-off
Gold-plated 3LD9200-5CF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 NO Standard 3LD9200-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

8/38 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3P+N
I201_20453
I201_20451
Without 1 NO + 1 NC
auxiliary switch (standard version)
3LD2030-1TL11 3LD2030-1TL11 + 3LD9200-5C

3LD2130-0TK11 + 3LD9220-0C 3LD2130-0TK11 + 3LD9220-0C + 3LD9200-5C
3LD2530-0TK11 + 3LD9250-0CA 3LD2530-0TK11 + 3LD9250-0CA + 3LD9200-5C
3LD2330-0TK11 + 3LD9240-0C
3LD2430-0TK11 + 3LD9240-0C
3LD2330-0TK11 + 3LD9240-0C
3LD2430-0TK11 + 3LD9240-0C
+ 3LD9200-5C
+ 3LD9200-5C
8

(16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A) (160 A) (250 A)
Terminal covers
• Pack of 4 units
1-pole 3LD9201-2A ■
3LD9221-2A ■ ■
3LD9251-2A ■
3LD9281-2A ■ ■
3LD9241-2A ■ ■
3-pole 3LD9221-0A ■ ■
3LD9251-0A ■
4-pole 3LD9201-1A ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/39
© Siemens 2023

3LD2 EMERGENCY-STOP switches, installation in distribution boards, 25 … 50 kArms

Number of poles 3P
I201_20448
I201_20450
Knob-operated mechanisms with masking plate
8 160 A
250 A
75 kW
132 kW
50 kW
110 kW
3LD2330-0TK13
3LD2430-0TK13
3LD2330-0TK13 + 3LD9200-5C
3LD2430-0TK13 + 3LD9200-5C
Scope of supply:
• 3LD23/3LD24 including terminal covers for the infeed side
Mounting:
• Up to 125 A cap and mounting dimensions acc. to DIN 43880

Accessories (16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A) (160 A) (250 A)
3LD9280-0C ■ ■
3LD9240-0C ■ ■
N/PE terminals
3LD9220-2C ■ ■
3LD9250-2CA ■
3LD9280-2C ■ ■
3LD9240-2C ■ ■
leading switch-off
Gold-plated 3LD9200-5CF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 NO Standard 3LD9200-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

8/40 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3P+N
I201_20451
I201_20453
Without 1 NO + 1 NC
auxiliary switch (standard version)
3LD2030-1TL13 3LD2030-1TL13 + 3LD9200-5C

3LD2530-0TK13 + 3LD9250-0CA 3LD2530-0TK13 + 3LD9250-0CA + 3LD9200-5C
3LD2330-0TK13 + 3LD9240-0C
3LD2430-0TK13 + 3LD9240-0C
3LD2330-0TK13 + 3LD9240-0C
3LD2430-0TK13 + 3LD9240-0C
+ 3LD9200-5C
+ 3LD9200-5C
8

(16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A) (160 A) (250 A)
Terminal covers
• Pack of 4 units
1-pole 3LD9201-2A ■
3LD9221-2A ■ ■
3LD9251-2A ■
3LD9281-2A ■ ■
3LD9241-2A ■ ■
3-pole 3LD9221-0A ■ ■
3LD9251-0A ■
4-pole 3LD9201-1A ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/41
© Siemens 2023

DC isolators, 50 kArms

Number of poles 8P
I201_20530
Mains voltage Rated operational current Ie Rated operational current Ie Without
At DC-21A, 800 V DC At DC-22A, 800 V DC auxiliary switch
800 V DC 32 A 16 A 3LD2230-8VQ11-0AF6

8/42 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories for 3LD2 main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches

Additional poles (16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A) (160 A) (250 A)
For front mounting Leading switch-on, 3LD9220-0B ■ ■
lagging switch-off 3LD9250-0BA ■
3LD9280-0B ■ ■
3LD9240-0B ■ ■
For floor mounting, Leading switch-on, 3LD9220-0C ■ ■
installation in lagging switch-off 3LD9250-0CA ■
distribution boards
3LD9280-0C ■ ■
3LD9240-0C ■ ■
N/PE terminals
For front mounting Through-type 3LD9200-2B ■
3LD9220-2B ■ ■
3LD9250-2BA ■
3LD9280-2B ■ ■
3LD9240-2B ■ ■
For floor mounting, Through-type 3LD9200-2C ■
installation in 3LD9220-2C ■ ■
distribution boards
3LD9250-2CA ■
8
3LD9280-2C ■ ■
3LD9240-2C ■ ■
leading switch-off
For front mounting 1 NO + 1 NC, standard 3LD9200-5B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
1 NO + 1 NC, 3LD9200-5BF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
gold-plated
For floor mounting, 1 NO + 1 NC, standard 3LD9200-5C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

installation in 1 NO + 1 NC, 3LD9200-5CF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
distribution boards gold-plated
2 NO, standard 3LD9200-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

• Mounted on the front of the switch shaft
• For four-hole front mounting and floor
mounting only
3LD9240-5D ■ ■
3LD9240-5DF ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/43
© Siemens 2023

Accessories for 3LD2 main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches

Operating mechanisms (16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A) (160 A) (250 A)
• Lockable in 0 position with up to 3 padlocks
• Center-hole mounting, including seal and nut
• Four-hole mounting, including seal
Switch Mounting Article No.
switches 3LD9284-1D ■ ■ ■
t 3LD9284-1B ■ ■ ■
switches 3LD9284-3D ■ ■ ■
3LD9284-3B ■ ■ ■
• Including seal
Switch Mounting Article No.
switches
switches
Supplementary handles for door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
8 • For requirements according to UL 508A/NFPA 79
• Can be locked with up to 1 padlocks in
0 position
• Can only be switched on by deliberate action
Inscription Color Article No.
O-I Gray 3LD9287-1C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
3LD9247-1C ■ ■
Red/yellow 3LD9287-3C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
3LD9247-3C ■ ■
Switch shafts
Version Cross-section Length Article No.
For floor mounting 6 × 6 mm 300 mm 3LD9205-0C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
600 mm 3LD9205-2C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
8 × 8 mm 300 mm 3LD9245-0C ■ ■
600 mm 3LD9245-2C ■ ■
Coupling pieces
• Without ON-lock
Version Article No.
For floor mounting 3LD9242-4F ■ ■

8/44 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Further accessories (16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A) (160 A) (250 A)
Terminal covers
• Pack of 4 units
1-pole 3LD9201-2A ■
3LD9221-2A ■ ■
3LD9251-2A ■
3LD9281-2A ■ ■
3LD9241-2A ■ ■
3-pole 3LD9221-0A ■ ■
3LD9251-0A ■
4-pole 3LD9201-1A ■
Inscription labels
Assembly tools
• Pack of 5 units
8
Switch Article No.
For main control switches and EMERGENCY-STOP 3LD9256-0A ■ ■ ■ ■
switches

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/45
© Siemens 2023

System overview of 3LD2 switch disconnectors in enclosure
3LD2 main control and EMERGENCY-STOP

switches in enclosure
3P/3P+N 3P/6P 3P/3P+N/6P

molded-plastic enclosures molded-plastic enclosures molded-plastic enclosures
3LD2 maintenance and repair switches with

EMC shield plate
3P 3P/6P 3P/6P
molded-plastic enclosures molded-plastic enclosures molded-plastic enclosures
8 DC isolators in enclosure
8P DC isolators in a molded-plastic enclosure
Additional poles and auxiliary switch modules
N switching N/PE terminals Auxiliary switches Auxiliary switch for mounting on

contact (through-type) (standard version) the front
Rotary operating mechanisms for center-hole mounting Knob-operated mechanisms for 3LD2 with EMC shield plate
Further accessories
Shield terminal Through-type terminal

Note:
8/46 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
optional optional
3-pole
3 2 or 3 or 2 or 1 1 or 2 or 3 or 2 3
and and
and
as spare part
ૠ
5
Legend
1 Auxiliary switch 3 N/PE terminal 5 Rotary operating mechanism/knob-operated mechanisms
2 N switching contact 1) 4 Auxiliary switch for mounting on the front
I201_20484a
1)
N switching contact 2 must first be installed on the basic unit
Note: Depending on the enclosure size, not all accessories can be used in combination
8
Mounting types
3LD2 main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches DC isolators in enclosure

in enclosure
For surface mounting of individual main control and EMERGENCY-STOP The DC isolators in the enclosure are suitable for disconnecting loads of up
switches, molded plastic-enclosed switches with degree of protection to 800 V DC due to their 8-pole design. To provide additional safety, the
IP65 are used. The molded-plastic enclosures each contain an N and/or a isolators can be locked in the 0 position.
PE terminal. As the switches can be locked in the 0 position, they can
also be used as maintenance and repair switches.
3LD2 maintenance and repair switches with EMC shield plate

The 3LD2 maintenance and repair switch with EMC shield plate is ideal for use between converter and motor. A long leading
(20 … 150 ms) NO contact switches the converter group off before the main contacts of the switch open. This produces an AC20
state. The cable shield can be contacted over a large area inside the enclosure using the shield clamps or hose clips included in the
scope of delivery.
The switch series provides the greatest possible safety for the user and can be locked in the 0 or I position. Tests have been performed
in connection with SINAMICS converters and ratings are available for use at frequencies 0 … 550 Hz.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/47

© Siemens 2023

3LD2 main control switches in enclosure, 25 … 50 kArms

Number of poles 3P 3P+N
I201_20448
I201_20450
I201_20451
Uninterrupted Operational Operational Without auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC Without auxiliary switch
current Iu power P power P (standard version)
At AC-21A, At AC-23A, At AC-3A,
380 … 440 V 380 … 440 V 380 … 440 V
Rotary operating mechanisms Base Base Base
with masking plate terminal terminal terminal
16 A 7.5 kW 5.5 kW PE+N 3LD2064-0TB51 N 3LD2064-1GP51 PE 3LD2064-1TC51
63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW PE+N 3LD2565-0TB51 N 3LD2565-1GP51 PE 3LD2565-1TC51
8 100 A 37 kW 30 kW PE+N 3LD2766-0TB51 N 3LD2766-1GP51 PE+N 3LD2766-0TB51 + 3LD9280-0C
125 A 45 kW 37 kW PE+N 3LD2866-0TB51 N 3LD2866-1GP51 PE+N 3LD2866-0TB51 + 3LD9280-0C
3LD20 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD28

Accessories (16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A)
3LD9280-0C ■ ■
N/PE terminals
3LD9220-2C ■ ■
3LD9250-2CA ■
3LD9280-2C ■ ■
• Lagging switch-on, leading switch-off
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 3LD9200-5C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3LD9200-5CF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 NO Standard 3LD9200-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

8/48 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
6P
I201_20454
I201_20455
I201_20453
1 NO + 1 NC Without auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC

(standard version) (standard version)
Base Base Base

terminal terminal terminal
PE 3LD2064-1TC51 + 3LD9200-5C – –
PE 3LD2164-1TC51 + 3LD9200-5C PE+N 3LD2165-3VB51 N 3LD2165-4VD51
PE 3LD2565-1TC51 + 3LD9200-5C PE+N 3LD2566-3VB51 PE+N 3LD2566-4VD51
N 3LD2766-1GP51 + 3LD9280-0C – – 8
N 3LD2866-1GP51 + 3LD9280-0C – –
3LD20 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD28

Version Article No.
3P, 3P+N 3LD9224-1GH 1) ■ ■ ■
3LD9284-1G ■ ■ ■
6P 3LD9284-1G ■ ■ ■
1)
Incl. enclosure cover

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/49
© Siemens 2023

3LD2 EMERGENCY-STOP switches in enclosure, 25 … 50 kArms

I201_20448
I201_20450
I201_20451
Uninterrupted Operational Operational Without auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC Without auxiliary switch
current Iu power P power P (standard version)
At AC-21A, At AC-23A, At AC-3A,
380 … 440 V 380 … 440 V 380 … 440 V
Rotary operating mechanisms Base Base Base
with masking plate terminal terminal terminal
63 A 22 kW 18.5 kW PE+N 3LD2565-0TB53 N 3LD2565-1GP53 PE 3LD2565-1TC53
8 100 A 37 kW 30 kW PE+N 3LD2766-0TB53 N 3LD2766-1GP53 PE+N 3LD2766-0TB53 + 3LD9280-0C
125 A 45 kW 37 kW PE+N 3LD2866-0TB53 N 3LD2866-1GP53 PE+N 3LD2866-0TB53 + 3LD9280-0C
3LD20 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD28

3LD9280-0C ■ ■
N/PE terminals
3LD9220-2C ■ ■
3LD9250-2CA ■
3LD9280-2C ■ ■
2 NO Standard 3LD9200-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

8/50 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
6P
I201_20454
I201_20455
I201_20453
1 NO + 1 NC Without auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC

(standard version) (standard version)
Base Base Base

terminal terminal terminal
PE 3LD2064-1TC53 + 3LD9200-5C – –
PE 3LD2565-1TC53 + 3LD9200-5C PE+N 3LD2566-3VB53 PE+N 3LD2566-4VD53
N 3LD2766-1GP53 + 3LD9280-0C – – 8
N 3LD2866-1GP53 + 3LD9280-0C – –
3LD20 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD28

Version Article No.
3P, 3P+N 3LD9224-3GH 1) ■ ■ ■
3LD9284-3G ■ ■ ■
6P 3LD9284-3G ■ ■ ■
1)

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/51
© Siemens 2023

3LD2 DC isolators in a molded-plastic enclosure
Operating mechanisms, Operating mechanisms,

black red/yellow
Number of poles 8P 8P
I201_20530
I201_20530
Mains voltage Rated operational Rated operational Without
current Ie current Ie auxiliary switch
At DC-21A, 800 V DC At DC-22A, 800 V DC
800 V DC 32 A 16 A 3LD2265-8VQ51-0AF6 3LD2265-8VQ53-0AF6

8/52 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3LD2 maintenance and repair switches with EMC shield plate, 25 … 50 kArms

I201_20455
I201_20450
Uninterrupted Operational power P Uninterrupted Operational power 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC
current Iu At AC-20, 0 … 550 Hz, current lu AC-23A, 50/60 Hz, (Auxiliary switch for (Auxiliary switch for
At AC-20, 0 … 550 Hz, 380 … 440 V At AC-21, 50/60 Hz, 380 … 440 V mounting on the front) mounting on the front)
380 … 440 V 380 … 440 V
Knob-operated mechanisms with masking plate Base Base
terminal terminal
10.2 A 4 kW 16 A 7.5 kW PE 3LD2084-2GP21 2× PE –
13.2 A 5.5 kW 25 A 9 kW PE 3LD2184-2GP21 2× PE 3LD2185-5VD21
18 A 7.5 kW 32 A 11.5 kW PE 3LD2284-2GP21 2× PE 3LD2285-5VD21
38 A 18.5 kW 63 A 22 kW PE 3LD2585-2GP21 2× PE 3LD2586-5VD21
75 A
90 A
37 kW
45 kW
100 A
125 A
37 kW
45 kW
PE
PE
3LD2786-2GP21 2× PE
3LD2886-2GP21 2× PE
–
–
8
Scope of supply:
• Incl. shield clamps or hose clips for contacting the cable shield
• The PE terminal as a through-type terminal is insulated from the cable shield
3LD2 cable entries with EMC shield plate

3LD2.84 3LD2.85 3LD2.86
M25 M25 M40/32 M40/32 M50/63 M50/63

M20
M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20
M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20

I201_20191
M20
M25 M25 M40/32 M40/32 M50/63 M50/63

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/53
© Siemens 2023

3LD2 maintenance and repair switches with EMC shield plate, 25 … 50 kArms
3LD20 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD28

3LD9280-0C ■ ■
N/PE terminals
3LD9220-2C ■ ■
3LD9250-2CA ■
3LD9280-2C ■ ■
2 NO Standard 3LD9200-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
8 1 NO + 1 NC Standard
Gold-plated
3LD9280-5D
3LD9280-5DF
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
• Can be used as a replacement
• Lockable in 0 and 1 position with up to 3 padlocks
Version Article No.
Main control switches 3LD9283-2G ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
EMERGENCY-STOP switches 3LD9283-4G ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

• Only for 50/60 Hz applications
Main control switches 3P 3LD9224-1G ■ ■ ■
3LD9284-1G ■ ■ ■
6P 3LD9284-1G ■ ■ ■
EMERGENCY-STOP 3P 3LD9224-3G ■ ■ ■
switches 3LD9284-3G ■ ■ ■
6P 3LD9284-3G ■ ■ ■
Terminal blocks
Version Article No.
Through-type terminal with screw connection 8WH1000-0AF00 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Shield terminals
Terminal area Article No.
3 …12 mm 3LD9228-1G ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

8/54 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories for 3LD2 switch disconnectors in enclosure
3LD20 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD28

Additional poles (16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A)
3LD9280-0C ■ ■
N/PE terminals
3LD9220-2C ■ ■
3LD9250-2CA ■
3LD9280-2C ■ ■
2 NO Standard 3LD9200-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
1 NO + 1 NC Standard
Gold-plated
3LD9280-5D
3LD9280-5DF
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
8
3LD20 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD28

Operating mechanisms (16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A)
Main control switches 3P, 3P+N 3LD9224-1GH 1) ■ ■ ■
3LD9284-1G ■ ■ ■
6P 3LD9284-1G ■ ■ ■
EMERGENCY-STOP 3P, 3P+N 3LD9224-3GH 1) ■ ■ ■

switches 3LD9284-3G ■ ■ ■
6P 3LD9284-3G ■ ■ ■
3LD20 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD28

Connection technology (16 A) (25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (125 A)
Terminal blocks
Version Article No.
Through-type terminal with screw connection 8WH1000-0AF00 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Shield terminals
Terminal area Article No.
3 …12 mm 3LD9228-1G ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
1)

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/55
© Siemens 2023

System overview of 3LD5 UL main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches
3LD5020 (3-pole) 3LD5020 (4-pole) 3LD5420 (3-pole) 3LD5420 (4-pole)
Basic units, floor mounting with

direct operating mechanism
Basic units, floor mounting with

8 door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
N switching contact N/PE terminals (through-type) Auxiliary switches (standard version) Auxiliary switch for mounting on the front
Rotary operating mechanisms for four-hole mounting Coupling heads with and without Supplementary handles Switch shafts
tolerance compensation for UL 508A/NFPA 79
Further accessories
Terminal covers, Terminal covers, Inscription labels

1-pole 3 and 4-pole (with and without inscription)
Note:
8/56 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3-pole
optional optional
3 2 or 3 or 2 or 1 1 or 2 or 3 or 2 3
and and
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
and
optional and as spare part
5 or 6 or 7
Legend
1 Auxiliary switch 3 N/PE terminal 5 Rotary operating mechanism, four-hole mounting 7 Switch shaft (300 or 600 mm)
2 N switching contact 1)
4 Terminal cover 6 Knob-operated mechanism, four-hole mounting
I201_20485
1)
8
Main control switches acc. to UL

The certification according to UL 489 makes the 3LD5 UL ideal for use as a main control switch for machinery and plants for export to the NAFTA states. The
variety of accessories makes it especially suitable as a main disconnect switch for industrial machinery. The switch is also certified according to UL508 and
can also be used as a manual motor controller.
Mounting types
Front mounting of basic units Floor mounting with
direct operating mechanism
The switches for front mounting are mounted on the inside of covers, side The switches for floor mounting with direct operating mechanism up to
panels or, if applicable, control cabinet doors (depending on the applicable 60 A are snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails according to EN 60715 or
standard and switching function). Installation is achieved by 4-hole screw-mounted on mounting panels. The switches for 100 … 160 A
mounting of the handle. This switch is especially suitable when door (3LD54 … 3LD58) are exclusively screwed onto mounting panels.
interlocking is not required or is implemented in a different way.
Basic units, floor mounting with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

The switches for floor mounting up to 30 A (3LD50) are snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails according to EN 60715 or screw-mounted on
mounting panels. The switches for 100 to 160 A (3LD54 … 3LD58) are exclusively screwed onto mounting panels. The actuators are
connected to the lower section of the switch through a door coupling, which can be released in the 0 position, and a 300 mm long
switch shaft. The rotary operating mechanisms are also defeatable, i.e. it is possible to open the control cabinet door with a deliberate
action while the switch is in the ON position. To meet the requirement acc. to UL 508A/NFPA 79, a supplementary handle can be
mounted on the switch. Combined with the intermediate handle, the shaft can no longer be removed.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/57

© Siemens 2023

3LD5 UL main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches,
front mounting, SCCR 50 - 65 kA

I201_20448
I201_20451
Uninterrupted current Iu General use acc. to Operational power P
At AC-21A, 380 … 440 V UL 489/60947-4-1 At AC-23A, 380 … 440 V
32 30 15 3LD5020-0TK11 3LD5020-0TL11
63 60 30 3LD5220-0TK11 3LD5220-0TL11
100 100 45 3LD5420-0TK11 3LD5420-0TL11
125 125 55 3LD5620-0TK11 3LD5620-0TL11
160 150 75 3LD5820-0TK11 3LD5820-0TL11
Scope of supply:
8 • Including terminal covers for the infeed side
Accessories for front mounting 3LD50 3LD52 3LD54 3LD56 3LD58

Leading switch-on, lagging switch-off 3LD9250-0BA ■
3LD9280-0B ■
3LD9240-0B ■ ■ ■
N/PE terminals
Through-type 3LD9250-2BA ■
3LD9280-2B ■
3LD9240-2B ■ ■ ■

1 NO + 1 NC Standard 3LD9200-5B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3LD9200-5BF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Auxiliary switch for mounting on the front
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 3LD9280-5D ■ ■
3LD9240-5D ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3LD9280-5DF ■ ■
3LD9240-5DF ■ ■ ■
Version Article No.
For main control switches 3LD9284-1B ■ ■
For EMERGENCY-STOP switches 3LD9284-3B ■ ■

8/58 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

3P 3P+N
I201_20448
I201_20451
3LD5020-0TK13 3LD5020-0TL13
3LD5220-0TK13 3LD5220-0TL13
3LD5420-0TK13 3LD5420-0TL13
3LD5620-0TK13 3LD5620-0TL13
3LD5820-0TK13 3LD5820-0TL13
3LD50 3LD52 3LD54 3LD56 3LD58
Version Article No.
For main control switches 3LD9243-1B ■ ■ ■
For EMERGENCY-STOP switches 3LD9243-3B ■ ■ ■
Terminal covers
• Pack of 4 units
1-pole 3LD9251-2A ■
3LD9281-2A ■
3LD9241-2A ■ ■ ■
3-pole 3LD9251-0A ■
Inscription labels

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/59
© Siemens 2023

floor mounting with direct operating mechanism, SCCR 50 … 65 kA

I201_20448
I201_20451
At AC-21A, 380 … 440 V UL 489/508 At AC-23A, 380 … 440 V
32 30 15 3LD5000-0TK11 3LD5000-0TL11
63 60 30 3LD5200-0TK11 3LD5200-0TL11
100 100 45 3LD5400-0TK11 3LD5400-0TL11
125 125 55 3LD5600-0TK11 3LD5600-0TL11
160 150 75 3LD5800-0TK11 3LD5800-0TL11
Scope of supply:
8 • Including terminal covers for the infeed side
Accessories for floor mounting with direct operating mechanisms 3LD50 3LD52 3LD54 3LD56 3LD58

Leading switch-on, lagging switch-off 3LD9250-0CA ■
3LD9280-0C ■
3LD9240-0C ■ ■ ■
N/PE terminals
Through-type 3LD9250-2CA ■
3LD9280-2C ■
3LD9240-2C ■ ■ ■
Auxiliary switches
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 3LD9200-5C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3LD9200-5CF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Terminal covers
• Pack of 4 units
1-pole 3LD9251-2A ■
3LD9281-2A ■
3LD9241-2A ■ ■ ■
3-pole 3LD9251-0A ■

8/60 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

3P 3P+N
I201_20448
I201_20451
3LD5000-0TK13 3LD5000-0TL13
3LD5200-0TK13 3LD5200-0TL13
3LD5400-0TK13 3LD5400-0TL13
3LD5600-0TK13 3LD5600-0TL13
3LD5800-0TK13 3LD5800-0TL13

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/61
© Siemens 2023

floor mounting with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, SCCR 50 … 65 kA

I201_20448
I201_20451
At AC-21A, 380 … 440 V UL 489/508 At AC-23A, 380 … 440 V
32 30 15 3LD5010-0TK11 3LD5010-0TL11
63 60 30 3LD5210-0TK11 3LD5210-0TL11
100 100 45 3LD5410-0TK11 3LD5410-0TL11
125 125 55 3LD5610-0TK11 3LD5610-0TL11
160 150 75 3LD5810-0TK11 3LD5810-0TL11
Scope of supply:
8 • Defeatable door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms with shaft 300 mm
• Without tolerance compensation
Accessories for floor mounting with door-coupling rotary

operating mechanism 3LD50 3LD52 3LD54 3LD56 3LD58
3LD9280-0C ■
3LD9240-0C ■ ■ ■
N/PE terminals
3LD9280-2C ■
3LD9240-2C ■ ■ ■

3LD9240-5D ■ ■ ■
3LD9240-5DF ■ ■ ■
Handles
• Supplied with a masking plate, but without an extension shaft or
coupling driver
• Can be locked with up to max. 3 padlocks
O-I Gray 8UD1771-2AD01 ■ ■
8UD1731-2AD01 ■ ■ ■
Red/yellow 8UD1771-2AD05 ■ ■
8UD1731-2AD05 ■ ■ ■

8/62 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

3P 3P+N
I201_20448
I201_20451
3LD5010-0TK13 3LD5010-0TL13
3LD5210-0TK13 3LD5210-0TL13
3LD5410-0TK13 3LD5410-0TL13
3LD5610-0TK13 3LD5610-0TL13
3LD5810-0TK13 3LD5810-0TL13
3LD50 3LD52 3LD54 3LD56 3LD58
Supplementary handles for door-coupling rotary operating mechanism

• For requirements according to UL 508A/NFPA 79
• Can be locked with up to 1 padlocks in 0 position
O-I Gray 3LD9287-1C ■ ■
3LD9247-1C ■ ■ ■
Red/yellow 3LD9287-3C ■ ■
3LD9247-3C ■ ■ ■
Coupling drivers
Version Article No.
With tolerance compensation 8UD1900-1GA00 ■ ■
8UD1900-2GA00 ■ ■ ■
Without tolerance compensation 8UD1900-1HA00 ■ ■
8UD1900-2HA00 ■ ■ ■
Terminal covers
• Pack of 4 units
1-pole 3LD9251-2A ■
3LD9281-2A ■
3LD9241-2A ■ ■ ■
3-pole 3LD9251-0A ■
Inscription labels
Switch shafts
6 × 6 mm 300 mm 3LD9205-0C ■ ■
600 mm 3LD9205-2C ■ ■
8 × 8 mm 300 mm 3LD9245-0C ■ ■ ■
600 mm 3LD9245-2C ■ ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/63
© Siemens 2023

Accessories for 3LD5 UL main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switches
Additional poles 3LD50 3LD52 3LD54 3LD56 3LD58
N switching contacts (4th contact element) for front mounting

Leading switch-on, lagging switch-off 3LD9250-0BA ■
3LD9280-0B ■
3LD9240-0B ■ ■ ■
N switching contacts (4th contact element) for floor mounting

3LD9280-0C ■
3LD9240-0C ■ ■ ■
N/PE terminals for front mounting

Through-type 3LD9250-2BA ■
3LD9280-2B ■
3LD9240-2B ■ ■ ■
N/PE terminals for floor mounting

3LD9280-2C ■
8 3LD9240-2C ■ ■ ■
Auxiliary switches (standard version) for front mounting

1 NO + 1 NC Standard 3LD9200-5B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3LD9200-5BF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Auxiliary switches (standard version) for floor mounting
3LD9240-5D ■ ■ ■
3LD9240-5DF ■ ■ ■

8/64 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Operating mechanisms 3LD50 3LD52 3LD54 3LD56 3LD58
Rotary operating mechanism for front mounting

Version Article No.
For main control switches 3LD9284-1B ■ ■
For EMERGENCY-STOP switches 3LD9284-3B ■ ■
Knob-operated mechanism for front mounting

Version Article No.
For main control switches 3LD9243-1B ■ ■ ■
For EMERGENCY-STOP switches 3LD9243-3B ■ ■ ■
Handles for floor mounting

• Supplied with a masking plate, but without an extension shaft or
coupling driver
O-I Gray 8UD1771-2AD01 ■ ■
8UD1731-2AD01 ■ ■ ■
8UD1731-2AD05 ■ ■ ■
Supplementary handles for floor mounting for door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
• For requirements according to UL 508A/NFPA 79
• Can be locked with up to 1 padlock in 0 position
8
O-I Gray 3LD9287-1C ■ ■
3LD9247-1C ■ ■ ■
Red/yellow 3LD9287-3C ■ ■
3LD9247-3C ■ ■ ■
Coupling drivers for floor mounting with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
Version Article No.
8UD1900-2GA00 ■ ■ ■
8UD1900-2HA00 ■ ■ ■
Further accessories 3LD50 3LD52 3LD54 3LD56 3LD58
Terminal covers
• Pack of 4 units
1-pole 3LD9251-2A ■
3LD9281-2A ■
3LD9241-2A ■ ■ ■
3-pole 3LD9251-0A ■
Inscription labels
Switch shafts
6 × 6 mm 300 mm 3LD9205-0C ■ ■
600 mm 3LD9205-2C ■ ■
8 × 8 mm 300 mm 3LD9245-0C ■ ■ ■
600 mm 3LD9245-2C ■ ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/65
© Siemens 2023
3KD switch disconnectors

System overview
Complete units with direct operating mechanisms
Front operating Front operating Front operating Front operating

mechanisms, 3-pole mechanisms, 4-pole mechanisms, 3-pole mechanisms, 4-pole
Basic units
Front operating Front operating Lateral operating Lateral operating Front-mounted devices, Front operating
mechanisms, 3-pole mechanisms, 4-pole mechanisms, 3-pole mechanisms, 4-pole 6-pole for DC applications mechanisms, 3-pole
8 Additional poles and auxiliary switch modules
4th contact elements N terminals N/PE terminals Auxiliary switch modules
Direct operating Door-coupling rotary Handles for door-coupling Further accessories for door-coupling
mechanisms operating mechanisms rotary operating mechanisms rotary operating mechanisms
Further accessories and spare parts
Auxiliary Terminal Phase Blocking pin Mounting Accessories for

switches covers barriers test function elements DC applications
Note:
8/66 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Types of mounting You will find further information under:

sie.ag/2UlrAvy
Floor mounting DIN rail

I201_18918
I201_18836
All 3KD switch disconnectors are designed for floor mounting. Sizes 01 and 02 of the 3KD0 and sizes 1 and 2 of the 3KD can be
To ensure that the switch can be flexibly adapted to the relevant snapped onto a DIN rail (TH35 according to EN 60715) as an alternative
installation conditions, the mounting bracket can be rotated mounting method.
through 90° with size 3 or larger.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/67

© Siemens 2023

Front operating mechanism center, sizes 01 and 02
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
optional optional
3-pole
3 2 or 3 or 2 or 1 1 or 2 or 3
1 or 2
1 32
and and
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
and
8 Legend
1 Auxiliary switch 3 N/PE terminal 5 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
2 N switching contact 1) 4 Terminal cover
I201_20486
1)
Note: Design with door-coupling rotary operating mechanism for sizes 01 and 02 only possible for basic unit without operating mechanism
Front operating mechanism left, sizes 1 and 2, 3/4-pole
5 5
optional and if 4 optional and if 4a Legend
5 6 or 7 6 or 7 6 or 7 5 1 Neutral conductor terminal

2 N/PE terminal
optional and optional and optional and optional and optional and
3 4th contact element1)
3 or 4a
4
4 Auxiliary switch module, version

with test function and version with
33 or
leading NO contact and test

optional optional optional optional function 2)
4a
4a
or
2 or
and and and and 4a Auxiliary switch module for

2
auxiliary switches, standard

version 2)
1 or
1 or
5 Auxiliary switch
optional and optional and optional and optional and optional and 6 Phase barrier 3)
7 Terminal cover3)
5 6 or 7 6 or 7 6 or 7 5
8 Direct operating mechanism
optional and if 4 and optional and if 4a 9 Door-coupling rotary operating
mechanism
5 5
5
1)
Only for 3-pole 3K, max. 1× per switch
8 or 9 2)
Max. 1× for each side of the switch,
requires at least 1× auxiliary switch 5
I201_20487
3)
Only for size 2, flat terminals

8/68 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Front operating mechanism center, sizes 1 and 2, 3/4-pole
5 5
optional and if 4a optional and if 4a Legend
5 6 or 7 6 or 7 6 or 7 5 1 Neutral conductor terminal

2 N/PE terminal
optional and optional and optional and optional and optional and
3 4th contact element1)
or 4a
or 4a
4a Auxiliary switch module for
auxiliary switches, standard
version 2)
2 or 33
3
optional optional optional optional
5 Auxiliary switch
4a
4a
2 or
and and and and
6 Phase barrier 3)
7 Terminal cover 3)
1 or
1 or
optional and optional and optional and optional and optional and 9 Door-coupling rotary operating
mechanism
5 6 or 7 6 or 7 6 or 7 5
optional and if 4a and optional and if 4a
5 5
5
1)
8
8 or 9 2)
Max. 1× for each side of the switch,
I201_20488
3)
Front operating mechanism center or left, sizes 3 to 5, 3/4-pole
6 or 7 6 or 7 6 or 7
optional and optional and optional and

Legend
3
3
1 Neutral conductor terminal

or 2 or
or
optional optional 2 N/PE terminal

2
and and
3 4th contact element 1)
or
5 Auxiliary switch 2)
1
1
6 Phase barrier
optional and optional and optional and 7 Terminal cover

6 or 7 6 or 7 6 or 7
9 Door-coupling rotary operating
optional and and mechanism
5 1)
ಱ
8 or ಲ
99 2)
Up to 4× auxiliary switches 5
I201_20489

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/69
© Siemens 2023

Lateral operating mechanism left, sizes 1 and 2, 3/4-pole
optional
and if 4a Legend
6 or 7 6 or 7 5
2 N/PE terminal
and and and
4a Auxiliary switch module for auxiliary switches,
3 or 4a
standard version 2)
5 Auxiliary switch
optional optional 6 Phase barrier 3)
4a
9 and
2 or
and and 7 Terminal cover 3)
1 or
mechanism

and and and
6 or 7 6 or 7 5 1)
Only for 3-pole 3K
2)
Max. 1× per switch,
8 optional
and if 4a
Requires at least 1× auxiliary switch /5
3)
I201_20490
5
Lateral operating mechanism left, sizes 3 to 5, 3/4-pole
ಯ
6 or ರ
7 6 or 7
optional optional
and and
Legend
3

or
optional 2 N/PE terminal

ಲ
9
ಫ
and
2
and
or
1
6 Phase barrier
optional optional 7 Terminal cover
and and
9 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
ಯ
6 or ರ
7 6 or 7 1)
Only for 3-pole 3K
2)
Up to 4× auxiliary switches
optional
and
ಮ
I201_20491

8/70 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Lateral operating mechanism right, sizes 1 and 2, 3/4-pole
ૠ
5
optional
and if 4a
ૠ
5 6 or 7 ૡ
6 or ૢ
7 Legend
optional optional optional 1 Neutral conductor terminal
and and and
2 N/PE terminal
or 4a

4a Auxiliary switch module for auxiliary
switches, standard version 2)
3
optional optional
૤
9 5 Auxiliary switch
4a
and
or
and and
6 Phase barrier 3)
2
7 Terminal cover 3)
or

1

and and and
1)
Only for 3-pole 3K
2)
Max. 1× per switch,
ૠ
5 6 or 7 ૡ
6 or ૢ
7 3)
optional
and if 4a
8
I201_20492
ૠ
5
Lateral operating mechanism right, sizes 3 to 5, 3/4-pole
ಯ
6 or ರ
7 ಯ
6 or ರ
7
optional optional
and and
3
Legend
2 or
optional
and
and ಲ
9
2 N/PE terminal
1 or

6 Phase barrier
optional optional
and and 7 Terminal cover
ಯ
6 or ರ
7 ಯ
6 or ರ
7
1)
Only for 3-pole 3K
optional 2)
Up to 4× auxiliary switches 5
and
ಮ
I201_20493

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/71
© Siemens 2023

Operating mechanism, gray Operating mechanism, gray

Front operating mechanism center Front operating mechanism left
Application AC AC AC/DC AC/DC
Number of poles 3P 4P 3P 4P
Size Uninterrupted
current Iu
Box terminals
01 16 A 3KD0132-2KG20-3 3KD0142-2KG20-3 – –
32 A 3KD0232-2KG20-3 3KD0242-2KG20-3 – –
63 A 3KD0332-2KG20-3 – – –
02 63 A 3KD0332-2LG20-3 3KD0342-2LG20-3 – –
80 A 3KD0432-2LG20-3 3KD0442-2LG20-3 – –
8 100 A
125 A
3KD0532-2LG20-3
3KD0632-2LG20-3
3KD0542-2LG20-3
3KD0642-2LG20-3
–
–
–
–
1 16 A – – 3KD1632-2ME10-0 3KD1642-2ME10-0
32 A – – 3KD2232-2ME10-0 3KD2242-2ME10-0
63 A – – 3KD2632-2ME10-0 3KD2642-2ME10-0
80 A – – 3KD2832-2ME10-0 3KD2842-2ME10-0
100 A – – 3KD3032-2ME10-0 3KD3042-2ME10-0
2 80 A – – 3KD2832-2NE10-0 3KD2842-2NE10-0
100 A – – 3KD3032-2NE10-0 3KD3042-2NE10-0
125 A – – 3KD3232-2NE10-0 3KD3242-2NE10-0
160 A – – 3KD3432-2NE10-0 3KD3442-2NE10-0
Flat terminals
2 80 A – – 3KD2832-0NE10-0 3KD2842-0NE10-0
100 A – – 3KD3032-0NE10-0 3KD3042-0NE10-0
125 A – – 3KD3232-0NE10-0 3KD3242-0NE10-0
160 A – – 3KD3432-0NE10-0 3KD3442-0NE10-0
200 A – – 3KD3632-0NE10-0 3KD3642-0NE10-0
250 A – – 3KD3832-0NE10-0 3KD3842-0NE10-0
3 200 A – – 3KD3632-0PE10-0 3KD3642-0PE10-0
250 A – – 3KD3832-0PE10-0 3KD3842-0PE10-0
315 A – – 3KD4032-0PE10-0 3KD4042-0PE10-0
400 A – – 3KD4232-0PE10-0 3KD4242-0PE10-0
500 A – – 3KD4432-0PE10-0 3KD4442-0PE10-0
4 500 A – – 3KD4432-0QE10-0 3KD4442-0QE10-0
630 A – – 3KD4632-0QE10-0 3KD4642-0QE10-0
800 A – – 3KD4832-0QE10-0 3KD4842-0QE10-0
1000 A – – 3KD5032-0QE10-0 3KD5042-0QE10-0
5 1000 A – – 3KD5032-0RE10-0 3KD5042-0RE10-0
1250 A – – 3KD5232-0RE10-0 3KD5242-0RE10-0
1600 A – – 3KD5432-0RE10-0 3KD5442-0RE10-0
2000 A – – 3KD5632-0RE10-0 3KD5642-0RE10-0
Scope of supply:
• Incl. terminal covers on input and output side for 3KD0 sizes 01 and 02
• Incl. phase barriers on the input and output side for size 2 with flat terminals
• Terminal covers must be ordered separately for switch disconnectors with flat terminals and direct operating mechanisms
Mounting:
• The switch disconnectors are designed for floor mounting and the sizes 01, 02, 1 and 2 can optionally also be mounted on DIN rails

8/72 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Operating mechanism, red/yellow

Front operating mechanism center
AC AC
3P 4P
3KD0133-2KG20-3 3KD0143-2KG20-3
3KD0233-2KG20-3 3KD0243-2KG20-3
3KD0333-2KG20-3 –
3KD0333-2LG20-3 3KD0343-2LG20-3
3KD0433-2LG20-3 3KD0443-2LG20-3
3KD0533-2LG20-3
3KD0633-2LG20-3
3KD0543-2LG20-3
3KD0643-2LG20-3
8
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
– –
Note:
• The complete units with a direct operating mechanism are not suitable for conversion to door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms;
the basic units are to be used for this purpose
• All basic units without handles are suitable for use with door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, from size 1 to size 5 these can also be equipped with direct
operating mechanisms
• The switch disconnectors with lateral operating mechanism are suitable for door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
• For 3KD switch disconnectors and lateral operating mechanism (left or right), only 8UD door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
without the test function can be used

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/73
© Siemens 2023

Basic units without handles
Front operating mechanism Front operating mechanism

Left Center
Application AC/DC AC/DC AC AC AC/DC
Size Uninterrupted
current Iu
Box terminals
01 16 A – – 3KD0130-2KG20-3 3KD0140-2KG20-3 –
32 A – – 3KD0230-2KG20-3 3KD0240-2KG20-3 –
63 A – – 3KD0330-2KG20-3 – –
02 63 A – – 3KD0330-2LG20-3 3KD0340-2LG20-3 –
80 A – – 3KD0430-2LG20-3 3KD0440-2LG20-3 –
8 100 A – – 3KD0530-2LG20-3 3KD0540-2LG20-3 –
125 A – – 3KD0630-2LG20-3 3KD0640-2LG20-3 –
1 16 A 3KD1630-2ME10-0 3KD1640-2ME10-0 – – 3KD1630-2ME20-0
32 A 3KD2230-2ME10-0 3KD2240-2ME10-0 – – 3KD2230-2ME20-0
63 A 3KD2630-2ME10-0 3KD2640-2ME10-0 – – 3KD2630-2ME20-0
80 A 3KD2830-2ME10-0 3KD2840-2ME10-0 – – 3KD2830-2ME20-0
100 A 3KD3030-2ME10-0 3KD3040-2ME10-0 – – 3KD3030-2ME20-0
2 80 A 3KD2830-2NE10-0 3KD2840-2NE10-0 – – 3KD2830-2NE20-0
100 A 3KD3030-2NE10-0 3KD3040-2NE10-0 – – 3KD3030-2NE20-0
125 A 3KD3230-2NE10-0 3KD3240-2NE10-0 – – 3KD3230-2NE20-0
160 A 3KD3430-2NE10-0 3KD3440-2NE10-0 – – 3KD3430-2NE20-0
Flat terminals
2 80 A 3KD2830-0NE10-0 3KD2840-0NE10-0 – – 3KD2830-0NE20-0
100 A 3KD3030-0NE10-0 3KD3040-0NE10-0 – – 3KD3030-0NE20-0
125 A 3KD3230-0NE10-0 3KD3240-0NE10-0 – – 3KD3230-0NE20-0
160 A 3KD3430-0NE10-0 3KD3440-0NE10-0 – – 3KD3430-0NE20-0
200 A 3KD3630-0NE10-0 3KD3640-0NE10-0 – – 3KD3630-0NE20-0
250 A 3KD3830-0NE10-0 3KD3840-0NE10-0 – – 3KD3830-0NE20-0
3 200 A 3KD3630-0PE10-0 3KD3640-0PE10-0 – – 3KD3630-0PE20-0
250 A 3KD3830-0PE10-0 3KD3840-0PE10-0 – – 3KD3830-0PE20-0
315 A 3KD4030-0PE10-0 3KD4040-0PE10-0 – – 3KD4030-0PE20-0
400 A 3KD4230-0PE10-0 3KD4240-0PE10-0 – – 3KD4230-0PE20-0
500 A 3KD4430-0PE10-0 3KD4440-0PE10-0 – – 3KD4430-0PE20-0
4 500 A 3KD4430-0QE10-0 3KD4440-0QE10-0 – – 3KD4430-0QE20-0
630 A 3KD4630-0QE10-0 3KD4640-0QE10-0 – – 3KD4630-0QE20-0
800 A 3KD4830-0QE10-0 3KD4840-0QE10-0 – – 3KD4830-0QE20-0
1000 A 3KD5030-0QE10-0 3KD5040-0QE10-0 – – 3KD5030-0QE20-0
5 1000 A 3KD5030-0RE10-0 3KD5040-0RE10-0 – – 3KD5030-0RE20-0
1250 A 3KD5230-0RE10-0 3KD5240-0RE10-0 – – 3KD5230-0RE20-0
1600 A 3KD5430-0RE10-0 3KD5440-0RE10-0 – – 3KD5430-0RE20-0
2000 A 3KD5630-0RE10-0 3KD5640-0RE10-0 – – 3KD5630-0RE20-0
Scope of supply:
• Incl. terminal covers on input and output side for 3KD0 sizes 01 and 02
• Incl. phase barriers on the input and output side for size 2 with flat terminals
• Terminal covers must be ordered separately for switch disconnectors with flat terminals and direct operating mechanisms
Mounting:
• The switch disconnectors are designed for floor mounting and the sizes 01, 02, 1 and 2 can optionally also be mounted on DIN rails

8/74 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Front operating mechanism Lateral operating mechanism

Center Left Right
AC/DC DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC
4P 6P 3P 4P 3P 4P
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – – 8
– – – – – –
3KD1640-2ME20-0 3KD1660-2ME20-0 3KD1634-2ME10-0 3KD1644-2ME10-0 3KD1634-2ME40-0 3KD1644-2ME40-0
3KD2840-2ME20-0 – 3KD2834-2ME10-0 3KD2844-2ME10-0 3KD2834-2ME40-0 3KD2844-2ME40-0
3KD3040-2ME20-0 – 3KD3034-2ME10-0 3KD3044-2ME10-0 3KD3034-2ME40-0 3KD3044-2ME40-0
3KD2840-2NE20-0 3KD2860-2NE20-0 3KD2834-2NE10-0 3KD2844-2NE10-0 3KD2834-2NE40-0 3KD2844-2NE40-0

3KD3640-0NE20-0 – 3KD3634-0NE10-0 3KD3644-0NE10-0 3KD3634-0NE40-0 3KD3644-0NE40-0
3KD3840-0NE20-0 – 3KD3834-0NE10-0 3KD3844-0NE10-0 3KD3834-0NE40-0 3KD3844-0NE40-0
3KD3640-0PE20-0 3KD3660-0PE20-0 3KD3634-0PE10-0 3KD3644-0PE10-0 3KD3634-0PE40-0 3KD3644-0PE40-0
3KD4440-0PE20-0 – 3KD4434-0PE10-0 3KD4444-0PE10-0 3KD4434-0PE40-0 3KD4444-0PE40-0
3KD4440-0QE20-0 3KD4460-0QE20-0 3KD4434-0QE10-0 3KD4444-0QE10-0 3KD4434-0QE40-0 3KD4444-0QE40-0
3KD5040-0QE20-0 – 3KD5034-0QE10-0 3KD5044-0QE10-0 3KD5034-0QE40-0 3KD5044-0QE40-0
3KD5040-0RE20-0 3KD5060-0RE20-0 3KD5034-0RE10-0 3KD5044-0RE10-0 3KD5034-0RE40-0 3KD5044-0RE40-0
3KD5640-0RE20-0 – 3KD5634-0RE10-0 3KD5644-0RE10-0 3KD5634-0RE40-0 3KD5644-0RE40-0
Note:
the basic units are to be used for this purpose
• All basic units without handles are suitable for use with door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, from size 1 to size 5 these can also be equipped with direct
operating mechanisms
• The switch disconnectors with lateral operating mechanism are suitable for door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
• For 3KD switch disconnectors and lateral operating mechanism (left or right), only 8UD door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms
without the test function can be used

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/75
© Siemens 2023

Accessories
Additional poles
Note:
• Additional poles (4th contact element, N or N/PE terminal) must always be mounted directly adjacent to the switch disconnector on the left or right.
Accordingly, an auxiliary switch module must not be mounted between the basic unit and an additional pole on sizes 1 and 2.
• For installation, it is important to note that only a 3-pole 3KD switch disconnector may be retrofitted with an additional switching pole with contact system
(4th contact element).
Size 01 Size 02 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5
4th contact elements (switching pole)

• For upgrading a 3-pole to a 4-pole switch disconnector
• For sizes 1 to 5, identical to the factory-fitted poles
• For sizes 01 and 02, leading switch-on, lagging switch-off
• Sizes 01 and 02 equipped at the factory with terminal covers for
the input and output side.
Connection Article No.
I201_20442
Box terminals 3KD9015-2 ■
N N 3KD9025-2 ■
3KD9105-2 ■
3KD9205-2 ■
I201_20442
Flat terminals 3KD9205-0 ■

N N 3KD9305-0 ■
3KD9405-0 ■
3KD9505-0 ■
8 N terminals (neutral conductor terminal) with removable jumper
• A jumper can be removed in order to interrupt
the electrical connection between the terminals
I201_20509

3KD9206-2 ■
I201_20509

3KD9306-0 ■
3KD9406-0 ■
3KD9506-0 ■
N/PE terminals with permanent jumper
• Permanent electrical connection between the terminals,
cannot be broken
I201_20510

3KD9026-8 ■
3KD9106-8 ■
3KD9206-8 ■
I201_20510

3KD9306-7 ■
3KD9406-7 ■
3KD9506-7 ■

8/76 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Operating mechanisms Size 01 Size 02 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5

Direct operating mechanisms, standard version
• Requires additional mounting depth in locked state
• Not suitable for basic units with a lateral operating mechanism
Test – O – I Gray 3KD9101-1 ■
3KD9201-1 ■
3KD9301-1 ■
3KD9401-1 ■
3KD9501-1 ■
Red/yellow 3KD9101-2 ■
3KD9201-2 ■
3KD9301-2 ■
3KD9401-2 ■
3KD9501-2 ■
Direct operating mechanisms, flat version
• Suitable for distribution boards and only basic units with a front
operating mechanism
• Can be locked with one padlock
• No additional mounting depth in locked state
Test – O – I Gray 3KD9101-0 ■
3KD9201-0 ■
Red/yellow 3KD9101-8 ■
8
3KD9201-8 ■
Direct operating mechanisms, distribution boards

• Not suitable for basic units without handle
Number of poles Color Article No.
3-pole Gray 3KD9011-0C ■
Red/yellow 3KD9011-8C ■
4-pole Gray 3KD9011-0D ■
Red/yellow 3KD9011-8D ■
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, complete
− Handle with masking plate (sizes 01 and 02 without test
function)
− Coupling driver
− Shaft 300 mm
Inscription Tolerance Defeat function Color Article No.
compensation
O–I With With Gray 8UD1171-1AD21 ■ ■
Without Without Gray 3KD9001-5 ■ ■
Red/yellow 3KD9001-6 ■ ■
With Gray 8UD1171-2AD11 ■ ■
Test – O – I With With Gray 8UD1171-2AF21 ■ ■
8UD1141-2AF21 ■
8UD1151-3AF21 ■
8UD1161-4AF21 ■
Red/yellow 8UD1171-2AF25 ■ ■
8UD1141-2AF25 ■
8UD1151-3AF25 ■
8UD1161-4AF25 ■
Note:
• For 3KD switch disconnectors and lateral operating mechanism (left or right), only 8UD door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms without the test function
can be used
• The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms of the 3KD90 type are mounted on the inside of the door by means of center-hole mounting

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/77
© Siemens 2023

Accessories
Accessories for door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms Size 01 Size 02 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5
Handles
• Supplied with a masking plate, but without an extension
shaft and without coupling driver
Inscription Lighting Color Article No.
O–I Without Gray 8UD1771-2AD01 ■ ■ ■ ■
8UD1841-2AD01 ■
8UD1851-3AD01 ■
8UD1861-4AD01 ■
Red/yellow 8UD1771-2AD05 ■ ■ ■ ■
8UD1841-2AD05 ■
8UD1851-3AD05 ■
8UD1861-4AD05 ■
With Gray 8UD1771-2CD01 ■ ■
8UD1841-2CD01 ■
8UD1851-3CD01 ■
8UD1861-4CD01 ■
Red/yellow 8UD1771-2CD05 ■ ■
8UD1841-2CD05 ■
8UD1851-3CD05 ■
8UD1861-4CD05 ■
8 Test – O – I Without Gray 8UD1771-2AF01 ■ ■
8UD1841-2AF01 ■
8UD1851-3AF01 ■
8UD1861-4AF01 ■
Red/yellow 8UD1771-2AF05 ■ ■
8UD1841-2AF05 ■
8UD1851-3AF05 ■
8UD1861-4AF05 ■
With Gray 8UD1771-2CF01 ■ ■
8UD1841-2CF01 ■
8UD1851-3CF01 ■
8UD1861-4CF01 ■
Red/yellow 8UD1771-2CF05 ■ ■
8UD1841-2CF05 ■
8UD1851-3CF05 ■
8UD1861-4CF05 ■
Extension shafts
• A shaft jack is required for the 8UD1 handle when the
600 mm long shaft is used and for sizes 01, 02, 1 and 2
Length Article No.
300 mm 3KD9002-0 ■ ■
8UC6032 ■ ■ ■
8UC6033 ■
8UC6034 ■
600 mm 3KD9002-1 ■ ■
8UC6082 ■ ■ ■
8UC6083 ■
8UC6084 ■
Shaft jack for 8UD1 handle
Version Article No.
For shaft 600 mm 8UD1900-0FA00 ■ ■ ■ ■

8/78 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories for door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms Size 01 Size 02 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5
Coupling drivers
Version Article No.
8UD1900-2GA00 ■ ■
8UD1900-6GA00 ■
8UD1900-3GA00 ■
8UD1900-4GA00 ■
8UD1900-2HA00 ■ ■
8UD1900-6HA00 ■
8UD1900-3HA00 ■
8UD1900-4HA00 ■
Adapters for shafts
Article No.
8UC6022 ■ ■ ■
8UC6023 ■
8UC6024 ■
Further accessories and spare parts Size 01 Size 02 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5
Auxiliary switch modules

8
• Auxiliary switch modules are supplied without auxiliary
switches. A maximum of 2 auxiliary switches can be installed
per auxiliary module
• The 3KD9103-6 and 3KD9103-7 auxiliary switch modules can
only be used with 3KD directly on the operating mechanism if
the operating mechanism is on the front or on the left
Type Article No.
Standard version 3KD9103-5 ■ ■
With test function 3KD9103-6 ■ ■
With leading NO contact and test function 3KD9103-7 ■ ■
Auxiliary switches
• Auxiliary switches for sizes 01 and 02 are snapped onto the
side of the switches
• Auxiliary switches for sizes 3 to 5 have a screw terminal and
are mounted on the 3KD operating mechanism module.
Auxiliary switches with spring-type terminals from the 3SU1
program can also be used.
• All auxiliary switches for sizes 3 to 5 can be used as leading
auxiliary switches, depending on the mounting position of
the auxiliary switch (see operating instructions).
Type Contacts Contact surface Article No.
With connecting 1 CO Standard 3KD9103-1 ■ ■
cables Solid-state compatible 3KD9103-3 ■ ■
Without connecting 1 NO + 1 NC Standard 3KD9003-2 ■ ■
cables Solid-state compatible 3KD9003-4 ■ ■
1 CO Standard 3KD9103-2 ■ ■
Solid-state compatible 3KD9103-4 ■ ■
1 NO Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1BA0 ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1LA0 ■ ■ ■
1 NC Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1CA0 ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1MA0 ■ ■ ■
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1FA0 ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1QA0 ■ ■ ■
2 NO Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1DA0 ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1NA0 ■ ■ ■
2 NC Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1EA0 ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1PA0 ■ ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/79
© Siemens 2023

Accessories
Phase barriers
• For 3KD with flat terminals
• For 3KD size 2 with flat terminals, phase barriers are
already contained in the scope of supply
For 3-pole devices 6 units 3KD9108-6 ■
3KD9308-6 ■
3KD9408-6 ■
3KD9508-6 ■
3KD9308-8 ■
3KD9408-8 ■
3KD9508-8 ■
Terminal covers
• For sizes 01 and 02, terminal covers are already part of the
scope of supply and must therefore only be used as spare parts
• Not permissible for 2000 A devices
Version Scope of supply Type Article No.
For 1-pole devices 4 units 3KD9014-1B ■
3KD9024-1B ■
For 3-pole devices 4 units 3KD9014-3B ■
8 6 units Standard version 3KD9504-6 ■
3KD9204-6 ■
Short version 3KD9204-7 ■
8 units Standard version 3KD9304-6 ■
3KD9404-6 ■
3KD9404-7 ■
For 4-pole devices 8 units Standard version 3KD9504-8 ■
3KD9204-8 ■
3KD9404-8 ■
3KD9404-5 ■
Spare part for terminal covers
• Not permissible for 2000 A devices
Scope of supply Type Article No.
1 unit Standard version 3KD9504-1 ■
3KD9304-1 ■
3KD9404-1 ■
Blocking pin test function
• Enables permanent deactivation of the test function for
auxiliary switches
• It is installed in the operating mechanism module of the
3KD switch disconnector
Scope of supply Article No.
10 units 3KF9112-1AA00 ■ ■
3KF9412-1AA00 ■ ■
3KF9512-1AA00 ■
Mounting brackets
• Spare part, included in the scope of supply of the 3KD
4 units 3KD9120-1 ■ ■
3KF9212-0AA00 ■
3KF9412-0AA00 ■
3KF9512-0AA00 ■

8/80 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Slide for mounting on a DIN rail
• Spare part, included in the scope of supply of the 3KD
5 units 3KF9112-0BA00 ■ ■
Accessories for DC applications Size 01 Size 02 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5
Connecting bridges
• Suitable for connecting 2 poles
• For 3KD switch disconnectors with 400 A, 800 A, 1250 A and
1600 A, two units are required.
3KD9218-1 ■

3KD9318-0 ■
3KD9418-0 ■
3KD9518-0 ■
Terminal covers for connecting bridges
Article No.
8
3KD9204-0 ■
3KD9304-0 ■
3KD9404-0 ■
3KD9504-0 ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/81
© Siemens 2023
Switch Disconnectors | Fuse switch disconnectors
Fuse switch disconnectors

3NP1
Size 000 000 00 1 2 3

narrow
Basic data
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 125 125 2) 160 250 400 630
For fuse links acc. to IEC 60269-2 Size 000 000 00 and 000 1 and 0 2 and 1 3 and 2
Rated operational voltage Ue At 50/60 Hz AC V 690 690 690
At DC (3 conducting paths in series) V – 440 440
At DC (2 conducting paths in series) V – 240 240
At DC V – – –
For utilization category AC-20B or DC-20B V – 690 1) 690 1)
Rated operational current Ie At AC-21B, 400 V AC A 125 125 2) 160 250 400 630
At AC-22A, 400 V AC A – – – – – –
At AC-22B, 400 V AC A 125 125 2) 160 250 400 630
8 At AC-23B, 400 V AC A 63 125 2) 160 250 400 630
At AC-21B, 500 V AC A 125 125 2) 160 250 400 630
At AC-22B, 500 V AC A 125 125 160 250 400 630
At AC-23B, 500 V AC A – 40 63 200 315 500
At AC-21B, 690 V AC A 80 125 2) 160 250 400 630
At AC-22B, 690 V AC A – 50 125 250 400 500
At AC-23B, 690 V AC A – 25 35 100 125 200
At DC-21B (2 conducting paths in series), 240 V DC A – 125 2) 160 250 400 630
At DC-22B (2 conducting paths in series), 240 V DC A – 100 160 250 400 630
Rated conditional short-circuit Rated current at 400 V/500 V/690 V kA 80/80/80 80/80/80 80/80/80 80/80/50 80/80/50 50/50/50
current with fuses Permissible let-through current of the fuses, peak kA 10 10 15 25 40 50
(by fast switch on) value
Short-circuit strength with fuses Rated current at 500 V/690 V kA 80/80 120/100 120/100 120/100 100/100 100/100
(with closed disconnector)
Permissible let-through I²t value of the fuses kA²s 59 223 223 780 2150 5400
Permissible let-through current of the fuses, kA 10 15 23 32 40 60
peak value
Rated making capacity With isolating blades at 500 V AC kA – 2 6 17 17 17
Rated short-time withstand current Icw kA – – – – – –
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 690 1) 690 1) 690 1) 690 1) 690 1)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 8 8 8 8 8
Power loss per pole of the switch at Ith (without fuses) W 4.6 5 5 8 14 30
Maximum power loss of the usable fuses (per fuse) W 9 7.5 3) 12 23 34 48
Mechanical endurance, operating cycles 2000 2000 2000 1600 1000 1000
Degree of protection, on the front
Without masking plate or terminal cover – switch closed/open IP30/IP10 IP30/IP20 IP30/IP20 IP30/IP20 IP30/IP20 IP30/IP20
With masking plate or terminal cover – switch closed/open IP30/IP10 IP40/IP20 IP40/IP20 IP40/IP20 IP40/IP20 IP40/IP20
Certifications and approvals
VDE, CCC, LR, 4)
Further information
See page 8/84
The technical specifications apply to the standard types stated below.
For the complete specifications for all versions, see the Online Support
3NP1: 3-pole and 4-pole devices without fuse monitoring 3NJ4/5: Disconnectors for cable and line protection without fuse monitoring,
3NP5: Devices without fuse monitoring not for transformer protection
8/82 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Fuse switch disconnectors | Switch Disconnectors
3NP5 3NJ4/3NJ5 5SG76
00 1 2 3 00 1 2 3 4a D01
160 250 400 630 160 250 400 630 1250 16

00 1 and 0 2 and 1 3 and 2 00 and 000 1 and 0 2 and 1 3 and 2 4a D01
690 690 400, 415
440 – –
220 – 110
– – 48
690 – –
160 250 400 630 160 250 400 630 1250 16

– – – – – – – – – 16
160 250 400 630 160 250 400 630 1250 –
160 250 400 630 – 250 400 – – – 8
160 250 400 630 160 250 400 630 1250 –
160 250 400 630 160 250 400 630 1250 –
160 250 400 630 – – – – – –
160 250 400 630 100 250 400 630 1250 –
160 250 400 630 100 250 – – – –
100 160 315 400 – – – – – –
160 250 400 630 – – – – – –
160 250 400 630 – – – – – –
160 250 400 630 – – – – – –
160 250 400 630 – – – – – –
160 250 400 630 – – – – – –
160 250 400 630 – – – – – –
50/50/– 50/50/– 50/50/– 50/50/– – – – – – 50/–/–
15 25 40 50 – – – – – –
100/– 100/– 50/– 50/– 80 120 120 120 80 –

223 780 2150 5400 – – – – – –
23 32 40 60 – – – – – –
6 17 17 17 – – – – – –
– – – – – 14.5 14.5 14.5 35 –
690 1) 690 1) 690 1) 690 1) 800 1000 1000 1000 1000 400
6 6 6 6 8 12 12 12 12 2.5
7.8 7.5 15 39 18 23 54 115 190 –
12 23 34 48 12 32 45 48 110 2.5
1600 1600 1600 1600 1400 1400 800 800 500 –
IP00/IP00 IP00/IP00 IP00/IP00 IP00/IP00 IP00/IP00 IP00/IP00 IP00/IP00 IP00/IP00 IP00/IP00 IP20/IP20
IP30/IP10 IP30/IP10 IP30/IP10 IP30/IP10 IP30/IP10 IP30/IP10 IP30/IP10 IP30/IP10 IP10/IP00 IP20/IP20
CCC

1)
Applies to degree of pollution 3 3)
Max. 9 W for operation up to 160 A
(for degree of pollution 2, use up to Ui 1000 V possible) 4)
3NP1 NH000 in narrow design only has IEC approval
2)
If optional infeed terminal is used max. 160 A
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/83

© Siemens 2023
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors

System overview
Basic units

1, 3, 4-pole for floor mounting 3 and 4-pole mounting on busbar systems
Connection parts

Terminals for retrofitting to 3NP1 Auxiliary conductor connections 3-phase busbars
Assembly kits
8
I201_19737
DIN-rail mounting Mechanical connection 1/4-pole busbar mounting Locking function Protection against power theft
I201_19726
Masking frames and covers

Masking frames and supports Cable connection covers Reach-around protection for busbar
Further accessories

Auxiliary switches Isolating blades Fuse carriers with and without fuse monitoring
Note:
8/84 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
General information
3NA COM LV HRC fuse links
The new 3NA COM LV HRC fuse links with communication and measuring function make your products
communication-capable.
I201_20406 See Fuse Systems, page 7/50
Directly to 3NP1
Modular design configurator under:
sie.ag/3llXQZH
The 3NP1 fuse switch disconnector has a modular design.

A wide variety of switch combinations can be created by connecting two devices or by subsequently fitting
accessories. All common switch combinations are available from the factory ready for installation and can be
found on the following ordering overviews. An overview of the possibilities offered by the modular design is
8
provided on these information pages.
The fastest and simplest way to find the right switch combination is to use our 3NP1 configurator at
sie.ag/3llXQZH.
You will find further

Number of poles information under:
sie.ag/2UlrAvy
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors are available from the factory in 1, 3 and 4-pole device versions.
4-pole types are available in all common versions from the factory ready for installation (without fuse
monitoring, N-pole on the right-hand side).
All other conceivable device combinations, such as 2-pole 3NP1s, 4-pole with fuse monitoring or with a neutral
conductor on the left-hand side can simply be put together on site by combining two 3NP1s.
All that is needed for this in addition to the two 3NP1 basic units is the matching connection assembly kit
I201_19728
(see accessories).

Floor mounting and DIN rail information under:
sie.ag/2UlrAvy
All sizes of the 3NP1 fuse switch The devices for floor mounting of sizes 000,
disconnectors are available in floor mounting 00 and 1 can also be mounted on a DIN rail
versions. using accessories. For this purpose, the
assembly kit for mounting on a DIN rail is
I201_19729
The 3NP1 is mounted on a mounting panel simply mounted on the rear panel of the
with screws. I201_1973
0
3NP1.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/85

© Siemens 2023

General information

Mounting on busbar systems information under:
sie.ag/2UlrAvy
3-pole and 4-pole 3NP1 are available for 1-pole 3NP1 devices for wall mounting in
mounting on busbar systems. In the case of sizes 000 and 00 can be adapted to the 8US
4-pole devices, the infeed for the fourth pole 60 mm busbar system using the assembly kit
I201_19733
is supplied by the neutral conductor bar for 1-pole busbar mounting. Due to the
located above the 3 phases. modular design of the assembly kit, any
I201_19731
phase can be selected for the infeed.
8 You will find further

Fuse monitoring information under:
sie.ag/2UlrAvy
The fuse monitoring is used to detect, indicate and signal that a fuse has tripped.
The fuse monitors are permanently installed on the handle of the 3NP1. They have floating contacts for remote
signaling of a tripped fuse and also indicate this locally.
Various versions of fuse monitors are available, which can be selected to suit the requirements of the
I201_19725
application (functionality, see table).
MFM EFM10/15 EFM20/25

MFM electromechanical fuse monitoring with an installed SIRIUS circuit breaker
EFM electronic fuse monitoring with evaluation electronics

The EFM15 series is a cost-optimized version of the EFM10. EFM20/25 are versions
with additional functions (display indication, detection and signaling of
overvoltage/undervoltage with adjustable limits, phase failure detection).
Common combinations of the 3NP1 basic unit and fuse monitoring are available from the factory ready for
installation. A fuse monitor can also be easily retrofitted by replacing the fuse carrier. (Fuse carriers for all fuse
monitoring versions are available as accessories.)
Note:
Fuses with insulated grip lugs cannot be used for 3NP1 with fuse monitoring.
MFM EFM10 EFM15 EFM20 EFM25

3–pole 3–pole 1–pole 3–pole 3–pole 3–pole
AC/DC AC DC AC DC
Local Toggle switch position ■ – – – – – – – –
indication Indication via LEDs for each phase – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – –
Indication via display for each phase – – – – – – – ■ ■
External power supply – – 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC – –
required
Permissible operational AC Max. 690 V 230 … 690 V 24 … 230 V 110 … 690 V – 190 … 690 V – 230 … 690 V –
voltage DC Max. 440 V – 24 … 250 V – 120 … 440 V – 220 … 440 V – 220 … 440 V
Detection and indication of Overvoltage – – – – – – – ■ ■
Undervoltage – – – – – – – ■ ■
Phase failure – – – – – – – ■ –

8/86 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Electrical connection information under:
sie.ag/2UlrAvy
3NP1 are available in versions with box terminals (all sizes) or flat terminals (sizes 00 and larger).
Various additional types of terminal are available as accessories for adaptation to the respective
wiring situation, e.g. prism, saddle or three-tier terminals.
1 2
I201_19734
3 4 5
6 7 8 You will find further 8

Further accessories
1
2
Box terminal
Flat terminal
5
6
Saddle terminal
Auxiliary conductor connection
information under:
sie.ag/2UlrAvy
3 Feeder terminal 7 Prism terminal
4 Three-tier terminal 8 Terminal module
Auxiliary switches Power theft Isolating blades

I201_19737
I201_19724
Auxiliary switches enable remote querying of The assembly kit for protection from power 4-pole 3NP1s are used in 3-phase AC systems
the switch position of the 3NP1. Up to two theft seals the holes on the front of the 3NP1 with switched neutral conductors. They are
auxiliary switches can be installed. (for voltage testing) permanently, which supplied without an isolating blade for the N
reliably prevents unauthorized access to live pole. The switching instant is selected by
parts. choosing the appropriate isolating blade.

Suitable fuses information under:
sie.ag/2UlrAvy
100
%
Power dissipation at partial load
80
dissipated at rated current)
The 3NP5 fuse switch disconnector is suitable for all fuses with LV HRC design in sizes 000 to 3 that comply
with IEC 60269-2, including fuses for cable and line protection and motor protection.
(as a % of the power
60
40
Fuses for semiconductor protection (Siemens trademark SITOR) can also be used. However, some of these
fuses have substantially higher power losses than fuses according to IEC 60269-2. This means that the load
20 current has to be reduced until the value that is permissible in the fuse switch disconnector is not exceeded.
I201_12646
For use of SITOR semiconductor fuses, ready-made derating tables are available in the linked document.
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Load current %
(as a % of rated current n )

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/87
© Siemens 2023
For a complete and valid configuration of your fuse switch disconnectors, please use our online
configurator at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3np1-configurator
Flat terminals
NH00 NH1 NH2 NH3
Fuse monitoring Number of poles Iu = 160 A Iu = 250 A Iu = 400 A Iu = 630 A

Floor mounting
Without 1-pole 3NP1131-1CA10 3NP1141-1DA10 3NP1151-1DA10 3NP1161-1DA10
3-pole 3NP1133-1CA10 3NP1143-1DA10 3NP1153-1DA10 3NP1163-1DA10
MFM 3-pole 3NP1133-1CA11 3NP1143-1DA11 3NP1153-1DA11 3NP1163-1DA11
EFM10 3-pole 3NP1133-1CA12 3NP1143-1DA12 3NP1153-1DA12 3NP1163-1DA12
8 Mounting on 60 mm busbar systems with reach-around protection for Siemens 8US
Without FM 3-pole 3NP1133-1BC10 3NP1143-1BC10 3NP1153-1BC10 3NP1163-1BC10
4-pole 3NP1134-1BC10 3NP1144-1BC10 3NP1154-1BC10 3NP1164-1BC10
MFM 3-pole 3NP1133-1BC11 3NP1143-1BC11 3NP1153-1BC11 3NP1163-1BC11
EFM10 3-pole 3NP1133-1BC12 3NP1143-1BC12 3NP1153-1BC12 3NP1163-1BC12
Mounting on 60 mm busbar systems with reach-around protection for Rittal
Without FM 3-pole 3NP1133-1JC10 3NP1143-1JC10 3NP1153-1JC10 3NP1163-1JC10
MFM 3-pole 3NP1133-1JC11 3NP1143-1JC11 3NP1153-1JC11 3NP1163-1JC11
EFM10 3-pole 3NP1133-1JC12 3NP1143-1JC12 3NP1153-1JC12 3NP1163-1JC12
EFM20 3-pole 3NP1133-1JC13 3NP1143-1JC13 3NP1153-1JC13 3NP1163-1JC13
Mounting on 40 mm busbar systems with reach-around protection for Siemens 8US
Without FM 3-pole 3NP1133-1BB10 – – –
MFM 3-pole 3NP1133-1BB11 – – –
EFM10 3-pole 3NP1133-1BB12 – – –
EFM20 3-pole 3NP1133-1BB13 – – –
Mounting on 40 mm busbar systems with reach-around protection for Rittal
Without FM 3-pole 3NP1133-1JB10 – – –
MFM 3-pole 3NP1133-1JB11 – – –
EFM10 3-pole 3NP1133-1JB12 – – –
EFM20 3-pole 3NP1133-1JB13 – – –
Notes:
• On the 3NP1 with fuse monitoring, the permissible operational voltage is limited by the fuse monitoring
• Permissible operational voltage with fuse monitoring:
− MFM AC max. 690 V (L – L)/max. 440 V (L+ – L–)
− EFM10 230 … 690 V AC (L – L)
− EFM15 3-pole 190 … 690 V AC (L – L)
− EFM15 1-pole 24 … 240 V AC (L – N)/24 … 250 V DC (L+ – L–)
− EFM20 230 … 690 V AC (L – L)
• Additional variants are available as accessories:
− EFM15 with further operational voltage ranges
− EFM25 – DC version of the EFM20
• Devices for busbar mounting with reach-around protection
− For Siemens 8US, mounting is possible on the Wöhner Classic and Rittal RiLine systems without a floor pan
− For Rittal, mounting is possible on the RiLine60 system with a floor pan

8/88 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Box terminals
NH000 narrow NH000 NH00 NH1 NH2 NH3
Iu = 125 A Iu = 125 A 2) Iu = 160 A Iu = 250 A Iu = 400 A Iu = 630 A
– 3NP1121-1CA20 3NP1131-1CA20 3NP1141-1DA20 3NP1151-1DA20 3NP1161-1DA20

3NP1113-1CA20 3NP1123-1CA20 3NP1133-1CA20 3NP1143-1DA20 3NP1153-1DA20 3NP1163-1DA20
– – 3NP1133-1CA21 3NP1143-1DA21 3NP1153-1DA21 3NP1163-1DA21
8
3NP1113-1BC20 1)
3NP1123-1BC20 3NP1133-1BC20 3NP1143-1BC20 3NP1153-1BC20 3NP1163-1BC20
– 3NP1124-1BC20 3NP1134-1BC20 3NP1144-1BC20 3NP1154-1BC20 3NP1164-1BC20
– – 3NP1133-1BC21 3NP1143-1BC21 3NP1153-1BC21 3NP1163-1BC21
3NP1113-1BC20 1)
3NP1123-1JC20 3NP1133-1JC20 3NP1143-1JC20 3NP1153-1JC20 3NP1163-1JC20
– – 3NP1133-1JC21 3NP1143-1JC21 3NP1153-1JC21 3NP1163-1JC21
– 3NP1123-1JC22 3NP1133-1JC22 3NP1143-1JC22 3NP1153-1JC22 3NP1163-1JC22
– 3NP1123-1JC23 3NP1133-1JC23 3NP1143-1JC23 3NP1153-1JC23 3NP1163-1JC23
– 3NP1123-1BB20 3NP1133-1BB20 – – –
– – 3NP1133-1BB21 – – –
– 3NP1123-1BB22 3NP1133-1BB22 – – –
– 3NP1123-1BB23 3NP1133-1BB23 – – –
– 3NP1123-1JB20 3NP1133-1JB20 – – –
– – 3NP1133-1JB21 – – –
– 3NP1123-1JB22 3NP1133-1JB22 – – –
– 3NP1123-1JB23 3NP1133-1JB23 – – –
1)
The direction of the cable outlet for the load side cannot be changed on size NH000, narrow design
3NP1113-1BC20 → Cable outlet at the bottom
3NP1113-2BC20 → Cable outlet at the top
2)
If optional infeed terminal is used max. 160 A

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/89
© Siemens 2023

Accessories
Connection technology – Terminals

• For adaptation to the respective wiring situation
• Contain enough parts to retrofit one side of a 3NP1 accordingly (three terminals for 3-pole 3NP1, one terminal for 1-pole unit)
• If the incoming cable and cable outlet are retrofitted, two packages must be ordered
1-pole 3-pole NH000 NH000 NH00 NH1 NH2 NH3
narrow
Saddle terminals
• Allows connection of stripped circular conductors
to 3NP1 with flat terminals
Connection Conductor cross- Article No. Article No.
section
1.5 … 70 mm2 3NP1931-1BA00 3NP1933-1BA00 ■
70 … 120 mm2 3NP1941-1BA00 3NP1943-1BA00 ■
120 … 240 mm2 3NP1951-1BA00 3NP1953-1BA00 ■
150 … 300 mm2 3NP1961-1BA00 3NP1963-1BA00 ■
Prism terminals
• Allows connection of stripped circular conductors
to 3NP1 with flat terminals
• Also approved for connection of aluminum
conductors, available for one or two conductors
Type Conductor cross- Article No. Article No.
section
Single 35 … 95 mm2 3NP1931-1BB10 3NP1933-1BB10 ■
8 70 … 150 mm2
120 … 240 mm2
3NP1941-1BB10 3NP1943-1BB10
3NP1951-1BB10 3NP1953-1BB10
■
■
150 … 300 mm2 3NP1961-1BB10 3NP1963-1BB10 ■
Double 2× 35 … 70 mm2 3NP1941-1BB20 3NP1943-1BB20 ■
2× 70 … 120 mm2 3NP1951-1BB20 3NP1953-1BB20 ■
2× 150 … 185 mm2 3NP1961-1BB20 3NP1963-1BB20 ■
Three-tier terminals
• Distributes one outgoing feeder directly to three
smaller loads
section
For 3NP1 3× 1.5 …16 mm2 3NP1931-1BE10 3NP1933-1BE10 ■
with flat terminals
For 3NP1 3× 1.5 …16 mm2 3NP1921-1BE20 3NP1923-1BE20 ■ ■
with box terminals
Connection module
• Used with a 3NP1 for busbar mounting if a
masking frame is to be supported on the 32 mm
cover plane (installation of the terminals under
the masking frame)
• For 3NP1 with flat terminals
section
Connection module 3× 6 … 70 mm2 3NP1931-1BC00 3NP1933-1BC00 ■
Infeed terminal
• Extends the conductor cross-section of a 000 with
box terminal to up to 95 mm²
Version Conductor cross- Article No. Article No.
section
Infeed terminal 16 … 95 mm2 3NP1921-1BD00 3NP1923-1BD00 ■

8/90 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3-pole NH000 NH000 NH00 NH1 NH2 NH3

Connection technology narrow
Auxiliary conductor connections
• For connecting small loads directly to the terminals of the 3NP1
• Connection via commercially available flat tab sleeves 6.3 × 0.8 mm,
max. 5 A load
• Scope of supply: 3 units
3NP1 connection Article No.
With flat terminals 3NP1933-1BG10 ■
3NP1943-1BG10 ■
3NP1943-1BG10 ■
3NP1943-1BG10 ■
With box terminals 3NP1923-1BG40 ■ ■
3NP1933-1BG40 ■
3NP1943-1BG40 ■
3NP1953-1BG40 ■
3NP1953-1BG40 ■
With retrofitted prism and saddle terminals 3NP1933-1BG30 ■
3NP1943-1BG30 ■
3NP1953-1BG30 ■
3NP1953-1BG30 ■
3-phase busbar system
• For connection of up to 4 3NP1 NH000 for floor mounting on the
infeed side 8
• Infeed is routed through infeed terminals
• With the connection bar, two blocks of bridged 3NP1 can be
connected
• Using the cover cap, the connection tags of the busbar are covered
I201_19735
on unused feeders to ensure they are safe to touch

• The maximum current-carrying capacity of the interconnected 3NP1
is 225 A in total for the 3-phase busbar system
For 2× 3NP1 1 pack = 5 units 3NP1923-1BF20 ■
Connection bars 1 pack = 3 units 3NP1923-1BF50 ■
Covering caps 1 pack = 20 units 3NP1923-1BF10 ■
Infeed terminal 1 pack = 3 units 3NP1923-1BD00 ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/91
© Siemens 2023

Accessories
NH000 NH000 NH00 NH1 NH2 NH3

Assembly kits narrow
Retrofitting of locking function
• For all versions of the 3NP1
• If required for locking with a padlock (not necessary for the 1-pole
3NP1 and NH000, narrow design)
1 pack = 10 units 3NP1900-1HA00 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Protection against power theft

• Closes the holes on the front of the 3NP1 (holes for voltage
testing) and secures the front window such that power theft is
not possible without visible damage to the 3NP1
(when the 3NP1 is locked or sealed)
I201_19737

1 pack is sufficient to equip 5 3NP1 units, 3NP1900-1EF00 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2.5 units for NH000, narrow design
Mechanical connection of 1-pole and 3-pole 3NP1 devices
• For 3NP1 with floor mounting
• By combining two 3NP1s for floor mounting, any 2-pole and 4-pole
devices can be created
Article No.
3NP1921-1EC00 ■
I201_19728
8 3NP1931-1EC00 ■
3NP1941-1EC00 ■ ■ ■
4-pole connection assembly kit for mounting on a 8US 60-mm busbar
• Connects a 3-pole 3NP1 for busbar mounting 60 mm 8US to a
1-pole 3NP1 for floor mounting
• The 1-pole 3NP1 switches the neutral conductor of a 3P+N system
in this combination
With flat terminals 3NP1934-1ED20 ■
With box terminals 3NP1924-1ED10 ■
3NP1934-1ED10 ■
With flat terminals or box terminals 3NP1944-1ED00 ■
3NP1954-1ED00 ■ ■
1-pole connection assembly kit for mounting on a 8US 60-mm busbar
• Permits adaptation of a 1-pole 3NP1 for floor mounting to a 3-pole
I201_199
46
busbar system
• The feeding busbar (L1, L2 or L3) can be chosen freely
• If two such 3NP1 are combined by mechanical connection using
the assembly kit, 2-pole 3NP1 for busbar mounting can also be
assembled
With box terminals 3NP1921-1EE10 ■
3NP1931-1EE10 ■

8/92 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
1/2-pole 3-pole 4-pole NH000 NH000 NH00 NH1 NH2 NH3

Assembly kits narrow
Assembly kits for mounting on DIN rail
• Must be mounted on the
rear of a 3NP1 for floor
mounting
• Mounting of the 3NP1 on
a DIN rail is achieved for
size NH000 by mounting
on a DIN rail, and for sizes
NH00 and NH1 between
two DIN rails that are 125
or 150 mm apart
Article No. Article No. Article No.
3NP1921-1EA00 3NP1923-1EA00 3NP1924-1EA00 ■
– 3NP1913-1EB00 new – ■
3NP1931-1EB00 3NP1933-1EB00 3NP1933-1EB00 ■
3NP1943-1EB00 3NP1943-1EB00 3NP1943-1EB00 ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/93
© Siemens 2023

Accessories

Masking frames and covers narrow
Masking frames
• Used to cover an existing gap for a masking
frame mounted on the application side
Outer dimensions (H×W) Article No. Article No.
215 × 130 mm – 3NP1923-1DA00 ■
215 × 130 mm – 3NP1933-1DA00 ■
375 × 220 mm – 3NP1943-1DA00 ■
375 × 245 mm – 3NP1953-1DA00 ■
375 × 290 mm – 3NP1963-1DA00 ■
Masking frame supports
• Are mounted on the side of the 3NP1 and
prevent the supported masking frame from
sagging (pack of 2 units)
Article No. Article No.
3NP1923-1CF00 3NP1923-1CF00 ■
– 3NP1913-1CF00 1) ■
3NP1933-1CF00 3NP1933-1CF00 ■
3NP1943-1CF00 3NP1943-1CF00 ■ ■ ■
Cable connection covers
• Extends the terminal covers integrated in
the 3NP1
8 • In the version with rear reach-around
protection, the underside is also covered
Version Article No. Article No.
I201_19736
Without rear reach-around protection 3NP1921-1CB00 3NP1923-1CB00 1) ■

– 3NP1913-1CB00 ■
3NP1931-1CB00 3NP1933-1CB00 2) ■
3NP1941-1CB00 3NP1943-1CB00 ■
3NP1951-1CB00 3NP1953-1CB00 ■
3NP1961-1CB00 3NP1963-1CB00 ■
With rear reach-around protection – 3NP1933-1CC00 1) ■
3NP1931-1CD00 3NP1933-1CD00 3) ■
3NP1941-1CD00 3NP1943-1CD00 ■
3NP1951-1CD00 3NP1953-1CD00 ■
3NP1961-1CD00 3NP1963-1CD00 ■
Reach-around protection for busbar (spare part)
• Covers the busbar
• For conversion of a 3NP1 to another busbar
system
For busbar systems Article No. Article No.
Siemens 8US – 3NP1923-1CA10 ■
– 3NP1913-1CA10 ■
– 3NP1933-1CA10 ■
3NP1941-1CA10 – ■ ■ ■
– 3NP1943-1CA10 ■
– 3NP1953-1CA10 ■
– 3NP1963-1CA10 ■
Siemens 8US compact – 3NP1923-1CA30 ■
Rittal – 3NP1923-1CA20 ■
– 3NP1913-1CA10
– 3NP1933-1CA20 ■
– 3NP1943-1CA20 ■
– 3NP1953-1CA20 ■
– 3NP1963-1CA20 ■
1)
Only for 3NP1 for mounting on busbar systems
2)
Only for 3NP1 with flat terminals
3)
Only for 3NP1 with flat terminals for floor mounting

8/94 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
NH000 NH000 NH00 NH1 NH2 NH3

Further accessories narrow
Auxiliary switches
• Up to 2 auxiliary switches can be mounted
• From size NH00, it is possible to choose whether the auxiliary
switch will switch simultaneously with the fuses or leading on
switch-on. (only leading possible for size NH000)
1 CO 3NP1920-1FA00 ■
3NP1910-1FA00 ■
3NP1930-1FA00 ■
3NP1940-1FA00 ■ ■ ■
1 CO, solid-state compatible 3NP1920-1FB00 ■
3NP1930-1FB00 ■
I201_19724
3NP1940-1FB00 ■ ■ ■
Isolating blades
• Are used in a 3NP1 if only the isolating function of a 3NP1 is
required and not protection with fuses or in the neutral
conductor of a 4-pole 3NP1.
• The isolating blade, which is leading switch-on and lagging
switch-off, is used in the neutral conductor of a 4-pole 3NP1 if
shifting of the neutral point of the 3P+N system has to be
avoided during switching.
Version Article No.
Switching simultaneously with fuses 3NG1002 ■ ■ 8
3NG1202 ■
3NG1302 ■
3NG1402 ■
Leading switch-on, lagging switch-off 3NP1924-1MA20 ■
3NP1934-1MA20 ■
3NP1944-1MA20 ■
3NP1954-1MA20 ■
3NP1964-1MA20 ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/95
© Siemens 2023

Further accessories narrow
Fuse carriers (spare part)
• For retrofitting fuse monitoring on an
existing 3NP1
Version Article No. Article No.
Standard – without fuse monitoring 3NP1921-1GA00 3NP1923-1GA00 ■
– 3NP1913-1GA00 ■
3NP1931-1GA00 3NP1933-1GA00 ■
3NP1941-1GA00 3NP1943-1GA00 ■
3NP1951-1GA00 3NP1953-1GA00 ■
3NP1961-1GA00 3NP1963-1GA00 ■
MFM - for operational voltage – 3NP1923-1GB10 ■
24 … 690 V AC (L-L)/ – 3NP1933-1GB10 ■
24 … 240 V DC (L+ - L-)
– 3NP1943-1GB10 ■
– 3NP1953-1GB10 ■
– 3NP1963-1GB10 ■
EFM10 - for operational voltage – 3NP1923-1GB20 ■
230 … 690 V AC (L-L) – 3NP1933-1GB20 ■
– 3NP1943-1GB20 ■
– 3NP1953-1GB20 ■
– 3NP1963-1GB20 ■
8 EFM15 - for operational voltage 3NP1921-1GB43 – ■
24 … 240 V AC (L - N)/ 3NP1931-1GB43 – ■
24 … 250 V DC (L+ - L-)
3NP1941-1GB43 – ■
3NP1951-1GB43 – ■
3NP1961-1GB43 – ■
EFM15 - for operational voltage 3NP1921-1GB41 – ■
110 … 690 V AC (L - N) 3NP1931-1GB41 – ■
3NP1941-1GB41 – ■
3NP1951-1GB41 – ■
3NP1961-1GB41 – ■
EFM15 - for operational voltage 3NP1921-1GB44 – ■
120 … 440 V DC (L - N) 3NP1931-1GB44 – ■
3NP1941-1GB44 – ■
3NP1951-1GB44 – ■
3NP1961-1GB44 – ■
190 … 690 V AC (L - L) – 3NP1933-1GB42 ■
– 3NP1943-1GB42 ■
– 3NP1953-1GB42 ■
– 3NP1963-1GB42 ■
220 … 440 V DC (L+ - L-) – 3NP1933-1GB45 ■
– 3NP1943-1GB45 ■
– 3NP1953-1GB45 ■
– 3NP1963-1GB45 ■
230 … 690 V AC (L - L) – 3NP1933-1GB30 ■
– 3NP1943-1GB30 ■
– 3NP1953-1GB30 ■
– 3NP1963-1GB30 ■
220 … 440 V DC (L+ - L-) – 3NP1933-1GB50 ■
– 3NP1943-1GB50 ■
– 3NP1953-1GB50 ■
– 3NP1963-1GB50 ■

8/96 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/97
© Siemens 2023

System overview
Basic units
Floor mounting For 40 mm busbar system
Connection parts
Clamp terminals Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems
Masking frames and covers

8
Molded-plastic Cable connection covers

masking frames
Further accessories
Auxiliary switches Arc chutes Assembly kits for Fuse carriers

flush mounting
Note:
8/98 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
General information
The new 3NA COM LV HRC fuse links with communication and measuring function make your products
System description You will find further information under:

sie.ag/2UlrAvy
8
3NP50
3NP52
The 3NP5 fuse switch disconnector is an extremely robust device for extreme operating conditions.
The fuse carrier has a pretensioned spring that prevents accidental, slow closure.
All 3NP5 are designed for mounting on a mounting plate. Size NH00 is also available in versions for 40 mm busbar systems.
All sizes can also be mounted using adapters on 60 mm busbar systems.
Suitable fuses You will find further information under:

sie.ag/2UlrAvy
100
%
80
60
40
20
I201_12646
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Load current %
The 3NP5 fuse switch disconnector is suitable for all fuses with LV HRC design in sizes 000 to 3 that comply with IEC 60269-2, including fuses for
cable and line protection and motor protection.
Fuses for semiconductor protection (Siemens trademark SITOR) can also be used. However, some of these fuses have substantially higher power losses than
fuses according to IEC 60269-2. This means that the load current has to be reduced until the value that is permissible in the fuse switch disconnector is not
exceeded.
For use of Siemens SITOR semiconductor fuses, ready-made derating tables are available in the linked document.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/99

© Siemens 2023
Flat terminals
NH00 NH1 NH2 NH3
Type of mounting Auxiliary switches Iu = 160 A Iu = 250 A Iu = 400 A Iu = 630 A

Without fuse monitoring
Floor mounting Without 3NP5060-0CA00 3NP5260-0CA00 3NP5360-0CA00 3NP5460-0CA00
1 NO + 1 NC 3NP5060-0CA10 3NP5260-0CA10 3NP5360-0CA10 3NP5460-0CA10
Mounting on 40 mm busbar systems Without 3NP5065-1CF00 – – –
1 NO + 1 NC 3NP5065-1CF10 – – –
Electromechanical fuse monitoring with 1 NO + 1 NC as a signaling contact
Floor mounting 1 NO + 1 NC 3NP5060-0EA86 3NP5260-0EA86 3NP5360-0EA86 3NP5460-0EA86
Mounting on 40 mm busbar systems 1 NO + 1 NC 3NP5065-1EF86 – – –
Electromechanical fuse monitoring with 2 NO as a signaling contact
Floor mounting 1 NO + 1 NC 3NP5060-0EA26 3NP5260-0EA26 3NP5360-0EA26 3NP5460-0EA26
Mounting on 40 mm busbar systems 1 NO + 1 NC 3NP5065-1EF26 – – –
Accessories NH00 NH1 NH 2 NH3
Clamp terminals
For retrofitting to 3NP5 with flat terminals 3 units 3NY1903 ■
3NY1907 ■
Busbar adapters
• For 60 mm busbar system
Version Article No.
For adaptation of a 3NP5, 8US1291-4SB00 ■
for floor mounting on a 60-mm busbar system 8US1210-4AG00 ■ ■ ■
Covers for cable lug connections
Can be screwed onto the free end of the screw 6 units 3NY1241 ■
3NY1245 ■ ■
Covers for 3NP5, with auxiliary switch mounted
• With punched cutouts for auxiliary switches
Color Version Dimensions Article No.
Gray Flat 215 × 135 mm 3NY1115 ■
Black Flat, with additional bending edges 290 × 135 mm 3NY1116 ■
Covers for 3NP5, without auxiliary switches mounted

• With prepunched cutouts for retrofitting an auxiliary switch
Color Version Dimensions Article No.
Gray Flat 215 × 135 mm 3NY1105 ■
Black Flat 290 × 135 mm 3NY1106 ■
Angled 265 × 135 mm 3NY1107 ■
Flat, with additional bending edges 290 × 135 mm 3NY1108 ■
Auxiliary switches
Version Article No.
1 NO + 1 NC, including mounting kit 3NY3033 ■
3NY3034 ■ ■ ■

8/100 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories NH00 NH1 NH 2 NH3
Arc chutes
• Spare part for arc chutes installed in the factory,
one unit per switch is required for NH00, three units for NH1 to NH3
Article No.
3NY4031 ■
3NY4011 ■
3NY4012 ■ ■
Assembly kits for flush mounting in front panel
Version Article No.
Assembly kit with cover and mounting accessories 3NY1208 ■
3NY1210 ■
3NY1211 ■
3NY1212 ■
Covers (spare part for assembly kit) 3NY1102 ■
3NY1103 ■
Fuse carriers
Version Article No.
Without fuse monitoring 3NY1074 ■
3NY1371 ■
3NY1372 ■
With electromechanical fuse monitoring by circuit breakers,

3NY1373
3NY1420 ■
■
8
signaling contact 1 NO + 1 NC, without connecting cable 3NY1421 ■
3NY1422 ■
3NY1423 ■
Connectors and connecting cables
Version Length Article No.
For electromechanical fuse monitoring 1m 3NY1910 ■ ■ ■ ■
3m 3NY1911 ■ ■ ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/101
© Siemens 2023
3NJ4 fuse switch disconnectors

System overview
1-pole switchable
NH00/NH000 … NH3 NH4a NH1 … NH3 (690 V) for

(690 V) (690 V) integratable current transformers
3-pole switchable
NH00/NH000 … NH3 NH00/NH000 … NH3 NH00/NH000 … NH3 NH00/NH000 … NH3 NH3 (400 V) for NH00/NH000,
(690 V) (690 V) for integratable (690 V) with electronic (690 V) for integratable secondary-side fusing NH1 and NH3
current transformers fuse monitoring EFM current transformers with of transformers and (800 V)
electronic fuse monitoring incoming block
8 EFM
Accessories
Covers Adapters on Mounting and Busbar connection Fuses Current

busbar systems assembly elements assembly kits transformers
Note:
8/102 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
General information
The new the 3NA COM LV HRC fuse links with communication and measuring function make your products
Suitable fuses You will find further information under:

sie.ag/2UlrAvy
100
8
%
80
60
40
20
I201_12646
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Load current %
The 3NJ4 fuse switch disconnector is suitable for all fuses with LV HRC design in sizes 000 to 3 that comply with IEC 60269-2, including fuses for
cable and line protection.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/103

© Siemens 2023
1-pole switchable 3-pole switchable
Rated operational Busbar center-to- Fuse size Connection

current Ie center spacing
NH00/NH000 … NH3 (690 V)
160 A 100 mm NH00/NH000 M8 flat terminal – 3NJ4103-3BF02
NH00/NH000 F70 box terminal – 3NJ4103-3BR02
185 mm NH00/NH000 1) M8 flat terminal 3NJ4101-3BF01 3NJ4103-3BF01
250 A 185 mm NH1 M10 flat terminal 3NJ4121-3BF01 3NJ4123-3BF01
M12 stud terminal – 3NJ4123-3BJ01
V terminal – 3NJ4123-3BT01
8 400 A 185 mm NH2 M12 flat terminal 3NJ4131-3BF01 3NJ4133-3BF01
NH00/NH000 … NH4a (690 V)
1250 A 185 mm NH4a M16 × 60 stud terminal 3NJ5643-0BB00 –
NH00/NH000 … NH3 (690 V) for integratable current transformers
160 A 100 mm NH00/NH000 M8 flat terminal – 3NJ4103-3BF12
NH00/NH000 … NH3 (690 V) with electronic fuse monitoring EFM
160 A 100 mm NH00/NH000 M8 flat terminal – 3NJ4103-3CF02
250 A 185 mm NH1 M10 flat terminal – 3NJ4123-3CF01
NH00/NH000 … NH3 (690 V) for integratable current transformers, with electronic fuse monitoring EFM
250 A 185 mm NH1 M10 flat terminal – 3NJ4123-3CF11
NH3 (400 V) for secondary-side fusing of transformers and incoming block
1000 A 185 mm NH3 2× M12 flat terminal – 3NJ4153-3BF01
NH00/NH000, NH1 and NH3 (800 V)
63 A 100 mm NH00/NH000 1) M8 flat terminal – 3NJ4103-3DF02
185 mm NH00/NH000 M8 flat terminal – 3NJ4103-3DF01
160 A 185 mm NH1 M10 flat terminal – 3NJ4123-3DF01
315 A 185 mm NH3 M12 flat terminal – 3NJ4143-3DF01
1)
If mounted together with device sizes NH1 to NH3, a 3NJ5930-3BB adapter is required as an accessory to compensate for differences in height.
Note:
• Fixing screws for mounting on busbars must be ordered separately.

8/104 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
10
8
11
185
1
185
2 3 4
1
8
4
I201_20275
6
7
7
14 12
13
2
15
16
1 Busbar support 7 Unequipped section cover, 50 mm 13 Switch disconnector, NH3, with EFM
2 Lateral masking frame support 8 Adapter, 185 mm to 185 mm 14 Assembly kit, 2 x 240 mm²
3 Switch disconnector, NH1 9 Cover, spacer 15 Busbar connection assembly kit, 4 x 185 mm²
4 Switch disconnector, NH2 10 Switch disconnector, NH00, 100 mm 16 Cover, NH1-3
5 Coupling of operating handle 11 Adapter, 100 mm to 185 mm
6 Switch disconnector, NH00, 185 mm 12 Blanking cover, 633 x 100 mm

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/105
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
➒ Covers
• Additional touch protection when using cable lugs and as spacer
Size Busbar center-to-center spacing Version Article No.
NH00 100 mm Top and bottom 3NJ4912-1DA02
185 mm 100 mm for bottom 3NJ4912-1FA01
132 mm for top 3NJ4912-1FA00
⑯ NH1 … NH3 Connection for top and bottom 3NJ4912-1AA01
NH3 For double in-line disconnectors 3NJ4912-1EA00
Blanking covers
Version Length Width Busbar center-to-center spacing Article No.
For switchboard cutout 299 mm 50 mm 100 mm only 3NJ4912-2CA00
633 mm 50 mm 3NJ4912-2AA00
633 mm 100 mm 3NJ4912-2BA00
➋ Lateral masking frame supports

• 3 clips with T profile
Size Article No.
NH00 … NH3 3NJ4912-2DA00
Fixing clips
1 set = 4 units, including fixing accessories 3NJ4918-0AA00
➐ Unequipped section covers

Busbar center-to-center spacing Width Article No.
185 mm 50 mm 3NJ4912-3AA00
100 mm 3NJ4912-3BA01
100 mm 50 mm 3NJ4912-3CA00
Adapters for screw fixing on busbar systems

• Adapters for screw fixing on busbar systems with 185 mm busbar center-to-center spacing
• For mounting 2 fuse switch disconnectors
Version Fuse switch disconnectors Article No.
Adaptation to sizes 1 … 3 ⑧ From 100 mm to 185 mm 3NJ4918-0DA02
⑪ From 185 mm to 185 mm 3NJ5930-3BB
Adaptation to sizes 1 … 3, From 100 mm to 185 mm 3NJ4918-0DB02
with busbar terminal
Adapters for screw fixing on busbar systems
• For fitting one fuse switch disconnector (= 3 separate brackets)
Version Article No.
Adaptation of 100 mm to busbar system with 60 mm busbar center-to-center spacing 3NJ4918-0EA00
Fixing screws
• For fitting 3NJ4103 switch disconnectors with integratable current transformers onto adapters
1 set = 3 units 3NJ4918-0DC02
1)
Touch protection only suitable for 3NJ4103-3BF02
2)
Touch protection only suitable for 3NJ4101-3BF01 and 3NJ4103-3BF01

8/106 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
3NJ4101 3NJ4103 3NJ412 3NJ413 3NJ414 3NJ415 3NJ416 3NJ417 3NJ418
■ 1)
■ 2) ■ 2)
■ 2) ■ 2)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■
■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■
■ ■
■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/107
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
➊ Busbar supports
• For screwing on the busbars
Version Article No.
For 100 and 185 mm busbar center-to-center spacing 3NJ5974-0AB
Grounding kits
Version Article No.
With connecting cable 25 mm2 3NJ4910-1AA00
Busbar terminals
• Not for devices with transformer installation
Version Article No.
For each fuse switch disconnector, 3 units are required 3NJ4911-3AA00
For more rapid mounting of the switch disconnectors onto the busbars (1 set = 3 units) 3NJ4911-3BA01
Saddle terminals
• 1 set = 3 units
Cu 1.5 … 70 mm2 3NJ4911-4AA00
8
Prism terminal assembly kits
• 1 set = 3 units
Al/Cu 10 … 70 mm2 3NJ4911-1AA00
Box terminal assembly kits

• For connection to version with flat terminal
• 1 set = 3 units
Al/Cu 95 … 240 mm2 3NJ4911-2BQ00
Auxiliary switch mounting kits

• For 3-pole switchable switch disconnectors only
For NH00 … NH3 with connecting cables 1 CO 3NJ4913-1AA01
Mounting hook
• 1 per in-line disconnector required
Article No.
3NJ4918-1AA00
Distance compensation
Version Article No.
For NH00 3NJ4915-1BA00
For fuse switch disconnectors, with integratable current transformers if no current transformer is built in 3NJ4915-2BA00
Terminal strips
Article No.
3NJ4915-1CA00
1)
Not for fuse switch disconnectors with fuse monitoring

8/108 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ 1)
8
■ ■ 1)
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■
■ ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/109
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Busbar connection assembly kits for NH2 and NH3
• With flat terminals
Screws Conductor cross-section Article No.
M12 2× 240 mm2 3NJ4911-5AA00
2× 300 mm2/3× 120 mm2 3NJ4911-5BA00
M16 1× 400 mm2 3NJ4911-5CA00
Busbar connection assembly kits for NH3
Version Conductor cross-section Article No.
For NH3 as double in-line disconnectors 3× 300 mm2/⑮ 4× 185 mm2 3NJ4911-6AA00
4× 240 mm2 3NJ4911-6BA00
⑤ Mechanical coupling of operating handles 3NJ4911-6CA00

Fuses NH3
• Minimum order quantity 3 units
Version Article No.
For protection of transformers, 630 kVA, 909 A 3NJ4914-8AA00
Isolating blades NH3

Rated operational current Ie Article No.
1250 A 3NJ4914-8BA00
8 Current transformers .../1 A
Rated primary current Ipr Accuracy class Rated power Pn Article No.
100/1 A 0.5 1.5 VA 3NJ4915-1EA10
1 2.0 VA 3NJ4915-1EA20
150/1 A 0.5 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-1FA10
0.5 calibrated 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-1FA11
1 3.0 VA 3NJ4915-1FA20
75/1 A 1 1.5 VA 3NJ4915-2DA20
100/1 A 0.5 1.5 VA 3NJ4915-2EA10
1 2.0 VA 3NJ4915-2EA20
150/1 A 1 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2FA20
250/1 A 0.5 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2GA10
0.5 calibrated 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2GA11
1 5.0 VA 3NJ4915-2GA20
400/1 A 0.5 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2HA10
0.5 calibrated 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2HA11
1 5.0 VA 3NJ4915-2HA20
500/1 A 0.5 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2JA10
1 5.0 VA 3NJ4915-2JA20
600/1 A 0.5 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2KA10
0.5 calibrated 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2KA11
1 5.0 VA 3NJ4915-2KA20

8/110 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
8
■
■
■
■
■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/111
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Current transformers .../5 A
Rated primary current Ipr Accuracy class Rated power Pn Article No.
100/5 A 0.5 1.0 VA 3NJ4915-1EB10
1 1.5 VA 3NJ4915-1EB20
150/5 A 0.5 1.5 VA 3NJ4915-1FB10
0.5 calibrated 1.5 VA 3NJ4915-1FB11
1 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-1FB20
75/5 A 1 1.5 VA 3NJ4915-2DB20
100/5 A 0.5 1.0 VA 3NJ4915-2EB10
1 2.0 VA 3NJ4915-2EB20
150/5 A 0.5 1.5 VA 3NJ4915-2FB10
1 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2FB20
250/5 A 0.5 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2GB10
0.5 calibrated 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2GB11
1 3.75 VA 3NJ4915-2GB20
400/5 A 0.5 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2HB10
0.5 calibrated 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2HB11
1 3.75 VA 3NJ4915-2HB20
500/5 A 0.5 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2JB10
1 5.0 VA 3NJ4915-2JB20
600/5 A 0.5 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2KB10
8 0.5 calibrated 2.5 VA 3NJ4915-2KB11
1 5.0 VA 3NJ4915-2KB20

8/112 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
■
■
■
■
■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ 8
■ ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/113
© Siemens 2023
5SG76 fuse switch disconnectors

System overview
1P 1P+N 2P 3P 3P+N
8/114 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023

I201_20443
I201_20444
I201_20445
I201_20447
I201_20446
Fuse size Rated current In Mounting width Mounting width Mounting width Mounting width Mounting width
1 MW 2 MW 2 MW 3 MW 4 MW
D01 6 A 1) 5SG7611-0KK06 – – 5SG7631-0KK06 –
10 A 5SG7611-0KK10 – – 5SG7631-0KK10 –
16 A 5SG7611-0KK16 5SG7651-0KK16 5SG7621-0KK16 5SG7631-0KK16 5SG7661-0KK16
1)
For 2 A, 4 A, 6 A fuses
8
Note:
No NEOZED adapter sleeves are required for this type series

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/115
© Siemens 2023
Switch Disconnectors | Switch disconnectors with fuses
Switch disconnectors with fuses

3KF LV HRC
Size 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 5
Basic data
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800
For fuse links acc. to IEC 60269-2 000 and 00 0 and 1 1 and 2 2 and 3
Rated operational voltage Ue At 50/60 Hz AC V AC 690
At DC – 2 conducting paths V DC 220
in series
At DC – 3 conducting paths V DC 440
in series
At DC V DC –
Rated operational current Ie 1) At AC-21A | AC-21B at 400 V A 32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800
At AC-21A | AC-21B at 500 V A – – – – – – – – –
At AC-21A | AC-21B at 690 V A 32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800
At AC-22A | AC-22B at 400 V A 32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800
At AC-22A | AC-22B at 500 V A – – – – – – – – –
At AC-22A | AC-22B at 690 V A 32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800
8 At AC-23A | AC-23B at 400 V A 32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800
At AC-23A | AC-23B at 500 V A – – – – – – – – –
At AC-23A | AC-23B at 690 V A 32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800
At DC-21A | DC-21B at 48 V A – – – – – – – – –
At DC-21A | DC-21B at 65 V A – – – – – – – – –
At DC-21A | DC-21B at 110 V A – – – – – – – – –
At DC-21A | DC-21B at 130 V A – – – – – – – – –
At DC-21A | DC-21B at 220 V A 32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800
At DC-21A | DC-21B at 400 V A – – – – – – – – –
At DC-21A | DC-21B at 440 V A 32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800
At DC-22A | DC-22B at 48 V A – – – – – – – – –
At DC-22A | DC-22B at 65 V A – – – – – – – – –
At DC-22A | DC-22B at 110 V A – – – – – – – – –
At DC-22A | DC-22B at 130 V A – – – – – – – – –
At DC-22A | DC-22B at 220 V A 32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800
At DC-22A | DC-22B at 400 V A – – – – – – – – –
At DC-22A | DC-22B at 440 V A 32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800
At DC-23A | DC-23B at 48 V A – – – – – – – – –
At DC-23A | DC-23B at 110 V A – – – – – – – – –
At DC-23A | DC-23B at 220 V A 32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800
At DC-23A | DC-23B at 400 V A – – – – – – – – –
At DC-23A | DC-23B at 440 V A 32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800
Motor switching capacity 2) At AC-23A at 400 V kW 15 30 37 55 90 132 220 355 400
At AC-23A at 500 V kW 18.5 37 55 75 110 160 280 400 560
At AC-23A at 690 V kW 30 55 75 110 132 250 400 630 800
Rated conditional short-circuit current At 400/500 V AC kA 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
with upstream fuse 3) At 690 V AC kA 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 80 80
Let-through current Ic At 400/500 V AC kA 11.8 11.8 11.8 18 18 33.7 37.1 77.4 77.4
of usable fuses, max. 3) At 690 V AC kA 11.5 11.5 11.5 25.5 25.5 37.7 47 65 65
Let-through current I2t value At 400/500 V AC kA2s 34 34 34 223 223 1500 2150 10400 10400
of usable fuses, max. 3) At 690 V AC kA2s 55 55 55 360 360 940 2600 7000 7000
Maximum power loss of the usable fuses (per fuse) W 6.5 7.5 8.5 11 12 25.5 34 48 60
Maximum IP degree of protection (with a rotary operating mechanism) IP65
Maximum IP degree of protection –
1)
Values valid even at +10% line voltage tolerance in case of AC 3)
Valid for combination of 3KF and fuse type 3NA/3ND, characteristic gG/aM
2)
Values are provided as a guide only and may vary depending on the make of motor
8/116 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Switch disconnectors with fuses | Switch Disconnectors
3KF SITOR 3NJ63 5SG7
1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 00 00 00 00 1 2 3 3 5SG71. 5SG7230 5SG7234.
32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 – – – – – – – – 63 63 63

000 and 00 0 and 1 1 and 2 2 and 3 000 and 00 1 1 and 2 2 and 3 D02 D02 D02
690 500 … 690 690 230 … 690 400, 415 400 400
220 230 … 440 230 … 440 – 130 110 –
440 – – – – – – –
– – – – – 65 – –
32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 – – – – – – – – – – –

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 – – – – – – – – – – –
32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – 160 – – – 630 – – –
32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 – – 125 – 250 400 500 – – | 35 – – | 63
32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 – – – – – – – – – 63 | – – 8
– – – – – – – – – – – – 160 – – – 630 – – –
32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 63 100 125 – 250 400 500 – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – | 63 –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 63 – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 63 – –
32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 – – – – 250 400 – 630 – – | 63 –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – | 63 – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – | 63 – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – | 63 – –
32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 – – – – – – – – – | 63 – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 – – – 160 250 400 – 630 – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
32 63 80 125 160 250 400 630 800 – – – – – – – – – – –
15 30 37 55 90 132 220 355 400 – – – – – – – – – – –
18.5 37 55 75 110 160 280 400 560 – – – – – – – – – – –
30 55 75 110 132 250 400 630 800 – – – – – – – – – – –
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 – 50/– 50/– 50/–
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 80 80 60 … 100 kArms – – –
11.8 11.8 11.8 18 18 33.7 37.1 77.4 77.4 – – – –
11.5 11.5 11.5 25.5 25.5 37.7 47 65 65 – – – –
34 34 34 223 223 1500 2150 10400 10400 – – – –
55 55 55 360 360 940 2600 7000 7000 – – – –
7 8 12 20 26 36 55 68 85 – 5.5 5.5 5.5
IP65 IP41 – – –
– – IP20 – –
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/117

© Siemens 2023
Switch disconnectors with fuses

Quick selection guide (continued)
3KF LV HRC
Size 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 5
Basic data
Certification according to UL standard – – – – – – – – –
In acc. to UL 508 A – – – – – – – – –
Ue acc. to UL 508 – – – – – – – – –
Operational power, 3-phase At 240 V kA – – – – – – – – –
At 480 V kA – – – – – – – – –
At 600 V kA – – – – – – – – –
Short circuit current rating (SCCR) – – – – – – – – –
Fuse type – – – – – – – – –
Further information
8 See page 8/128
Technical specifications Configuration in SIMARIS
8/118 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
3KF SITOR 3NJ63 5SG7
1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 00 00 00 00 1 2 3 3 5SG71. 5SG7230 5SG7234.
UL 508 – – – – – – – – – – –
32 56 56 125 125 500 320 530 530 – – – – – – – – – – –
600 – – – – – – – – – – –
10 15 15 25 30 60 100 125 150 – – – – – – – – – – –

25 30 40 60 75 150 250 300 300 – – – – – – – – – – –
30 40 40 50 50 1255 250 300 350 – – – – – – – – – – –
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 – – – – – – – – – – –
K-1, K-1, K-1, K-1, K-1, K-1, K-1, K-1, K-1, – – – – – – – – – – –
RK1, RK1, RK1, RK1, RK1, RK1, J, RK1, RK1, J, RK1, J,
CC, J, CC, J, CC, J, J, T J, T T CC, J, T T
T T T T
See page 8/120 See page 8/136 See page 8/144 8

Configuration in SIMARIS Configuration in SIMARIS Configuration in SIMARIS
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/119

© Siemens 2023
3KF switch disconnectors with fuses

System overview
Front operating Front operating

mechanisms, 3-pole mechanisms, 4-pole
Basic units
Front operating Front operating Lateral operating mecha- Lateral operating mecha- 3KF SITOR
mechanisms, 3-pole mechanisms, 4-pole nisms, 3-pole nisms, 4-pole
8 Additional poles
4th contact elements N terminals N/PE terminals Auxiliary switch modules
Direct operating Door-coupling rotary opera- Handles for door-coupling Further accessories for door-coupling
mechanisms ting mechanisms rotary operating mechanisms rotary operating mechanisms
Further accessories and spare parts
Auxiliary switches Fuse monitoring Terminal covers Mounting elements Fuse covers
Note:
8/120 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
General information

sie.ag/2UlrAvy
100
8
%
80
The 3KF switch disconnector with fuses is suitable for all fuses with LV HRC design in sizes 000 to 3 that comply
with IEC 60269-2. These include fuses for cable and line protection and motor protection.
60
Fuses for semiconductor protection (Siemens trademark SITOR) can also be used. However, some of these fuses
40
have substantially higher power losses than fuses according to IEC 60269-2. This means that the load current
has to be reduced until the value that is permissible in the switch disconnector with fuses is not exceeded.
20
For use of Siemens semiconductor fuses (SITOR), ready-made derating tables are available in the
I201_12646
linked document.
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Load current %

Types of mounting information under:
sie.ag/2UlrAvy
Floor mounting DIN rail

I201_19580
I201_19581
All 3KF switch disconnectors with fuses Size 1 can be snapped onto a DIN rail (TH35 according to EN 60715)
are designed for floor mounting. as an alternative mounting method.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/121

© Siemens 2023

General information

Electrical connection information under:
sie.ag/2UlrAvy
Box terminals Flat terminals Flat terminals at rear
I201_19585
I201_19579
I201_19572

NN
/N
/N
The box terminals for size 1 (32 A … 80 A) Sizes 2 … 5 are available with flat terminals, Sizes 1 and 2 (32 A, 63 A and 125 A) are
are designed to allow the rapid connection for the connection of cable lugs or available with rear flat terminals, for the
of stripped conductors. busbar systems. connection of cable lugs or busbar systems.
Auxiliary switch modules You will find further

and auxiliary switches information under:
sie.ag/2UlrAvy
Size 1 Sizes 2 … 5
I201_19571
I201_19568
1
1 Auxiliary switch,
2
2 leading
1 2 Auxiliary switch,
1 simultaneous
The auxiliary switches used for size 1 are microswitches For sizes 2 … 5, the auxiliary switches are directly attached to the
(changeover contacts), which can be snapped into an auxiliary switch operating mechanism module. The auxiliary switch with the leading
module. This auxiliary switch module is mounted on the side of the switching function is always installed in the right-hand mounting
switch disconnector with fuses in the same way as an additional pole. location. The other locations are provided for simultaneously switching
A maximum of two microswitches can be installed in each with the main contacts. Auxiliary switches with spring-type terminals
auxiliary switch module. from the 3SU1 program can also be used.

8/122 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Differentiation 3KF SITOR and You will find further

derating tables for SITOR fuses information under:
sie.ag/2UlrAvy
Size 1 Sizes 2 … 5
SITOR semiconductor fuse data Permissible load currents of fuse when installed in
Type 3KF NH Type 3KF SITOR

Type Rated Rated Opera- Size Power- 32 A 63 A 80 A 125 A 160 A 32 A 63 A 80 A 125 A 160 A
current voltage tional loss PV
class
In
A V AC W A A A A A A A A A A
3NE1802-0 40 690 gS 000 3 32.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 32.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0
3NE1803-0 35 690 gS 000 3.5 32.0 35.0 35.0 35.0 35.0 32.0 35.0 35.0 35.0 35.0
3NE1813-0 16 690 gS 000 4 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0
3NE1814-0 20 690 gS 000 5 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
3NE1815-0 25 690 gS 000 5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
3NE1817-0 50 690 gS 000 6 32.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 32.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
3NE1818-0 63 690 gS 000 7 32.0 63.0 63.0 63.0 63.0 32.0 63.0 63.0 63.0 63.0
3NE1820-0 80 690 gS 000 8 32.0 63.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 32.0 63.0 80.0 80.0 80.0
3NE1020-2 80 690 gR 00 10 32.0 63.0 76.0 80.0 80.0 32.0 63.0 76.0 80.0 80.0
3NE1021-0 100 690 gS 00 10 32.0 63.0 80.0 100.0 100.0 32.0 63.0 80.0 100.0 100.0
3NE1021-2 100 690 gR 00 12 32.0 63.0 80.0 96.0 100.0 32.0 63.0 80.0 100.0 100.0
3NE1022-0 125 690 gS 00 11 32.0 63.0 80.0 125.0 125.0 32.0 63.0 80.0 125.0 125.0
3NE1022-2 125 690 gR 00 13 32.0 63.0 80.0 118.8 120.0 32.0 63.0 80.0 118.8 120.0
3NE8015-1 25 690 gR 00 7 24.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
3NE8003-1 35 690 gR 00 9 32.0 35.0 34.0 35.0 35.0 32.0 35.0 35.0 35.0 35.0
3NE8017-1 50 690 gR 00 14 32.0 40.0 42.5 46.0 47.5 32.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
3NE8018-1 63 690 gR 00 16 32.0 48.5 50.4 55.4 57.3 32.0 60.0 60.0 63.0 63.0
3NE8020-1 80 690 aR 00 19 32.0 57.6 60.8 66.4 68.8 32.0 63.0 68.0 80.0 80.0
3NE8021-1 100 690 aR 00 22 32.0 63.0 60.0 79.0 82.0 32.0 63.0 68.0 100.0 100.0
I201_20559
3NE8022-1 125 690 aR 00 28 32.0 63.0 70.0 90.0 92.5 32.0 63.0 75.0 125.0 125.0
3NE8024-1 160 690 aR 00 38 --- 63.0 80.0 100.8 104.0 32.0 63.0 80.0 125.0 140.0
3KF SITOR is a variation of the proven switch disconnector with Siemens provides you with pretested load currents of the
3KF LV HRC fuses and provides optimized heat dissipation and SITOR semiconductor fuses for installation in the 3KF SITOR.
permits the use of fuses with substantially higher power losses. The derating tables are provided both for IEC constraints and
All 3KF SITOR types are approved according to UL508. for UL constraints and are intended to help you with selection.
The permissible load faults for the 3KF LV HRC were calculated
from the test results of the 3KF SITOR.
8

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/123
© Siemens 2023

Mounting concept and accessories 3KF
Front operating mechanism left, size 1, 3/4-pole
ಮ
5 ಮ
5 ಮ
5 ಮ
5
and and if 4 and if 4a and
3 or 4a
4
or
33
2 or
4a
4a
2 or
and and and and

Legend
1 or
1 or
2 N/PE terminal
and and if 4 and and if 4a and
4 Auxiliary switch module, leading, with
ಮ
5 ಮ
5
ಱ
8 ಮ
5 ಮ
5 test function 2)
4a Auxiliary switch module
for auxiliary switches 2)
or
5 Auxiliary switch
ಲ
9
mechanism
8
I201_20494
1)
Only for 3-pole 3K, max. 1×
2)
Max. 1×
Front operating mechanism center, size 1, 3/4-pole
5 5 5 5
and and if 4a and if 4a and

3 or 4a
3 or 4a

4a
4a
2 or
2 or
and and and and

Legend
1 or
1 or
2 N/PE terminal
and and if 4a and and if 4a and
5 5 8 5 5 for auxiliary switches 2)
5 Auxiliary switch
or
9 Door-coupling rotary
operating mechanism
9 1) Only for 3-pole 3K, max. 1x
2)
Max. 1x
I201_20495

8/124 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Front operating mechanism center or left, sizes 2 to 5, 3/4-pole
6 or 7 6 or 7 6 or 7
and and and
3
3
or
or
optional optional
and
2
2
and
Legend
or
or
1
1
2 N/PE terminal
and and and 5 Auxiliary switch 2)
6 or 7 6 or 7 6 or 7 6 Phase barrier
and and 7 Terminal cover
5 8 9 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
or
1)
Only for 3-pole 3K, max. 1x
2)
Max. 4x
9 8
I201_20496

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/125
© Siemens 2023

Mounting concept and accessories 3KF
Lateral operating mechanism left, size 1, 3/4-pole
5 5
Legend
and if 4a and 1 Neutral conductor terminal
2 N/PE terminal
3 or 4a
4a Auxiliary switch module for
optional optional auxiliary switches 2)
9
4a
and
2 or
and and 5 Auxiliary switch
mechanism
1 or
10 Lateral auxiliary switch module
and and if 4a and 1)

2)
Max. 1×
I201_20497
10 5 5
Lateral operating mechanism left, sizes 2 to 5, 3/4-pole
6 or 7 6 or 7
and and
Legend
3
2 N/PE terminal
2 or
optional 3 4th contact element 1)

9 and
and
1 or
6 Phase barrier
7 Terminal cover
and and
operating mechanism
6 or 7 6 or 7
1)
Only for 3-pole 3K, max. 1x
and
2)
Max. 4x
I201_20498

8/126 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Lateral operating mechanism right, size 1, 3/4-pole
Legend
5 5
and and if 4a 2 N/PE terminal
3 or 4a

for auxiliary switches 2)
5 Auxiliary switch
optional optional
9
4a
and
2 or
and and 9 Door-coupling rotary operating

mechanism
10 Lateral auxiliary switch module
1 or
1)
2)
Max. 1×
and and if 4a and
I201_20499
5 5 10
Lateral operating mechanism right, sizes 2 to 5, 3/4-pole
6 or 7 6 or 7
and and
Legend
2 N/PE terminal
3

2 or
optional
and 9 5 Auxiliary switch 2)
and
6 Phase barrier
1 or
7 Terminal cover
operating mechanism
and and
1)
6 or 7 6 or 7 2)
Max. 4×
and
I201_20500

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/127
© Siemens 2023

3KF LV HRC switch disconnectors
Complete units with direct operating mechanisms Basic units without handle
Front operating mechanisms, Front operating mechanisms, Front operating mechanism,
left left center
Size Uninterrupted
current Iu
Box terminals
1 32 A 3KF1303-2LB11 3KF1403-2LB11 3KF1303-0LB11 3KF1403-0LB11 3KF1303-0MB11
63 A 3KF1306-2LB11 3KF1406-2LB11 3KF1306-0LB11 3KF1406-0LB11 3KF1306-0MB11
80 A 3KF1308-2LB11 3KF1408-2LB11 3KF1308-0LB11 3KF1408-0LB11 3KF1308-0MB11
Flat terminals at rear
1 32 A – – – – 3KF1303-0MR11
8 2
63 A
125 A
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3KF1306-0MR11
3KF2312-0MR11
Flat terminals
2 125 A 3KF2312-2LF11 3KF2412-2LF11 3KF2312-0LF11 3KF2412-0LF11 3KF2312-0MF11
160 A 3KF2316-2LF11 3KF2416-2LF11 3KF2316-0LF11 3KF2416-0LF11 3KF2316-0MF11
800 A 3KF5380-2LF11 3KF5480-2LF11 3KF5380-0LF11 3KF5480-0LF11 3KF5380-0MF11
Note:
• NH00 and NH000: For 3KF sizes 1 and 2
• NH1 and NH0: For 3KF size 3
• For 3KF with lateral operating mechanism (left or right), only door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms without "Test" can be used.
the basic units are to be used for this purpose.

8/128 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Lateral operating mechanism, Lateral operating mechanism,

left right
4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
3KF1403-0MB11 3KF1303-4LB11 3KF1403-4LB11 3KF1303-4RB11 3KF1403-4RB11

– – – – –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
8
3KF2412-0MF11 3KF2312-4LF11 3KF2412-4LF11 3KF2312-4RF11 3KF2412-4RF11


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/129
© Siemens 2023

3KF SITOR switch disconnectors
Basic units without handle

Front operating mechanism Front operating mechanism
Left Center
Size Uninterrupted current Iu

Box terminals
1 32 A 3KF1303-0LB51 –
63 A 3KF1306-0LB51 –
80 A 3KF1308-0LB51 –
Flat terminals
2 125 A – 3KF2312-0MF51
160 A – 3KF2316-0MF51
3 250 A – 3KF3325-0MF51
8 4 400 A – 3KF4340-0MF51
5 630 A – 3KF5363-0MF51
800 A – 3KF5380-0MF51
Note:
• Use of standard LV HRC fuses gG, gL, aM in 3KF SITOR is possible without restriction

8/130 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR switch disconnectors
Additional poles
Note:
• Additional poles (4th contact element, N or N/PE terminal) must always be mounted directly adjacent to the switch disconnector on the left or right.
Accordingly, an auxiliary switch module must not be mounted between the basic unit and an additional pole on size 1.
• For installation, it is important to note that only a 3-pole 3KF switch disconnector may be retrofitted with an additional switching pole with contact system
(4th contact element).
4th contact element (switching pole) for 3KF LV HRC

Box terminals 3KF9105-2AA00 ■
Flat terminals at rear 3KF9105-1AA00 ■
3KF9205-1AA00 ■
Flat terminals 3KF9205-0AA00 ■
3KF9305-0AA00 ■
3KF9405-0AA00 ■
3KF9505-0AA00 ■
4th contact element (switching pole) for 3KF SITOR
Box terminals 3KF9105-2BA00 ■
Flat terminals 3KF9205-0BA00 ■
3KF9305-0BA00 ■
3KF9405-0BA00
3KF9505-0BA00
■
■
8
Neutral conductor terminals with removable jumper, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR
3KF9206-1AA00 ■
3KF9306-0AA00 ■
3KF9406-0AA00 ■
3KF9506-0AA00 ■
N/PE terminals with permanent jumper, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR
3KF9206-6AA00 ■
3KF9306-7AA00 ■
3KF9406-7AA00 ■
3KF9506-7AA00 ■
Operating mechanisms Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5
Direct operating mechanisms, for 3KF LV HRC

Can be locked with up to 3 padlocks Gray 3KF9101-1AA00 ■
3KF9201-1AA00 ■
3KF9301-1AA00 ■
3KF9401-1AA00 ■
3KF9501-1AA00 ■
Red/yellow 3KF9101-2AA00 ■
3KF9201-2AA00 ■
3KF9301-2AA00 ■
3KF9401-2AA00 ■
3KF9501-2AA00 ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/131
© Siemens 2023

Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR
− Handle with masking plate
− Coupling driver with tolerance compensation
− Shaft 300 mm
Test – O – I Gray 8UD1171-2AF21 ■
8UD1141-2AF21 ■
8UD1141-3AF21 ■
8UD1151-3AF21 ■
8UD1161-4AF21 ■
Red/yellow 8UD1171-2AF25 ■
8UD1141-2AF25 ■
8UD1141-3AF25 ■
8UD1151-3AF25 ■
8UD1161-4AF25 ■
Handles, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR
Inscription Lighting Color Article No.
O–I Without Gray 8UD1771-2AD01 ■
8 8UD1841-2AD01 ■ ■
8UD1851-3AD01 ■
8UD1861-4AD01 ■
Red/yellow 8UD1771-2AD05 ■
8UD1841-2AD05 ■ ■
8UD1851-3AD05 ■
8UD1861-4AD05 ■
With Gray 8UD1771-2CD01 ■
8UD1841-2CD01 ■ ■
8UD1851-3CD01 ■
8UD1861-4CD01 ■
Red/yellow 8UD1771-2CD05 ■
8UD1841-2CD05 ■ ■
8UD1851-3CD05 ■
8UD1861-4CD05 ■
Test – O – I Without Gray 8UD1771-2AF01 ■
8UD1841-2AF01 ■ ■
8UD1851-3AF01 ■
8UD1861-4AF01 ■
Red/yellow 8UD1771-2AF05 ■
8UD1841-2AF05 ■ ■
8UD1851-3AF05 ■
8UD1861-4AF05 ■
With Gray 8UD1771-2CF01 ■
8UD1841-2CF01 ■ ■
8UD1851-3CF01 ■
8UD1861-4CF01 ■
Red/yellow 8UD1771-2CF05 ■
8UD1841-2CF05 ■ ■
8UD1851-3CF05 ■
8UD1861-4CF05 ■

8/132 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Extension shaft, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR

• A shaft jack is required for the 8UD1 handle when
the 600 mm long shaft is used and for sizes 1 and 2
Length Article No.
300 mm 8UC6032 ■ ■
8UC6033 ■ ■
8UC6034 ■
600 mm 8UC6082 ■ ■
8UC6083 ■ ■
8UC6084 ■
Shaft jack for 8UD1 handle, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR
Version Article No.
For shaft 600 mm 8UD1900-0FA00 ■ ■
Coupling drivers, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR

Version Article No.
With tolerance compensation 8UD1900-2GA00 ■
8UD1900-6GA00 ■
8UD1900-3GA00 ■ ■
8UD1900-4GA00 ■
Without tolerance compensation 8UD1900-2HA00
8UD1900-6HA00
■
■
8
8UD1900-3HA00 ■ ■
8UD1900-4HA00 ■
Adapters for shafts, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR
Shaft size Article No.
8 × 8 mm 8UC6022 ■ ■
10 × 10 mm 8UC6023 ■ ■
12 × 12 mm 8UC6024 ■
Further accessories and spare parts Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5
Auxiliary switch modules, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR

• Auxiliary switch modules are supplied without auxiliary switches
• The 3KF9112-0AB00 mounting bracket is additionally required for
mounting the auxiliary switch modules with the rear terminal
• The 3KD9103-6 and 3KD9103-7 auxiliary switch modules and
those with a leading NO contact can only be used with 3KF if
they have the operating mechanism on the front or on the left
Type Article No.
Standard version 3KD9103-5 ■
With test function 3KD9103-6 ■
With leading NO and test function 3KD9103-7 ■
Mounting brackets for auxiliary switch modules, for 3KF size 1 with rear terminals
• For mounting auxiliary switch modules on
3KF switch disconnectors with rear terminal
Article No.
3KF9112-0AB00 ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/133
© Siemens 2023

Auxiliary switches, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR
• Auxiliary switches for sizes 2 to 5 have a screw terminal and are
mounted on the 3KF operating mechanism module. Auxiliary
switches with spring-type terminals from the 3SU1 program can
also be used.
• All auxiliary switches for sizes 2 to 5 can be used as leading
auxiliary switches, depending on the mounting position of the
auxiliary switch (see operating instructions).
With connecting cables 1 CO Standard 3KD9103-1 ■
Solid-state compatible 3KD9103-3 ■
Without connecting cables 1 CO Standard 3KD9103-2 ■
Solid-state compatible 3KD9103-4 ■
1 NO Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1BA0 ■ ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1LA0 ■ ■ ■ ■
1 NC Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1CA0 ■ ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1MA0 ■ ■ ■ ■
1 NO + 1 NC Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1FA0 ■ ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1QA0 ■ ■ ■ ■
2 NO Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1DA0 ■ ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1NA0 ■ ■ ■ ■
2 NC Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1EA0 ■ ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1PA0 ■ ■ ■ ■
Electronic fuse monitoring, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR
Version Article No.
8 For remote display of tripped fuses 3KF9010-1AA00 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Phase barriers, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR

3KD9408-6 ■ ■
3KD9508-6 ■
3KD9408-8 ■ ■
3KD9508-8 ■
Terminal covers, for 3KF LV HRC
Version Scope of supply Type Article No.
For 3-pole devices 6 units Standard version 3KF9204-6 ■
3KF9304-6 ■
3KF9404-6 ■
3KD9504-6 ■
Short version 3KF9204-7 ■
3KF9304-7 ■
3KF9404-7 ■
For 4-pole devices 8 units Standard version 3KF9204-8 ■
3KF9304-8 ■
3KF9404-8 ■
3KD9504-8 ■
3KF9304-5 ■
3KF9404-5 ■
Spare part for terminal covers (4th contact element), for 3KF LV HRC
3KF9304-1 ■
3KF9404-1 ■
6 units Standard version 3KF9204-6 ■
3KF9304-6 ■
3KF9404-6 ■
Spare part for terminal covers (N and N/PE terminal), for 3KF LV HRC
3KD9404-1 ■ ■
3KD9404-6 ■ ■

8/134 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Blocking pin test function, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR
• Enables permanent deactivation of the test function for
auxiliary switches
• It is installed in the operating mechanism module of the
3KF switch disconnector
10 units 3KF9112-1AA00 ■
3KF9412-1AA00 ■ ■
3KF9512-1AA00 ■
Mounting brackets, for 3KF LV HRC
• The 3KF9112-0AB00 mounting bracket is needed if an
auxiliary switch module is mounted on a 3KF1 with rear terminals
Box terminals, flat terminals 3KF9112-0AA00 ■
3KF9212-0AA00 ■
Flat terminals at rear 3KF9212-0AB00 ■ ■
Mounting brackets, for 3KF SITOR
Box terminals, flat terminals 3KF9112-0AA10 ■
3KF9212-0AA10 ■
Mounting brackets, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR 8

Flat terminals 3KF9412-0AA00 ■ ■
3KF9512-0AA00 ■
Slides, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR

For mounting on 5 units 3KF9112-0BA00 ■
DIN rail
Fuse covers, for 3KF LV HRC

Box terminals, flat terminals 3KF9112-0CA00 ■
3KF9212-0CA00 ■
3KF9312-0CA00 ■
3KF9412-0CA00 ■
3KF9512-0CA00 ■
Flat terminals at rear 3KF9212-0CB00 ■
NH 000 NH 00 NH 1 NH 2 NH 3
LV HRC isolating blades, for 3KF LV HRC and 3KF SITOR
Version Article No.
With insulated grip lugs 3NG1002 ■ ■
3NG1202 ■
3NG1302 ■
3NG1402 ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/135
© Siemens 2023
3NJ63 switch disconnectors with fuses

System overview
Fuse links
For LV HRC fuses
Accessories
Connection terminals Auxiliary switches Current transformers Ammeters Guide rails

and covers
Note:
8 You will find a detailed range of accessories with the basic units.
8/136 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
General information

sie.ag/2UlrAvy
100
8
%
80
60
40
20
I201_12646
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Load current %
The 3NJ63 switch disconnector with fuses is suitable for all fuses with LV HRC design in sizes 000 to 3 that comply with IEC 60269-2, including fuses for
cable and line protection.

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/137
© Siemens 2023

Configuration
For a complete and valid configuration of your switch disconnectors with fuses, please use our online
configurator at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/3nj63-configurator
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3NJ63 – A 0 –
Size and LV HRC fuse 00 160 A 0

type of fuse 1 250 A 1
2 400 A 2
3 630 A 3

3-pole 3
4-pole 1) 4
Breaking capacity AC-22B 1) Manually operated 1

Motorized operating mechanism 2
AC-23A, Manually operated 3
DC-23B Motorized operating mechanism 4
8
Electronic fuse Without A
monitoring ≤ 690 V AC Operate voltage < 20 V EFM10 B
≤ 690 V AC Operate voltage < 13 V EFM20 C
with line monitoring
≤ 440 V DC Operate voltage < 20 V EFM25 E
Auxiliary switches Without 0

1 NC 1
1 NO 2
1 NO + 1 NC 3
1)
4-pole only in AC-22B

8/138 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3NJ63 – –
Type of ammeter Without 0

Moving iron 1
Bi-metal 2
Wiring version of the Without A

current transformer 1 current transformer to multi-function plug B
3 current transformers to multi-function plug C
1 current transformer to 1 ammeter D
1 current transformer to 1 ammeter and multi-function plug E
3 current transformers to 1 ammeter and multi-function plug F
Current transformer Without A

primary current 50 A B
100 A D
150 A E 8
200 A F
250 A G
300 A H
400 A J
500 A K
600 A L
Current transformer Without Without accuracy class 0

secondary current 1A Accuracy class 1 1
1A Accuracy class 0.5 2
1A Accuracy class 0.5 calibrated 3
5A Accuracy class 1 4
5A Accuracy class 0.5 5
5A Accuracy class 0.5 calibrated 6

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/139
© Siemens 2023

Accessories
NH00 NH1 NH2 NH3
Terminals
Type Article No.
For 2/3-pole devices 3NJ6923-1BA00 ■
3NJ6933-1BA00 ■
3NJ6943-1CA00 ■ ■
For 4-pole devices 3NJ6924-1BA00 ■
3NJ6934-1BA00 ■
3NJ6944-1CA00 ■ ■
Terminal covers
For 2/3-pole – 3NJ6923-1DA00 ■
devices 3NJ6933-1DA01 ■
3NJ6943-1DA00 ■ ■
As an internal terminal cover 3NJ6933-1DB00 ■
For 4-pole devices 3NJ6904-1DA00 ■ ■ ■ ■
Contact extensions
3-pole 3NJ6923-1EB00 ■
3NJ6933-1EB00 ■
3NJ6943-1EB00 ■ ■
8 4-pole 3NJ6924-1EB00 ■
3NJ6934-1EB00 ■
3NJ6944-1EB00 ■ ■
Electronic fuse monitoring and line monitoring devices
EFM 10 With line monitoring for AC networks 3NJ6920-3FB00 ■
3NJ6930-3FB00 ■
3NJ6940-3FB00 ■ ■
EFM 20 With line monitoring for AC networks 3NJ6920-3FC00 ■
3NJ6930-3FC00 ■
3NJ6940-3FC00 ■ ■
EFM 25 With line monitoring for AC networks 3NJ6920-3FE00 ■
3NJ6930-3FE00 ■
3NJ6940-3FE00 ■ ■
Auxiliary switches
Contacts Version Article No.
1 NO With cover 3NJ6920-2BB00 ■
3NJ6930-2BB00 ■
3NJ6940-2BB00 ■ ■
Without cover 3NJ6900-2BC00 ■ ■ ■ ■
1 NC With cover 3NJ6920-2CB00 ■
3NJ6930-2CB00 ■
3NJ6940-2CB00 ■ ■
Without cover 3NJ6900-2CC00 ■ ■ ■ ■

8/140 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
NH00 NH1 NH2 NH3
Current transformers for main devices and contact extensions

Rated current Ipr Class Apparent power Feed-through Article No.
consumption opening diameter
50 A/1 A 1 1 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6920-3BB11 ■ ■
50 A/5 A 1 1 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6920-3BB21 ■ ■
100 A/1 A 1 2.5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6920-3BD11 ■ ■
0.5 1.5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6920-3BD12 ■ ■
0.5 calibrated 1.5 VA ∅ 14 mm 3NJ6920-3BD13 ■
∅ 15.2 mm 3NJ6930-3BD13 ■
100 A/5 A 1 2.5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6920-3BD21 ■ ■
0.5 1.5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6920-3BD22 ■ ■
0.5 calibrated 1.5 VA ∅ 14 mm 3NJ6920-3BD23 ■
∅ 15.2 mm 3NJ6930-3BD23 ■
150 A/1 A 1 2.5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6920-3BE11 ■ ■
0.5 1.5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6920-3BE12 ■ ■
0.5 calibrated 1.5 VA ∅ 14 mm 3NJ6920-3BE13 ■
2.5 VA ∅ 15.2 mm 3NJ6930-3BE13 ■
150 A/5 A 1 2.5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6920-3BE21 ■ ■
0.5 1.5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6920-3BE22 ■ ■
0.5 calibrated 1.5 VA ∅ 14 mm 3NJ6920-3BE23 ■
2.5 VA ∅ 15.2 mm 3NJ6930-3BE23 ■
200 A/1 A 1 2.5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6930-3BF11 ■ 8
0.5 3.75 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6930-3BF12 ■
0.5 calibrated 2.5 VA ∅ 14 mm 3NJ6930-3BF13 ■
200 A/5 A 1 2.5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6930-3BF21 ■
0.5 5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6930-3BF22 ■
0.5 calibrated 2.5 VA ∅ 14 mm 3NJ6930-3BF23 ■
250 A/1 A 1 5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6930-3BG11 ■
0.5 5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6930-3BG12 ■
0.5 calibrated 2.5 VA ∅ 14 mm 3NJ6930-3BG13 ■
250 A/5 A 1 2.5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6930-3BG21 ■
0.5 2.5 VA ∅ 21 mm 3NJ6930-3BG22 ■
0.5 calibrated 2.5 VA ∅ 14 mm 3NJ6930-3BG23 ■
300 A/1 A 1 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BH11 ■ ■
0.5 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BH12 ■ ■
0.5 calibrated 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BH13 ■ ■
300 A/5 A 1 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BH21 ■ ■
0.5 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BH22 ■ ■
0.5 calibrated 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BH23 ■ ■
400 A/1 A 1 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BJ11 ■ ■
0.5 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BJ12 ■ ■
0.5 calibrated 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BJ13 ■ ■
400 A/5 A 1 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BJ21 ■ ■
0.5 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BJ22 ■ ■
0.5 calibrated 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BJ23 ■ ■
500 A/1 A 1 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BK11 ■ ■
0.5 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BK12 ■ ■
0.5 calibrated 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BK13 ■ ■
500 A/5 A 1 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BK21 ■ ■
0.5 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BK22 ■ ■
0.5 calibrated 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BK23 ■ ■
600 A/1 A 1 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BL11 ■ ■
0.5 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BL12 ■ ■
0.5 calibrated 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BL13 ■ ■
600 A/5 A 1 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BL21 ■ ■
0.5 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BL22 ■ ■
0.5 calibrated 5 VA – 3NJ6940-3BL23 ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/141
© Siemens 2023

Accessories
NH00 NH1 NH2 NH3
Current transformer busbars

For current For 1 current transformer 3NJ6920-3DB00 ■
transformers 3NJ6930-3DB00 ■
with feed-
For 3 current transformers 3NJ6920-3DC00 ■
through opening
3NJ6930-3DC00 ■
diameter
21 mm For 4 current transformers 3NJ6920-3DD00 ■
3NJ6930-3DD00 ■
For current For 1 current transformer 3NJ6920-3DE00 ■
transformers 3NJ6930-3DE00 ■
with feed-
For 3 current transformers 3NJ6920-3DF00 ■
through opening
3NJ6930-3DF00 ■
diameter
14 mm For 4 current transformers 3NJ6920-3DG00 ■
Holders
Version Article No.
For ammeters 3NJ6900-4GA00 ■ ■ ■
Amperemeter
Type Version Rated current Ie Article No.
Moving-iron For measurements on transformer 50 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HB11 ■ ■
measuring x/1 A with double overload 100 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HD11 ■ ■
8 instruments 150 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HE11 ■ ■
200 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HF11 ■
250 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HG11 ■
300 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HH11 ■ ■
400 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HJ11 ■ ■
500 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HK11 ■ ■
600 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HL11 ■ ■
For measurements on transformer 50 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HB21 ■ ■
x/5 A with double overload 100 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HD21 ■ ■
150 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HE21 ■ ■
200 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HF21 ■
250 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HG21 ■
300 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HH21 ■ ■
400 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HJ21 ■ ■
500 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HK21 ■ ■
600 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HL21 ■ ■
Bi-metal For measurements on transformer 50 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HB12 ■ ■
measuring x/1 A with 1.2-times overload 100 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HD12 ■ ■
instruments 150 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HE12 ■ ■
200 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HF12
250 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HG12
300 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HH12 ■ ■
400 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HJ12 ■ ■
500 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HK12 ■ ■
600 A/1 A 3NJ6900-4HL12 ■ ■
For measurements on transformer 50 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HB22 ■ ■
x/5 A with 1.2-times overload 100 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HD22 ■ ■
150 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HE22 ■ ■
200 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HF22 ■
250 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HG22 ■
300 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HH22 ■ ■
400 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HJ22 ■ ■
500 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HK22 ■ ■
600 A/5 A 3NJ6900-4HL22 ■ ■

8/142 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
NH00 NH1 NH2 NH3
Multi-function plugs
Version Dimensions Article No.
With fixing 6 × 2.5 mm2 3NJ6920-3EB01 ■ ■
screws 8 × 2.5 mm2 3NJ6920-3ED01 ■ ■
3NJ6940-3EC00 ■ ■
Without fixing 8 × 2.5 mm2 3NJ6940-3ED00 ■ ■
screws 10 × 1.5 mm2 and 8 × 2.5 mm2 3NJ6920-3EE01 ■ ■
12 × 1.5 mm2 and 8 × 2.5 mm2 3NJ6940-3EF00 ■ ■
Front panels
Use Version Article No.
3NJ6303-..... With LV HRC fuse 3NJ6923-4BB00 ■
3NJ6313-..... With LV HRC fuse 3NJ6933-4BB00 ■
3NJ6323-..... With LV HRC fuse 3NJ6943-4BB00 ■ ■
3NJ6333-..... With LV HRC fuse 3NJ6953-4BB00 ■ ■
Busbar covers
Article No.
3NJ6916-4EA00 ■ ■ ■ ■
Blanking covers
Article No.
3NJ6900-4CB00 ■ ■ ■ ■
Connection modules 8
Article No.
3NJ6915-3BA00 ■ ■ ■ ■
Guide rails
Overall depth Article No.
200 mm 3NJ6900-4FB00 ■ ■ ■ ■
400 mm 3NJ6900-4FC00 ■ ■ ■ ■
LV HRC fuse puller tongs
Version Article No.
For NH00 8PQ9400-1AA50 ■
For NH1, NH2, NH3 8PQ9400-1AA51 ■ ■ ■
Locking devices for padlocks
Article No.
3NJ6900-4LL ■ ■ ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/143
© Siemens 2023
5SG switch disconnectors with fuses

System overview
MINIZED switch disconnectors with fuses
1P 3P
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors
3P 3P, with terminals
Accessories
8

Auxiliary switches Lateral modules Reducers
Note:
8/144 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023

1 1 N 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 N
2 2 N 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 N
Fuse size Rated Mounting width Mounting width Mounting width Mounting Mounting Mounting
current In width width width
1.5 MW 3 MW 3 MW 1.5 MW 4.5 MW 6 MW
MINIZED switch disconnectors with fuses 1) 3)
D02 63 A 5SG7113 5SG7153 5SG7123 – 5SG7133 5SG7163
MINIZED switch disconnectors with fuses – version for Austria only 2) 3)
D02 25 A – – – – 5SG7133-8BA25 –
35 A – – – – 5SG7133-8BA35 –
50 A – – – – 5SG7133-8BA50 –
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors 8
D02 63 A – – – 5SG7230 4) – –
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors, without LED signal detector
D02 63 A – – – 5SG7234-1 5) – –
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors, with LED signal detector
D02 63 A – – – 5SG7234-2 5) – –
1)
Using withdrawable design with touch protection according to BGV A3, adapter sleeves not included in the scope of delivery
2)
With permanently fitted adapter sleeves, incl. fuse link
3)
Do not use fuse links with nickel-plated contact caps
4)
In the case of permanent load over 35 A, we recommend the use of 5SH5526 lateral modules. Please observe EN 60439-1, Table 1
5)
In the case of permanent load over 35 A, we recommend the use of 5SH5533 lateral modules. Please observe EN 60439-1, Table 1
Note:
NEOZED adapter sleeves are required for these devices
Accessories
Auxiliary switches
Version Type Mounting width Contacts Article No.
For MINIZED D02 switch disconnectors Standard 0.5 MW 1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3010
2 NO 5ST3011
2 NC 5ST3012
With test button 0.5 MW 1 NO + 1 NC 5ST3010-2
2 NO 5ST3011-2
2 NC 5ST3012-2
For NEOZED bus-mounting Standard 0.5 MW 1 CO 5SH5525
switch disconnectors
Lateral modules
Version Type Mounting width Article No.
For NEOZED bus-mounting 5SG7230 0.5 MW 5SH5526
switch disconnectors 5SG7234-1 and -2 0.5 MW 5SH5533
Reducers
Version Article No.
For D01 fuse links 5SH5527

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 8/145
© Siemens 2023
Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches
For a continuous supply of power
A power failure can have serious consequences:

To the greatest extent possible, an uninterruptible
power supply must be ensured so as to prevent
failure or outage of electrical installations.
Transfer switching equipment from Siemens
switches between two power sources, therefore
providing a nearly continuous supply of power.
The devices are easy to install and can be quickly

put into operation. Additional functions can also
be easily added – thanks to the modular design
of the devices and to their wide scope of available
accessories.
Convenient ordering processes and fast delivery

optimize stock-keeping and save you time
and money. You can also use our CAx data
for automated and streamlined planning and
configuration.
© Siemens 2023
Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches
Transfer Switching Equipment

and Load Transfer Switches

System overview 9/4
Applications 9/6
Transfer switching equipment and load
transfer switches 9/8
Mounting concept and accessories 9/12
Transfer switching equipment 9/16
3KC3 and 3KC4 remote transfer
switching equipment (RTSE) 9/16
3KC6 and 3KC8 automatic transfer
switching equipment (ATSE) 9/17
Accessories for remote transfer switching
equipment (RTSE) and automatic transfer 9
switching equipment (ATSE) 9/18
3KC0 manual transfer switching equipment (MTSE) 9/24
Accessories for manual transfer
switching equipment (MTSE) 9/26
Load transfer switches 9/30
3LD2 load transfer switches 9/30
Transfer control devices 9/32
3KC ATC transfer control devices 9/32
Accessories for transfer control devices 9/34
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/1

© Siemens 2023
Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches | All the information you need
For information about transfer switching equipment and Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
load transfer switches, please visit our website (product catalog)
www.siemens.com/switching-devices
• Transfer switching equipment and load transfer
Our white paper provides you with a good overview of switches sie.ag/2mmMw6g
the transfer switching equipment sie.ag/2XBonIi
Your product in detail www.siemens.com/product_catalog_SIEP?Article No.
The relevant tender specifications can be found at You will find order support in SiePortal under
www.siemens.com/tenderspecifications www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support
Use our conversion tool for quick and easy conversion to • Order Support
Siemens products www.siemens.com/conversion-tool − 3KC automatic transfer switching equipment (ATSE)
– End-to-end safety for user and systems
(109755620)
9 − 3KC remotely operated transfer switching equipment
(RTSE) – End-to-end safety for user and systems
(109755627)
− 3KC manual transfer switching equipment (MTSE)
– End-to-end safety for user and systems
(109750227)

9/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches
• Operating instructions − Transfer switching equipment and load transfer
• Certificates switches (109769745)
• Equipment Manual
App Store and Play Store − 3KC3 and 3KC6 transfer switching equipment
You will find further information at (109754954)
www.siemens.com/support-app − 3KC0 manual transfer switching equipment
(109763232)
Provision of 3D data (step and u3d data formats) − 3KC4 and 3KC8 transfer switching equipment
• SiePortal (product catalog) (109738725)
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-catalog − 3KC ATC3100 transfer control device (100341671)
• Image database − 3KC ATC6300 transfer control device (109755149)
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/picturedb − 3KC ATC6500 transfer control device (109758018)
www.siemens.com/cax
Technical overview – Transfer switching equipment and load transfer switches

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on transfer switching equipment and load
transfer switches
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/3

© Siemens 2023
Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches | System overview
System overview
Remote (RTSE) and automatic (ATSE)

transfer switching equipment
3KC3 (RTSE), 4-pole 3KC4 (RTSE), 3 and 4-pole 3KC6 (ATSE), 4-pole 3KC8 (ATSE), 3 and 4-pole
Accessories, RTSE and ATSE
Bridging bars Auxiliary Terminal covers Autotransformers Dual power Power supply and voltage
switches supply sensing cables
Manual transfer switching equipment (MTSE)
3KC0 (MTSE), 3 and 4-pole
Accessories, MTSE
Bridging bars 4th contact Auxiliary switches Direct operating Door-coupling Phase barriers Terminal covers
element mechanisms rotary operating
mechanisms
Note:
You will find a detailed range of accessories in the Accessories section.
9/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
System overview | Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches
Load transfer switches Accessories
Front mounting Floor mounting Molded-plastic 4th contact N/PE terminal Auxiliary Terminal covers
3LD2 3LD2 enclosures 3LD2 element switches
Transfer control devices Accessories
3KC ATC3100 3KC ATC6300 3KC ATC6500 Expansion modules Front interface Protective seal
Note:
You will find a detailed range of accessories in the Accessories section.
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/5

© Siemens 2023
Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches | Quick selection guide
Applications
Switching with switch disconnectors

(without protection function)
3KC0 3KC3 3KC4 3KC6 3KC8
Transfer types Load transfer AC ■ ■ ■ – –

DC – – ■ – –
Transfer control AC ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Method of operation Manual (MTSE) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Remote (RTSE) – ■ ■ – ■
Automatic (ATSE) – With ATC6300 With ATC6300 ■ ■
Transfer control Network/network AC ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Network/generator AC ■ ■ ■ – ■
Generator/generator AC ■ ■ ■ – –
Rated operating current 16 … 1600 A 40 … 160 A 250 … 3200 A 40 … 160 A 250 … 3200 A
Number of poles 3 and 4 4 3 and 4 4 3 and 4
Communication – With ATC6300 With ATC6300 – –
Automatic load shedding – – – – –
9 Further information From page 9/24 From page 9/16 From page 9/16 From page 9/17 From page 9/17
onwards onwards onwards onwards onwards
1)
Manual load transfer switch, not an MTSE
Transfer control G G
* * G G
Non-
Priority
I201_20422
I201_20623
I201_20395
priority
/RDG Load load
load
With circuit breakers
With switch disconnectors With circuit breakers
and automatic load shedding
Load transfer
I201_20518
Load 1 Load 2
With switch disconnectors

9/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Quick selection guide | Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches
Switching with circuit breakers

(with protection function)
3LD2 3KC ATC3100 (+ 3VA/3WA/3WL) 3KC ATC6300 (+ 3VA/3WA/3WL) 3KC ATC6500 (+ 3VA/3WA/3WL)
■ – – –
– – – –
– ■ ■ ■
■ 1) – – –
– ■ ■ ■
– ■ ■ ■
– ■ ■ ■
– ■ ■ ■
– – ■ ■
25 … 250 A 3VA: 16 … 630 A, 3WA/3WL: 630 … 6300 A 3VA: 16 … 630 A, 3WA/3WL: 630 … 6300 A 3VA: 16 … 1600 A, 3WA/3WL: 630 … 6300 A
3 and 4 3 and 4 3 and 4 3 and 4
– – ■ ■
– – – ■
From page 9/30 From page 9/32 From page 9/32 From page 9/32
9
onwards onwards onwards onwards

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/7
© Siemens 2023
Transfer switching equipment and

load transfer switches
Remote transfer switching equipment
(RTSE), automatic transfer switching
equipment (ATSE)
3KC3424 3KC3426 3KC3428 3KC3430 3KC3432 3KC3434

3KC6424 3KC6426 3KC6428 3KC6430 3KC6432 3KC6434
Rated uninterrupted current Iu 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
Connection Box terminal
Switch positions I – O – II
Number of poles 4
Size –
Operational voltage at 50/60 Hz AC acc. to IEC 60947-6-1 V 415
Operational voltage at 50/60 Hz AC acc. to IEC 60947-3 (load transfer switch) V 415
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) for main circuit kV 6
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) for control circuit (RTSE/ATSE) kV 4 (RTSE)/2.5 (ATSE)
Operational current in AC-31 A/B, at 415 V A 40 63 80 100 100/125 100/160
acc. to IEC 60947-6-1 AC-32 A/B, at 415 V A 40 63 80 100 100/125 100/160
AC-33 B, at 415 V A 40 63 80 100 125 125
9 Operational current in AC-21 A/B, at 415 V A 40 63 80 100 125 125/160
acc. to IEC 60947-3 AC-21 A/B, at 690 V A 40 63 80 100 125 125
(load transfer switch)
AC-22 A/B, at 415 V A 40 63 80 100 125 125/160
AC-22 A/B, at 690 V A 40 63 80 80 100/125 100/125
AC-23 A/B, at 415 V A 40 63 80 100 125 125/160
AC-23 A/B, at 690 V A 40 63 63 80 80 80
Operational power in acc. AC-23 A/B, at 415 V 1) kW 22 37 45 55 60 75
to IEC 60947-3 AC-23 A/B, at 690 V 2) kW 37 55 55 75 75 75
AC-3 motor load switch at 380 ... 440 V kW –
AC-3 motor load switch at 660 … 690 V kW –
Short-circuit behavior
Short-circuit current Conditional short-circuit current with gG fuse (415 V) kA 50 50 50 50 50 40
ratings in acc. to
IEC 60947-6-1
Short-circuit current Conditional short-circuit current with gG fuse (415 V) kA 50 50 50 50 50 40
ratings in acc. to Conditional short-circuit current with gG fuse (690 V) kA –
IEC 60947-3
Transfer switching properties (in acc. to IEC 60947-6-1)
Switching time I – O and II – O s 0.045
Switch-off time I – O – II and II – O – I s 0.15
Transfer time I – O – II and II – O – I without/with line monitoring s 0.18/1.4
IP maximum degree of protection IP20
Standards UL/CSA, in acc. to UL 508
Rated operational voltage Ue AC V –
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A –
Maximum rated power (AC-3), 3-phase, 40 … 60 Hz 480 V hp –
600 V hp –
Further information
From page 9/16 onwards
1)
For 3LD2 at 380 … 440 V 2)
For 3LD2 at 660 … 690 V

9/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Remote transfer switching equipment (RTSE),

automatic transfer switching equipment (ATSE)
3KC4.38 3KC4.42 3KC4.46 3KC4.48 3KC4.50 3KC4.52 3KC4.54 3KC4.56 3KC4.58 3KC4.60
3KC8.38 3KC8.42 3KC8.46 3KC8.48 3KC8.50 3KC8.52 3KC8.54 3KC8.56 3KC8.58 3KC8.60
250 A 400 A 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A
Flat terminal
I – O – II
3 and 4
–
415
690
12
4
–/250 –/400 –/630 –/800 –/1000 –/1250 –/1600 –/2000 –/2500 –/3200
–/200 –/400 –/500 –/800 –/1000 –/1250 –/1250 –/2000 –/2000 –/2000
200 200 400 800 1000 1000 1000 1250 1250 1250
250 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 –/2000 –/2500 –/3200 9
200 200 500 800 1000 1250 1600 –/2000 –/2000 –/2000
250 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 –/2000 –/2500 –/3200
160 160 400 630 800 1000 1000 – – –
200 400 500/630 800 1000 1250 1250 –/1600 –/1600 –/1600
125 125 400 630 630 800 800 – – –
110 220 335 450 700 800 900 – – –
110 110 400 400 630 800 800 – – –
–
–
50 50 50 50 50 100 100 – – –
–
50 50 50 50 50 100 100 – – –
0.5 0.5 0.6 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.6 1.6
0.4 0.4 0.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.2
0.9/1.0 0.9/1.0 1.0/1.1 2.8/3.1 2.8/3.1 2.8/3.1 2.9/3.3 2.8/2.8 2.8/2.8 2.8/2.8
IP20
–
–
–
–
From page 9/16 onwards

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/9
© Siemens 2023
Transfer switching equipment and

load transfer switches
Manual transfer switching equipment (MTSE)
3KC0.16 3KC0.22 3KC0.26 3KC0.28 3KC0.30 3KC0.32 3KC0.34

Rated uninterrupted current Iu 16 A 32 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
Connection Box terminal Box terminal
Switch positions I – O – II I – O – II
Number of poles 3 and 4 3 and 4
Size 1 2
Operational voltage at 50/60 Hz AC acc. to IEC 60947-6-1 V 415 415
Operational voltage at 50/60 Hz AC acc. to IEC 60947-3 (load transfer switch) V 690 690
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) for main circuit kV 8 8
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) for control circuit (RTSE/ATSE) kV – –
Operational current in AC-31 A/B, at 415 V A –/16 –/32 –/63 –/80 –/100 –/125 –/160
acc. to IEC 60947-6-1 AC-32 A/B, at 415 V A –/16 –/32 –/63 –/80 –/100 –/125 –/160
AC-33 B, at 415 V A 16 32 63 80 100 125 160
Operational current in AC-21 A/B, at 415 V A 16/16 32/32 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160
acc. to IEC 60947-3 AC-21 A/B, at 690 V A 16/16 32/32 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160
AC-22 A/B, at 415 V A 16/16 32/32 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160
9 AC-22 A/B, at 690 V A 16/16 32/32 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160
AC-23 A/B, at 415 V A 16/16 32/32 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160
AC-23 A/B, at 690 V A 16/16 32/32 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160
Operational power in acc. AC-23 A/B, at 415 V 1) kW 7.5/7.5 15/15 30/30 37/37 55/55 55/55 90/90
to IEC 60947-3 AC-23 A/B, at 690 V 2) kW 11/11 30/30 55/55 75/75 90/90 110/110 110/110
AC-3 motor load switch at 380 ... 440 V kW – –
AC-3 motor load switch at 660 … 690 V kW – –
Short-circuit behavior
Short-circuit current Conditional short-circuit current with gG fuse (415 V) kA 100 100
ratings in acc. to
IEC 60947-6-1
Short-circuit current Conditional short-circuit current with gG fuse (415 V) kA 100 100
ratings in acc. to Conditional short-circuit current with gG fuse (690 V) kA 100 65
IEC 60947-3
Transfer switching properties (in acc. to IEC 60947-6-1)
Switching time I – O and II – O s – –
Switch-off time I – O – II and II – O – I s – –
Transfer time I – O – II and II – O – I without/with line monitoring s – –
IP maximum degree of protection IP20 IP20
Standards UL/CSA, in acc. to UL 508
Rated operational voltage Ue AC V – –
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A – –
Maximum rated power (AC-3), 3-phase, 40 … 60 Hz 480 V hp – –
600 V hp – –
Further information
From page 9/24 onwards From page 9/24 onwards
1)
For 3LD2 at 380 … 440 V 2)
For 3LD2 at 660 … 690 V

9/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Manual transfer switching equipment (MTSE) Load transfer switches
3KC0.36 3KC0.38 3KC0.40 3KC0.42 3KC0.44 3KC0.46 3KC0.48 3KC0.50 3KC0.52 3KC0.54 3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD23 3LD24
200 A 250 A 315 A 400 A 500 A 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 25 A 32 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A
Flat terminal Flat terminal Flat terminal Box terminal Box terminal
I – O – II I – O – II I – O – II I – O – II I – O – II
3 and 4 3 and 4 3 and 4 3 3 and 4
3 4 5 – –
415 415 415 – –

690 690 690 690 690
12 12 12 6 6
– – – – –
–/200 –/250 –/315 –/400 –/500 –/630 –/800 –/1000 –/1250 –/1600 – –
–/200 –/250 –/315 –/350 –/500 –/630 –/800 –/1000 –/1250 –/1250 – –
200 250 315 315 500 500 500 800 800 800 – –
200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600 25 32 63 100 160 250
200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600 25 32 63 100 160 250
200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600 25 32 63 100 140 230
200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600 25 32 63 100 140 230 9
200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630 670/670 800/800 800/800 800/800 20 22 43 70 132 224
200/200 250/250 315/315 315/315 500/500 500/500 500/500 800/800 800/800 800/800 11.5 13.5 22 34 47 58
110/110 132/132 160/160 220/220 280/280 355/355 355/355 400/400 400/400 400/400 9.5 11.5 22 37 75 132
185/185 220/220 280/280 355/355 500/500 500/500 500/500 800/800 800/800 800/800 9.5 11.5 18.5 30 45 55
– – – 7.5 9.5 18.5 30 50 110
– – – 7.5 9.5 15 22 37 45
100 100 65 65 100 100 65 100 80 80 – –
100 100 65 65 100 100 65 100 80 80 50 50 50 50 50 50

65 65 35 35 65 65 50 – 50 50 50 50 50 50
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
IP20 IP20 IP20 IP65
– – – 600 600 600 600 600 600

– – – 20 30 60 100 160 250
– – – 10 20 (15) 3) 40 60 75 100
– – – 15 30 (20) 3) 50 75 75 75
From page 9/24 onwards From page 9/24 onwards From page 9/24 onwards From page 9/30 onwards
3)
Values in brackets apply to devices in molded-plastic enclosure.

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/11
© Siemens 2023
Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches | Mounting concept and accessories
3KC3 (RTSE) 4-pole
2
2
optional and
4
4
3
optional
and and
66
1
5
and and and
optional
and and
4
4 33
optional and
22
Legend
1 Auxiliary switch 4 Control wire tap
9 2 Terminal cover 5 Autotransformer

3 Bridging bar 1) 6 Dual power supply
I201_20552
1)
1× per change-over switch
3KC6 (ATSE) 4-pole
optional and
4
4
3
optional
and and
optional optional
or
1
1
55
11
and and
optional
optional and
and
7
4
4
optional and
Legend
1 Auxiliary switch 4 Aux. conductor terminal 7 Sealable cover
2 Terminal cover 5 Autotransformer
I201_20553
3 Bridging bar 6 Dual power supply

9/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Mounting concept and accessories | Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches
3KC4 (RTSE) 3-pole or 4-pole
2 or 3 or 4
optional and
8 optional
and 7
and
optional optional
6
and and
optional
and and
optional
8 and 7 1
optional and
2 or 3 or 4
Legend
1 Auxiliary switch 4 Terminal plate 7 Bridging bar
2 Phase barrier 5 Autotransformer 8 Copper bar connection kit 1) 9
I201_20554
3 Terminal cover 6 Dual power supply
1)
3× with 3-pole change-over switch, 4× with 4-pole change-over switch
3KC8 (ATSE) 3-pole or 4-pole

2 or 3 or 4
optional and
optional
8 and 7 9
and and

10
5
and and and
optional
and
and
optional
8 and 7 1
optional and
2 or 3 or 4
Legend
1 Auxiliary switch 4 Terminal plate 7 Bridging bar 10 External display
2 Phase barrier 5 Autotransformer 8 Copper bar connection kit 1)
3 Terminal cover 6 Dual power supply 9 Power supply cable
I201_20555
1)
3× with 3-pole change-over switch, 4× with 4-pole change-over switch

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/13
© Siemens 2023
Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches | Mounting concept and accessories
3KC0 (MTSE) front operating mechanism on left, 3-pole or 4-pole, sizes 3 to 5
4 or 5
optional and
8
and
Legend
4 Phase barrier
5 Side plate cover and terminal cover 2)
8 Bridging bar 3)
and
optional 1)
Up to 4 auxiliary switches
and 8 2)
Side plate cover must be ordered separately from
optional and the terminal cover
3
55
3)
3× with 3-pole change-over switch,
4 or
4× with 4-pole change-over switch
and
9
6 or 7
I201_20556
33 33 8 3
3 33
optional optional and optional and optional

and
and if 22 if 22 and
2
2
22
optional optional optional optional optional

2
9
9
or
or
and and and and and

1
11
optional optional and optional and optional

and
and if 22 if 22 and
3
3 33 88 33 33
and
6
6 or 7
7
Legend
1 4th contact element 1) 6 Direct operating mechanism 9 Assembly kit for

floor mounting
2 Auxiliary switch module, standard version 2) 7 Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism
3 Auxiliary switch 8 Bridging bar 3)
I201_20557
1)
Only for 3-pole 3K, max. 1× 2)
Max. 1× for each side of the switch, 3)
Only 1× per change-over switch

9/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Mounting concept and accessories | Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches
3LD2 load transfer switch mounting concept
or or optional optional
or or
2
3
3
2
and and
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Legend
1 Auxiliary switch 3 N switching contact 1)
2 N/PE terminal 4 Terminal cover
I201_20558
1)
N switching 3 contact must first be installed on the basic unit

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/15
© Siemens 2023
Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches | Transfer switching equipment
3KC3 and 3KC4 remote transfer switching

equipment (RTSE)
40 to 3200 A
Box terminal Flat terminal
3KC3 (RTSE) 3KC4 (RTSE)
Version With motorized operating mechanism With motorized operating mechanism and additional handle
and additional handle
Operating mechanism Operating mechanism on right Operating mechanism on right
Mounting Floor and DIN-rail mounting Floor mounting
Bridging bars Additionally required Additionally required for connection side
for connection side
Scope of supply Including 3KC9603 auxiliary switches
I201_19477
I201_19476
M
M M
Rated uninterrupted current Iu 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole

Box terminal
9 40 A
63 A
3KC3424-2AA22-0AA3
3KC3426-2AA22-0AA3
–
–
–
–
80 A 3KC3428-2AA22-0AA3 – –
100 A 3KC3430-2AA22-0AA3 – –
125 A 3KC3432-2AA22-0AA3 – –
160 A 3KC3434-2AA22-0AA3 – –
Flat terminal
250 A – 3KC4338-0CA21-0AA3 3KC4438-0CA21-0AA3
400 A – 3KC4342-0DA21-0AA3 3KC4442-0DA21-0AA3
630 A – 3KC4346-0EA21-0AA3 3KC4446-0EA21-0AA3
800 A – 3KC4348-0FA21-0AA3 3KC4448-0FA21-0AA3
1000 A – 3KC4350-0FA21-0AA3 3KC4450-0FA21-0AA3
1250 A – 3KC4352-0GA21-0AA3 3KC4452-0GA21-0AA3
1600 A – 3KC4354-0HA21-0AA3 3KC4454-0HA21-0AA3
2000 A – 3KC4356-0JA21-0AA3 3KC4456-0JA21-0AA3
2500 A – 3KC4358-0JA21-0AA3 3KC4458-0JA21-0AA3
3200 A – 3KC4360-0JA21-0AA3 3KC4460-0JA21-0AA3

9/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Transfer switching equipment | Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches
3KC6 and 3KC8 automatic transfer switching

equipment (ATSE)
40 to 3200 A
Box terminal Flat terminal
3KC6 (ATSE) 3KC8 (ATSE)
Version With motorized operating mechanism, With motorized operating mechanism, integrated controller and
integrated controller and additional handle additional handle
Operating mechanism Operating mechanism on right Operating mechanism on right
Mounting Floor and DIN-rail mounting Floor mounting
Bridging bars Additionally required for connection side Additionally required for connection side
Scope of supply Wired ready for operation Without power supply and voltage sensing cables
(including power supply)
ATC ATC ATC
I201_19478
I201_19479
I201_19475
M M M
Rated uninterrupted current Iu 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole

Box terminal
40 A 3KC6424-2TA20-0TA3 – – 9
63 A 3KC6426-2TA20-0TA3 – –
80 A 3KC6428-2TA20-0TA3 – –
100 A 3KC6430-2TA20-0TA3 – –
125 A 3KC6432-2TA20-0TA3 – –
160 A 3KC6434-2TA20-0TA3 – –
Flat terminal
250 A – 3KC8338-0CA22-0GA3 3KC8438-0CA22-0GA3
400 A – 3KC8342-0DA22-0GA3 3KC8442-0DA22-0GA3
630 A – 3KC8346-0EA22-0GA3 3KC8446-0EA22-0GA3
800 A – 3KC8348-0FA22-0GA3 3KC8448-0FA22-0GA3
1000 A – 3KC8350-0FA22-0GA3 3KC8450-0FA22-0GA3
1250 A – 3KC8352-0GA22-0GA3 3KC8452-0GA22-0GA3
1600 A – 3KC8354-0HA22-0GA3 3KC8454-0HA22-0GA3
2000 A – 3KC8356-0JA22-0GA3 3KC8456-0JA22-0GA3
2500 A – 3KC8358-0JA22-0GA3 3KC8458-0JA22-0GA3
3200 A – 3KC8360-0JA22-0GA3 3KC8460-0JA22-0GA3

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/17
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
For remote transfer switching equipment (RTSE) and
RTSE ATSE
Bridging bar
• For load-side connection
• For 3KC4/3KC8 3-pole transfer switches 3 units,
for 3KC4/3KC8 4-pole transfer switches 4 units are required
Version Number of poles Scope of supply Article No.
For 40 ... 125 A 4-pole 1 unit 3KC9618-2 ■ ■
For 160 A 4-pole 1 unit 3KC9618-3 ■ ■
For 250 A 1-pole 1 unit 3KC9818-2 ■ ■

For 400 A 1-pole 1 unit 3KC9818-3 ■ ■
For 630 A 1-pole 1 unit 3KC9818-4 ■ ■
For 800 ... 1000 A 1-pole 1 unit 3KC9818-5 ■ ■
For 1250 A 1-pole 1 unit 3KC9818-6 ■ ■
For 1600 A 1-pole 1 unit 3KC9818-7 ■ ■
For 2000 ... 3200 A 1-pole 1 unit 3KC9818-8 ■ ■
Control wire tap
For 40 ... 160 A 2 units 3KC9622-2 ■ ■
Auxiliary switches for 40 ... 160 A

9 • For 250 V AC/5 A or for 24 V DC/2 A
• 1 change-over contact for each position O, I, II
• Max. 2 auxiliary switches can be installed per transfer switching equipment unit
Version Contact configuration Article No.
For 40 ... 160 A With separate contacts 3KC9603-1 ■ ■
With linked common contacts 3KC9603-2 ■ ■
Auxiliary switches for 250 ... 1600 A
• One auxiliary switch contains 2 leading changeover contacts, one changeover contact
for position I and one changeover contact for position II (incl. bolt set)
• Max. two auxiliary switches can be installed per transfer switching equipment unit
• For 2000 … 3200 A transfer switching equipment the auxiliary switch is included in the basic unit
• 250 V AC/12 A (AC-13), 24 V DC/14 A (DC-13)
Version Article No.
For 250 ... 630 A 3KC9803-1 ■ ■
For 800 ... 1600 A 3KC9803-2 ■ ■
For 2000 … 2500 A (included in the basic unit) – ■ ■

9/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
RTSE ATSE
Terminal covers
For 40 ... 160 A 4-pole 2 units (1 unit covers 4 poles) 3KC9604-2 ■ ■
For 250 ... 400 A 3-pole 3 units (1 unit covers 1 pole) 3KC9804-1 ■ ■
4-pole 4 units (1 unit covers 1 pole) 3KC9804-2 ■ ■
For 630 A 3-pole 3 units (1 unit covers 1 pole) 3KC9804-3 ■ ■

4-pole 4 units (1 unit covers 1 pole) 3KC9804-4 ■ ■
Sealable cover
For 3KC6 (ATSE) 40 … 160 A Incl. bolt set and sealing ribbons 3KC9721-1 – ■
For 3KC8 (ATSE) 250 … 3200 A Incl. bolt set and sealing ribbons 3KC9821-0 – ■
Sealing ribbon
• Also as spare part for sealable cover
For 40 ... 3200 A 10 units 3KC9621-2 – ■
Autotransformers
Version Technical specifications Article No.
For 40 ... 160 A 400 V/230 V AC; 400 VA 3KC9624-1 ■ ■
For 250 ... 3200 A, 3-pole 400 V/230 V AC; 200 VA 3KC9824-1 ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/19
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
RTSE ATSE
Power supply and voltage sensing cables for ATSE
Application Infeed Switches Version Article No.
2-pole From below, with power supply 3-pole For 250 A 3KC9833-1 – ■
For 400 A 3KC9833-2 – ■
For 630 A 3KC9833-3 – ■
For 800 ... 1000 A 3KC9833-4 – ■
For 1250 A 3KC9833-5 – ■
For 1600 A 3KC9833-6 – ■
For 250 ... 630 A

For 2000 ... 3200 A 3KC9833-7 – ■
From above, with power supply 3-pole For 250 A 3KC9834-1 – ■

For 400 A 3KC9834-2 – ■
For 630 A 3KC9834-3 – ■
For 800 ... 1000 A 3KC9834-4 – ■
For 1250 A 3KC9834-5 – ■
For 800 ... 3200 A For 1600 A 3KC9834-6 – ■
For 2000 ... 3200 A 3KC9834-7 – ■
3-pole From below, without power supply 3-pole For 250 A 3KC9822-1 – ■
For 400 A 3KC9822-2 – ■
For 630 A 3KC9822-3 – ■
For 800 ... 1000 A 3KC9822-4 – ■
For 1250 A 3KC9822-5 – ■
For 1600 A 3KC9822-6 – ■
For 250 ... 630 A For 2000 ... 3200 A 3KC9822-7 – ■
9 From above, without power supply 3-pole For 250 A 3KC9832-1 – ■
For 400 A 3KC9832-2 – ■
For 630 A 3KC9832-3 – ■
For 800 ... 1000 A 3KC9832-4 – ■
For 800 ... 3200 A For 1250 A 3KC9832-5 – ■
For 1600 A 3KC9832-6 – ■
For 2000 ... 3200 A 3KC9832-7 – ■
4-pole From below, with power supply 4-pole For 250 A 3KC9830-1 – ■
For 400 A 3KC9830-2 – ■
For 630 A 3KC9830-3 – ■
For 800 ... 1000 A 3KC9830-4 – ■
For 1250 A 3KC9830-5 – ■
For 1600 A 3KC9830-6 – ■
For 250 ... 630 A
For 2000 ... 3200 A 3KC9830-7 – ■
From above, with power supply 4-pole For 250 A 3KC9831-1 – ■
For 400 A 3KC9831-2 – ■
For 630 A 3KC9831-3 – ■
For 800 ... 1000 A 3KC9831-4 – ■
For 800 ... 3200 A
For 1250 A 3KC9831-5 – ■
For 1600 A 3KC9831-6 – ■
For 2000 ... 3200 A 3KC9831-7 – ■

9/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
RTSE ATSE
Dual power supply
Version Technical specifications Article No.
For 3KC3 and 3KC4 (RTSE) 40 … 3200 A 240 V AC, 3 A 3KC9625-1 ■ –
External display
• For installing in the control cabinet door
Version Article No.
For 3KC8 (ATSE) 250 … 3200 A 3KC9823-0 – ■
Connection cable
• 3 m RJ45 cable for external display
Version Article No.
For 250 ... 3200 A 3KC9823-2 – ■
Phase barrier
• For 800 … 3200 A transfer switching equipment
included in the scope of supply of the basic unit
For 250 ... 400 A 3-pole 2 units 3KC9808-1 ■ ■
4-pole 3 units 3KC9808-6 ■ ■
For 630 A 3-pole 2 units 3KC9808-2 ■ ■ 9
4-pole 3 units 3KC9808-7 ■ ■
Cover frame for ATSE
• For a clean and safe door cut-out
• To enable access to the front of the 3KC8 transfer switching equipment
(electronic module and operation of the motorized operating mechanism)
Version Article No.
250 … 630 A 3KC9820-4 – ■
800 … 3200 A 3KC9820-5 – ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/21
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
RTSE ATSE
Copper bar connection kit
Version Designation Scope of supply Article No.
For 2000 … 2500 A C-bracket, part A 1 unit 3KC9811-0 ■ ■
For 2000 ... 3200 A Bolt set, part B 1 unit 3KC9811-1 ■ ■

3KC9811-2 ■ ■
T-bracket, part C 1 unit 3KC9811-3 ■ ■
L-bracket, part D 2 units 3KC9811-4 ■ ■
Bridging bars, part E 1 unit 3KC9818-8 ■ ■
Terminal plates
• For protecting the front side at the upper and lower connecting terminals
9 Version Number of poles Article No.
For 250 ... 400 A 3-pole 3KC9827-1 ■ ■
4-pole 3KC9828-1 ■ ■
For 630 A 3-pole 3KC9827-2 ■ ■

4-pole 3KC9828-2 ■ ■
For 800 ... 1250 A 3-pole 3KC9827-3 ■ ■

4-pole 3KC9828-3 ■ ■
For 1600 A 3-pole 3KC9827-4 ■ ■

4-pole 3KC9828-4 ■ ■
For 2000 ... 3200 A 3-pole 3KC9827-5 ■ ■

4-pole 3KC9828-5 ■ ■

9/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
RTSE ATSE
Motorized operating mechanism as spare part
Version Article No.
For 250 ... 400 A 3KC9826-1 ■ ■
For 630 A 3KC9826-2 ■ ■
For 800 ... 1250 A 3KC9826-3 ■ ■
For 1600 A 3KC9826-4 ■ ■
For 2000 ... 3200 A 3KC9826-5 ■ ■

9
Controller (electronic module) as spare part

Version Article No.
For 250 ... 3200 A 3KC9826-0 – ■
Mounting kit as spare part

• Comprising two device holders, each with two plastic covers
Version Article No.
For 250 … 630 A 3KC9820-6 ■ ■

information at:
Copper bar connection kit sie.ag/36U7MCb

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/23
© Siemens 2023
3KC0 manual transfer switching

equipment (MTSE)
16 to 1600 A
Box terminal
Size 1 Size 2
Version Basic unit without handle Basic unit without handle
Operating mechanism Front operating mechanism Front operating mechanism
Mounting DIN-rail and floor mounting 1) DIN-rail and floor mounting 1)
Bridging bars Additionally required for connection side Additionally required for connection side
Rated uninterrupted current Iu 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole

Box terminal
16 A 3KC0316-2ME00-0AA0 3KC0416-2ME00-0AA0 – –
32 A 3KC0322-2ME00-0AA0 3KC0422-2ME00-0AA0 – –
63 A 3KC0326-2ME00-0AA0 3KC0426-2ME00-0AA0 – –
80 A – – 3KC0328-2NE00-0AA0 3KC0428-2NE00-0AA0
9 100 A
125 A
–
–
–
–
3KC0330-2NE00-0AA0
3KC0332-2NE00-0AA0
3KC0430-2NE00-0AA0
3KC0432-2NE00-0AA0
160 A – – 3KC0334-2NE00-0AA0 3KC0434-2NE00-0AA0
Flat terminal
200 A – – – –
250 A – – – –
315 A – – – –
400 A – – – –
500 A – – – –
630 A – – – –
800 A – – – –
1000 A – – – –
1250 A – – – –
1600 A – – – –
1)
An assembly kit is required for floor mounting

9/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Flat terminal
Basic unit without handle Basic unit without handle Basic unit without handle
Front operating mechanism Front operating mechanism Front operating mechanism
Floor mounting Floor mounting Floor mounting
Additionally required for connection side Additionally required for connection side Additionally required for connection side
3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
9
– – – – – –
3KC0336-0PE00-0AA0 3KC0436-0PE00-0AA0 – – – –
3KC0338-0PE00-0AA0 3KC0438-0PE00-0AA0 – – – –
3KC0340-0PE00-0AA0 3KC0440-0PE00-0AA0 – – – –
3KC0342-0PE00-0AA0 3KC0442-0PE00-0AA0 – – – –
– – 3KC0344-0QE00-0AA0 3KC0444-0QE00-0AA0 – –
– – 3KC0346-0QE00-0AA0 3KC0446-0QE00-0AA0 – –
– – 3KC0348-0QE00-0AA0 3KC0448-0QE00-0AA0 – –
– – – – 3KC0350-0RE00-0AA0 3KC0450-0RE00-0AA0
– – – – 3KC0352-0RE00-0AA0 3KC0452-0RE00-0AA0
– – – – 3KC0354-0RE00-0AA0 3KC0454-0RE00-0AA0

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/25
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
For manual transfer switching equipment (MTSE)
Box terminal (4th contact element, switching pole)
I201_20442
3KD9105-2 ■
N N
3KD9205-2 ■
Auxiliary switch module

• Delivery: Does not include auxiliary switch
• A maximum of 2 auxiliary switches can be installed per auxiliary
switch module.
• The auxiliary switches indicate the switch position of the respective
switching equipment (I or II) to which the auxiliary switch module is
connected.
Type Article No.
Standard version 3KD9103-5 ■ ■
Auxiliary switches
• Auxiliary switches for sizes 3 to 5 have a screw terminal and
are mounted on the 3K operating mechanism module. Auxiliary
switches with spring-loaded terminals from the 3SU1 program can
also be used.
• All auxiliary switches for sizes 3 to 5 can be used as leading auxiliary
switches, depending on the mounting position of the auxiliary
switch (see operating instructions).
With connecting cables 1 CO Standard 3KD9103-1 ■ ■
9 Solid-state 3KD9103-3 ■ ■
compatible
Without connecting cables 1 CO Standard 3KD9103-2 ■ ■
Solid-state 3KD9103-4 ■ ■
compatible
1 NO Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1BA0 ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1LA0 ■ ■ ■
1 NC Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1CA0 ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1MA0 ■ ■ ■
1 NO + Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1FA0 ■ ■ ■
1 NC Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1QA0 ■ ■ ■
2 NO Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1DA0 ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1NA0 ■ ■ ■
2 NC Standard 3SU1400-1AA10-1EA0 ■ ■ ■
Gold-plated 3SU1400-1AA10-1PA0 ■ ■ ■
Bridging bars
• For load-side connection
• For 3-pole transfer switches (sizes 3 to 5) 3 units, for 4-pole transfer
switches (sizes 3 to 5) 4 units are required
1-pole 1 unit 3KC9318-0 ■
3KC9418-0 ■
3KC9518-0 ■

3KC9218-1 ■

3KC9218-2 ■

9/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Direct operating mechanism standard version
• Requires additional mounting depth in locked state
Color Article No.
Gray 3KC9201-3 ■ ■
3KC9301-1 ■
3KC9401-1 ■
3KC9501-1 ■
Red/yellow 3KC9301-2 ■
3KC9401-2 ■
3KC9501-2 ■
Flat direct operating mechanism for distribution boards

• Can be locked with one padlock
• No additional mounting depth in locked state
Color Article No.
Gray 3KC9101-4 ■
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, 8UD1 series
• Handle with masking plate
• Coupling driver with tolerance compensation
• Shaft 300 mm
• Labeling I – O – II
Color
Gray
Handle length
55 mm
Shaft
8 × 8 mm
Article No.
8UD1131-2AE21 ■ ■
9
100 mm 8 × 8 mm 8UD1141-2AE21 ■
140 mm 10 × 10 mm 8UD1151-3AE21 ■
200 mm 12 × 12 mm 8UD1161-4AE21 ■
Handles for door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms, 8UD1 series

• Without extension shaft and coupling driver
• Labeling I – O – II
Color Handle length Shaft Article No.
Gray 55 mm 8 × 8 mm 8UD1731-2AE01 ■ ■
100 mm 8 × 8 mm 8UD1841-2AE01 ■
140 mm 10 × 10 mm 8UD1851-3AE01 ■
200 mm 12 × 12 mm 8UD1861-4AE01 ■
Red/yellow 55 mm 8 × 8 mm 8UD1731-2AE05 ■ ■
100 mm 8 × 8 mm 8UD1841-2AE05 ■
140 mm 10 × 10 mm 8UD1851-3AE05 ■
200 mm 12 × 12 mm 8UD1861-4AE05 ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/27
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
For manual transfer switching equipment (MTSE)
Extension shaft for door-coupling rotary operating mechanism, 8UD1 series
• A shaft jack is required for the 8UD1 handle when the 600 mm
long shaft is used and for sizes 1/2.
Length Cross-section Article No.
300 mm 8 × 8 mm 8UC6032 ■ ■ ■
10 × 10 mm 8UC6033 ■
12 × 12 mm 8UC6034 ■
600 mm 8 × 8 mm 8UC6082 ■ ■ ■
10 × 10 mm 8UC6083 ■
12 × 12 mm 8UC6084 ■
Shaft jack for 8UD1 handle for shaft, 600 mm
Shaft Article No.
8 × 8 mm 8UD1900-0FA00 ■ ■
Coupling drivers
Type Shaft Article No.
With tolerance 8 × 8 mm 8UD1900-2GA00 ■ ■
compensation
8 × 8 mm 8UD1900-6GA00 ■
10 × 10 mm 8UD1900-3GA00 ■
12 × 12 mm 8UD1900-4GA00 ■
9
Without tolerance 8 × 8 mm 8UD1900-2HA00 ■ ■
compensation
8 × 8 mm 8UD1900-6HA00 ■
10 × 10 mm 8UD1900-3HA00 ■
12 × 12 mm 8UD1900-4HA00 ■
Adapters for shafts

• Non-interchangeability features (rivet and lug)
Shaft Article No.
8 × 8 mm 8UC6022 ■ ■
8 × 8 mm 8UC6022 ■
10 × 10 mm 8UC6023 ■
12 × 12 mm 8UC6024 ■
Phase barriers
• For manual transfer switching equipment (MTSE) with flat terminals
• One pack (6 or 8 units) is required for the infeed side and
the load side
Number of poles, switch Scope of supply Article No.
3-pole 6 units 3KD9308-6 ■
6 units 3KD9408-6 ■
6 units 3KD9508-6 ■
8 units 3KD9408-8 ■
8 units 3KD9508-8 ■

9/28 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Terminal covers
• For manual transfer switching equipment (MTSE) with flat terminals
• One pack (6 or 8 units) is required for the infeed side and
the load side
• Additional side plate covers are required for terminal covers on the
terminal side, where bridging bars are used (normally the load side)
Length Number of poles, Scope of supply Article No.
switch
Standard length 3-pole 6 units 3KD9304-6 ■
3KD9404-6 ■
3KD9504-6 ■
3KD9404-8 ■
3KD9504-8 ■
Short version 3-pole 6 units 3KD9304-7 ■
3KD9404-7 ■
3KD9404-5 ■
Terminal covers as spare parts
Length Scope of supply Article No.
Standard length 1 unit 3KD9504-1 ■
Short version 1 unit 3KD9304-1 ■ 9

3KD9404-1 ■
Side plate covers

• For lateral touch protection on the terminal side, where bridging
bars are used (normally the load side)
• Suitable for terminal covers in standard length
Length Scope of supply Article No.
Standard length 2 units 3KC9304-0 ■
3KC9404-0 ■
3KC9504-0 ■
Assembly kit for floor mounting
• For floor mounting of sizes 1 and 2
• Contains 4 mounting brackets and 2 mounting plates for 3-pole and
4-pole devices
Article No.
3KC9120-1 ■ ■
Mounting bracket as spare part
• Spare part for mounting brackets included in the assembly kit for
3-pole and 4-pole devices
4 units 3KD9120-1 ■ ■
Slide for mounting on DIN rail as spare part
• Spare part included in the scope of supply for the 3KC0 slide for
DIN-rail mounting
5 units 3KF9112-0BA00 ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/29
© Siemens 2023
Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches | Load transfer switches
3LD2 load transfer switches

Up to 250 A
Front mounting
Direct operating mechanism (knob-operated mechanism)
Actuator color Black
Locking device 3LD23 and 3LD24 lockable
with up to 3 padlocks with a hasp thickness of 4 to 6 mm
(all other versions non-lockable)
Mounting Four-hole mounting
Bridging bars Pre-assembled
Rated uninterrupted current Iu Rated operational power 3P 3P+N

(AC-21A, 380 … 440 V) (50/60 Hz, 380 … 440 V)
At AC-23A At AC-3
25 A 9.5 kW 7.5 kW 3LD2123-7UK01 –
32 A 11.5 kW 9.5 kW 3LD2223-7UK01 –
63 A 22.0 kW 18.5 kW 3LD2524-7UK01 –
100 A 37.0 kW 30.0 kW 3LD2724-7UK01 –
160 A 75 kW 50 kW 3LD2305-7UK01 3LD2305-7UL01
250 A 132 kW 110 kW 3LD2405-7UK01 3LD2405-7UL01
9
3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD23 3LD24
4th contact (N conductor)
• Leading switch-on, lagging switch-off
• Bridging bars for the switchable N pole are not included in the
scope of supply
Load transfer switch design Article No.
Front mounting 3LD9220-0B ■ ■
3LD9250-0BA ■
3LD9280-0B ■
3LD9240-0B ■ ■
Floor mounting 3LD9240-0C ■ ■
Molded-plastic enclosures 3LD9220-0C ■ ■
3LD9250-0CA 1) ■
3LD9280-0C 1) ■
N or PE terminals
• Through-type
Front mounting 3LD9220-2B ■ ■
3LD9250-2BA ■
3LD9280-2B ■
3LD9240-2B ■ ■
Floor mounting 3LD9240-2C ■ ■
1)
Can only be used as a spare part, as no additional poles can be installed in the enclosure.

9/30 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Load transfer switches | Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches
Floor mounting Molded-plastic enclosures

Door-coupling rotary operating mechanism (knob-operated mechanism) Direct operating mechanism (knob-operated mechanism)
Black Black
Lockable in O position 3LD21 and 3LD22 lockable in O position
with up to 3 padlocks with a hasp thickness of 4 to 6 mm with up to 3 padlocks with a hasp thickness of 4 to 6 mm
(all other versions non-lockable)
Four-hole mounting Metric screw connection
Pre-assembled Pre-assembled
3P 3P+N 3P+N and PE base terminal
– – 3LD2165-7UB01
– – 3LD2265-7UB01
– – 3LD2566-7UB01
– – 3LD2766-7UB01
3LD2318-7UK01 3LD2318-7UL01 –
3LD2418-7UK01 3LD2418-7UL01 –
9
3LD21 3LD22 3LD25 3LD27 3LD23 3LD24
(25 A) (32 A) (63 A) (100 A) (160 A) (250 A)
Auxiliary switches
• For mounting on the left and/or right, lagging switch-on,
leading switch-off
• For 3-pole load transfer switches only
• Indicate the switch position of the respective load transfer switch
(I or II) to which the auxiliary switch module is connected
Load transfer switch design Contacts Type of Article No.
contact
Front mounting 1 NO + Standard 3LD9200-5B ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
1 NC Gold-plated 3LD9200-5BF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Floor mounting and 1 NO + Standard 3LD9200-5C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
molded-plastic enclosure 1 NC Gold-plated 3LD9200-5CF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2 NO Standard 3LD9200-6C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Terminal covers as additional touch protection
• For mounting on load side only
Number of poles Scope of Article No.
supply
1-pole 4 units 3LD9221-2A ■ ■
3LD9251-2A ■
3LD9281-2A ■
3LD9241-2A ■ ■
3-pole 4 units 3LD9221-0A ■ ■
3LD9251-0A ■
Shaft coupling
• No ON-lock
Floor mounting 3LD9242-4F ■ ■

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/31
© Siemens 2023
Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches | Transfer control devices
3KC ATC transfer control devices
G G G G
I201_20395
Load Non-
Priority
I201_20422
priority
load
load
ATC3100 ATC6300 ATC6500
Version Controllable Interfaces

switching
devices
For fast 2 – 3KC9000-8EL10 – –
9 parameterization
without software
For programming 2 Optional communications – 3KC9000-8TL40 –
with user-friendly interface and LCD display
software, with 3 Integrated RS485 – – 3KC9000-8TL50
programmable inputs interface and LCD display
and outputs

9/32 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Transfer control devices | Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches
Further technical specifications ATC3100 ATC6300 ATC6500

Application
Transfer between Network/network, Network/network, network/generator,
network/generator generator/generator
Controllable switching devices 2 3
In-phase transition – Yes
Implementation of transfer with 3VA, 3VL, 3VT, 3WA/3WL, 3WA/3WL FSI-III, 3WT, 3KC3, 3WA/3WL FSI-III, 3WL10,
3WT 3KC4, 3VA, 3VL 3WT, 3VA
Measuring inputs
Max. rated operational voltage Ue Phase-phase 400 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
Phase-neutral conductor 230 V AC 277 V AC 346 V AC
Measuring range Phase-phase – 50 … 576 V AC 50 … 720 V AC
Phase-neutral conductor 161 … 264 V AC 50 … 333 V AC 30 … 415 V AC
Frequency range 50/60 Hz 45 … 65 Hz
Relative error of measurement method ±5% ±0.25%
Communication
Integrated RS485 interface (Modbus RTU) – Yes
Optional RS485 interface (Modbus RTU) – Yes Ready-integrated
Optional Ethernet interface (Modbus TCP) – Yes
Power supply
Auxiliary power supply Rated operational 220 … 240 V 100 … 240 V
voltage Ue AC
Rated operational – 110 … 250 V
voltage Ue DC
Frequency range 50/60 Hz 45 … 65 Hz
Battery power supply Rated operational 12/24 V 12/24/48 V
voltage Ue DC
Digital inputs 9
Number of inputs 5 6 8
Freely programmable – All
Relay outputs
Number of outputs 7 7
Freely programmable – All
Contact configuration – 6 × 1 NO, 8 A, 250 V AC (AC-1) 2 × 1 NO, 12 A, 250 V AC (AC-1)
1 × 1 CO, 8 A, 250 V AC (AC-1) 2 × 1 NO, 8 A, 250 V AC (AC-1)
3 × 1 CO, 8 A, 250 V AC (AC-1)
Real time clock and event log
ATC component No Yes
Operating time without voltage – 300 s 14 days
Max. number of events that can be stored – 100 250
Connections
Terminal type Removable/plug-in
Cable cross-section IEC 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 0.2 … 2.5 mm2
Enclosures
Version Door installation, Door installation
DIN-rail mounting,
floor mounting
Degree of protection IP41 on the front, IP40 on the front,
IP20 on the rear side IP20 on the rear side

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/33
© Siemens 2023
Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches | Transfer control devices
Accessories for transfer control devices
For 3KC ATC3100 transfer switching equipment

Connecting cable for 3KC ATC3100
• Measurement and control cable for connection of 3KC ATC3100 to 3VL or 3WA/3WL
Cable length Article No.
1.8 m 3KC9000-8EL62
For 3KC ATC6300 and 3KC ATC6500 transfer switching equipment

Expansion modules with digital inputs and outputs
ATC6 expansion module Features Article No.
4DI • 4 digital inputs 3KC9000-8TL60
• Including insulated 24 V DC/1 W power supply for digital inputs and
sensors
4DO, SSR • 4 solid-state-compatible digital outputs 3KC9000-8TL61
• 4 NO at the solid-state-compatible output
max. 55 mA at 30 V AC or 40 V DC
2DI/2DO, SSR • 2 digital inputs and 2 solid-state compatible digital outputs 3KC9000-8TL62
• Including insulated 24 V DC/1 W power supply
for digital inputs and sensors
• 2 NO at the solid-state-compatible output
max. 55 mA at 30 V AC or 40 V DC
2DO, relay • 2 relay outputs 3KC9000-8TL63
• 2 CO at relay output, 5 A, 250 V AC (AC-1)
2DI/2DO, relay • 2 digital inputs and 2 relay outputs 3KC9000-8TL64
• 2 NO at relay output, 5 A, 250 V AC (AC-1)
9 Expansion modules with communications interfaces

• Note: The 3KC ATC6500 transfer switching equipment comes with an integrated RS485 interface
ATC6 expansion module Features Article No.
RS485 • RS485 interface, Modbus RTU 3KC9000-8TL74
Ethernet • Ethernet interface, Modbus TCP 3KC9000-8TL75
Front interface
• For parameterization on the front using software
ATC6 front interface Features Article No.
USB • Mini-USB cable, 1.8 m 3KC9000-8TL73
Protective seal
• For front IP65 protection
Suitable for Version Article No.
3KC ATC6300 144 × 144 mm 3KC9000-8TL67
3KC ATC6500 240 × 180 mm 3KC9000-8TL68

9/34 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Transfer control devices | Transfer Switching Equipment and Load Transfer Switches

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 9/35
© Siemens 2023
Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring and Digitalization Solutions
Easy, reliable, cost-efficient

There are many advantages to be had from
keeping a watchful eye on your energy
consumption: in addition to cost savings through
optimized consumption, you ensure increased
resilience with the monitoring of power supply
systems and network quality in infrastructure and
industrial plants.
At the same time, systematic power monitoring

increases your awareness of actual energy
consumption, making it a key prerequisite for
greater energy efficiency.
Integration into open IoT operating systems

such as Insights Hub results in even greater
optimization potential.
What is more, with a power monitoring system

you lay the foundation for regular energy audits
and a corporate energy management system
according to ISO 50001 and ISO 50003.
© Siemens 2023
Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring and Digitalization Solutions
Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring

and Digitalization Solutions

Power monitoring 10/4
Hardware components 10/6
Accessories 10/10
Software and digitalization solutions 10/12
SENTRON Powerconfig 10/12
SENTRON Powermanager 10/14
SENTRON Powercenter 10/18
SENTRON Powermind 10/22
SIMATIC Modbus/TCP SENTRON PAC 10/24
PAC/3WL/3VA SIMATIC PCS 7 library 10/25
Measuring devices 10/26
7KM PAC measuring devices 10/26
7KT PAC measuring devices 10/30 10
SEM3 multichannel current measuring system 10/32
SEM3T multichannel temperature measuring system 10/34
Time and pulse counters 10/36
Current transformers 10/38
Bushing-type current transformers
for measurement purposes 10/38
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/1

© Siemens 2023
Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring and Digitalization Solutions | All the information you need
For information about measuring devices, power Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
monitoring and digitalization solutions, please visit our (product catalog)
websites • Measuring devices and power monitoring
www.siemens.com/sentron-measuring-devices sie.ag/2kTH9Lz
www.siemens.com/sentron-digital • Digitalization solutions sie.ag/2olIiNi
• Configuring and visualizing for SIMATIC
sie.ag/2kpbwcs
Your product in detail • Software and apps sie.ag/2kTJjuF
The SiePortal platform (knowledge base) provides by clicking on the article number in the catalog or
comprehensive information entering this web address incl. article number
− SENTRON portfolio for power monitoring
(109744725) Configurators
• Brochure
− SENTRON Powermanager – update and benefit
The configurator reduces the time and effort required
(109805178)
in the planning and ordering process, and allows for
10 The relevant tender specifications can be found at
individual adaptations.
Configure your 7KM PAC and 7KT PAC measuring device
at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/pac-configurator
• Power monitoring (general) sie.ag/7N6g4g

10/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring and Digitalization Solutions
Your product in detail SENTRON Powerconfig
The SiePortal platform (knowledge base) provides The combined commissioning and service tool SENTRON
detailed technical information Powerconfig for communication-capable measuring
devices, circuit protection devices and circuit breakers.
Free download SENTRON Powerconfig
• Operating instructions www.siemens.com/powerconfig
• Certificates Free download SENTRON Powerconfig mobile via
www.siemens.com/support-app Manuals
Manuals can be found in SiePortal at
• SiePortal (product catalog) www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/manuals
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-catalog • Configuration Manual
• Image database − Measuring devices and power monitoring (45315973)
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/picturedb • Equipment Manual
− 7KT PAC1600 energy meter (109759827)
Engineering data for CAD or CAE systems are available in − 7KT PAC1600 multimeter (109760293)
the CAx Download Manager at − 7KM PAC2200 power monitoring device (109746835)
www.siemens.com/cax − 7KM PAC2200CLP power monitoring device
(109783220)
− 7KM PAC3200T power monitoring device (109746833)
− SENTRON PAC5100/5200 7KM5212/5412
Face-to-face or online training (109477872)
− 7KM PAC3120 and 7KM PAC3220 (109767307)
Our training courses can be found at − SENTRON Powercenter 3000 (109763838)
www.siemens.com/sitrain-lowvoltage • System Manual
− 7KT multichannel current measuring system
• Digitalization in power distribution boards (WT-LVDIGI) (109483442)
• SENTRON circuit protection devices with measuring and − SENTRON power monitoring device
communication function (WT-LVBCOM) PAC4200 (34261595) // PAC4220 (109823026)
− SENTRON circuit protection devices with
• Power Monitoring with SENTRON (WT-LVAEM) communication and measuring function (109791806)
• Energy Management with SENTRON Powermanager – • Communication Manual
User training (LV-PM) − SENTRON PAC5100/5200 7KM5212/5412 (109477870)
• SENTRON Powermanager graphic module – − 3VA molded case circuit breakers with IEC and UL
certification (98746267)
User training (LV-PMG) • SEM3™
− Embedded Micro Metering Module™ (109748928)
• Quick Installation Guide
− SENTRON POWERCENTER 3000 (109766001)
• Installation Manual
− Circuit protection devices with communication and
Technical overview – Measuring devices, power monitoring and digitalization solutions

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on measuring devices, power monitoring
and digitalization solutions
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/3

© Siemens 2023
Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring and Digitalization Solutions | Quick selection guide
Power monitoring
Software Local monitoring systems
Web Mobile App
Web interface integrated SENTRON Powerconfig
Functions for power monitoring

Commissioning of measuring devices and circuit breakers – ■
Displaying current data ■ ■
Displaying/evaluating current/historical values ■ ■
Prepared analyses/reports – –
Customized reporting – –
Data analysis in the cloud – –
Additionally for energy management

Switching loads on and off – –
Operating environment Use Free of charge Free of charge
System requirements Browser Android, iOS

Suitable according to ISO 50001 – –
Connection of non-Siemens devices – –
Integrated cloud interface – –
10 Further information From page 10/12
Measuring devices, circuit breakers

and circuit protection devices
Measuring devices for industrial applications 7KM PAC1020 – –
7KM PAC2200/PAC2200CLP ■ ■ 1) 2)
7KM PAC3200T ■ ■ 1)
7KM PAC3120 – ■ 2)
7KM PAC3220 ■ ■
7KM PAC4200 ■ ■
7KM PAC4220 – –
7KM PAC5200 ■ –
Measuring devices for buildings and infrastructure 7KT PAC1200 ■ –

7KT PAC1600 – –
SEM3/SEM3T ■ –
Circuit breakers 3WA – ■

3WL – ■
3WL10/3VA27 – –
3VA ETU5/8 – ■
Communication-capable circuit protection devices SENTRON Powercenter 1000/ – ■

5ST3 COM AS+FC/
5SL6 COM MCB/
I201_20406
I201_20406 I201_20406 I201_20406

I201_20406
5SV6 COM AFDD/
3NA COM Fuse
Other Modbus devices – –

■ Function available – Function not available
1)
Via WiFi 2)
Via gateway (PAC4200) 3)
Incl. module for Desigo CC building management 4)
Via XML/JSON 5)
Via SPP2000 6)
Via Modbus TCP
10/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Quick selection guide | Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring and Digitalization Solutions
Cloud World of SIMATIC

PC-based TIA Portal
I201_20439
I201_20440
I201_08932
SENTRON SENTRON SENTRON SENTRON SIMATIC SIMATIC
Powerconfig Powermanager 3) Powercenter 3000 Powermind (Insights Hub) TIA Portal integrated TIA Portal capable
■ – – – ■ –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– ■ – ■ ■ –
– ■ – – – –
– – – ■ – –
– ■ – – ■ ■
Free of charge License and trial license – Subscription – –
Windows X64 Windows X64 – Browser – –
– ■ (TÜV) ■ ■ – –
– ■ ■ ■ – –
– ■ ■ ■ – –
From page 10/12 From page 10/14 From page 10/18 From page 10/22 10
■ ■ 4) ■ ■ – –
■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ 5)
■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ 5)
■ ■ ■ ■ – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ – – – – –
■ ■ – – – –
■ ■ – – – –
■ ■ ■ – – –
– ■/■ 4) – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ – ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ – – – ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ 6)
■ ■ ■ ■ – –
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/5

© Siemens 2023
Hardware components
Industry
7KM 7KM 7KM 7KM 7KM 7KM

PAC1020 PAC2200 PAC2200- PAC3200T PAC3120 PAC3220
CLP
Type of mounting
Front mounting | DIN rail | Screw mounting ■| – | – – |■| – – |■| – – |■| – ■| – | – ■| – | –
Withdrawable | Fixed-mounted –|– –|– –|– –|– –|– –|–
Measuring connection
Direct measurement – ■ ■ – – –
Transformer measurement ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Multichannel measuring system – – – – – –
Suitable transformers
Window-type current transformers ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Folding transformer ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Integrated transformer – – – – – –
Commissioning
MID/PTB-A50.7 version –|– ■| – ■|■ –|– –|– –|–
Max. input voltage L-L/L-N 400 V/230 V 400 V/230 V 400 V/230 V 400 V/230 V 690 V/400 V 690 V/400 V
Transformer connection version x/1 A or x/5 A x/1 A or x/5 A x/1 A or x/5 A x/1 A or x/5 A x/1 A or x/5 A x/1 A or x/5 A
Direct connection version – 65 A 65 A – – –
DC power supply unit with
– – – – 24 ... 60 V DC ±20% 24 ... 60 V DC ±20%
extra-low voltage version
1-phase counter version – ■ ■ – – –
10 Electrically isolated voltage inputs – – – – – –
Version without display (for web interface) – – – ■ – –
Evaluation
Measured quantities
Average value of measured values – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Voltage, current, frequency ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Power, power factor ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Energy measurement
Daily energy storage – > 221 days > 10 years > 221 days > 221 days > 221 days
Monthly energy storage – > 25 months > 10 years > 25 months > 25 months > 25 months
Yearly energy storage – > 7 years > 10 years > 7 years > 7 years > 7 years
Apparent | Active | Reactive energy | p.f. | –|■|■|–|■ ■|■|■|–|■ ■|■|■|–|■ ■|■|■|–|■ ■|■|■|■|■ ■|■|■|■|■
power factor
Distortion factor THD (voltage, current) – – – ■ ■ ■
Harmonics (voltage, current) – – – – – –
Phase angle/phase chart – – – – – –
Load profile recording – – ■ – – –
Flicker acc. to IEC 61000-4-15 – – – – – –
Monitoring functions
Operating hours counter – – – ■ ■ ■
Limit monitoring – – – ■ ■ ■
Logic functions – – – ■ ■ ■
Event log – – – – – –
Gateway function – – – – – –
Reporting acc. to EN 50160 – – – – – –
Integrated fault recorder – – – – – –
Integrated communications interfaces
Digital inputs/digital outputs 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2
S0 interface ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
M-Bus – ■ – – – –
RS485 (Modbus RTU) ■ ■ – – ■ –
Ethernet with Modbus TCP – ■ ■ ■ – ■
BACnet – – – – – –
Further information
1)
Available with prompt firmware update (see SiePortal)
10/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Industry Buildings and infrastructure Circuit breakers
7KM 7KM 7KM 7KT 7KT SEM3 3WA 3WL 3WL10/ 3VA ETU8
PAC4200 PAC4220 PAC5200 PAC1200 PAC1600 3VA27
■| – | – ■| – | – ■| ■ | – – |■| – – |■| – – | – |■ –|–|– –|–|– –|–|– –|–|–

–|– –|– –|– –|– –|– –|– ■| ■ ■| ■ ■|■ –|■
– – – ■ ■ – – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■
– – – ■ – ■ – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ – – – –
– – – ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
–|– –|– –|– –|– ■| – –|– –|– –|– –|– –|–

690 V/400 V 690 V/400 V 690 V/400 V 400 V/230 V 400 V/230 V 480 V/277 V 1000 V/577 V 690 V/400 V 690 V/400 V 690 V/400 V
x/1 A or x/5 A x/1 A oder x/5 A x/1 A or x/5 A x/5 A x/5 A 50 … 1200 A/0.1 A integrated integrated integrated integrated
– – – 40/63 A 63/80 A – – – – –
DC 24 ... 48 V
22 … 65 V DC – – – – 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
±25%
– – – ■ ■ ■ – – – –
– – ■ – – – – – – – 10
– – ■ ■ – ■ – – – –
■ – 1) – – – – ■ ■ – –
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
> 365 days – 1) – – – – – – – –

> 24 months – 1) – – – – – – – –
– – 1) – – – – – – – –
■|■|■|■| ■|■|■|■|■ ■|■|■|■| –|■|■|–| ■|■|■|–| ■|■|■|■|■ ■|■|■|■| ■|■|■|■| ■|■|■|■| ■|■|■|■|
■ ■ – – ■ ■ – ■
■ ■ ■ – – – ■ ■ – ■
2nd to 64th 2. bis 64. 2nd to 40th – – – 2nd to 31st 2nd to 29th – –
■ ■ ■ – – – – – – –
■ – 1) – – – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– – ■ – – – – – – –
■ ■ – – ■ – ■ ■ – ■
■ – 1) ■ – ■ – – ■ ■ ■
■ – 1) ■ – – ■ – – – –
> 4000 events – 1) ■ – – ■ – ■ ■ ■
■ – 1) – – – – – – – –
– – ■ – – – – – – –
– – ■ – – – – – – –
2/2 2/2 0/2 – 1/1 2/1 ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ – – ■ – ■ – ■ ■
– – – – ■ – – – – –
– – – – ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ – ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
– – – – – ■ – – – –
See page 10/26 See page 10/26 See page 10/26 See page See page See page 10/32 See page 1/4 See page 1/74 See page 1/74 See page 2/6
10/31 10/30 See page 2/6
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/7

© Siemens 2023
Hardware components
Circuit protection devices
I201_20406
I201_20406 I201_20406
SENTRON Powercenter 5ST3 COM auxiliary 5SV6 COM AFDD/MCB

1000 switches and fault
signal contacts
Communications interfaces
Radio link ■ ■ ■
Modbus TCP ■ – –
Bluetooth ■ – –
Gateway function ■ – –
Type of mounting
DIN rail ■ ■ ■
Busbar – – –
Evaluation
Switching state – ■ ■
Temperature – ■ ■
Current – – ■
Residual current (in various frequency ranges) – – –
Voltage – – ■
Frequency – – ■
Apparent, reactive and active power, power factor – – ■
Reactive and active energy – – ■
10 Monitoring functions
Operating hours counter ■ ■ ■
Operating hours counter with load current – – ■
Operating cycles counter – ■ ■
Trip counter – ■ ■
Short-circuit trip counter – – ■
Alarms for limit monitoring ■ ■ ■
Detection of overload and short circuit – – ■
Detection of arcing faults – – ■
Further information
See page 10/20 See page 3/54 and 4/64 See page 4/56
1)
Protection function provided, but tripping is not communicated
10/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Circuit protection devices
I201_20406 I201_20406
I201_20406
5SL6 COM miniature 3NA COM fuses

circuit breakers
EM RCM/EMw
■ ■ ■
– – –
– – –
– – –
■ ■ –
– – ■
■ ■ –
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
– ■ –
■ ■ –
■ ■ –
■ ■ –
■ ■ –
■ ■ ■
10
■ ■ ■
■ ■ –
■ ■ –
■ ■ –
■ ■ ■
■ ■ – 1)
– – –
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/9

© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Communication modules
7KM Switched Ethernet 7KM 7KM RS485 SENTRON PROFINET

PROFINET/Modbus TCP PROFIBUS DP Modbus RTU Proxy SPP2000
Industry
7KM PAC1020 – – – –
7KM PAC2200 – – – ■
7KM PAC2200CLP – – – ■
7KM PAC3200T – – – ■
7KM PAC3120 – – – –
10 7KM PAC3220 ■ ■ ■ –
7KM PAC42x0 – 1) – 1) ■ –
7KM PAC5200 – – – –
Buildings and infrastructure
7KT PAC1200 – – – –
7KT PAC1600 – – – –
SEM3 – – – –
Circuit breakers
3WA/3WL – – – –
3WL10/3VA27 – – – –
3VA ETU5/8 ■ ■ ■ –
1)
Available with prompt firmware update (see SiePortal)
10/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Expansion modules Current transformers
7KM PAC 7KM PAC 4NC 7KT 3NJ calibrated

4DI/2DO I(N), I(Diff), analog
– – ■ ■ ■
– – ■ ■ ■
– – – – ■
– – ■ ■ ■
– – ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 10
– 1) – 1) ■ ■ ■
– – ■ ■ ■
– – – – –
– – ■ ■ ■
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/11

© Siemens 2023
Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring and Digitalization Solutions | Software and digitalization solutions
SENTRON Powerconfig
Configuration software for commissioning and maintenance
SENTRON Powerconfig is available free of charge at Free download SENTRON Powerconfig mobile via:
www.siemens.com/powerconfig
You will find further information on the internet at
www.siemens.com/sentron
App Store Play Store
• Software tool for the efficient commissioning and diagnostics • Service functions:
of communication-capable SENTRON components − Detection of devices and acquisition of measured quantities
• Supports all electronic SENTRON devices, e.g. 3WA, 3WL, 3VA, and status information via different networks, e.g. via
SENTRON Powercenter 3000 and SENTRON Powercenter 1000, Ethernet
with 5ST3 AS+FC COM, 5SL6 MCB COM, 5SV6 AFDD COM and − Device and status acquisition via local interfaces, such as
3NA Fuse COM Bluetooth and USB
• General range of functions: − Acquisition and archiving of historic records, such as load
− User-friendly parameter assignment even for complex profiles and events
devices such as the 3WA − Firmware updates
− Fast, optical detection of communication and measuring- − Switching of language packs for 7KM PAC measuring devices
capable circuit protection devices, such as • Cooperative interaction between SENTRON Powerconfig
SENTRON Powercenter 1000 mobile and SENTRON Powerconfig on the PC:
− Saving and printing of device settings − SENTRON Powerconfig mobile offers a high degree of
− Testing the 3WA and archiving the test results mobile versatility, e.g. to scan codes on the circuit protec-
− Monitoring, saving and printing of instantaneous measured tion devices
quantities − SENTRON Powerconfig on the PC can be used for subsequent
− Execution of specific device functions, such as resetting of editing and archiving of the system configuration
10 devices and setting of energy meters
QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/4
page 10/4
10/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Software and digitalization solutions | Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring and Digitalization Solutions
SENTRON
Powerconfig
*splx
Modbus TCP
I201_20139a
SENTRON
Powerconfig
mobile

5SV6 COM AFDD/MCB 5ST3 COM AS/FC 3NA COM LV HRC
5SL6 COM MCB
Setting of parameter values Scanning of circuit protection devices
10
Display of the circuit breaker status Display of the state of health of the 3VA
Quick selection
guide, page 10/4
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/13
© Siemens 2023
PC-based power monitoring software
SENTRON Powermanager is based on the modern Desigo CC If you wish to migrate from classic Powermanager (3.6) to the
platform with advanced graphical capabilities and a standard SQL current version, please get in touch with your local Siemens
database. The workflows for setting up the system, creating contact.
devices, graphically displaying the device data and processing it
The "Trial" license gives customers the opportunity to gain initial
in reports have been fundamentally revised.
experience with SENTRON Powermanager during a 60-day test
You can find the latest download and change information at phase. The application can still be used by purchasing a regular
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support (109771760) license.
Updates and upgrades of version 4.x or higher are based on the You will find further information on the internet at
SUS/SUR principles. www.siemens.com/powermanager
You will find further information in the brochure – SENTRON
You will find training courses on the internet at
Powermanager – update and benefit
Version Description Article No.

Extended Package Full product license for up to 10 devices, installation for client/server, web access via 7KN2710-2CE40-0YC0
Windows App Client
Trial license Full product license limited to 60 days for up to 10 devices, incl. all functions;
software download via SIOS Portal
A free license for one-time use (trial license limited to 60 days) must also be requested via
www.siemens.com/sentron-powermanager-trialversion
Device expansions
10 Device Pack (20)
Device Pack (50)
Device expansion license for up to 20 devices
Device expansion license for up to 50 devices
7KN2711-1CE40-0YC0
7KN2711-2CE40-0YC0
Device Pack (100) Device expansion license for up to 100 devices 7KN2711-3CE40-0YC0
Option packs
"Graphics Editor 60 Days" Option for creating any number of freely configured graphics, 7KN2712-0CE40-0YC0
option pack validity period limited to 60 days
"Graphics Editor Unlimited" Option for creating custom-made SENTRON Powermanager applications, e.g. graphics; 7KN2712-0CE40-0YC1
option pack especially suitable for partners such as Solution Providers, control cabinet builders, etc.
"Client (2)" option pack Expansion for up to 2 clients 7KN2712-1CE40-0YC0
"Client (5)" option pack Expansion for up to 5 clients 7KN2712-2CE40-0YC0
"SENTRON Powermanager OPC 100 data points for OPC client configuration 7KN2712-3CE40-0YC0
UA/DA Client (100)" option pack
"SENTRON Powermanager OPC UA OPC server configuration 7KN2712-3CE40-0YC2
Server" option pack
"SENTRON Powermanager Server" Additionally, SENTRON Powermanager server license for distributed systems without 7KN2712-4CE40-0YC0
option pack devices, web, etc.
"SENTRON logics" option pack Extended logic function 7KN2712-6CE40-0YC0
SENTRON Powermanager SUR-Unit Update – Extend subscription period by 12 months 7KN2713-7CE40-0YC0
SENTRON Powermanager SUS-Unit Update – Start new 12-month subscription period 7KN2713-8CE40-0YC0
System packages
System 1 Package comprising 7KN2715-1CE40-0YC0
1× SENTRON Powermanager Extended
1× PAC4200
1× PAC3120
1× RS485 modules
3× PAC3220
1× PAC4200
4× PAC1600
1× RS485 module
5× PAC2200 transformer measurement Modbus TCP
QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/4
page 10/4
10/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
SENTRON Powermanager – Measuring device diagram
10
SENTRON Powermanager – Overview of measuring devices
SENTRON Powermanager – Load duration report
Quick selection
guide, page 10/4
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/15
© Siemens 2023
PC-based power monitoring software
10
Third-party quantity report
QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/4
page 10/4
10/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Health Dashboard
10
SENTRON Powercenter 1000 Dashboard
Quick selection
guide, page 10/4
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/17
© Siemens 2023
SENTRON Powercenter
Edge/IoT-based data acquisition and visualization for low-voltage power distribution

Areas of use and applications − In the web interface of the SENTRON Powercenter 3000 via
• Basis for certified energy management according to ISO 50001 the predefined device dashboards and the customer-specific
to improve energy efficiency and optimize maintenance dashboards
management − Can also be output as a report
• Transparency and fault localization in single and distributed • Interfaces for the digitalization of low-voltage
locations − Integrated and easy-to-configure communication with
• Future-proof foundation for expanding data analysis from SENTRON Powermind (see separate section)
on-site analysis to cloud-based analysis − To other cloud applications, e.g. based on AWS, Azure,
AliCloud, etc.
Features
− Via Modbus TCP for other applications, e.g. SENTRON
• Simple and fast commissioning via
Powermanager
− Reuse of the configuration data from SENTRON Powerconfig
• General:
or
− Energy and status data from infeed to the final circuit of up
− An integrated network scan with automatic device recogniti-
to 32 SENTRON protection, switching, measuring and
on and dashboard selection in accordance with the device
monitoring devices (expandable to up to 212 devices with
type
license-based extensions – subject to fee)
• Data acquisition, storage and provision
− Non-Siemens devices are created via SENTRON Power Device
− All key data of lower-level devices and energy/demand
Engineer and treated like any other device
values, breaker status, signals etc.
− Compact design, Web interface in 10 languages
− The 15min energy values as a basis for energy reporting as
− Flexible IT security features for protection against
part of ISO 50001 certification
unauthorized access
− Export in form of CSV file (once, periodically, send e.g. by
email More information:
• Visualization/data analysis www.siemens.com/sentron-powercenter3000
− Analysis of the data in graphical form, e.g. lines, bars,
10 diagrams, and also in tabular form
Mounting Interfaces Protocols Article No.

DIN-rail mounting 2× Ethernet Modbus TCP, http, Insights Hub 7KN1310-0MC00-0AA8
Internet
Cloud Insights Hub and other Clouds
(e. g. AWS, Azure, Alibaba Cloud, etc.)
Intranet
Facility Email Server for Integrated
Webinterface SCADA/Local
Notification monitoring system
Distribution
System SENTRON
Powercenter 3000
Main distribution board Subdistribution board Final distribution board
SENTRON SENTRON SENTRON

Powercenter 1000 Powercenter 1000 Powercenter 1000
I201_20138b
5SV6 COM 5ST3 COM

3WA/3WL 3VA 7KM 3VA 7KM 5SL6 COM 3RV2 COM
3NA COM 3NA COM 7KM 5SL6 COM
PAC4220 PAC4220 PAC2200 RCM
Areas of use and applications for SENTRON Powercenter 3000
QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/4
page 10/4
10/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
The following examples give an impression of the diverse functions of the SENTRON Powercenter 3000. These are aimed at different
customer groups, such as energy managers and maintenance personnel, but also electricians. All information is available via a web
browser on a standard PC, but also on mobile devices, such as tablets and smartphones. The information is therefore also available
remotely within the company network.
Predefined dashboards
These are automatically selected according to the configuration of the SENTRON Powercenter 3000 and show the most important
data of SENTRON protection, switching and measuring devices.
Data visualization based on the example of a measuring device Information on the status of protection and switching devices
• Key data points such as active energy or active power are displayed in the • Representation of the device status, e.g. open, closed, tripped and relevant
form of a curve (time range can be altered by scrolling).
• Further instantaneous values or device information are available in tabular
measured quantities, such as maximum phase current, total power ...
• Condition monitoring information is used to assess the state of health and
10
form. predict the remaining service life
Creation of customer-specific dashboards

Users can create their own dashboards (in addition to the standard "Overview" dashboard) by using widgets from the library
to compile their own views of the most important information.
Example of a customer-specific dashboard Several examples of the UI elements

Easy-to-operate user interface
Further UI elements provide additional operating convenience and more in-depth views of the collected data.
• The alarm widget serves as a convenient tool to obtain an overview of the active limit monitoring and any alarms that may be triggered.
− In the archive graph widget, the 15min energy values (kWh) are displayed as a bar chart
− The detailed display on "mouse over" shows the individual values in the bar chart with the corresponding date/time stamp
• Dashboards and their contents, e.g. results of data analysis can be printed using the web browser print function
Quick selection
guide, page 10/4
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/19
© Siemens 2023
SENTRON Powercenter
Wireless data acquisition and visualization in the final circuit

The SENTRON Powercenter 1000 data transceiver is designed to This is complemented by easy mounting on a 35 mm DIN rail
enable comprehensive data acquisition of communication and and plug-in terminals for a 24 V DC power supply, which can
measuring-capable circuit protection devices. This increases be immediately looped through (daisy chain) to supply other
transparency in the final circuit, through which optimization devices.
measures can be derived to increase system availability.
The integrated Bluetooth interface enables simple on-site
Up to 24 devices can communicate wirelessly with communication and commissioning via the SENTRON Powerconfig
SENTRON Powercenter 1000 via radio link. This means that no mobile app. Connection to various configuration or power
increased installation effort is required for communication. monitoring systems, such as SENTRON Powerconfig,
Selected measured values of the circuit protection devices are SENTRON Powermanager or customized solutions, is ensured
stored in the data transceiver for up to 30 days. These can be via the Modbus TCP interface. Furthermore, this interface also
visualized to ensure extensive data availability. enables a connection via e.g. SENTRON Powercenter 3000 or via
LOGO! to cloud applications.
The compact design of the SENTRON Powercenter 1000, in a
single modular width, results in an extremely small footprint in
the distribution board so as to enable wireless, comprehensive
data acquisition.
Mounting Power supply Devices that can be connected Interfaces Article No.
DIN-rail mounting 24 V DC SELV 24 circuit protection devices via 2× Ethernet 7KN1110-0MC00
radio link
Note:
10
Bundles Scope of supply Article No.

Bundle 1
I201_20406
2× MCB 5SL6 COM B16 7KN1110-0XC01
1× RCBO 5SV1 B16
1× AS/FC 5ST3 COM
I201_20406 I201_20406
1× SENTRON Powercenter 1000

Bundle 2
I201_20406 2× MCB 5SL6 COM C16 7KN1110-0XC02
1× RCBO 5SV1 B16
1× AS/FC 5ST3 COM
I201_20406 I201_20406

Bundle 3
I201_20406
3× 3NA COM LV HRC fuse links 250 A gG 7KN1110-0XC03
I201_20406
1× 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors
Bundle 4
I201_20406 9× 3NA COM LV HRC fuse links 250 A gG 7KN1110-0XC04
I201_20406 1× SENTRON Powercenter 3000
Bundle 5
I201_20406 9× 3NA COM LV HRC fuse links 250 A gG 7KN1110-0XC05
I201_20406
Bundle 6
I201_20406
1x MCB 5SL6 COM B10 7KN1110-0XC06
1x MCB 5SL6 COM B13
1× RCBO 5SV1 B13, short-time delayed G
I201_20406 I201_20406
1× AS/FC 5ST3 COM

QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/4
page 10/4
10/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
• Acquisition and storage of data

SENTRON SENTRON
Powerconfig Powerconfig and measured values from up to
or other mobile 24 communication-capable circuit
Software protection devices via radio link
Solutions
• Parameterization, visualization
Modbus TCP and further processing of the data
in higher-level applications via
Bluetooth and Modbus TCP
You will find further information under:

I201_20143a
... ... System Manual – Circuit protection
devices with communication and 10
5SV6 COM AFDD/MCB 5ST3 COM AS/FC 3NA COM LV HRC
5SL6 COM MCB
max. 24
Wireless Protocol
Quick selection
guide, page 10/4
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/21
© Siemens 2023
SENTRON Powermind
Cloud-based solution for data visualization and
analysis in power distribution systems
SENTRON Powermind is aimed equally at energy managers, facility managers and/or operators. For energy managers, predefined,
automated representations and analyses of energy data are available, such as:
• Analysis of data in graphical form, e.g. lines, bars, heatmap, Sankey diagram, pie diagram and diagram of top 10 loads (can also be
output in the form of a report)
• Comparison of energy consumption on weekdays versus weekends with percentage day-by-day representation of the distribution
of energy consumption to identify unnecessary energy consumption
• Comparison of energy consumption and power import during a selected period as compared with a reference period to assess the
effectiveness of energy efficiency measures
• Day-by-day representation of the 15 min power demand, incl. min and max values to assess power peaks
SENTRON Powermind offers operators and facility managers the following information and analyses:
• Status of the switching and protection devices, such as 3VA, 3WA and 3WL
• Display of the maximum current value of an individual phase in relation to In
• Condition monitoring information about the condition of the contact system of each circuit breaker and also as an overview of all
circuit breakers
• The following devices are supported:
PAC1020, PAC2200/PAC2200CLP, PAC3100/PAC3120, PAC3200/PAC3200T/PAC3220, PAC4200 measuring devices,
3VA, 3WA and 3WL circuit breakers
You will find further information on the Insights Hub Store at
www.dex.siemens.com/industrial-iot/step-4-book-apps-and-extras/sentron-powermind
10
SENTRON Powermind
Modbus TCP/HTTP
I201_20136b
3WA/3WL 3VA 7KM PAC4220 7KM PAC3220 7KM PAC3200T 7KM PAC2200 MODBUS
device
Modbus RTU
3WL COM16 7KM PAC3120 7KM PAC1020 7KT PAC1600 5SV6 COM AFDD/MCB 5ST3 COM AS/FC
5SL6 COM MCB
A large number of devices transmit data via SENTRON Powercenter 3000 or SENTRON Powermanager to SENTRON Powermind
QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/4
page 10/4
10/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
SENTRON Powermind processes data from SENTRON Powercenter 3000. No complex configuration or parameterization is required, as
the necessary information is exchanged using files. This also prevents possible incorrect entries or write errors. An error-free
connection can thus be easily established in just a few minutes.
The examples show some of the functions of SENTRON Powermind, which are aimed at different customer groups, such as energy
managers and maintenance personnel, but also electricians. All information is available via a web browser on a standard PC, but also
on mobile devices, such as tablets and smartphones. The information is therefore available both on-site (locally) and off-site
(remotely).
10
Creating transparency Overview of the circuit breaker status

• Representation of the device status, e.g. open, closed, tripped and relevant • Overview of the state of the health of all circuit breakers in the switchboard
measured quantities, such as maximum phase current, total power … • Assignment to a maintenance cycle (< 1 year; between 1 and 3 years; > 3 years)
• Information about the state of health of the device to take action proactively • Display of circuit breakers in list form as well as link to the respective circuit
breaker dashboard
Energy management
• Comparison of the energy consumption of two periods, for example, to assess the effectiveness of energy saving measures
• Representation of the active power as mean and min/max values in a line diagram or heatmap
Quick selection
guide, page 10/4
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/23
© Siemens 2023
SENTRON Powermind
Cloud-based solution for data visualization and
analysis in power distribution systems
10
Creating transparency and analyzing energy data

• Representation of the power flow/power import in various parts of the
power distribution system
• Analysis of energy consumption in a freely selectable period (Total, Details,
Sankey, Top 10) or in comparison to another period (benchmark), including
percentage and absolute deviation; applicable to the overall system, system
components and individual loads
SIMATIC Modbus/TCP SENTRON PAC

For 7KM PAC3200/4200 measuring devices
Use and version Valid for Type Article No.
Communication via the integrated 1 CPU and up to 20 SENTRON PACs Modbus/TCP 20 SENTRON PAC 6AV6676-6MA30-0AX0
PN interface for reading values out 1 CPU and up to 100 SENTRON PACs Modbus/TCP 100 SENTRON PAC 6AV6676-6MA30-1AX0
of PAC3200 and PAC4200 devices,
1 CPU and up to 512 SENTRON PACs Modbus/TCP 512 SENTRON PAC 6AV6676-6MA30-2AX0
single license
QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/4
page 10/4
10/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
PAC/3WL/3VA SIMATIC PCS 7 library

For 7KM PAC3200/3220/4200 measuring devices and 3WL/3VA/3VL circuit breakers
Use Version Type of delivery Article No.
PAC/3WL/3VA SIMATIC PCS 7 library
• AS blocks and faceplates for integrating the Engineering and runtime software, Software and electronic 7KN2780-0CE24-0YA0
3WL/3VA/3VL circuit breakers into SIMATIC PCS 7, software class A, documentation as a software
V8.x, V9.0 SP2 or V9.1 2-language (English, German), download, engineering and
• For each SIMATIC PCS 7 Operator Station of the single single license for one installation runtime license as Certificate of
station/server version, a license containing the License
following is required:
− Engineering license for one SIMATIC PCS 7
Operator Station of the single station/server version
− Runtime license for one automation system
(1 required per automation system, further AS
runtime licenses can be ordered separately)
AS runtime license for PAC/3WL/3VA library for SIMATIC PCS 7
License for one automation system in each case Runtime software, Runtime license as Certificate 7KN2780-0CE00-0YC0
software class A, of License without software and
2-language (English, German), documentation
single license for one installation
Operating and
monitoring level
Archive
10
PROFINET
SIMATIC PCS 7 / WinCC, Industrial Ethernet

Option powerrate and function block libraries
Processing level
SIMATIC S7, e.g. with Energy Suite
PROFINET /
PROFIBUS DP PROFIenergy
Industrial Ethernet
7KM PAC3200 COM100 COM800 SIMOCODE Acquisition and

7KM PAC4220 pro motor control level
measuring management
Distributed 7KM PAC3220 devices system
I/O, e.g. measuring device
ET200
3VA-line 3VA-line
COM35
Analog and digital signals

from contactors, counters, SINAMICS G120
flow meters frequency converter
...
3VA 3VA 3VA

max. 8
NSH0_00060h
3WL
Quick selection
guide, page 10/4
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/25
© Siemens 2023
Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring and Digitalization Solutions | Measuring devices
7KM PAC measuring devices

Basic units
Connec- Power supply Display Interface MID PTB- 7KM PAC1020 7KM PAC2200/PAC2200CLP 7KM PAC3200T
tions A50.7
Transformer measurement
Screw Self-powered With M-Bus With Without – 7KM2200-2EA30-1GA1 –
terminals Without Without – 7KM2200-2EA30-1CA1 –
Modbus RTU With Without – 7KM2200-2EA30-1HA1 –
Without Without – 7KM2200-2EA30-1DA1 –
Modbus TCP With With – 7KM2200-2EA00-1JB1 –
Without – 7KM2200-2EA30-1JA1 –
Without Without – 7KM2200-2EA30-1EA1 –
AC/DC wide-range With Modbus RTU Without Without 7KM1020-0BA01-1DA0 – –
power supply unit Modbus TCP Without Without – – –
Without Modbus TCP Without Without – – 7KM3200-0CA01-1AA0
DC power supply With Modbus TCP Without Without – – –
10 unit with
extra-low voltage
Modbus RTU Without Without – – –
Ring cable AC/DC wide-range With Modbus TCP Without Without – – –

lug power supply unit
connec-
tion
Direct measurement
Screw Self-powered With M-Bus With Without – 7KM2200-2EA40-1GA1 –
terminals Without Without – 7KM2200-2EA40-1CA1 –
Modbus RTU With Without – 7KM2200-2EA40-1HA1 –
Without Without – 7KM2200-2EA40-1DA1 –
Modbus TCP With With – 7KM2200-2EA40-1JB1 –
Without – 7KM2200-2EA40-1JA1 –
Without Without – 7KM2200-2EA40-1EA1 –
Further technical specifications 7KM1020-.. 7KM2200-.. 7KM3200-.. 7KM3120-0.. 7KM3120-1..

Basic data
Installation Front mounting DIN rail Front mounting
Mounting width – 6 MW –
Control panel instrument 96 × 96 mm – 96 × 96 mm
External auxiliary voltage 50/60 Hz AC 100 … 250 V – 90 … 276 V 100 … 250 V –
±10%
DC 110 … 250 V – 110 … 275 V 110 … 250 V 24 … 60 V
±10% ±10% ±20%
Measuring inputs
Transformer connection Secondary input current Ie x/1 A or x/5 A x/1 A or x/5 A x/1 A or x/5 A
Direct connection Input voltage Ue 3 50/60 Hz AC 400/230 V 690/400 V
Rated current In – 65 A –
QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/6
page 10/6
10/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Measuring devices | Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring and Digitalization Solutions
7KM PAC3120 7KM PAC3220 7KM PAC4200 7KM PAC4220 new 7KM PAC5200
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
7KM3120-0BA01-1DA0 – – – –
– 7KM3220-0BA01-1DA0 7KM4212-0BA00-3AA0 7KM4220-0BA01-1EA0 7KM5412-6BA00-1EA2
– – – – 7KM5412-6CA00-1EA8
– 7KM3220-1BA01-1EA0 7KM4211-1BA00-3AA0 7KM4220-1BA01-1EA0 –
7KM3120-1BA01-1EA0 – – – –
10
– – 7KM4212-0BA00-2AA0 – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
7KM3220-0.. 7KM3220-1.. 7KM4212-.. 7KM4211-.. 7KM4220-0.. 7KM4220-1.. 7KM5412-..
Front mounting Front mounting/DIN rail

–
96 × 96 mm
100 … 250 V – 95 … 240 V – 95 … 250 V – 110 … 230 V
±10% ±10% ±10% ±10%
100 … 250 V 24 … 60 V 110 … 340 V 22 … 65 V 110 … 270 V 24 … 48 V 24 … 250 V
±10% ±20% ±10% ±10% ±10% ±25% ±10%
x/1 A or x/5 A
690/400 V 500/289 V 690/400 V
–
Quick selection
guide, page 10/6
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/27
© Siemens 2023
7KM PAC measuring devices

Accessories
7KM PAC1020
7KM PAC3100
7KM PAC3120
7KM PAC3200
7KM PAC3220
7KM PAC4200
7KM PAC4220
7KM PAC TMP2 DIN-rail adapter
• Two-tier adapter for mounting a measuring device on a DIN rail
• Front display
• For manual intervention
7KM9900-0XA00-0AA0
7KM PAC TMP mounting plate
• Adapter for mounting a measuring device on DIN rail
• Display faces backwards towards DIN rail
• Readout and evaluation of measurements solely via mains operation
7KM9900-0YA00-0AA0
Compact holder
• Device holder for 7KM PAC1020/3100/3120/3200/3220/4200
• 10 holders for 5 PAC devices
• For seamless side-by-side mounting of the devices (without spaces)
7KM9900-0GA00-0AA0
7KM PAC3100 7KM PAC3120

7KM PAC3200 7KM PAC3220
10 7KM PAC4200 7KM PAC4220
Spare parts for 7KM PAC
• Spare parts comprising:
− Device holders for panel mounting (2X)
Note: can also be used for 7KM PAC3120/3220
− Screw terminal for connection of voltage inputs
− Screw terminal for connection of current inputs
− Terminal block inputs/outputs for 7KM PAC3100/4200
− Terminal block inputs/outputs for 7KM PAC3200
− RS485 terminal blocks for 7KM PAC3100
7KM9900-0SA00-0AA0 –
• Spare part package comprising:
− Device holders for panel mounting
– 7KM9900-0SA00-0AA0
7KM PAC2200
7KM PAC2200CLP
7KM PAC2200 MID
7KM PAC3200T
SENTRON PROFINET Proxy SPP2000
• Proxy for transition from Modbus TCP-capable measuring devices to PROFINET IO.
Connection of up to 8 devices from the PAC2200, PAC2200CLP, PAC2200 MID
and PAC3200T product ranges
• PROFINET Conformance Class C
• Two switched ports
• Integration in TIA by means of GSDML file
7KM9300-0PP20-0AA0
QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/10
page 10/10
10/28 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Expansion and communication modules

7KM PAC3220
7KM PAC4200
7KM PAC4220 COM100/800 (3VA)
7KM Switched Ethernet PROFINET communication module
• Latest PROFINET switching properties
• S2 system redundancy for operation in H systems
• CiR Configuration in Run
• Firmware update via the modules for PAC4200 and PAC3220
7KM9300-0AE02-0AA0
7KM PROFIBUS DP communication module
7KM9300-0AB01-0AA0
7KM RS485 communication module
7KM9300-0AM00-0AA0 1)
7KM PAC 4DI/2DO expansion module
7KM9200-0AB00-0AA0 –
10
7KM PAC I(N), I(Diff), analog expansion module

• To add the following functions to the measuring inputs:
− N conductor measurement
− Two analog inputs, also for measuring non-electrical quantities such as temperature,
water or air pressure
− Residual current measurement via type A or type B
summation current transformers
7KM9200-0AD00-0AA0 –
1)
Suitable for 7KM PAC4200/4220 (especially for the Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway)
Residual-current transformers for 7KM PAC I(N), I(Diff), analog expansion module, from page 11/1 onwards
Quick selection
guide, page 10/10
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/29
© Siemens 2023
7KT PAC measuring devices

PAC1600 basic unit
Connections Version Power supply Display Interface MID 7KT PAC1600

Screw terminals 3-phase Self-powered With Modbus RTU Without 7KT1661
With 7KT1662
M-Bus Without 7KT1663
With 7KT1664
S0 interface Without 7KT1672
With 7KT1673
3-phase, universal Auxiliary power: With – Without 7KT1681
100 ... 240 V AC, Modbus RTU Without 7KT1682
110 ... 250 V DC 50/60Hz
Direct measurement
Screw terminals 1-phase Self-powered With Modbus RTU Without 7KT1651
With 7KT1652
With 7KT1654
S0 interface Without 7KT1655
With 7KT1656
3-phase Self-powered With Modbus RTU Without 7KT1665
With 7KT1666
With 7KT1668
10 S0 interface Without 7KT1670
With 7KT1671
QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/6
page 10/6
10/30 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
PAC1200 multichannel current measuring system
Connections Version Power supply Display Interface MID 7KT PAC1200

Direct measurement
Screw terminals 3-phase Self-powered Without Modbus TCP Without 7KT1260
PAC1200 7KT PAC1200

Data manager with 7KT1260, sensor bars
Number of connections Article No.
3 7KT1233
6 7KT1236
9 7KT1238
12 7KT1242
Data manager with 7KT1260, sensors

Current Ie Article No.
40 A 7KT1254
63 A 7KT1255
10
PAC1200 Bundles
Data manager Sensor bars Sensors 18 bundle 24 bundle

1× data manager 7KT1260 2× 9-sensor bar 7KT1238 18× sensors 40 A 7KT1254 7KT1222 –
2× 12-sensor bar 7KT1242 24× sensors 40 A 7KT1254 – 7KT1223
Quick selection
guide, page 10/6
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/31
© Siemens 2023
SEM3 multichannel current measuring system

Data manager
Connections Version Power supply Display Interface MID

Screw terminals 3-phase Self-powered Without Modbus TCP Without US2:SEM3CONTROLLER
RS485 Modbus RTU
Further technical specifications SEM3

Basic data
Installation Screw mounting
Measuring inputs
Max. input voltage 50/60 Hz AC 480 V/277 V
Standard current transformers 50 … 1200 A/0.1 A
Folding transformer 50 … 2000 A/0.1 A
10
QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/6
page 10/6
10/32 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Metering modules
• For recording measured values
• Accuracy of 0.2% or 1% for the entire measurement including current transformer
• Simple setting of phase configuration by means of slide switch
• Connection of a current transformer for measuring a phase
• Metering module is plugged into meter rack
Measuring accuracy Article No.
0.2% US2:SEM3PHAMETER
1% US2:SEM3PLAMETER
Meter racks
Version Article No.
For 3 metering modules US2:SEM3RACK3
Connecting cables
• 600 V insulated special cable for connecting meter racks to the data manager
Length Article No.
0.3 m US2:SEM3CAB12INCH
Standard current transformers
• Standard power cable brown and yellow, 1.82 m long
• Can be extended up to 100 m while still maintaining accuracy
• Transformer configuration is carried out in the data manager
Output signal Transformer transmission ratio Article No.
100 mA 50: 0.1 US2:SEM3SCCT50
125: 0.1 US2:SEM3SCCT125 10
250: 0.1 US2:SEM3SCCT250
400: 0.1 US2:SEM3SCCT400
600: 0.1 US2:SEM3SCCT600
800: 0.1 US2:SEM3SCCT800
1200: 0.1 US2:SEM3SCCT1200
Folding transformers
• Standard power cable brown and yellow, 1.82 m long
• Transformer configuration is carried out in the data manager
Output signal Transformer transmission ratio Article No.
100 mA 50: 0.1 7KT1280-5MA00
125: 0.1 7KT1280-5MA01
250: 0.1 7KT1280-5MA02
400: 0.1 7KT1280-5MA03
600: 0.1 7KT1280-5MA04
800: 0.1 7KT1280-5MA05
1200: 0.1 7KT1280-5MA06
1600: 0.1 7KT1280-5MA07
2000: 0.1 7KT1280-5MA08
DIN-rail adapters
• 5 adapters for snapping onto DIN rail
• 1 adapter each for data manager and for meter racks with 3, 9, 15 and 21 metering modules
• Adapters are screwed onto the data manager or the meter racks
Article No.
US2:SEM3DINKIT
Quick selection
guide, page 10/6
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/33
© Siemens 2023
SEM3T multichannel temperature measuring

system
Data manager for thermal monitoring in electrical systems
Connections Version Power supply Display Interface
Plug-in connectors Temperature 24 V DC Without Modbus TCP 7KT1281-0AA00

measurement Modbus TCP/Wi-Fi 7KT1281-0AA10
Further technical specifications SEM3T

Basic data
Installation DIN-rail mounting
Measuring inputs
Temperature sensors 0 to 130 °C
10
QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/6
page 10/6
10/34 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Metering module
• For recording measured values
• No configuration necessary for modules
• Connection of a temperature sensor
• Metering module is plugged into meter rack
Article No.
7KT1281-1AA00
Meter racks
Version Article No.
Connecting cables
• 600 V insulated special cable for connecting meter racks to the data manager
Length Article No.
Temperature sensors
• Standard connection cable, brown and yellow, 3 m long
• Configuration is carried out in the data manager
Version Size Article No.
Sensors with ring cable lugs Sensor 1/4“ 7KT1281-2SA00
Sensor 5/16“
Sensor 3/8“
7KT1281-2SA01
7KT1281-2SA02
10
Sensor 1/2“ 7KT1281-2SA03
Cylindrical sensor 7KT1281-2CA00
Quick selection
guide, page 10/6
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/35
© Siemens 2023
Time and pulse counters

Mechanical counting mechanisms
Display Resetting Rated frequency Rated control supply 48 × 48 mm 72 × 72 mm –

voltage Uc
Time counter
00000.00 h Without – 10 … 80 V DC 7KT5500 – –
10 … 50 V DC – 7KT5600 –
12 ... 24 V DC – – 7KT5801
50 Hz 24 V AC 7KT5505 – 7KT5802
115 V AC 7KT5501 7KT5601 7KT5803
230 V AC 7KT5502 7KT5602 7KT5804
60 Hz 115 V AC 7KT5503 7KT5603 7KT5806
230 V AC 7KT5504 7KT5604 7KT5807
Pulse counter
0000000 Without – 12 ... 24 V DC – – 7KT5811
50/60 Hz 24 V AC – – 7KT5812
230 V AC – – 7KT5814
Further technical specifications 7KT55.. 7KT56.. 7KT58..

Basic data
Installation Front mounting DIN-rail mounting
10 Mounting width – 2 MW
Front frame 48 × 48 mm 72 × 72 mm –
Display Drum-type register
Version – With narrow frame –
according to
DIN 43700
Accessories 7KT55.. 7KT56.. 7KT58..

Cover
Size Article No. Article No. Article No.
55 × 55 mm 7KT9020 – –
Sealing ring for cover
Degree of protection Scope of supply Article No. Article No. Article No.
IP43 (in control panels with smooth surfaces) 1 set = 5 units 7KT9000 – –
Terminal cover
Degree of protection Article No. Article No. Article No.
IP20 (with connected conductors) – 7KT9021 –
QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/6
page 10/6
10/36 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Electronic counting mechanisms
Display Resetting Rated frequency Rated control supply voltage Uc

Time counter
000000.0 h Without 50/60 Hz 24 ... 240 V AC, 12 ... 150 V DC 7KT5821
Electrical 50/60 Hz 24 ... 240 V AC, 12 ... 150 V DC 7KT5822
Electrical and mechanical 50/60 Hz 24 ... 240 V AC, 12 ... 150 V DC 7KT5823
Pulse counter
0000000 Electrical and mechanical 50/60 Hz 24 ... 240 V AC, 12 ... 150 V DC 7KT5833
Further technical specifications 7KT58..

Basic data
Installation DIN-rail mounting
Mounting width 2 MW
Display LCD display
10
Quick selection
guide, page 10/6
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/37
© Siemens 2023
Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring and Digitalization Solutions | Current transformers
Current transformers
Bushing-type current transformers for measurement purposes
4NC 1) 7KT 3NJ 1)
1-phase 3-phase 1-phase
Size Insulation level Rated primary Rated power Secondary rated current Isr
Um current Ipr Pn
Isr = 5 A Isr = 1 A Isr = 5 A Isr = 5 A Isr = 1 A
Accuracy class 0.2s
1 720 V 150 A 1 VA 4NC5121-2FA21 – – – –
200 A 2.5 VA 4NC5122-2FC21 – – – –
250 A 2.5 VA 4NC5123-2FC21 – – – –
300 A 5 VA 4NC5124-2FE21 – – – –
400 A 5 VA 4NC5125-2FE21 – – – –
500 A 5 VA 4NC5126-2FE21 – – – –
5 720 V 600 A 5 VA 4NC5227-2FE21 – – – –
700 A 5 VA 4NC5228-2FE21 – – – –
800 A 5 VA 4NC5231-2FE21 – – – –
1000 A 5 VA 4NC5232-2FE21 – – – –
Accuracy class 0.5
1 720 V 100 A 1 VA 4NC5117-2DA21 4NC5117-0DA21 – – –
150 A 2.5 VA 4NC5121-2DC21 4NC5121-0DC21 – – –
200 A 5 VA 4NC5122-2DE21 4NC5122-0DE21 – – –
250 A 5 VA 4NC5123-2DE21 4NC5123-0DE21 – – –
2 720 V 200 A 5 VA 4NC5222-2DE21 4NC5222-0DE21 – – –
10 250 A 5 VA 4NC5223-2DE21 4NC5223-0DE21 – – –
300 A 5 VA 4NC5224-2DE21 4NC5224-0DE21 – – –
400 A 5 VA 4NC5225-2DE21 4NC5225-0DE21 – – –
3 720 V 400 A 5 VA 4NC5325-2DE21 4NC5325-0DE21 – – –
500 A 5 VA 4NC5326-2DE21 4NC5326-0DE21 – – –
600 A 5 VA 4NC5327-2DE21 4NC5327-0DE21 – – –
750 A 5 VA 4NC5330-2DE21 4NC5330-0DE21 – – –
800 A 5 VA 4NC5331-2DE21 – – – –
4 720 V 800 A 10 VA 4NC5431-2DH21 4NC5431-0DH21 – – –
1000 A 10 VA 4NC5432-2DH21 4NC5432-0DH21 – – –
1200 A 10 VA 4NC5433-2DH21 4NC5433-0DH21 – – –
1500 A 10 VA 4NC5435-2DH21 4NC5435-0DH21 – – –
1600 A 15 VA 4NC5436-2DK21 – – – –
2000 A 20 VA 4NC5438-2DL21 – – – –
2500 A 25 VA 4NC5440-2DM21 – – – –
3000 A 30 VA 4NC5441-2DN21 – – – –
Accuracy class 0.5 calibrated
– 720 V 100 A 1.5 VA – – – 3NJ6920-3BD23 3NJ6920-3BD13
150 A 2.5 VA – – – 3NJ6920-3BE23 3NJ6920-3BE13
300 A 5 VA – – – 3NJ6940-3BH23 3NJ6940-3BH13
400 A 5 VA – – – 3NJ6940-3BJ23 3NJ6940-3BJ13
500 A 5 VA – – – 3NJ6940-3BK23 3NJ6940-3BK13
600 A 5 VA – – – 3NJ6940-3BL23 3NJ6940-3BL23
1)
Overcurrent limiting factor FS5
QuickQuick
selection
selection
guide,guide,
page 10/10
page 10/10
10/38 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Current transformers | Measuring Devices, Power Monitoring and Digitalization Solutions
4NC 1) 7KT 3NJ 1)

1-phase 3-phase 1-phase
Size Insulation level Rated primary Rated power Secondary rated current Isr
Um current Ipr Pn
Isr = 5 A Isr = 1 A Isr = 5 A Isr = 5 A Isr = 1 A
Accuracy class 1.0
1 720 V 50 A 1.2 VA 4NC5112-2CB21 4NC5112-0CB21 – – –
60 A 1.2 VA 4NC5113-2CB21 4NC5113-0CB21 – – –
1.25 VA – – 7KT1200 – –
75 A 2.5 VA 4NC5115-2CC21 4NC5115-0CC21 – – –
100 A 2.5 VA 4NC5117-2CC21 4NC5117-0CC21 7KT1201 – –
150 A 2.5 VA 4NC5121-2CC21 4NC5121-0CC21 – – –
3.75 VA – – 7KT1202 – –
200 A 5 VA 4NC5122-2CE21 4NC5122-0CE21 – – –
250 A 5 VA 4NC5123-2CE21 4NC5123-0CE21 – – –
2 720 V 200 A 5 VA 4NC5222-2CE21 4NC5222-0CE21 – – –
250 A 5 VA 4NC5223-2CE21 4NC5223-0CE21 – – –
300 A 5 VA 4NC5224-2CE21 4NC5224-0CE21 – – –
400 A 5 VA 4NC5225-2CE21 4NC5225-0CE21 – – –
3 720 V 400 A 5 VA 4NC5325-2CE21 4NC5325-0CE21 – – –
500 A 5 VA 4NC5326-2CE21 4NC5326-0CE21 – – –
600 A 5 VA 4NC5327-2CE21 4NC5327-0CE21 – – –
750 A 5 VA 4NC5330-2CE21 4NC5330-0CE21 – – – 10
4 720 V 800 A 10 VA 4NC5431-2CH21 4NC5431-0CH21 – – –
1000 A 10 VA 4NC5432-2CH21 4NC5432-0CH21 – – –
1250 A 10 VA 4NC5434-2CH21 4NC5434-0CH21 – – –
1500 A 10 VA 4NC5435-2CH21 4NC5435-0CH21 – – –
2000 A 12.5 VA 4NC5438-2CJ21 4NC5438-0CJ21 – – –
2500 A 12.5 VA 4NC5440-2CJ21 4NC5440-0CJ21 – – –
3000 A 30 VA 4NC5441-2CN21 – – – –
1)
Overcurrent limiting factor FS5
Accessories
DIN-rail mounting
For transformer size Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
1 and 5 4NC5923-5LT21 4NC5923-5LT21 – – –
2 4NC5925-5LT21 4NC5925-5LT21 – – –
3 4NC5930-5LT21 4NC5930-5LT21 – – –
4 4NC5940-5LT21 4NC5940-5LT21 – – –
Quick selection
guide, page 10/10
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 10/39
© Siemens 2023
Monitoring Devices
Well-monitored – well-protected
Monitoring devices perform numerous functions
to protect people and machinery: At dusk, they
switch on automatically, control the temperature
or signal the location where a fuse has tripped.
They also ensure reliable switchover to emergency

power supply, monitor the emergency lighting,
ensure overload-free operation of motors and
neutral monitoring for breakage and overvoltages.
Monitoring devices can do even more, e.g.,

underload monitoring of asynchronous motors in
no-load operation.
© Siemens 2023
Monitoring Devices
Monitoring Devices

Monitoring devices for electrical values 11/6
5SV8 residual current monitors 11/6
5SV8 modular residual current device 11/8
5TT3 undervoltage relays 11/12
5TT3 short-time voltage relay 11/14
5TT3 undervoltage and overvoltage relays 11/15
5TT6 current relays 11/16
5TT3 fuse monitors 11/17
5TT3 phase monitors 11/18
5TT3 phase sequence monitors 11/19
5TT3 insulation monitors for industrial applications 11/20
Monitoring devices for plants and equipment 11/21
5TT5 EMERGENCY STOP modules 11/21
5TT3 level relays 11/22
5TT3 line circuit relays 11/23 11
7LQ2 twilight switches 11/24
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 11/1

© Siemens 2023
Monitoring Devices | All the information you need
For information about monitoring devices, Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
please visit our website www.siemens.com/lowvoltage (product catalog)
• Monitoring devices sie.ag/2m3no4A

umber
11

11/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Monitoring Devices
• Operating instructions − Monitoring devices (45316099)
• Characteristic curves
• Certificates
www.siemens.com/support-app

• Image database
www.siemens.com/cax
Technical overview – Monitoring devices

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on monitoring devices
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 11/3

© Siemens 2023
Monitoring Devices | System overview
System overview
Monitoring devices for electrical values
5SV8 residual current monitor 5SV8 modular residual current device 5TT3 and 5TT6 relay 5TT3 monitors
Accessories
Summation current transformer Holders for DIN rails Magnetic field centering sleeves
Monitoring devices for plants and equipment
5TT5 EMERGENCY STOP modules 5TT3 relay 7LQ2 twilight switches
11
Accessories
Immersion electrodes
Note:
11/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
System overview | Monitoring Devices
11
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 11/5

© Siemens 2023
Monitoring Devices | Monitoring devices for electrical values
5SV8 residual current monitors

Type A and type AC
RCM analog RCM digital
Rated operational Rated residual current IΔn Response time Δt 1 channel 4 channels
voltage Ue Type A Type AC
230 V AC 0.03 … 5 A >3A 0.02 … 5 s 5SV8000-6KK – –
0.03 … 3 A 5 … 30 A 0.02 … 10 s, INS, SEL 1) – 5SV8001-6KK 5SV8200-6KK
Further technical specifications 5SV8000-6KK 5SV8001-6KK 5SV8200-6KK

Standards
Standards EN 62020, IEC 62020
Approvals – UL
Supply
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Rated residual current IΔn Type A 0.03 … 3 A
Type AC >3A 5 … 30 A
Response time Δt 0.02 … 5 s 0.02 … 10 s, INS, SEL 1)
Relay contacts
Relay contacts 1 × alarm 1 × pre-alarm, 1 × pre-alarm,
1 × alarm 4 × alarm
Rated voltage 230 V AC
Rated current 6A
11 Summation current transformer
Diameter 20 … 210 mm
Equipment
Maximum cable length RCM/CT 10 m (shielded cable)
Conductor cross-section 1.5 mm2
Test/reset Yes/Yes
External tripping operation/external reset –/Yes Yes/Yes
Safety
Degree of protection Contacts IP20
Front IP41
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature -10 … +50 °C
1)
INS: Instantaneous,
SEL: Selective

11/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Monitoring devices for electrical values | Monitoring Devices
Accessories
Summation current transformers
• Including holder for DIN rail or wall mounting
• Standard
Mounting options Lowest measurable Rated Maximum Internal diameter Article No.
residual current IΔn min current In current 2) Imax
DIN rail 30 mA ≤ 40 A 240 A 20 mm 5SV8700-0KK
≤ 63 A 380 A 30 mm 5SV8701-0KK
Wall mounting, 30 mA ≤ 80 A 480 A 35 mm 5SV8702-0KK

DIN rail1) ≤ 200 A 1200 A 70 mm 5SV8703-0KK
Wall mounting 100 mA ≤ 250 A 1500 A 105 mm 5SV8704-0KK

300 mA ≤ 500 A 3000 A 140 mm 5SV8705-0KK
≤ 600 A 3600 A 210 mm 5SV8706-0KK
Holders for DIN rails

• Suitable for summation current transformers with internal diameter of 20 mm, 30 mm, 35 mm, 70 mm
• Cannot be used together with magnetic field centering sleeves
Article No.
5SV8900-1KK
Magnetic field centering sleeves

Internal diameter
35 mm
Article No.
5SV8902-1KK
11
70 mm 5SV8903-1KK
105 mm 5SV8904-1KK
140 mm 5SV8905-1KK
210 mm 5SV8906-1KK
1)
The holder for DIN rails is additionally required for mounting onto the DIN rail.
2)
Short-time starting current, up to 2 s

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 11/7
© Siemens 2023
5SV8 modular residual current device

Type A
MRCD
Mounting width 3 MW
Rated operational Rated residual current IΔn Response time Δt

voltage Ue Type A
230 V AC 0.03 … 3 A 0.02 … 10 s, INS, SEL 1) 5SV8101-6KK

Standards
Standards EN 60947-2 (Annex M), IEC 60947-2 (Annex M)
Approvals –
Supply
Rated operational voltage Ue 230 V AC from a 1-phase auxiliary voltage source (also externally)
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Rated residual current IΔn Type A 0.03 … 3 A (default setting: 30 mA)
Type AC –
Response time Δt IΔn = 30 mA INS instantaneous
IΔn > 30 mA INS – SEL – 0.06 … 10 s 1) (default setting INS)
Relay contacts
Relay contacts 1 × alarm,
1 × tripping operation
Rated current 6A
11 Summation current transformer
Diameter 35 … 210 mm
Equipment
Maximum cable length RCM/CT 10 m (shielded cable)
Conductor cross-section 0.125 … 2.08 mm2
Test/reset Yes/Yes
External tripping operation/external reset Yes/Yes
Safety
Degree of protection Contacts IP20
Front IP41
Ambient conditions
1)
INS: Instantaneous,
SEL: Selective

11/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
• Including holder for wall mounting
• Standard
Mounting options Lowest measurable Rated Maximum Internal diameter Article No.
residual current IΔn min current In current 2) Imax
Wall mounting, 30 mA ≤ 80 A 480 A 35 mm 5SV8702-0KK
DIN rail 1) 30 mA ≤ 200 A 1200 A 70 mm 5SV8703-0KK
Wall mounting 100 mA ≤ 250 A 1500 A 105 mm 5SV8704-0KK

300 mA ≤ 500 A 3000 A 140 mm 5SV8705-0KK
≤ 600 A 3600 A 210 mm 5SV8706-0KK

• Suitable for summation current transformers with internal diameter of 20 mm, 30 mm, 35 mm, 70 mm
• Cannot be used together with magnetic field centering sleeves
Article No.
5SV8900-1KK
Magnetic field centering sleeves

Internal diameter Article No.
35 mm 5SV8902-1KK
70 mm 5SV8903-1KK
105 mm 5SV8904-1KK
140 mm 5SV8905-1KK
210 mm 5SV8906-1KK
1)
The holder for DIN rails is additionally required for mounting onto the DIN rail.
11
2)
Tested combination options

5SV8101-6KK/- (tested combinations)
1 Hutschiene ➊ Modular residual current device
2 Fehlerstromgerät
5SV8101-6KK
I201_18988a
3 Auslöseelement ➋ DIN rail

4 Kompaktleistungsschalter 5 EN 60715 – TH35 – 7.5 35 – 15
5 Summenstromwandler ➌ Summation current transformers Magnetic field centering sleeves
∅ 35 mm 5SV8702-0KK 5SV8902-1KK
∅ 70 mm 5SV8703-0KK 5SV8903-1KK
∅ 105 mm 5SV8704-0KK 5SV8904-1KK
4 ∅ 140 mm 5SV8705-0KK 5SV8905-1KK
∅ 210 mm 5SV8706-0KK 5SV8906-1KK
➍ Molded case circuit breakers ➎ Trip element
1
3VL17… 3VL9400-1UP00
3VL27…
3VL37…
3
2 3VL47…
3VA10… 3VA9908-0BB11
3VA11… 3VA9908-0BB20
3VA20… 3VA9908-0BB24
3VA21… 3VA9908-0BB25
3VA22…
3VA12… 3VA9908-0BB11
3VA23… 3VA9908-0BB20
3VA24… 3VA9908-0BB24

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 11/9
© Siemens 2023
5SV8 modular residual current device

Type B
MRCD digital
Mounting width 2 MW
Rated operational voltage Ue Rated residual current IΔn Response time Δt

Type B
230 V AC 0.03 … 1 A 0 … 10 s 5SV8101-4KK
24 V DC 0.03 … 1 A 0 … 10 s 5SV8111-4KK
Further technical specifications 5SV8101-4KK 5SV8111-4KK

Standards
Standards EN 60947-2 (Annex M), IEC 60947-2 (Annex M)
Supply
Supply voltage Us 230 V AC (70 ... 300 V AC) 24 V DC (9.6 ... 94 V DC)
Frequency 50/60 Hz –
Power consumption < 6.5 VA
Relay contacts
Relay contacts 1 × alarm, 1 × tripping operation
Rated current 5A
External summation current transformer
Internal diameter 35 … 210 mm
(5SV8701-2KK, 5SV8701-2KP, 5SV8702-2KK, 5SV8702-2KP, 5SV8703-2KK, 5SV8704-2KK)
Rated voltage (Summation current transformers) 690 V
11 Response characteristic Acc. to IEC 60947-2 (M) Type B
Rated frequency 0 … 2 kHz
Response residual current IΔn1 (AL1 alarm) 50 ... 100% of IΔn2 (factory setting: 50%)
IΔn2 (TP2 tripping) 30 mA ... 1 A (factory setting: 30 mA)
Response delay ton1 (alarm) 0 … 10 s (factory setting: 1 s)
ton2 (tripping) 0 … 10 s (factory setting: 0 s)
Equipment
Maximum cable length MRCD/converter 10 m (6 × 0.75 mm2)
Password Off/0 … 999 (factory setting: 0)
Safety
Degree of protection Components (IEC 60529) IP30
Terminals (IEC 60529) IP20
EMC IEC 60947-2 (M)
Overvoltage category III
Pollution degree 3
Mechanical data
Width 36 mm (2 MW)
Depth 64 mm
Height 85 mm
Weight 150 g
Mounting DIN rail
Enclosure material Polycarbonate
Electrical connection Screw terminals
Conductor cross-section Rigid 0.2 ... 4 mm2
Flexible, with end sleeve 0.2 … 2.5 mm2 (AWG 24 … 12)
Stripped length 8 … 9 mm
Tightening torque 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm
Ambient conditions

11/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Lowest measurable Rated current In Maximum Internal diameter Version Article No.
residual current IΔn min current 1) Imax
10 mA ≤ 80 A 500 A 35 mm Standard 5SV8701-2KK
With shield 5SV8701-2KP
≤ 160 A 1000 A 60 mm Standard 5SV8702-2KK

With shield 5SV8702-2KP

Suitable for summation current transformers Article No.
5SV8701-2KK, 5SV8900-2KK
5SV8701-2KP
5SV8702-2KK, 5SV8900-3KK
5SV8702-2KP
1)
Tested combination options

5SV8101-4KK/5SV8111-4KK (tested combinations) 11
➊ Modular residual current device
I201_19618a
5
5SV8101-4KK/5SV8111-4KK
6 ➋ DIN rail
EN 60715 – TH35 – 7,5 35 – 15
➌ Summation current transformers
∅ 35 mm 5SV8701-2KK/5SV8701-2KP
∅ 60 mm 5SV8702-2KK/5SV8702-2KP
∅ 120 mm 5SV8703-2KK
∅ 210 mm 5SV8704-2KK
➍ Relay contacts
1 DC: 300
AC: max. 230 V, 5A
[V DC]
200
100
2 3
50
40
4 30
20
I201_19617
10
0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20
[A]
➎ Molded case circuit breakers ➏ Trip element

3VA1… 3VA9908-0BB11
3VA20… 3VA9908-0BB24
3VA21… 3VA9908-0BB25
3VA22…
3VA23… 3VA9908-0BB11
3VA24… 3VA9908-0BB25

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 11/11
© Siemens 2023
5TT3 undervoltage relays

Without response delay
For the monitoring of
1, 2 or 3 phases against N 3 phases against N
Contacts 1 CO 2 CO 2 CO
Rated operational Rated operational Switching Hysteresis

voltage Ue current Ie thresholds
Not adjustable
230 V AC 4A 0.7 and 0.9 × Uc – 5TT3400 5TT3402 5TT3404
0.85 and 0.95 × Uc – 5TT3401 – 5TT3405
Adjustable
230 V AC 4A 0.7 … 0.95 × Uc 5% – – 5TT3406
0.9 … 0.95 × Uc – – 5TT3403 –
5TT3400
5TT3401
5TT3402 5TT3404
Further technical specifications 5TT3403 5TT3405 5TT3406
Standards
Standards IEC 60255, DIN VDE 0435-110, DIN VDE 0435-303
Supply
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 230/400 V AC
Primary operating range (overload capability) 1.1 × Uc
11 Rated frequency 50/60 Hz
Contacts
μ contact AC-11 4A
Response values ON-switching 0.9/0.95 × Uc 4% hysteresis
OFF-switching 0.7/0.85 × Uc 0.7 … 0.95 × Uc
Safety
Rated insulation voltage Ui Between coil/contact 4 kV
Electrical isolation, creepage distances Actuator/contact 3 mm 5.5 mm
and clearances
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Actuator/contact > 2.5 kV > 4 kV
Functions
Phase asymmetry Setting accuracy – Approx. 5 … 10%
Repeat accuracy – 1
Phase failure detection At L1 or L2 or L3 100 ms
Functions Monitoring of 1/2 phases against N Yes –
Monitoring of 3 phases against N Yes
Asymmetry (failure) detection – Yes
Reverse (failure) detection – Yes
Phase failure detection Yes
N-conductor monitoring – Yes
Connection
Terminals ± Screw (Pozidriv) PZ 1
Conductor cross-sections Rigid Max. 2 × 2.5 mm2
Flexible, with end sleeve Min. 1 × 0.5 mm2
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature -20 … +60 °C

11/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5TT3 undervoltage relays

With response delay
1, 2 or 3 phases against N
Contacts 1 CO 2 CO
Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Switching Hysteresis Standard With TEST pushbutton
Ue Ie thresholds
Not adjustable
230 V AC 4A 0.85 × Uc 5% 5TT3414 5TT3415

Supply
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Contacts AC-15 1 CO 2 CO
Response values ON-switching 5% hysteresis
OFF-switching 0.85 × Uc
Response delay 0.5 s
Return transfer delay 60 s
Electrical endurance in operating cycles AC-15 (1 A, 230 V AC) 1 × 105
Safety 11
Rated insulation voltage Ui Between coil/contact –
Rated impulse withstand voltage Acc. to IEC 60664-1 6 kV
Pollution degree 2
Functions
Functions Monitoring of 1 or 2 phases against N Yes
Connection
Terminals – Screw (slot) 3.5 mm
Conductor cross-sections Rigid 1 × 4 mm2
Flexible, with end sleeve 1 × 2.5 mm2
Ambient conditions

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 11/13
© Siemens 2023
5TT3 short-time voltage relay

Without response delay
1, 2 or 3 phases against N
Contacts 2 CO
Mounting width 2 MW
Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Switching

Ue Ie thresholds
Not adjustable
230 V AC 4A 0.8 … 0.85 × Uc 5TT3407

Standards
Standards IEC 60255, DIN VDE 0435-303
Supply
Rated operational power Ps AC operation: 230 V and p.f. = 1 2000 VA
230 V and p.f. = 0.4 1250 VA
DC operation: Ue = 24 V and Ie = 6 A Max. 100 W
Ue = 60 V and Ie = 1 A Max. 100 W
Ue = 110 V and Ie = 0.6 A Max. 100 W
Ue = 220 V and Ie = 0.5 A Max. 100 W
11 Back-up fuse Terminals L1/L2/L3 2A
Contacts
μ contact AC-11 3A
Response values ON-switching 0.85 × Uc
OFF-switching 0.8 × Uc
Automatic reclosing delay (return transfer delay) 0.2 ... 2 s
Safety
Electrical isolation, creepage distances and clearances Actuator/contact 4 mm
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Actuator/contact > 4 kV
Functions
Phase failure detection At L1 or L2 or L3 ≥ 20 ms
Phase asymmetry Setting accuracy Approx. 5 … 10%
Repeat accuracy 1
Functions Monitoring of 1 or 2 phases against N Yes
N-conductor monitoring Yes
Connection
Ambient conditions
Humidity class Acc. to IEC 60068-2-30 F

11/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5TT3 undervoltage and overvoltage relays

With adjustable response delay
3 phases against N
Contacts 2 CO
Mounting width 2 MW
Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Switching Hysteresis

Ue Ie thresholds
Adjustable
230 V AC 4A 0.7 and 1.1 × Uc 4% 5TT3408
0.9 and 1.3 × Uc 4%

Standards
Supply
Back-up fuse Terminals L1/L2/L3 2A
Contacts
μ contact AC-11 1A
Response values Overvoltage: ON-switching 4% hysteresis
OFF-switching 0.9 … 1.3 × Uc
Undervoltage: ON-switching 4% hysteresis 11
OFF-switching 0.7 … 1.1 × Uc
OFF-delay (response delay) 0.1 … 20 s
Automatic reclosing delay (return transfer delay) –
Safety
Electrical isolation, creepage distances and Contact/contact 4 mm
clearances Actuator/contact 4 mm
Functions
Phase asymmetry Setting accuracy Approx. 5 … 10%
Repeat accuracy 1
Functions Monitoring of 1 or 2 phases against N –
Asymmetry detection Yes
Reverse voltage detection Yes
N-conductor monitoring Yes
Connection
Ambient conditions

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 11/15
© Siemens 2023
5TT6 current relays

For 1-phase loads up to 230 V AC
Auxiliary voltage and load voltage
Not isolated Electrically isolated
Mounting width 1 MW 1 MW 2 MW 2 MW 2 MW
Rated opera- Rated operati- Contacts Rated control Monitoring Monitoring

tional voltage onal current Ie current Ic Undercurrent Overcurrent Undercurrent Overcurrent Overcurrent/
Ue undercurrent
230 V AC 5A 1 CO 1 … 10 A 5TT6111 5TT6112 – – –
2 CO 0.1 … 1 A, – – 5TT6113 5TT6114 5TT6115
0.5 … 5 A,
1 ... 10 A,
1.5 … 15 A
5TT6113
5TT6111 5TT6114
Standards
Standards IEC 60255 IEC 60255
DIN VDE 0435-303
Supply
Rated control current Ic 1 … 10 A 0.1 … 1 A, 0.5 … 5 A,
1 … 10 A, 1.5 … 15 A
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 230 V AC
Primary operating range 0.9 … 1.1 × Uc
11 Overload capability Continuous 15 A 20 A
At 50 °C ambient temperature max. 3 s 20 A –
Independent of measuring range, max. 3 s – 30 A
Contacts
μ contact (AC-15) NO 3A 5A
NC 1A
Response values ON-switching Infinitely variable
OFF-switching Permanent, 4% hysteresis
Switching delay tv 0.1 … 20 s,
continuously adjustable
Response time Non-adjustable Current corresponds to the See Siemens Service and
rated operational power of Support Portal, search term
the continuous-flow heater "Article No.", e.g. 5TT6113
Safety
Rated insulation voltage Ui Between coil/contact 2.5 kV
Electrical isolation, creepage distances and Actuator/contact 3 mm
clearances
Connection
Ambient conditions

11/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5TT3 fuse monitors

For all low-voltage fuse systems
Mounting width 2 MW
Rated operational Rated operational Rated control circuit

voltage Ue current Ie voltage Uc
Adjustable
250 V AC 4A 380 ... 415 V AC 5TT3170

Standards
Supply
Rated operational current Ie AC-1 4A
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 3 AC 380 … 415 V
Rated frequency 50 … 400 Hz
Contacts
Internal resistance of measuring paths > 1000 Ω/V
Max. permissible rear feed 90%
Response/release time < 50 ms
Electrical endurance AC-11 In switching cycles at 1 A 1.5 × 105
Safety
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Input/output > 4 kV 11
Application
Area of application Asymmetric, systems afflicted with harmonics,
regenerative motors
Message Also for disconnected loads
Connection
Ambient conditions

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 11/17
© Siemens 2023
5TT3 phase monitors

For monitoring of voltages in a three-phase system
Mounting width 1 MW
Rated operational Rated operational Contacts Rated control circuit With 3 green LEDs for 3 phases
250 V AC 4A 1 CO 230/400 V 5TT3421

Standards
Standards IEC 60255, DIN VDE 0435
Supply
Rated power dissipation Pv Electronics 9 VA
Contacts 0.2 VA
Contacts
μ contact AC-11 3A
Safety
11 Rated insulation voltage Ui

Electrical isolation, creepage distances and clearances
Between coil/contact
Actuator/contact
4 kV
4 mm
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Actuator/contact > 2.5 kV
Protection class Acc. to EN 61140/VDE 0140-1 II
Connection
Flexible, with end sleeve –
Ambient conditions

11/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5TT3 phase sequence monitors

For monitoring of phase sequence in a three-phase system
Mounting width 1 MW
Rated operational Rated operational Contacts Rated control circuit With one green LED,
voltage Ue current Ie voltage Uc which lights up for right-rotating field
250 V AC 4A 1 CO 400 V 5TT3423

Standards
Standards IEC 60255, DIN VDE 0435
Supply
Contacts 0.2 VA
Contacts
μ contact AC-11 3A
Safety
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Electrical isolation, creepage distances and clearances
Between coil/contact
Actuator/contact
4 kV
4 mm
11
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Actuator/contact > 2.5 kV
Connection
Flexible, with end sleeve –
Ambient conditions

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 11/19
© Siemens 2023
5TT3 insulation monitors for industrial applications

Are used for protection of persons and against fire in non-grounded systems (IT systems)
Mounting width 2 MW
Measurement voltage Measuring Contacts Rated control circuit

range Umeas range voltage Uc
0 ... 500 V AC 5 … 100 kΩ 2 CO 230 V AC 5TT3470
12 ... 280 V DC 5 … 200 kΩ 2 CO – 5TT3471

Supply
Rated operational voltage Ue 230 V AC 12 ... 280 V DC
Rated operational current Is Thermal current Ith 4A
DC-13 at 24 V DC – 2A
DC-13 at 250 V DC – 0.2 A
AC-15 – 3A
AC-15 NO 5A –
AC-15 NC 2A –
Supply voltage Uc For AC supply 220 ... 240 V AC –
Primary operating range For AC supply 0.8 … 1.1 × Uc –
Frequency range for Uc 45 … 400 Hz –
Rated power dissipation Pv For AC supply Approx. 2 VA –
For DC supply – Approx. 1 W
Contacts
11 μ contact
Switching hysteresis At Rmeas 50 kΩ
2 CO
15% 10 … 15%
Measuring circuit
Measuring circuit For 3-phase and AC systems For direct voltage systems
Measurement voltage range Umeas 0 ... 500 V AC 12 ... 280 V DC
Measurement voltage Umeas Internal Approx. 15 V DC –
Primary operating range 0 … 1.1 × Umeas 0.9 … 1.1 × Umeas
Frequency range for Umeas 10 … 10000 Hz –
Alarm values Measuring shunt RAL 5 … 100 kΩ 5 … 200 kΩ
Setting of alarm value On absolute scale Infinitely variable Infinitely variable
Alternating current internal resistance Internal testing resistance > 250 kΩ –
Direct current internal resistance Internal testing resistance > 250 kΩ –
L+ and L- to PE – 75 kΩ each
Max. measurement current Imeas Short circuit < 0.1 mA 0.2 ... 4 mA, depending on the voltage
Direct interference voltage Max. permissible 500 V DC –
Response delay ∞ to 0.9 × Rmeas < 1.3 s 0.8 s
at RAL 50 kΩ and 1 μF Rmeas from ∞ to 0 Ω < 0.7 s 0.4 s
Safety
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Terminals A1 to A2 < 4 kV
Terminals L to PE < 4 kV
Terminals A1, A2 to L, PE < 4 kV < 3 kV
Terminals against contacts < 6 kV
Degree of protection Terminals (according to EN 60529) IP20
Enclosure (according to EN 60529) IP40
Connection
Ambient conditions

11/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Monitoring devices for plants and equipment | Monitoring Devices
5TT5 EMERGENCY STOP modules

Efficient personal and machine protection in small units
Mounting width 4 MW

400 V AC 5A 230 V AC 5TT5200

Standards
Standards ISO 13849-1: 2015;
EN 62061: 2005 + AC: 2010 + A1: 2013 + A2: 2015;
ISO 13850: 2015;
EN 60204-1: 2006 + A1: 2009 + AC: 2010 (in extracts);
EN 60947-5: 2004 + A1: 2009;
EN 50178: 1997;
EN 61508 Parts 1-7: 2010;
EN 50156-1: 2005 (in extracts)
Certification German Technical Inspectorate Rheinland
Supply
Rated frequency fn 50 Hz
Rated power dissipation Pv Coil/drive 3.5 VA
Contact per pole 0.8 VA
Control voltage Terminal Y1 24 V AC/DC
Control current Terminal Y1 45 mA 11
Contacts
Contacts NO AC-15 3A
NC AC-15 2A
NO/NC AC-1 5A
Contact gap > 1 mm
Electrical endurance AC-15 (2 A, 230 V AC) 105 operating cycles
Reliable switching frequency 600 operating cycles/h
Recovery time 500 ms
Safety
Electrical isolation, creepage distances and Actuator/contact 3 mm
clearances
Vibration resistance Amplitude acc. to EN 60068-2-610 (up to 55 Hz) 0.35 mm
Connection
Conductor cross-sections of main current paths Rigid Max. 2 × 2.5 mm2
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature 0 … +50 °C

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 11/21
© Siemens 2023
Monitoring Devices | Monitoring devices for plants and equipment
5TT3 level relays

For level monitoring and control
Mounting width 2 MW

250 V AC 5A 230 V AC 5TT3435

Standards
Standards IEC 60255; DIN VDE 0435-110
Supply
Measuring circuit
Setting range of the liquid level 2 … 450 kΩ
Switching point hysteresis of setting value At 450 kΩ 3%
At 2 kΩ 6%
Electrode voltage Max. approx. 10 V AC
Electrode current Max. approx. 1.5 mA AC
Response delay Adjustable 0.2 ... 20 s
11 OFF-delay Adjustable 0.2 ... 20 s
Test voltage Input/auxiliary circuit 4 kV
Input/output circuit 4 kV
Auxiliary/output circuit 4 kV
Voltage temperature influence From setting value < 2%
Max. cable length to the electrodes at 100 μF/km Setting value 450 kΩ 50 m
Setting value 100 kΩ 200 m
Connection
Conductor cross-sections Rigid, max. Max. 2 × 2.5 mm2
Ambient conditions
Accessories
Immersion electrodes
• Made of stainless steel, with PG13 sealing cap
• Suitable for pure water in open containers
Temperature range Connection Article No.
0 … 60 °C Terminal connection 5TG8223

11/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
5TT3 line circuit relays

To interrupt circuits where there are no active loads
Mounting width 1 MW
Rated operational Rated operational Contacts Rated control circuit

250 V AC 16 A 1 NC 230 V AC 5TT3171

Standards
Standards IEC 60255; DIN VDE 0435-110
Supply
Rated operational current Ie AC-1 16 A
Contacts 2.6 VA
Contacts
Response value Adjustable 2 … 20 VA
Release value % of the response value 70%
Electrical endurance In switching cycles at 3 A (AC-11) 5 × 105
Safety
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Input/output >4V 11
Degree of protection Acc. to IEC/EN 60529 IP20, with connected conductors
Monitoring voltage 3V
Connection
Ambient conditions
Accessories
Base load resistors for electronic devices
• With 15 cm connection wires, end sleeves and shrink sleeving
Article No.
5TG8222

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 11/23
© Siemens 2023
Monitoring Devices | Monitoring devices for plants and equipment
7LQ2 twilight switches

For lighting system monitoring and control
Mounting width 1 MW
Rated operational Rated operational Contacts Rated control circuit

230 V AC 16 A 1 NO 250 V AC 7LQ2300

Standards
Standards EN 60669-1
Supply
Safety
Contacts
Incandescent lamp/halogen lamp load 2000 W
Fluorescent lamp load Series corrected 2000 W
Parallel corrected (at max. 70 μF) 1000 W
LV halogen lamp load ECG 2000 W
Luminosity setting 1 … 100000 Lux
Measuring circuit
11 ON/OFF-delay Approx. 90 s
Connection
Mechanical data
Width 17.5 mm (1 MW)
Mounting DIN rail
Ambient conditions
Spare part
Light sensor
• Included in the 7LQ2300 package
Temperature range Mounting Article No.
-20 … +70 °C Surface mounting 7LQ2920

11/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
11

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 11/25
© Siemens 2023
Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets
Simply well supplied

Whether you need socket outlets for installing
in VDE, UL, CEI or CEE distribution boards or
power supply units – our electrical installation
technology offers you a complete program.
Short-circuit-proof transformers and power supply

units with different voltage and power ratings
fulfill every requirement for safety extra-low
voltage systems.
© Siemens 2023
Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets
Transformers, Power Supply Units and

Socket Outlets

Transformers 12/6
4AC32 bell transformer 12/6
4AC37 safety transformer 12/8
Power supply units 12/10
4AC2 electronic power supply unit 12/10
Socket outlets 12/12
5TE6 socket outlet for modular installation devices 12/12
12
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 12/1

© Siemens 2023
Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets | All the information you need
For information about transformers, power supply units Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
and socket outlets, please visit our website (product catalog)
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage
• Transformers, power supply units and socket outlets
sie.ag/2mmSHHu

umber
12

12/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets
• Operating instructions − Transformers, power supply units and socket outlets
• Certificates (45315886)

• Image database
www.siemens.com/cax
Technical overview – Transformers, power supply units and socket outlets

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on transformers, power supply units and
socket outlets
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 12/3

© Siemens 2023
Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets | System overview
System overview
Transformers
4AC32 bell transformers 4AC37 safety transformers
Power supply units
4AC2 electronic power supply units
Socket outlets Accessories
5TE6 socket outlet for modular installation devices Hinged lid
Note:
12
12/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
System overview | Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets
12
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 12/5

© Siemens 2023
Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets | Transformers
4AC32 bell transformer

Ue 230 V AC
1 7
1 7 230 V AC
230 V AC
50Hz 50Hz
I201_18469
I201_18470
8V
4 8 4 6 8
8V
12V
Rated secondary current Isec AC Rated operational power Ps

at rated secondary voltage Usec AC
8V 12 V 24 V 8 VA 8 VA
1.0 A – – 4AC3208-0 –
0.6 A – – 4AC3208-1
2.0 A 1.3 A 0.6 A – –
1.5 A – – –
Further technical specifications 4AC3208-0 4AC3208-1 4AC3214-0 4AC3218-0

Standards
Standards EN 61558-1, EN 61558-2-8
Supply
Primary operating range at 50 Hz 1.04 × Ue
Rated power dissipation PV In no-load operation 1.2 W 1.3 W
At a rated voltage of 8 V 5.7 W 10.5 W 8.1 W
12 At a rated voltage of 12 V – 3.8 W 7.4 W 8.4 W
At a rated voltage of 24 V – 4.2 W –
Safety
Safe separation Creepage distances and clearances > 6 mm
Insulation class E
Test voltage (50 Hz, 1 s) Primary against secondary winding 4 kV
Connection
Conductor cross-section Rigid 1 × 4 mm2 or 2 × 2.5 mm2
Flexible, with end sleeve 1 × 2.5 mm2 or 2 × 1.5 mm2
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature 40 °C 35 °C 40 °C
Permissible humidity 91%
Protection class Acc. to EN 61140 (VDE 0140-1) II

12/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Transformers | Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets
2 MW 2 MW
1 7 1 7
230 V AC 230 V AC
50Hz 50Hz
I201_18470
I201_18471
8V 12V 8V
4 6 8 4 6 8
24V 12V
14 VA 18 VA
– –
– –
4AC3214-0 –
– 4AC3218-0
12

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 12/7
© Siemens 2023
Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets | Transformers
4AC37 safety transformer

Ue 230 V AC
1 7 1 7
230 V AC 230 V AC
50Hz 50Hz
I201_18473
I201_18474
8V
4 8 4 6
8V 8
12V
Rated secondary current Isec AC Rated operational power Ps

at rated secondary voltage Usec AC
8V 12 V 16 V 24 V 32 V 16 VA 24 VA
2.0 A – – – – 4AC3716-0 –
2.0 A – – – – 4AC3724-0
– 3.3 A 2.5 A 1.6 A 1.2 A – –
– 1.6 A – – –
5.2 A – 2.6 A – – –
Further technical specifications 4AC3716-0 4AC3724-0 4AC3740-0 4AC3740-1 4AC3763-0

Standards
Standards EN 61558-1, EN 61558-2-6
Supply
Primary operating range at 50 Hz 1.04 × Ue
Rated power dissipation PV In no-load operation 1.1 W 3.5 W 3.9 W
At a rated voltage of 8 V 6.8 W 4.6 W –
12 At a rated voltage of 12 V – 7.6 W 7.1 W 7.5 W 13.2 W
At a rated voltage of 24 V – 7.7 W 8.1 W 13.5 W
Safety
Safe separation Creepage distances and clearances > 6 mm
Insulation class E F
Test voltage (50 Hz, 1 s) Primary against secondary winding 4 kV
Connection
Conductor cross-section Rigid 1 × 4 mm2 or 2 × 2.5 mm2
Flexible, with end sleeve 1 × 2.5 mm2 or 2 × 1.5 mm2
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature 25 °C
Permissible humidity 91%
Protection class Acc. to EN 61140 (VDE 0140-1) II

12/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Transformers | Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets
5 MW 5 MW 5 MW
1 11 1 11 1 11
230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC
50Hz I201_18477 50Hz 50Hz
I201_18475
I201_18476
6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12 2 4 10 12 2 4 10 12 6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12
12V 24V 16V 32V 12V 24V 12V 24V
40 VA 40 VA 63 VA
– – –
– – –
4AC3740-1 – –
– 4AC3740-0 –
– – 4AC3763-0
12

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 12/9
© Siemens 2023
Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets | Power supply units
4AC2 electronic power supply unit

SELV, short-circuit-proof
Mounting width 2 MW
A1 A2
US+ US-
Rated operational voltage Ue Rated secondary Rated secondary Rated operational

voltage Usec current Isec power Ps
AC DC DC DC
85 … 265 V 85 … 300 V 24 ±5% V 0.35 A 8.4 W 4AC2402
12

12/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Power supply units | Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets

Standards
Standards EN 60068-2, EN 61558-1, EN 61000-4
Approvals –
Supply
Primary operating range At 50/60 Hz –
Operating frequency range –
Rated power dissipation Pv In no-load operation –
At rated load –
Safety
Current limitation Electronic overload protection
Residual ripple < 100 mV
Hum-free Core molded –
Safe separation, creepage distances and clearances > 5.5 mm
Insulation class –
Test voltage (50 Hz, 1 min) Primary against secondary winding –
Insulation resistance 4 kV
Rated impulse withstand voltage/Degree of Acc. to IEC 60664-1 6 kV/2
pollution
Static discharge Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-2 8 kV
RF irradiation Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-3 10 V/m
Transient overvoltage (burst) Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-4 4 kV
Transient overvoltage (surge) Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-5
Supply lines A1, A2 1 kV
A1/A2 and ground 2 kV
RF, conducted disturbance Acc. to IEC/EN 61000-4-6 10 V
Interference suppression to lower limit class Acc. to EN 61000-6-3 Complied with
Connection
Terminals Screw (slotted-head) M2.5
± Screw (Pozidriv) –
Conductor cross-section Rigid 0.5 … 2.5 mm2
Flexible, with end sleeve, min. 0.5 … 1.5 mm2 12
Ambient conditions
Resistance to climate Acc. to IEC/EN 60068-1 20/045/04
Resistance to vibrations, frequency 10 ... 55 Hz Acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 0.35 mm amplitude

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 12/11
© Siemens 2023
Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets | Socket outlets
5TE6 socket outlet for modular installation

devices
SCHUKO® socket outlet
DIN VDE 0620-1
Version
Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Mounting width

Ue Ie
Without hinged lid 1)
125 V AC 15 A 2.5 MW – –
230 V AC 16 A 2.5 MW 5TE6800 –
With hinged lid 2)
230 V AC 16 A 2.5 MW – 5TE6801
Accessories
5TE6 hinged lids for socket outlets
Mounting width Article No. Article No.
2.5 MW 5TE9120 –
1)
The hinged lid can be retrofitted on all versions.
2)
In distribution boards with 55 mm mounting depth, the socket outlet can only be used without the hinged lid.
3)
In system components where equipment is still live even after the main switch has been disconnected, this must be indicated
according to EN 50110-1 (VDE 0105-1) and IEC/EN 60204-1/VDE 0113-1. Yellow socket outlets are used for these applications.
12
5TE6800
5TE6801
Further technical specifications 5TE6810 5TE6802 5TE6803 5TE6804
Standards
Standards VDE 0620-1 CEI 23-50 CEE 7 standard sheet V UL 498
Approvals VDE 0620-1 – UL File No. E258598/
CSA C22.2 No. 182.3M
Connection
Terminal tightening torque Max. 0.8 ... 1 Nm
Stripped length 10 mm
Conductor cross-section Rigid 1.5 ... 6 mm2 (AWG 10 … 14)
Flexible, with end sleeve 0.5 ... 4 mm2 (AWG 14)
Ambient conditions
Mounting position Without hinged lid Any
With hinged lid Horizontally or vertically

12/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Socket outlets | Transformers, Power Supply Units and Socket Outlets
Socket outlets Socket outlets Socket outlets

CEE 7 standard sheet V CEI 23-50 UL 498
Yellow RAL 1018 3) With grounding pin
– – – 5TE6804
5TE6810 5TE6803 – –
– – 5TE6802 –
Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.

– 5TE9120 – 5TE9120
12

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 12/13
© Siemens 2023
Busbar Systems
Simplified distribution board design

and time-saving assembly
Simplified assembly and connection of electrical

power distribution systems and devices ensures
that customer requirements can be met more
quickly and flexibly.
In addition, installation and plant engineers

benefit from a simplified configuration and
reduced space requirements in distribution
systems and control cabinets.
Our busbar systems for electrical installations

offer a particularly easy way of fitting distribution
systems with electrotechnical components.
The modular design saves space, while quick

assembly contacts ensure fast mounting.
© Siemens 2023
Busbar Systems
Busbar Systems

40 mm 8US busbar system 13/6
Basic assemblies 13/6
60 mm 8US compact busbar system 13/7
Infeeds and connection methods 13/8
Built-in components 13/8
Device adapters 13/10
60 mm 8US busbar system 13/12
Infeeds and connection methods 13/16
Built-in components 13/22
Device adapters and device holders 13/26
13
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/1

© Siemens 2023
Busbar Systems | All the information you need
For information about busbar systems, please visit our Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
website www.siemens.com/lowvoltage (product catalog)
• Busbar systems sie.ag/2lXoUFl
13

13/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Busbar Systems
• Operating instructions − 8US busbar systems (109769746)
• Certificates


• Image database
www.siemens.com/cax
Technical overview – Busbar systems

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on busbar systems
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/3

© Siemens 2023
Busbar Systems | System overview
System overview
➊ Basic assemblies Accessories

Busbar supports N/PE busbar supports Flat copper TT special Connection Cover Blanking covers
profiles profiles pieces profiles
➋ Infeeds and connection methods Accessories
Connection modules Terminals Covers
➌ Built-in components Accessories
Bus-mounting Bus-mounting Bus-mounting switch Covers Auxiliary switches Lateral modules

fuse bases fuse holders disconnectors
➍ Device adapters Accessories
13
Device adapters Device N/PE modules Lateral modules Vibration & shock kits
holders
Note:
13/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Quick selection guide | Busbar Systems
40 mm 60 mm compact 60 mm 60 mm
busbar system busbar system busbar system busbar system
flat copper profile TT profile
Busbars
Busbar center-to-center spacing 40 mm 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm
Flat copper profiles 5 mm 12 × 5 mm 12 × 5 mm 12 × 5 mm –
15 × 5 mm 15 × 5 mm
20 × 5 mm
25 × 5 mm
30 × 5 mm
10 mm 12 × 10 mm 12 × 10 mm 20 × 10 mm –
15 × 10 mm 30 × 10 mm
TT special profile – – – 2400 × 30 × 40 mm
Rated values
Rated operational current IEC 200 … 360 A 200 … 360 A 200 … 900 A 1020 … 1600 A
Ie UL 508 – 300 A 630 A 1400 A
Rated operational voltage IEC 690 V AC 690 V AC 690 V AC 690 V AC
Ue UL 508 – 600 V AC 600 V AC 600 V AC
Standards
IEC ■ ■ ■ ■
UL 508 ■ ■ ■ ■
Connection modules and terminals for
Circular conductors IEC – Cu 1.5 … 150 mm2 Cu 1.5 … 300 mm2 Cu 16 … 300 mm2
Al 95 … 300 mm2
UL 508 – Cu AWG 2 … MCM 300 Cu AWG 16 … MCM 600 Cu AWG 4 … MCM 600
Al AWG 3
Laminated copper – Cu lam. Cu lam. Cu lam.
15 … 20 × 5 … 10 mm 3 × 20 × 1 …10 × 32 × 1 mm 2 × 40 × 10 mm
Cable lugs – – Max. 240 mm2 –
Built-in components for
NEOZED bus-mounting fuse bases – ■ ■ ■
DIAZED bus-mounting fuse bases – – ■ ■ 13
Bus-mounting fuse holders for – – ■ ■
cylindrical fuses 10 × 38 mm
Class CC bus-mounting fuse – – ■ ■
holders
Class J bus-mounting fuse holders – – ■ ■
NEOZED bus-mounting switch ■ ■
disconnectors
Device adapters for
Universal application 3P/5P – ■/■ ■/■ ■/■
Molded case circuit breakers – ■ ■ ■
Switch disconnectors – – ■ ■
Fuse switch disconnectors – – ■ ■
SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starters – ■ – –
SIRIUS load feeders – – ■ ■
3RM193 fuse module – ■ – –
5SY miniature circuit breakers – ■ – –
Further information
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/5

© Siemens 2023
Busbar Systems | 40 mm 8US busbar system
➊ Basic assemblies
For 40 mm 8US busbar system up to 400 A
I201_20501
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍
Busbar supports
No. of poles 3P 5P
Flat copper profiles Rated operational Standard Connection Connection

voltage Ue
12 × 5 mm 15 × 5 mm 12 × 10 mm 15 × 10 mm IEC L1– L3 L1– L3 + N + PE/N
Interior mounting
■ ■ ■ ■ 690 V AC IEC 8US1903-3AB00 1) –
■ – ■ – 690 V AC IEC – 8US1903-5AA00
Further information
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors See page 8/88 See page 8/88
1)
One package contains 2 busbar supports including inlay parts for bar thickness 5 mm and lateral finger-safe covers.
Accessories 3P 5P
Flat copper profile
Surface Length Size Article No. Article No.
Bare 2400 mm 12 × 5 mm 8WC5123 8WC5123
15 × 5 mm 8WC5121 –
Cover profiles for busbars
Material Length Size Article No. Article No.
Plastic profile 1000 mm 12 × 5 mm 8US1922-2CA00 8US1922-2CA00
15 × 5 mm 8US1922-2AA00 –
13

13/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
60 mm 8US compact busbar system | Busbar Systems
For 8US compact busbar system up to 360 A (3P) or 200 A (5P)
I201_20502
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍
Busbar supports 1)
No. of poles 3P/5P
Flat copper profiles Rated operational Short-circuit current Standard Dimensions Min. order Connection
voltage Ue rating SCCR quantity
12 × 5 mm 12 × 10 mm IEC UL 508 3-pole 5-pole L1– L3 + N + PE/N
Interior mounting
■ ■ 690 V AC – 54 kA 32 kA IEC 12 × 160 × 45 mm 10 units 8US1923-5CA02
– 600 V AC 18 kA – UL 508 12 × 160 × 45 mm 10 units 8US1923-5CA02
1)
Including end cover
Accessories
Flat copper profiles
Surface Length Size Article No.
Bare 2400 mm 12 × 5 mm 8WC5123
UL spacers for busbar supports
Dimensions Minimum order quantity Height Article No.
12 × 160 × 18 mm 10 units 18 mm 8US1922-1CA02
Stabilizing modules
• Only for 12 × 5 mm busbars
• For protecting the N and PE busbars against bending 13
Dimensions Minimum order quantity Article No.
2 × 160 × 47 mm 10 units 8US1928-5CA02
Cover profiles
700 × 160 × 63 mm 2 units 8US1922-2CB02
Holders for 8US1922-2CB02 cover profile

5 × 156 × 55 mm 10 units 8US1922-2CA02

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/7
© Siemens 2023
Busbar Systems | 60 mm 8US compact busbar system
➋ Infeeds and connection methods

I201_20503
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍
Conductor Rated operational current Rated operational voltage Rated peak with- Standard Minimum Dimensions
cross-section Ie Ue stand current order quantity
IEC UL 508 IEC UL 508 IEC Ipk max
Spring terminal
1.5 … 16 mm2 63 A 48 A 690 V AC 600 V AC 10 kA IEC, UL 508 6 units 20 × 160 × 91 mm
Connecting terminal
6 … 50 mm2 175 A 175 A 690 V AC 600 V AC 40.5 kA IEC, UL 508 1 unit 54 × 160 × 115 mm
– – 690 V AC 600 V AC 35.1 kA IEC, UL 508 1 unit 30 × 160 × 80 mm
35.4 kA IEC, UL 508 1 unit 30 × 160 × 80 mm
➌ Built-in components
For 8US compact busbar systems up to 360 A (3P)
13
I201_20504
ಪ ಫ ಬ ಭ
Number of poles
Mounting width
Conductor cross-section For flat copper profiles Rated operational Rated operational voltage Ue Standard Minimum
current Ie order quantity
12 × 5 mm 12 × 10 mm IEC IEC
Box terminals
Rigid 1.5 … 10 mm2 ■ ■ 63 A 400 V AC IEC 6 units
Flexible 1.5 … 25 mm2
See NEOZED screw caps, NEOZED adapter sleeves and NEOZED fuse links, from page 7/1 onwards

13/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
For 12 × 5 mm and 12 × 10 mm flat copper profiles

For 3-pole system (up to 360 A) For 5-pole system (up to 200 A)
Connection modules Connection modules Connection modules Connection modules
3P 3P N PE
8US1921-1BA02 – – –
8US1921-1CB02 – – –
– 8US1921-1CD02 – –
– – 8US1921-1CE02 –
– – – 8US1921-1CF02
8US1921-1CC02 – – –
13
NEOZED bus-mounting bases

Size D02
3P
2 MW
With touch protection
5SG6208

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/9
© Siemens 2023
Busbar Systems | 60 mm 8US compact busbar system
➍ Device adapters
I201_20505
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍
For 3-pole system

For universal
applications
Rated operational Rated operational voltage Standard For flat copper profiles Adapters Minimum
current Ie Ue order quantity
IEC UL 508 IEC UL 508 12 × 5 mm 12 × 10 mm Height Width Length
16 A – 690 V AC – IEC, UL 508 – – 160 mm 22.5 mm 122 mm 4 units –
200 mm 22.5 mm 122 mm 5 units –
25 A – 690 V AC – IEC, UL 508 ■ – 160 mm 22.5 mm 41.5 mm 5 units –
185 mm 22.5 mm 23.5 mm 5 units –
200 mm 22.5 mm 41.5 mm 5 units –
32 A – 690 V AC – IEC ■ – 160 mm 18 mm 73 mm 12 units –
25 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 ■ ■ 160 mm 45 mm 63 mm 4 units 8US1651-5DK02
63 A – 690 V AC – IEC ■ – 160 mm 18 mm 73 mm 12 units –
160 mm 18 mm 82 mm 12 units –
65 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 ■ ■ 160 mm 54 mm 63 mm 4 units 8US1661-5FK02
144 A – 690 V AC – IEC ■ ■ 160 mm 77 mm 35 mm 1 unit –
Accessories
N modules
Rated voltage Ue Connecting terminal Dimensions Minimum order quantity Article No.
13 690 V AC 1.5 … 16 mm2 9 × 160 × 114 mm 12 units –
PE modules
Rated voltage Ue Connecting terminal Dimensions Minimum order quantity Article No.
690 V AC 1.5 … 16 mm2 9 × 160 × 114 mm 12 units –
Support modules
18 × 160 × 54 mm 6 units 8US1620-5AK02
Lateral modules
9 × 160 × 47 mm 12 units 8US1998-2BH02
Set of module connectors

Use Package Article No.
For connecting adapters 1 pack = 100 units –

13/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
For 3-pole system For 5-pole system

For 3VA10/11 molded case For universal For SIRIUS 3RM1 motor For 3RM193, 8US1615 and 8US1215 For 5SY miniature
circuit breakers applications starters and for relays fuse modules circuit breakers
With latching function Adapters, 1-pole With fuse module and With DIN Adapters, 1-pole
DIN mounting rail mounting rail
– – 8US1615-5CK10 – – –
– – 8US1215-5CS10 – – –
– – – 8US1616-0AK02 – –
– – – – 8US1716-0RK00 –
– – – 8US1216-0AS00 – –
– 8US1621-2NJ02 – – – –
– – – – – –
– 8US1621-2FK02 – – – –
– – – – – 8US1624-2FK02
– – – – – –
8US1613-4AU01 – – – – –
Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
– 8US1600-0RE02 8US1600-0RE02 8US1600-0RE02 8US1600-0RE02 8US1600-0RE02 13
– 8US1600-0RF02 8US1600-0RF02 8US1600-0RF02 8US1600-0RF02 8US1600-0RF02
8US1620-5AK02 8US1620-5AK02 8US1620-5AK02 8US1620-5AK02 8US1620-5AK02 8US1620-5AK02
8US1998-2BH02 8US1998-2BH02 8US1998-2BH02 8US1998-2BH02 8US1998-2BH02 8US1998-2BH02
– 8US1998-1AA02 8US1998-1AA02 8US1998-1AA02 8US1998-1AA02 8US1998-1AA02

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/11
© Siemens 2023
Up to 630 A
I201_20502
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍
Flat copper profiles Standard

12 × 5 mm 15 × 5 mm 20 × 5 mm 25 × 5 mm 30 × 5 mm 20 × 10 mm 30 × 10 mm
Interior mounting
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ IEC 61439-1
– – ■ – – ■ ■ IEC 61439-1, UL 508 1)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ IEC 61439-1
■ – ■ – ■ ■ ■ IEC 61439-1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ IEC 61439-1, UL 508
Exterior mounting
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ IEC 61439-1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ IEC 61439-1
1)
Only with base plate 8US1922-2UA01
Accessories
Flat copper profile
Surface Length Size Rated operational Cross-section Standard Article No.
current
Bare 1100 mm 25 × 5 mm 400 A 125 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5031-1AA00
30 × 5 mm 447 A 150 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5033-1AA00
2400 mm 12 × 5 mm 200 A 60 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5123
13 15 × 5 mm 250 A 75 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5121
20 × 5 mm 320 A 100 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5126
25 × 5 mm 400 A 125 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5131
30 × 5 mm 447 A 150 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5133
20 × 10 mm 520 A 200 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5128
30 × 10 mm 630 A 300 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5134
Tin-coated 2000 mm 12 × 5 mm 200 A 60 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5051
15 × 5 mm 250 A 75 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5052
20 × 5 mm 320 A 100 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5053
25 × 5 mm 400 A 125 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5054
30 × 5 mm 447 A 150 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5055
20 × 10 mm 520 A 200 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5063
30 × 10 mm 630 A 300 mm2 EN 12167 8WC5065
End covers
• For covering free busbar ends
For connection For busbar support Standard Article No.
L1–L3 8US1923-2AA01, 8US1923-3AA01, 8US1923-3UA01 IEC, UL 508 8US1922-1AC00
L1–L3 + PE/N 8US1923-4AA00 IEC 8US1922-1AB00

13/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
60 mm 8US busbar system | Busbar Systems
End and intermediate supports N/PE busbar supports

No. of poles 3P 2P 4P 1P

Connection Connection Connection Connection
L1–L3 L1/L2/L3/PE/N L1–L3 + PE/N PE/N
8US1923-3AA01 – – –
8US1923-3UA01 – – –
– – 8US1923-4AA00 –
– – – 5SH3540
– – – 8US1923-1AA01
8US1923-2AA01 – – –
– 8US1923-5AA00 – –
Cover profiles for busbars

Length Width Depth Flat copper profile size Standard Article No.
1000 mm 15 mm 10 mm 12 × 5 mm UL 508 8US1922-2CA00
40 mm 9 mm 15, 20, 25, 30 × 5 mm UL 508 8US1922-2AA00
40 mm 14 mm 12, 15, 20, 25, 30 × 10 mm UL 508 8US1922-2BA00
Blanking covers
Length Height Depth Standard Article No.
13
700 mm 195 mm 63 mm UL 508 8US1922-2EB00
Supports for blanking covers

Depth Standard Article No.
32 mm UL 508 8US1922-2EA00
107 mm UL 508 8US1922-2EA01
Base plates
Version Length Width Standard Article No.
For 3-pole system 1100 mm 240 mm UL 508 8US1922-2UA01
Connecting piece for flat copper profiles

Length For flat copper profiles Article No.
40 mm 20 × 5 mm, 25 × 5 mm, 30 × 5 mm, 8US1921-2BE00
20 × 10 mm, 25 × 10 mm, 30 × 10 mm
55 mm 12 × 5 mm, 15 × 5 mm, 20 × 5 mm 8US1921-2BF00

12 × 10 mm, 15 × 10 mm, 20 × 10 mm

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/13
© Siemens 2023
Up to 1600 A
I201_20502
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍
Busbar supports
No. of poles 3P
Copper profile Rated operational Rated operational voltage Short-circuit current Standard Connection
current Ie Ue rating SCCR
IEC UL 508 IEC UL 508 IEC UL 508 L1–L3
Interior mounting
TT special profile 1600 A 1400 A 690 V AC 600 V AC 90 kA 100 kA IEC, UL 508 8US1943-3AA00
1 pack = 2 busbar supports + finger-safe end covers
Accessories
TT special copper profile
Surface Length Rated operational Rated operational voltage Cross-section Article No.
current
Tin-coated 2400 mm 1600 A 690 V AC 720 mm2 8US1948-2AA00
Cover profile for TT special copper profile
Length Article No.
1000 mm 8US1922-2DA00
Blanking covers
Length Height Depth Standard Article No.
13 700 mm 195 mm 63 mm UL 508 8US1922-2EB00
Supports for blanking covers

Depth Standard Article No.
32 mm UL 508 8US1922-2EA00
107 mm UL 508 8US1922-2EA01
Connecting piece for TT special profile

Article No.
8US1941-2BF01
Partitions, closed
• For additional lateral touch protection at the top/bottom
Length Depth Article No.
76
48
2400
NSB0_91362b
2400 mm 76 mm 8US1922-1JA00

13/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
13

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/15
© Siemens 2023

Up to 1600 A
I201_20503
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍
Conductor cross-section, Conductor cross-section, Rated operational Rated operational voltage Standard Length
circular conductor laminated copper current Ie Ue
IEC UL 508 IEC UL 508 IEC UL 508
With cover
Cu 1.5 … 16 mm2 Cu AWG 16 … 4 Cu lam. 8 × 6 × 0.5 mm 63 A 48 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 200 mm
Cu 6 … 50 mm2 Cu AWG 10 … 2 – 175 A 175 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 200 mm
Cu 25 … 120 mm2 Cu AWG 6 … MCM 250 – 250 A 250 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 200 mm
Cu 95 … 300 mm2 AWG 3/0 … MCM 600 – 500 A 420 A 690 V AC – IEC, UL 508 200 mm
Al 120 … 240 mm2
Without cover
Cu 95 … 300 mm2 AWG 3/0 … MCM 600 – 500 A 420 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 184 mm
– – Cu lam. 3 × 20 × 1 … 10 × 32 × 1 mm 550 A 420 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 184 mm
For 4th pole (PE/N) 2)
Cu 1.5 … 16 mm2 – – – – 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 242 mm
1)
Shown without cover
2)
For mounting on device adapter or device holder
Accessories
13 Cover for connection module

13/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Connection modules
For 5 mm and 10 mm flat copper profiles For 5 mm and 10 mm flat copper profiles For laminated copper
and TT special profile
Width Connection modules Connection modules Connection modules Connection modules Connection modules
3P 3P 3P PE/N 3P
20 mm 5SH3538 – – – –
54 mm – – 8US1921-1BA00 – –
81 mm – – 8US1921-1AA00 – –
135 mm – 5SH3535 1) – – –
153 mm – – – – 8US1941-2AA03
153 mm – – – – 8US1941-2AA04
18 mm – – – 8US1200-0AA00 –
Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
13
– – – – 8US1922-1GC00

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/17
© Siemens 2023

Up to 1600 A
I201_20503
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍
Conductor cross-section, Conductor cross-section, Rated operational Rated operational voltage Standard Minimum
circular conductor laminated copper current Ie Ue order quantity
IEC UL 508 IEC UL 508 IEC UL 508
Cu 1.5 … 16 mm2 AWG 16 .. 6 Cu lam. 8 × 6 × 0.5 mm 65 A 55 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 15 units
100 units
Cu 4 … 35 mm2 AWG 10 … 2 Cu lam. 3 × 9 × 0.8 mm, 115 A 115 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 15 units
Cu lam. 6 × 9 × 0.8 mm 50 units
Cu 16 … 70 mm2 AWG 4 … 2/0 Cu lam. 2 × 9 × 0.8 mm, 175 A 175 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 15 units
Cu lam. 6 × 9 × 0.8 mm, 50 units
Cu lam. 6 × 13 × 0.5 mm
Cu 16 … 120 mm2 AWG 4 … MCM 250 Cu lam. 4 × 15.5 × 0.8 mm, 250 A 255 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 15 units
Cu lam. 6 × 15.5 × 0.8 mm, 50 units
Cu lam. 10 × 15.5 × 0.5 mm
1)
Finely stranded, directly clamped or with end sleeve, solid and stranded circular conductor
Accessories
Terminal covers for circular conductors
13 • Fixing to busbar
Length Width
200 mm 84 mm

13/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Terminals 1)
For 12 × 5 mm, 15 × 5 mm, 20 × 5 mm, 25 × 5 mm and 30 × 5 mm For 12 × 10 mm, 15 × 10 mm, 20 × 10 mm, 25 × 10 mm and 30 × 10 mm
flat copper profiles flat copper profiles and TT special profile
8US1921-2AA01 – – – 8US1921-2BA01 – – –
8US1921-2AA00 – – – 8US1921-2BA00 – – –
– 8US1921-2AB01 – – – 8US1921-2BB01 – –
– 8US1921-2AB00 – – – 8US1921-2BB00 – –
– – 8US1921-2AD01 – – – 8US1921-2BD01 –
– – 8US1921-2AD00 – – – 8US1921-2BD00 –
– – – 8US1921-2AC01 – – – 8US1921-2BC01
– – – 8US1921-2AC00 – – – 8US1921-2BC00
13
Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
8US1922-1GA00 8US1922-1GA00 8US1922-1GA00 8US1922-1GA00 8US1922-1GA00 8US1922-1GA00 8US1922-1GA00 8US1922-1GA00

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/19
© Siemens 2023

Up to 1600 A
I201_20503
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍
Conductor cross-section, Conductor Conductor Rated operational Rated operational voltage Standard
circular conductor cross-section, cross-section, current Ie Ue
IEC UL 508 laminated copper cable lugs IEC UL 508 IEC UL 508
Cu 95 … 185 mm2 AWG 3/0 … MCM 350 – – 300 A 310 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC,
Al 95 … 185 mm2 UL 508
Cu 95 … 300 mm2 AWG 3/0 … MCM 600 – – 500 A 420 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC,
Al 120 … 140 mm2 UL 508
– – Cu lam. 3 × 20 × – 500 A 420 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC,
1 … 10 × 24 × 1 mm UL 508
Cu lam. 2 × 40 × 10 mm – 1250 A – 690 V AC – IEC
– Max. 240 mm2 630 A – 690 V AC – IEC
Accessories
Terminal covers for circular conductors
• Fixing to busbar
13 Length Width
200 mm 270 mm

13/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Terminals
For 20 × 5 mm, 25 × 5 mm and 30 × 5 mm For 20 × 10 mm, 25 × 10 mm and 30 × 10 mm For 40 × 25 mm and 30 × 10 mm
flat copper profiles flat copper profiles flat copper profiles
and TT special profile
Mounting
– 8US1941-2AA01 – – – –
– 8US1941-2AA02 – – – –
M16 threaded pin, – 8US1941-2BB00 – 8US1941-2BB00 –

size 8 Allen key
M16 threaded pin, – – – – 8US1941-2BA00
size 8 Allen key
M16 threaded pin, – – 8US1941-2AC00 – –
size 8 Allen key,
M10 hexagon bolt,
width across flats 17
Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. 13
8US1922-1GA02 8US1922-1GA02 8US1922-1GA02 8US1922-1GA02 8US1922-1GA02

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/21
© Siemens 2023
Up to 630 A
I201_20504
ಪ ಫ ಬ ಭ
NEOZED bus-mounting fuse bases

Size D02
Mounting width 1.5 MW 1.5 MW 2 MW
For flat copper Rated operational Rated operational voltage Ue Standard Standard With touch protection
profiles current Ie
IEC UL 508 IEC AC IEC DC UL
Box terminals
5 mm and 10 mm 25 A – 500 V AC – – IEC – – –
63 A – 400 V AC 250 V DC – IEC 5SG6202 1) 5SG6206 1) 5SG6207
690 V AC – – IEC – – –
– 30 A 690 V AC – 600 V AC IEC, , – – –
– – 600 V AC , – – –
100 A – – 600 V AC – – –
200 A – – 600 V AC – – –
400 A – – 600 V AC , – – –
Further information
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors See page 8/88 See page 8/88 See page 8/88
1)
From 35 A continuous current load, mount the fuse base with spacing and use a wider cover
Note:
NEOZED adapter sleeves or DIAZED screw adapters are required for NEOZED and DIAZED bus-mounting fuse bases.
13
Accessories
NEOZED covers for standard version
Size Version Mounting width Article No. Article No. Article No.
D02 Standard 1.5 MW 5SH5241 – –
Extra wide 2 MW 5SH5242 – –

With double width 3 MW 5SH5243 – –
DIAZED covers for standard version

Size Mounting width Article No. Article No. Article No.
DII 2.3 MW – – –
DIII 3.2 MW – – –

13/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
DIAZED bus-mounting fuse bases Bus-mounting fuse holders

Size DII Size DIII Cylindrical fuses Class CC Class J
10 × 38 mm
2.3 MW 3.2 MW 1.5 MW 1.5 MW 106 mm 184 mm 256 mm
Standard With touch protec- 3P 3P 3P

tion
5SF6015 5SF6020 – – – – –
– – – – – – –
5SF6215 5SF6220 – – – – –
– – 3NW7431 – – – –
– – – 3NW7431-0HG – – –
– – – – 3NW7431-6HG – –
– – – – – 3NW7431-7HG –
– – – – – – 3NW7431-8HG
See page 8/88 See page 8/88 See page 8/88 See page 8/88 See page 8/88 See page 8/88 See page 8/88
13
Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
– – – – – – –
– – – – – – –
– – – – – – –
Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
5SH2042 – – – – – –
5SH2242 – – – – – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/23
© Siemens 2023
Up to 630 A
I201_20504
ಪ ಫ ಬ ಭ
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors

Size D02
Mounting width 1.5 MW 1.5 MW 1.5 MW
For flat copper Rated operational Rated operational voltage Ue Standard Without LED signal detector With LED
profiles current Ie signal detector
IEC UL 508 IEC AC IEC DC UL 508
Box terminals
5 mm, 10 mm 63 A – 400 V AC – – IEC 5SG7234-1 2) – 5SG7234-2 2)
110 V DC – IEC – 5SG7230 1) –
1)
From 35 A current load use 5SH5526 lateral module
2)
From 35 A current load use 5SH5533 lateral module
Note:
NEOZED adapter sleeves or DIAZED screw adapters are required for NEOZED and DIAZED bus-mounting fuse bases.
Accessories
Auxiliary switches
• For signaling the switching state for bus-mounting switch disconnectors
Contacts Mounting width Article No. Article No. Article No.
1 CO 0.5 MW – 5SH5525 –
13 Lateral modules
• For greater heat dissipation for loads from 35 A
Mounting width Article No. Article No. Article No.
0.5 MW 5SH5533 5SH5526 5SH5533
Reducers
• For NEOZED D01 fuse links in bus-mounting switch disconnectors
– 5SH5527 –

13/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
13

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/25
© Siemens 2023
➍ Device adapters and device holders

For universal application up to 1600 A
I201_20505
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍
Rated operational Rated operational voltage Ue Standard For copper Adapters Connecting cable
current Ie profiles
IEC UL 508 IEC UL 508 Width Height Cross-section Max. temperature Length
25 A 25 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 5 mm, 10 mm, 45 mm 200 mm AWG 12 150 °C 99 mm
TT profile 167 mm
260 mm AWG 12 150 °C 99 mm
167 mm
TT profile 150 °C 99 mm
167 mm
– – –
260 mm AWG 10 150 °C 99 mm
167 mm
– – –
TT profile 260 mm AWG 4 150 °C 150 mm
119 mm 260 mm AWG 4 150 °C 150 mm
TT profile
– – – – – 5 mm, 10 mm, 45 mm 200 mm – – –
TT profile – – –
13 260 mm – – –
Accessories
Lateral modules
• For extending device adapters and device holders of the same length
Length Width
200 mm 9 mm

13/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Device adapters Device adapters with connecting cables Device holders

For plug-in units For contact with busbars No electrical contact
For lateral
mounting on
device adapter
– 8US1251-5DS10 – – – – – – –
– 8US1251-5DS11 – – – – – – –
– 8US1251-5DT10 – – – – – – –
– 8US1251-5DT11 – – – – – – –
– – 8US1211-1NS10 – – – – – –
– – – 8US1251-5NS10 – – – – –
– – – 8US1251-5NS11 – – – – –
8US1216-5AS80 – – – – – – – –
– – – 8US1251-5NT10 – – – – –
– – – 8US1251-5NT11 – – – – –
8US1216-5AT80 – – – – – – – –
– – – – 8US1261-5MS13 – – – –
– – – – 8US1261-6MT10 – – – –
– – – – – – 8US1211-6MT10 – –
– – – – – 8US1211-4TR00 – – –
– – – – – – – – 8US1250-1AA10
– – – – – – – 8US1250-5AS10 –
– – – – – – – 8US1250-5AT10 – 13
Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
8US1998-2BJ10 8US1998-2BJ10 8US1998-2BJ10 8US1998-2BJ10 8US1998-2BJ10 – – 8US1998-2BJ10 –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/27
© Siemens 2023

For universal application up to 1600 A
Accessories
Plug-in connectors to make contact with the 3RV2 motor starter protectors for 8US1216-5AS80 and 8US1216-5AT80
Use Version Size Article No.
For spring-loaded Single-unit packaging S00 1) 3RV2917-5AA00
terminals S0 2) 3RV2927-5AA00
Multi-unit packaging S00 1) 3RV2917-5A
S0 2) 3RV2927-5A
For screw terminals Single-unit packaging S00 1) 3) 3RV2917-5CA00
S0 2) 4) 3RV1927-5AA00
Multi-unit packaging S00 1) 3) 3RV2917-5C
S0 2) 4) 3RV1927-5A
Plug-in connectors to make contact with the 3RV1011 motor starter protectors
For screw terminals Single-unit packaging S00 3RV1917-5CA00
Multi-unit packaging S00 3RV1917-5C
1)
I > 14 A, please note derating.
2)
The plug-in connector cannot be used for the 3RV2711 and 3RV2811 circuit breakers with size S00.
3)
The plug-in connector can be used for the 3RV2711, 3RV2811 (size S00) and 3RV2721, 3RV2821 (size S0) circuit breakers.
4)
13

13/28 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
13

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/29
© Siemens 2023

For molded case circuit breakers and switch disconnectors up to 1600 A
I201_20505
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍
Rated operational Rated operational voltage Ue Standard For copper profile Adapters Connecting cable
current Ie
IEC UL 508 IEC UL 508 Length Width
Screw terminals
80 A 80 A – 600 V AC UL 508 5 mm, 10 mm, TT profile 200 mm 81 mm AWG 4
125 A 125 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 5 mm, 10 mm, TT profile 200 mm 90 mm Cu laminated 6 × 9 × 0.8 mm
Busbar contact
144 A – 690 V AC – IEC 5 mm, 10 mm, TT profile 200 mm 76 mm –

Tubular contacts
150 A 150 A 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC, UL 508 5 mm, 10 mm, TT profile 190 mm 105 mm –
240 mm 105 mm –
13 – 690 V AC – IEC 5 mm, 10 mm, TT profile 270 mm 140 mm –

– 690 V AC – IEC 5 mm, 10 mm, TT profile 300 mm 185 mm –

M10 pin connector
– 690 V AC – IEC 5 mm, 10 mm, TT profile 320 mm 184 mm –
320 mm 250 mm –
1)
Observe the short-circuit strength of the busbar system: Short-circuit strength > 50 kA on request.
2)
Usable only for 3VL circuit breakers with line-side box terminals.
3)
Only for 3VL 250 A circuit breakers, for screw fixing with metric thread, for flat terminals.
4)
Without connecting cables. The connecting cable between adapter and device should be manufactured in accordance with the rated operational current as a circular conductor,
e.g. H07V-R with cable lug, or as a flat conductor for an M10 pin connector.
5)
Without connecting cables. The connecting cable between adapter and device should be manufactured in accordance with the rated operational current as a circular conductor,
e.g. H07V-R, bared at both ends for tunnel terminals.

13/30 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Device adapters
For molded case circuit breakers For switch For fuse switch
disconnectors disconnectors
3VA 3VL 1) 3KA and 3KL 3NP5
Device 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole
Size/type
NGG, HGG, LGG 8US1240-5MA00 – – – –

3VA10, 3VA11, 3VA51, NGG, HGG, 8US1211-4SS00 – – – –
LGG (connection at top)
3VA10, 3VA11, 3VA51 8US1215-4SS00 – – – –
(connection at bottom)
3VA10, 3VA11 8US1213-4AU01 – – – –

3VL1 2), 3VL2 2) – – 8US1211-4SL01 – –
3NP5060 (NH00) – – – – 8US1291-4SB00
3VL3 3) – – 8US1211-4SL00 – –
VL150X UL, CG frame – – 8US1213-4AQ01 – –

VL150 UL, DG frame – – 8US1213-4AQ03 – –
VL250 UL, FG frame – – 8US1213-4AQ03 – –
3VA12, 3VA20, 3VA21, 3VA22, 8US1213-4AP03 – – – –
3VA52, 3VA61, 3VA62
3VA12, 3VA20, 3VA21, 3VA22 – 8US1313-4AH03 – – –
13
VL400 UL, JG frame – – 8US1213-4AH00 – –
VL400X UL, LG frame – – 8US1213-4AH00 – –
3VL5 – – 8US1213-4AF00 – –
3VA13, 3VA14, 3VA23, 3VA24, 8US1213-4AH04 – – – –
3VA53, 3VA54, 3VA63, 3VA64
3VA13, 3VA14, 3VA23, 3VA24 – 8US1313-4AM04 – – –
3VL1 to 3VL4 – – 8US1210-4AF00 + – –

(also with RCD module) 2) 8US1927-4AF01
3NP52, 3NP53, 3NP54 5) – – – – 8US1210-4AG00
3KA52, 3KA53, 3KL52, 3KL53 – – – 8US1210-4AF00 4) –
3KA55, 3KA57, 3KA58, 3KL55, – – – 8US1210-4AG004) –
3KL57

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/31
© Siemens 2023

For load feeders up to 1600 A
I201_20505
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍
Rated operational Rated operational voltage Ue Standard For copper Adapters Connecting cable Device
current Ie profile
IEC UL 508 IEC UL 508 , Length Width Cross-section Max. temperature Size
Screw terminals
25 A 25 A 690 V AC 600 V AC – IEC, UL 508 5 mm, 10 mm, 200 mm 45 mm AWG 12 150 °C S00
TT profile S0
260 mm 45 mm AWG 12 150 °C S00
TT profile – – S00/S0
260 mm 45 mm AWG 10 150 °C S0
– – S00/S0
– – 690 V AC , 5 mm, 10 mm, 200 mm 45 mm AWG 10 105 °C S00/S0

TT profile
13 TT profile 119 mm AWG 4 150 °C S2
TT profile 215 mm 72 mm AWG 4 150 °C S3
Spring-loaded terminals
Accessories
Vibration & shock kit S2
Use
For size 2 devices
Lateral modules
• For extending device adapters and device holders of the same length
Length Width
200 mm 9 mm

13/32 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
For 3-pole system

Device adapters for plug-in units Device adapters for load feeders
SIRIUS SIRIUS SIRIUS SIRIUS 3RA6
3RV2/3RT2 3RV1/3RT1
Circuit breakers, Circuit breakers, Circuit breakers Direct-on-line Reversing starters Circuit breakers Direct-on-line Reversing
Direct-on-line Direct-on-line starters starters starters
starters starters,
Reversing
starters
– – 8US1251-5DS10 8US1251-5DS10 8US1251-5DS10 + 8US1250-5AS10 – – –

– – 8US1251-5DS10 – – – – –
– – 8US1251-5DT10 – – – –
– – 8US1251-5NS10 – – – – –
8US1216-5AS80 – – – – – – –
– – 8US1251-5NT10 8US1251-5NT10 8US1251-5NT10 + 8US1250-5AT10 – – –
8US1216-5AT80 8US1216-5AT80 + – – – – – –
8US1250-5AT10
– – – – – – 8US1211-1NS10 8US1211-1NS10 +
8US1250-1AA10
– – – 8US1261-6MT10 – – – –
– – – – 8US1211-6MT10 – – – 13
– – 8US1261-5MS13 – – – – –
– – – – – 8US1211-4TR00 – –
– – 8US1251-5DS11 – – – – –
– – 8US1251-5DT11 8US1251-5DT11 8US1251-5DT11 + 8US1250-5AT10 – – –
– – 8US1251-5NS11 – – – – –
– – 8US1251-5NT11 8US1251-5NT11 8US1251-5NT11 + 8US1250-5AT10 – – –
8US1998-1DA10 8US1998-1DA10 8US1998-1DA10 8US1998-1DA10 8US1998-1DA10 – – –
8US1998-2BJ10 8US1998-2BJ10 8US1998-2BJ10 8US1998-2BJ10 8US1998-2BJ10 – 8US1998-2BJ10 8US1998-2BJ10

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/33
© Siemens 2023

For load feeders up to 1600 A
Accessories
Plug-in connectors to make contact with the 3RV2 motor starter protectors for 8US1216-5AS80 and 8US1216-5AT80
For spring-loaded Single-unit packaging S00 1) 3RV2917-5AA00
terminals S0 2) 3RV2927-5AA00
Multi-unit packaging S00 1) 3RV2917-5A
S0 2) 3RV2927-5A
For screw terminals Single-unit packaging S00 1) 3) 3RV2917-5CA00
S0 2) 4) 3RV1927-5AA00
Multi-unit packaging S00 1) 3) 3RV2917-5C
S0 2) 4) 3RV1927-5A
Plug-in connectors to make contact with the 3RV1011 motor starter protectors
For screw terminals Single-unit packaging S00 3RV1917-5CA00
Multi-unit packaging S00 3RV1917-5C
1)
2)
The plug-in connector cannot be used for the 3RV2711 and 3RV2811 circuit breakers with size S00.
3)
The plug-in connector can be used for the 3RV2711, 3RV2811 (size S00) and 3RV2721, 3RV2821 (size S0) circuit breakers.
4)
13

13/34 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

Accessories for device adapters for SIRIUS 3RV2/3RT2 load feeders
I201_20505
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍
Mounting rails (35 mm) made of plastic with fixing screws

Width For adapter width Article No.
45 mm 45 mm 8US1998-7CB45
54 mm 54 mm 8US1998-7CB54
72 mm 54 mm 8US1998-7CB72
Positioning pieces
• For pushing on
• Secures the adaptable devices on the adapter
For adapter width Article No.
45 mm 8US1998-1DA45
54 mm 8US1998-1DA54
Connecting element
• For connecting busbar adapters and device holders 13
Article No.
8US1998-1AA10
Spacers
• Fix the feeder to the busbar adapter
Article No.
8US1998-1BA10
Vibration & shock kit
Article No.
8US1998-1CA10

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 13/35
© Siemens 2023
Terminal Blocks
Always the right connection

Terminal blocks enable incoming and outgoing
cables to be connected in switchboards and
control systems in a convenient and space-saving
manner. They can be used in transport systems
and automation technology as well as in building
installation technology.
We offer you the complete range of connection

technology with screw terminals, spring-loaded
terminals and In-Push-out (iPo) terminals,
combination plug-in terminals, insulation
displacement terminals and a wide variety of
accessories. These can be combined with each
other. This allows you to benefit from a high level
of flexibility as well as simplified configuration.
© Siemens 2023
Terminal Blocks
Terminal Blocks

8WH terminal blocks 14/4
8WH terminal blocks 14/6
8WH6 iPo plug-in terminals 14/6
8WH6 iPo installation terminals 14/16
8WH2 spring-loaded terminals 14/22
8WH5 combination plug-in terminals 14/34
8WH3 insulation displacement terminals 14/38
8WH screw terminals 14/42
Accessories for 8WH terminal blocks 14/55
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/1

© Siemens 2023
Terminal Blocks | All the information you need
For information about terminal blocks, please visit our Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
website www.siemens.com/distribution-components (product catalog)
• Terminal blocks sie.ag/2kW8ZXo
umber
Use our conversion tool for quick and easy conversion to www.siemens.com/product_catalog_SIEP?Article No.
• Siemens ALPHA FIX terminal blocks – 8WH2 terminal

with spring-loaded-connection sie.ag/6FTjPN
14

14/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Terminal Blocks

detailed technical information
• Operating instructions
• Certificates


• Image database
www.siemens.com/cax
Technical overview – Terminal blocks

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on terminal blocks
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/3

© Siemens 2023
Terminal Blocks | Quick selection guide
8WH terminal blocks
8WH6 8WH6
iPo plug-in terminals iPo installation
terminals
Through-type terminals Through-type terminals 2.5 … 150 mm2 See page 14/6 2.5 … 35 mm2 See page 14/16
Two-tier terminals 2.5 … 4 mm2 See page 14/9 –
Three-tier terminals – –
Four-tier motor terminals – –
Isolating terminals Isolating and isolating blade

2.5 … 4 mm2 See page 14/10 –
terminals
Two-tier isolating terminals – –
N conductor isolating terminals – 2.5 … 35 mm2 See page 14/18
Measuring transformer isolating

– –
terminals
14
Initiator/actuator Initiator terminals 1.5 mm2 See page 14/13 –
terminals
Actuator terminals 1.5 mm2 See page 14/13 –
–
Infeed terminals 2.5 mm2 See page 14/14
Function terminals Fuse terminals 4 mm2 See page 14/12 –
Three-tier terminals – 2.5 mm2 See page 14/20
Three-tier isolating terminals – 2.5 mm2 See page 14/21
Diode terminals – –
Two-tier diode terminals – –
Shield terminals – –
Further information From page 14/6 From page 14/16
14/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Quick selection guide | Terminal Blocks
8WH2 8WH5 8WH3 8WH1

spring-loaded combination insulation displacement screw terminals
terminals plug-in terminals terminals
1.5 … 35 mm2 See page 14/22 2.5 mm2 See page 14/34 1.5 … 2.5 mm2 See page 14/38 2.5 … 240 mm2 See page 14/42
1.5 … 4 mm2 See page 14/25 – 1.5 mm2 See page 14/39 2.5 … 4 mm2 See page 14/45
2.5 mm2 See page 14/26 – – –
2.5 … 4 mm2 See page 14/27 – – –
2.5 … 4 mm2 See page 14/28 – 1.5 … 2.5 mm2 See page 14/40 4 … 6 mm2 See page 14/46
– – – 4 mm2 See page 14/48
– – – –
– – – 6 mm2 See page 14/49

14
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
4 mm2 See page 14/30 – – 4 … 6 mm2 See page 14/50
– – – –
– – – –
2.5 mm2 See page 14/32 – – 4 mm2 See page 14/52
2.5 mm2 See page 14/33 – – 2.5 mm2 See page 14/53
Diameter
– – – See page 14/54
2 … 35 mm
From page 14/22 From page 14/34 From page 14/38 From page 14/42
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/5

© Siemens 2023
Terminal Blocks | 8WH terminal blocks
8WH6 iPo plug-in terminals

Through-type terminals
➀ Terminal size
2.5 mm2 4 mm2
➁ Terminal width 5.2 mm 6.2 mm
Max. load current Imax 24 A 32 A
Max. operational voltage Umax 800 V 800 V
AWG 26 … 12 24 … 10
Connection capacity, one rigid conductor 0.14 … 4 mm2 0.2 … 6 mm2
Connection capacity, one flexible conductor with end sleeve 0.14 … 2.5 mm2 0.2 … 4 mm2
Standard IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2,
Terminals Color
➊ Through-type terminals
2 Gray 8WH6000-0AF00 8WH6000-0AG00
Blue 8WH6000-0AF01 8WH6000-0AG01
3 Gray 8WH6003-0AF00 8WH6003-0AG00
Blue 8WH6003-0AF01 8WH6003-0AG01
4 Gray 8WH6004-0AF00 8WH6004-0AG00
Blue 8WH6004-0AF01 8WH6004-0AG01
➋ PE through-type terminals
2 Green-yellow 8WH6000-0CF07 8WH6000-0CG07
Covers
Terminals Color Width Article No. Article No.
2 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-1GA00 8WH9003-1GA00
14 3 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-2GA00 8WH9003-2SA00
4 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-4GA00 8WH9003-4SA00
Compartment partitions
2 Gray 2.0 mm 8WH9070-0AA00 8WH9070-0AA00
3 Gray 2.0 mm 8WH9070-0GA00 8WH9070-0GA00
4 Gray 2.0 mm 8WH9070-0HA00 8WH9070-0HA00
Cover segments
Color Article No. Article No.
Gray 8WH9000-0GA00 –
Warning covers
8WH9060-5CA06 8WH9063-5CA06
14/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
8WH terminal blocks | Terminal Blocks
6 mm2 10 mm2 16 mm2 35 mm2

8.2 mm 10.2 mm 12.2 mm 16 mm
41 A 57 A 90 A 125 A
1000 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V
20 … 8 20 … 6 20 … 4 10 … 2
0.5 … 10 mm2 0.5 … 16 mm2 0.5 … 25 mm2 6 … 35 mm2
0.5 … 6 mm2 0.5 … 10 mm2 0.5 … 16 mm2 6 … 35 mm2
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2, , IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2, ,
8WH6000-0AH00 8WH6000-0AJ00 8WH6000-0AK00 8WH6000-0AM00

8WH6000-0AH01 8WH6000-0AJ01 8WH6000-0AK01 8WH6000-0AM01
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
8WH6000-0CH07 8WH6000-0CJ07 8WH6000-0CK07 8WH6000-0CM07

– – – –
– – – –

8WH9004-3SA00 8WH9005-1SA00 8WH9006-1SA00 –
– – – –
14
– – – –

– – – –
– – – –
– – – –

– – – –

8WH9063-5CA06 8WH9065-5CA06 8WH9066-5CA06 8WH9067-5CA06
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/7

© Siemens 2023

Through-type terminals for high-current applications
➀ Terminal size
50 mm2 95 mm2 150 mm2
➁ Terminal width 20 mm 25 mm 31 mm
Max. load current Imax 150 A 232 A 309 A
Operational voltage AC/DC 1000 V/1500 V 1000 V/1500 V 1000 V/1500 V
AWG 8 … 2/0 4 … 3/0 1/0 … 300
Connection capacity, rigid 10 … 70 mm2 25 … 95 mm2 95 … 150 mm2
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve 10 … 50 mm2 25 … 95 mm2 95 … 150 mm2
Standard IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-1,
IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-2,
Terminals Color
2 Gray 8WH6000-0AN00 8WH6000-0AQ00 8WH6000-0AS00
Blue 8WH6000-0AN01 8WH6000-0AQ01 8WH6000-0AS01
2 Green-yellow 8WH6000-0CN07 8WH6000-0CQ07 –
Connecting combs
Number of poles Article No. Article No. Article No.
2-pole 8WH9020-3AB00 8WH9020-3AD00 8WH9020-3AF00
3-pole 8WH9020-3AC00 8WH9020-3AE00 8WH9020-3AG00
14 Tap-off terminal
Number of poles Article No. Article No. Article No.
1-pole 8WH9120-0DA00 8WH9120-0DA00 8WH9120-0DA00
Test plugs
Surface Article No. Article No. Article No.
Metal 8WH9010-0NB00 8WH9010-0NB00 8WH9010-0NB00
Insulating sleeves for test plugs
Color Article No. Article No. Article No.
Red 8WH9010-0MB02 8WH9010-0MB02 8WH9010-0MB02
Warning covers
8WH9067-5CA06 8WH9068-5CA06 8WH9068-5CA06
14/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Two-tier terminals
➀ Terminal size
2.5 mm2 4 mm2
Terminal width 5.2 mm 6.2 mm
AWG 26 … 12 24 … 10
➁ Connection capacity, one rigid conductor 0.14 … 4 mm2 0.2 … 6 mm2
Connection capacity, one flexible conductor 0.14 … 2.5 mm2 0.2 … 4 mm2
with end sleeve
Version Color
➊ Two-tier terminals
Without equipotential bonding Gray 8WH6020-0AF00 8WH6020-0AG00
Blue 8WH6020-0AF01 8WH6020-0AG01
With equipotential bonding Gray 8WH6025-0AF00 8WH6025-0AG00
➋ PE two-tier terminals 1)
Green-yellow 8WH6020-0CF07 8WH6020-0CG07
1)
Bridging the terminal is only possible in the top tier (in the center).
Covers
4 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-4SE00 –
– 8WH9003-1VA00
Compartment partitions 14
4 Gray 2 mm 8WH9070-0BA00 8WH9070-0BA00
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/9

© Siemens 2023

Isolating terminals
Terminal size
2.5 mm2 4 mm2
AWG 26 … 12 24 … 10
Standard IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-1,
Terminals Color
2 Gray 8WH6000-6CF00 8WH6000-6AG00
3 Gray 8WH6003-6CF00 –
4 Gray 8WH6004-6CF00 –
Covers
2 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-3SC00 8WH9003-1GA00
3 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-3SD00 –
4 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-5GA00 –
2 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9070-0AA00 8WH9070-0AA00
3 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9070-0GA00 –
Plug-in zone connectors
Types Color Imax Illuminated display Article No. Article No.
Isolating plugs Orange – – 8WH9040-0DB04 8WH9040-0DB04
Through-type Gray 16 A – 8WH9020-8AB00 8WH9020-8AB00

14 connectors
Fused connectors 1) Black 6.3 A 12 … 30 V, 1 … 2.5 mA 8WH9040-3AB08 8WH9040-3AB08

Without 8WH9040-3DB08 8WH9040-3DB08
Component connectors Gray 6A – 8WH9040-0BB00 8WH9040-0BB00
1)
The G fuse holders must be selected according to the maximum power loss (heat dissipation) of the G fuse links.
Depending on the application and method of installation, the heat rise conditions in closed fuse holders must be tested.
Higher ambient temperatures represent an additional load for the fuse links.
A shift in rated current should therefore be taken into account in such applications.
14/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Isolating blade terminals

Terminal size
2.5 mm2 4 mm2
AWG 26 … 12 24 … 10
Connection capacity, two rigid conductors – 0.5 … 6 mm2
Connection capacity, one flexible conductor 0.14 … 2.5 mm2 0.2 … 4 mm2
Standard IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-1,
Terminals Color
2 Gray 8WH6000-6AF00 8WH6000-6CG00
3 Gray 8WH6003-6AF00 –
4 Gray 8WH6004-6AF00 –
Covers
2 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-3SC00 8WH9003-1GA00
3 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-3SD00 –
4 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-5GA00 –
2 Gray 2 mm 8WH9070-0AA00 8WH9070-0AA00

14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/11

© Siemens 2023

Fuse terminals
➀ Terminal size
4 mm2
Terminal width 6.2 mm
Max. load current Imax 6.3 A
➁ Max. operational voltage Umax 500 V
AWG 24 … 10
Connection capacity, one rigid conductor 0.2 … 6 mm2
Connection capacity, one flexible conductor with end sleeve 0.2 … 4 mm2
Standard ,
LED Color
Fuse terminals for 5 × 20 mm G fuse links
➀ Without Black 8WH6000-1GG08
➁ 10 … 30 V AC/DC Black 8WH6000-1KG38
➁ 110 … 250 V AC/DC Black 8WH6000-1MG88
Covers
Terminals Color Width Article No.
2 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9003-1GA00
5 × 25 mm G fuse links
Types Breaking capacity Rated uninterrupted current Article No.
Quick Large 1A 8WA1822-7EF16
1.6 A 8WA1822-7EF18
2.5 A 8WA1822-7EF21
4A 8WA1822-7EF23
6.3 A 8WA1822-7EF25
Slow Small 1A 8WA1822-7EF76
1.6 A 8WA1822-7EF78
2.5 A 8WA1822-7EF81
14 4A 8WA1822-7EF83
6.3 A 8WA1822-7EF85
Isolating links, 5 × 20 mm
Size Article No.
5 × 20 mm 8WH9021-0CB12
14/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Initiator/actuator terminals
➀ ➁ Terminal size
A A $ $
1.5 mm2
L− L+
/ï / / Terminal width 3.5 mm 3.5 mm
Max. load current Imax 13.5 A 13.5 A
A A A A AWG 26 … 14 26 … 14
L− L+ L− L+ L Connection capacity, 0.14 … 1.0 mm2 0.14 … 1.0 mm2
flexible with end sleeve,
with plastic sleeve
Connection capacity, 0.14 … 1.5 mm2 0.14 … 1.5 mm2
flexible with end sleeve,
A A A A without plastic sleeve
Standard IEC 60947-7-1 IEC 60947-7-1
L PE L− L+ PE
Conductors 1) Number of LED Color

connec-
tions
➊ Initiator terminal
3-wire, L+, L–, A 4 – Gray 8WH6003-0DE00 –
3-wire, L+, L–, A 4 Green, 24 V (15 … 30 V DC) Gray 8WH6003-0FE00 –
3-wire, L, A, PE 4 – Gray 8WH6003-0HE00 –
➋ Actuator terminal
4-wire, L+, L–, L, A 5 – Gray – 8WH6004-0DE00
4-wire, L+, L–, L, A 5 Green, 24 V (15 … 30 V DC) Gray – 8WH6004-0FE00
4-wire, L+, L–, PE, A 5 – Gray – 8WH6004-0HE00
1)
L+ = red, L– = blue, A (output) = petrol, L = petrol, PE (ground) = green/yellow
Covers
Version Width Color Article No. Article No.
For 3-wire 2.2 mm Gray 8WH9001-2VD00 –
For 4-wire 2.2 mm Gray – 8WH9001-4VE00
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/13

© Siemens 2023

Infeed terminals for initiator/actuator terminals
➀ L+ L− Terminal size
2.5 mm2
Terminal width 7 mm
➁ PE L+ L−
Max. load current Imax 20 A
Max. operational voltage Umax 250 V
AWG 24 … 12
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve, with plastic sleeve 0.2 … 2.5 mm2
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve, without plastic sleeve 0.2 … 2.5 mm2
Standard IEC 60947-7-1
Conductors 1) Color
➀ 3-wire, L+, L– Orange 8WH6003-0DF04
➁ 4-wire, L+, L–, PE Orange 8WH6004-0HE04
1)
L+ = red, L– = blue, A (output) = petrol, L = petrol, PE (ground) = green/yellow
14
14/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Specific accessories for 8WH6 initiator/actuator terminals

Connecting combs
Number of poles Load current Color Article No.
2-pole 17.5 A Red 8WH9020-6JC02
Blue 8WH9020-6JC01
Gray 8WH9020-6JC00
3-pole 17.5 A Red 8WH9020-6JD02
Blue 8WH9020-6JD01
Gray 8WH9020-6JD00
4-pole 17.5 A Red 8WH9020-6JE02
Blue 8WH9020-6JE01
Gray 8WH9020-6JE00
5-pole 17.5 A Red 8WH9020-6JF02
Blue 8WH9020-6JF01
Gray 8WH9020-6JF00
10-pole 17.5 A Red 8WH9020-6JL02
Blue 8WH9020-6JL01
Gray 8WH9020-6JL00
20-pole 17.5 A Red 8WH9020-6JS02
Blue 8WH9020-6JS01
Gray 8WH9020-6JS00
Labels, front, for terminal width 3.5 mm and terminal size 1.5 mm2
Types Color Article No.
Blank White 8WH8110-0AA05
Custom inscription Printed vertically White 8WH8140-0XA05-Z Y01
Printed horizontally White 8WH8120-0XA05-Z Y01
Labels, flat, for terminal width 3.5 mm and terminal size 1.5 mm2
Types Inscription Color Article No.
Blank White 8WH8111-0AA05
Consecutive numbering Printed vertically 1 … 10 (10×) White 8WH8141-0AB05
11 … 20 (10×) White 8WH8141-0AB15
21 … 30 (10×) White 8WH8141-0AB25
31 … 40 (10×) White 8WH8141-0AB35
41 … 50 (10×) White 8WH8141-0AB45
Printed horizontally 1 … 10 (10×) White 8WH8121-0AB05
11 … 20 (10×) White 8WH8121-0AB15
21 … 30 (10×) White 8WH8121-0AB25
31 … 40 (10×) White 8WH8121-0AB35 14
41 … 50 (10×) White 8WH8121-0AB45
Custom inscription Printed vertically White 8WH8141-0XA05-Z Y01
Printed horizontally White 8WH8121-0XA05-Z Y01
Labels for 8WH initiator/actuator terminals for labeling system

Types Terminal width Standard Color Article No.
Front, blank 3.5 mm WIN 486 White 8WH8112-0AA05
Flat, blank 3.5 mm WIN 416 White 8WH8113-0AA05
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/15

© Siemens 2023
8WH6 iPo installation terminals

➀ Terminal size
2.5 mm2 4 mm2
➁ Terminal width 5.2 mm 5.2 mm 6.2 mm 6.2 mm
Terminal length 59.5 mm 59.5 mm 66 mm 66 mm
Terminal height 42.5 mm 43 mm 44 mm 46.3 mm
Max. load current Imax 24 A – 32 A –
Max. operational voltage Umax 800 V – 800 V –
Rated impulse voltage – – – –
AWG 26 … 12 24 … 12 24 … 10 24 … 10
Connection capacity, one rigid conductor 0.14 … 4 mm2 0.2 … 4 mm2 0.2 … 6 mm2 0.2 … 6 mm2
Connection capacity, two rigid conductors – – – –
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve 0.14 … 2.5 mm2 0.25 … 2.5 mm2 0.25 … 4 mm2 0.25 … 4 mm2
Connection capacity, flexible without end sleeve 0.14 … 2.5 mm2 0.25 … 2.5 mm2 0.25 … 4 mm2 0.25 … 4 mm2
Tightening torque – – – –
Standard IEC 60947-7-1 IEC 60947-7-2 IEC 60947-7-1 IEC 60947-7-2
Terminals Color iPo plug-in technology iPo plug-in technology

2 Gray 8WH6001-0AF00 – 8WH6001-0AG00 –
Blue 8WH6001-0AF01 – 8WH6001-0AG01 –
2 Green-yellow – 8WH6001-0CF07 – 8WH6001-0CG07
Covers
Color Width Article No. Article No.
Gray 1.8 mm – –
2.2 mm 8WH9000-1WA00 8WH9003-7WA00
N conductor support brackets
• For holding the N busbar
Blue 8WH9143-0AF01 8WH9143-0AF01
14 Connecting combs
Number of poles Article No. Article No.
2-pole – –
3-pole – –
10-pole – –
Gray – –
Connecting terminals
Blue 10.3 mm 8WH9126-0BA01 8WH9126-0BA01
N busbars, 10 × 3 mm
Version Length Article No. Article No.
Copper, tinned 1000 mm 8WH9030-2AB12 8WH9030-2AB12
14/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
6 mm2 16 mm2 35 mm2

8.2 mm 8.2 mm 12.2 mm 12.2 mm 15.2 mm 15 mm
66 mm 66 mm 51 mm 51 mm 55 mm 55 mm
50 mm 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm 51 mm 51 mm
41 A – 76 A – 125 A 125 A
800 V – 400 V – 800 V –
– – 6 kV 6 kV 8 kV 8 kV
20 … 8 20 … 8 22 … 4 22 … 4 18 … 2 18 … 2
0.5 … 10 mm2 0.5 … 10 mm2 6 … 25 mm2 6 … 25 mm2 0.75 … 35 mm2 0.75 … 35 mm2
– – 2.5 … 10 mm2 2.5 … 10 mm2 0.75 … 10 mm2 0.75 … 10 mm2
0.5 … 6 mm2 0.5 … 6 mm2 6 … 16 mm 2
6 … 16 mm 2
0.75 … 35 mm 2
0.75 … 35 mm2
0.5 … 6 mm2 0.5 … 6 mm2 6 … 16 mm2 6 … 16 mm2 0.75 … 10 mm2 0.75 … 10 mm2
– – 2.5 … 3.0 Nm 2.5 … 3.0 Nm 3.2 … 3.7 Nm 3.2 … 3.7 Nm
IEC 60947-7-1 IEC 60947-7-2 IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-1, , ,
IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-2, ,
iPo plug-in technology Screw terminals Screw terminals
8WH6001-0AH00 – 8WH1201-0AK00 – 8WH1201-0AM00 –

8WH6001-0AH01 – 8WH1201-0AK01 – 8WH1201-0AM01 –
– 8WH6001-0CH07 – 8WH1201-0CK07 – 8WH1201-0CM07

– 8WH9005-3PA00 –
8WH9004-1WA00 – –

8WH9143-0AH01 – –
14
– – 8WH9030-6BC00
– – 8WH9030-6BD00
– 8WH9030-6AL00 –

– 8WH9070-6HA00 –

8WH9126-0BA01 8WH9126-0BA01 –

8WH9030-2AB12 8WH9030-2AB12 8WH9030-2AB12
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/17

© Siemens 2023

N conductor isolating terminals
Terminal size
2.5 mm2 4 mm2
Terminal length 59 mm 66 mm
Terminal height 46.3 mm 46.3 mm
Max. load current Imax / cross-section 24 A/2.5 mm2 32 A/4 mm2
Rated impulse voltage 4 kV 6 kV
AWG 26 … 12 24 … 10
Connection capacity, two rigid conductors 0.2 … 1.5 mm2 0.2 … 2 mm2
Connection capacity, two flexible conductors with end sleeve max. 0.5 mm2 max. 1 mm2
Tightening torque – –
Standard IEC 60947-7-1 IEC 60947-7-1
Terminals Color iPo plug-in technology iPo plug-in technology

2 Blue 8WH6001-0BF01 8WH6001-0BG01
Covers
Blue 2.2 mm 8WH9000-1SA00 8WH9003-1SA00
Gray 2.2 mm – –

• For holding the N busbar 10 × 3 mm
• To be placed every 20 cm
14 Blue 8WH9143-0AF01 8WH9143-0AF01
– –
Blue 10.3 mm 8WH9126-0BA01 8WH9126-0BA01
Version Length Article No. Article No.
Copper, tinned 1000 mm 8WH9030-2AB12 8WH9030-2AB12
14/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
6 mm2 10 mm2 16 mm2 35 mm2

8.2 mm 10.2 mm 12.2 mm 15 mm
66.3 mm 55 mm 55 mm 55 mm
50 mm 47 mm 50 mm 50 mm
41 A/6 mm2 57 A/16 mm2 76 A/25 mm2 110 A/35 mm2
400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V
6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV
20 … 8 – – –
0.5 … 10 mm2 0.5 … 16 mm2 6 … 25 mm2 0.75 … 35 mm2
0.5 … 4 mm2 0.5 … 4 mm2 2.5 … 10 mm2 0.75 … 10 mm2
0.5 … 6 mm2 0.5 … 10 mm2 6 … 16 mm2 0.75 … 35 mm2
0.5 … 1.5 mm2 0.5 … 2.5 mm2 4 … 6 mm2 0.75 … 10 mm2
– 1.5 … 1.8 Nm 1.5 … 1.8 Nm 3.2 … 3.7 Nm
IEC 60947-7-1 IEC 60947-7-1 IEC 60947-7-1 IEC 60947-7-1
iPo plug-in technology Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals

8WH6001-0BH01 8WH1201-0BJ01 8WH1201-0BK01 8WH1201-0BM01

8WH9004-1SA00 – – –
– 8WH9005-3PB00 8WH9005-3PB00 –

8WH9143-0AH01 – – – 14
– 8WH9141-0BC01 8WH9141-0BC01 8WH9141-0BC01

8WH9126-0BA01 8WH9126-0BA01 8WH9126-0BA01 –

8WH9030-2AB12 8WH9030-2AB12 8WH9030-2AB12 8WH9030-2AB12
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/19

© Siemens 2023

Terminal size
2.5 mm2
Terminal length 101 mm
Terminal height 50.5 mm
Max. load current Imax/cross-section 24 A/4 mm2
Max. operational voltage Umax (L–L) 400 V
Rated voltage Un (L–N, L–PE) 250 V
AWG 26 … 12
Connection capacity, rigid 0.14 … 4 mm2
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve 0.14 … 2.5 mm2
Types Color
L Gray 8WH6001-4QF00
L/L Gray 8WH6001-4DF00
L/N Gray 8WH6001-4CF00
PE/L/L Gray 8WH6001-4HF00
PE/L/N Gray 8WH6001-4EF00
PE/L/NT Gray 8WH6001-4FF00
Covers
Color Width Article No.
Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-3SA00

• For holding the N busbar
• To be placed every 20 cm
Blue 2 mm 8WH9142-0AF01
14 Blue 10.3 mm 8WH9126-0BA01
Version Length Article No.
Copper, tinned 1) 1000 mm 8WH9030-2AB12
1)
Only copper busbars may be installed.
14/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Three-tier isolating terminals

➀ Terminal size
2.5 mm2
Terminal width 5.2 mm 5.2 mm 5.2 mm
➁ Terminal length 101 mm 101 mm 101 mm
Terminal height 50.5 mm 50.5 mm 50.5 mm
Max. load current Imax/cross-section 24 A/4 mm2 24 A/4 mm2 24 A/4 mm2
Max. operational voltage Umax (L–L) 400 V 400 V 400 V
➂
Rated voltage Un (L–N, L–PE) 250 V 250 V 250 V
AWG 26 … 12 26 … 12 26 … 12
Connection capacity, rigid 0.25 … 4 mm2 0.25 … 4 mm2 0.25 … 4 mm2
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve 0.25 ... 2.5 mm 2
0.25 ... 2.5 mm 2
0.25 ... 2.5 mm2
Types Color
➊ Through-type terminals with identical contour
PE/L/L Gray – – 8WH6001-4PF00
➋ Isolating terminals
PE/L/L isolation Gray 8WH6001-4MF00 – –
➌ Isolating blade terminals
PE/L/L isolating blade Gray – 8WH6001-4NF00 –
PE/L/N isolating blade Gray – 8WH6001-4GF00 –
Covers for isolating terminal in the contour
Color Width Article No. Article No. Article No.
Gray 2.2 mm – 8WH9000-6SA00 8WH9000-6SA00
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/21

© Siemens 2023
8WH2 spring-loaded terminals

➀ Terminal size
1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
Max. load current Imax 17.5 A 31 A
➁ AWG 28 … 16 28 … 12
Connection capacity, rigid 0.08 … 1.5 mm2 0.08 … 4 mm2
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve 0.14 … 1.5 mm2 0.14 … 2.5 mm2
,
Terminals Color
2 Gray 8WH2000-0AE00 8WH2000-0AF00
Blue 8WH2000-0AE01 8WH2000-0AF01
Orange 8WH2000-0AE04 8WH2000-0AF04
Red 8WH2000-0AE02 8WH2000-0AF02
Black 8WH2000-0AE08 8WH2000-0AF08
Green 8WH2000-0AE03 8WH2000-0AF03
White 8WH2000-0AE05 8WH2000-0AF05
Yellow 8WH2000-0AE06 8WH2000-0AF06
3 Gray 8WH2003-0AE00 8WH2003-0AF00
Blue 8WH2003-0AE01 8WH2003-0AF01
Orange 8WH2003-0AF04 8WH2003-0AF04
4 Gray 8WH2004-0AE00 8WH2004-0AF00
Blue 8WH2004-0AE01 8WH2004-0AF01
Orange 8WH2004-0AF04 8WH2004-0AF04
2 Green-yellow 8WH2000-0CE07 8WH2000-0CF07
3 Green-yellow 8WH2003-0CE07 8WH2003-0CF07
14 4 Green-yellow 8WH2004-0CE07 8WH2004-0CF07
Covers
Color Width Terminals Article No. Article No.
Gray 2.2 mm 2 8WH9000-1GA00 8WH9000-1GA00
3 8WH9000-2GA00 8WH9000-2GA00
4 8WH9000-4GA00 8WH9000-4GA00
Color Terminals Article No. Article No.
Gray 2 8WH9070-0AA00 8WH9070-0AA00
3 8WH9070-0GA00 8WH9070-0GA00
4 8WH9070-0HA00 8WH9070-0HA00
Cover segments
• For covering multi-wire terminals when mounting
two-wire terminals side-by-side
Gray 8WH9000-0GA00 8WH9000-0GA00
Warning covers for the operating shafts of 8WH2 through-type terminals
8WH9061-5AA06 8WH9060-5AA06
14/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
4 mm2 6 mm2 10 mm2 16 mm2 35 mm2

6.2 mm 8.2 mm 10.2 mm 12.2 mm 16 mm
40 A 52 A 65 A 90 A 125 A
800 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V
28 … 10 24 … 8 24 … 6 24 … 4 14 … 2
0.08 … 6 mm2 0.2 … 10 mm2 1.5 … 16 mm2 0.2 … 25 mm2 2.5 … 35 mm2
0.14 … 4 mm2 0.25 … 6 mm2 1.5 … 10 mm2 0.25 … 16 mm2 2.5 … 35 mm2
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2,
8WH2000-0AG00 8WH2000-0AH00 8WH2000-0AJ00 8WH2000-0AK00 8WH2000-0AM00

8WH2000-0AG01 8WH2000-0AH01 8WH2000-0AJ01 8WH2000-0AK01 8WH2000-0AM01
8WH2000-0AG04 – – – –
8WH2000-0AG02 – – – –
8WH2000-0AG08 – – – –
8WH2000-0AG03 – – – –
8WH2000-0AG05 – – – –
8WH2000-0AG06 – – – –
8WH2003-0AG00 8WH2003-0AH00 – – –
8WH2003-0AG01 8WH2003-0AH01 – – –
– – – – –
8WH2004-0AG00 – – – –
8WH2004-0AG01 – – – –
– – – – –
8WH2000-0CG07 8WH2000-0CH07 8WH2000-0CJ07 8WH2000-0CK07 8WH2000-0CM07

8WH2003-0CG07 8WH2003-0CH07 – – –
8WH2004-0CG07 – – – – 14
8WH9003-1GA00 8WH9004-1GA00 8WH9005-1GA00 8WH9006-1GA00 –
8WH9003-2GA00 8WH9004-2GA00 – – –
8WH9003-4GA00 – – – –
8WH9070-0AA00 8WH9070-0DA00 – – –
8WH9070-0GA00 8WH9070-0DA00 – – –
8WH9070-0HA00 – – – –
8WH9003-0GA00 – – – –
8WH9063-5AA06 8WH9064-5AA06 – – 8WH9067-5AA06
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/23

© Siemens 2023

Hybrid through-type terminals
➀ Terminal size
2.5 mm2 4 mm2
AWG spring 28 … 12 28 … 10/26 … 10
Connection capacity, rigid, spring-loaded 0.08 … 4 mm2 0.08 … 6 mm2
Connection capacity, flexible, spring-loaded 0.08 … 2.5 mm2 0.08 … 4 mm2
AWG screw 26 … 14 28 … 10/26 … 10
Connection capacity, rigid, screw-type 0.14 … 4 mm2 0.14 … 6 mm2
Connection capacity, flexible, screw-type 0.14 … 2.5 mm2 0.14 … 4 mm2
Standard IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2 IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2
Terminals Color Screw connection and Screw connection and

spring-loaded connection spring-loaded connection
➊ Hybrid through-type terminals
3 Gray 8WH2103-2BF00 8WH2103-2BG00
Blue 8WH2103-2BF01 8WH2103-2BG01
➋ PE hybrid through-type terminals
3 Green-yellow 8WH2103-3BF07 8WH2103-3BG07
Covers
Color Width Terminals Article No. Article No.
Gray 2.2 mm 3 8WH9000-2HA00 8WH9003-2HA00
14
14/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Two-tier terminals
➀ Terminal size
1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 4 mm2
Max. load current Imax 17.5 A 26 A 32 A
Max. operational voltage Umax 500 V 500 V 500 V
AWG 28 … 16 28 … 12 28 … 10
Connection capacity, rigid 0.08 … 1.5 mm2 0.08 … 4 mm2 0.08 … 6 mm2
➁
Connection capacity, 0.08 … 1.5 mm2 0.08 … 2.5 mm2 0.08 … 4 mm2
flexible with end sleeve
IEC 60947-7-2, , IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-2,
Version Number of Terminals Color

poles
Without 2-pole 4 Gray 8WH2020-0AE00 8WH2020-0AF00 8WH2020-0AG00
equipotential Blue 8WH2020-0AE01 8WH2020-0AF01 8WH2020-0AG01
bonding
6 Gray – 8WH2023-0AF00 –
Blue – 8WH2023-0AF01 –
With 1-pole 4 Gray 8WH2025-0AE00 8WH2025-0AF00 8WH2025-0AG00
equipotential Blue – 8WH2025-0AF01 –
bonding
6 Gray – 8WH2022-0AF00 –
➋ Two-tier terminals, N at top and L at bottom
Without 2-pole 4 Gray – 8WH2020-4CF00 –
equipotential
bonding
➌ PE two-tier terminals 1)
4 Green-yellow 8WH2020-0CE07 8WH2020-0CF07 8WH2020-0CG07
6 Green-yellow – 8WH2023-0CF07 –
14
1)
Only top tier can be fitted with connecting combs.
Covers
Width Terminals Color Article No. Article No. Article No.
2.2 mm 4 Gray 8WH9000-1VA00 8WH9000-1VA00 8WH9003-1VA00
6 Gray – 8WH9000-2VA00 –
Color Article No. Article No. Article No.
Gray 8WH9070-0BA00 8WH9070-0BA00 8WH9070-0BA00
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/25

© Siemens 2023

➀ ➁ Terminal size
2.5 mm2
Max. load current Imax 28 A 1)
AWG 28 … 12
Standard IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2,
Version Types Color

➊ Three-tier terminals
Without equipotential – Gray 8WH2030-0AF00
bonding Blue 8WH2030-0AF01
PE/L/N Gray 8WH2030-4EF00
PE/L/L Gray 8WH2030-4HF00
With equipotential bonding Gray 8WH2035-0AF00
Blue 8WH2035-0AF01
➋ PE three-tier terminals
Green-yellow 8WH2035-0CF07
1)
The total current through all connected conductors must not exceed the maximum load current.
Covers
Width Color Article No.
14 2.2 mm Gray 8WH9000-1GD00
Label holder
Color Article No.
Gray 8WH9060-4BA00
14/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Four-tier motor terminals

Terminal size
2.5 mm2 4 mm2
AWG 28 … 12 28 … 10
Connection capacity, rigid 0.08 … 4 mm2 0.08 … 6 mm2
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve 0.08 … 2.5 mm2 0.08 … 4 mm2
IEC 60947-7-2, ,
Types Color
L/L/L/PE Gray 8WH2040-4LF00 8WH2040-4LG00
Covers
Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-1GE00 –
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/27

© Siemens 2023

Isolating terminals
Terminal size
2.5 mm2 4 mm2
AWG 28 … 12 28 … 10
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve 0.08 … 2.5 mm2 0.08 … 4 mm2
Standard IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-1,
Terminals Color
2 Gray 8WH2000-6AF00 8WH2000-6AG00
3 Gray 8WH2003-6AF00 –
4 Gray 8WH2004-6AF00 –
Covers
Width Color Terminals Article No. Article No.
2.2 mm Gray 2 8WH9000-2GA00 –
3 8WH9000-4GA00 –
4 8WH9000-5GA00 –
Gray 2 8WH9070-0AA00 8WH9070-0AA00
3 8WH9070-0GA00 –
4 8WH9070-0HA00 –
Cover segments
• For covering multi-wire terminals when mounting
two-wire terminals side-by-side
Gray 3/4 8WH9000-0GA00 –

14 Types Color Imax Illuminated display Article No. Article No.
Isolating plugs Orange 20 A – 8WH9040-0DB04 8WH9040-0DB04

connectors

Component Gray 6A – 8WH9040-0BB00 8WH9040-0BB00

connectors
1)
14/28 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Isolating blade terminals

Terminal size
2.5 mm2 4 mm2
Max. load current Imax 16 A 16 A 1) 16 A
Max. operational voltage Umax 400 V 400 V 400 V
AWG 28 … 12 26 … 14 28 … 10
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve 0.08 … 2.5 mm2 0.14 … 2.5 mm2 0.08 … 4 mm2
Terminals Color
2 Gray 8WH2000-6CF00 – 8WH2000-6CG00
3 Gray – 8WH2003-6CF00 –
4 Gray – 8WH2004-6CF00 –
1)
On terminals with three and four clamping points, the total current through all connected conductors must not exceed the max. load current.
Covers
Color Width Terminals Article No. Article No. Article No.
Gray 2.2 mm 2 8WH9000-2GA00 8WH9000-2GA00 –
3 8WH9000-4GA00 8WH9000-4GA00 –
4 8WH9000-5GA00 8WH9000-5GA00 –
Color Terminals Article No. Article No. Article No.
Gray 2 8WH9070-0AA00 8WH9070-0AA00 8WH9070-0AA00
3 8WH9070-0GA00 8WH9070-0GA00 –
4 8WH9070-0HA00 8WH9070-0HA00 –
Cover segments
Gray 3/4 8WH9000-0GA00 8WH9000-0GA00 –
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/29

© Siemens 2023

Fuse terminals
➀ Terminal size
4 mm2
Max. load current Imax 6.3 A 10 A 30 A
➁ Max. operational voltage Umax 250 V 400 V 400 V
Max. individual power loss 1.6 W – –
as overload protection
Max. power loss as a group 1.6 W – –
as overload protection
Max. individual power loss 4W – –
as short-circuit protection
Max. power loss as a group 2.5 W – –
as short-circuit protection
AWG 28 … 10 28 … 10 28 … 10
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve 0.08 … 4 mm2 0.08 … 4 mm2 0.08 … 4 mm2
Illuminated display Color

For 5 × 20 mm G fuse links
➀ Without Black 8WH2000-1GG08 – –
➁ 15 … 30 V Black 8WH2000-1JG38 – –
➁ 30 … 60 V Black 8WH2000-1JG68 – –
➁ 110 … 250 V Black 8WH2000-1MG08 – –
For 6.3 × 32 mm G fuse links
➀ Without Black – 8WH2000-1HG08 –
➁ 100 … 250 V Black – 8WH2000-1RG08 –
For blade-type fuses according to ISO/DIS 8820 and DIN 72581-3 1)
➀ Without Black – – 8WH2000-1AG08
➁ 12 V Black – – 8WH2000-1BG28
➁ 24 V Black – – 8WH2000-1BG38
1)
Blade-type fuses must be ordered separately.
14
Gray 2 8WH9070-0AA00 8WH9070-0AA00 8WH9070-0AA00
14/30 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/31

© Siemens 2023

Diode terminals
➀ Terminal size
2.5 mm2
➁ Terminal width 5.2 mm
Max. load current Imax Determined by the diode
Uninterrupted limiting current 0.5 A
Blocking voltage 1300 V
AWG 28 … 12
Diode 1N 4007, integrated
Standard
Terminals Color Let-through

3 Gray ➀ From left to right 8WH2003-5DF00
Gray ➁ From right to left 8WH2003-5CF00
Covers
Color Width Terminals Article No.
Gray 2.2 mm 3 8WH9000-4GA00
Color Terminals Article No.
Gray 3 8WH9070-0GA00
Cover segments
• For covering multi-wire terminals when mounting two-wire terminals side-by-side
Color Terminals Article No.
Gray 3 8WH9000-0GA00
14
14/32 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Two-tier diode terminals

➀ Terminal size
2.5 mm2
➁
AWG 28 … 12
➂ Standard
Types Color
➊ With one diode
Let-through from top to bottom Gray 8WH2020-5AF00
Let-through from bottom left to bottom right Gray 8WH2020-5DF00
➋ With two diodes
Let-through from top to bottom left and Gray 8WH2020-5KF00
from bottom right to bottom left
➌ With illuminated display
15 … 30 V DC/2.5 … 7.5 A Gray 8WH2020-5JF30
Covers
2.2 mm Gray 8WH9000-1VA00
Color Article No.
Gray 8WH9070-0BA00
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/33

© Siemens 2023
8WH5 combination plug-in terminals

➀ Terminal size
2.5 mm2
➁ Max. load current Imax 24 A
Standard IEC 61984,
Terminals Color Combination plug-in connection

2 Gray 8WH5000-0AF00
Blue 8WH5000-0AF01
2 Green-yellow 8WH5000-0CF07
Covers
2 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-1VA00
Terminals Color Article No.
2 Gray 8WH9070-0BA00
14 See general accessories, from page 14/55 onwards
30
Maximum load current in A
25
2-pole
5-pole
20 10-pole
15-pole
15
10
5
I201_13471
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Ambient temperature in °C
Derating curve for 8WH5000-0AF00
14/34 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Hybrid through-type terminals

➀ Terminal size
2.5 mm2
➁ Max. load current Imax/cross-section 24 A/2.5 mm2
AWG 26 … 12
Standard
Terminals Color iPo plug-in connection and

combination plug-in connection
➊ Hybrid through-type terminals
2 Gray 8WH5100-2PF00
➋ PE hybrid through-type terminals
2 Green-yellow 8WH5100-3PF07
Covers
2 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9000-1GA00
4 Gray 8WH9070-0HA00
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/35

© Siemens 2023
8WH5 combination plug-in terminals

8WH9 plugs
Terminal size
2.5 mm2
AWG 28 … 12 28 … 12
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve 0.08 … 2.5 mm2 0.08 … 2.5 mm2
Standard
Version Color With slot for comb Without slot for comb
Plug
Left element Gray 8WH9040-1DB00 8WH9040-1AB00
Blue 8WH9040-1DB01 8WH9040-1AB01
Central element Gray 8WH9040-1EB00 8WH9040-1BB00
Blue 8WH9040-1EB01 8WH9040-1BB01
Right element Gray 8WH9040-1FB00 8WH9040-1CB00
Blue 8WH9040-1FB01 8WH9040-1CB01
PE plugs
Left element Green-yellow 8WH9040-1DB07 8WH9040-1AB07
Central element Green-yellow 8WH9040-1EB07 –
Right element Green-yellow 8WH9040-1FB07 8WH9040-1CB07
14 Latches
Version Color Article No. Article No.
With strain relief Orange 8WH9050-2BA04 8WH9050-2BA04
Without strain relief Orange 8WH9050-2AA04 8WH9050-2AA04
Shielding
• For connection of shielded cables
Cable diameter Color Article No. Article No.
5 … 10 mm Black 8WH9120-0DB08 8WH9120-0DB08
14/36 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Configuration of combination plug
Left element Central element Right element

2.5 mm²
2.5 mm²
2.5 mm²
2.5 mm²
2.5 mm²
2.5 mm²
2.5 mm²
2.5 mm²
2.5 mm²
and/ and/
or or and and or or
or or
Plug Plug PE plug Plug Plug PE plug Plug Plug PE-Plug

With slot for With slot for With slot for With slot for With slot for With slot for With slot for With slot for With slot for
comb/ comb/ comb/ comb/ comb/ comb comb/ comb/ comb/
I201_20506
without slot for without slot for without slot for without slot for without slot for without slot for without slot for without slot for
comb comb comb comb comb comb comb comb
Note:
The configuration concept shown is just one example of how combination plugs can be configured.
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/37

© Siemens 2023
8WH3 insulation displacement terminals

➀ Terminal size
1.5 mm2
Max. load current Imax 17.5 A 1)
➁ AWG 24 … 16
Connection capacity, rigid 0.25 … 1.5 mm2
Terminals Color
2 Gray 8WH3000-0AE00
Blue 8WH3000-0AE01
Blue 8WH3003-0AE01
Blue 8WH3004-0AE01
2 Green-yellow 8WH3000-0CE07
1)
On terminals with three and four clamping points, the total current through all connected conductors must not exceed the maximum load current.
Covers
14 Terminals Color Width Article No.

2 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9001-1AA00
3 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9001-2AA00
4 Gray 2.2 mm 8WH9001-4AA00
2 Gray 2 mm 8WH9070-0JA00
4 Gray 2 mm 8WH9070-0MA00
Cover segments
• For covering multi-wire terminals when mounting two-wire terminals side-by-side
3 Gray –
14/38 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Two-tier terminals
➀ Terminal size
1.5 mm2
Max. load current Imax 17.5 A
AWG 24 … 16
Standard
Version Color
Without equipotential bonding Gray 8WH3020-0AE00
Blue 8WH3020-0AE01
➋ PE two-tier terminals
Green-yellow 8WH3020-0CE07
Covers
2.2 mm Gray 8WH9001-1BA00
Color Article No.
Gray 8WH9070-0MA00
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/39

© Siemens 2023
8WH3 insulation displacement terminals

Isolating terminals
Terminal size
1.5 mm2
AWG 24 … 16
Standard
Terminals Color
Covers
2.2 mm Gray 8WH9001-2AA00

Types Color Imax Illuminated display Article No.
Isolating plugs Orange – – 8WH9040-0DB04
Through-type Gray 16 A – 8WH9020-8AB00

connectors
Fused connectors 1) Black 6.3 A 12 … 30 V, 1 … 2.5 mA 8WH9040-3AB08

Without 8WH9040-3DB08
Component Gray 6A – 8WH9040-0BB00

connectors
14
1)
14/40 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/41

© Siemens 2023
8WH screw terminals

8WH1 through-type terminals
➀ Terminal size
2.5 mm2 4 mm2
AWG 26 … 12 26 … 10
Connection capacity, two rigid conductors 0.14 … 1.5 mm2 0.14 … 1.5 mm2
Connection capacity, two flexible conductors with end sleeve 0.14 … 1.5 mm 2
0.14 … 1.5 mm2
Tightening torque 0.5 … 0.6 Nm 0.6 … 0.8 Nm
, ,
Terminals Color
2 Gray 8WH1000-0AF00 8WH1000-0AG00
Blue 8WH1000-0AF01 8WH1000-0AG01
Orange 8WH1000-0AF04 8WH1000-0AG04
Red 8WH1000-0AF02 8WH1000-0AG02
Black 8WH1000-0AF08 8WH1000-0AG08
Green 8WH1000-0AF03 –
Yellow 8WH1000-0AF06 –
Covers
14 Width
2.2 mm
Color
Gray
Article No.
8WH9000-1PA00
Article No.
8WH9000-1PA00
Width Color Article No. Article No.
2 mm Gray 8WH9070-6BA00 8WH9070-6BA00
Reducing combs
From screw to screw Turquoise – –
From screw to spring Turquoise – –
Warning covers for 8WH1

Image Color Article No. Article No.
Lightning symbol Yellow 8WH9060-5BA06 8WH9063-5BA06
14/42 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
6 mm2 10 mm2 16 mm2 35 mm2

8.2 mm 10.2 mm 12.2 mm 16 mm 16 mm
57 A 76 A 101 A 150 A –
1000 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V –
24 … 8 20 … 6 16 … 4 16 … 1/0 16 … 2
0.2 … 10 mm2 0.5 … 16 mm2 1.5 … 25 mm2 1.5 … 50 mm2 1.5 … 35 mm2
0.2 … 2.5 mm2 0.5 … 4 mm2 1 ... 6 mm2 1.5 … 16 mm2 1.5 … 16 mm2
0.25 … 6 mm2 0.5 … 10 mm2 1 … 16 mm2 1.5 … 35 mm2 1.5 … 35 mm2
0.2 … 2.5 mm 2
0.5 … 4 mm 2
1 ... 6 mm 2
1.5 … 10 mm 2
1.5 … 10 mm2
1.5 … 1.8 Nm 1.6 … 1.8 Nm 2.5 … 3.0 Nm 3.2 … 3.7 Nm 3.2 … 3.7 Nm
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-2,
, , , , ,
8WH1000-0AH00 8WH1000-0AJ00 8WH1000-0AK00 8WH1000-0AM00 –

8WH1000-0AH01 8WH1000-0AJ01 8WH1000-0AK01 8WH1000-0AM01 –
– – – – –
8WH1000-0AH02 – – – –
8WH1000-0AH08 – – – –
– – – – –
– – – – –
8WH1000-0CH07 8WH1000-0CJ07 8WH1000-0CK07 – 8WH1000-0CM07
Article No.
8WH9000-1PA00
Article No.
8WH9000-1PA00
Article No.
8WH9076-1PA00
Article No.
–
Article No.
–
14
8WH9070-6BA00 8WH9070-6BA00 – – –
8WH9002-8AC10 – 8WH9002-8EC10 8WH9002-8GC10 8WH9002-8GC10
– – 8WH9002-8FC10 8WH9002-8HC10 8WH9002-8HC10
8WH9064-5BA06 8WH9065-5BA06 8WH9066-5BA06 8WH9067-5BA06 8WH9067-5BA06
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/43

© Siemens 2023
8WH screw terminals

8WH1 through-type terminals for high-current applications
➀ Terminal size
50 mm2 70 mm2 95 mm2 150 mm2 240 mm2
➁ Terminal width 20 mm 20 mm 25 mm 31 mm 36 mm
Max. load current Imax 150 A 192 A 232 A 309 A 415 A
Max. operational voltage Umax 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V
AWG 6…0 4 … 000 4 … 000 2 … 300 00 … 500
Connection capacity, rigid 16 … 70 mm2 16 … 95 mm2 25 … 95 mm2 35 … 150 mm2 70 … 240 mm2
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve 25 … 50 mm2 16 … 70 mm2 35 … 95 mm2 50 … 150 mm2 70 … 185 mm2
Tightening torque 6 … 8 Nm 8 … 10 Nm 15 … 20 Nm 25 … 30 Nm 25 … 30 Nm
Standard IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 60947-7-1,
IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-2, IEC 60947-7-2,
Terminals Color
2 Gray 8WH1000-0AN00 8WH1000-0AP00 8WH1000-0AQ00 8WH1000-0AS00 8WH1000-0AU00
Blue 8WH1000-0AN01 8WH1000-0AP01 8WH1000-0AQ01 8WH1000-0AS01 8WH1000-0AU01
2 Green-yellow 8WH1000-0CN07 8WH1000-0CP07 8WH1000-0CQ07 – –
Tap-off terminal
• When wiring a tap-off with a
smaller cross-section, observe the
overload and short-circuit strength
specified in VDE 0100 Part 430
Imax Cross-section Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
57 A 10 mm2 8WH9120-0AA00 – 8WH9120-0BA00 8WH9120-0CA00 8WH9120-0CA00
Insertion profiles
14 • Evens out the prismatic sleeve
base when using flat conductors
8WH9020-3MA00 – 8WH9020-3NA00 8WH9020-3PA00 8WH9020-3PA00
Combs
• Fully insulated, fitted in the
clamping sleeve and latched with
the terminal enclosure
Imax Number of poles Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
232 A 2-pole – – 8WH9020-3AA00 8WH9020-3CA00 –
3-pole – – 8WH9020-3BA00 8WH9020-3DA00 –
320 A 2-pole – – – – 8WH9020-3EA00
3-pole – – – – 8WH9020-3FA00
Permanent links
• For cross links
• Screw heads with insulating collar
• Remove partition first
Imax Number of poles Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
150 A 2-pole 8WH9020-6HC00 8WH9020-3AH00 – – –
3-pole 8WH9020-6HD00 8WH9020-3AJ00 – – –
14/44 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
8WH1 two-tier terminals

➀ Terminal size
2.5 mm2 4 mm2
AWG 26 … 12 26 … 10
➁
0.14 … 1.5 mm2
Standard , ,
Version Color
Without equipotential bonding Gray 8WH1020-0AF00 8WH1020-0AG00
Blue 8WH1020-0AF01 8WH1020-0AG01
With equipotential bonding Gray 8WH1025-0AF00 8WH1025-0AG00
➋ PE two-tier terminals
Green-yellow 8WH1020-0CF07 8WH1020-0CG07
Covers
14
2.2 mm Gray 8WH9000-1QA00 8WH9000-1QA00
2 mm Gray 8WH9070-6FA00 8WH9070-6FA00
Spacer plates
• Compensates for tier offset if other terminals are mounted side by side
2.5 mm Gray 8WH9160-0AA00 8WH9160-0AA00
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/45

© Siemens 2023
8WH screw terminals

8WH1 isolating terminals
Terminal size
4 mm2 6 mm2
AWG 26 … 10 24 … 8
Connection capacity, one flexible conductor with end sleeve 0.14 … 6 mm2 0.2 … 10 mm2
0.2 … 2.5 mm2
Standard ,
Terminals Color
2 Gray 8WH1000-6AG00 8WH1000-6AH00
Types Color Imax Illuminated display Article No. Article No.
Isolating plugs Orange – – 8WH9040-0DB04 8WH9040-0DB04

connectors

Component Gray 6A – 8WH9040-0BB00 8WH9040-0BB00

14 connectors
1)
14/46 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
8WH1 isolating blade terminals

Terminal size
4 mm2
AWG 26 … 12
Connection capacity, two rigid conductors 0.14 … 1.5 mm2
Connection capacity, two flexible conductors with end sleeve 0.14 … 1.5 mm2
Tightening torque 0.6 … 0.8 Nm
Standard ,
Terminals Color
2 Gray 8WH1000-6CG00
Warning covers for 8WH1
Image Color Article No.
Lightning symbol Yellow 8WH9063-5BA06
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/47

© Siemens 2023
8WH screw terminals

8WH1 two-tier terminals with isolating function
➀ Terminal size
4 mm2
➁ Max. operational voltage Umax 500 V 500 V
AWG 26 … 10 26 … 10
0.14 … 1.5 mm2
Standard , ,
Version Color
➊ Isolating terminal
Isolating terminal in the upper tier Gray 8WH1020-6AG00 –
➋ Isolating blade
Isolating blade in the upper tier Gray – 8WH1020-6AC00
Covers
2.2 mm Gray 8WH9000-1QA00 8WH9000-1QA00
2 mm Gray 8WH9070-6FA00 8WH9070-6FA00
14 Spacer plates
• Compensates for tier offset if other terminals are
mounted side by side
2.5 mm Gray 8WH9160-0AA00 8WH9160-0AA00
14/48 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
8WH1 measuring transformer isolating terminals

➀ Terminal size
6 mm2
Rated uninterrupted current Iu 41 A 41 A
➁ Rated insulation voltage Ui 500 V 800 V
AWG 24 8
Connection capacity, flexible with end sleeve 0.5 … 6 mm2 0.5 … 6 mm2
Disconnect slide tightening torque 0.6 … 0.8 Nm –
Standard , ,
Terminals Color
➊ Isolating terminals
2 recesses for screwing in the test sockets Gray 8WH1000-7AH00 –
➋ Through-type terminals with identical contour
2 recesses for screwing in the test sockets Gray – 8WH1000-7BH00
Covers
2.2 mm Gray 8WH9000-3UA00 8WH9000-3UA00
Disconnecting links
• For bridging two adjacent terminals
• Cannot be used with the bare 8WH9010-0MB12 test socket
Tightening torque Number of poles Color Article No. Article No.
0.6 … 0.8 Nm 2-pole Gray 8WH9021-0AC00 8WH9021-0AC00
Connecting combs, separable

• Consisting of connection wire, spacer sleeves and screws
• For bridging terminals, the connection wire is adjustable
• Cannot be used with the bare 8WH9010-0MB12 test socket
Tightening torque Number of poles Color Article No. Article No.
0.6 … 0.8 Nm 10-pole Gray 8WH9021-0AL00 8WH9021-0AL00
Short-circuiting plugs, fully insulated
• For short-circuiting adjacent terminals
14
• For simple transformer measurements
• Required when the bare 8WH9010-0MB12 test adapter is used in
the measuring transformer terminal
Imax Number of poles Color Article No. Article No.
20 A 2-pole Black 8WH9010-0BC08 8WH9010-0BC08
Test sockets, insulated
• For screwing into the measuring transformer terminals
• The 8WH9021-0AC00 disconnecting link shall be used for
short-circuiting adjacent terminals
Tightening torque Color Article No. Article No.
0.6 … 0.8 Nm Green 8WH9010-0MB03 8WH9010-0MB03
Violet 8WH9010-0MB11 8WH9010-0MB11
Yellow 8WH9010-0MB06 8WH9010-0MB06
Test sockets, bare
• For screwing into the measuring transformer terminals
• For simple transformer measurements
• For tapping with test plug
• The 8WH9010-0BC08 short-circuiting plug shall be used for
short-circuiting adjacent terminals
Tightening torque Article No. Article No.
0.6 … 0.8 Nm 8WH9010-0MB12 8WH9010-0MB12
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/49

© Siemens 2023
8WH screw terminals

8WH1 fuse terminals
➀ Terminal size
4 mm2 6 mm2
Max. load current Imax 6.3 A 10 A
➁ Max. operational voltage Umax 500 V 630 V
AWG 26 … 10 24 … 8
0.2 … 2.5 mm2
Standard IEC 60947-7-3, , IEC 60947-7-3, ,
LED Color
For 5 × 20 mm G fuse links
➀ Without Black 8WH1000-1GG08 –
➁ AC/DC with LED 10 … 30 V Black 8WH1000-1KG38 –
➁ AC/DC with LED 110 … 250 V Black 8WH1000-1MG88 –
For 6.3 × 32 mm G fuse links (inch fuses)
➀ Without Black – 8WH1000-1HH08
➁ AC/DC with LED 12 … 30 V Black – 8WH1000-1PH38
Version Color Imax Illuminated display Article No. Article No.
Reducing combs
• For connecting terminals from terminal size
14
6 mm2 to 2.5 mm2 or 4 mm2
From screw to Turquoise – 8WH9002-8AC10
screw
1)
14/50 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
8WH1 two-tier terminals for soldering of components 1)

Terminal size
2.5 mm2
AWG 26 … 10
Standard ,
Terminals Color
4 Gray 8WH1020-5LF00
1)
Supplied without components; the appropriate components (resistors, diodes, capacitors, ...) are to be soldered in by user
Covers
2.2 mm Gray 8WH9000-1QA00
2 mm Gray 8WH9070-6FA00
Spacer plates
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/51

© Siemens 2023
8WH screw terminals

8WH1 diode terminals
➀ Terminal size
4 mm2
➁ Terminal width 6.2 mm
AWG 26 … 10
Standard ,
Let-through Color
➀ From left to right Gray 8WH1000-6LG00
➁ From right to left Gray 8WH1000-6KG00
Covers
2.2 mm Gray 8WH9000-2PA00
Warning covers
Image Color Article No.
Lightning symbol Yellow 8WH9063-5CA06
14
14/52 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
8WH1 two-tier diode terminals

➀ Terminal size
2.5 mm2

AWG 26 … 10
Connection capacity, one flexible conductor with end sleeve 0.14 … 2.5 mm2
➂ Tightening torque 0.5 … 0.6 Nm
Standard ,
Types LED Color

➊ With one diode
Let-through from top to bottom Gray 8WH1020-5AF00
Let-through from bottom to top Gray 8WH1020-5BF00
Let-through from bottom left to bottom right Gray 8WH1020-5DF00
➋ With two diodes
Let-through from top to bottom left and Gray 8WH1020-5FF00
from bottom right to bottom left
Let-through from top to bottom left and Gray 8WH1020-5HF00
from top to bottom right
➌ With illuminated display
Let-through from top to bottom 24 V DC Gray 8WH1020-5JF30
Covers
Width Color Article No. 14
2.2 mm Gray 8WH9000-1QA00
2 mm Gray 8WH9070-6FA00
Spacer plates
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/53

© Siemens 2023
8WH screw terminals

8WH9 shield terminals
Terminal diameter
3 … 8 mm 3 … 14 mm 3 … 20 mm 20 … 35 mm
Tightening torque 0.6 Nm 0.8 Nm 0.8 Nm 1.5 … 1.8 Nm
Sheet thickness, mounting plate 1 … 2 mm 1 … 2 mm 1 … 2 mm 1 … 2 mm
Version
For direct shield attachment on conductive mounting plate
For connecting cable shield and enclosure ground 8WH9130-0AA00 8WH9130-0BA00 8WH9130-0CA00 8WH9130-0DA00
For 10 × 3 mm busbars
For connecting cable shield and enclosure ground 8WH9130-0LA00 8WH9130-0MA00 8WH9130-0NA00 8WH9130-0PA00
Version Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
Made of molded plastic and 8WH9140-0DA00 8WH9140-0DA00 8WH9140-0DA00 8WH9140-0DA00
conductive connection with
retaining screw
For mounting rail with clearance 8WH9140-0BA00 8WH9140-0BA00 8WH9140-0BA00 –
of approx. 30 mm to the busbar
For mounting rail with clearance 8WH9140-0CA00 8WH9140-0CA00 8WH9140-0CA00 –

of approx. 65 mm to the busbar
Version Length Article No. Article No. Article No. Article No.
Copper, tinned 1000 mm 8WH9030-2AB12 8WH9030-2AB12 8WH9030-2AB12 8WH9030-2AB12

14
14/54 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Accessories for 8WH terminal blocks

Individual labeling system
Labeling systems for Labeling systems available from:
• Terminal blocks Murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
• Modular installation devices Dieselstraße 10
• Circuit breakers D-71570 Oppenweiler
• Switch disconnectors Telephone: +49 7191-482-0
email: info@murrplastik.de
The inscription labels can be inscribed with
Murrplastik labeling systems or by hand.
The WIN designation facilitates assignment
in the inscription software.
Blank labels
• Horizontal and vertical labeling
Version Terminal width Designation Color Article No.
Front 3.5 mm WIN 97 White 8WH8112-0AA05
4.2 mm WIN 97 White 8WH8112-1AA05
5.2 and 6.2 mm WIN 88 White 8WH8112-2AA05
8.2, 10.2, 12.2 and 16 mm WIN 40 White 8WH8112-4AA05
Flat 3.5 mm WIN 97 White 8WH8113-0AA05
12.2 and 16 mm WIN 46Z White 8WH8113-6AA05
Snap-on device labels
• For identification of, e.g. circuit breakers, contactors and control systems
Version Designation Color Article No.
20 × 7 mm, snap-on hooks at side WIN 95 White 8WH8210-0AA55
20 × 7 mm, snap-on hooks at side WIN 95 Turquoise 8WH8210-0AA56
NSH0_00038
Adhesive device labels

• For identification of, e.g. modular installation devices and switch disconnectors
Types Designation Color Article No. 14
15 × 6 mm WIN 098 White 8WH8210-0AA35
WIN 099 Yellow 8WH8210-0AA36
19 × 8 mm WIN 088 White 8WH8210-0AA45
WIN 082 Yellow 8WH8210-0AA46
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/55

© Siemens 2023

Standard labeling system
Terminal size 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
Terminal width 4.2 mm/5.2 mm (8WH3) 5.2 mm/6.2 mm (8WH3)
Front
Text alignment Inscription Numbering Article No. Article No.
Vertical Consecutive numbering 1 … 10 (10×) 8WH8120-1AB05 8WH8120-2AB05
11 … 20 (10×) 8WH8120-1AB15 8WH8120-2AB15
21 … 30 (10×) 8WH8120-1AB25 8WH8120-2AB25
31 … 40 (10×) 8WH8120-1AB35 8WH8120-2AB35
41 … 50 (10×) 8WH8120-1AB45 8WH8120-2AB45
51 … 60 (10×) 8WH8120-1AB55 8WH8120-2AB55
61 … 70 (10×) 8WH8120-1AB65 8WH8120-2AB65
71 … 80 (10×) 8WH8120-1AB75 8WH8120-2AB75
81 … 90 (10×) 8WH8120-1AB85 8WH8120-2AB85
91 … 100 (10×) 8WH8120-1AC05 8WH8120-2AC05
L1, L2, L3, N, PE – – 8WH8120-2AA15
Custom inscription – 8WH8120-1XA05-Z Y01 8WH8120-2XA05-Z Y01
Horizontal Consecutive numbering 1 … 10 (10×) 8WH8140-1AB05 8WH8140-2AB05
11 … 20 (10×) 8WH8140-1AB15 8WH8140-2AB15
21 … 30 (10×) 8WH8140-1AB25 8WH8140-2AB25
31 … 40 (10×) 8WH8140-1AB35 8WH8140-2AB35
41 … 50 (10×) – 8WH8140-2AB45
51 … 60 (10×) – 8WH8140-2AB55
61 … 70 (10×) – 8WH8140-2AB65
71 … 80 (10×) – 8WH8140-2AB75
81 … 90 (10×) – 8WH8140-2AB85
91 … 100 (10×) – 8WH8140-2AC05
Blank – – 8WH8110-1AA05 8WH8110-2AA05
Flat
Text alignment Inscription Numbering Article No. Article No.
Vertical Consecutive numbering 1 … 10 (10×) 8WH8121-1AB05 8WH8121-2AB05
11 … 20 (10×) 8WH8121-1AB15 8WH8121-2AB15
21 … 30 (10×) 8WH8121-1AB25 8WH8121-2AB25
31 … 40 (10×) 8WH8121-1AB35 8WH8121-2AB35
41 … 50 (10×) 8WH8121-1AB45 8WH8121-2AB45
51 … 60 (10×) 8WH8121-1AB55 8WH8121-2AB55
14 61 … 70 (10×) – 8WH8121-2AB65
71 … 80 (10×) – 8WH8121-2AB75
81 … 90 (10×) – 8WH8121-2AB85
91 … 100 (10×) – 8WH8121-2AC05
Horizontal Consecutive numbering 1 … 10 (10×) 8WH8141-1AB05 8WH8141-2AB05
11 … 20 (10×) 8WH8141-1AB15 8WH8141-2AB15
21 … 30 (10×) 8WH8141-1AB25 8WH8141-2AB25
31 … 40 (10×) 8WH8141-1AB35 8WH8141-2AB35
41 … 50 (10×) 8WH8141-1AB45 8WH8141-2AB45
51 … 60 (10×) – 8WH8141-2AB55
61 … 70 (10×) – 8WH8141-2AB65
71 … 80 (10×) – 8WH8141-2AB75
81 … 90 (10×) – 8WH8141-2AB85
91 … 100 (10×) – 8WH8141-2AC05
Blank – – 8WH8111-1AA05 8WH8111-2AA05
14/56 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
4 mm2 6 mm2 10 and 16 mm2 35 mm2

6.2 mm 8.2 mm 10.2 and 12.2 mm 16 mm

8WH8120-3AB05 8WH8120-4AB05 8WH8120-5AB05 –
8WH8120-3AB15 8WH8120-4AB15 8WH8120-5AB15 –
8WH8120-3AB25 8WH8120-4AB25 8WH8120-5AB25 –
8WH8120-3AB35 8WH8120-4AB35 8WH8120-5AB35 –
8WH8120-3AB45 8WH8120-4AB45 – –
8WH8120-3AB55 8WH8120-4AB55 – –
8WH8120-3AB65 8WH8120-4AB65 – –
8WH8120-3AB75 8WH8120-4AB75 – –
8WH8120-3AB85 – – –
8WH8120-3AC05 – – –
8WH8120-3AA15 8WH8120-4AA15 8WH8120-5AA15 8WH8120-7AA15
8WH8120-3XA05-Z Y01 8WH8120-4XA05-Z Y01 8WH8120-5XA05-Z Y01 8WH8120-7XA05-Z Y01
8WH8140-3AB05 8WH8140-4AB05 8WH8140-5AB05 –
8WH8140-3AB15 8WH8140-4AB15 8WH8140-5AB15 –
8WH8140-3AB25 8WH8140-4AB25 – –
8WH8140-3AB35 – – –
8WH8140-3AB45 – – –
8WH8140-3AB55 – – –
8WH8140-3AB65 – – –
8WH8140-3AB75 – – –
8WH8140-3AB85 – – –
8WH8140-3AC05 – – –
8WH8140-3XA05-Z Y01 8WH8140-4XA05-Z Y01 8WH8140-5XA05-Z Y01 8WH8140-7XA05-Z Y01

8WH8121-3AB05 8WH8121-4AB05 8WH8121-5AB05 –
8WH8121-3AB15 8WH8121-4AB15 8WH8121-5AB15 –
8WH8121-3AB25 – 8WH8121-5AB25 –
8WH8121-3AB35 – – –
8WH8121-3AB45 – – –
8WH8121-3AB55 – – –
8WH8121-3AB65 – – – 14
8WH8121-3AB75 – – –
8WH8121-3AB85 – – –
8WH8121-3AC05 – – –
8WH8121-3XA05-Z Y01 8WH8121-4XA05-Z Y01 8WH8121-5XA05-Z Y01 –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
8WH8141-3XA05-Z Y01 8WH8141-4XA05-Z Y01 8WH8141-5XA05-Z Y01 –
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/57

© Siemens 2023

Mounting accessories
Lateral mounting test plugs
• For individual assembly of test plug connectors
• Cannot be used for 8WH3 insulation displacement terminals.
Terminal size Terminal width Color Article No.
2.5 mm2 5.2 mm Red 8WH9010-0EB02
Spacer plates
• For skipping single terminals for individual test plug assembly
• Not suitable for 8WH3 insulation displacement terminals
Terminal size Terminal width Color Article No.
2.5 mm2 5.2 mm Red 8WH9010-2BA02
Bare infeed terminals, for N busbars

Size Conductor cross-section Rated uninterrupted current Article No.
6 × 6 mm and 10 × 3 mm Up to 4 mm2 32 A 8WA2867
Up to 25 mm2 76 A 8WA2868
Up to 35 mm2 125 A 8WA2870
Terminal strip markers, for end retainers
• Height-adjustable
• For quick-fit end retainers
• Can be provided with two front labels, for terminal width 10.2 mm and terminal strip markers
Labeling field size Color Article No.
20 × 8 mm Gray 8WH9150-1CA00
Test adapters
• When plugged in, finger-safe against accidental direct contact according to EN 50274
• For 4 mm test plugs and terminal blocks with 4.2 mm ... 8.2 mm spacing
Color Article No.
Gray 8WH9010-0JB00
Quick-fit end retainers

• Can be provided with front labels, for terminal width 5.2 mm and terminal strip markers
Color Article No.
Gray 8WH9150-0CA00
End retainers, steel

• Suitable for 8WA1806 end label
• An 8WA1820 barrier must be inserted if using end retainers
against an 8WA189 connection bar (size 2.5)
14 Mounting width Article No.
10.3 mm 8WA1805
DIN rails
Version Material Norm Length Thickness Article No.
Perforated Steel, sendzimir-galvanized EN 60715-35 × 7.5 2m 1 mm 5ST1145
Non-perforated Steel, sendzimir-galvanized EN 60715-35 × 7.5 2m 1 mm 5ST1141
Copper EN 60715-35 × 15 2m 2.3 mm 8WA7551
Steel, zinc-plated, chromated Similar to 2m 1.5 mm 5ST1142
EN 50022-35 × 15
Version Length Rated uninterrupted current Article No.
For four-field 1109 mm 125 A 8GF9324-2
Insulation carriers
Use Article No.
For mounting insulated mounting rails 8WA1857
Isolating links, 5 × 20 mm
Size Article No.
5 × 20 mm 8WH9021-0CB12
14/58 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
5 × 25 mm G fuse links
Types Breaking capacity Rated uninterrupted current Article No.
Quick Large 1A 8WA1822-7EF16
1.6 A 8WA1822-7EF18
2.5 A 8WA1822-7EF21
4A 8WA1822-7EF23
6.3 A 8WA1822-7EF25
Slow Small 1A 8WA1822-7EF76
1.6 A 8WA1822-7EF78
2.5 A 8WA1822-7EF81
4A 8WA1822-7EF83
6.3 A 8WA1822-7EF85
Reducing combs
• For connecting two through-type terminals
• Cannot be used for 8WH1 through-type terminals and 8WH3 insulation displacement terminals
From terminal To terminal size Color Article No.
size
2.5 mm2 or 1.5 mm2 Turquoise 8WH9020-0CC10
4 mm2
6 mm2 Turquoise 8WH9020-0FC10
10 mm2 Turquoise 8WH9020-0AC10
16 mm2 Turquoise 8WH9020-0BC10
35 mm2 Turquoise 8WH9020-0EC10
16 mm2 35 mm2 Turquoise 8WH9020-0DC10
Connecting combs
Terminal size Terminal width Max. load current Used for 8WH3 Number of poles Article No.
Imax
1.5 mm2 4.2 mm 17.5 A Cannot be used 2-pole 8WH9020-6AC10
3-pole 8WH9020-6AD10
4-pole 8WH9020-6AE10
5-pole 8WH9020-6AF10
10-pole 8WH9020-6AL10
20-pole 8WH9020-6AS10
2.5 mm2 5.2 mm 24 A Can be used for terminal size 2-pole 8WH9020-6BC10
1.5 mm2 3-pole 8WH9020-6BD10
4-pole 8WH9020-6BE10
5-pole 8WH9020-6BF10
10-pole 8WH9020-6BL10
20-pole
50-pole
8WH9020-6BS10
8WH9020-6BT10
14
4 mm2 6.2 mm 32 A Can be used for terminal size 2-pole 8WH9020-6CC10
2.5 mm2 3-pole 8WH9020-6CD10
4-pole 8WH9020-6CE10
5-pole 8WH9020-6CF10
10-pole 8WH9020-6CL10
20-pole 8WH9020-6CS10
50-pole 8WH9020-6CT10
6 mm2 8.2 mm 41 A Cannot be used 2-pole 8WH9020-6DC10
3-pole 8WH9020-6DD10
4-pole 8WH9020-6DE10
5-pole 8WH9020-6DF10
10-pole 8WH9020-6DL10
10 mm2 10.2 mm 57 A Cannot be used 2-pole 8WH9020-6EC10
16 mm2 12.2 mm 76 A Cannot be used 2-pole 8WH9020-6FC10
35 mm2 16 mm 101 A Cannot be used 2-pole 8WH9020-6GC10
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/59

© Siemens 2023

Spacer brackets
M5 Version Article No.
For raised mounting of terminal strips 8WA753
NSH0_00043
45
20 22
Spacers
5,5 Version Drill hole Article No.
NSH0_00044
For raised mounting of terminal strips 5.5 mm 8WA752

13
33 9
Mounting brackets
Version Article No.
M5 For mounting rails 8WA746
50
70
NSH0_00042a
14
6
25 50
Insulation carriers
Version Article No.
M4 For insulated mounting of mounting rails onto plates, frame profiles and DIN rails EN 50022-35 8WA1857
49
54
NSH0_00045
20 8
14
14
14/60 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
14
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 14/61

© Siemens 2023
Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards
Reliable and efficient power

supply in infrastructure and
industrial applications
The electrical power distribution in buildings,
infrastructure and industry is undergoing a
transformation. A growing number of electrical
loads, fluctuating load conditions and an increasing
level of automation pose new challenges for
switchboard manufacturers and electrical
planners. Availability, safety and efficiency of the
power distribution system are becoming more
important. This is reflected in detailed standards
and regulations and in requirements for company
power management.
The planning and operation of electrical power

distribution systems are becoming more
complex, and the technical demands placed
on the underlying systems and products are
rising – in particular with respect to flexibility,
communication capability and integrability.
A data-based engineering process, hardware and
software systems, an intelligent data management
must all interact smoothly to provide optimum
support to dynamic industrial and infrastructure
processes.
The basis for a reliable and efficient power supply

is provided by our portfolio of power distribution
boards and distribution boards with innovative
products and systems. A data-based engineering
process with SIMARIS software tools, high
availability of product-related data support the
value chain of the switchgear manufacturer – from
planning to documentation of the installation.
© Siemens 2023
Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards
Switchboards, Distribution Boards and

Small Distribution Boards
Distribution systems 15/4
SIMARIS planning tools 15/14
SIVACON S8 power distribution boards and motor control centers new 15/16
Design 15/18
ALPHA 3200 Eco power distribution boards new 15/20
Frame and enclosure 15/22
Doors 15/26
Busbar systems 15/28
Section expansion 15/30
Accessories 15/52
SIVACON S4 power distribution boards 15/54
Frame and enclosure 15/56
Busbar systems 15/77
Section expansion 15/80
Internal separation 15/148
Accessories 15/158
ALPHA UNIVERSAL distribution boards (NF technology) 15/160
Special colors for ALPHA 15/162
ALPHA 800 UNIVERSAL floor-mounted distribution boards 15/164
ALPHA 630 UNIVERSAL wall-mounted distribution boards 15/166
ALPHA 630 UNIVERSAL floor-mounted distribution boards 15/168
ALPHA 125 UNIVERSAL distribution boards 15/172
Assembly kits 15/174
Busbars 15/180
Accessories 15/184
ALPHA distribution boards (DIN technology) 15/192
Special colors for ALPHA 15/194
15
ALPHA 1250 floor-mounted distribution boards 15/196
ALPHA 1250 marshaling boxes 15/198
ALPHA 630 floor-mounted distribution boards 15/200
ALPHA 630 marshaling boxes 15/202
ALPHA 400 distribution boards 15/204
ALPHA 160 distribution boards 15/208
Assembly kits 15/210
Quick-assembly kits 15/224
Busbars 15/226
Accessories 15/227
Small distribution boards 15/238
ALPHA SIMBOX XL small distribution boards 15/240
ALPHA SIMBOX WP small distribution boards 15/243
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/1

© Siemens 2023
Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards | All the information you need
For information about Switchboards, distribution boards Refer to SiePortal to find an overview of your products
and small distribution boards, please visit our websites (product catalog)
www.siemens.com/sivacon-S8
• Switchboards sie.ag/3Ier6zp
www.siemens.com/distributionsystems
• SIVACON S8 Power distribution boards and
motor control centers sie.ag/3EbN0kC
• SIVACON S4 (NF) sie.ag/2JUQwE4
Your product in detail • Distribution boards sie.ag/2kURLd8
• Small distribution boards sie.ag/3I4DUYm
The SiePortal platform (knowledge base) provides • Planning software sie.ag/2m3oFbS
• Brochure entering this web address incl. article number
− SIVACON S8plus – The plus for your business: www.siemens.com/product_catalog_SIEP?Article No.
Intelligent. Flexible. Safe. (109747937)
Use the competence and experience of our experts at
The relevant tender specifications can be found at one of the production locations near you
www.siemens.com/tenderspecifications www.siemens.com/sivaconS8-contact
or call
Use our conversion tool for quick and easy conversion to +49 (9131) 174-3072
Our certified SIVACON Technology Partners are also
available to you for questions relating to the high quality
of our low-voltage switchboards
Siemens YouTube channel www.siemens.com/sivacon-partnerfinder
• Power distribution – SIVACON (general)

sie.ag/6wacV9
• Siemens SIVACON S4 power distribution
boards up to 4000 A sie.ag/6v6kNm
15

15/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
All the information you need | Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards
SIMARIS planning tools Your product in detail
The SIMARIS planning tools effectively assist you The SiePortal platform (knowledge base) provides
in your planning process. Project-specific IFC data detailed technical information
(Building Information Modeling) for cross-package www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/product-support
planning is also possible. • Operating instructions
www.siemens.com/simaris • Characteristic curves
• Certificates
SIMARIS configuration Online Support app available for download from the
The SIMARIS configuration software supports the www.siemens.com/support-app
engineer-ing process of the SIVACON and ALPHA
distribution systems from planning right through to plant Provision of 3D data (step and u3d data formats)
documentation. www.siemens.com/simarisconfig • SiePortal (product catalog)
• Image database
Manuals www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/picturedb
Manuals can be found in SiePortal at
www.siemens.com/cax
• Planning Manual
– SIVACON S8 – Technical planning information
(107113936) Face-to-face or online training
• Application Manual
– SIVACON S4 Power distribution boards up to 6300 A
(25909512)
• SIMARIS configuration (WT-LVASIMC)
Technical overview – Switchboards, distribution boards and small distribution boards

This page provides you with comprehensive information and links on switchboards, distribution boards
and small distribution boards
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/3

© Siemens 2023
Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards | Quick selection guide
Power distribution
boards
SIVACON S4
Basic data
Rated current A 4000
6300 with license
Busbar position Top, rear (NF)
Overvoltage category III/IV
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 12
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1000
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 690
Rated peak withstand current Ipk kA 220
Rated short-time current Icw (1 s) kA 100
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/EN 60529 IP40 + IPX1/IP55
Form of internal separation 4b
Protection class I
Color RAL 7035 (light gray)
Dimensions
Height mm 2000
Base 100/200
Width mm 400 … 1200
Depth mm 400 … 1200
Standards and specifications
DIN EN 61439-1/-2
IEC IEC 61439-1/-2
VDE VDE 0660-600-1/-2
Operating personnel Ordinary person –
Electrically skilled person ■
Approvals VDE, EAC
15 Other
Type of installation Wall/back to back
Pre-assembled solutions Without copper ■
With copper ■
Further information
See page 15/54
15/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
Quick selection guide | Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards
ALPHA UNIVERSAL distribution boards (NF technology)
ALPHA 800 ALPHA 630 ALPHA 125

UNIVERSAL UNIVERSAL UNIVERSAL
800 630 125
– – –
III III III
6 6 6
690 690 400
690 690 400
74 53 10
35 25 17
IP30/IP43/IP55 IP30/IP43/IP55 IP30/IP31D/IP43
1 1 1
I I I
RAL 7035 (light gray) RAL 7035 (light gray) RAL 7035 (light gray)
1800/2000 400/600/800/1000/1200/ 400/600/800 /1000/1200

1600/1800/2000
300/600/900 600 + 250/900 600
400 250 140
EN 61439-1/-2 EN 61439-1/-2 EN 61439-1/-3

IEC 61439-1/-2 IEC 61439-1/-2 IEC 61439-1/-3
VDE 0660-600-1/-2 VDE 0660-600-1/-2 VDE 0660-600-1/-3
– – ■
■ ■ ■
– – –
Wall Wall Wall

15
– – –
– – –
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/5

© Siemens 2023
Power distribution Power distribution
boards and motor boards
control centers
SIVACON S8 ALPHA 3200 ALPHA 3200 Eco
Basic data
Rated current A 7010 3200 3200
Busbar position Top, rear Rear Center
Overvoltage category IV III/IV III/IV
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 12 1) 8 8
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 690 690 400
Rated peak withstand current Ipk kA 330 165 165
Rated short-time current Icw (1 s) kA 150 75 75
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/EN 60529 IP30 … IP54 IP40 + IPX1/ IP54 IP30 + IPX1/IP54
Form of internal separation 4b 2b 1
Protection class I I I
Color RAL 7035 (light gray) RAL 7035 (light gray) RAL 7035 (light gray)
Dimensions
Height mm 2000/2200 2000 2000
Base 100/200 Base 100/200 Base 100/200
Width mm 200 … 1400 350 … 1400 350 … 1100
Depth mm 500 … 1200 600 400/600

Standards and specifications
DIN EN 61439-2 EN 61439-1/-2 EN 61439-1/-2
IEC IEC 61439-2 IEC 61439-1/-2 IEC 61439-1/-2

VDE VDE 0660-600-2 VDE 0660-600-2 VDE 0660-600-2
15 Operating personnel Ordinary person

Electrically skilled person
–
■ ■
–
■
–
Approvals DNV GL, ASTA, EAC, CCC, DEKRA – –

Other
Type of installation Wall/back to back/ Wall/back to back Wall/back to back
double-fronted
Pre-assembled solutions Without copper ■ ■ ■

With copper ■ ■ ■
Further information
1)
Depending on the devices used
15/6 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
ALPHA distribution boards (DIN technology) Small distribution boards
ALPHA 1250 ALPHA 630 ALPHA 400 ALPHA 160 ALPHA SIMBOX ALPHA SIMBOX
XL WP
1250 630 400 160 63 63

– – – – – –
III III III II II II
8 6 6 6 – –
690 690 690 690 – 1000
690 690 690 690 400 400
110 76 76 – – –
35 34 34 – – –
IP55 IP43/IP55 IP31/IP43/IP55 IP31/IP43/IP44 IP30 IP65
– – – – – –
I Ⅰ/Ⅱ Ⅰ/Ⅱ Ⅱ Ⅱ Ⅱ
RAL 7035 (light gray) RAL 7035 (light gray) RAL 9016 (traffic white)/ RAL 9016 (traffic white)/ RAL 9010 (pure white) RAL 7035 (light gray)
RAL 7035 (light gray) RAL 7035 (light gray)
1950 1950 650/800/950/1100/ 500/650/800/950/1100 1- … 4-tier 1- … 4-tier

Base 100 Base 100 1250/1400
300/550/800/ 300/550/800/ 300/550/800/ 300/550 305 4 … 18 MW
1050/1300 1050/1300 1050/1300
400 210/250/320 210 140 88/99 100/140/160
EN 61439-1/-2 EN 61439-1/-2 EN 61439-1/-2/-3 EN 61439-1/-3 DIN 43871 EN 61439-1/-3,

DIN 43871
IEC 61439-1/-2 IEC 61439-1/-2 IEC 61439-1/-2/-3 IEC 61439-1/-3 IEC 61439-1/-3 IEC 61439-1/-3
VDE 0660-600-1/-2/-3 VDE 0660-600-1/-2/-3 VDE 0660-600-1/-2/-3 VDE 0660-600-1/-3 DIN VDE 0603 DIN VDE 0603-1,
VDE 0660-500/-504
–
■
–
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
15
VDE, EAC VDE, EAC VDE, EAC VDE, EAC VDE, EAC VDE, EAC
Surface mounting Surface mounting Surface mounting/ Surface mounting/ Flush mounting/ Surface mounting
flush mounting flush mounting hollow wall/
surface mounting
■ ■ ■ ■ – –
– – – – – –
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/7

© Siemens 2023
Applications
Power Center
Main distribution
boards
Subdistribution
boards
15
Loads
I201_20527
15/8 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
SIVACON S8
SIVACON S8 SIVACON S4 ALPHA 3200 ALPHA 3200 Eco
ALPHA UNIVERSAL (NF technology) ALPHA (DIN technology)
15
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/9

© Siemens 2023
System overview
SIVACON S8
Circuit breaker design Fixed-mounted design In-line design, plugged in
Devices 3WA, 3WL and 3VA 3VA, 3RV, 3NP, 3K… and 5S… 3NJ6
Installation system Fixed-mounted Fixed-mounted with front covers Plug-in

Withdrawable
Functions Infeed, Outgoing cable feeders Outgoing cable feeders

Outgoing feeder,
Coupling
Rated values 6300 A 630 A 630 A
Connection type Front or rear Front Front
SIVACON S4
15
Circuit breaker design Molded case circuit breakers Fixed-mounted design
Devices 3WA 3VA15, 3WA, 3VA, 3NP1,

3VA25 – 3VA26 Modular installation devices
Installation system Fixed-mounted Fixed-mounted Fixed-mounted with front
Withdrawable covers or modular doors
Functions Infeed, Infeed Infeed
Outgoing feeder, Outgoing feeder Outgoing cable feeders
Coupling
Connection type Front or rear Front or rear Front or rear
15/10 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
In-line design, Reactive power Active protection against Universal mounting design/ Frequency converter
Fixed-mounted compensation internal arcing motor control center technology
3NJ4 Capacitor units, controllers Internal arcing protection system 3VA, 3RV, 3NP, 3K…, 3R…, 3UF, SINAMICS G120 (6SL)
3NJ6 and 3LD
Fixed-mounted Fixed-mounted Fixed-mounted Withdrawable Fixed-mounted (modules)
Fixed-mounted
with compartment doors
Plug-in
Outgoing cable feeders Central compensation Active protection against internal Outgoing cable feeders Motor feeders (MCC)
of reactive power arcing Motor feeders (MCC)
630 A Without inductor up to 600 kvar Short-circuit-proof up to 100 kA 630 A, 250 kW 132 kW
With inductor up to 500 kvar at 690 V
Front Front – Front or rear Front
15
In-line design, plugged in In-line design, Mounting plates

Fixed-mounted
3NJ63 3NJ4 Section for free configuration
Plug-in Fixed-mounted Fixed-mounted
Outgoing cable feeders Outgoing cable feeders Control equipment
630 A 630 A –
Front Front Front
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/11

© Siemens 2023
System overview
ALPHA 3200
Circuit breaker design Fixed-mounted design In-line design, plugged in
Devices 3WA and 3VA 3VA, 3RV, 3NP, 3K.. 3NJ6

Installation system Fixed-mounted Fixed-mounted with front covers Plug-in
Withdrawable
Functions Infeed Outgoing cable feeders Outgoing cable feeders
Outgoing feeder
Coupling
Connection type Front or rear Front Front
ALPHA 3200 Eco
15
Circuit breaker design Molded case circuit breakers In-line design, fixed-mounted
Devices 3WA, 3WL10 3VA14 – 3VA15, 3NJ4

3VA24 – 3VA27
Installation system Fixed-mounted Fixed-mounted Fixed-mounted
Withdrawable
Functions Infeed Infeed Outgoing cable feeders
Outgoing feeder Outgoing feeder
Coupling up to 2000 A
Connection type Front Front Front
15/12 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
In-line design, Reactive power

Fixed-mounted compensation
3NJ4 Capacitor units, controllers
Fixed-mounted Fixed-mounted
Outgoing cable feeders Central compensation

of reactive power
630 A Without inductor up to 600 kvar

With inductor up to 500 kvar
Front Front
15
ALPHA DIN modular Mounting plates

installation system
ALPHA 8GK Section for free configuration
Fixed-mounted Fixed-mounted
Branch circuits Control equipment

630 A 710 W
Front Front
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/13

© Siemens 2023
SIMARIS planning tools

For planning and visualizing the power distribution system
From planning to operation

Commissioning
Electrical planner Panel builder engineer Operator
Network calculation Order processing Tool-based
Offer and order phase Operation
Tender specification and manufacturing commissioning
3D Digital To adjust SIMARIS
IFC models* twin the values curves
Insights Hub
SIMARIS
SIMARIS Specifi- confi- Parts
busbarplan cation guration list
ePlan
SCF WS CAD
I201_19849c
SIMARIS SIMARIS CAx Download allpole Connectivity Web SENTRON
design project Manager circuit server Powermanager
diagram
Intelligent
data management
SiePortal Assembly Documen- Assembly
drawing tation
Customized assembly
Manufacturing process
*available for ALPHA 3200 Eco, SIVACON S4
Integrated planning tools SIMARIS and CAx data for safe, error-free, fast planning The fast way to a safe, transparent assembly
SIMARIS design SIMARIS project
15
SIMARIS design is a planning tool for quick, effective network SIMARIS project is a planning tool for fast calculation of
calculations and dimensioning of electrical power distribution space requirements and electrical power distribution system
systems for non-residential and industrial buildings. budgets for non-residential and industrial buildings, and
• Dimensioning of electrical networks on the basis of real for generating specifications automatically.
products according to acknowledged rules of technology • Import of projects created in SIMARIS design
and the applicable standards (VDE, IEC) • Export of 3D data in IFC 4.x format for BIM (Building
• Automatic selection of the appropriate components Information Modeling)
from the integrated product database SIMARIS project forms part of SIMARIS Suite.
SIMARIS design forms part of SIMARIS Suite. Free download of the SIMARIS Suite and further information at:
Free download of the SIMARIS Suite and further information at: www.siemens.com/simarisproject
www.siemens.com/simarisdesign
15/14 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
SIMARIS configuration SIMARIS curves
15
With the configuration software SIMARIS configuration, SIMARIS curves is a planning tool for visualizing and
the SIVACON S8, ALPHA 3200 and SIVACON S4 power evaluating characteristic curves of Siemens low-voltage
distribution boards as well as the ALPHA UNIVERSAL and protection equipment and fuses (IEC) quickly and easily,
ALPHA distribution boards can be quickly and reliably including the possibility of simulating instrument settings.
configured. • Is available both as a PC version and also as an app for use
• Comprehensive documentation of the installation on a tablet PC or a smartphone
with design verification acc. to IEC 61439
SIMARIS curves forms part of SIMARIS Suite.
• Configuration of the devices from the SENTRON portfolio
Free download of the SIMARIS Suite and further information at:
with the exact article numbers and integrated price
www.siemens.com/simariscurves
calculation feature
Free download and further information at:
www.siemens.com/simarisconfig
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/15

© Siemens 2023
Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards | SIVACON S8 power distribution boards and motor control centers new # #
System overview
SIVACON S8 power distribution boards and motor control centers
Enclosure
1 1 Roof plate
2 Rear wall
11 3 Design side wall
2 4 Frame
21
5 Base cover
10
6 Base
7 Base compartment cover, ventilated
9 12 8 Cubicle door, ventilated
9 Compartment door
10 Head compartment door
17
Busbars
20
16 11 Main busbar (L1 ... L3, N), top
8 13
19 3 12 Main busbar (L1 ... L3, N), rear, top
18
15 13 Main busbar (L1 ... L3, N), rear, bottom
14 Main busbar (PE), bottom
15 Distribution busbar (L1 ... L3, N) – device compartment
14 16 Distribution busbar (PE) – cable compartment
4 17 Distribution busbar (N) – cable compartment
I201_19963
7 Internal separation
6
18 Device compartment/busbar compartment
19 Cubicle to cubicle
5 20 Compartment to compartment
21 Cross-wiring compartment
The SIVACON S8 low-voltage switchboard is a design-verified, Highlights

low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly according to • Design verification in accordance with IEC 61439-2 and testing
IEC 61439-1/2. in the event of arcing due to an internal fault in accordance
with IEC/TR 61641
Furthermore, the verified testing under arcing conditions in
• Extended protection against internal arcing with active
compliance with the requirements of IEC/TR 61641 ensures
protection system
the optimum safety of personnel. SIVACON S8 also integrates
• Redundantly designed, efficient ventilation system
arc-fault protection systems in accordance with IEC/TS6107
• Universal design-verified connection to SIVACON 8PS busbar
and thus offers a high level of safety.
trunking systems
SIVACON S8 can be used as a type-tested power distribution • Innovative, modular system
15 board and motor control center up to 7000 A. • Space-optimized use with compact withdrawable design
• Optimum application thanks to high-performance SIMOCODE
The optional, likewise design-verified, efficient and redundantly-
pro motor management system
designed ventilation system additionally contributes to ensuring
safe and reliable operation.
Thanks to the complete building information modeling data
(BIM) of SIVACON S8, the entire lifecycle of the switchboard in an
infrastructure is supported from the planning stage to operation
and service.
15/16 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
SIVACON S8 power distribution boards and motor control centers new | Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards
# #
Design
Mounting designs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NSF0_00216a
15
1 Circuit breaker design with 3WA air circuit breaker up to 6300A or 3VA molded case circuit breaker up to 1000A
2 Protection against internal arcing, the extended active protection against internal arcing
3 Universal mounting design section for motor and cable feeders up to 630 A in withdrawable design with
combination options with fixed-mounted design (modular door) and plug-in design
4 Frequency converter cubicle up to 132 kW
5 In-line design, plugged-in, for outgoing cables up to 630 A
6 In-line design, fixed-mounted in vertical version for cable feeders up to 630 A
7 In-line design section, in vertical version for cable feeders up to 630 A
8 Reactive power compensation section up to 500 kvar
SIVACON S8 low-voltage switchboard with standardized and typified components

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/17
© Siemens 2023
Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards | SIVACON S8 power distribution boards and motor control centers new
Design
Universal mounting design and withdrawable design
Universal mounting design
In many applications it is necessary for space reasons to integrate various mounting designs in one and the same section.
The universal mounting design from SIVACON S8 offers high efficiency, safety and high variability through the
combination of
• withdrawable,
• fixed-mounted with compartment doors and
• plug-in version.
Withdrawable
The flexible withdrawable unit design is suitable for different applications, e.g. as a motor control center.
The following features are offered to improve personnel and machine safety:
• Uniform operation for all withdrawable unit sizes
• Integrated operating error protection for all withdrawable units
• Unambiguous indication of withdrawable unit positions
• Separate actuation for main control switch and withdrawable unit position
• Test and disconnected position with door closed, without cancelation of degree of protection
• Withdrawable unit coding prevents swapping of withdrawable units of same size
• Lockable disconnected position
• Swiveling instrument panel on standard withdrawable units for making settings during operation
• Small withdrawable units for motor and cable feeders up to 63 A
Withdrawable unit versions

Small withdrawable units: Standard withdrawable units:
• Size 1/4 and 1/2 • Height 100 to 700 mm
• up to 48 withdrawable units per section • up to 18 withdrawable units per section
15 Flexible withdrawable design with standard and small withdrawable units

for high packing densities
Standard withdrawable unit
Withdrawable unit coding and initialization modules

The mechanical withdrawable unit coding prevents swapping of withdrawable units of the same size.
Alternatively, motor starters can be fitted with SIMOCODE pro initialization modules that considerably simplify
commissioning and replacement.
Withdrawable unit coding in the compartment Withdrawable unit coding on the unit SIMOCODE per initialization module

15/18 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
SIVACON S8 power distribution boards and motor control centers new | Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards
SIMARIS control
When visualized with SIMARIS control, all communication- Highlights
capable switching devices can be operated and monitored • An integrated system with easier and faster identification
uniformly by means of the SIVACON S8 low-voltage switchboard. of events thanks to in-app alerts and email notifications
• Greater flexibility in on-site operation with local control and
In addition, the data can be integrated into higher-level
monitoring functions
automation or energy management systems. Cloud-based
• Increased system availability thanks to the Health Index
analysis systems such as Insights Hub open up new opportunities
function for accurate system health monitoring
of enhanced switchboard availability and high transparency
• Easy maintenance with digital documentation and
of power flows. As a digital twin of the switchboard,
maintenance logbook
SIMARIS control provides an ideal solution for local or remote
• Saves costs and space that would otherwise be required
visualization and control of the installed communication-capable
for various monitoring devices in the switchboard by
switching devices.
displaying power flows and electrical measured values
SIMARIS control integrates various bus systems. A standardized • Easy integration with a cloud-based system
data model for motor control centers enables uniform • Parallel independent operation with a higher-level control
visualization of the data, Which means that all the information system (DC/E-SCADA)
delivered by the communication-capable switching, protection
and measuring devices used in SIVACON S8 is displayed in SIMARIS control is part of the curated and modular Siemens
SIMARIS control clearly and in a structured, needs-oriented Xcelerator portfolio.
format.
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/19
© Siemens 2023
Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards | ALPHA 3200 Eco power distribution boards new # #
System overview
ALPHA 3200 Eco power distribution boards
Frame and enclosure Accessories
Double-bit key Standardized Mounting Transport aids

parts accessories
Busbar systems
I201_20292
Busbar, central Copper grounding bars
Section expansion
15
3WA, 3WL10 3WA 3VA 3NJ4 ALPHA 8GK Mounting plates
incoming feeder coupling panels molded case circuit in-line design modular
panels breakers installation system
15/20 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
ALPHA 3200 Eco power distribution boards new | Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards
# #
ALPHA assembly kits
Modular installation Terminal blocks 3NJ4 3K 3VA 8US

devices fuse switch switch molded case circuit busbar-adaptable units
disconnectors disconnectors breakers
3NP1 Meter mounting Transformer Mounting plates

fuse switch measurement
disconnectors
ALPHA accessories
Front covers Door connection module

closed transparent deep-drawn
See ALPHA 8GK assembly kits from page 15/210
15
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/21

© Siemens 2023
Frame and enclosure
1 Gerüst
2 Sockelecken
3 Sockelblende
4 Sockelblende seitlich
5 Seitenwand
1
6 Rückwand
5
I201_20602
3 4
❶ Frame Uprights ❷ Base corner pieces ❸ Base cover

Height Height
Depth Width 100 mm 200 mm 100 mm 200 mm
400 mm 350 mm 8LK1200-4AA03 – 8LK1010-0AA01 8LK1020-0AA11 8LK1014-0AA02 8LK1024-0AA04
400 mm 8LK1204-4AA01 – 8LK1010-0AA01 8LK1020-0AA11 8LK1014-0AA03 8LK1024-0AA05
15 600 mm 350 mm
400 mm
8LK1200-6AA05
8LK1204-6AA01
8LK3011-8AA38
8LK3011-8AA38
8LK1010-0AA01
8LK1010-0AA01
8LK1020-0AA11
8LK1020-0AA11
8LK1014-0AA02
8LK1014-0AA03
8LK1024-0AA04
8LK1024-0AA05
600 mm 8LK1206-6AA01 8LK3011-8AA38 8LK1010-0AA01 8LK1020-0AA11 8LK1016-0AA02 8LK1026-0AA04

15/22 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
❹ Base cover lateral ❺ Side panels ❻ Rear panels

Height IP30 IP54 IP30 IP54
100 mm 200 mm
8LK1010-4AA01 8LK1020-4AA01 8LK2520-4AA11 8LK2520-4AA10 8LK2420-0AA15 8LK2420-0AA21
8LK1010-0AA05
8LK1010-0AA05
8LK1020-0AA14
8LK1020-0AA14
8LK2520-6AA17
8LK2520-6AA17
8LK2520-6AA16
8LK2520-6AA16
8LK2420-0AA15
8LK2420-4AA07
8LK2420-0AA21
8LK2420-4AA08
15
Accessories
Cross-wiring
Brackets 1 set = 2 units 8LK3011-6AA30
Seals IP54
Version Width Height Scope of supply Article No.
Base corner pieces 30 mm 0.05 mm 1 roll = 228 m 8LK1000-0AA78
Frame sealing corners 1 set = 8 units 8LK1000-0AA25

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/23
© Siemens 2023
Frame and enclosure

Floor plates and roof plates
Floor plates Roof plates Number of

Depth Width IP30 IP54 IP30 IP54 module inserts
400 mm 350 mm 8LK2300-4AA35 8LK2300-4AA21 8LK2300-4AA42 8LK2300-4AA27 2
400 mm 8LK2304-4AA71 8LK2304-4AA61 8LK2304-4AA74 8LK2304-4AA63 2
600 mm 8LK2306-4AB15 8LK2306-4AB00 8LK2306-4AB18 8LK2306-4AB02 4
600 mm 350 mm 8LK2300-6AA65 8LK2300-6AA52 8LK2300-6AA72 8LK2300-6AA40 3
600 mm 8LK2306-6AC34 8LK2306-6AC04 8LK2306-6AC37 8LK2306-6AC01 6
800 mm 8LK2308-6AC62 8LK2308-6AC15 8LK2308-6AC65 8LK2308-6AC12 6
3 Plate Plate Insert Cable diameter

IP30 IP54
2
1 8LK2300-0AA35 8LK2300-0AA23 8HC6900 1 x 14 - 65 mm
6
60
4 2 8LK2300-0AA34 8LK2300-0AA22 8LK9400-3AA75 1 x 14 - 38 mm
20
1 I20
1_
3 8LK2300-0AA36 8LK2300-0AA24 8HP1805 1x 12 - 29 mm
5
8HP1806 2x 6 - 15 mm
8HP1807 3x 4 - 12,5 mm
8HP1808 4x 4 - 12 mm
4
4 8LK2300-0AA32 8LK2300-0AA21 – –
5 8LK2300-0AA33 8LK2300-0AA25 8GK9100-0KK01 44 x 9 mm
22 x 12 mm
6 8GD6095 8GD6095 – –
15

15/24 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
Floor plates Roof plates Roof add-on-plates

Depth Width IP30 IP54 IP30 IP54 IPX1
400 mm 350 mm 8LK2300-4AA32 8LK2300-4AA07 8LK2300-4AA38 8LK2300-4AA11 8LK2304-4AA66
400 mm 8LK2304-4AA68 8LK2304-4AA56 8LK2304-4AA72 8LK2304-4AA57 8LK2304-4AA67
600 mm 8LK2306-4AB13 8LK2306-4AB83 8LK2306-4AB16 8LK2306-4AA86 8LK2306-4AB04
800 mm 8LK2308-4AB25 8LK2308-4AB05 8LK2308-4AB28 8LK2308-4AB06 8LK2308-4AB15
1100 mm 8LK2300-4AA34 8LK2300-4AA10 8LK2300-4AA41 8LK2300-4AA13 8LK2301-4AB03
600 mm 350 mm 8LK2300-6AA62 8LK2300-6AA34 8LK2300-6AA68 8LK2300-6AA36 8LK2300-4AA43
400 mm 8LK2304-6AB18 8LK2304-6AB07 8LK2304-6AB22 8LK2304-6AB08 8LK2304-4AB11
600 mm 8LK2306-6AC32 8LK2306-6AC87 8LK2306-6AC35 8LK2306-6AC00 8LK2306-4AC02
800 mm 8LK2308-6AC61 8LK2308-6AC07 8LK2308-6AC63 8LK2308-6AC08 8LK2308-4AC20
Accessories
Seals
Version Width Scope of supply Article No.
Sealing foil base of frame 19 mm 1 roll = 50 m 8LK2000-0AJ71
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/25
© Siemens 2023
Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards | ALPHA 3200 Eco power distribution boards new# #
Frame and enclosure

Doors
Locking Type A
➊ Door Glass door Sealing frame

Hinge Width IP30 IP54 IP54 IP54
Left 350 mm 8LK2197-4AD56 8LK2197-4AD55 – + 8LK2197-0AA35
400 mm 8LK2197-4AD57 8LK2197-4AD54 – + 8LK2197-4AD43
600 mm 8LK2197-6AC75 8LK2197-6AC74 8LK2197-6AC82 + 8LK2197-6AC64
800 mm 8LK2197-8AD41 8LK2197-8AD40 – + 8LK2197-8AD24
850 mm 8LK2197-8AD42 8LK2197-8AD38 8LK2197-8AD64 + 8LK2197-0AA34
1100 mm 8LK2197-1AC07 8LK2197-1AC10 – + 8LK2197-0AA33
Right 350 mm 8LK2197-4AD56 8LK2197-4AD55 – + 8LK2197-0AA35
400 mm 8LK2197-4AD57 8LK2197-4AD54 – + 8LK2197-4AD43
600 mm 8LK2197-6AC75 8LK2197-6AC74 8LK2197-6AC82 + 8LK2197-6AC64
800 mm 8LK2197-8AD41 8LK2197-8AD40 – + 8LK2197-8AD24
850 mm 8LK2197-8AD42 8LK2197-8AD38 8LK2197-8AD64 + 8LK2197-0AA34
1100 mm 8LK2197-1AC07 8LK2197-1AC10 – + 8LK2197-0AA33
➋ Hinge
Ti-Grey 3 × 8LK2000-0AH55 3 × 8LK2000-0AH55 3 × 8LK2000-0AH55 –
➌ Single locking
Handle 8LK2000-0AH56 8LK2000-0AH56 8LK2000-0AH56 –
Handle, lockable 8LK2000-0AH61 8LK2000-0AH61 8LK2000-0AH61 –
Double-bit 8LK2000-0AH58 8LK2000-0AH58 8LK2000-0AH58 –
➍ Central locking
Rotary handle 8LK2000-0AH57 8LK2000-0AH57 8LK2000-0AH57 –
15
Rotary handle, double-bit 8LK2000-0AH60 8LK2000-0AH60 8LK2000-0AH60 –
Rotary handle, flat cylinder 8LK2000-0AH62 8LK2000-0AH62 8LK2000-0AH62 –
Rotary handle for profile semicylinder – – – –
Profile semicylinder – – – –
Locking rods 8LK2100-0AA06 8LK2100-0AA06 8LK2100-0AA06 –
Accessories
Inner door struts 8LK2000-0AD07 8LK2000-0AD07 – –

15/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
Type B
Door Glass door Sealing frame

IP30 IP54 IP54 IP54 Ordering guide
8LK2197-4AD45 8LK2197-4AD47 – + 8LK2197-0AA35
8LK2197-4AD50 8LK2197-4AD52 – + 8LK2197-4AD43
8LK2197-6AC66 8LK2197-6AC68 8LK2197-6AC83 + 8LK2197-6AC64 and and or
8LK2197-8AD26 8LK2197-8AD28 – + 8LK2197-8AD24
I201_20610
8LK2197-8AD31 8LK2197-8AD33 8LK2197-8AD65 + 8LK2197-0AA34
8LK2197-1AC08 8LK2197-1AC11 – + 8LK2197-0AA33 1 2 3 4
8LK2197-4AD46 8LK2197-4AD48 – + 8LK2197-0AA35 Door Hinge Lock
8LK2197-4AD51 8LK2197-4AD53 – + 8LK2197-4AD43

8LK2197-6AC67 8LK2197-6AC70 8LK2197-6AC84 + 8LK2197-6AC64
8LK2197-8AD27 8LK2197-8AD30 – + 8LK2197-8AD24
8LK2197-8AD32 8LK2197-8AD34 8LK2197-8AD66 + 8LK2197-0AA34
8LK2197-1AC08 8LK2197-1AC11 – + 8LK2197-0AA33
3 × 8LK2000-0AH55 3 × 8LK2000-0AH55 3 × 8LK2000-0AH55 –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
– – – –
15
– – – –
– – – –
8LK2000-0AH63 8LK2000-0AH63 8LK2000-0AH63 –
8PQ9400-0BA26 8PQ9400-0BA26 8PQ9400-0BA26 –
8LK2100-0AA07 8LK2100-0AA07 8LK2100-0AA07 –
8LK2000-0AD07 8LK2000-0AD07 – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/27
© Siemens 2023
Busbar systems
1 Sammelschienenhalter, L1 ... L3
I201_20599 2 Sammelschienenhalter, N
3 Gerüstanbindung, PE
4 Befestigungswinkel, PE
4
3
Busbar supports Grounding ➌ Frame connection ➍ Mounting brackets
➊ L1 … L3 ➋N PEN ➌ PE ➍ PE
8LK4002-6AA38 8LK4002-6AA40 8LK4002-6AA48 8LK4002-7AA28 8LK4003-2AA76
Accessories
Designation Connection Scope of supply Article No.

Busbar clamps M10 20 units 8LK6034-7AA41
Roll M10 10 units 8LK4003-1AA27

Ø outside: 25 mm
Intermediate piece M12 10 units 8LK4002-6AA47

Potential: N
Intermediate piece cable connection M12 1 unit 8LK6035-2AA60

Potential: N
15
Circular conductors
Busbar thickness Ø Cable Scope of supply Article No.
5 mm 1.5 … 16 mm2 100 units 8US1921-2AA00
1.5 … 35 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2AB00
16 … 70 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2AC00
I201_20292
16 … 120 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2AD00

10 mm 1.5 … 16 mm2 100 units 8US1921-2BA00
1.5 … 35 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2BB00
16 … 70 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2BC00
16 … 120 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2BD00

15/28 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
Connecting lugs
Busbar cross-section Article No.
L1 … L3 30 × 10 mm 8LK4002-6AA41
N 40 × 10 mm 8LK4002-6AA42
50 × 10 mm 8LK4002-6AA43
60 × 10 mm 8LK4002-6AA44
80 × 10 mm 8LK4002-6AA45
100 × 10 mm 8LK4002-6AA46
PE 20 × 5 mm 8LK4002-7AA30
30 × 10 mm 8LK4002-7AA30
40 × 5 mm 8LK4002-7AA31
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/29
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3VA molded case circuit breakers
1 Blendrahmen
1 2 2 8GK Adaptierung
3 3 Längsholm
4 Feldausbau
5 4 5 Hindernis
7 6 Montageplatte
6
7 Anschluss
8 Feldabdeckung
9 Kabelanschluss
9
I201_20603
8
3-pole
Depth Width MCCB In Trip unit ➊ Cover frames ➋ 8GK

adaptation
IP30 IP54
400 mm 350 mm 3VA14 630 A TM 8LK3011-5AA85 8LK3011-6AA00 8LK3011-6AA31
3VA24 630 A ETU 8LK3011-5AA85 8LK3011-6AA00 8LK3011-6AA31
3VA15 1000 A TM 8LK3011-5AA85 8LK3011-6AA00 8LK3011-6AA31
600 mm 3VA26 1250 A ETU 8LK3011-5AA86 8LK3011-6AA01 8LK3011-6AA32
3VA15 1000 A TM 8LK3011-5AA85 8LK3011-6AA00 8LK3011-6AA31
600 mm 3VA26 1250 A ETU 8LK3011-5AA86 8LK3011-6AA01 8LK3011-6AA32
4-pole
15
Depth Width MCCB In Trip unit ➊ Cover frames ➋ 8GK

adaptation
IP30 IP54
600 mm 3VA15 1000 A TM 8LK3011-5AA86 8LK3011-6AA01 8LK3011-6AA32
600 mm 3VA15 1000 A TM 8LK3011-5AA86 8LK3011-6AA01 8LK3011-6AA32

15/30 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
Accessories
DIN rail overvoltage protection
Position Article No.
Lateral 8LK6034-3AA10
overvoltage protection, see page 6/10
Circuit breaker insulation
Width Scope of supply Article No.
35 mm 1 roll = 15 m 8LK6036-2AA14
➌ Longitudinal stays ➍ Section expansion ➎ Obstacle ➏ Mounting plates ➐ Busbar connection ➑ Section covers ➒ Cable connection
Height 1800 mm Depth 600 mm

8GK4853-8KK02 – 8LK3011-8AA40 8LK5002-1AA41 8LK6035-1AA52 8LK5002-1AA46 8LK6035-1AA57
8GK4853-8KK02 8LK3011-8AA38 8LK3011-8AA40 8LK5002-1AA41 8LK6035-1AA52 8LK5002-1AA46 8LK6035-1AA57
15
➌ Longitudinal stays ➍ Section expansion ➎ Obstacle ➏ Mounting plates ➐ Busbar connection ➑ Section covers ➒ Cable connection
Height 1800 mm Depth 600 mm


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/31
© Siemens 2023
Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards | ALPHA 3200 Eco power distribution boards new# #
Section expansion
Incoming feeder panels, 3-pole
I201_19870
IP30
Cable Size In Width ➊ Compartment Door strut ➋ Compartment Sealing frame ➌ Compartment ➍ Mounting plates
connection doors doors 3W 1) doors
at top 1) at bottom 1)
Fixed-mounted
At bottom 0 1250 A 400 mm 8LK2067-4AA07 2 × 8LK3011-6AA57 8LK2060-4AA61 + 3VW9011-0AP01 8LK2070-4AA21 8LK5002-0AA38
1 2000 A 400 mm 8LK2067-4AA07 8LK3011-6AA57 8LK2060-4AA68 + 3WA9111-0AP01 8LK2070-4AA21 8LK5002-1AA52

600 mm 8LK2067-6AA07 8LK3011-6AA58 8LK2060-6AA60 + 3WA9111-0AP01 8LK2070-6AA23 8LK5002-1AA53
At top 0 1250 A 400 mm 8LK2067-4AA07 2 × 8LK3011-6AA57 8LK2060-4AA61 + 3VW9011-0AP01 8LK2070-4AA21 8LK5002-0AA38
15 1 2000 A 400 mm 8LK2067-4AA07 8LK3011-6AA57 8LK2060-4AA68 + 3WA9111-0AP01 8LK2070-4AA21 8LK5002-1AA52
Withdrawable
At bottom 0 1250 A 400 mm 8LK2067-4AA07 2 × 8LK3011-6AA57 8LK2060-4AA62 + 3VW9011-0AP02 8LK2070-4AA21 8LK5002-0AA40

At top 0 1250 A 400 mm 8LK2067-4AA07 2 × 8LK3011-6AA57 8LK2060-4AA62 + 3VW9011-0AP02 8LK2070-4AA21 8LK5002-0AA40

1)
Without locking and hinge

15/32 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
Accessories
Hinge
Version Article No.
Ti-Grey 8LK2000-0AH55
Locking
Version Article No.
Double-bit 8LK2000-0AH58
Handle 8LK2000-0AH56
Handle, lockable 8LK2000-0AH61
Inner door struts 8LK2000-0AD15

Insulation ➎ Busbar connection ➏ Cable connection ➐ Auxiliary device compartments ➑ Uprights
Obstacle Holders 8GK adaptation Cover frames
– 8LK6034-2AA63 8LK3011-6AA41 8LK6034-2AA34 8LK3011-6AA43 8LK3011-6AA45 8LK3011-6AA60

+ 8LK3011-8AA38
– 8LK6035-3AA07 8LK3011-6AA41 8LK6035-3AA33 8LK3011-6AA43 8LK3011-6AA47

+ 8LK3011-8AA38
8LK3012-0AA16
15

+ 8LK3011-8AA38
8LK6035-3AA68 8LK6035-3AA06 8LK3011-6AA41 8LK6035-3AA32 8LK3011-6AA43 8LK3011-6AA45 8LK3012-0AA32
+ 8LK3011-8AA38
8LK6035-3AA68 8LK6035-3AA06 8LK3011-6AA41 8LK6035-3AA32 8LK3011-6AA43 8LK3011-6AA47 8LK3012-0AA16

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/33
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
I201_19870
IP54
Cable Size In Width ➊ Compartment Door strut ➋ Compartment Plexiglas cover Fixing element ➌ Compartment
Fixed-mounted
At bottom 0 1250 A 400 mm 8LK2067-4AA08 2 × 8LK3011-6AA57 8LK2060-4AA57 + 3WA9111-0AP03 + 8LK2000-0AJ65 8LK2070-4AA22
1 2000 A 400 mm 8LK2067-4AA08 8LK3011-6AA57 8LK2060-4AA70 + 3WA9111-0AP03 – 8LK2070-4AA22

600 mm 8LK2067-6AA08 8LK3011-6AA58 8LK2060-6AA61 + 3WA9111-0AP03 – 8LK2070-6AA24
At top 0 1250 A 400 mm 8LK2067-4AA08 2 × 8LK3011-6AA57 8LK2060-4AA57 + 3WA9111-0AP03 + 8LK2000-0AJ65 8LK2070-4AA22
15 1 2000 A 400 mm 8LK2067-4AA08 8LK3011-6AA57 8LK2060-4AA70 + 3WA9111-0AP03 – 8LK2070-4AA22
Withdrawable


1)

15/34 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
Accessories
Hinge
Version Article No.
Locking
Version Article No.

Sealing frame ➍ Mounting Insulation ➎ Busbar ➏ Cable connection ➐ Auxiliary device compartments ➑ Uprights
plates connection
8LK2197-4AD44 8LK5002-0AA38 – 8LK6034-2AA63 8LK3011-6AA41 8LK6034-2AA34 8LK3011-6AA43 8LK3011-6AA46 8LK3011-6AA60

+ 8LK3011-8AA38
8LK2197-6AC65 8LK5002-1AA53 – 8LK6035-3AA10 8LK3011-6AA61 8LK6035-3AA34 8LK3011-6AA44 8LK3011-6AA51 8LK3012-0AA32
8LK2197-4AD44 8LK5002-1AA52 – 8LK6035-3AA07 8LK3011-6AA41 8LK6035-3AA33 8LK3011-6AA43 8LK3011-6AA48

+ 8LK3011-8AA38
8LK3012-0AA16
15

+ 8LK3011-8AA38
8LK2197-4AD44 8LK5002-1AA52 8LK6035-3AA68 8LK6035-3AA06 8LK3011-6AA41 8LK6035-3AA32 8LK3011-6AA43 8LK3011-6AA46 8LK3012-0AA32
+ 8LK3011-8AA38
8LK2197-4AD44 8LK5002-1AA52 8LK6035-3AA68 8LK6035-3AA06 8LK3011-6AA41 8LK6035-3AA32 8LK3011-6AA43 8LK3011-6AA48 8LK3012-0AA16

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/35
© Siemens 2023
Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards | ALPHA 3200 Eco power distribution boards new
# #
Section expansion
I201_19870
IP30
Cable Size In Width ➊ Compartment Door strut ➋ Compartment Sealing frame ➌ Compartment ➍ Mounting plates
Fixed-mounted
At bottom 0 1250 A 400 mm 8LK2067-4AA07 2 × 8LK3011-6AA57 8LK2060-4AA61 3VW9011-0AP01 8LK2070-4AA21 8LK5002-0AA38
1 2000 A 600 mm 8LK2067-6AA07 8LK3011-6AA58 8LK2060-6AA60 3WA9111-0AP01 8LK2070-6AA23 8LK5002-1AA53

At top 0 1250 A 400 mm 8LK2067-4AA07 2 × 8LK3011-6AA57 8LK2060-4AA61 3VW9011-0AP01 8LK2070-4AA21 8LK5002-0AA38
15 Withdrawable
At bottom 0 1250 A 600 mm 8LK2067-6AA07 2 × 8LK3011-6AA58 8LK2060-6AA54 3VW9011-0AP02 8LK2070-6AA23 8LK5002-0AA41

At top 0 1250 A 600 mm 8LK2067-6AA07 2 × 8LK3011-6AA58 8LK2060-6AA54 3VW9011-0AP02 8LK2070-6AA23 8LK5002-0AA41

1)

15/36 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
Accessories
Hinge
Version Article No.
Locking
Version Article No.

➎ Busbar connection ➏ Cable connection ➐ Auxiliary device compartments ➑ Uprights

+ 8LK3011-8AA38
+ 8LK3011-8AA38
15
+ 8LK3011-8AA38
+ 8LK3011-8AA38

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/37
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
I201_19870
IP54
Cable Size In Width ➊ Compartment Door strut ➋ Compartment Plexiglas cover Fixing element ➌ Compartment
Fixed-mounted

15 1 2000 A 600 mm 8LK2067-6AA08 8LK3011-6AA58 8LK2060-6AA61 + 3WA9111-0AP03 – 8LK2070-6AA24

Withdrawable


1)

15/38 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
Accessories
Hinge
Version Article No.
Locking
Version Article No.

Sealing frame ❹ Mounting plates ➎ Busbar ➏ Cable connection ➐ Auxiliary device compartments ➑ Uprights
connection
8LK2197-4AD44 8LK5002-0AA38 8LK6034-2AA63 8LK3011-6AA41 8LK6034-2AA34 8LK3011-6AA43 8LK3011-6AA46 8LK3011-6AA60

+ 8LK3011-8AA38
8LK2197-6AC65 8LK5002-1AA53 8LK6035-3AA15 8LK3011-6AA61 8LK6035-3AA37 8LK3011-6AA44 8LK3011-6AA51 8LK3012-0AA32
15
+ 8LK3011-8AA38

+ 8LK3011-8AA38
+ 8LK3011-8AA38

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/39
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
Coupling panels
I201_20620
Degree of Size In Type of Width ➊ Compartment Door strut ➋ Compartment Sealing frame Plexiglas cover
protection mounting doors doors 3W 1)
at top 1)
3-pole
IP30 1 2000 A Fixed-mounted 600 mm 8LK2067-6AA07 8LK3011-6AA58 8LK2060-4AA66 + 3WA9111-0AP01
Withdrawable 600 mm 8LK2067-6AA07 8LK3011-6AA58 8LK2060-4AA66 + 3WA9111-0AP01
4-pole
15 IP30 1 2000 A Fixed-mounted

Withdrawable
600 mm
600 mm
8LK2067-6AA07
8LK2067-6AA07
8LK3011-6AA58
8LK3011-6AA58
8LK2060-4AA66
8LK2060-4AA66
+ 3WA9111-0AP01
+ 3WA9111-0AP01
1)

15/40 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
Accessories
Hinge
Version Article No.
Locking
Version Article No.
➌ Compartment Sealing frame ➍ Mounting ➎ Busbar connection ➏ Auxiliary device compartments ➐ Uprights
doors plates
at bottom 1) IP54 L1 - L3 N 8GK adaptation Cover frames
8LK2070-6AA23 8LK5002-1AA53 8LK6035-4AA33 – 2 × 8LK3011-6AA44 8LK3012-0AA25 8LK3012-0AA23

8LK2070-6AA23 8LK5002-1AA53 8LK6035-4AA32 – 2 × 8LK3011-6AA44 8LK3012-0AA25 8LK3012-0AA23
8LK2070-6AA24 8LK2197-6AC65 8LK5002-1AA53 8LK6035-4AA33 – 2 × 8LK3011-6AA44 8LK3012-0AA26 8LK3012-0AA23
8LK2070-6AA24 8LK2197-6AC65 8LK5002-1AA53 8LK6035-4AA32 – 2 × 8LK3011-6AA44 8LK3012-0AA26 8LK3012-0AA23
8LK2070-6AA23
8LK2070-6AA23
8LK5002-1AA53
8LK5002-1AA53
8LK6035-4AA33
8LK6035-4AA32
8LK6035-4AA35
8LK6035-4AA34
2 × 8LK3011-6AA44
2 × 8LK3011-6AA44
8LK3012-0AA25
8LK3012-0AA25
8LK3012-0AA23
8LK3012-0AA23
15
8LK2070-6AA24 8LK2197-6AC65 8LK5002-1AA53 8LK6035-4AA33 8LK6035-4AA35 2 × 8LK3011-6AA44 8LK3012-0AA26 8LK3012-0AA23
8LK2070-6AA24 8LK2197-6AC65 8LK5002-1AA53 8LK6035-4AA32 8LK6035-4AA34 2 × 8LK3011-6AA44 8LK3012-0AA26 8LK3012-0AA23

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/41
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3NJ4 in-line design
1 1 Blendrahmen
2
2 8GK Adaptierung
6
3 3 Längsholme
4
4 Quertraverse
450
5 Abdeckung 3NJ4
6 Blindabdeckung
6 7
7 Sammelschienenhalter
8 Trägerausbau
8
5
I201_20598
450
Depth Width Quantity ➊ Cover frames ➋ 8GK adaptation ➌ Longitudinal stays ➍ Crossbars
NH1 IP30 IP54 Height
1800 mm 450 mm
400 mm 600 mm 4 8LK3011-5AA86 8LK3011-6AA01 8LK3011-6AA32 8GK4853-8KK02 – –
850 mm 7 8LK3011-5AA87 8LK3011-6AA02 8LK3011-6AA33 8GK4853-8KK02 – –
1100 mm 9 8LK3011-5AA88 8LK3011-6AA03 8LK3011-6AA34 8GK4853-8KK02 8GK4851-3KK00 8GK4853-0KK40
600 mm 600 mm 4 8LK3011-5AA86 8LK3011-6AA01 8LK3011-6AA32 8GK4853-8KK02 – –
850 mm 7 8LK3011-5AA87 8LK3011-6AA02 8LK3011-6AA33 8GK4853-8KK02 – –
1100 mm 9 8LK3011-5AA88 8LK3011-6AA03 8LK3011-6AA34 8GK4853-8KK02 8GK4851-3KK00 8GK4853-0KK40
15 Accessories
NH00 installation
Version Article No.
Adapter 185 mm 3NJ4918-0DA02
Covers 3NJ4912-1DA02

15/42 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
➎ 3NJ4 covers ➏ Blanking covers ➐ Busbar supports ➑ Uprights
8LK5002-0AA30 8LK5002-2AA21 8LK4002-6AA38 –

8LK5002-0AA31 8LK5002-2AA22 8LK4002-6AA38 –
8LK5002-0AA37 8LK5002-2AA04 8LK4002-6AA38 –
8LK5002-0AA30 8LK5002-2AA21 8LK4002-6AA38 8LK3011-8AA38
See 3NJ4 fuse switch disconnectors from page 8/102

15
See LV HRC fuse links from page 7/36

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/43
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3NJ4 in-line design with second level
1 1 Blendrahmen
2
2 8GK Adaptierung
9
3 3 Längsholme
4 Quertraverse
8
5 Abdeckung 3NJ4
6
7 6 Sammelschienenhalter
7 Kabelkanal
5 4
8 Abdeckung 3NJ4, NH00
I201_20601
9 Sammelschienenhalter, oben
450
Depth Width Quantity ➊ Cover frames ➋ 8GK adaptation ➌ Longitudinal stays ➍ Crossbars
NH1 NH2 IP30 IP54 Height
1800 mm 450 mm
400 mm 600 mm 3 8 8LK3011-5AA86 8LK3011-6AA01 8LK3011-6AA32 8GK4853-8KK02 – –
850 mm 6 14 8LK3011-5AA87 8LK3011-6AA02 8LK3011-6AA33 8GK4853-8KK02 – –
1100 mm 7 18 8LK3011-5AA88 8LK3011-6AA03 8LK3011-6AA34 8GK4853-8KK02 8GK4851-3KK00 8GK4853-0KK40
600 mm 600 mm 3 8 8LK3011-5AA86 8LK3011-6AA01 8LK3011-6AA32 8GK4853-8KK02 – –
850 mm 6 14 8LK3011-5AA87 8LK3011-6AA02 8LK3011-6AA33 8GK4853-8KK02 – –
1100 mm 7 18 8LK3011-5AA88 8LK3011-6AA03 8LK3011-6AA34 8GK4853-8KK02 8GK4851-3KK00 8GK4853-0KK40
15 Accessories
NH00 installation
Version Article No.
Adapter 185 mm 3NJ4918-0DA02
Covers 3NJ4912-1DA02

15/44 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
➎ 3NJ4 covers ➏ Busbar supports ➐ Cable duct ➑ 3NJ4 covers ➒ Busbar supports ➓ Uprights
center outside rear NH00 at top
8LK5002-0AA30 8LK4002-6AA38 – 8LK5002-0AA36 – 8LK5002-0AA32 8LK4002-8AA82 –

8LK5002-0AA31 8LK4002-6AA38 – 8LK5002-0AA34 – 8LK5002-0AA28 8LK4002-8AA83 –
8LK5002-0AA37 8LK4002-6AA38 8LK5002-0AA35 8LK5002-0AA36 – 8LK5002-0AA33 8LK4002-8AA84 –
8LK5002-0AA30 8LK4002-6AA38 – – 8LK5002-2AA17 8LK5002-0AA32 8LK4002-8AA82 8LK3011-8AA38
See 3NJ4 fuse switch disconnectors from page 8/102

15
See LV HRC fuse links from page 7/36

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/45
© Siemens 2023
# #
Section expansion
ALPHA 8GK modular installation system
Depth Width ➊ Cover frames ➋ Uprights ➌ 8GK adaptation ➍ Longitudinal stays

IP30 IP54 Depth 600 mm Height 1800 mm
400 mm 350 mm 8LK3011-5AA85 8LK3011-6AA00 – 8LK3011-6AA31 1 × 8GK4853-8KK02
600 mm 8LK3011-5AA86 8LK3011-6AA01 – 8LK3011-6AA32 2 × 8GK4853-8KK02
600 mm 350 mm 8LK3011-5AA85 8LK3011-6AA00 8LK3011-8AA38 8LK3011-6AA31 1 × 8GK4853-8KK02
600 mm 8LK3011-5AA86 8LK3011-6AA01 8LK3011-8AA38 8LK3011-6AA32 2 × 8GK4853-8KK02
15

15/46 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
Accessories
Cable clamping rail
• For strain relief
• C profile 30 × 15 mm
• Mounting on longitudinal stays
Width Article No.

250 mm 8GK9911-0KK10
500 mm 8GK9911-0KK20
750 mm 8GK9911-0KK30
1000 mm 8GK9911-0KK40
1250 mm 8GK9911-0KK50
See ALPHA 8GK assembly kits from page 15/210
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/47
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
Mounting plates
1 Montageplatte
2 Unterteilung
3 Trägerausbau
4 Kabeltrageisen
1 5 Innentür
5
2
3
I201_20565
Depth Width ➊ Mounting plates ➋ Separation ➌ Uprights

with main busbar without main busbar with main busbar without main busbar Depth 600 mm
400 mm 400 mm 8LK3011-5AA30 8LK3011-5AA23 8LK3011-5AA35 8LK3011-5AA37 8LK3011-5AA36 –
600 mm 8LK3011-5AA31 8LK3011-5AA23 8LK3011-5AA35 8LK3011-5AA37 8LK3011-5AA36 –
600 mm 400 mm 8LK3011-5AA30 8LK3011-5AA23 8LK3011-5AA35 8LK3011-5AA37 8LK3011-5AA36 8LK3011-8AA38
15

15/48 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
700 mm
➍ Cable brackets ➎ Inner door Inner door struts

C40 × 22.5 mm
8LK3001-6AA60 – –
8LK3001-6AA61 8LK3011-6AA37 2 × 8LK2000-0AD16
8LK3001-6AA62 8LK3011-6AA38 2 × 8LK2000-0AD16
8LK3011-6AA40 – –
8LK3001-6AA60 – –
8LK3001-6AA61 8LK3011-6AA37 2 × 8LK2000-0AD16
8LK3001-6AA62 8LK3011-6AA38 2 × 8LK2000-0AD16
8LK3011-6AA40 – –
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/49
© Siemens 2023
# #
Section expansion
Assembly kit for power supply company transformer measurement
2 1 Feldabdeckung
2 Montageplatte
3 EVU Terminal
3
I201_20123
Height Width ➊ Transparent ➋ Mounting plates ➌ Copper connection

section covers 30 × 10 mm 40 × 10 mm
450 mm 250 mm 8LK5002-1AA57 8LK5002-1AA55 8LK6035-3AA82 8LK6035-3AA83
500 mm 8LK5002-1AA58 8LK5002-1AA56 8LK6035-3AA82 8LK6035-3AA83
15

15/50 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/51
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Circular conductors
5 mm 1.5 … 16 mm2 100 units 8US1921-2AA00
1.5 … 35 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2AB00
16 … 70 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2AC00
I201_20292
16 … 120 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2AD00
10 mm 1.5 … 16 mm2 100 units 8US1921-2BA00

1.5 … 35 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2BB00
16 … 70 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2BC00
16 … 120 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2BD00
Roll material
Application Version Scope of supply Article No.
Sealing tape – base Width 30 mm, height 0.05 mm 1 roll = 228 m 8LK1000-0AA78
Sealing foil – base of frame Width 19 mm 1 roll = 50 m 8LK2000-0AJ71
Sealing tape – cable entry at top Width 10 mm, height 4 mm 1 roll = 20 m 8LK2000-0AJ72
Circuit breaker insulation Width 35 mm 1 roll = 15 m 8LK6036-2AA14
Cubicle keys
3 mm double bit 10 units 8PQ9400-0BA12
Self-tapping screws – Frame

Type Version Scope of supply Article No.
Cylinder-head screws M6 × 10 mm 100 units 8PQ9500-0BA34
M6 × 16 mm 100 units 8PQ9500-0BA32
M6 × 20 mm 100 units 8PQ9500-0BA31
Countersunk screws M6 × 12 mm 100 units 8PQ9500-1BA07
ALPHA 8GK assembly tool for supports 1 unit 8GK9910-0KK27
Screwdriver insert, length 200 mm 2 units 8PQ9400-0BA10
15

15/52 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
# #
Cable brackets C40 × 22.5 mm

Type Width Scope of supply Article No.
Direct installation 350 mm 1 unit 8LK3006-6AA46
400 mm 1 unit 8LK3001-6AA60
600 mm 1 unit 8LK3001-6AA61
800 mm 1 unit 8LK3001-6AA62
850 mm 1 unit 8LK3006-6AA45
1100 mm 1 unit 8LK3011-6AA40
With bracket 350 mm 1 unit 8LK3011-8AA42
400 mm 1 unit 8LK3011-8AA43
600 mm 1 unit 8LK3011-8AA44
800 mm 1 unit 8LK3011-8AA45
850 mm 1 unit 8LK3011-8AA46
1100 mm 1 unit 8LK3011-8AA47
Transport aids
Type Width Scope of supply Article No.
Lifting brackets 350 mm 1 set = 2 units 8LK9400-4AA14
400 mm 1 set = 2 units 8LK9400-4AA15
600 mm 1 set = 2 units 8LK9400-4AA16
800 mm 1 set = 2 units 8LK9400-4AA17
850 mm 1 set = 2 units 8LK9400-4AA18
1100 mm 1 set = 2 units 8LK9400-4AA21
Lifting eyes – 1 set = 4 units 8LK9400-3AA74
Base reinforcements 350 mm 1 set = 2 units 8LK1000-0AA43

400 mm 1 set = 2 units 8LK1000-0AA11
600 mm 1 set = 2 units 8LK1000-0AA12
800 mm 1 set = 2 units 8LK1000-0AA13
850 mm 1 set = 2 units 8LK1000-0AA42
1100 mm 1 set = 2 units 8LK1011-0AA04
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/53
© Siemens 2023
Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards | SIVACON S4 power distribution boards
System overview
SIVACON S4 power distribution boards
Frame and enclosure Accessories for frame and enclosure
Hinges for covers Locks Mech. mounting parts Compartment ID strips
Busbar systems
I202_29630
I202_29634a
I201_19491
I201_20292
Main busbars Vertical distribution busbars PE bars N and PE elevations
Section expansion: Main busbar at top/at bottom
15
3WA 3WA 3VA 3VA 3NJ4 3NJ6
incoming feeder panels coupling panels molded case outgoing feeder outgoing feeder outgoing feeder
circuit breaker design panels panels panels
3NP1modular
installation
devices
Cable section Corner sections Mounting plates
15/54 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
SIVACON S4 power distribution boards | Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards
Section expansion: Main busbar at rear
3WA 3VA 3WA Mounting plates

incoming feeder panels outgoing feeder panels coupling panels
3NP1 modular
installation devices
Internal separation
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
I202_29902
I202_29903
I202_29901
I202_29900
Form 1 Form 2 Form 3 Form 4

No internal separation Separation Separation Separation
+ busbar systems + busbar systems + busbar systems
+ device compartments + device compartments
+ connections
15
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/55

© Siemens 2023
Frame
For main busbar at top, at bottom and without
1 Gerüst
2 Bodenraumteilung
5 3 Trägerausbau außen
3 4 Trägerausbau innen
5 Feldteilung
I201_18881
1 2
Position of main busbar At top

At bottom
Without
Width Depth ➊ Frame ➋ Floor plate ➌ Exterior ➍ Interior side upright ➎ Section division
partition crossbar intermediate upright
400 mm 400 mm 8PQ1204-4BA01 – – 8PQ3000-0BA65 –
600 mm 8PQ1204-6BA01 – – 8PQ3000-0BA01 –
800 mm 8PQ1204-8BA01 – – 8PQ3000-0BA02 –
600 mm 400 mm 8PQ1206-4BA01 – – 8PQ3000-0BA65 –
600 mm 8PQ1206-6BA01 – – 8PQ3000-0BA01 –
800 mm 8PQ1206-8BA01 – – 8PQ3000-0BA02 –
800 mm 400 mm 8PQ1208-4BA01 8PQ3000-1BA38 8PQ3000-1BA43 8PQ3000-0BA65 8PQ3000-1BA31
600 mm 8PQ1208-6BA01 8PQ3000-1BA40 8PQ3000-1BA43 8PQ3000-0BA01 8PQ3000-1BA32
800 mm 8PQ1208-8BA01 2 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 8PQ3000-1BA43 8PQ3000-0BA02 8PQ3000-1BA34
15

15/56 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
1 Gerüst
5 5
2 Bodenraumteilung
3 Trägerausbau außen
3
4 Trägerausbau innen
5 Feldteilung
4 4
3
I201_18882
I202_29629
1 2 1 2
➍ Interior side upright ➎ Section division ➍ Interior side upright ➎ Section division
8PQ3000-0BA10 – – –
8PQ3000-3BA10 – 8PQ3000-0BA03 –
8PQ3000-3BA11 – 8PQ3000-0BA03 –
8PQ3000-0BA10 – – –
8PQ3000-3BA10 – 8PQ3000-0BA03 –
8PQ3000-3BA11 – 8PQ3000-0BA03 –
8PQ3000-0BA10 8PQ3000-0BA10 – –
8PQ3000-3BA10 8PQ3000-3BA47 8PQ3000-0BA03 8PQ3000-1BA36
8PQ3000-0BA10 8PQ3000-0BA10 – –
8PQ3000-0BA10 8PQ3000-0BA10 – –
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/57
© Siemens 2023
Frame
For main busbar at rear
Position of main busbar At rear
Width Depth Main busbar ➊ Frame ➋ Floor plate partition crossbar

system Front Rear Depth 400 mm Depth 600 mm
600 mm 800 mm 8PQ1206-8BA01 – – –
1000 mm 8PQ1206-4BA01 + 8PQ1206-6BA01 – –
1200 mm Single 8PQ1206-4BA01 + 8PQ1206-8BA01 – –
Duplex 8PQ1206-4BA01 + 8PQ1206-8BA01 – –
800 mm 800 mm 8PQ1208-8BA01 – 8PQ3000-1BA38 –
1000 mm 8PQ1208-4BA01 + 8PQ1208-6BA01 8PQ3000-1BA38 8PQ3000-1BA40
1200 mm Single 8PQ1208-4BA01 + 8PQ1208-8BA01 3 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 –
Duplex 8PQ1208-4BA01 + 8PQ1208-8BA01 3 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 –
1000 mm 800 mm 8PQ1201-8BA03 – 8PQ3000-1BA38 –
1000 mm 8PQ1201-4BA02 + 8PQ1201-6BA02 8PQ3000-1BA38 8PQ3000-1BA40
1200 mm Single 8PQ1201-4BA02 + 8PQ1201-8BA03 3 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 –
Duplex 8PQ1201-4BA02 + 8PQ1201-8BA03 3 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 –
15
Main busbar systems
Single Duplex
In = 3200 A In = 6300 A

15/58 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
I201_20212
2
1
➌ Exterior intermediate ➍ Interior side upright ➎ Section division

upright
– 8PQ3000-0BA03 –
– 8PQ3000-0BA03 –
– 8PQ3000-0BA03 –
– 8PQ3000-0BA03 –
8PQ3000-1BA43 8PQ3000-0BA03 8PQ3000-1BA37
8PQ3000-1BA43 8PQ3000-0BA03 8PQ3000-1BA36
8PQ3000-1BA43 8PQ3000-0BA03 8PQ3000-1BA37
8PQ3000-1BA43 8PQ3000-0BA03 8PQ3000-1BA37
8PQ3000-1BA43 8PQ3000-0BA03 8PQ3000-1BA37
8PQ3000-1BA43 8PQ3000-0BA03 8PQ3000-1BA36
8PQ3000-1BA43 8PQ3000-0BA03 8PQ3000-1BA37
8PQ3000-1BA43 8PQ3000-0BA03 8PQ3000-1BA37
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/59
© Siemens 2023
Frame
Accessories
Frame reinforcement
Use Scope of supply Article No.
Recommended from width 1000 mm 4 units 8PQ9400-0BA35
Crossbars
Version Width Crossbar length Scope of supply Article No.
– 400 mm 350 mm 2 units 8PQ3000-0BA12
600 mm 550 mm 2 units 8PQ3000-0BA71
800 mm 750 mm 2 units 8PQ3000-0BA72
1000 mm 950 mm 2 units 8PQ3000-0BA84
1200 mm 1150 mm 2 units 8PQ3000-0BA85
Without uprights 400 mm 300 mm 2 units 8PQ3000-0BA10
600 mm 500 mm 2 units 8PQ3000-1BA24
800 mm 700 mm 2 units 8PQ3000-1BA25
With uprights 600 mm 300 mm 2 units 8PQ3000-0BA10
800 mm 300 mm 2 units 8PQ3000-0BA10
Forming rows of frames
Frame connection 6 units 8PQ1204-4BA05
Set of IP55 seals 5.5 m 8PQ1204-4BA04
Self-tapping screws
M6 × 16 mm 100 units 8PQ9500-0BA32
M6 × 20 mm 100 units 8PQ9500-0BA31
Lifting eyebolts (Transport aids)

M12 4 units 8PQ9400-0BA11
15

15/60 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/61
© Siemens 2023
Enclosure
Paneling sections, main busbar at top/at bottom
4
I201_18204
1 Sockel 4 Seitenwand
2 Bodenblech 5 Dachblech Position of main busbar At top
3 Rückwand 6 Türen / alternativ Gerüstverblendung At bottom
➊ Bases ➋ Floor plates
Width Depth Height Height IP40 IP55 IP20

100 mm 200 mm 100 mm cable entry
200 mm 400 mm – – – – 8PQ2302-4BA04 –
600 mm – – – – 8PQ2302-6BA04 –
800 mm – – – – 2 × 8PQ2302-4BA04 –
400 mm 400 mm 8PQ1014-0BA01 8PQ1024-0BA01 8PQ1010-4BA01 8PQ2304-4BA06 8PQ2304-4BA05 8PQ2304-4BA14
600 mm 8PQ1014-0BA01 8PQ1024-0BA01 8PQ1010-6BA01 8PQ2306-4BA06 8PQ2306-4BA05 8PQ2304-6BA11
800 mm 8PQ1014-0BA01 8PQ1024-0BA01 8PQ1010-8BA01 2 × 8PQ2304-4BA06 2 × 8PQ2304-4BA05 8PQ2304-8BA05
15 600 mm 400 mm 8PQ1016-0BA01 8PQ1026-0BA01 8PQ1010-4BA01 8PQ2306-4BA06 8PQ2306-4BA05 8PQ2306-4BA10

800 mm 400 mm 8PQ1018-0BA01 8PQ1028-0BA01 8PQ1010-4BA01 8PQ2308-4BA06 8PQ2308-4BA05 8PQ2308-4BA13
1000 mm 400 mm 8PQ1011-0BA01 8PQ1021-0BA01 8PQ1010-4BA01 – 8PQ2301-4BA04 8PQ2301-4BA06
600 mm 8PQ1011-0BA01 8PQ1021-0BA01 8PQ1010-6BA01 – – 8PQ2301-6BA05
800 mm 8PQ1011-0BA01 8PQ1021-0BA01 8PQ1010-8BA01 – 2 × 8PQ2301-4BA04 8PQ2301-8BA04
1200 mm 400 mm 8PQ1012-0BA01 8PQ1022-0BA01 8PQ1010-4BA01 – – 8PQ2302-4BA05

15/62 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➌ Rear panels ➍ Side panels ➎ Roof plates
IP40 IP55 IP55 IP55 IP40 IP40 IPX1 IP55

with design strip cable entry upgrade
– – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – –
8PQ2420-4BA02 8PQ2420-4BA01 8PQ2520-4BA02 8PQ2520-4BA01 8PQ2304-4BA02 8PQ2304-4BA03 8PQ2304-4BA04 8PQ2304-4BA01
8PQ2420-6BA02 8PQ2420-6BA01 8PQ2520-4BA02 8PQ2520-4BA01 8PQ2306-4BA02 8PQ2306-4BA03 8PQ2306-4BA04 8PQ2306-4BA01 15
8PQ2420-1BA02 8PQ2420-1BA01 8PQ2520-4BA02 8PQ2520-4BA01 8PQ2301-4BA02 – 8PQ2301-4BA03 8PQ2301-4BA01

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/63
© Siemens 2023
Enclosure
Paneling sections, main busbar at top/at bottom
Accessories
Reinforcements for transport
Height Width/depth Article No.
100 mm 400 mm 8PQ1014-0BA02
600 mm 8PQ1016-0BA02
800 mm 8PQ1018-0BA02
1000 mm 8PQ1011-1BA01
1200 mm 8PQ1012-2BA01
15

15/64 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/65
© Siemens 2023
Enclosure
Paneling sections, main busbar at rear
1 Sockel
5 2 Bodenblech
3 Seitenwände
4
4 Dachblech
3 5 IPX1 Dachblechaufsatz
I201_20208
➊ Bases ➋ Floor plates ➌ Side panels
Width Depth Height Height IP55 IP55 IP55 IP55

100 mm 200 mm 100 mm 200 mm
400 mm 800 mm 8PQ1014-0BA01 8PQ1024-0BA01 8PQ1010-8BA01 – 2 × 8PQ2304-4BA05 – 8PQ2520-8BA02 –
1000 mm 8PQ1014-0BA01 8PQ1024-0BA01 8PQ1010-4BA01 8PQ1010-6BA01 8PQ2304-4BA05 + 8PQ2306-4BA05 8PQ2520-4BA02 + 8PQ2520-6BA02
1200 mm 8PQ1014-0BA01 8PQ1024-0BA01 8PQ1010-4BA01 8PQ1010-8BA01 3 × 8PQ2304-4BA05 – 8PQ2520-4BA02 + 8PQ2520-8BA02
15 1000 mm 800 mm 8PQ1011-0BA01 8PQ1021-0BA01 8PQ1010-8BA01 –

1000 mm 8PQ1011-0BA01 8PQ1021-0BA01 8PQ1010-4BA01 8PQ1010-6BA01
2 × 8PQ2301-4BA04
8PQ2301-4BA04 +
– 8PQ2520-8BA02
8PQ2301-6BA06 8PQ2520-4BA02 +
–
8PQ2520-6BA02
1000 mm 8PQ1012-0BA01 8PQ1022-0BA01 8PQ1010-4BA01 8PQ1010-6BA01 2 × 8PQ2306-4BA05 2 × 8PQ2306-6BA05 8PQ2520-4BA02 + 8PQ2520-6BA02
Accessories
Base corner pieces for depths of 1000 mm and 1200 mm
Height Article No.
100 mm 8PQ1010-1BA01
200 mm 8PQ1020-1BA01

15/66 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➍ Roof plates ➎ Roof add-on-plates
IP40 IP40 IP55 IP55 IP40 IP40 IPX1 IPX1

cable entry cable entry
8PQ2304-8BA02 – 8PQ2304-8BA01 – – 8PQ2304-8BA08 8PQ2304-8BA04 –
8PQ2304-4BA02 + 8PQ2304-6BA02 8PQ2304-4BA01 + 8PQ2304-6BA01 8PQ2304-4BA02 + 8PQ2304-6BA13 8PQ2304-4BA15 + 8PQ2304-6BA12
8PQ2301-8BA02
8PQ2301-4BA02 +
–
8PQ2301-6BA02
8PQ2301-8BA01
8PQ2301-4BA01 +
–
8PQ2301-6BA01
–
8PQ2301-4BA02 +
8PQ2301-8BA07
8PQ2301-6BA08
8PQ2301-8BA03
8PQ2301-4BA07 +
–
8PQ2301-6BA07
15
8PQ2302-8BA02 – 8PQ2302-8BA01 - – 8PQ2302-8BA07 8PQ2302-8BA03 –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/67
© Siemens 2023
Enclosure
Paneling sections
1
2 I201_20273
1 Tür mit Doppelbart

2 Außenblende
➊ Doors
With double-bit lock For profile semicylinder
Hinge Width IP40 IP55 IP55 glass doors IP40 IP55 IP55 glass doors
Left 200 mm – – – – – –
400 mm 8PQ2197-4BA08 8PQ2197-4BA05 – 8PQ2197-4BA06 8PQ2197-4BA03 –
Right 200 mm – – – – – –
400 mm 8PQ2197-4BA11 8PQ2197-4BA10 – 8PQ2197-4BA07 8PQ2197-4BA04 –
15 Lock systems
Double-bit lock Flat cylinder Profile semicylinder

Rotary handles
8PQ9400-0BA08 8PQ9400-0BA07 8PQ9400-0BA41 + 8PQ9400-0BA26
Coupling bars
8PQ9400-0BA27 8PQ9400-0BA27 8PQ9400-0BA28
Locking rods
8PQ9400-0BA37 8PQ9400-0BA37 8PQ9400-0BA38
Bar guides
8PQ9400-0BA36 8PQ9400-0BA36 8PQ9400-0BA36

15/68 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Frame paneling ➋ Outer cover
IP30 IP40 IP55

– 8PQ2197-2BA15 8PQ2197-2BA14
– 8PQ2197-4BA02 8PQ2197-4BA01
8PQ2197-6BA11 – –
8PQ2197-8BA11 – –
– – –
– 8PQ2197-2BA15 8PQ2197-2BA14
– 8PQ2197-4BA02 8PQ2197-4BA01
8PQ2197-6BA11 – –
8PQ2197-8BA11 – –
– – –
15
Door cutouts
Double-bit lock Flat cylinder Profile semicylinder

I201_20266

I201_20266
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/69

I201_20266
© Siemens 2023
Enclosure
Paneling sections
Accessories
Cubicle keys
Inner door struts

Version Article No.
Section-high 8PQ2197-0BA10
Cubicle ID plate
Version Article No.
SIVACON designed by Siemens 8PQ9400-0BA06
Door hinges
Hinges 2 units 8PQ9400-0BA55
15

15/70 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/71
© Siemens 2023
Enclosure
Internal covers
2
I201_20274
1 Blendrahmen
2 Blenden
Position of main busbar At top
Without
➊ Cover frames
I201_20324
I201_20362
1600 mm
1800 mm
Width Fixed Swivel Fixed Swivel

➋ Covers
15 Height Width 600 mm Width 800 mm

50 mm 8PQ2005-6BA01 8PQ2005-8BA01
100 mm 8PQ2010-6BA01 8PQ2010-8BA01
150 mm 8PQ2015-6BA02 8PQ2015-8BA02
200 mm 8PQ2020-6BA01 8PQ2020-8BA01
250 mm 8PQ2025-6BA01 8PQ2025-8BA01
300 mm 8PQ2030-6BA01 8PQ2030-8BA01
350 mm 8PQ2035-6BA01 8PQ2035-8BA01
400 mm 8PQ2040-6BA01 8PQ2040-8BA01
500 mm 8PQ2050-6BA01 8PQ2050-8BA01
550 mm 8PQ2055-6BA01 8PQ2055-8BA01
600 mm 8PQ2060-6BA01 8PQ2060-8BA01
650 mm 8PQ2065-6BA01 8PQ2065-8BA01
700 mm 8PQ2070-6BA12 8PQ2070-8BA03
800 mm 8PQ2080-6BA01 8PQ2080-8BA01

15/72 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Covers, ventilated
Height Width Article No.
100 mm 600 mm 8PQ2010-6BA02
800 mm 8PQ2010-8BA02
Quick-release lock
SIVACON – Blue green basic 20 units 8PQ9400-0BA54
Hinges for masking frames

• Hinges, incl. fixing accessories 1 set 8PQ2000-0BA08
• From a masking frame height of 150 mm
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/73
© Siemens 2023
Enclosure
Compartment doors
➀ Device
1 Geräteraum Compartment doors Covers
compartments
2 Kopfraum
2 3 Sockelraum
Width Height IP40 IP55 upgrade IP40 IP55 upgrade

400 mm 50 mm – – 8PQ2005-4BA03 8PQ2005-4BA01
1600 mm
1 100 mm – – 8PQ2010-4BA02 8PQ2010-4BA01

150 mm 8PQ2015-4BA04 8PQ2015-4BA05 – –
200 mm 8PQ2020-4BA01 8PQ2020-4BA03 – –
250 mm 8PQ2025-4BA01 8PQ2025-4BA02 – –
300 mm 8PQ2030-4BA01 8PQ2030-4BA02 – –
350 mm 8PQ2035-4BA01 8PQ2035-4BA02 – –
I201_18210g
400 mm 8PQ2040-4BA01 8PQ2040-4BA03 – –

450 mm 8PQ2045-4BA01 8PQ2045-4BA02 – –
3 500 mm 8PQ2050-4BA01 8PQ2050-4BA02 – –
550 mm 8PQ2055-4BA11 8PQ2055-4BA07 – –
600 mm 8PQ2060-4BA01 8PQ2060-4BA03 – –
650 mm 8PQ2065-4BA01 8PQ2065-4BA02 – –
700 mm 8PQ2070-4BA07 8PQ2070-4BA08 – –
750 mm 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA01 – –
800 mm 8PQ2080-4BA01 8PQ2080-4BA04 – –
600 mm 50 mm – – 8PQ2005-6BA04 8PQ2005-6BA03
100 mm – – 8PQ2010-6BA04 8PQ2010-6BA03
150 mm 8PQ2015-6BA10 8PQ2015-6BA12 – –
200 mm 8PQ2020-6BA14 8PQ2020-6BA15 – –
250 mm 8PQ2025-6BA07 8PQ2025-6BA08 – –
300 mm 8PQ2030-6BA10 8PQ2030-6BA12 – –
350 mm 8PQ2035-6BA12 8PQ2035-6BA13 – –
400 mm 8PQ2040-6BA12 8PQ2040-6BA13 – –
450 mm 8PQ2045-6BA05 8PQ2045-6BA06 – –
500 mm 8PQ2050-6BA03 8PQ2050-6BA04 – –
550 mm 8PQ2055-6BA04 8PQ2055-6BA06 – –
600 mm 8PQ2060-6BA06 8PQ2060-6BA07 – –
650 mm 8PQ2065-6BA03 8PQ2065-6BA04 – –
700 mm 8PQ2070-6BA03 8PQ2070-6BA04 – –
750 mm 8PQ2075-6BA01 8PQ2075-6BA02 – –
800 mm 8PQ2080-6BA03 8PQ2080-6BA04 – –
15 800 mm 50 mm
100 mm
–
–
–
–
8PQ2005-8BA04
8PQ2010-8BA04
8PQ2005-8BA03
8PQ2010-8BA03
150 mm 8PQ2015-8BA05 8PQ2015-8BA07 – –
200 mm 8PQ2020-8BA07 8PQ2020-8BA08 – –
250 mm 8PQ2025-8BA04 8PQ2025-8BA05 – –
300 mm 8PQ2030-8BA05 8PQ2030-8BA06 – –
350 mm 8PQ2035-8BA06 8PQ2035-8BA07 – –
400 mm 8PQ2040-8BA12 8PQ2040-8BA13 – –
450 mm 8PQ2045-8BA03 8PQ2045-8BA04 – –
500 mm 8PQ2050-8BA03 8PQ2050-8BA04 – –
550 mm 8PQ2055-8BA03 8PQ2055-8BA06 – –
600 mm 8PQ2060-8BA04 8PQ2060-8BA05 – –
650 mm 8PQ2065-8BA03 8PQ2065-8BA04 – –
700 mm 8PQ2070-8BA01 8PQ2070-8BA02 – –
750 mm 8PQ2075-8BA01 8PQ2075-8BA02 – –
800 mm 8PQ2080-8BA03 8PQ2080-8BA04 – –

15/74 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➁ Head compartments Covers Doors
Width Height IP40 IP55 upgrade

Main busbar at top
400 mm 225 mm 8PQ2022-4BA01 8PQ2022-4BA03
600 mm 225 mm 8PQ2022-6BA01 8PQ2022-6BA02
800 mm 225 mm 8PQ2022-8BA01 8PQ2022-8BA02
Main busbar at bottom
400 mm 175 mm 8PQ2000-4BA02 8PQ2022-4BA03
600 mm 175 mm 8PQ2000-6BA08 8PQ2022-6BA02
800 mm 175 mm 8PQ2000-8BA08 8PQ2022-8BA02
➂ Base compartments Covers
Width Height IP4X IP55 upgrade

Main busbar at top
400 mm 150 mm 8PQ2015-4BA01 8PQ2015-4BA03
600 mm 150 mm 8PQ2000-6BA07 8PQ2015-6BA13
800 mm 150 mm 8PQ2000-8BA07 8PQ2015-8BA08
Main busbar at bottom
400 mm 200 mm 8PQ2020-4BA04 8PQ2020-4BA05
600 mm 200 mm 8PQ2020-6BA34 8PQ2020-6BA35
800 mm 200 mm 8PQ2020-8BA17 8PQ2020-8BA18
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/75
© Siemens 2023
Enclosure
Compartment doors
Accessories
Door hinges
Light gray 2 units 8PQ9400-0BA55
Locks
Version Article No.
Two-way interlocking mechanisms 8PQ9400-0BA40
Handles for compartment doors

Version Article No.
Without lock 8PQ9400-0BA73
With flat cylinder, identical key type 8PQ9400-0BA72
Compartment ID strip for plug-in plates, H = 17 mm

400 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA42
600 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA43
800 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA46
Inner door struts
Height Article No.
400 mm 8PQ2040-0BA06
550 mm 8PQ2055-0BA05
600 mm 8PQ2060-0BA14
700 mm 8PQ2070-0BA02
800 mm 8PQ2080-0BA07
Cubicle keys
15

15/76 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Busbar systems
Main busbars
2 Versteifung
3 Stromausgleich
4 Abdeckung
6
5 Hauptsammelschiene
6 PE Schiene
I202_29634a
3
2 1 5
➊ Busbar supports ➋ Reinforcement ➌ Equipo- ➍ Covers PEN Arcing fault

tential grounding barriers
bonding
1 set =
10 units
Position Single Duplex Single Duplex Duplex

In = 3200 A In = 6300 A In = 3200 A In = 6300 A In = 6300 A
Top 8PQ4000-0BA04 8PQ4000-0BA60 8PQ4000-0BA37 2 × 8PQ4000-0BA37 8PQ4000-0BA62 – 8PQ4000-0BA12 8PQ9400-0BA21
Bottom 8PQ4000-0BA04 8PQ4000-0BA60 8PQ4000-0BA37 2 × 8PQ4000-0BA37 8PQ4000-0BA62 4 × 8PQ4000-1BA25 8PQ4000-0BA12 8PQ9400-0BA21
Rear 8PQ4000-0BA04 8PQ4000-0BA60 8PQ4000-0BA37 2 × 8PQ4000-0BA37 – – 8PQ4000-2BA24 8PQ9400-0BA21
+ 8PQ3000-0BA10 + 2 × 8PQ3000-0BA10
Accessories
Connecting lugs
Type Cross-section Article No.
➎ Main busbars 20 × 10 mm 8PQ4000-0BA53
30 × 10 mm 8PQ4000-0BA54
40 × 10 mm 8PQ4000-0BA56
50 × 10 mm 8PQ4000-0BA57
➏ PE bar 20 × 5 mm 8PQ4000-0BA52
30 × 5 mm
30 × 10 mm 15
40 × 5 mm 8PQ4000-0BA67
40 × 10 mm
50 × 10 mm
Protective cover
Type Article No.
• Main busbar at rear 8PQ4000-3BA35
• Mounting width 200 mm
Circular conductors
5 mm 1.5 … 16 mm2 100 units 8US1921-2AA00
1.5 … 35 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2AB00
16 … 70 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2AC00
I201_20292
16 … 120 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2AD00

10 mm 1.5 … 16 mm2 100 units 8US1921-2BA00
1.5 … 35 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2BB00
16 … 70 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2BC00
16 … 120 mm2 50 units 8US1921-2BD00

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/77
© Siemens 2023
Busbar systems
Vertical distribution busbars, cascaded, up to Icw = 65 kA
➊ Busbar supports ➋ Supports
Position 30 × 10 mm 40 × 10 mm
of main busbar
Top 8PQ4000-0BA32 8PQ4000-0BA63 –
Bottom 8PQ4000-0BA32 8PQ4000-0BA63 8PQ4000-1BA23
I202_29630
Accessories
Connection
Component Version Scope of supply Article No.
Busbar clamps M10 20 units 8PQ9400-0BA02
Saucer-head bolts M10 × 35 mm 50 units 8PQ9500-0BA14

M10 × 45 mm 50 units 8PQ9500-0BA16
M10 × 55 mm 50 units 8PQ9500-1BA36
M10 × 65 mm 50 units 8PQ9500-1BA25
Spring washers For M10 50 units 8PQ9500-0BA60
Hexagonal nuts M10 50 units 8PQ9500-0BA05
Connecting lugs
Cross-section Position of vertical Position of main Depth Article No.
distribution busbar busbar
30 × 10 mm Right Front 400 mm 8PQ4000-0BA45
600 mm 8PQ4000-0BA46
800 mm 8PQ4000-0BA46
Rear 800 mm 8PQ4000-0BA50
Left Front 400 mm 8PQ4000-0BA73
600 mm 8PQ4000-0BA72
800 mm 8PQ4000-0BA72
40 × 10 mm Right Front 400 mm 8PQ4000-0BA47
600 mm 8PQ4000-0BA48
800 mm 8PQ4000-0BA48
15 Rear 800 mm 8PQ4000-0BA51
Left Front 400 mm 8PQ4000-0BA75
600 mm 8PQ4000-0BA48
800 mm 8PQ4000-0BA48

15/78 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Vertical distribution busbars, non-cascaded, up to Icw = 100 kA

➊ Busbar supports ➋ Reinforcement ➌ Supports
Position Width
of main busbar
At top 200 mm 8PQ4000-2BA25 8PQ4000-0BA37 8PQ4000-0BA78
2 400 mm 8PQ4000-2BA26 8PQ4000-0BA37 8PQ4000-0BA61
At bottom 200 mm 8PQ4000-2BA25 8PQ4000-0BA37 –
400 mm 8PQ4000-2BA26 8PQ4000-0BA37 –
I201_18802
At rear 200 mm 8PQ4000-2BA25 8PQ4000-0BA37 8PQ4000-0BA78

3
Accessories
Connecting lugs
Cross-section Position of main busbar Depth Article No.
20 × 10 mm At front 400 mm 8PQ4000-0BA38
30 × 10 mm 600 mm 8PQ4000-0BA40
800 mm 8PQ4000-0BA40
At rear 800 mm 8PQ4000-0BA43
40 × 10 mm At front 400 mm 8PQ4000-0BA41

50 × 10 mm 600 mm 8PQ4000-0BA42
800 mm 8PQ4000-0BA42
At rear 800 mm 8PQ4000-0BA44
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/79
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3WA air circuit breakers, main busbar at top
2 Compartment door
3 Base compartment door
4 Mounting plate
1 5 Main busbar connection

6 5
6 Separation 4b
7 Cable connection
2 4
7
I201_20189
3 and 4-pole ➊ Head compartment doors ➋ Compartment doors
+ 3WA9111-0AP01 + 3WA9111-0AP03
Type of Size Width Depth IP40 IP55 IP40 IP55 IP55
mounting upgrade upgrade
Fixed- 1 600 mm 400 mm 8PQ2067-6BA01 8PQ2067-6BA02 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17 8PQ2055-6BA06
mounted 600 mm 8PQ2067-6BA01 8PQ2067-6BA02 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17 8PQ2055-6BA06
2 800 mm 600 mm 8PQ2067-8BA01 8PQ2067-8BA02 8PQ2055-8BA08 8PQ2055-8BA10 8PQ2055-8BA06
Withdraw 1 600 mm 400 mm 8PQ2067-6BA01 8PQ2067-6BA02 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17 8PQ2055-6BA06
able 600 mm 8PQ2067-6BA01 8PQ2067-6BA02 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17 8PQ2055-6BA06
15 800 mm 8PQ2067-8BA01 8PQ2067-8BA02 8PQ2055-8BA08 8PQ2055-8BA10 8PQ2055-8BA06

15/80 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➌ Base compartment doors ➍ Mounting ➎ Main busbar connection ➏ Separation 4b ➐ Cable Insulation
plates connection
IP40 IP55 Front Rear

upgrade
8PQ2075-6BA01 8PQ2075-6BA03 8PQ6000-5BA26 8PQ6000-6BA75 – 8PQ5000-4BA28 8PQ6000-5BA81 –
8PQ2075-6BA01 8PQ2075-6BA03 8PQ6000-5BA26 8PQ6000-6BA75 8PQ6001-1BA00 8PQ5000-4BA31 8PQ6000-5BA81 –
8PQ2075-6BA01 8PQ2075-6BA03 8PQ6000-5BA26 8PQ6000-6BA75 – 8PQ5000-4BA28 8PQ6000-5BA82 8PQ6000-7BA28
8PQ2075-8BA01 8PQ2075-8BA03 8PQ6000-5BA24 8PQ6000-6BA76 8PQ6001-1BA01 8PQ5000-4BA33 8PQ6000-5BA83 – 15
Accessories
600 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA43
800 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA46
1000 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA47

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/81
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3WA air circuit breakers, main busbar at bottom

2 Compartment door
3 Base compartment door
4 Mounting plate
1
7 5 Main busbar connection
6 Separation 4b
7 Cable connection
4
2
6 5
I201_20188a
3 and 4-pole ➊ Head compartment doors ➋ Compartment doors
+ 3WA9111-0AP01 + 3WA9111-0AP03
Type of Size Width Depth IP40 IP55 IP40 IP55 IP55
15

15/82 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➌ Base compartment doors ➍ Mounting ➎ Main busbar connection ➏ Separation 4b ➐ Cable Insulation
plates connection
IP40 IP55 Front Rear

upgrade
15
Accessories
600 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA43
800 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA46

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/83
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3WA air circuit breakers, coupling
1 6
2 4
6 5
I201_19645a
➊ Head compartment doors ➋ Compartment doors
+ 3WA9111-0AP01 + 3WA9111-0AP03
Type of Size Width Depth IP40 IP55 IP4X IP55 IP55
15

15/84 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➌ Base compartment doors ➍ Mounting plates ➎ Main busbar connection ➏ Separation 4b ➐ Uprights
IP40 IP55
upgrade
8PQ2075-6BA01 8PQ2075-6BA03 8PQ6000-5BA26 2 × 8PQ6000-6BA75 8PQ5000-5BA12 –
8PQ2075-6BA01 8PQ2075-6BA03 8PQ6000-5BA26 2 × 8PQ6000-6BA75 8PQ5000-5BA13 2 × 8PQ3000-3BA50
8PQ2075-6BA01 8PQ2075-6BA03 8PQ6000-5BA26 2 × 8PQ6000-6BA75 8PQ5000-5BA12 –
15
Accessories
600 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA43
800 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA46

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/85
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3WA air circuit breakers, connection of section busbar systems
7
3
2
5
6
1
4
I201_20213
Compartment doors ➊ Mounting plates ➋ Compartment doors
+ 3WA9111-0AP01 + 3WA9111-0AP03
Type of mounting Size Width Number of poles In IP40 IP55 IP55
upgrade
Fixed-mounted 1 400 mm 3-pole 1600 A 8PQ6000-5BA25 8PQ2055-4BA12 – –
2000 A 8PQ6000-5BA25 8PQ2055-4BA12 – –
600 mm 4-pole 1600 A 8PQ6000-5BA26 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17 + 8PQ2055-6BA06
2000 A 8PQ6000-5BA26 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17 + 8PQ2055-6BA06
Withdrawable 1 400 mm 3-pole 1600 A 8PQ6000-5BA25 8PQ2055-4BA12 –
2000 A 8PQ6000-5BA25 8PQ2055-4BA12 –
600 mm 4-pole 1600 A 8PQ6000-5BA26 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17 + 8PQ2055-6BA06
2000 A 8PQ6000-5BA26 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17 + 8PQ2055-6BA06
Covers ➊ Mounting plates ➋ Covers
15
+ 3WA9111-0AP01
Type of mounting Size Width Number of poles In IP40
Fixed-mounted 1 600 mm 3-pole 1600 A 8PQ6000-3BA31 8PQ2055-6BA05
2000 A 8PQ6000-3BA31 8PQ2055-6BA05
4-pole 1600 A 8PQ6000-3BA31 8PQ2055-6BA07
2000 A 8PQ6000-3BA31 8PQ2055-6BA07
800 mm 3/4-pole 1600 A 8PQ6000-3BA32 8PQ2055-8BA04
2000 A 8PQ6000-3BA32 8PQ2055-8BA04
Withdrawable 1 600 mm 3-pole 1600 A 8PQ6000-3BA31 8PQ2055-6BA05
2000 A 8PQ6000-3BA31 8PQ2055-6BA05
4-pole 1600 A 8PQ6000-3BA31 8PQ2055-6BA07
2000 A 8PQ6000-3BA31 8PQ2055-6BA07
800 mm 3/4-pole 1600 A 8PQ6000-3BA32 8PQ2055-8BA04
2000 A 8PQ6000-3BA32 8PQ2055-8BA04

15/86 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➌ Section busbars ➍ Cable connection ➎ Device compartment ➏ Cable connection ➐ Section busbars
Separation 3b Separation 4b Separation 4b
8PQ6000-5BA48 8PQ6000-5BA78 8PQ5000-3BA82 8PQ5000-3BA84 8PQ5000-3BA84

➌ Section busbars ➍ Cable connection ➎ Device compartment ➏ Cable connection ➐ Section busbars
15
Separation 3b Separation 4b Separation 4b


Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/87
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3WA air circuit breakers, fixed-mounted
1 Gerüst
2 Kopfraum
3 Fachtür
1 4 Hilfsgeräteraum
2 5 Montageplatte
7 6 Anschluss HSS
8 7 Kabelanschluss
3
8 Unterteilung
5 6 9 Sockelraumblende
I201_20209
➊ Frames ➋ Head ➌ Compartment doors

compart-
ments
+ 3WA9111-0AP01 + 3WA9111-0AP03
Size In Width Depth Number At front At rear Covers IP40 IP55 IP55
of poles upgrade
1 2000 A 400 mm 800 mm 3- pole 8PQ1204-8BA01 – 8PQ2025-4BA03 8PQ2055-4BA12 – –
1000 mm 3- pole 8PQ1204-4BA01 + 8PQ1204-6BA01 8PQ2025-4BA03 8PQ2055-4BA12 – –
duplex
600 mm 800 mm 3/4-pole 8PQ1206-8BA01 – 8PQ2025-6BA25 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17 + 8PQ2055-6BA06
1000 mm 3/4-pole 8PQ1206-4BA01 + 8PQ1206-6BA01 8PQ2025-6BA25 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17 + 8PQ2055-6BA06
15 1200 mm 3/4-pole
duplex
8PQ1206-4BA01 + 8PQ1206-8BA01 8PQ2025-6BA25 8PQ2055-6BA16 8PQ2055-6BA17 + 8PQ2055-6BA06
2 3200 A 800 mm 800 mm 3/4-pole 8PQ1208-8BA01 – 8PQ2025-8BA16 8PQ2055-8BA08 8PQ2055-8BA10 + 8PQ2055-8BA06

duplex
3 4000 A 1000 mm 1200 mm 3/4-pole 8PQ1201-4BA02 + 8PQ1201-8BA03 8PQ2025-1BA01 8PQ2055-1BA03 8PQ2055-1BA04 + 8PQ2055-1BA06
Accessories
Frame reinforcement Compartment ID strip for plug-in plates, H = 17 mm
Size Depth Article No. Width Scope of Article No.
3 1200 mm 8PQ5000-5BA46 supply
400 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA42
600 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA43
800 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA46
Barrier supports
1000 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA47
Size Depth Scope of supply Article No.
1, 2, 3 1200 mm 1 set = 6 units 8PQ3000-3BA67

15/88 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➍ Auxiliary ➎ Mounting ➏ Main busbar ➐ Cable ➑ Separation ➒ Base compartment covers

device plates connection connection
compart-
ments
Compartment Device Rear panels Section IP40 IP55

doors compartment
8PQ2035-4BA01 8PQ6000-5BA25 8PQ6001-0BA65 8PQ6001-0BA77 8PQ5000-3BA82 8PQ5000-5BA21 8PQ5000-5BA30 8PQ2000-4BA06 –
8PQ2035-4BA01 8PQ6000-5BA25 8PQ6001-0BA65 + 8PQ6001-0BA77 8PQ5000-3BA82 8PQ5000-5BA21 8PQ5000-5BA32 8PQ2000-4BA06 –
8PQ6001-0BA61
8PQ2035-6BA12 8PQ6000-5BA26 8PQ6001-0BA67 8PQ6001-0BA78 8PQ5000-3BA82 8PQ5000-5BA22 8PQ5000-5BA34 8PQ2000-6BA13 8PQ2000-6BA11
8PQ2035-6BA12 8PQ6000-5BA26 8PQ6001-0BA67 +
8PQ6001-0BA62
8PQ6001-0BA78 8PQ5000-3BA82 8PQ5000-5BA22 8PQ5000-5BA36 8PQ2000-6BA13 8PQ2000-6BA11
15
8PQ2035-8BA06 8PQ6000-5BA24 8PQ6001-0BA72 + 8PQ6001-0BA81 8PQ5000-3BA81 8PQ5000-5BA23 8PQ5000-5BA41 8PQ2000-8BA13 8PQ2000-8BA11
8PQ6001-0BA64

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/89
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3WA air circuit breakers, withdrawable
1 Gerüst
2 Kopfraum
3 Fachtür
1 4 Hilfsgeräteraum
2 5 Montageplatte
7 6 Anschluss HSS
8 7 Kabelanschluss
3
8 Unterteilung
5 6 9 Sockelraumblende
I201_20209
➊ Frames ➋ Head com- ➌ Compartment doors

partments
+ 3WA9111-0AP01 + 3WA9111-0AP03
Size In Width Depth Number At front At rear Covers IP40 IP55 IP55
of poles upgrade
1 2000 A 400 mm 800 mm 3-pole 8PQ1204-8BA01 – 8PQ2025-4BA03 8PQ2055-4BA12 – –
1000 mm 3-pole 8PQ1204-4BA01 + 8PQ1204-6BA01 8PQ2025-4BA03 8PQ2055-4BA12 – –
duplex
duplex
15 2 3200 A 800 mm 800 mm 3/4-pole 8PQ1204-4BA05 – 8PQ2025-8BA16 8PQ2055-8BA08 8PQ2055-8BA10 + 8PQ2055-8BA06
duplex
Accessories
400 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA42
600 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA43
800 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA46
Barrier supports
1000 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA47
1, 2, 3 1200 mm 1 set = 6 units 8PQ3000-3BA67

15/90 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➍ Auxiliary ➎ Mounting ➏ Main busbar ➐ Cable ➑ Separation ➒ Base compartment covers

device com- plates connection connection
partments

doors compartment
8PQ2035-4BA01 8PQ6000-5BA25 8PQ6001-0BA66 + 8PQ6001-0BA77 8PQ5000-3BA82 8PQ5000-5BA21 8PQ5000-5BA32 8PQ2000-4BA06 –
8PQ6001-0BA61
8PQ6001-0BA61
8PQ2035-8BA06 8PQ6000-5BA24 8PQ6001-0BA73 8PQ6001-0BA81 8PQ5000-3BA81 8PQ5000-5BA23 8PQ5000-5BA38 8PQ2000-8BA13 8PQ2000-8BA11 15
8PQ6001-0BA61

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/91
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3WA air circuit breakers, couplings, fixed-mounted
3
7
5 6
I201_20210
➊ Frame ➋ Head com- ➌ Compartment doors

partments
+ 3WA9111-0AP01 + 3WA9111-0AP03
Size In Width Depth
Number At front At rear Covers IP40 IP55 IP55
of poles upgrade
duplex
duplex
15 2 3200 A 800 mm 800 mm 3/4-pole
1000 mm 3/4-pole
8PQ1208-8BA01 – 8PQ2025-8BA16
8PQ1208-4BA01 + 8PQ1208-6BA01 8PQ2025-8BA16
8PQ2055-8BA08
8PQ2055-8BA08
8PQ2055-8BA10
8PQ2055-8BA10
+
+
8PQ2055-8BA06
8PQ2055-8BA06
duplex
Accessories
400 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA42
600 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA43
800 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA46
Barrier supports
1000 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA47
1, 2, 3 1200 mm 1 set = 6 units 8PQ3000-3BA67

15/92 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➍ Auxiliary ➎ Mounting ➏ Main busbar ➐ Separation ➑ Base compartment covers

device com- plates connection
partments

doors compartment
8PQ2035-4BA01 8PQ6000-5BA25 2× 8PQ6001-0BA65 8PQ5000-3BA82 8PQ5000-5BA25 8PQ5000-5BA31 8PQ2000-4BA06 –
+ 8PQ6001-0BA61
8PQ2035-6BA12 8PQ6000-5BA26 2× 8PQ6001-0BA67 8PQ5000-3BA82 8PQ5000-5BA26 8PQ5000-5BA35 8PQ2000-6BA13 8PQ2000-6BA11
+ 8PQ6001-0BA62
8PQ2035-8BA06
8PQ2035-8BA06
8PQ6000-5BA24
8PQ6000-5BA24
2×
2×
8PQ6001-0BA72
8PQ6001-0BA72
8PQ5000-3BA81
8PQ5000-3BA81
8PQ5000-5BA27
8PQ5000-5BA54
8PQ5000-5BA40
8PQ5000-5BA40
8PQ2000-8BA13
8PQ2000-8BA13
8PQ2000-8BA11
8PQ2000-8BA11
15
+ 8PQ6001-0BA64

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/93
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3WA air circuit breakers, couplings, withdrawable
3
7
5 6
I201_20210
➊ Frame ➋ Head com- ➌ Compartment doors

partments
+ 3WA9111-0AP01 + 3WA9111-0AP03
Size In Width Depth
Number At front At rear Covers IP40 IP55 IP55
of poles upgrade
duplex
duplex
15 2 3200 A 800 mm 800 mm 3/4-pole

1000 mm 3/4-pole
8PQ1208-8BA01 – 8PQ2025-8BA16
8PQ1208-4BA01 + 8PQ1208-6BA01 8PQ2025-8BA16
8PQ2055-8BA08
8PQ2055-8BA08
8PQ2055-8BA10
8PQ2055-8BA10
+
+
8PQ2055-8BA06
8PQ2055-8BA06
duplex
Accessories
400 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA42
600 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA43
800 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA46
Barrier supports
1000 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA47
1, 2, 3 1200 mm 1 set = 6 units 8PQ3000-3BA67

15/94 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➍ Auxiliary ➎ Mounting ➏ Main busbar ➐ Separation ➑ Base compartment covers

device plates connection
compartments

doors compartment
+ 8PQ6001-0BA61
+ 8PQ6001-0BA62
8PQ2035-8BA06
8PQ2035-8BA06
8PQ6000-5BA24
8PQ6000-5BA24
2×
2×
8PQ6001-0BA73
8PQ6001-0BA73
8PQ5000-3BA81
8PQ5000-3BA81
8PQ5000-5BA27
8PQ5000-5BA54
8PQ5000-5BA40
8PQ5000-5BA40
8PQ2000-8BA13
8PQ2000-8BA13
8PQ2000-8BA11
8PQ2000-8BA11
15
+ 8PQ6001-0BA64

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/95
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3WA air circuit breakers, accessories
Busbar supports
Size Width Number of poles Scope of supply Article No.
1 600 mm 4-pole 4 units 8PQ6000-4BA35
800 mm 4-pole 4 units 8PQ6000-4BA37
800 mm 4-pole 4 units 8PQ6000-4BA38
Busbar connections
Size Width Number of poles Scope of supply Article No.
For use with SIVACON 1 600 mm 4-pole 1 unit 8PQ3000-1BA70
8PS 800 mm 4-pole 1 unit 8PQ3000-1BA71
2 600 mm 3-pole 1 unit 8PQ3000-1BA70
800 mm 4-pole 1 unit 8PQ3000-1BA71
3 1000 mm 4-pole 1 unit 8PQ3000-1BA72
Cable brackets
Size Width Scope of supply Article No.
1 400 mm 5 units 8PQ3000-0BA41
600 mm 5 units 8PQ3000-0BA42
800 mm 5 units 8PQ3000-0BA43
2 600 mm 5 units 8PQ3000-0BA42
800 mm 5 units 8PQ3000-0BA43
3 1000 mm 4 units 8PQ3000-3BA68
15

15/96 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/97
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3VA molded case circuit breakers, 3-pole
1 Kopfraumtür
2 Fachtür
3 Sockelraumtür
1 4 Anschluss HSS
4
7 5 Montageplatte
6 Kabelanschluss
5 7 Unterteilung
6
3
I201_20290
Width 400 mm, fixed-mounted ➊ Head compartment doors ➋ Compartment doors ➌ Base compartment doors
Main busbars Type In IP40 IP55 IP40 IP55 IP40 IP55

upgrade upgrade upgrade
Top front 3VA15 1000 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02
3VA25 1000 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02
Top rear 3VA15 1000 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02
Top duplex 3VA15 1000 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02
Bottom front 3VA15 1000 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02
15 3VA26 1250 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02
Bottom rear 3VA15 1000 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02
Bottom duplex 3VA15 1000 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02

15/98 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Compartment ID strip for plug-in plates, Height = 17 mm
400 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA42
Insulation
Size Scope of supply Article No.
3VA26 3 units 8PQ5000-5BA74
➍ Main busbar connection ➎ Mounting plates ➏ Cable connection ➐ Separation
Insulation Auxiliary device Compartment Rear

Length 15 m compartments Depth 600 mm Depth 800 mm
8PQ6001-5BA55 8PQ3000-3BA82 1) 8PQ6001-4BA26 8PQ6001-4BA67 8PQ5000-5BA65 8PQ5000-5BA57 8PQ5000-5BA70 8PQ5000-5BA71
8PQ6001-5BA56 8PQ3000-3BA82 1) 8PQ6001-4BA26 8PQ6001-4BA67 8PQ5000-5BA65 8PQ5000-5BA57 – 8PQ5000-5BA71
8PQ6001-5BA60 8PQ3000-3BA81 8PQ6001-4BA26 8PQ6001-4BA68 8PQ5000-5BA65 8PQ5000-5BA57 – 8PQ5000-5BA71
8PQ6001-5BA58 8PQ3000-3BA81 8PQ6001-4BA26 8PQ6001-4BA68 8PQ5000-5BA66 8PQ5000-5BA57 8PQ5000-5BA70 8PQ5000-5BA71 15
1)
Plastic cover

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/99
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
1 Kopfraumtür
2 Fachtür
3 Sockelraumtür
1 4 Anschluss HSS
4
7 5 Montageplatte
6 Kabelanschluss
5 7 Unterteilung
6
3
I201_20290
Width 400 mm, fixed-mounted ➊ Head compartment doors ➋ Compartment doors ➌ Base compartment doors
Main busbars Type In IP40 IP55 IP40 IP55 IP40 IP55

upgrade upgrade upgrade
Top front 3VA15 1000 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02
Top rear 3VA15 1000 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02
Top duplex 3VA15 1000 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02
Bottom front 3VA15 1000 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02
15
Bottom rear 3VA15 1000 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02
Bottom duplex 3VA15 1000 A 8PQ2067-4BA01 8PQ2067-4BA02 8PQ2055-4BA15 8PQ2055-4BA07 8PQ2072-4BA01 8PQ2075-4BA02

15/100 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
Compartment ID strip for plug-in plates, Height = 17 mm
400 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA42
Insulation
Size Scope of supply Article No.
3VA26 3 units 2 × 8PQ5000-5BA74
➍ Main busbar connection ➎ Mounting plates ➏ Cable connection ➐ Separation
Insulation Auxiliary device Compartment Rear

Length 15 m compartments Depth 600 mm Depth 800 mm
15
1)
Plastic cover

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/101
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
➊ Fixed-mounted version
1 Festeinbau
2 Festeinbau mit RCD
3 Stecktechnik
4 Einschubtechnik
1 Type In Width Operating mechanism Device holders Covers
Direct Rotary Motorized
3VA10 100 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA26
2
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA02 8PQ2015-8BA11
3VA11 160 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA26
3 – – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA26
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA02 8PQ2015-8BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA02 8PQ2015-8BA11
4
3VA12 250 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA03 8PQ2015-6BA28
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA03 8PQ2015-6BA28
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA07 8PQ2020-8BA20
I201_19487
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA07 8PQ2020-8BA20
3VA13 400 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA23 8PQ2020-6BA41
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA23 8PQ2020-6BA41
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
3VA14 630 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA23 8PQ2020-6BA41
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA23 8PQ2020-6BA41
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
3VA15 1000 A 800 mm ■ – – 8PQ6001-4BA22 8PQ2045-8BA22
3VA20 100 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA38
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA38
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA21
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA21
3VA21 160 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA38
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA38
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA21
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA21
3VA22 250 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA38
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA38
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA21
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA21
3VA23 400 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA23 8PQ2020-6BA41
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA23 8PQ2020-6BA41
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
15 – – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
3VA24 630 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA23 8PQ2020-6BA41
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA23 8PQ2020-6BA41
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
3VA25 1000 A 800 mm ■ – – 8PQ6001-4BA22 8PQ2045-8BA22
3VA26 1250 A 800 mm ■ – – 8PQ6001-4BA22 8PQ2045-8BA22
3VA27 1600 A 800 mm ■ – – 8PQ6001-4BA23 8PQ2045-8BA23
Accessories
Insulation 130 × 2 mm
Size Length Article No.
3VA15, 15 m 8PQ3000-3BA81
3VA25,
3VA26

15/102 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➋ Fixed-mounted version with RCD ➌ Plug-in version ➍ Withdrawable version 2)
Device holders Covers Device holders Covers Device holders Covers
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA27 8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA26 – –
8PQ6000-8BA03 1) 8PQ2015-6BA30 8PQ6000-8BA04 8PQ2015-6BA28 8PQ6000-8BA04 8PQ2025-6BA21
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – 8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA18 8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2030-8BA15
– – 8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA18 – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – 8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA18 – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14 8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA18 – – 15
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – 8PQ6001-4BA24 8PQ2045-8BA24
1)
For applications > 415 V, front mounted rotary operating mechanism or motorized operating mechanism required for compliance with creepage distances and clearances.
2)
Guide frame with direct operating mechanism only

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/103
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
➊ Fixed-mounted version
1 Festeinbau
3 Stecktechnik
4 Einschubtechnik
1
Type In Width Operating mechanism Device holders Covers
2 3VA10 100 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA26
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA02 8PQ2015-8BA11
3VA11 160 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA26
3
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA26
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA02 8PQ2015-8BA11
4 – – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA02 8PQ2015-8BA11
3VA12 250 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA05 8PQ2020-6BA36
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA05 8PQ2020-6BA36
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA07 8PQ2020-8BA20
I201_19487
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA07 8PQ2020-8BA20
3VA13 400 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA25 8PQ2025-6BA23
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA25 8PQ2025-6BA23
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
3VA14 630 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA25 8PQ2025-6BA23
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA25 8PQ2025-6BA23
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
3VA15 1000 A 800 mm ■ – – 8PQ6001-4BA22 8PQ2045-8BA22
3VA20 100 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA38
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA38
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA21
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA21
3VA21 160 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA38
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA38
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA21
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA21
3VA22 250 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA38
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA38
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA21
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA21
3VA23 400 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA25 8PQ2025-6BA23
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA25 8PQ2025-6BA23
15 800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
3VA24 630 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA25 8PQ2025-6BA23
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA25 8PQ2025-6BA23
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14
3VA25 1000 A 800 mm ■ – – 8PQ6001-4BA22 8PQ2045-8BA22
3VA26 1250 A 800 mm ■ – – 8PQ6001-4BA22 8PQ2045-8BA22
3VA27 1600 A 800 mm ■ – – 8PQ6001-4BA23 8PQ2045-8BA23
Accessories
Insulation 130 × 2 mm
Size Length Article No.
3VA15, 15 m 8PQ3000-3BA81
3VA25,
3VA26

15/104 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➋ Fixed-mounted version with RCD ➌ Plug-in version ➍ Withdrawable version 2)
Device holders Covers Device holders Covers Device holders Covers
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
8PQ6000-8BA05 1) 8PQ2020-6BA37 8PQ6000-8BA06 8PQ2020-6BA36 8PQ6000-8BA06 8PQ2030-6BA25
8PQ6000-8BA05 1) 8PQ2020-6BA37 8PQ6000-8BA06 8PQ2020-6BA36 – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – 8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA18 – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – 8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA18 – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA14 8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA18 8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2035-8BA15 15
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – – –
– – – – 8PQ6001-4BA24 8PQ2045-8BA24
1)
For applications > 415 V, front mounted rotary operating mechanism or motorized operating mechanism required for compliance with creepage distances and clearances.
2)
Guide frame with direct operating mechanism only

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/105
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
1 Festeinbau ➊ Fixed-mounted version

3 Stecktechnik
1 Type In Width Operating mechanism Device holders Covers

3VA10 100 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA33 8PQ2035-6BA26
2 800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA47 8PQ2035-8BA16
3VA11 160 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA33 8PQ2035-6BA26
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA33 8PQ2035-6BA26
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA47 8PQ2035-8BA16
3
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA47 8PQ2035-8BA16
3VA12 250 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA35 8PQ2040-6BA26
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA35 8PQ2040-6BA26
I201_20284
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA43 8PQ2040-8BA23

– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA43 8PQ2040-8BA23
3VA13 400 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA54 8PQ2050-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA54 8PQ2050-6BA11
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA57 8PQ2050-8BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA57 8PQ2050-8BA14
3VA14 630 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA54 8PQ2050-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA54 8PQ2050-6BA11
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA57 8PQ2050-8BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA57 8PQ2050-8BA14
3VA20 100 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA37 8PQ2045-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA37 8PQ2045-6BA13
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA50 8PQ2045-8BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA50 8PQ2045-8BA15
3VA21 160 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA37 8PQ2045-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA37 8PQ2045-6BA13
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA50 8PQ2045-8BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA50 8PQ2045-8BA15
3VA22 250 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA37 8PQ2045-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA37 8PQ2045-6BA13
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA50 8PQ2045-8BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA50 8PQ2045-8BA15
3VA23 400 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA54 8PQ2045-6BA12
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA54 8PQ2045-6BA12
15 800 mm ■
–
■
–
–
■
8PQ6000-8BA57
8PQ6000-8BA57
8PQ2045-8BA13
8PQ2045-8BA13
3VA24 630 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA54 8PQ2045-6BA12
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA54 8PQ2045-6BA12
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA57 8PQ2045-8BA13
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA57 8PQ2045-8BA13

15/106 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➋ Fixed-mounted version with RCD ➌ Plug-in version
Device holders Covers Device holders Covers
– – – –
– – – –
– – 8PQ6000-8BA56 8PQ2055-6BA22
– – 8PQ6000-8BA56 8PQ2055-6BA22
– – 8PQ6000-8BA60 8PQ2055-8BA15
– – 8PQ6000-8BA60 8PQ2055-8BA15
– – 8PQ6000-8BA56 8PQ2055-6BA22
– – 8PQ6000-8BA56 8PQ2055-6BA22
– – 8PQ6000-8BA60 8PQ2055-8BA15
– – 8PQ6000-8BA60 8PQ2055-8BA15
8PQ6000-8BA58
8PQ6000-8BA58
8PQ2060-8BA07
8PQ2060-8BA07
8PQ6000-8BA60
8PQ6000-8BA60
8PQ2045-8BA13
8PQ2045-8BA13
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/107
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
1 Festeinbau ➊ Fixed-mounted version

3 Stecktechnik
1
Type In Width Operating mechanism Device holders Covers
3VA10 100 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA34 8PQ2035-6BA27
2 800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA48 8PQ2035-8BA17
3VA11 160 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA34 8PQ2035-6BA27
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA34 8PQ2035-6BA27
3 800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA48 8PQ2035-8BA17
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA48 8PQ2035-8BA17
3VA12 250 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA35 8PQ2040-6BA26
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA35 8PQ2040-6BA26
I201_20284
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA45 8PQ2040-8BA24

– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA45 8PQ2040-8BA24
3VA13 400 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA64 8PQ2050-6BA12
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA64 8PQ2050-6BA12
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA61 8PQ2050-8BA15
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA61 8PQ2050-8BA15
3VA14 630 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA64 8PQ2050-6BA12
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA64 8PQ2050-6BA12
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA61 8PQ2050-8BA15
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA61 8PQ2050-8BA15
3VA20 100 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA37 8PQ2045-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA37 8PQ2045-6BA13
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA52 8PQ2045-8BA12
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA52 8PQ2045-8BA16
3VA21 160 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA37 8PQ2045-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA37 8PQ2045-6BA13
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA52 8PQ2045-8BA12
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA52 8PQ2045-8BA16
3VA22 250 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA37 8PQ2045-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA37 8PQ2045-6BA13
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA52 8PQ2045-8BA12
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA52 8PQ2045-8BA16
3VA23 400 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA64 8PQ2045-6BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA64 8PQ2045-6BA14
15 800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA61 8PQ2045-8BA14

– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA61 8PQ2045-8BA14
3VA24 630 A 600 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA64 8PQ2045-6BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA64 8PQ2045-6BA14
800 mm ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA61 8PQ2045-8BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA61 8PQ2045-8BA14

15/108 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➋ Fixed-mounted version with RCD ➌ Plug-in version
Device holders Covers Device holders Covers
– – – –
– – – –
– – 8PQ6000-8BA66 8PQ2055-6BA23
– – 8PQ6000-8BA66 8PQ2055-6BA23
– – 8PQ6000-8BA63 8PQ2055-8BA16
– – 8PQ6000-8BA63 8PQ2055-8BA16
– – 8PQ6000-8BA66 8PQ2055-6BA23
– – 8PQ6000-8BA66 8PQ2055-6BA23
– – 8PQ6000-8BA63 8PQ2055-8BA16
– – 8PQ6000-8BA63 8PQ2055-8BA16
8PQ6000-8BA62 8PQ2060-8BA08 8PQ6000-8BA63 8PQ2045-8BA14 15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/109
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3VA molded case circuit breakers, compartment door
3-pole ➊ Fixed-mounted ➋ Fixed-mounted version with RCD

1 Festeinbau
3 Stecktechnik
1 Type In Width Device holders Compartment Device holders Compartment

door door
3VA10 100 A 600 mm 8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA31 – –
2 800 mm 8PQ6000-8BA02 8PQ2015-8BA12 – –
3VA11 160 A 600 mm 8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA31 8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA33
3 3VA12 250 A 600 mm 8PQ6000-8BA03 8PQ2015-6BA34 8PQ6000-8BA03 8PQ2015-6BA35
3VA13 400 A 600 mm 8PQ6000-8BA23 8PQ2020-6BA46 – –
800 mm 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA15 – –
3VA14 630 A 600 mm 8PQ6000-8BA23 8PQ2020-6BA46 – –
800 mm 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA15 – –
3VA15 1000 A 800 mm 8PQ6001-4BA22 8PQ2045-8BA20 – –
I201_19490

3VA23 400 A 600 mm 8PQ6000-8BA23 8PQ2020-6BA46 – –
3VA24 630 A 600 mm 8PQ6000-8BA23 8PQ2020-6BA46 – –
3VA25 1000 A 800 mm 8PQ6001-4BA22 8PQ2045-8BA20 – –
3VA26 1250 A 800 mm 8PQ6001-4BA22 8PQ2045-8BA20 – –
3VA27 1600 A 800 mm 8PQ6001-4BA23 8PQ2045-8BA21 – –
4-pole ➊ Fixed-mounted ➋ Fixed-mounted version with RCD
Type In Width Device holders Compartment Device holders Compartment

door door
3VA10 100 A 600 mm 8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA31 – –
800 mm 8PQ6000-8BA02 8PQ2015-8BA12 – –
15 800 mm 8PQ6000-8BA07 8PQ2020-8BA22 8PQ6000-8BA07 8PQ2020-8BA22
3VA13 400 A 600 mm 8PQ6000-8BA25 8PQ2025-6BA24 – –
800 mm 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA15 – –
3VA14 630 A 600 mm 8PQ6000-8BA25 8PQ2025-6BA24 – –
800 mm 8PQ6000-8BA27 8PQ2025-8BA15 – –
3VA15 1000 A 800 mm 8PQ6001-4BA22 8PQ2045-8BA20 – –
3VA23 400 A 600 mm 8PQ6000-8BA25 8PQ2025-6BA24 – –
3VA24 630 A 600 mm 8PQ6000-8BA25 8PQ2025-6BA24 – –
3VA25 1000 A 800 mm 8PQ6001-4BA22 8PQ2045-8BA20 – –
3VA26 1250 A 800 mm 8PQ6001-4BA22 8PQ2045-8BA20 – –
3VA27 1600 A 800 mm 8PQ6001-4BA23 8PQ2045-8BA21 – –

15/110 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➌ Plug-in version
Device holders Compartment door
– –
– –
8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA31
8PQ6000-8BA02 8PQ2015-8BA12
8PQ6000-8BA04 8PQ2015-6BA34
8PQ6000-8BA07 8PQ2020-8BA22
– –
8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA23
– –
8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA23
– –
8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA44
8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA23
8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA44
8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA23
8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA44
8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA23
– –
8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA23
– –
8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA23
– –
– –
– –
➌ Plug-in version
Device holders Compartment door
– –
– –
8PQ6000-8BA01 8PQ2015-6BA31
8PQ6000-8BA02 8PQ2015-8BA12
8PQ6000-8BA06 8PQ2020-6BA42
8PQ6000-8BA07 8PQ2020-8BA22 15
– – Accessories
8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA23 Compartment ID strip for plug-in plates, H = 17 mm
– – Width Scope of supply Article No.
8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA23 600 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA43
– – 800 mm 6 units 8PQ5000-3BA46
8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA44
8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA23
8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA44
8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA23
8PQ6000-8BA08 8PQ2020-6BA44
8PQ6000-8BA10 8PQ2020-8BA23
– –
8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA23
– –
8PQ6001-1BA02 8PQ2025-8BA23
– –
– –
– –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/111
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3VA molded case circuit breakers, 8US multiple feeders
6 1 Geräteträger
2 Blende
3 5 4 4. Pol
5 Endabdeckung
6 8US Adapter
I201_20294
1 4
3-pole
Type In Width No. of Operating ➊ Device holders ➋ Covers

switches/ Direct Rotary Motorized
breakers
3VA10 100 A 600 mm 5 ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA33 8PQ2035-6BA26
800 mm 7 ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA40 8PQ2035-8BA20
3VA11 160 A 600 mm 5 ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA33 8PQ2035-6BA26
800 mm 7 ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA40 8PQ2035-8BA20
3VA12 250 A 600 mm 3 ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6001-5BA68 8PQ2040-6BA26
800 mm 5 ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6001-5BA72 8PQ2040-8BA23
3VA20 100 A 600 mm 3 ■ ■ – 8PQ6001-5BA71 8PQ2045-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6001-5BA71 8PQ2045-6BA13
800 mm 5 ■ ■ – 8PQ6001-5BA73 8PQ2045-8BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6001-5BA73 8PQ2045-8BA15
3VA21 160 A 600 mm 3 ■ ■ – 8PQ6001-5BA71 8PQ2045-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6001-5BA71 8PQ2045-6BA13
800 mm 5 ■ ■ – 8PQ6001-5BA73 8PQ2045-8BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6001-5BA73 8PQ2045-8BA15
3VA22 250 A 600 mm 3 ■ ■ – 8PQ6001-5BA71 8PQ2045-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6001-5BA71 8PQ2045-6BA13
800 mm 5 ■ ■ – 8PQ6001-5BA73 8PQ2045-8BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6001-5BA73 8PQ2045-8BA15
4-pole
15
Type In Width No. of Operating ➊ Device holders ➋ Covers

switches/ Direct Rotary Motorized
breakers
3VA12 250 A 600 mm 3 ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6001-5BA68 8PQ2040-6BA26
800 mm 4 ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6001-5BA72 8PQ2040-8BA24
3VA20 100 A 600 mm 3 ■ ■ – 8PQ6001-5BA71 8PQ2045-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6001-5BA71 8PQ2045-6BA13
800 mm 4 ■ ■ – 8PQ6001-5BA73 8PQ2045-8BA12
– – ■ 8PQ6001-5BA73 8PQ2045-8BA16
3VA21 160 A 600 mm 3 ■ ■ – 8PQ6001-5BA71 8PQ2045-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6001-5BA71 8PQ2045-6BA13
800 mm 4 ■ ■ – 8PQ6001-5BA73 8PQ2045-8BA12
– – ■ 8PQ6001-5BA73 8PQ2045-8BA16
3VA22 250 A 600 mm 3 ■ ■ – 8PQ6001-5BA71 8PQ2045-6BA11
– – ■ 8PQ6001-5BA71 8PQ2045-6BA13
800 mm 4 ■ ■ – 8PQ6001-5BA73 8PQ2045-8BA12
– – ■ 8PQ6001-5BA73 8PQ2045-8BA16

15/112 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➌ Busbar holders ➎ End cover ➏ 8US Adapter
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AU01

8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AU01
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AU01
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AU01
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
8US1923-3AA01 8US1922-1AC00 8US1213-4AP03
15
➌ Busbar holders ➍ 4th pole ➎ End cover ➏ 8US Adapter
8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03

8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03
8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03
8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03
8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03
8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03
8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03
8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03
8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03
8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03
8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03
8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03
8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03
8US1923-3AA01 5SH3540 8US1922-1AC00 8US1313-4AH03

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/113
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3VA molded case circuit breakers, DIN-rail mounting
3-pole
1 Hutschienenmontage
Type In No. of switches/ Width Height Operating mechanism

1
breakers Direct Rotary Motorized
3VA10 100 A 5 600 mm 350 mm ■ – –
8 800 mm 350 mm ■ – –
3VA11 160 A 4 600 mm 350 mm ■ – –
5 800 mm 350 mm ■ – –
4-pole
I201_20285
Type In No. of switches/ Width Height Operating mechanism

breakers Direct Rotary Motorized
3VA10 100 A 4 600 mm 350 mm ■ – –
6 800 mm 350 mm ■ – –
3VA11 160 A 3 600 mm 350 mm ■ – –
4 800 mm 350 mm ■ – –
Accessories
Cable duct fastening
Version Article No.
Mounting brackets 8PQ6000-0BA16
Blanking strips
Types Article No.
Length 1 m 8GK9910-0KK01
15

15/114 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➊ DIN-rail mounting
Device holders Covers
8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2035-6BA28
8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2035-8BA18
8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2035-6BA28
8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2035-8BA18
➊ DIN-rail mounting
Device holders Covers
8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2035-6BA28
8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2035-8BA18
8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2035-6BA28
8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2035-8BA18
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/115
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3VA molded case circuit breakers, internal separation – front connection
1 3-pole,
Cable width
connection 600 mm ➊ Cable connection
2 Separation, horizontal
3 Plug-in rail
4 Separation, rear
5 Increase in module height
4
1
3 Type In Height Operating mechanism
2
3VA10 100 A 150 mm Fixed-mounted ■ ■ – 8PQ5000-2BA28 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
3VA11 160 A 150 mm Fixed-mounted ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA28 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA28 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
3VA12 250 A 150 mm Fixed-mounted ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA12
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA13
I201_19489a
5
Plug-in ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA13
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA12
250 mm Withdrawable ■ – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA12
3VA13 400 A 200 mm Fixed-mounted ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA20
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
250 mm Withdrawable ■ – ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
3VA22 250 A 200 mm Fixed-mounted ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA16
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA17
Plug-in ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA17
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA16
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA18
– – – 8PQ6000-8BA18
15

15/116 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➋ Horizontal ➌ Rear ➍ Increase in module Horizontal with increase ➎ Plug-in rails

height in module height
1600 mm 1800 mm
Protective bellows Busbar system

Form 4b Top Rear or without
8PQ9400-0BA71 8PQ5000-2BA61 8PQ5000-4BA40 – – 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ9400-0BA71 8PQ5000-2BA61 8PQ5000-4BA40 2 × 8PQ5000-4BA60 2 × 8PQ5000-4BA68 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ9400-0BA71 8PQ5000-2BA61 8PQ5000-4BA41 8PQ5000-4BA62 8PQ5000-4BA70 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/117
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
1 3-pole,
Cable width
3 Plug-in rail
4 Separation, rear
4
1 Type In Height Operating mechanism
3
2 Direct Rotary Motorized
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA28 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
I201_19489a
5
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
300 mm Withdrawable ■ – – 8PQ6000-8BA22
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA17
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA17
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
15 Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21

15/118 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➋ Horizontal ➌ Rear ➍ Increase in module height ➎ Plug-in rails

1600 mm 1800 mm
Protective bellows Busbar system

8PQ9400-0BA71 8PQ5000-2BA62 – – 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ9400-0BA71 8PQ5000-2BA62 8PQ5000-4BA48 – 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ9400-0BA71 8PQ5000-2BA62 8PQ5000-4BA48 8PQ5000-4BA61 + 8PQ5000-4BA71 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ9400-0BA71 8PQ5000-2BA62 8PQ5000-4BA50 – 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83 15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/119
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
1 4-pole,
Cable width
3 Plug-in rail
4 Separation, rear
4
1 Type In Height Operating mechanism Terminals
3
2
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA28 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA15
I201_19489a
5
Plug-in ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA15
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
Plug-in ■ ■ – 8PQ5000-2BA30 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
– – ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
Plug-in ■ ■ – 8PQ5000-2BA30 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
– – ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA17
Plug-in ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA17
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA17
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
15 – – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21

15/120 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

1600 mm 1800 mm
4th pole Protective Busbar system

bellows
8PQ9400-0BA71 8PQ5000-2BA61 8PQ5000-4BA41 2 × 8PQ5000-4BA60 + 2 × 8PQ5000-4BA68 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
+ 8PQ5000-4BA58 8PQ9400-0BA71 8PQ5000-2BA61 8PQ5000-4BA41 – 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
+ 8PQ5000-4BA58 8PQ9400-0BA71 8PQ5000-2BA61 8PQ5000-4BA41 2 × 8PQ5000-4BA62 + 2 × 8PQ5000-4BA70 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/121
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
1 4-pole,
Cable width
3 Plug-in rail
4 Separation, rear
4
1 Type In Height Operating mechanism Terminals
3
2
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA28 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA15
I201_19489a
5
Plug-in ■ ■ – 8PQ6000-8BA15
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA14
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
Withdrawable ■ – – 8PQ6000-8BA22
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 + 8PQ5000-0BA05
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA17
Plug-in ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA17
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA16
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21
15 3VA24 630 A 250 mm

Plug-in
Fixed-mounted
■
■
■
■
■
–
8PQ6000-8BA21
8PQ6000-8BA22
– – ■ 8PQ6000-8BA21

15/122 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023

1600 mm 1800 mm
4th pole Protective Busbar system

bellows
+ 8PQ5000-4BA58 8PQ9400-0BA71 8PQ5000-2BA62 8PQ5000-4BA48 2 × 8PQ5000-4BA63 + 2 × 8PQ5000-4BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ9400-0BA71 8PQ5000-2BA62
8PQ9400-0BA71 8PQ5000-2BA62
8PQ5000-4BA50
8PQ5000-4BA50
–
–
8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/123
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3VA molded case circuit breakers, internal separation – rear connection
Front of cubicle Front of cubicle
1 Unterteilung seitlich
2 Unterteilung horizontal
3 Modulerhöhung
4 7
3 9
1
2 5
6
8
I201_18607a
I201_18380a
I201_20551
3-pole, width 600 mm 4 Vertical busbar connection ➊ Lateral ➋ Horizontal ➌ Increase in module height
5 Segment cover
6 Support plate
Type In Height Operating mechanism

3VA10 100 A 150 mm Fixed-mounted ■ ■ – 8PQ5000-2BA28 8PQ5000-2BA61 –
Plug-in ■ – – 8PQ5000-2BA28 8PQ5000-2BA61 –
3VA12 250 A 150 mm Fixed-mounted ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA28 8PQ5000-2BA61 –
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA28 8PQ5000-2BA61 –
250 mm Withdrawable ■ – ■ 8PQ5000-2BA28 8PQ5000-2BA61 2 × 8PQ5000-4BA60 + 2 × 8PQ5000-4BA68
15 Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA61 –

250 mm Withdrawable ■ – ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA61 8PQ5000-4BA62 + 8PQ5000-4BA70
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA61 –
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA61 –

15/124 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➍ Vertical busbar ➎ Segment covers ➏ Support plates ➐ Connection ➑ Cable entries ➎ Plug-in rails
connection compartments
1600 mm 1800 mm
Busbar system
Top Rear or without
8PQ5000-3BA53 8PQ5000-3BA63 8PQ5000-4BA74 8PQ6000-5BA14 8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83 15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/125
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
Front of cubicle Front of cubicle
3 Modulerhöhung
4 7
3 9
1
2 5
6
8
I201_18607a
I201_18380a
I201_20551
4-pole, width 600 mm 4 Vertical busbar connection ➊ Lateral ➋ Horizontal ➌ Increase in module height
5 Segment cover
6 Support plate

Plug-in ■ ■ – 8PQ5000-2BA28 8PQ5000-2BA61 –
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA61 –
15 Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA61 –

Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA61 –
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA61 –

15/126 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➍ Vertical busbar ➎ Segment covers ➏ Support plates ➐ Connection ➑ Cable entries ➎ Plug-in rails
connection compartments
1600 mm 1800 mm
Busbar system
Top Rear or without

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/127
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
Front of cubicle
3 Modulerhöhung
4
3
1
2 5
6
I201_18380a
I201_20551
3-pole, width 800 mm 4 Vertical busbar connection ➊ Lateral ➋ Horizontal

5 Segment cover
6 Support plate

3VA10 100 A 150 mm Fixed-mounted ■ – – 8PQ5000-2BA28 8PQ5000-2BA62
3VA11 160 A 150 mm Fixed-mounted ■ – – 8PQ5000-2BA28 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ – – 8PQ5000-2BA28 8PQ5000-2BA62
3VA12 250 A 200 mm Fixed-mounted ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA62
250 mm Withdrawable ■ – – 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ – – 8PQ5000-2BA33 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ – – 8PQ5000-2BA33 8PQ5000-2BA62
15 3VA15 1000 A 300 mm Fixed-mounted ■ – – – 8PQ5000-2BA62 + 8PQ5000-2BA63
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA33 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA33 8PQ5000-2BA62
3VA25 1000 A 300 mm Fixed-mounted ■ – – – 8PQ5000-2BA62 + 8PQ5000-2BA63
Withdrawable ■ – – – 8PQ5000-2BA62 + 8PQ5000-2BA63

15/128 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➌ Increase in module height ➍ Vertical busbar Distribution ➎ Segment covers ➏ Support plates
connection busbar
– 8PQ5000-3BA57 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA76

– 8PQ5000-3BA57 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA76
– 8PQ5000-3BA57 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA76
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
8PQ5000-4BA61 + 8PQ5000-4BA71 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-5BA77 + 8PQ6001-4BA64 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-5BA75 15
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-5BA77 + 8PQ6001-4BA64 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-5BA75

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/129
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
Front of cubicle
7
9
8
I201_18607a
3-pole, width 800 mm ➐ Connection compartments

3VA10 100 A 150 mm Fixed-mounted ■ – – 8PQ6000-5BA13
3VA11 160 A 150 mm Fixed-mounted ■ – – 8PQ6000-5BA13
Plug-in ■ – – 8PQ6000-5BA13
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-5BA17
Plug-in ■ – – 8PQ6000-5BA20
Plug-in ■ – – 8PQ6000-5BA20
15 300 mm Withdrawable ■ – – 8PQ6000-5BA20
3VA15 1000 A 300 mm Fixed-mounted ■ – – – 8PQ5000-5BA80 8PQ6001-4BA33
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-5BA14
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-5BA14
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-8BA30
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-5BA20
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-5BA20

15/130 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➑ Cable entries ➎ Plug-in rails

1600 mm 1800 mm
Busbar system
Top Rear or without
8PQ5000-4BA80 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-4BA80 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-4BA80 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83 15
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/131
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
Front of cubicle
3 Modulerhöhung
4
3
1
2 5
6
I201_18380a
I201_20551
4-pole, width 800 mm 4 Vertical busbar connection ➊ Lateral ➋ Horizontal

5 Segment cover
6 Support plate

3VA10 100 A 150 mm Fixed-mounted ■ ■ – 8PQ5000-2BA28 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA28 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ – – 8PQ5000-2BA33 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ – – 8PQ5000-2BA33 8PQ5000-2BA62
15 3VA15 1000 A 300 mm Fixed-mounted ■ – – – 8PQ5000-2BA62 + 8PQ5000-2BA63
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA30 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA33 8PQ5000-2BA62
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ5000-2BA33 8PQ5000-2BA62

15/132 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➌ Increase in module height ➍ Vertical busbar Distribution ➎ Segment covers ➏ Support plates
connection busbar
– 8PQ5000-3BA57 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA76

– 8PQ5000-3BA57 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA76
– 8PQ5000-3BA57 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA76
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
2 × 8PQ5000-4BA61 + 2 × 8PQ5000-4BA71 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-5BA77 + 8PQ6001-4BA64 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-5BA75 15
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
2× 8PQ5000-4BA63 + 2 × 8PQ5000-4BA72 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA58 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA77
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78
– 8PQ5000-3BA60 8PQ5000-3BA64 8PQ5000-4BA78

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/133
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
Front of cubicle
7
9
8
I201_18607a
4-pole, width 800 mm ➐ Connection compartments

Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-5BA13
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-5BA17
Plug-in ■ – – 8PQ6000-5BA20
Plug-in ■ – – 8PQ6000-5BA20
15 300 mm Withdrawable ■ – – 8PQ6000-5BA20
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-5BA14
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-5BA14
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-5BA17
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-5BA20
Plug-in ■ ■ ■ 8PQ6000-5BA20

15/134 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➑ Cable entries ➎ Plug-in rails

1600 mm 1800 mm
Busbar system
Top Rear or without
8PQ5000-4BA80 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-4BA80 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-4BA80 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83 15
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA72 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83
8PQ5000-3BA74 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/135
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors, 3-pole
1 Festeinbautechnik
waagerecht
2 Festeinbautechnik
senkrecht
3 Feldverschienung
4 Kabelanschluss
11
4
33
1
I201_18394b
➊ Horizontal ➌ Section busbars ➍ Cable connection
Switching device Fuse In Width Device holders Covers Form 3

3NP1143 NH1 250 A 600 mm 8PQ6000-3BA75 8PQ2025-6BA16 8PQ6000-5BA68 8PQ6000-5BA72
3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors see page 8/84
15

15/136 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➋ Vertical
Switching device Fuse In Width No. of switches/ Device holders Covers

breakers
3NP1123 NH000 160 A 600 mm 4 8PQ6000-3BA78 8PQ2025-6BA18
800 mm 6 8PQ6000-3BA82 8PQ2025-8BA10
3NP1133 NH00 160 A 600 mm 4 8PQ6000-3BA78 8PQ2030-6BA23
800 mm 5 8PQ6000-3BA82 8PQ2030-8BA11
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/137
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3NJ4 fuse switch disconnectors, 3-pole
Device holders Busbar supports Covers
Fuse In Width No. of switches/breakers

NH1 – NH3 630 A 600 mm 4 × 100 mm 8PQ6000-2BA48 2× 3NJ5974-0AB 8PQ2000-6BA06
800 mm 6 × 100 mm 8PQ6000-2BA48 2× 3NJ5974-0AB 8PQ2000-8BA06
Accessories
Blanking covers
Size Width Article No.
NH00 50 mm 3NJ4912-2AA00
15 NH1 – NH3 100 mm 3NJ4912-2BA00
3NJ4 fuse switch disconnectors see page 8/102

15/138 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Compartment doors Separation
Form 3b horizontal
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/139
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
3NJ6 switch disconnectors with fuses, 3 and 4-pole
1 1 Gerüst
5 9
2 Trägerausbau außen
2 4 3 Bodenraumteilung
4 Trägerausbau
5 Kopfraumblende
6 6 Geräteträger 3NJ6
11 7 Unterteilung Verteilschiene
7
10 8 Sockelraumblende
9 Unterteilung Hauptsammelschiene
10 PE Hochführung
11 N/PEN Anbindung
I201_20250
3
8
Device compartment
➊ Frames ➋ Exterior ➌ Floor plate ➍ Uprights ➎ Head com- ➏ 3NJ6 ➐ Cover
intermediate partition cross- partment device holder Distribution busbar
uprights bars covers
Width Depth
Device compartment 600 mm + cabling compartment 400 mm
1000 mm 400 mm 8PQ1201-4BA02 8PQ3000-1BA43 1 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 8PQ3000-0BA65 8PQ2022-6BA01 8PQ3000-1BA48 + 6× 3NJ6916-4EA00
600 mm 8PQ1201-6BA02 8PQ3000-1BA43 1 × 8PQ3000-1BA40 8PQ3000-0BA01 8PQ2022-6BA01 8PQ3000-1BA48 + 6× 3NJ6916-4EA00
duplex
Device compartment 600 mm + cabling compartment 600 mm
1200 mm 400 mm 8PQ1202-4BA02 8PQ3000-1BA43 1 × 8PQ3000-1BA38 8PQ3000-0BA65 8PQ2022-6BA01 8PQ3000-1BA48 + 6× 3NJ6916-4EA00
15 600 mm 8PQ1202-6BA02 8PQ3000-1BA43 1 × 8PQ3000-1BA40 8PQ3000-0BA01 8PQ2022-6BA01 8PQ3000-1BA48 + 6× 3NJ6916-4EA00
duplex
Accessories
Device compartments
Height Article No.
200 mm 8PQ3000-1BA50
400 mm 8PQ3000-1BA51
Blanking covers
Height Article No.
50 mm 3NJ6900-4CB00

15/140 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Technical specifications, distribution busbar

Rated operational current Ie, ventilated in A
Cross-section 20 °C 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
60 × 10 mm 1680 1640 1600 1560 1520 1480 1430
80 × 10 mm 2260 2210 2155 2100 2045 1985 1925
Device compartment Cabling compartment

➑ Base compart- ➒ Separation ➒ Separation 10 PE 11 N/PEN 12 Section doors
ment covers main busbar main busbar elevation connection
with double-bit lock for profile semicylinder
left right left right


8PQ2000-6BA07 8PQ3000-1BA45 8PQ3000-0BA53 8PQ4000-2BA23 8PQ4000-2BA22 8PQ2197-6BA06 8PQ2197-6BA13 8PQ2197-6BA04 8PQ2197-6BA05 15
Terminal covers, form 4b

Size Article No.
NH00 3NJ6923-1DA00
NH1 3NJ6933-1DA01
NH2 – NH3 3NJ6943-1DA00
4th pole for all sizes 3NJ6904-1DA00
3NJ63 switch disconnectors with fuses see page 8/136

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/141
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
Modular installation devices
Internal
1 Einbausatz covers
für Installations-
einbaugeräte
➊ Device holders ➋ Covers
2 Blende
Width MW Tier spacing Height

600 mm 1 × 24 150 mm 150 mm 1 × 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2015-6BA07
200 mm 200 mm 1 × 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2020-6BA12
1
2 800 mm 1 × 35 150 mm 150 mm 1 × 8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2015-8BA03
200 mm 200 mm 1 × 8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2020-8BA05

I201_18390b

600 mm 2 × 24 150 mm 300 mm 2 × 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2030-6BA07
200 mm 400 mm 2 × 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2040-6BA10
800 mm 2 × 35 150 mm 300 mm 2 × 8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2030-8BA03
200 mm 400 mm 2 × 8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2040-8BA10

600 mm 3 × 24 150 mm 450 mm 3 × 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2045-6BA04
200 mm 600 mm 3 × 8PQ6000-3BA36 8PQ2060-6BA04
800 mm 3 × 35 150 mm 450 mm 3 × 8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2045-8BA02
200 mm 600 mm 3 × 8PQ6000-3BA37 8PQ2060-8BA02
Compartment doors ➊ Device holders ➋ Covers

15 600 mm 1 × 24 200 mm 200 mm 1 × 8PQ6000-6BA52 8PQ2020-6BA28
800 mm 1 × 35 200 mm 200 mm 1 × 8PQ6000-6BA53 8PQ2020-8BA14
Accessories
Cable duct fastening
Version Article No.
Mounting brackets 8PQ6000-0BA16
Blanking strips
Types Article No.
Length 1 m 8GK9910-0KK01

15/142 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
Cable section
➊ PE bars
1 PE-Schiene
2 N/PEN-Anbindung Version Scope of supply Article No.
3 Kabelbefestigung Busbar supports 5 units 8PQ4000-2BA23
4 Profilschiene
1 3
Frame connection 6 units 8PQ4000-0BA82

2
PE connection, cable 6 units 8PQ4000-2BA58

I201_19629
Spacer 2 units 8PQ4000-3BA01
➋ N/PEN connection
Version Article No.
Busbar supports and connection terminals 8PQ4000-2BA22
➌ Cable clamping rail

Holders 10 units 8PQ3000-0BA73
Version Width Depth Scope of supply Article No.

C 30 × 15 mm 400 mm – 5 units 8PQ3000-0BA41
600 mm – 5 units 8PQ3000-0BA42
800 mm – 5 units 8PQ3000-0BA43
– 400 mm 5 units 8PQ3000-0BA38
➍ DIN rail outgoing terminals
15
Universal brackets 10 units 8PQ9400-0BA01
Length DIN rail Article No.

1600 mm 35 mm 8PQ9600-0BA01

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/143
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
Corner sections
RGXWWG
6
W WG
R GX
2
I201_20137
Position At top
of main busbar
➊ Frames ➋ Conversion kits ➌ Base corner pieces ➍ Floor plates
Depth Height IP55

100 mm 200 mm
400 mm 8PQ1204-4BA01 + 8PQ1200-0BA03 8PQ1010-0BA04 8PQ1024-4BA01 8PQ2304-4BA12
600 mm 8PQ1206-6BA01 + 8PQ1200-0BA03 8PQ1010-0BA05 8PQ1026-6BA01 8PQ2306-6BA12
15 800 mm 8PQ1208-8BA01 + 8PQ1200-0BA03 8PQ1018-8BA01 8PQ1028-8BA01 8PQ2308-8BA08

15/144 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
At bottom
➎ Rear panels ➏ Roof plates
IP20 IP40 IP55 IP40 IP55 IPX1
8PQ2300-4BA25 2 × 8PQ2420-4BA02 2 × 8PQ2420-4BA01 8PQ2304-4BA10 8PQ2304-4BA08 8PQ2304-4BA11

15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/145
© Siemens 2023
Section expansion
Mounting plates
2
4
5
I202_30327c
Position of main busbar At rear

Without
➊ Doors ➋ Inner doors
700 mm
Degree of protection Width Door Door Inner door struts Inner doors Inner door struts
with double-bit for profile
lock semicylinders
IP40 400 mm 8PQ2197-4BA08 8PQ2197-4BA06 8PQ2197-0BA10 – –
600 mm 8PQ2197-6BA06 8PQ2197-6BA04 8PQ2197-0BA10 8PQ2000-6BA05 2 × 8PQ2080-0BA07
1000 mm – Double doors 8PQ2197-1BA14 8PQ2197-1BA16 8PQ2197-0BA10 – –
IP55 400 mm 8PQ2197-4BA05 8PQ2197-4BA03 8PQ2197-0BA10 – –
15 800 mm 8PQ2197-8BA03 8PQ2197-8BA01 8PQ2197-0BA10 8PQ2000-8BA05 2 × 8PQ2080-0BA07
Modular mounting plates
Height Width
400 mm 600 mm 800 mm
150 mm 8PQ3000-2BA60 8PQ3000-2BA62 8PQ3000-2BA64
200 mm 8PQ3000-2BA17 8PQ3000-1BA56 8PQ3000-1BA58
250 mm – 8PQ3000-3BA63 8PQ3000-3BA64
300 mm 8PQ3000-2BA66 8PQ3000-2BA51 8PQ3000-2BA53
400 mm 8PQ3000-2BA18 8PQ3000-1BA61 8PQ3000-1BA63
500 mm – 8PQ3000-3BA76 8PQ3000-3BA77
550 mm 8PQ3000-3BA65 8PQ3000-3BA07 8PQ3000-3BA08
600 mm 8PQ3000-2BA21 8PQ3000-1BA65 8PQ3000-1BA67
700 mm – 8PQ3000-3BA78 8PQ3000-3BA80
800 mm 8PQ3000-2BA23 8PQ3000-1BA26 8PQ3000-1BA28

15/146 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
At top
➌ Mounting plates ➎ Uprights ➌ Mounting plates ➎ Uprights
1900 mm 1650 mm
I201_20217
I201_20218
Mounting plates Connecting panels Depth Mounting plates Connecting panels Depth Depth
600 mm, 800 mm 600 mm 800 mm

8PQ3000-1BA04 8PQ3000-1BA08 8PQ3000-0BA03 – – – –
8PQ3000-1BA05 8PQ3000-1BA08 8PQ3000-0BA03 – – – –
8PQ3000-1BA04 8PQ3000-1BA08 8PQ3000-0BA03 – – – –
8PQ3000-1BA05 8PQ3000-1BA08 8PQ3000-0BA03 – – – –

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/147
© Siemens 2023
Internal separation
Form 1 Form 2b
No internal separation Separation
+ Main busbar ➀
+ Vertical busbar ➁
1 1
2 2
I202_29900
I202_29901
11 11
22 22 22 22
15
I201_20279
I201_20280
Functional unit Connection Functional unit Connection

15/148 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Form 3b Form 4b
Separation Separation
+ Main busbar ➀ + Main busbar ➀
+ Vertical busbar ➁ + Vertical busbar ➁
+ Device compartments (functional units) ➂ + Device compartments (functional units) ➂
+ Connections ➃
1 1
2 2
I202_29903
I202_29902
11 11
22 22 22 22
3 3 4
15
3 3
4
3 3
4
I201_20282
I201_20281
Functional unit Connection Functional unit Connection

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/149
© Siemens 2023
Internal separation
Main busbar at top/at bottom, form 2b
3 3
2 2
I202_29633
1
Position At top
of main busbar
➊ Main busbars
Width Depth Depth

400 mm 600 mm 800 mm 800 mm
15 800 mm 8PQ3000-0BA70 8PQ3000-0BA54 8PQ3000-0BA61 8PQ3000-0BA57

15/150 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
At bottom
Depth
400 mm 600 mm 800 mm
– – –
8PQ3000-3BA14 8PQ3000-3BA23 8PQ3000-3BA32
8PQ3000-3BA15 8PQ3000-3BA24 8PQ3000-3BA33
8PQ3000-3BA16 8PQ3000-3BA25 8PQ3000-3BA34 15
8PQ3000-3BA18 8PQ3000-3BA27 8PQ3000-3BA36
8PQ3000-3BA20 8PQ3000-3BA28 8PQ3000-3BA37

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/151
© Siemens 2023
Internal separation
Main busbar at top/at bottom, form 2b
1 Hauptsammelschiene
1
2 Feldsammelschiene
3 Berührungsschutzabdeckung
4 Trennwand Feld-Feld
3 3
2 4 2 4
I201_20286
1
Position At top
of main busbar Without
➋ Vertical busbar
Width Depth Depth Depth

400 mm 600 mm 800 mm 800 mm 400 mm 600 mm
15

15/152 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➌ Touch protection ➍ Vertical partition between sections
Rear Depth
800 mm 400 mm 600 mm 800 mm
8PQ4000-0BA76 8PQ3000-2BA50 8PQ3000-0BA15 8PQ3000-0BA16 2 × 8PQ3000-0BA15
8PQ4000-0BA76 8PQ3000-0BA51 8PQ3000-0BA15 8PQ3000-0BA16 2 × 8PQ3000-0BA15
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/153
© Siemens 2023
Internal separation
Main busbar at rear, form 2b
Position At top
of main busbar Center
➊ Main busbar
Width Depth Depth

800 mm 1000 mm 1200 mm 1200 mm duplex 800 mm 1000 mm
Position At top
of vertical busbar Center
➋ Vertical busbar
15
Width Depth Depth

800 mm 1000 mm 1200 mm 1200 mm duplex 800 mm 1000 mm

15/154 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
At bottom
Depth Depth
1200 mm 1200 mm duplex 800 mm 1000 mm 1200 mm 1200 mm duplex
At bottom
Barrier supports
1 set = 6 units 15
Depth Depth Depth

1200 mm 1200 mm duplex 800 mm 1000 mm 1200 mm 1200 mm duplex 1200 mm duplex

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/155
© Siemens 2023
Internal separation
Modular kits, form 3b
1
2
3
1600 mm
4
I201_18363c
2 Unterteilung horizontal➊ Lateral ➋ Horizontal
3 Tragschienen
4 Einsteckleiste
Height Assembly kits Width

400 mm 600 mm 800 mm 1000 mm
15

15/156 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
➌ Support rails ➍ Plug-in rails Rear
Width Height Width

1600 mm 1800 mm 600 mm 800 mm
8PQ5000-2BA63 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83 8PQ5000-4BA43 –
8PQ5000-2BA63 8PQ3000-0BA82 8PQ3000-0BA83 8PQ5000-4BA47 –
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/157
© Siemens 2023
Accessories
In Busbar Scope of supply Article No.
– – 4 units 8PQ5000-0BA05
250 A 2 × 25 × 5 mm 2 units 8PQ5000-0BA72
400 A 30 × 10 mm 4 units 8PQ5000-0BA73

630 A 40 × 10 mm 4 units 8PQ5000-0BA74
Protective bellows
For connecting terminal 4 units 8PQ9400-0BA71
Self-tapping screws – frame

M6 × 16 mm 100 units 8PQ9500-0BA32
M6 × 20 mm 100 units 8PQ9500-0BA31
Cover cap
For M6, RAL 7035 100 units 8PQ9400-0BA14
Standardized parts - electrical connections

Saucer-head bolts M10 × 35 mm 50 units 8PQ9500-0BA14
M10 × 45 mm 50 units 8PQ9500-0BA16
M10 × 55 mm 50 units 8PQ9500-1BA36
M10 × 65 mm 50 units 8PQ9500-1BA25
15 Hexagonal nuts M10 50 units 8PQ9500-0BA05
Spring washers For M10 50 units 8PQ9500-0BA60
Plain washers For M10 50 units 8PQ9500-0BA67
Lock washers For M10 50 units 8PQ9500-0BA50

15/158 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Lifting eyebolts (Transport aids)

Version Application Scope of supply Article No.
M12 acc. to DIN 580 • Max. supported weight = 240 kg 4 units 8PQ9400-0BA11
at load angle ≤ 45 °
• Max. section depth 800 mm
Lifting brackets new

Width Depth Scope of supply Article No.
800 mm – 2 units 8PQ3000-1BA01
850 mm – 2 units 8PQ3000-2BA38
1000 mm – 2 units 8PQ3000-1BA02
1200 mm – 2 units 8PQ3000-1BA03
– 800 mm 2 units 8PQ3000-1BA01
1000 mm 2 units 8PQ3000-1BA70
1200 mm 2 units 8PQ3000-1BA71
Cable entries
Ø cable = 14 … 38 mm 6 units 8PQ9400-0BA33
Ø installation = 46 mm
I201_20207
Ø 46
Other
Screwdriver insert, Length 200 mm 2 units 8PQ9400-0BA10
Universal mounting brackets 10 units 8PQ9400-0BA01
Cubicle ID plate – SIVACON designed by Siemens 1 unit BQ9400-0BA06
Extended delivery options

• After prior consultation with ALPHA-support.ic@siemens.com
Version Description Article No.
Pre-assembled solutions Based on SIMARIS configuration 8PQ9998-0BA20-Z
• In various expansion stages
Copper for system sections

• Mechanically with or without copper insert
Drawings from SIMARIS 8PQ9998-0BA30-Z
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/159
© Siemens 2023
Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards | ALPHA UNIVERSAL distribution boards (NF technology)
System overview
Distribution boards, assembly kits and accessories
ALPHA UNIVERSAL 800 ALPHA UNIVERSAL 630
Unequipped distribution boards
ALPHA 800 ALPHA 630 ALPHA 125
Assembly kits
15
For molded case For switch For fuse switch For modular For front cover
circuit breakers disconnectors disconnectors installation devices with cutout
Note:
15/160 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
ALPHA UNIVERSAL distribution boards (NF technology) | Switchboards, Distribution Boards and Small Distribution Boards
ALPHA UNIVERSAL 125
Busbars
Cu busbars Busbar supports
Accessories
15
Bases Crossbars Partitions Front covers Locking systems
Note:
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/161

© Siemens 2023
Special colors for ALPHA

Additional options
To specify the options, add "-Z" to the complete article number Order code
and indicate the appropriate order code(s).
8GK.....-.....-.... -Z
RAL 1003, signal yellow Semi-gloss C 2 7
RAL 2000, yellow orange Semi-gloss C 2 5
RAL 3000, flame red Silky gloss C 3 1
RAL 5005, signal blue Semi-gloss C 2 3
RAL 5010, gentian blue Semi-gloss C 2 4
RAL 5017, traffic blue Silky gloss C 2 2
RAL 6018, yellow green Semi-gloss C 2 6
RAL 7032, pebble gray Semi-gloss C 1 3
RAL 7033, cement gray Semi-gloss C 2 8
RAL 7035, light gray Semi-gloss Smooth C 1 1
Surface structure C 1 2
RAL 7038, agate gray Semi-gloss C 1 4
RAL 9001, cream Semi-gloss C 2 1
RAL 9002, gray white Semi-gloss C 1 9
Silky gloss C 2 9
RAL 9003, signal white Semi-gloss C 2 0
RAL 9005, jet black Semi-gloss C 1 7
RAL 9010, pure white Semi-gloss Smooth C 1 5
Surface structure C 3 0
RAL 9016, traffic white Semi-gloss C 1 0
15
15/162 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

© Siemens 2023
15
Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/163

© Siemens 2023
ALPHA 800 UNIVERSAL floor-mounted

distribution boards
Rated current 800 A
Unequipped
distribution boards
Degree of protection IP30/IP55
Height Depth Width Protection class I

Outside Inside Outside Outside Inside
1850 mm 1800 mm 400 mm 350 mm 300 mm 8GK2420-6KK14
650 mm 600 mm 8GK2420-6KK24
950 mm 900 mm 8GK2420-6KK34
2050 mm 2000 mm 400 mm 350 mm 300 mm 8GK2420-7KK14
650 mm 600 mm 8GK2420-7KK24
950 mm 900 mm 8GK2420-7KK34
Unequipped
Accessories distribution boards
Sheet-steel doors
Types Width Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No.
Standard – 1800 mm 300 mm 8GK9515-8KK11
600 mm 8GK9515-8KK21
900 mm 8GK9515-8KK31
2000 mm 300 mm 8GK9515-8KK12
600 mm 8GK9515-8KK22
900 mm 8GK9515-8KK32
For cabling compartment 250 mm 1800 mm 900 mm 8GK9515-8KK41
2000 mm 900 mm 8GK9515-8KK42
Transparent doors
Types Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No.
Standard 1800 mm 300 mm 8GK9505-8KK12
600 mm 8GK9505-8KK21
900 mm 8GK9505-8KK31
2000 mm 300 mm 8GK9505-8KK10
600 mm 8GK9505-8KK22
15
900 mm 8GK9505-8KK32
Giugiaro design 1800 mm 600 mm 8GK9507-8KK21
900 mm 8GK9507-8KK31
2000 mm 600 mm 8GK9507-8KK22
900 mm 8GK9507-8KK32
Double doors
Types Width Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No.
Made of sheet steel 600 + 250 mm 1800 mm 900 mm 8GK9515-8KK21 +
8GK9515-8KK41
2000 mm 900 mm 8GK9515-8KK22 +
8GK9515-8KK42
Transparent door + sheet-steel 600 + 250 mm 1800 mm 900 mm 8GK9505-8KK21 +

door 8GK9515-8KK41
2000 mm 900 mm 8GK9505-8KK22 +
8GK9515-8KK42
Transparent door in Giugiaro 600 + 250 mm 1800 mm 900 mm 8GK9507-8KK21 +

design + sheet-steel door 8GK9515-8KK41
2000 mm 900 mm 8GK9507-8KK22 +
8GK9515-8KK42

15/164 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Unequipped
Accessories distribution boards
Vertical profile bars for cabling compartment/busbars
Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No.
1800 mm 300/600/900 mm 8GK9200-8KK00
2000 mm 300/600/900 mm 8GK9200-8KK01
Front covers for cabling compartment

Height Width Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No.
800 + 1000 mm 250/300 mm 1800 mm 300 mm 8GK9607-5KK10 +
8GK9607-7KK10
900 mm 8GK9606-5KK10 +
8GK9606-7KK10
1000 + 1000 mm 250/300 mm 2000 mm 300 mm 8GK9607-7KK10 +
8GK9607-7KK10
900 mm 8GK9606-7KK10 +
8GK9606-7KK10
Bases
Color Height Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No.
Blue-green 100 mm 1800/2000 mm 300 mm 8GK9906-0KK15
600 mm 8GK9906-0KK25
900 mm 8GK9906-0KK35
Side panels
Color Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No.
RAL 7035 (pair) 1800 mm 300/600/900 mm 8GK9200-8KK04
2000 mm 300/600/900 mm 8GK9200-8KK05
Blue-green 1800 mm 300/600/900 mm 8GK9200-8KK07

2000 mm 300/600/900 mm 8GK9200-8KK08
Supports
Types Height Article No.
Mounting stays (pair) 1600 mm 8GK6850-0KK02
1800 mm 8GK6850-0KK03
2000 mm 8GK6850-0KK04
Rear universal supports 1800 mm 8GK6850-0KK05 15
2000 mm 8GK6850-0KK06
Crossbars
Types Article No.
Upper crossbar 8GK6850-0KK00
Lateral crossbar 8GK6850-0KK01
Adapter for installation of assembly kits in the cabling compartment, width 250 mm (2 units) 8GK9920-0KK01

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/165
© Siemens 2023
ALPHA 630 UNIVERSAL wall-mounted

distribution boards
Rated current 630 A
Flat pack Unequipped Distribution boards
distribution boards with built-in distri-
bution board panels
Degree of protection IP43 IP30/IP55 IP55
Height Depth Width Protection class I Protection class I Protection class I

450 mm 400 mm 250 mm 650 mm 600 mm 8GK2100-0KS23 – –
650 mm 600 mm 250 mm 650 mm 600 mm 8GK2100-1KS23 8GK2124-1KK23 –
850 mm 800 mm 250 mm 650 mm 600 mm 8GK2100-2KS23 8GK2124-2KK23 8GK9988-0KL00
950 mm 900 mm 8GK2100-3KL23 8GK2124-3KK33 –
950 mm 900 mm 8GK2100-4KL23 8GK2124-4KK33 –
Unequipped distri
Accessories Flat pack IP43 bution boards IP55
Sheet-steel doors
Types Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No. Article No.
Standard 400 mm 600 mm 8GK9515-3KK20 –
600 mm 600 mm 8GK9515-4KK20 8GK9515-4KK20
800 mm 600 mm 8GK9515-5KK20 8GK9515-5KK23
1000 mm 600 mm 8GK9515-6KK20 8GK9515-6KK23
900 mm 8GK9515-6KK30 8GK9515-6KK33
1200 mm 600 mm 8GK9515-7KK20 8GK9515-7KK23
900 mm 8GK9515-7KK30 8GK9515-7KK33
For cabling compartment 1000 mm 900 mm 8GK9515-6KK40 8GK9515-6KK43
1200 mm 900 mm 8GK9515-7KK40 8GK9515-7KK33
600 + 300 mm – 8GK9515-7KK43
Transparent doors
15 Types Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No. Article No.

Standard 400 mm 600 mm 8GK9505-3KK20 –
600 mm 600 mm 8GK9505-4KK20 8GK9505-4KK20
800 mm 600 mm 8GK9505-5KK20 8GK9505-5KK23
1000 mm 600 mm 8GK9505-6KK20 8GK9505-6KK23
900 mm 8GK9505-6KK30 8GK9505-6KK33
1200 mm 600 mm 8GK9505-7KK20 8GK9505-7KK23
900 mm 8GK9505-7KK30 8GK9505-7KK33
Giugiaro design 400 mm 600 mm 8GK9507-2KK23 –
600 mm 600 mm 8GK9507-4KK23 8GK9507-4KK23
800 mm 600 mm 8GK9507-5KK23 8GK9507-5KK23
1000 mm 600 mm 8GK9507-7KK23 8GK9507-7KK23
900 mm 8GK9507-7KK33 8GK9507-7KK33
1200 mm 600 mm 8GK9507-8KK23 8GK9507-8KK23
900 mm 8GK9507-8KK33 8GK9507-8KK33

15/166 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Unequipped distri
Accessories Flat pack IP43 bution boards IP55
Double doors
Types Width Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No. Article No.
Made of sheet steel 600 + 250 mm 1) 1000 mm 900 mm 8GK9515-6KK20 + 8GK9515-6KK23 +
8GK9515-6KK40 8GK9515-6KK43
1200 mm 900 mm 8GK9515-7KK20 + 8GK9515-7KK23 +
8GK9515-7KK40 8GK9515-7KK43
Transparent door 600 + 250 mm 1000 mm 900 mm 8GK9505-6KK20 + 8GK9505-6KK23 +

+ sheet-steel door 8GK9515-6KK40 8GK9515-6KK43
1200 mm 900 mm 8GK9505-7KK20 + 8GK9505-7KK23 +
8GK9515-7KK40 8GK9515-7KK43
Transparent door 600 + 250 mm 1) 1600 mm 900 mm 8GK9507-7KK23 + 8GK9507-7KK23 +

in Giugiaro design 8GK9515-6KK40 8GK9515-6KK43
+ sheet-steel door 1800 mm 900 mm 8GK9507-8KK23 + 8GK9507-8KK23 +
8GK9515-7KK40 8GK9515-7KK43
Vertical profile bars for cabling compartment

Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No. Article No.
1000 mm 900 mm 8GK9125-7KK01 8GK9125-7KK01
1200 mm 900 mm 8GK9127-8KK01 8GK9127-8KK01

Height Width Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No. Article No.
1000 mm 250/300 mm 1000 mm 900 mm 8GK9606-7KK10 8GK9606-7KK10
600 + 600 mm 250/300 mm 1200 mm 900 mm 8GK9606-4KK10 + 8GK9606-4KK10 +
8GK9606-4KK10 8GK9606-4KK10
Bases
Color Height Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No. Article No.
Blue-green 100 mm 600/1200 mm 600 mm 8GK9906-0KK23 8GK9906-0KK23
1000/1200 mm 900 mm 8GK9906-0KK33 8GK9906-0KK33
Covers for cable entry and cable duct

600/1200 mm 600 mm 8GK9920-0KK41 8GK9920-0KK41 15
1000/1200 mm 900 mm 8GK9920-0KK42 8GK9920-0KK42
Side panels
Color Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No. Article No.
Blue-green 600 mm 600 mm – 8GK9122-4KK01
800 mm 600 mm – 8GK9122-5KK01
1000 mm 600/900 mm – 8GK9122-6KK01
1200 mm 600/900 mm – 8GK9122-7KK01
1)
For distribution boards with a width of 900 mm with double door and vertical profile bar

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/167
© Siemens 2023

distribution boards
Rated current 630 A
Flat pack Unequipped Control cabinet with With assembly kit
distribution boards built-in assembly kits for 3VL molded case
for modular installati- circuit breakers
on devices
Degree of protection IP43 IP30/IP55 IP55 IP55
Height Depth Width Protection class I Protection class I Protection class I Protection class I
1650 mm 1600 mm 250 mm 350 mm 300 mm 8GK2300-5KL13 8GK2325-5KK13 – –
650 mm 600 mm 8GK2300-5KL23 8GK2325-5KK23 – –
950 mm 900 mm 8GK2300-5KL43 8GK2325-5KK43 – –
650 mm 600 mm 8GK2300-6KL23 8GK2325-6KK23 8GK2348-7KL00 8GK2348-7KL01
950 mm 900 mm 8GK2300-6KL43 8GK2325-6KK43 – –
650 mm 600 mm 8GK2300-7KL23 8GK2325-7KK23 – –
950 mm 900 mm 8GK2300-7KL43 8GK2325-7KK43 – –
15

15/168 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/169
© Siemens 2023

distribution boards
Rated current 630 A
Unequipped
Accessories Flat pack distribution boards
Sheet-steel doors
Standard – 1600 mm 300 mm 8GK9515-8KK10 8GK9515-8KK10
600 mm 8GK9515-8KK20 8GK9515-8KK20
900 mm 8GK9515-8KK30 8GK9515-8KK30
1800 mm 300 mm 8GK9515-8KK11 8GK9515-8KK11
600 mm 8GK9515-8KK21 8GK9515-8KK21
900 mm 8GK9515-8KK31 8GK9515-8KK31
2000 mm 300 mm 8GK9515-8KK12 8GK9515-8KK12
600 mm 8GK9515-8KK22 8GK9515-8KK22
900 mm 8GK9515-8KK32 8GK9515-8KK32
For cabling compartment 250 mm 1600 mm 900 mm 8GK9515-8KK40 8GK9515-8KK40
1800 mm 900 mm 8GK9515-8KK41 8GK9515-8KK41
2000 mm 900 mm 8GK9515-8KK42 8GK9515-8KK42
Transparent doors
Types Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No. Article No.
Standard 1600 mm 300 mm 8GK9505-8KK11 8GK9505-8KK11
600 mm 8GK9505-8KK20 8GK9505-8KK20
900 mm 8GK9505-8KK30 8GK9505-8KK30
1800 mm 300 mm 8GK9505-8KK12 8GK9505-8KK12
600 mm 8GK9505-8KK21 8GK9505-8KK21
900 mm 8GK9505-8KK31 8GK9505-8KK31
2000 mm 300 mm 8GK9505-8KK10 8GK9505-8KK10
600 mm 8GK9505-8KK22 8GK9505-8KK22
900 mm 8GK9505-8KK32 8GK9505-8KK32
Giugiaro design 1600 mm 600 mm 8GK9507-8KK20 8GK9507-8KK20
900 mm 8GK9507-8KK30 8GK9507-8KK30
1800 mm 600 mm 8GK9507-8KK21 8GK9507-8KK21
900 mm 8GK9507-8KK31 8GK9507-8KK31
2000 mm 600 mm 8GK9507-8KK22 8GK9507-8KK22
900 mm 8GK9507-8KK32 8GK9507-8KK32
Double doors
Made of sheet steel 600 + 250 mm 1600 mm 900 mm 8GK9515-8KK20 + 8GK9515-8KK20 +
8GK9515-8KK40 8GK9515-8KK40
1800 mm 900 mm 8GK9515-8KK21 + 8GK9515-8KK21 +
15 2000 mm 900 mm
8GK9515-8KK41
8GK9515-8KK22 +
8GK9515-8KK41
8GK9515-8KK22 +
8GK9515-8KK42 8GK9515-8KK42
+ sheet-steel door 8GK9515-8KK40 8GK9515-8KK40
1800 mm 900 mm 8GK9505-8KK21 + 8GK9505-8KK21 +
8GK9515-8KK41 8GK9515-8KK41
2000 mm 900 mm 8GK9505-8KK22 + 8GK9505-8KK22 +
8GK9515-8KK42 8GK9515-8KK42
in Giugiaro design 8GK9515-8KK40 8GK9515-8KK40
+ sheet-steel door 1800 mm 900 mm 8GK9507-8KK21 + 8GK9507-8KK21 +
8GK9515-8KK41 8GK9515-8KK41
2000 mm 900 mm 8GK9507-8KK22 + 8GK9507-8KK22 +
8GK9515-8KK42 8GK9515-8KK42
Vertical profile bars for cabling compartment
1600 mm 900 mm 8GK9125-8KK11 8GK9125-8KK11
1800 mm 900 mm 8GK9125-8KK12 8GK9125-8KK12
2000 mm 900 mm 8GK9125-8KK13 8GK9125-8KK13

15/170 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Unequipped
Accessories Flat pack distribution boards
Height Width Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No. Article No.
8GK9607-5KK10 8GK9607-5KK10
900 mm 8GK9606-5KK10 + 8GK9606-5KK10 +
8GK9606-5KK10 8GK9606-5KK10
8GK9607-7KK10 8GK9607-7KK10
900 mm 8GK9606-5KK10 + 8GK9606-5KK10 +
8GK9606-7KK10 8GK9606-7KK10
8GK9607-7KK10 8GK9607-7KK10
900 mm 8GK9606-7KK10 + 8GK9606-7KK10 +
8GK9606-7KK10 8GK9606-7KK10
Bases
Color Height Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No. Article No.
Blue-green 100 mm 1600/2000 mm 300 mm 8GK9906-0KK13 8GK9906-0KK13
1600/2000 mm 600 mm 8GK9906-0KK23 8GK9906-0KK23
1600/2000 mm 900 mm 8GK9906-0KK33 8GK9906-0KK33
Covers for cable entry and cable duct

1600/2000 mm 300 mm 8GK9920-0KK40 8GK9920-0KK40
1600/2000 mm 600 mm 8GK9920-0KK41 8GK9920-0KK41
1600/2000 mm 900 mm 8GK9920-0KK42 8GK9920-0KK42
Side panels
Color Cubicle height Cubicle width Article No. Article No.
RAL 7035 (pair) 1600 mm 300/600/900 mm 8GK9120-8KK00 8GK9122-8KK03
1800 mm 300/600/900 mm 8GK9120-8KK01 8GK9122-8KK04
2000 mm 300/600/900 mm 8GK9120-8KK02 8GK9122-8KK05
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/171
© Siemens 2023
ALPHA UNIVERSAL 125 distribution boards

Rated current 125 A
Surface-mounting distribution boards Flush-mounting distribution boards
With sheet-steel With transparent With sheet-steel With transparent
door door door door
Degree of protection IP43 IP43 IP31D IP31D
Height Depth Width Tiers Protection class I Protection class I Protection class I Protection class I
Outside Inside Outside Outside Inside (MW = 18 mm)
450 mm 400 mm 140 mm 660 mm 600 mm 48 (2 × 24) 8GK2042-0KL21 8GK2042-0KM21 – –
508 mm 400 mm 140 mm 718 mm 600 mm 48 (2 × 24) – – 8GK2043-0KL21 8GK2043-0KM21
Accessories
Front covers
• With quick-lock screws and integrated grounding connection
Type Height Width Article No.
Closed 50 mm 600 mm 8GK9620-1KK20
100 mm 600 mm 8GK9621-1KK20
150 mm 600 mm 8GK9622-1KK20
200 mm 600 mm 8GK9623-1KK20
400 mm 600 mm 8GK9622-2KK20
600 mm 600 mm 8GK9622-4KK20
800 mm 600 mm 8GK9622-5KK20
For modular installation 150 mm 600 mm 8GK9608-1KK22
devices 200 mm 600 mm 8GK9608-1KK20
300 mm 600 mm 8GK9608-2KK22
400 mm 600 mm 8GK9608-2KK20
15 450 mm 600 mm 8GK9608-3KK22
600 mm 600 mm 8GK9608-4KK20
DIN rails for modular installation devices
Width Article No.
600 mm 8GK9920-0KK11
Holders for cable duct

Width Article No.
600 mm 8GK9920-0KK20
Grounding bars, PE
Width Article No.
600 mm (20 × 5 mm2) 8GK9920-0KK10

15/172 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Hinges for front covers

Version Article No.
For hinged covers 8GK9120-0KK11
Hinges for masking frames

Hinge, incl. fixing accessories 1 set 8PQ2000-0BA08
Rotary handles
Plastic Black 8GK9560-0KK04
Lockable Black 8GK9560-0KK13
Profile semicylinders E012

Version Article No.
Insert and key 8GK9560 8GK9560-0KK07
Rotary handles for profile semicylinders

Version Article No.
For 40 mm profile semicylinders 8GK9560-0KK06
Quick-lock screws for ALPHA cabinets with ¼ turn

20 units 8GK9562-0KK00
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/173
© Siemens 2023
Assembly kits
For 3VA molded case circuit breakers
Horizontal
Switches/breakers Distribution board With RCD module Without RCD module

Type Rated current Quantity Rotary operating Height Width Infeed side
mechanism outside outside
3VA10.. and 100 A/160 A 1 – 200 mm 600 mm 8GK6735-2KK23 8GK6730-2KK23
3VA11.. 900 mm 8GK6735-2KK33 8GK6730-2KK33
■ 200 mm 600 mm – 8GK6733-2KK23
900 mm – 8GK6733-2KK33
3VA12.. 250 A 1 – 200 mm 600 mm 8GK6736-2KK23 8GK6721-2KK23
900 mm 8GK6736-2KK33 8GK6721-2KK33
■ 200 mm 600 mm – 8GK6734-2KK23
900 mm – 8GK6734-2KK33
3VA20.. and 100 A/250 A 1 – 200 mm 600 mm 8GK6725-2KK23 8GK6720-2KK23
3VA22.. 900 mm 8GK6725-2KK33 8GK6720-2KK33
■ 200 mm 600 mm – 8GK6723-2KK23
900 mm – 8GK6723-2KK33
3VA23.. and 400 A/630 A 1 – 400 mm 600 mm – 8GK6740-4KK23
3VA24.. 900 mm 8GK6745-4KK23 8GK6740-4KK33
15

15/174 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Vertical
Switches/breakers Distribution board With RCD module Without RCD module

Type Rated current Quantity Motorized Height Width Infeed side At side
operating mechanism outside outside
3VA10.. and 100 A/160 A 1 – 200 mm 300 mm – – 8GK6731-2KK13
3VA11.. 400 mm 250 mm – – 8GK6730-4KK43
300 mm – 8GK6731-6KK13 8GK6730-4KK13
600 mm 250 mm 8GK6735-4KK43 – –
300 mm 8GK6735-6KK13 – –
■ 400 mm 300 mm – 8GK6738-6KK13 8GK6734-4KK13
600 mm 300 mm 8GK6736-6KK13 – –
3 – 200 mm 600 mm – – 8GK6731-2KK23
400 mm 600 mm – 8GK6731-6KK23 8GK6730-4KK23
900 mm – – 8GK6731-6KK33
600 mm 600 mm 8GK6735-6KK23 – –
■ 200 mm 600 mm – – 8GK6734-4KK23
400 mm 600 mm – 8GK6737-6KK23 –
900 mm – 8GK6737-6KK33 –
600 mm 600 mm 8GK6736-6KK23 – –
5 – 200 mm 900 mm – – 8GK6731-2KK33
400 mm 900 mm – – 8GK6730-4KK33
■ 200 mm 900 mm – – 8GK6734-4KK33
600 mm 900 mm 8GK6736-6KK33 – –
3VA12.. 250 A 1 – 400 mm 300 mm – – 8GK6721-4KK13
600 mm 250 mm 8GK6732-6KK13 – 8GK6730-6KK13
300 mm – 8GK6722-6KK13 8GK6721-6KK13
3 – 400 mm 600 mm – – 8GK6721-4KK23
600 mm 600 mm – 8GK6724-6KK23 8GK6721-6KK23
■ 400 mm 600 mm – – 8GK6722-6KK23
600 mm 600 mm – 8GK6723-6KK23 –
5 – 400 mm 900 mm – – 8GK6721-4KK33
600 mm 900 mm – 8GK6724-6KK33 8GK6721-6KK33
■ 400 mm 900 mm – – 8GK6722-6KK33
600 mm 900 mm – 8GK6723-6KK33 –
3VA20.. and 100 A/250 A 1 – 400 mm 300 mm – – 8GK6720-4KK13 15
3VA22.. 600 mm 300 mm 8GK6725-6KK13 – –
3 – 400 mm 600 mm – – 8GK6720-4KK23
600 mm 600 mm 8GK6725-6KK23 – –
■ 400 mm 600 mm – – 8GK6724-4KK23
5 – 400 mm 900 mm – – 8GK6720-4KK33
600 mm 900 mm 8GK6725-6KK33 – –
■ 400 mm 900 mm – – 8GK6724-4KK33
3VA23.. and 400 A/630 A 1 – 600 mm 300 mm – – 8GK6740-6KK13
3VA24.. 2 – 600 mm 600 mm 8GK6745-6KK23 – 8GK6740-6KK23
3 – 600 mm 900 mm 8GK6745-6KK33 – 8GK6740-6KK33

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/175
© Siemens 2023
Assembly kits
For 3KA7 switch disconnectors
Vertical
Switches/breakers Distribution board

Type Description Quantity Height Width Depth
outside outside
3KA7 3KA711 size 1 max. 125 A 1 200 mm 600 mm – 8GK6400-2KK20
400 mm 250 mm 1) – 8GK6400-4KK10
300 mm 2) – 8GK6400-4KK11
3 200 mm 900 mm – 8GK6400-2KK30
3KA712 size 2 max. 250 A 1 400 mm 250 mm 1) – 8GK6401-4KK10
300 mm 2) – 8GK6401-4KK12
600 mm – 8GK6400-4KK20
3 400 mm 900 mm – 8GK6400-4KK30
3KA713 size 3 max. 400 A 1 400 mm 600 mm – 8GK6401-4KK20
3 400 mm 900 mm – 8GK6400-4KK31
3KA7/3KL7 3KA7/3KL711 size 1 max. 125 A 1 400 mm 250 mm 250 mm 8GK6430-4KK03
300 mm 250 mm 8GK6430-4KK14
2 200 mm 600 mm 250 mm 8GK6430-4KK24
900 mm 250 mm 8GK6430-4KK34
3KA7/3KL712 size 2 max. 250 A 1 400 mm 250 mm 400 mm 8GK6431-4KK04
300 mm 400 mm 8GK6431-4KK14
2 400 mm 600 mm 250 mm 8GK6431-4KK24
900 mm 250 mm 8GK6431-4KK34
900 mm 400 mm 8GK6432-4KK34
400 mm 900 mm 400 mm 8GK6433-4KK34
1)
In order to use box width 250 mm in the ALPHA 630 UNIVERSAL as a switchgear compartment, the following bars are required:
8GF9655 (height 1000 mm),
8GF9654 (height 2000 mm).
In order to use box width 250 mm in the ALPHA 800 UNIVERSAL as a switchgear compartment, you must order side supports and, for each assembly kit,
a pair of crossbars 8GK9920-0KK01.
2)
In order to use cubicle width 300 mm in the ALPHA 630 UNIVERSAL as a switchgear compartment, you require the following inner supports:
8GK9126-8KK03 (height 1600 mm),
15
8GK9126-8KK04 (height 1800 mm),
8GK9126-8KK05 (height 2000 mm).
In order to use cubicle width 300 mm in the ALPHA 800 UNIVERSAL as a switchgear compartment, you must order the following side supports:
8GK6850-0KK02 (height 1600 mm),
8GK6850-0KK03 (height 1800 mm),
8GK6850-0KK04 (height 2000 mm).

15/176 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
For 3KF switch disconnectors with fuses

Vertical

Type Rated current Operating mechanism Door-coupling rotary Height Width Depth
in center operating mechanism
2 × 3KF1 80 A ■ – 200 mm 600 mm 250 mm 8GK6431-2KK23
900 mm 250 mm 8GK6431-2KK33
2 × 3KF2 160 A ■ – 200 mm 600 mm 250 mm 8GK6432-2KK23
900 mm 250 mm 8GK6432-2KK33
2 × 3KF1/3KF2 or 400 A – ■ 400 mm 600 mm 400 mm 8GK6431-4KK33
1 × 3KF3/3KF4 900 mm 400 mm 8GK6432-4KK33
For 3KD switch disconnectors

Vertical

Size Rated current Quantity Door-coupling rotary Height outside Width outside
operating mechanism
1/2/3 63 A/250 A/400 A 1/1 ■ 400 mm 250 mm 8GK6430-4KK13
1/2/3/4 63 A/250 A/400 A/630 A 2/1 ■ 400 mm 600 mm 8GK6430-4KK23 15
1/2/3/4 63 A/250 A/400 A/630 A 2 ■ 400 mm 900 mm 8GK6430-4KK33

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/177
© Siemens 2023
Assembly kits
For modular installation devices

No. of tiers MW Height outside Width outside
1 12 200 mm 300 mm 8GK6352-2KK13
24 150 mm 600 mm 8GK6302-1KK23
200 mm 600 mm 8GK6352-2KK23
36 150 mm 900 mm 8GK6302-1KK33
200 mm 900 mm 8GK6352-2KK33
Accessories
DIN rails
Version Width No. of tiers Article No.
For mounting modular devices at 600 mm 1 8GF9670
various depths 900 mm 1 8GF9671
Depth adapters 9 mm
Version Width No. of tiers MW Article No.
For linking 5SY and 5SJ on DIN rails, 600 mm 1 20 8GF9670-1
L 360 mm
15

15/178 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
For front cover with cutout

No. of tiers MW Height outside Width outside
1 24 150 mm 600 mm 8GK9608-1KK22
24 200 mm 600 mm 8GK9608-1KK20
36 150 mm 900 mm 8GK9608-1KK32
200 mm 900 mm 8GK9608-1KK30
2 48 300 mm 600 mm 8GK9608-2KK22
400 mm 600 mm 8GK9608-2KK20
72 300 mm 900 mm 8GK9608-2KK32
400 mm 900 mm 8GK9608-2KK30
450 mm 600 mm 8GK9608-3KK22
600 mm 600 mm 8GK9608-4KK20
108 600 mm 900 mm 8GK9608-4KK30
Accessories
DIN rails
Version Width No. of tiers Article No.
For mounting modular devices 600 mm 1 8GF9670
at various depths 900 mm 1 8GF9671
Depth adapters 9 mm
Version Width No. of tiers MW Article No.
For linking 5SY and 5SJ on DIN rails, 600 mm 1 20 8GF9670-1
L 360 mm
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/179
© Siemens 2023
Busbars
For ALPHA 800/630 UNIVERSAL distribution boards
Vertical installation of rear busbars (single bars only)
Version Width 600/900 mm For a spacing Recessed, Width 300 mm Recessed,

of 150 mm, width 600/900 mm width 300 mm
width 600/900 mm
Busbar supports: 8GF5764/65 8GF5762/63 8GF5764/65 8GF5768/70 8GF5768/70
(width 600 mm) (width 600 mm)
8GF5766/67 8GF5766/67
(width 900 mm) (width 900 mm)
Supplements: Rear universal 8GK6850-0KK05/06 8GK6850-0KK05/06 8GK6850-0KK05/06 – –
supports (2 units) (2 units) (1 unit)
Horizontal busbars (single bars only)
Version Front Recessed Front, with steps Recessed, with steps

Busbar supports: 8GF5762/63 8GF5762/63 8GF5760/61 8GF5760/61
Supplements: Holders 8GF9652 8GF9652 8GK9920-0KK35 8GF9652
(width 600 mm) (width 600 mm) (width 600 mm) (width 600 mm)
8GF9653 8GF9653 8GK9920-0KK36 8GF9653
(width 900 mm) (width 900 mm) (width 900 mm) (width 900 mm)
Rear universal – – 8GK6850-0KK05/06 –
supports (2 units)
15

15/180 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
For ALPHA 800 UNIVERSAL distribution boards
Horizontal busbars at top (double bars only)
Version
Busbar supports With support plate 8GK9750-0KK02
Without support plate 8PQ4000-1BA12
Supplements If there is no support 8GK9750-0KK02 mounted onto the side of the cabling compartment,
you will need to order an upper crossbar 8GK6850-0KK00.
Vertical busbars, for sides
Version Double busbar Single busbar Double busbar Busbar

with steps with steps
Busbar supports: 8GK9750-0KK01 8GF5760/61 8GK9750-0KK02 8GF5762/63
Supplements Lateral crossbar 8GK6850-0KK01 8GK6850-0KK01 8GK6850-0KK01 8GK6850-0KK01
15

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 15/181
© Siemens 2023
Busbars
ALPHA 630 ALPHA 800

Copper busbars
Busbar cross-section Length Article No. Article No.
15 × 5 mm 2000 mm 8GF5751 8GF5751
1300 mm 8GF5771 8GF5771
20 × 5 mm 2000 mm 8GF5737 8GF5737
1300 mm 8GF5772 8GF5772
30 × 5 mm 2000 mm 8GF5742 8GF5742
1300 mm 8GF5773 8GF5773
30 × 10 mm 2000 mm 8GF5752 8GF5752
1300 mm 8GF5774 8GF5774
Copper grounding bars
Busbar cross-section Length Width Article No. Article No.
20 × 5 mm 1300/2000 mm 600 mm 8GK9920-0KK10 8GK9920-0KK10
900 mm 8GK9920-0KK13 8GK9920-0KK13
Busbar supports ALPHA 630 ALPHA 800

Vertical, at side/horizontal, at front, graded
Busbar cross-section Width Number of Busbar center-to-cen- Article No. Article No.
poles ter spacing
15/20/30 × 5 mm 600/900 mm 4-pole 50 mm 8GF5760 8GF5760
30 × 10 mm 600/900 mm 4-pole 50 mm 8GF5761 8GF5761
15/20/30 × 10 mm 600/900 mm 4-pole 50 mm – 8GK9750-0KK01
20/30 × 10 mm 600/900 mm 4-pole 50 mm – 8GK9750-0KK02
Vertical
Busbar cross-section Width Number of Article No. Article No.
poles
15/20/30 × 5 mm 300 mm 4-pole 50 mm 8GF5768 8GF5768
30 × 10 mm 300 mm 4-pole 50 mm 8GF5770 8GF5770
Vertical, at rear
poles
15/20/30 × 5 mm 600 mm 4-pole 50 mm 8GF5764 8GF5764
900 mm 4-pole 50 mm 8GF5766 8GF5766
15 30 × 10 mm 600 mm
900 mm
4-pole
4-pole
50 mm
50 mm
8GF5765
8GF5767
8GF5765
8GF5767
Horizontal, at front 1)

poles
15/20/30 × 5 mm 300/600/900 mm 4-pole 50 mm 8GF5762 8GF5762
30 × 10 mm 300/600/900 mm 4-pole 50 mm 8GF5763 8GF5763
600/900 mm 4-pole 50 mm – 8GK9608-1KK22
Horizontal, at top
Busbar cross-section Number of Article No. Article No.
poles
20/30 × 10 mm 600/900 mm 4-pole 50 mm – 8GK9750-0KK02
– 8PQ4000-1BA12
1)
Can be mounted directly on device holders with a clearance of 525 mm (width 600 mm) and 825 mm (width 900 mm).

15/182 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023
© Siemens 2023
Other accessories ALPHA 630 ALPHA 800

Set of screws/bolts for slotted bars
Cross-section Outer thread Tightening Article No. Article No.
torque
15/20/30 × 5 mm M6 8 Nm 8GF5891 8GF5891
30 × 10 mm M8

LV10 102023 en 202312061633042542

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

LV10 102023 en 202312061633042542

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

LV10 102023 en 202312061633042542

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

© Siemens 2023

SENTRON • SIVACON • ALPHA

Innovative solutions for industrial

We are there when you need us

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and

Further information at:

I/2 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

SENTRON PAC4220 – High-precision power monitoring

ALPHA 3200 Eco power distribution boards

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/3

The fast route to the product

Products and their applications in Products and their applications in

Photovoltaic 5SY4 5SV1

Office Control room

7KT PAC1200 SENTRON SENTRON

and their applications

On pages I/8 to I/9 you can

Incoming power supply Incoming power supply

Overview of protection, switching,

Device class Type Rated current Page

From page I/14 onwards, the

I/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

Devices for all applications System overview

5SL3 5SL6 5SL4 5SJ6...-.KS 5SL30 5SL60 5SP3

• Separate switching position indication analysis in conjunction with fast tripping

and accessories can be found

5SL6 COM 5ST3 COM SENTRON

3/4 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 3/5 recognize the accessory at a

Miniature circuit breakers

Overview of basic units

The overviews at the begin-

ning of the chapters and

sections help you make a quick

advance selection of the basic

units. You can use the

units. Page references quickly

take you to the suitable

System overview, page 3/5 System overview, page 3/5

Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023 I/5

The fast route to the product

5SY4 miniature circuit breakers

Mounting concept Accessories

The article number matrix

AFDD 5SY4 AS AS AS ST ST AS ST AS AS 2 NC Standard 5ST3012 24 V DC 5ST3042

shows you on the spot which

product variants are available.

optional optional 2 NC 5ST3022 177 … 270 V AC 5ST3054

The matching accessories are

clearly dedicated to each basic

3/26 Siemens LV 10 · 10/2023

Structure of the article numbers

non-automatic circuit breakers Type of mounting Fixed-mounted ◾ ◾ 1) ◾ Vertical 1

Withdrawable ◾ ◾ ◾ Without guide frame 0

Non-automatic circuit breakers A A

Non-automatic circuit breakers, ready4COM feature C A

Application ETU300 Protective function LSI A B

For products which are

online, the structure of the

Number of poles Fixed-mounted 3-pole 0

Shop (external) Parking 0HDVXULQJHYDOXDWLQJDQG

remote access to the plant. I201_20526 documentation.